StIRE^GUIDE 
The VEST ind°WiEjWay 
;■■••; to 
Phyfick and Chirixrger y: 
That is to fay,s 
The tArts of Healing by Medicine, and Manual . 
. . ®ein£ i n 
An Anatomical ‘Defcription of the whole Body of Man, 
and its Parts, with their Utefpeftive Difea/es, demonftrated from 
the Fabrkk and life of the /aid Tarts, In Six Books. 
*♦ Defer thing aU, and every of the Bones of Mans 
Body, according to the Ancient Method. 
2. Defcribing the Belly, and aS its Parcs and Bowels 
with their relpeftive Difeafes. 
5. Defcribing the Cheftj and all Parts and Con- 
tents, with their refpedtive Difeafes. 
VI 
'4- Dejerihing the Head, and Face, with au their 
Parcs Containing and Contained, and their 
refpeftive Dife^es. 
5% Delcribing the Limbs of the Body, with the many 
Regiments of Mufcles, and their Difeales. 
<5. Containinva new Delcription of the Bones, hyz 
Method firft invented by our Author, handling 
all the Difeafes & Symptoms of thefaid Bones. 
At the end of rhe Six Books are added twenty fourTables,cut in Brafs, containing one hundred eighty four figures 
with an Explanation of them; which are referred to in above a thoufand places in the Books, for the help of yong Attift* 
Written in Latin, by Johannes RtoUnue5 Junior 5 Do&or of Phyfick, Phyfitiaa 
in ordinary to the Queen Mother of France 'many years together, and the laft (he had ; And allb th« 
Kjngs Profe/for of Anatomy and Uerbarijm, in the Univerfity of Paris. V 
Engliflied by Qdpepery Gene, and WtUiam and Oo&or 
of thz Liberal Artsy and of Phyfick, 
ThePhyhtians Library 
Contains all the Works in Englijh of thefe mojl Famous 
Thyjitims foUorvin?, Viz, 
Sennertus Practice of 
Myfiek* &c. 
Riverius PraSiice and 
Obfervations, 
™terus PraSiice and 
Ohfervations, 
Bartholirms Anatomy, 
Riolanus Anatomy, 
Veflingus Anatomy, 
Ltifitanus his wonder- 
ful traffic?, 
Johnfton’s idea. 
Nich Culpeper," 
Mart, Ruland. 
Will. Rand. 
Joh. Fernelius d* 
Abdiah Cole* 
Dodlors of 
Phylkk, 
rff which Are of moft excellent Ufefor all Rational Perfons $ effect ally for all 
T lr*rgions at Sea in his moft Royal Majefties Shift: and all others that are on 
iffdingfroyages for the Advancement of theivealth and Honor of his Kingdom*, 
London: Feinted by Veter Cole? r inter and Book-feller, ac the Sign olche 
Printing-prefs in CornhiUear the Royal Exchange, 1665. (phxllck (Books [Printed by Peter Cole at the Exchange London. 
1 A GOLDEN Pradice 1 
of Phyfick } plainly difeo- 
ringthe PCJNDS with the 
feveral CAUSES of every 
dileafe,and their moft proper 
S, in refpeft to the 
CaufeS from whence they 
come ; after a new, eafie and 
plain Method of Knowing, 
Foretelling, Preventing, and 
Curing all Difeafes incident 
to the Body of Man, Full of 
proper Obfervations and Re- 
medies both of Ancient and 
Modern Phyfitians. Being 
the Fruit of One and Thirty 
years Travel, and fifty years 
Pradice of Phyfick. By Dr. 
Platery Dr. Cole, and Nich. 
Culpeper. 
2 Sennertus Pradical Phy- 
fick j the firft Book in three 
Parts. T Of the Head. 2 Of 
the Hun of the internal Sen- 
fes. 3 Of the external SenfeSy 
in five Sections. 
J Sennertus Pradical Phy- 
fick ; the fecond Book in 
four Parts 1 Of the faws 
and Mouth. 2 Of the Breafi, 
3 Of the Lungs. 4 Of the 
Heart• 
4 Sennertus third Book of 
Pradical Phyfick in four 
teen Parts, treating, 1 Of 
the Stomach and Gullet. 2 
Of the Gutsy 3 Oftbe«*fe- 
fenteryySroeethread and Omen- 
tumy 4 Of the Spleens, 5 Of 
■the Sidesy 6 Of the Survey, 
7 and 8 Of the Liver, 9 Of 
the Ureters 10 Of the I{id- 
ttieSy n and 12 Of the 
Bladder, 13 and 14 Of the 
Privities and Generation in 
Men. 
y Sennertus fourth Book 
of Pradical Phyfick in three 
Parts, Part i OftheDif- 
eafes in the Privities of Wo- 
men. The firft SeClion, Of 
Difeafes of the Part, 
and the Neck of the Womb. 
The fecond SeClion, Of the 
Difeafes of the Womb, Part 
2, Of the Symptoms in the 
Womb and from the Womb. 
The fecond SeClion, Of the 
Symptoms in the Terms and 
other Fluxes of the Womb. 
The third Section. Of the 
Symptoms that befal all Vir- 
gins and Women in their 
Wombs, after they are ripe 
of Age." The fourth SeFHon, 
Of the Symptoms vyhich are 
in Conception. The fifth 
SeEHons Of the Government 
of Women with Child, and 
preternatural Diftempers. in 
Women with Child. The 
fixth StCUons Of Symptoms 
that happen in Childbearing. 
The feventh ScCtions Of the 
Government of Women in 
Child-bed, and of theDif- 
eafes that come after Travel. 
The firft Section, OfDif- 
eafes of the Breads. The fe- 
cond SeClion, Of the Sym- 
ptoms of the Breafts. 
To which is added a Tra- 
date of the Cure of Infants, 
Part 1, Of the Diet and 
Government of Infants. The 
fecond SeClions Of Difeafes 
and Symptoms in Children. 
6 Sennertus fifth Book of 
Pradical Phyfick, Or the 
Art of Chyrurgery in fix 
Parts. 1, Of Tumors. 2, Of 
Ulcers. 3, Of the Skin, Hair 
and Nails, 4, Of Wounds, 
with an excellent Treatife of 
the Weapon Safve. y, Of 
Fradures. 6, Of Luxations. 
7 Sennertus fixth andlaft 
Book of Pradical Phyfick in 
nine Parts, I, Of Difeafes 
from occult Qualities in ge- 
neral. 2, Of occult, ma- 
lignant, and venemous Dif- 
eafes arifing from the inter- 
nal fault of the humors.3,Of 
occult Difeafes from Water, 
Air, and Infections, and of 
infedious Difeafes. 4» Of 
the Venereal Pox.3 ,Of out- 
ward Poyfons in General. 
6, Of Poyfons from Mine- 
rals and Metals. 7, Of Poy- 
fons frdiii Plants. 8, Of Poy- 
fons that come from Living 
Creatures. 9, OfDifeafes 
by Witchcraft, Incantation, 
and Charms. 
. 8 Sennertus Treatife of 
Chymiftry, fhewing the A- 
greement and Difagreement 
of Chymifts and Galenifts. 
9 Sennertus twoTreatifes 
i,Of the Pox.SjOf the Gout. 
10 Sennertus thirteen Books 
of Natural Philofophy .* or 
the Nature of all things in 
the world. 
11 Twenty four Books of 
the Pradice of Phyfick,being 
the Works of that Learned 
and Renowned Dodor La- 
Counfellor to the late I£ing, 
&c» 
1 z Idea of Praftkal Phy- 
fick in twelve Books. 
13 Bartholinus Anatomy, 
with very many larger Brafs 
Figures, than any other A 
natomy in Engliftu 
14 Kejlin%us Anatomy of 
the Body of Man. 
iy Tfiolanus Anatomy. 
16 A Tranflation of the 
new Difpenfatory, made by 
the Colledg of Phyfitians of 
Londony in Folio and in O- 
davo : whereunto is added 
the Key of Galerts Method of 
Phyfick. , 
17 A Diredory for Mi«- 
wives, or a guide for, women* 
the firft and fecond Part. 
18 Galens Art of Pny- 
fick. 
19 A new Method both 
of ftudying and pradifi°3 
Phyfick. 
20 A Treatife of the Ric- 
kets. 
21 Medicaments for tn* 
Poor : or, Phyfick for the 
common people. 
22 Health for the Rich 
and Poor, by Diet without 
Phyfick. 
2} One thoufand NcW* 
Famous and Rare Cures,111 
Folio and Odavo. 
24 A Treatife of Pulft* 
and Urins. 
2f A Treatife of Blood-' 
letting, and Cures perforin' 
yd thereby. 
26 A Treatife of Scarifi- 
cation, and Cures perform^4* 
thereby. 
27 The Englilh 
enlarged. 
The London Difpenfato*? 
in Folio, of a great Char*' 
der in Latin.1 
28 The London Diffenf*' 
tory in Xatin, a final! Eoc» 
in Twelves. 
29 Chymiftry made eafic 
and ufeful : Or, the Agree' 
ment and Difagreement °» 
Chymifts and Galenifts: 
Dr* Cole,&c. 
30 A New Art of Phyfick 
by Weight, or five hundred 
Aphorifmes of 
Tranfpiration, Breathing °f 
Vapor coming forth of the 
Body ; By Dr. Cole. 
Divinity (Books Printed by Peter Cole, <src* 
Phyfick Book* 
Newly Printed. 
Eighteen Several Books of 
Mr. BurroughSy viz, on 
Matth> tu 
1 Chrifts call toall thofe 
that are weary and heavy la- 
den, jto come to him for reft. 
z Chrift the great Teacher 
of Souls that come to him. 
3 Chrift the humble Tea- 
cher of thole that come to' 
him. 
4 The only cafie way to 
Heaven. 
f The Excellency of holy 
Courage irt evil times. 
6 Gofpel Reconciliation. 
7 The Rare Jewel of 
Chriftian Contentment. 
8 Gofpel Worlhip. 
10 A Treadle of Earthly 
Mlndidnefiy and of Heavenly 
Mindedmfi, and Walking 
with God. 
11 AnExpofition of the 
Prophefie of Hofeah. 
12' The Evil of Evils, or 
the exceeding finfulnefs of 
Sin. 
15 Of precious Faith. ♦ 
14 Of Hope. 
I? Of walking by Faith,1 
and not by Sights 
16 The Chrift tans living 
to Chrift upon 2 Cor. 5. if. 
17 A Catechifm. 
18 Mofes Choice, &c. 
Dx. Hills WORKS. 
Mr. Stephen Marjhals New 
WORKS. Viz. 
1 Ot Chrifts Interceflion, 
or of fins of Infirmity. 
2 The high Prlviledg of 
Believers, that they are the 
Sons of God, 
3 Faith the means to feed 
on Chrift. 
4 Of Self-denial.7 
< y The Saints Duty to I 
keep their Hearts, &c» | 
6 The Myftcry ofSpiri-! 
tual Life. 
Twenty one feveral Books of 
Mr. William Bridge col- 
lected into two Volumes* 
VIZ. 
* Scripture Light the moft 
fure Light- 
-2 ChriftinTravel. 
3 A lifting up Tor the call 
down. 
4 Of the Sin againft the 
HolyGhoft. 
5 Of Sins of Infirmity. 
6 The falfe Apoftlc tried 
and difeovered,' 
7 The good and means 
of Eftabliibmcnt. 
Zacktus Lufitanut his Wotl' 
derful Pradice, or admit?' 
ble CASES and CURES & 
Phyfick. 
' ft 
Platirus Obfervations 
Hiftories of his arn°i.c 
CURES according to tn 
Method of his Golden 11 
now alfo printed. 
Sennertus his Pradice 
Phyfick in fix Books : 
which may be bound in 1 
Bdoks in Odavo. 
t 
One thoufand fainon*30 
rare Cures by M. Kylan To the Right Honorable, 
HENRY LAWRENCE, Efquire• 
LordTreJtdent of the Councel to his 
Htghnefi, the Lord Lrotcclor. 
flight Honor able , 
being my hapfomeyearsfince to find in 
the Stationers (hop at Amfterdam, your 
Lordfhips Elegant Treatife ofßaptifme, 
and being upon Enquiry, informed tou- 
thing the quality of the Author, I wondrcd 
what Gentleman it was,that having a flock 
of Honor 8c Repute in the world,had with* 
al fo much Ghriftian Courage, as to venture it in that kind, 
for I judged (andl fuppofe rightly) that fora Gentleman of 
name and note, at that time to dare to vindicate the true 
Chriftian Baptifme, contemning the clamorous cenfures of 
the weake Multitude of Pretenders to Religion and Learning, 
Was an Ad of more true and high Courage than to ftorm a 
Town. And I humbly conceive. Experience has evidenced 
the Truth hereof, fince hundreds (not co fay that 
have adventured their Lives to gain Honor and Riches in the 
field, have in their hearts found it too hard an Adventure 
(however otherwife convincVin their underftandings) to 
own and acknowledg the true Chriftian Baptifme, and Tub* 
jedi themfelvcs to the (corned pradice thereof, with the 
evident hazard of much of their acquired Honor, and of their 
future Repute, and the advacement depending there upon* 
1 hat this adion, neverthelefs, of yours (my Lord) has 
not been attended, with al that Ignominy and Prejudice, 
Which was only to be expeded from Men; is the lingular pro= 
v}denceof God, giving; Courage and Ingenuity, to many o* 
:n-rs of note, Toon after (much animated doubtlefs by fo 
and generous a Leader as your Lordfhipj to acknow* 
ligand fubmit to the Divine verity, and beaudful,and mod The Epijlle "Dedicatory. 
lovely Rationality of that folemn Inftitution of our Mr. 
Chrift; and his eminent blefsing that part of the loldiery, 
Characterifed thereby. Much affected therefore with your 
Lordfhips Chriftian Vcrtue in this kind, and defirous to 
commend the fame to Pofterity; It has not been finccthat 
time in my power to do it more effectually, than by prefix- 
ing your truly honorable Name in the Front of this excellent 
Anatomical Tread fe, and beft Foundation of the Art of Hea- 
ling, commonly though corruptly called Phyfick. The 
fitnefs of which Dedication, I dial with your Honors gentle 
Patience, thus demonftratc 
Seeing this book is nothing(for the moft part) but a Decla- 
ration and Expofition of the ftupendioufly admirable wif- 
dom of the Eternal our Maker, filming forth in the moft cu- 
rious Fabrick of Mans body-to confirm and leal the beleefe of 
the Refunection whereof (which is the very Foundation of 
Chriftianity) baptifme leems (by the Scripture) to have been 
cheifly ordained, by our great Mr. Chrift 5 that as we had 
one folemn Ceremony to reprefent his iufterings and death, 
we might not want another to fet forth and folemnize his 
burial and Refiirrection (without which his own death and 
his Difciples Faith had been in vain) and to take poflefsion in 
and by a Figure of our own Refurre&ion to come (For, we 
faith FW, !Buryed irith Chrift, in our <Saptifme} and therein 
al/o rifen with him • That is,in a figure,being through a folemn 
Ceremonious poflefsion of our future R chirred ion from the 
grave, inflated into eternal life.) This being lb (my Lord) to 
whom fliould this excellent Defcription of the body of Man 
in general, with al its parts, and their Refpedive Difeafes, be 
dedicated, rather than to him that has vindicated to the 
Chriftian world, that excellent pledge of the Refurrection 
thereof; to wit, the Baptifme of Chrift rightly folemnized: 
whereby al true beleevcrs are mightily allured,‘that though 
this curioufly built Houfe of our fiarthly Tabernacle, be lb- 
wen in the dull, yet it fhal not there abide for ever, as the 
beafts that perilh. Accept therefore (Generous Sir) from 
your moft humble fervant this Teftimony ofyour Chriftian 
i Cor. is. 
15,16.17. 
30.51. 
ft. 
Colo.t*l2* The Epi/lle Dedicatory. 
Courage and fincerity, and fufferthis excellent Treatife to 
ftelter it felf under your honorable Patronage. And though 
Ais teftimony of your vertue fo publickly given> may (I 
fear) afford Tome difguft to your Modcfty, yet 1 befeech your 
Lordfliip to let it pafs, for the glory of our great Mr. Chrift> 
at*d the Edification of Chriftendom. And 1 have much rea« 
fon to hope, it may be a Moilumcnt of your honorable Me* 
mory, when probably the royal and Magnificent tombes at 
Weftminfter, dial pledge the Fate of them in 'Tauls, and be 
overwhelmed with Duft and Ruins. Such is the defire and 
Hopes (my Lord) of him that craves leave to fubfcribchim* 
fclf. 
From my Houfe neer 
Zrippk-gate in London, 
December, 22. 1656. 
Tour Honors, 
Mojl humble Servant, and true 
Admirer of your Chrtftianlnge* 
nuity, Sincerity, and Courage, 
.William Rand. Mris. (fulpepers Information, Vindication, and 
Teftimony, concerning her Husbands Books to 
be Publiihed after his Death. 
&eat are'the 'JfflMions 
wherewith our Heavenly 
f^sFather hath been pleafed to 
Q J&a exercife me his poor Hand- 
maid, that I have not Only 
«£&■s» s, 
www°fmy w*) tAkenfrom m: 
«3> » but it hath been my hard hap 
alfotofcehls Reputation, and Memory (which wil 
he dear to al Pofteiity, for the Worlds he hath written 
for the Common Good of this Ration) blemijhed,and 
Edipfed, by the covetous and unjuft Forgeries of 
one, if ho, though he calls himfdf Nathaniel, is far 
fom being an Ifraelite in whom there is no guile j 
who was trot content to puhlifh «Hodgpodg of un- 
digefted Collcdions, and Observations of my deer 
Husband deceafed, under the Title of Culpeper’s laft 
Legacy j but to ma\e the Deceit more taking, he 
fie (led his Forehead fo far, and brafed it fo hard, 
ns not tobe afhamed to forge two Epiftles, one in 
mine, and the other in my Husbands Name j of the 
penningof which, he nor I, never fo much as drea- 
med} And yet be impudently affirmeth in my Name, 
thtfi my Husband Laid a feverc Injunction on me to 
them for the general good, after his deceafei 
and that they are his laft Experiences in Phyfick and 
Chyrurgery. And in the Title of his Book, hefaid, 
They ye the ehoyceft, and moft profitable fecrets, 
refolvcd never to be publifticd tiPafter his Death. Al 
whichExprefftons in the Title and Epifiles, areas 
falfas the Father of Lyes } and every word in them, 
forced and feigned. And he knew wcl enough, that 
no aifereet, honeft man, that was a friend to my 
Husband, or me, would ever have agreed to fuch 
infamous and dijhoneft proffices j and therefore I 
difire all Courteous Readers of the Writings of my 
Husband, to take notice of 'this Deceit, and to affme 
thempivs that it never entred into his head, to 
pubi/Jh fuch an undigeßed Gallimoffery, under the 
promfmg and folemn 'Name of his Laft Legacy, and 
that whereby he gained bis Reputation in the 
World, as the Impofier makes him Ppeak in his 
forged Epi (lie. And I defire any in different Reader, 
that hath obfaved my Husbands lefty, and Mafon- 
line manner of expreffing himfdf in bis Tref tees, and 
Epifiles Dedicatory, whether in cafe he had been 
minded or di(pofcdto take fo folemn a farewel of 
the world,as /beForger maktS him to do j whethfc. 
I fay, he would have done it in fuch a whining 
faftiion, and foin the Stile of a Baladc-makcrj &t0 
f ay, And now, if it plcafe Heaven to put a period 
to my Life, and Studies, that I muft bid al thing* 
under the Sun farewel: Farewel to my dear Wftc 
and Child, farewel Arts and Sciences, farewel al 
Worldly Glories, adiew Readers. Certainly my FltUf 
band would have been far more ferrous, and mater 'l' 
al, in fuch a cafe, as any diferect man wil Judg- 
Neither can it be thought, that in fuch afoletn» 
Vakdidion, he could prffibly forget his wonted re-’ 
fpe ffs to the Collcdg ot Dodors, to whom he did ft 
frequently addrtf himfelf, in divers of his writing*• 
Courteous Reader, I {hat fay no more touching the 
abufe of the Look-feller, only to prevent {as much 
as concerns me) thy being abufed for the future) 
know, That my Husband left fevemy nine Books of 
his own making, or Tr(inflating, in my hand, andl 
have depofited them into the hands of his, and W) 
much honored Friend, Mr. Peter Cole, Book-felled 
at the Printing-Prcfs, neer the Royal Exchange 
(for the good of my Child ) from whom thou may eft 
expeff to receive in print, fuch of them asfhalht 
thought fit to ferve thee in due feafon, without an) 
Difguifes or Forgeries, unto which Ido hereby five 
my atuftation. Alfo my H tub and left feventeen ffook* 
compleatly perfeffed, in the hands of the faid Mr- 
Colt,fer which he paid my Husband in bis life-time• 
And Mr. Cole if ready and willing (on any good oc' 
capon) to fhew any of the faid feventy-nine Book 
or the feventeen, to fuch as doubt thereof. 
And if any Verfon fhal queftion the Truth of an) 
part of this Vindication, or Epiftle j if they 
take pains to come to me,l wil face tofactjuflifie the 
truth of every word thereof, as I have fubf cubed ml 
Hand thereunto in the prefence of many witntfjes• 
I proftfi in the prefence of the great God, the feai' 
cher of al hearts, before whom CMr. Brooks and I 
mud one day give an account of alour Affions ’ 
That I have not pubhfhed this Spiftle or ymdicafl' 
on, out of any dif refpiff to Mr. Brooks (for I much 
refpff the man, and would be (lad to ferve him t* 
my power) but only to deer my Husband from & 
Jolly and weaknefi caft upon him by the means abov* 
expreffed. And out ef tendernef to Mr. Brooks* 
I fir ft tried ether means of keeping, and afterward 
of repairing my Husbands Credit, and then 
long to fee if he would repair (in any me a Jure) tbe 
wrong done to my Plush and,and my Jelf.l defire to he* 
n')m my Houfe, next door to the 
Kcd Lyon in Spittle-fields, 
October, xB. i 6 $ ' 
Your Servant ( In, 
and for the Truth ) 
cilice Qdpeper. 
Mris. Culpeper did the 18. of Ottober, fubferibe this Epiftle in Vindication of her Hus* 
band’s Reputation, before Ten Witnefles, asftiehad done another Epiftle on the 
ninth ol O£fober} almoft: in the lame words with this, except neer the Conclulion. contents 
O F 
The Firft Book. 
Of Ofteology, or the HiJlorj of the Bones. 
Page 
CH A P. 1. The Intent of the Au- 
thor h declared. I 
Chap. 2. Why we begin our A~ 
natomy with the Treati/e of 
Page 
Chap. 24. In vrbat (Particulars the ‘Boms 
of ‘Men differ frow tho)e of Women, ib. 
Chap. 25. Of the number of the ‘Bones in a 
iMam Body. 19 
Chap. 26. Tbe*Hiftory of an Infants 
HoneSytill the Age of {even years* ibid. 
Chap.27. OfrheHead 21 
Mans Hody. 19 
r Hones 3 
Chap 3. xhe Vivifton of Ofleology, or 
the Titfiory of the H ~>nes. 4 
Chap. 4, O the Compojuion, and (Defini~ 
tion of a Hone. ibid. 
Chip. 28. Of the ‘Back andBreaffboms. 
2i 
Chap. 5. Oi the Vitalities 9 or Natural 
'Difpojition dfths Bones• $ 
Chap, 29. Of the upper Limbs 24 
Chap, jo. &fthe Inferior Limbs itid. 
Chap. 31, Of the dumber of Hones* 25 
Chap, 6. Of we Conjunction of‘Bones. 6 
Chap. 7. The Vivifion of a 8 
Chap. 8. Of the Heady being the firman 
1 of the Sceleton. 
Chap. 9. Of the upper Jaw* 11 
1 he Second Book. 
CHAP, 1. general Precepts, which 
Chap. 10. Of the Orbitary/Sone *2 
Chap. 11. Of the inferior Jaw ibid* 
Chap. 12. Of the OsHyois ibid. 
Chap. 13. Of the Teeth 13 
Chap. 14. being the fecond 
be that would be an Anatomifi, 
mnfe befirjr acquainted with 26 
fPart of the Sceleton. * ibid. 
Chap.hs. OftheCbeft. 14 
1 Chap. 2. Of the fiawal end Ultimate 
Conformation of tbeHody. 29 
l6. Of the Limbs, being the third 
Hart of the Seek: on : and hr/ 1 of the 
j Chap. 3. The ‘Dt'vtjim of Mins ‘Body, 31 
| The Medicinal Consideration ibid. 
Chap. 4. Of the lower Ventricle. 32 
Scapula. 15 
al* 17. Of the Shoulder* ibid. 
rf aP-18* Of the CubiW9and Radius* 16 
The Scimation of the parts of the Belly. 
ibid. 
The Medicinal Confederation 33 
p[M*' Of the Hand. ibid. 
3;’* 2°- Of the ‘Bones of the Ilium 17 
The Medicinal Confederation 34 
r- ***• 2i* Pf the Hone of the Thigh, ibid. 
bap. 22. Of the Leg. ibid. 
Chap 5. Of the Scarf Shya $4 
The Medicinal Confederation ibid. 
Of the Hoot . 18 THE CONTENTS. 
Chap. 6. Of the Skin 35 
Chap. 35. Of the Veffels which carry the 
true Seed, of the and 
The medicinal Confederation* 36 
Chap. 7. Of the *Fatty ‘Membrane ibid. 
Chap. 8* Of the TJeJby membrane 37 
the Fioftarsc or Auxiliaries. 79 
Ihe ‘Medicinal Confederation. 
The medicinal Confederation ibid. 
Chap. 9. Of the common membrane of the 
Chap. 36. Of the CJ ennal ‘Parts of a Wo- 
man, andfirft cfthe ‘External. ibid. 
T he medianal Confederation 82 
mnfcles 38 
Chap. 10. Of amufcle in the general ibid. 
Chap. 11. Of a Tendon 4o 
Chap. 3 7 Of the internal ‘Parts of a Wo- 
man vfMchfer'vefor (feneration 83 
Chap. 12 Of the mufcles of the Telly. ibid. 
The medicinal Co federation 42 
‘the medicinal Confederation 8$ 
Chap. 37. Of the ‘Pams of the Loyns. 90 
Chap. 13. Of the Teritoneum ibid. 
The medicinal Confederation 43 
Chap. 14. The ‘Divifion of the Tarts of 
the Telly 44 
Chap. 15. Of the Tfa'uei ibid. 
Jhe medicinal Confederation 45 
The 1 bird Book. 
Chap. 16. Of the Oment um, or CaU ibid. 
The medicinal Confederation ibid. 
Chap. 17. Of theQuts - . 46 
CHAP. 1. Ofthe Cheft 94 
The medicirmtC on federation 48 
Chap. 2. Of the Dugs of Women. 
.. 9$ 
Chap. 18. Of the Mefentenum ibid. 
T he medicinal Confederation 49 
rlhe medicinal Confederation. ibid. 
Chap. 19. Of the Street-bread, or Tan* 
erects* 50 
Chap. 3, Of the external ‘Parts of the 
Chefi. 97 
Chap. 20. Of the VenaToria ibid. 
Chap. 21. What is to be considered in the 
Vena Tort a 51 
Chap. 4. Of the ‘Pleura, ‘Mediafeimm9 
and ‘Pericardium ibid. 
T he medicinal confederation 98 
Chap. 22, Of the CeliacaUAi'tery 52 
Chap. 5. Of the‘Midrrfe or Diaphragma. 
101 
Cjiap* 23 Of fhe Stomach ibid. 
The medicinal Confederation 54 
The Medicinal Confederation 102 
Cha p. 24. Of the Liter. 57 
4 Tbe medicinal C on federation 5 8 
Chap. 6. Of the Lungs or Lights ibid. 
The tmdictnal confederation 103 
Chap. 25. Of the Tladdtr of 59 
Chap. *: Of %feiraiion, or fetching of 
‘Breath. 105 
Chap. 26. Of the Spleen 61 
T be medicinal Confederation 60 
Chap. 8. Ofthe Heart. 107 
Them edicinal C onfederation 6 3 
The medicinal confederation j 10 
Chap. 27. Of the Vena Cava, and .Aorta, 
within the lower Telly 64 
Chap. 9. Of the Veffels9 viz. Veins, Ar- 
teries, and Vierves contained within 
the Cheft. 113 
The medicinal Cbnjiteration 65 
Of the Aorta descending 67 
Of the ‘Pfer've of the lower TeUy, ibid. 
Chap. 2S. Of the Sidneys ibid.; 
}' hi > , r ; *; ’ } • 
- The medicinal Confederation 68 
Chap. 29. Of the Vreters 70 
The Fourth Book. 
Chap. 30 . Of the Tife~Tladder ibid. 
The medicinal Confederation 71 
Ciiap. 51. Of the Qenitals of a Qian 3 
andfirft oftheTard 73 
The Medicinal Confederation 74 
/'"'HAP. i. Oftbe'Head.' .*i» 
The medicinal confederation. HP 
Chap, 32. OftbeQroyns 76 I 
Chap. 2. Of the‘Brain. 121 
Chap, 33. OftbeTundament. ibid. 
The-Medicinal Confederation 77 
Chap. 3, OfiheEyes 136 
T he medicinal consideration, 130 
Chap. 34. Of the Ced, and Stones* ibid. 
The ‘Medicinal Confederatien 78 
The medicinal confederation . 138 
‘Eye-Lids *Difeafes. 13 P THE CONTENTS. 
T'ear~%ernels Difeafes. 140 
Difeafes of the Tunica ConjunUiva. ib. 
Difeafes of the Cornea Tunica. i4»i 
Difeafes of the Uvea Tunica ibid. 
Difeafes of the Tupilla ibid. 
Difeafes of the ChryflaUim and fflajjie 
‘Humor 142 
Chap. 5. Of Veins ufualiy opened 215 
Chap. 6. Of the Arteries which are cpe* 
Tied* ry J rj 
Chap. 7, Of the Mufcks. andfirfl of the 
‘Forehead Mufcks. 218 
Chap. 8. Mufcks of the hinder part of the 
'Head. r ,^id. 
Difeafes oftheOptickfHet 've ibid. 
Difeafes and Symptomes of the Sight. 
ibid. 
Chap.p. Mufcles of tFF,ye-ltds ibid, 
ap. 10. Mufcles ofthe%yks 219 
ap, 11. x'iujeles 0p ffoe external ‘Ear, 
Chap. 12. Mufcles of the ‘lfofe 220 
Chap. 4. Of the' Ear 191 
Toe Medicinal confederation 193 
laP' 5; Of the‘Face, of the 
Chap. 13 • Wujdes ofthe hips ibid. 
Chap. 14. Mufcles ofthe lower Jaw 221 
‘Mouth. '■■■ I 9 + 
r*L^^e Medicinal Confederation 195 
Chap. 15. Of the mufcks ofthe Os TJyoi-. 
des ibid. 
Chap. a. Ofthe ‘jfpfe 197 
r/' 7rfPltbe . 199 
Medicinal Confideration 198 
Chap. 16. Mufcles of the Tongue 222 
Chap. 17. Mufcks of the Larynx ibid. 
Chap. 18. ‘Mufcles ofthec.Pharynx ibid. 
Chap. 19. Cmfcles of the Qurgareon, 
*vula, or ‘Mouth ‘Pollute. 223 
l be Medicinal Confideration 201 
i6e ‘Medicinal Confideration ibid. 
q ,aP*9* Of the (gums 204 
laP* 8* Of the Teeth and Qums. 202 
rvaP* 10. Ofthe rpaliate ibid. 
11- Of the Uvula, and Ijihmus. ib. 
Chap. 20. Mufcles of the Tfead ibid. 
C hap. 21, ‘Mufcles of the Tfyck 224 
Chap, £2. ‘Mufcles of the Shoulder-blades 
ibid- 
i. :e Medicinal Confideration 205 
ibid. 
Chap. 23. ‘Mufcles ofthe Arm 22$ 
Chap. 24. ‘Mufcles of the Cubit, ibid. 
Chap. 25, Mufcles of the ‘Radio* 226* 
Chap. 26. ‘Mufcles ofthe Wrift. *'■ 227 
vp. 12. Of the Tongue ibid. 
Of, Je ‘Msdteinal Confideration 206 
w- 1?* Pf tbe Larynx, or Head of the 
wmd-pipe, --V- 207 
he Medicinal Confideration 208 
Chap. 27. ‘Mufcks of the ‘Palm of th% 
‘Band- ibid. 
rR* .Of the Apera Ateria ,or 
IVmd-pipe x -bid. 
Chap. 28. ‘Mufcks ofthe ‘Fingers 23 S 
Chap. 29, •■iviufcks of the Thumb, 229 
The Medicinal Confideration 209 
Chap. 30. ‘Mufclesof Cbefi 230 
'-nap. Is. 0/ the Oefopbagm, or Cjullet. 
ibid. 
Chap. 31, Of the Midrif, 231 
Chap. 3a. Mufcks of the ‘Badland Loyns, 
wherewith the ii moved, ibi 
Chap. 33. Mufcks of the‘Belly 232 
The Fife Book. 
Chap. 34. Of the motion of the Ilium? 
‘Bonest and Os Sacrum joyrieh together, 
ibid. 
G H U‘ Of the • Limb/ 210 
Chap. 35. ‘ibid 
Ch&pi 36/ The ‘Bladders Misfcle ibid. 
Chap. 37, Mufckf ofthe Yard 23s 
Chap. 38. Mufcks of the Clyt6m ibid. 
Chap. 39. Mufcks oftbe Ftend&mtnt ib. 
Chap. 40. Mufcks of the Thigh ibid. 
Chap. 41, Mufcles of the Leg. 2s < 
Chap. 42. Mufcks ofthe‘Feet 2*6 
Chap. 43, Mufcks of the Toes 328 
ifc>e Medicinal Confideration 
T ’ ' ' 211 
Of S^aP* 2> Superior Limbs, ib. 
Stboulder’bmt; and the Arm 
Cxf?m tbe Shoulder to the ‘Elbow, ib. 
/» or Part °f the Am from 
0fJJ'Elbow to the Hand 212 
Oft^and ibid. 
Chap. 44. ‘Mufcks of the great Toe 239 
ChaD f’T •' , inferior Limbs, 213 
Mn Introduction to the Art of 
Mufcular ‘DiJfeHion} jhewing an accu’- 
"‘A maJe’111 £<””' 
rate Method to cut up the ‘Mufcles ofthe 
wbol ‘Body. ibid. THE CONTENTS. 
7 he 7? rental. TTufile 22 8 
by which the Frame of the Body is 
compared together, the guides being 
removed j handling all the Dileales 
and Symphonies which happen unto 
the Bones. 260 
The Orbicular mufile of the eEye-lids. 
ibid. 
TStufiles ofthe Lips ibid. 
; Ths Temporal Winfcle 241 
cMufiles of the 7{ofi ibid. 
The cMaffiter (Mujde ibid. 
CHAP. i. 160 
The Tarot i cl{ Tfernels ibid. 
The mu files of the Tar f ibid. 
The mu files of the Tiye ibid. 
‘Mufiles 242 
Chap. 2. Of the great profit of this 
new Ojieo’ogy, or Dotirim of 
the Hones 261 
Mufilei of the Larynx, Tharynx, and 
Qargareom 243 
Chap. 3. What is to be obferved in the 
bones of a dead *Body not boyled 262 
The mufcles of the hinder part of the 
Tie ad and -44 
Chap- 4. Of tbt Sence, and 
and Marrow of the Hones 26 3 
Chap- 5* Of or joyntings 
Mufcles ef the Arm 245 
sVext thereunto, is the Tfitundus minor 
ibid. 
oj the hones ibid. 
The Medicinal Confederation 26$ 
Chap. 6. Of the bones of the Skidl 267 
Mufiles feituate upon the Tac\ and 
Loyns ibid. 
The Medicinal Confideration 270 
Chap. 7* Of the inferior Jaw-bone ibid. 
Chap. S. Of the Teeth ibid. 
Mufile s ofthe Th'eafi 246 
Mufilei of the Cubit ibid. 
Mtt'clei of the Radius, the Wrifes, the 
Tr ingens, and the Xbumb 247 
Chap-9* Of the B eneTJyoides, and of the 
Ligaments 271 
Muf des ot the Abdomen, or Telly 248 
Chap. 10. Of the Tie ads motion, and Li- 
gaments ■ 272 
Mufcles of the Yard 250 
! Qiap. ii. Of the in fids of the *Ear ibid, 
j Chap. 12. Of the Cla'vicuh.i 273 
Mu'cier ofthe Tundament ibid. 
The CBI a drier mu fete 25 x 
iChap. 13. Of the Breaft-bone. ibid. 
Chap. 15. Of the 27s 
M ufiles ofthe Clytorit ibid. 
. Mufcles of the Thigh ibid. 
Chap, id Of the Backbone ibid. 
The Medicinal Conftderatim 277 
Mu files ofthe Leg 253 
Chap. 46, Ofthe Veins, Arteries, and 
ffiferves, belonging to the Limbs ibid. 
The Medicinal Confederation 258 
Uujdes ofthe Tarfus 254 
Chip, s& Of the Scapula 27% 
Chap, 17. Of the Tbsmrus, Cubitus, and 
(Radius* 280 
Chap. 18. Of the Wrift* 2»J 
Chap. 19. O/ the Uetacarpium, *Fimers, 
and Sefsmoidean Hants ibid* 
Chap 20. Of the Os Ihum, and Thigh* 
bom 282 
The Sixt Book. 
A Hem Oftcologia, or Hi ft ory 
of the Bones* 
Chap. 21. OfthefpateHa aB4 
“aP-22- O/ite }pta, 28 
Chap. 2}. Oflbt'Foot ibid, 
ap. 24. The number of Bones for & 
oceleton * 
Chap. 25, Of breaking the bones ibid* 
Chap. 26. TbeC oUeltion, and ordering °f 
Bones for a Scekton 2*l 
Wherein he treats of the Bones, Liga- 
ments, and Griftles ot the whol Body, I 
THE 
FIRST BOOK 
ANATOMY 
PHYSIC K. 
O F 
fohn Riolanus. 
Chap, i. The Intent of the Author is declared. 
r*&tomy» « confidered and handled two wai«, <Phi- 
lofophicatty, and tPbyftcallyiQ alert, JLib. i. *Anat, 
0 Philofopher (earchech ouctheftrudureof the 
0 ° ParC,» tbw action, and ufe, that lie may know him- 
-1 fdf, & chat the * Work-matter may be admired in his 
o I work j and therefore the knowledg of the Parts alone 
0 doc* contenc him* But chc Phy^,tianJ befides the 
o W J knowledg of this, bring* ai into a Practical way, and 
fcarcheth after the Natural difpofttions of every 
Pact, that fo by veiwing the Anatomy of thcCar- 
kafes of found and Tick men, he may moreeafily know the accident* againtt 
Nature j which happen to thofe Parts, in fuch ai arc alive. 
By Difpoficions againtt Nature, is to be underftood Difeafe*, whofe gene- 
tac ion and end, whether it wii be good or bad, the way and manner of Curing, 
he chat would know exaftly, nautt be skilled both in Philofophical, and Phy- 
sical Anatomy ; and 1 dare boldly affirm, that hewil bean abler, and more 
skilful Phifitian that is wel skiled in this Anatomy, than he that contents 
hi rule if, with the bare knowledg of the Parts* 
This manner of fhewing, and teaching Anatomy is new,buc gives great light, 
is wonderful neceffary for a Phifitian, and I wil lay it down intermixed with 
the order of Anatomy in al the Parts, and (hew particularly in every Parc, 
vv»at profit wil thereby redound unco a Phifitian, in hi* P raft ice. And 
The cmfider- 
Mtion of An**, 
tomy it. 
Fbilofophial. 
( * Viz. God) 
Phjfical, 
Both which 
m ncctjfary. Thjficf and 
Book I. 
feeing the Natural Conftitution of every Parc which 'Hippocrates cals 
(Euphuiafi,and is commonly called Health, is three-fold, Similar, Ora&nical, 
a.nd common, The Preternatural Conft km ion of the Parts, called Sickneis, 
mufl hkewife be three-fold and make three kinds of D-heafes, Viy. A Dii- 
eafe of the Similar, a Difeafe of the Organtcal Parcs, and a Dheaje common 
to both. The Similar Conftitution, according to Nature, confifts in Sub- 
fiance, and Temper; The Organic at Conftitution, which pertains to the 
conftru&ion of the Organ, is placed, in Humber, Magnitude, Sciti/ation, 
andftjape or Conformation ; which Con Format ion is again divided into figure, 
‘Paff'age, Cavity, %pughneft, andfmoothmfi-, The common Conftitution of 
Similar, and Orgamcai ‘Parts, confifts in ci)nion and Connexion. This 
three-fold Natural Conftitution, 1 wil declare mai the Parts; afterwards I 
wil lay down in a few words, what may be gathered from this Sound Confti- 
tucion, for the Knowledg, and Cure of a Dileafed Confticu- 
tion; And Anatomy handled in this Method, wil be the beginning, Middle, 
and end of die whol Art of Phyfick, This is a fhorc, safie, and clear Method, 
Quickly, and rightly to leans the Act of Curing; which propounds die fame, 
vifible to the Eyes of fuch as are wel verft in my Fathers writings,or m the Infti- 
tutions oi.SennertmTor by this Method,! final unlock, & difplay the creatures in 
Anatoniy>of Phyfickrßuc perhaps fome Fool, that is unskilled,wil reprove our 
Difigne, & Objeft, chat we confound the whol Arc ofMedicine,leing tAnatomy 
is a Parc of CPhyftolegy, diftincf fron the reft , and therefore ought to be taught 
apart, feeing Qalen himfclf, in the beginning of his diffedticnof Mufcles, 
reproves the Anatomical Book of Lycus ; becaufe in his Treatifeof Mu ides 
he inferred the Dileafes of rhe Parcs. If any prattle fuch things againft us, 
they wil quickly hold their peace, if they read Qal. Lib. z admin, iAnatom. 
Relaceing, That Ancient Phyfidans regarded Anatomy fo much, chat in ai 
their Books of the Cure of Difeafes, they inferred Anatomy ; and this we fee 
Hippocrates did in al his Books. Many are die Sorts of the Figures, both 
within, and Without the Body, (faith Hippocrates, in Lib. de vet.. ‘Med.) 
Which have much different qualifications in the SickL, and the Sound', all 
which you mufi perfectly diftingmjh one f rom another, that you may rightly 
Igiow, and obferve the caufes of every one of them. 
According to Ariftotk, Health, and Sickflefi, are the ‘Fundamental 
(Farts of Medicine: Both of them arc contained in the Parcs; and Sicknels 
compared with Health is the better difeerned. Ad to this. That Ariftotle 
Writes, that he that would Cure the (Byes, mu ft fir ft kpow the StruUure of the 
(Eye. Again, Hippocrates held, chat Difeafes were diftinguifhed according 
to the Parcs they were inherent in; and the principal Curative indications, 
were taken from the Affeift, and the Parc affected; and Remedies both Medi- 
cinal, and Chyrurgical were Prefcribed and adminiftied diverfly, according to 
the Parts Affluftcd. Therefore Qalen wrote his of the cora- 
poficion of Medicines, according co the Parcs afflicted: and Avicenna did 
wifely, when pecceving chat the Seats of Difeafes could not be known with- 
out slftl m Anatomy, Before the IDifeai.es of the particular Parcs he let down 
their Anatomy. And if we beieeve Qalen in Lib. depart med. The firft 
Matter or SubjeH of Medicine, m the (Body, as it is the Sub jeU of Health 
andSickpejl. 
Our intent then is by a fhort and eafie Method, To deliver in writing, and 
demonftrate in dead Bodies,of the feats of al Difeafes, and Sy mpeomes, both 
Internal, and External; and the particular way of Cure accor- 
ding to the order of Anatomy, which is publickly obferved. A notable 
peice of Workmanship to learn Phyfick by, by which scis eafie co manifeft,and 
bring to light the Errours, in the Cures of Difeafes and co inftruft and inform 
ftich as arc Studious in Phyfick, by that rime they have been hearers and be- 
holders two yeares, of two Anatomies in a year, with diligent reading of 
And Profitable 
in Medicine. 
The Intent of 
the Author, Book I. 
(tAn atomy. 
Books, and cxcercize of the knowing of Planes, and ocher Drugs, and vifiting 
of the Sick widi him chads their teacher. Excellently faid Johannes 'Perm- 
lius in the beginning of his Pathology, I pal never thinly any man wel skilled 
inthekpowkdgofVijeafes, unless he have been an ‘Eye witnefr of the feats 
of them, in the ‘Body of man,and fnow how they are ajfdied again ft ‘feature, 
mi,her can he come to this unlefi he be skj-lful and exquifite in and 
vohatfoever he reads or hears, lethimjerioujly contemplate it in the ‘Body of 
man, and fettle the cheifhyiowledg of things in his mind. 
Chap. i. 
Why iv e begin our Anatomy with the Treat ife 
oj 'Bones. 
THat kind of ftile is two-fold, which is ufed inrhe explication ofany 
thing, Qal Com. ad (part. q. Lib. i. de fraft.et Cap. i. Lib. 
Synops.de'(Puls, The firft is called Synoptic 10, when the Matter is briefly laid 
down *, The other Hiexodicus, when it is Copioufly unfolded, nothing being 
patted by which is profitable to be dedared;The former helps the memory i the 
Utter cleen the matter to the underttandmg. For which Caufe Qalen divided 
his Books into Ifagogical, andperfe&j the firft being fitted co young begin- 
ners, the other to proficients, as himielf certifies. Lib. de ÜbrirTropnif. 
This is alio confirmed by the authority of (Hippocrates *, Lib. de vet. (Med- 
Where he advifeth Phyficians to teach calie things to young Undents, and fiich 
as may be quickly learned •, ad hereunto j That al men defire to learn apace, 
according to jlnpot. Lib. 2 deTyljetor. Chap* 10. And the Method of 
hreife teaching, is alwaies graceful, both to young rtudents, and to perfect 
Matters * for uccachech the former what things mutt: be learned i and in the 
Utter cals back to their memory what they have learned before, and almoft 
forgotten, Qal. Lib. 4. dedijf. pair. 
Wifely, and Elegantly, did the Emperor Juftinian j udg, That a compen- 
dium of the Lawes was firft to be propounded, to invite Novices to know- 
ledg. Then are al things delivered mojl commodioujly when they are firft 
delivered by a plain and ftmple way, and then by an txaft and diligent in- 
for if we burden weak,, though fiudiom minds at beginnings 
with variety and (Multiplicity of things, we either make them defert their 
Rudies* or elfe put young Men to great labor and diftruft, and bring them by a 
longer way to what might be learned with more fpeed, left labor, and no 
Therefore following the precepts of Qalen, and Hippocrates,! wil deferibe 
abreife, and deer Manual of Anatomy, following the counfel of Qalen, who 
had rather write a Synopfts of his Took/ ofTulfes himfelf, then to leave the 
bufmefs to another, who by not undemanding his mind, and lenfe, fhould 
pervert or confound his meaning. 
I begin with the Bones, bccaufc they are the foundation of al the Parcs of 
the whol Body, which is fubftained, Included, Preferved, and moved by the 
Bones*, which, according co Hippocrates, give liability, and form to the 
Body. 
Therefore he that is ftudious in Phyfick, ought co be inftru&ed in the per- 
U& knowledg of the Bones, before he com? co behold the Anatomy of the 
Body : otherwife he wil be ignorant in defigning the original, and in- 
fection of the Mufdes, and the flicking of ocher Parcs to certain Concept 
of the Bones, unlefs he be skilled in the Hiftory of Bones j at which 
Anatomy is to begin, as Hippocrates caught, and after him,Qakn. 
The Method of 
teaching dou- 
ble. 
why the An- 
thor wrote * 
Sjinopfis. 
why he begins 
with the'&ones. 
The mcejjlty 
of -writing of 
the Bones-  and (t/Inatomy. 
Book 1. 
Chap. 3. 
The DtVijton of Ofteology., or the Hijlo'o 
of the Done So 
THe Hiftory of the Bones is called. Ofteokgy, of which are two Parcs. 
(Prattice, and Theory. I cal chat the Theory, which is convedanc in 
the knowledg of their conformation and ufe. The Pra&ice is the manual 
operation which comprehends both Collegium, and Ojfifragium 3 Offilegium, 
is the manner of preparing Bones to make a Scekton 3 Ojjifragiwn is that which 
fearches out thejoiningjand knitting together of the Bones,and Joynts,by Liga- 
ments, and Cartilages, and by breaking, and deviding them 3 fearches one 
their internal, and hiden Parts. 
Tbe Pans of 
Osteology. 
See Chap,26. and 27. Lib. 6. Ofthis'Bool 
Chap. 4. Of the Compofition ? and Definition of a 
Done, 
Tom Confi- 
derations• 
THat the Nature ofa Bone may be perfectly underftood, there are four 
things to be confidered in it; The Matter, Efficient, Form, and 
End. 
x* 
per.mer3 
The Matter of the Bone is Proper, or Diverfe. 
Proper is confidered Generally, or Specially. 
Proper Matter, taken Generally, is double3 the one for Generation, the 
other for Nourifhraent •, the Bones are made of the Seed by conlent of ai Phy- 
fitians. The Seed confifts of Humor, and Spirit: The Humors are of two 
Parts 3 the one thinner, of which the noble Parts are formed 3 the other 
thicker, of which the Bones are ingendred. 
The matter of Nonrjfliment is alfo two fold; Remofe,and Neer; Remote, 
is Blood, by which al the Parts of our Body arenourifhed: Neer, is the Mar- 
row contained in the Cavity of the Bones, or a Marrowy Juy ce fljuc up in the 
Spongious Bones. 
The Proper Matter confidered fpecially, regards the Bone already made, 
which is various in refpedt of fubftance, and quallity 3 and fo the fubftance of 
one Bone is diverfe, by reafon of the 'Epiphyfis, which is Softer then the reft 
of the Bone 3 or the tApophyfis, which is harder then the reft of the Bone: alfo 
the whol Bone, ificbeSolhd, is harder without, then it is within. If ic be 
hollow, the Internal Superficies is bar deft. 
As for what belongs to Quallity, and Namely Color 3 the Bone, the more 
Sollid ic is, the more White ic is 3 that which is hollow, is pale or red- 
difli* 
By the diverfe Matter of the Bone, underftand that which compaffetb in 
about 3 2nd it is a Membrane, and a Cartilage. The Membrane which cotn- 
paffeth about the Bone, is called tperioflion, and flicks firmly to it. Bybe- 
nefic of which, itObfcurely feels. The extremities of the Bones are covered 
with a Cartilage, which Facilitates the Motion of the Bone, and hinders its 
wearing. , 
The Efficient Caufe of the Bone, is the Implanted Generative Spirit, oc 
rather heat, which torrefies anddryesthe Matter of the Bone. Qal Lib. t. 
de facul. natural, acknowledged the faculty which forms the Bones; to 
which Heat and Spirit, do adminifter. 
The form ofa Bone is double 3 Eflfential, and accidental: That is called 
Effencialj which makes is to be a Bone, Namely, the Vegetable 
Soul 
Generation. 
Nourijbmtnt. 
Confikmon. 
Matter di- 
vtrfi. 
t. 
Efficient caufe, 
3- 
form, 
sjjsntitl' Book I. 
Thyfic\ and • 
The Face, faith *irifiotle Lib. 2. de general, animal, is no Face, if it 
want the Soul; and fo is the Flefh and Bone, But with Phyficians, the form 
of Similar Parer,- is nothing elfe then their temper. The temper of the Bone, 
is cold and dry, therefore Coldnefs and Drinefs confticuce the form of the 
Bone. The accidental form, is the Figure of them, which is Proper, andpe- 
culiar to every Bone, and is mdft commonly round in al Bones, both in 
Longitude, and Latitude. 
The end of the Bones, is their life; and this is genera!, and particular; 
That is called General,which ferves for the who! Body ; and that is three fold, 
1. T □ eftablifh, and make firm the loft Parcs. 2. To give fhape,and Figure 
to the Parcs. 3. To help the Motion * and Progrefs of the Body. The 
Part icular end, or ule, is chat which is Proper to every feveral Bone. 
F tom what hath been written, this Definition of a Bone, may be gathered; 
it is a Similar Tart, moft cold and dry/Formed by heat of the thick and Fat 
fiebjlance of the Seed; for the form and fettlement of the whole Tody. 
Accidental* 
4* 
End. 
General- 
Special. 
Definition* 
Chap. c;. Of the Qualities, or Natural Difyofition of tin 
Bones. 
THe Dofttine of Bones, ought to be double one which treats of the 
Bones of infants, which from their Birth til (even years of Age, differ in i 
many chinos from fuch as are grown up : the ocher of men of perfect Agc.which 
We now handle. " 1 
And teeing al DoClrin of Bones, is referred to Phyfical ufe, we muff know1 
the Condieions, and affedions of Bones, Wei and Naturally affected, which 
are either common to al, or Proper to fome. 
The common are nine which dial be Defcribed, and Demonftrated, in our 
new Ofteology, at the latter end of this Manual. In dry Bone* wel Prepared, 
are five things (hewed, i. Hardnels and folidity. 2, They have holes out- 
wardly, Especially coward the by which is ingrefs given to the 
little Veines, and arteries, for Nouriftiment and life. 3. A cartilaginous 
Cruft ac the Extremities, and the ‘Perioftion, which compaffech about the 
whol Bone, the Cartilaginous extremities excepted- 4. Continuity, and 
Equalllty in its whol lubftance; wherefore die callous, by which broken 
Bones are united, is not Natural. 5. A fit and Convenient jfoyningof One 
Bone with another. 
Voßrm of 
Bones 
Of infants 
and men grown 
np. 
Ajfettm af 
the tsones are. 
Common, 
or 
The affections Proper to the feveral Bones,are twofold ; either fuch as re- 
gard every Bone feverally ; or fuch as regard more Bones then one, joyned 
together, ; - 
i. The affections of the ffrft fort, are four ; Hollownefs, Prominence, 
Pvoughnefs, and Smoochnefs ; which affedtions are confidered in the extreme 
iuperficies of the Bone, in as much as Bones are referred to mutual conjunction ■ 
became they cannot fubfift alone by chemfelves. The Head of thea omoplata. 
is hollow, the b Shoulder Bone flicks out; thec Ifchium, or Huckle-bone, 
is hollow, the d Bone of the Thigh flicks out *, the Skul is rough behind for 
c^5c *nlercron of Mufcles, in ocher places ’cis fmooch, and Polifhed: A 1 which 
if they are fuch as Nature made them, they are according to Na- 
ture-, if other wife, they are befide Nature. 
Alfo a Cavity is deep, or fuperficiary ; that which is deep, is calledf CotyU* 
tuc fuperiiciary g Qlene. A Prominency, or Parts (licking our -is called 
jP°Phfir3 or Fpiphyfis : Both of them are round, or long, or hollow: 
'\l[u round3 miscalled a Head; if it be large and long, icisabiojutely Nam- 
* ,^ear*» kuc if it be fhorc, and depreffed, it is called' Condyhn, The 
: or Candyli of final Bones, are not ‘Epiphyfis, but ; j4piphyfis; as in 
nether Jaw, and in the Ribs, and the Bones of the Fingers, and Toes, 
Proper} 
». 
of 
Bones fcpef« 
ated* Book! 
and zAnatoniy. 
Along Apophyfts, is either with a poynt, and called Cor one; or limply long, 
and chat according to the Figure of it, hath diverle Names *,ookrk Styloidsf 
iCoraCoides, m Odontcides; or cil'e cis terminated in a Head, and then is 
called n Cervix or a Neck. 
Ic is not abided, that Come Apophyfts fliould be hollow. Seeing al Cavities 
are, as ic were, ingraved in the Apophyfts \ or elle are made of two or three 
Apophyfes, as in the Cavity of the Ifchium, or Huckle-bone: and although 
fomtimes a Cavity make the Body of the Bone, yet it is formed by a bony 
Circumference *, which Seeing it ftkks out obliquely and orbicularly, without 
the plain fuperficies, it is worthily accounted an Apophyfts; QaL Lib. de 
Offibus acknowledgeth the Omoplata to be an Apophyfts, winch is a Cervix, 
the extremity of which, ends in the °Qkne \ therefore Cavities ought to be 
referred to Apophyfts; and a Cavity if it be round and large, may be called 
a Head, for the Neck is alwaies fubjeded to the Head (ft a!. ‘Proem. Lib. de 
Offth. 
whether Apo- 
phyfes have i 
boUowneJfes. 
In every Bone, which being ;oyned to another makes a Joync, I obferve 
the Body and the extremities, which are Adnata, or<Enata-, The body is 
the principal Parc, formed of Nature, that ic may be the foundation of the 
excream Farts; for Nature ever- more begins the formation of the Bones in the 
middle, and producech them‘towards the extremities. The extremities of 
the bones called cEnata, are p ApophyfesAdnata, sue q Hpiphyfes: the 
Treatife of the ‘Epiphyfes pertains to the Ofteology of Infants, therefore we 
wil not fpeak of ic here. 
Yet this you may know, that ‘Epiphyfes belong to the extremity of the 
Joyncs of the bones ; and that their Nature is to be fought out in Children * 
tor in men grown up, they degenerate into Apophyfes, no Fcot-fleps of the 
ancient Divifion remaining; and yet inwardly they keep the condition of 
their Proper Nature, which ought to be like a pumice, and bloody; but the 
Apophyfes are alwais harder. 
The lecond lore of Affeftions are, the Articulations of bones, one with an- 
other, which in diverle bones, are different, which now wc come to {peak 
of, in General. 
The Body 
end 
Extremities, 
Which are 
Apophyfts, 
and 
Epithyfis. 
i. 
The Joyntmg 
of Bones. 
VT.2i./.2.C.|*>,/. ua.m‘, f.4.CB.“f. % 
f.4.eF.f.2'iFc.2h,f*i-dd.f4.a.*>, f.2.1k“k, T." 5./- 
b.fD."l, T.2i./.2.d.»m, T. T.212.c. *°, ibid"P,T- 
-2./. iTaa.f. t.bcd,T. 1 >./. 3.^%d.2% i*2l ./• 1.2. q. T. 13./. 21 .a.% 
15.J.6.T). 
j 
Chap. 6. Of the Conjunßion of Bones. 
why there are 
many Bones in 
man. K 
S Being it is not fafe, nor comly for man, chat Divine Creature, to creep 
along like Worms, and Serpents ; Nature hath let his body bole upright, 
with firm, and foilid bones *, not only three, or four in number, but very 
many various, and diftinft, whereby he may bow, and move himlclfevery 
way; And that this Workmanlhip might be the more Elegant, the Bones are 
fojoyned together, that the extremity of one, enters into the Cavity of the 
ocher. 
This ftrubhire is called a Joync, the Nature of which, is much cob* 
troverced amongffc Anatomifts ; fome contending that the couching 
two bones one with another, makes a Joync ; others, belides couching, 
ad motion. So that it is the movable touching of two bones, which makes a 
J... _ _ . 
If Motion be removed from the Definition of a Joy nt, Qakns Doctrine 
may eafily be defended.Heconft mutes two kinds of Amculmon’fDiartbrofi-f* Book I. 
lAnatomy. 
7 
with mainfeft Motion Synarthroftf, with Obfcure, or no Motion: and he 
afligns the differences of Synarthrojis, which are altogether immovable, to be 
Sutura, and Qomphojif, with chofe which take away Motion 
in the Definition of Articulation, refer to the third fpeeies of Articulation, 
which they cal Neutral, or mean, between Diartbrofis and Synarthroftf. 
Some give it a new Name, Amphiarthrofis, to wit, when the ftruccure isfo 
Obfcure, and the Motion fo hidden, that you know not whether it appertain 
to Diarthrcfis,or Synarthrojis. But chat place of (jalen being il underftood, 
deceives many Anatomifts. This Doftnne of Galen feems more probable, 
thus , 
* 
either by 
Articulation 
the Differences 
°f are 
P!ar,p°fs & 
Synarthrojis. 
The bones are knit together by Articulations, and Sympbyfes: Articula- 
tion, is che knittings, or Couching of two bones * the differences of which are 
'Diartbrofys, and Synarthrofts *, the one hath evident Motion, che ocher 
Obfcure, or none at aU and therefore che differences of each, arc equal: but 
the one, for example fake, is called cEnartbroftscDiarthrodej, with a mani- 
feft Motion j the ocher *Enartbrofis Synartbrodes, with an Obfcure Motion j 
] udg the like of the ocher differences. , 
cEnartbrofis, is when a large, and long Head, goes into a deep Cavity ; 
which feeing it is common both to Diartbrofis, and Synarthrofts, we wil 
give an example of them Both. The Motion of Ainartbrofis Diar- 
ibrodes, is manifeft in che Joync of che Ifchium : che Motion of cEnar- 
tbrojis Synartbrodes, is Obicure in che Articulation of che Ancle with che 
Scapbois. > 
When a depreffed, and plain Head,, is received by a fhallow and fuperficial 
Cavity, this Joynting is called Arthrodia, an exemple of Arthrodia 
Tdianbrodes, is in the conjunftion of che Shoulder with the Omoplata. An 
example of Arthrodia Synartbrodes, is in che Bones of che Wrift, with the 
Metacarpus. 
The common 
fpecies of 
which are. 
Enarthrofis. 
2. 
Arthrodia* 
(jinglymos, is a mutual ingrefs of the bones, fuch as you lhal ufually fee in 
the hinges of Doors and Windows * in which chat Parc of the Hinge which 
bears and chat which circles about, have a Mutual ingrefs one into another. 
The Motion of Qinglymm Diarthrodes, is manifeft in the Elbow j the Moti- 
on of Qinglymu* Synarthrod.es, is Obfcure in che;oyning of the Ancle to the 
Heel. Modern writers add a fourth to thofe three, which they cal Trochois, 
in which the Motion of convection is apparent; fuch is the joyning of the firft 
Vertebra with the fecond, but it is to be referred to Arthrodia i As for what 
belongs to Qinglbnus, and its various differences, we wil thus Methodically 
handle them: Qinglimus is an Articulation of bones, by mutual reception 5 
and is fimple, or compound: that is called fimple, which is made of two 
bones, by one only and fimple Articulation in the fame Parc,as in the juncture 
off the Elbow and Arm. Compound Qinglymm confits of a double Articul- 
ation, which is performed either in che fame extremities, or in places diftanc, 
of two or three Bones, which by a double Articulation end in the fame extre- 
mities. It is feen in che Vertebrae of the Neck. A compound (jinglymos by a 
double Articulation in places diftant is feen in che Cubitus and Radius, in 
diftant places of three bones is feen in al the Vertebra of eke Back and 
To v nes. • 
5- 
Ginglymut- 
which is 
simple 
or 
Compound. 
Befides Synarthrofts, containes under ic, 'Harmonia, Sutura, and Qom- 
pheju, which are without Motion. * Harmonic is a Conjun&ion of bones, 
fimple touching without mutual ingrefs 9 and is diftinguifited by a Line, 
either right, or oblique,or manyfold. h Sutura, is chejoyningof bones; as 
chough the Teeth of two Jawes, or two Combs were thruft one within the 
ocher, and is altogether of one and the fame form, (jomphofis, is when 
°ne bone fticks faft, and immovably in another, like a Naile in a Poll. 
Pppofite to .Articulation * is Sympbyfts, which is an immovable conjun- 
'tlou of bones, as chough they were united, which Nature brings forth at firft 
Proper fpeciei 
offfynarthrofis. 
Harmonit. 
Gomphofis• 
Or by SjMz 8 
and Anatomy. 
Bkoo I. 
phyfis rohofe 
differences are 
three. 
divided, yet afterward in procefs of time, they grow together. Somare 
united without any difcernable Wledium, others with a tylediwn interpoled. 
And therefore, the iimple differences of Symphyfif are three-, Syjfarcofis 
Syneurofis, Synchondrofif. A mixed or compound Symphyfif *, is only one. 
By a Nerve and Cartilage, which (jalen cals TSfeurochondrodzs, dOf 
thefe you may fee more in* Com. at(jal. Lib. de OJjibus. 
According to Qalen, I thus expound the DoCfrine of Joynts, Methodically, 
The Conjunction of al Joynts is made by the touching of their extremities : 
This touching is either Articulw or Symphyfif : Articulus is a Natural 
joyning of Bones ; which are divided amongft themfelves, to the fame ule, for 
which they were formed; this ule is either for Motion, or perfpiracion, 
orpaffage of fome fubftance, or diftinguilhingof parts, or to fecure them 
from hurting, as apeares by the Articulations, armoniaf Sittura, and 
Qomphofis. Symphyfif is a Natural Union of bones which were at foil divid- 
ed, which grow together either with,or without an apparent Medium, becaufe 
it is Obliterated, as in the Sternum, Of-facrum, or Ifchium, and the bony 
portions of the inferiour Jaw; and therefore the Conjunction of bones is 
divided into Articulus, and Symphyfif, as it were into two fpecies. Ocher- 
wife if Symphyfif, be taken according to the mind of Modern 
not according to the mind of Qalen, wherefoever Articulation is, there muft 
Symphyfif needs be j for the Collection of bones, and Qalen had ridiculouily 
oppofed Symphyfif, to Articulation. 
Galens Doft- 
r'm of Joynts. 
a, T. is.f. 3.%. &c.2b, /. 4-^-'K «c, f- h. m. n. 0. "d, See cb. 5. Lib. 6. 
of this trBool{: 
Chap. 7. The ViVtfion ofa Sceleton, 
THe whole Fabrick of the bones (ticking together, is by Cj alert, called 
SCELETO S, It is vulgarly divided into the Head,the crunk and the 
limbs. HAippocrates, in his Book of the Nature of bones, confticuces fix 
parts of the Sceleton; The Head, Neck, Bread, Back-bone, Hands, and 
Feet* (jalen, into five, the Head, Back-bone, Bread, Hands, and Peer, 
as may eafily be gathered from the feries of his difeourfe. We follow the com- 
mon divilion, and according to the example of Qalen, begin at the Head, 
which is the fird bone formed by Nature; and as it were the foundation of al 
the red: which are framed in refpeCt of Jargnefs, according to the proportion 
of the Head. 
Chap. 8. Of the Head7 being the firjl Tart of the 
Sceleton. 
what the 
Head U‘ 
it's Dlvlfton. 
what the S\uL 
is. 
THe Head is defined by qalen, to be chat whole fubflance which is above 
the Neck, and the dwelling place of the Brain* 
It is divided into the Skul, and the Face, which latter comprehends both 
die Jaws. 
The Skill, is a globous, and round body j hollow within, but this roundnefs 
is not exactly, fpcehircaJ, by Reafon of thole Eminent ies, which flick out be- 
fore, and behind, which make the Skul fomwhat longifh, and comprcfled o° 
the Tides towards the Temples. If the Skul be not fomwhat longifh, itls 
depraved and this depravation is four-fold, i. When it flicks not out before, 
2. When it flicks not out behind. 5. When both Prominencies, are depar- 
ved, and then it is exactly round, 4. When its Longitude is turned into 
Latitude, which is inconfiftenc with life, becaufe the Scru&ure of the Brain, 
is perverted. 
Natural 
digm* Book 1. 
Anatomy. 
Noe only one Bone, but many make the ftruCfure of the Skul, the number 
of which is various in Authors, Qaltn Atribuces feven thereto, and 
Sylvius follows him: others hold i4i As by adding the fix 
bones, ofeacheare, which are Parts of the rocky bone,’ and included in the 
Cavities of the Bare, and add nothing at al to make the globe of the Scul. But 
more rightly Tarsus ads fourteen bones to the Skul, but diftinguifheth them, 
into containing, and contained, the containing are eight, the contained are 
the fix fmal bones, of the Eares. Hippocrates, Lib. de Off. Conftitutes 
the Skul of eight bones, and yet he feems to comprehend lome bones of the 
Face, this number the moll excellent Anatomifts follow jas VefalimyCoUtm- 
bus, Fallopius, from whom we wil not diffcnc, becaufe this number our Eyes 
can in DiffeCtions. 
The intervals ,or connections of thofe bones, are called Sutur<e} which 
knit and unite the Bones together. 
Of Sutura's, tome are Proper, others common: They are Proper, which 
diftinguifh the bones of the Skul one from another: they are common, which, 
dift inguifh the bones of the Skul from thofe of the uper Jaw. The Proper are 
divided into true, andfalle : the true, are the Saw-like Conjunctions of the 
bones intertexed, like the Teeth of a Comb. They are held by Anatomifts, 
to be in number three, i. zCoronalis is on the forepart of the Skul, which 
Paffeth tranfverfly from one temple to the ocher. 3. opposite to this is, 
h Lambdoide/, placed in the hinder part of the Head. 3. cSagittalit knits 
both thefe together, palling from the cop of the Lambdok, by the longitude 
°f the Skul, and fomcimes comes even to the cop of the Note. The conccurle 
°f the fagiccal and coronal future, the Greeks cal ‘Bregma *, commonly ’tis 
called 'FontaneUd, to which we apply caufticks. Above the Ears, are two 
Sutures not like others, and therefore they are called falle, or Baft; id* they 
3re called d Squamofe, from their fcaly likenefs, and joyn the bones of the 
Temples, to the bones of the Cop of the Head. Modern Anatomifts hold the 
common futures to be three: The firft is callede ‘Frontaik, beginning at the 
outward Angle of the Eye, and palling by the middle of the Orbita, even to 
the Eye-brow, and keeps the fame way by the other Eye. The lecond is cal- 
led ‘ Spbenoidea, which Circumlcribes the Of-fpbenois, beginning at the hin- 
der part of the Head, and ending at the furcherraoft Tooth of the upper Jaw. 
The third is called s and compaftech about the Os‘Etbmois, on 
every fide 3 ic feems rather to be Proper than Common, and belongs father to 
Harmonia than Sutura. 
'the number 
of the Bones of 
the Skid. 
Sum a wbaii 
How many- 
fold. 
Proper are. 
Three true 
ones. 
i. 
Coronalis, 
i. 
Lamdoides. 
3* , 
Sagktalis. 
Two falfi 
ones. 
Common ati 
three. 
t, 
Frontalis* 
i. 
Sfhtnoidca. 
i 
Ethmoidea 
The Sutures being wel known, ’tis an eafie matter to diftirguifh the bones 
°f rhe Skul ; which are eight in number, and foratimies nine when the Sagittal 
Suture paffech to the Noftrels, and paffeth through the middle of the Frontal 
whichisoftenleenintheSkulsoffuch as are grown up ; al of them are 
Proper none common* unlefs the SpPjenok, according to Qalen. 
1 * one °f the h Forehefd dift inguiftied by the heft. Common, and co- 
tonal Suture which iomtime is Cut into two part sby the Sagittal Suture is 
*£**** *eac oi: fhe Eye-brows ;it includes two Cavities derived into the 
The Second and third are called the bones of the»fore parr of the Head, and 
jjte feperaced from one another by the fagkcal Suture; below, by the Scaly 
jUre; before by the coronal: behind by the Lambdok. 
binder thefe are the bones of the k Temples, which on the uper part are ac- 
cahUiCed kke * Sca^ej hue the inferior Parc is hard, and rough, and 
Paits r°cky * therefore it is commonly divided into the .Scaly, and Rocky 
mat!Cke RockTPart are four Apophyfes; 1 cMafloidej' m Styloides and n hypo- 
o * an 4 Che fourth is placed in the bafts of the Skul, and may be called 
01 Ltf ’ 111 Children it is*an <Epiphyfif, and may eafily be pulled 
uorn the Rocky Bones. “ 
The Fight 
Bones of tht 
Os Fmtis* 
Os Simipitisl 
The Bones of 
the Temple. 
Its Apopbyfeti .  and 
Book I. 
The Cavities 
of the Rare. 
i. 
pajftge of hea- 
ring. 
i. 
Concha* 
? 
Labyrmhttt. 
4- 
Coded. 
Os Occipkale. 
In this laft Apophyfif, are the three Cavities of the Eare contained : The 
firft is external, and called the p Pattage of hearing. The fecond is called 
Concha, andconcaines the internal Aire, and the three final bones called 
r ‘Malleolus Incus and Stapes, as alfo a hole patting into the Cavity of the 
(MajioH. The extremity of this Cavity is directly oppofice to the Timpa- 
num and hath two fmall holes; of which the greater is called the5 oval window 
and is the ingrefs into the third Cavity, which is called ther Labirinch, by reafon 
of its various Circulations and turnings; the ocher hole is narrower, and is the 
Paffage to the fourth v Cavity which is called % Cochlea, from its rough and 
wreathed Figure. 
The fixe bone of the Skul is called y Lambdoidef and Occipitale, and is 
compalfed about with the Suture Lamhdoft, the Extremities of which, are 
called Horns by the Ancients; but by Qalen, Adicions to the Lamb dots. To 
chefe are Caufticks fomtimes applyed. 
The feventh Bone is» Sphenoidss ; in which we nauft confider the external, 
and internal cable : In the internal cable, are three Apophyfes, which are cal- 
led a Clinoides; between thefe is a Cavity inter)eded, which is t called Sella 
Sphenoidk. The external Table hath four Apopbyfei; of which, two re- 
fembling the hollownefs ofaftiip, are called ct by Qakn they 
are called (Fterigoides : the ocher pafs under the Zygomata, to the Temples, 
and are called Temporalis. Between the two Tables, or Places, is an empty 
d Cavity paflable to the Note by a double hole,and fevered within by a Bridg in 
the midftj. this is aiwaie* wanting when the bone of the Forehead is 
follid. 
•s-Sphcmldes. 
Its Apsphyfes. 
Os Ktbmoides, 
The eight bone is called or according to Qalen Spongide/; ic 
con Gifs oFfevea different portions, The firit is pierced chomgh like a * Sieve: 
from winch, within the Skul, arifech an 'Apophyfif, which is the fecond porti- 
on of the bone, and is like af Cocks Comb; without the Noftrdls, from the 
i ame Sieve-like Table, depends that bony fubftance, which makes the g Bridg 
between die Noftreis; and this is accounted the third portion of the bone: To 
this Bridg of theNofe, ftick two Spongy bones, which make the fourth; and 
rift part of the cEnmoides: The (ixc, and feventh portions of the , 
are chin Scales, plain, and faiooth, as broad as a mans Thumb; which make 
the internal fide of each Orbita, befide the great Cantbus, and underneath 
they cover three, and lomtimes four cells, diipoled from the great Cantbm, 
even to the lower-moft Orbita. 
Tabula cri- 
brofa. 
C'rißa galli. 
Septum N aft- 
Two Spongy 
Bones. 
In the bafis of the Skul, both internally and externally, certain Cavities are 
obferved; of which fome are called Sinus, others holes, others *Foffa or pics; 
of which, fee Sylvius, who was the firft chat handled them Methodically ; we 
give them here Names according to their places, and Natures. 
The Sinus are eight; two ‘Maxilla.res in the uper Jaw, as many 
in the bone of the Forehead, fo many Sphenoides in the bone Spbenoif and no 
fewer tylaiftoidss in the Apophyfes of the 'Mafioijg. 
Holes are internal,or ex^rnal; Internal are twenty five commonly fomtimes 
twenty leven j twelve or thirteen on each fide, and one without a fellow; 
which gives Egccfe to the Marrow of the Back. The firft, is h<E thmoides; the 
the fecond, 1 Spbenoidem ; the third, * Opticus-, the fourth, iS cijfuraOrbi' 
tails; the fife, m Temporal, from the nerve of the third conjugation which 
pafterh to the temporal raufde ; chefixr, n Qufiatwus \ the feventh, Qufid' 
twits Secundus; the eight, ° Cervical; the ninth, C amicus; the tenth, 
p Jlriditorium, the Eleventh, q Jugulars; the twelfth, ‘Motivum Lingua* 
or lAnguofum; the thirteenth, and laff, slmpar, or Occipitale. Theexter- 
nal holes are ten on eath fide, according to Sihius; to which lad an eleventh, 
to wit, the external hole of the Bare; befides, at the Root of the Stiloft, in 
the extremity of the auricular Apophyfif, on the external part, is a hole di- 
vided into two within, divided with a very thin Scale, Of the external holes 
Eight Sinus. 
Holes internal. 
*7. 
External holes. 
10. Book I. 
eAnatomy 
fh- firft is called. Super dh are: the fecond Lacrimale, che third, Orbitarium 
externum * rhe fourth, Orbitarium Ethmoideum 5 che fife, above the palac 5 
the fixe in the extremity of the Pallacthe fevench, checlefc under the Zygomam, 
the eight, and ninth, Supra Eterigoides *, the tench ‘Maftodei the eleventh, 
the external hole of che Eare. 
The pics are internal, and external; fix are in che internal bails of che Skul ; 
twofrontals, two temporal?, and two occipicals. The external are ieven oh 
e«chfide, to which I add an eight, to wit, the Cavity of che Nofe : The firft, 
dr bit aria * thefccond, %afalia *, the third, Zygomatica, the fourth, above 
the Pallac j che fife, under the Pallac the fixe, Eterigoideaa, the fevench, 
in che Joyncing of che inner ;aw j the eight, in the hole of the fixe Conjugati- 
on. 
Pits internal. 
External. 
aT. 15./. bb."*c f?,bhf4'.aa. m*(FiS'f' l-cc- ZCT. *5-/* 3. 
Supra % 'i*. 1 "s fa.A'B. /• 3*®.™1 f.6. 
cc.f3.d.m* f.6.<DV. *1 If 6/.EE. f3.rf- Zm T'-I%*}.s•& :n-T. 
20. f. 6.A.fi.cB. -o/rd.®. C. -p f. 7.A<EC. Zvf* 9- 
$ *b. :• f. 6. c. /. t. 15./4. c. 5- 6. cF. Zy£ 
S.SuprainferimV.Z* /,?.**./.6.G.<H. JJ* T.IST. 
15. J. 5. T.j~f.s.CC. Zd &id.ye T. 15. J. 6.1 Z'[ X 1” 
CC.y f.y.aa. ”h /. S-**- "i f.s. bbAk f.s.cc. P 
5-ee. 2n /• 5* 1t f, bb. 2p. ibid. T. is. 00. Sr f< 16. 
Chap. £*: 0/the uperjawl 
Ip He ocher Parcs of che Head,is called the Face* it comprehends both Jaws, 
and is feparaced from the Skul, by the fir ft common Suture, 
The uper Jaw confilis of many bones, about the number of 
phich is forpe con trover lie among/! Anacomifts v but palling by the vain and 
foohfli opinions of modern Authors, I admit only of Eleven, palling by cbofe 
portions of che cEthmoides, which-fome Ana tom ifts reckon for feveraißones : 
tor thole bones only belong to the Jaw which are ieparaced from che Bones 
or the Skul; neitbCi are portions of them, but fome of thole bones contained 
Within the Orbita, and form che Orbita of che Jaw* with ocher bones are por- 
tions of the bones of che head, as rhe productions of che Sphenojs, the broad 
portion of the cEthmois ? and therefore they are Childifhly referred to the 
law. 
If any ob;eds That they do belong to the Jaw, becaufe they are beneath 
the common Suture chat divides che Skul from theJJay wherefore feeing they 
•“Placed Beneath che faid Suture, they may be attributed to the Jaw. But 
u the Apopbyfes of the bones of che Skul, which Thick out beyond the round* 
Jys oi it, be referred to the Face*, by the fame rule the Apcpbyfes, called 
t tengodei, which Thick out without che Globe, and rotundity of the Skul, 
are placed in the Same plain with che Vomer, and the Angles which fuftain 
e Jaw, are to be reduced to the Jaw it felt. And when (falen reckons che 
s Sphencis amongft the bones of the Jaw, he reckons it as a Supernumerary. 
J'herefore we mull reckon but Eleven bones of che Jaw, 
rive bones are placed on each fide,and one without a fellow, which fuftains 
he midftof the Pallar. The fir R, (Jalen Lib, de Off. Cals xCMelon: Ic i 
2*y Zygomaticus, becaufe it confticutes the greateft parr of che 
fA'goma, and a great part of the Orbita, and Angles of the Eye: now Zygoma, 
nothing elle than a bony Semicircle made of two Apopbyfes, by the oblique 
bonp°fwhich the one paffech from the rocky boney the other from the 
°r che Cheek, The Second is called bOf unguit, oVOjjiculum Lacri- 
The Face whit 
How many 
;Bones in the 
uper Jaw. 
The fir ft B 
of the Jaw. 
The tS c and (^Anatomy. 
Book 1. 
male. The third is called the c greateft bone, and concaines the middle part 
of the Teeth; and finifheth the inferior part of the Orbita, and the internal 
part of the Nofe. The fourth bone forms the d Note, and fo che Note is form- 
ed of four bones, two are Proper,which we mentioned laft; and two common. 
Modern Anatomifts ad the bone called e Vomer, which is placed under the 
Sphenotf, andPalat, which was not unknown to ‘Hippocraces. Ic is like a 
Piow-ftiare, and holds up die bndg of the Nofe, to which kis Joyned by S«- 
tura, or Harmoma, 
h 
4* 
» T.”l MS'fi-l&f-i-K.:«/■ 
Chap. 10. Of the Orbitary Bone. 
THe orbicary bones, which *Bippoeratef Lib. de Ojjihus cals Uypopia by 
which che Eye holes are made, were fir ft of ai by ‘Picolominuj pro- 
pounded to be five', but he ignorantly prerermicced a portion of the maxillae 
bone, which joyned » o tne reft makes fix, of which che hole of the Eye is 
made; but thele bones are not Proper, excepting theungular, orLacrymal 
bone, but partly portions of the bones of the Skul, partly portions of the bones 
of theupec Jaw. The firft is the a Frontal bone, which makes the fornace of 
this vault. The fecond is a portion of the Spkenois, fimaced in the deep exter- 
nal fide of the Eye hole,even to the idler corner. The third is b Lygomati- 
cum, which makes che ieiTer corner, and the middle pavement of che Orbita, 
or Eye hole. The fourth isc 'MaxWare. The fife d Lacnmale. The fixe che 
Scaly table, of che os fEthmois which make? rhe other fide of che Orbita, and 
the greater Corner: chefe bones arc tobedilcerned within che Orbita, with 
their Proper and common Sutures, 
The Orhitary 
Bones of the 
Eyebowmtny. 
The error of 
?icolominus, 
touching their 
number. 
• T.is/.3.^.rb T.t9.f.T.1}./.1-iS-f-i-Q. 
Chap. 11. Of the inferior Jaw. 
Its? Mm. 
Bafts. 
JkpQpbjftt. 
THe inferior Jaw in fuch as are grown up, is but one bone; in which is to 
be noted, its bafts, and it; ?.x: mriities. Its bafis is the middle part of it, 
hollow within (linking Out '.outwardly and is called the aChin. The extre- 
mities are Angles, each extremity lends out two Apophyfei, of which one is 
Sharp called b Ctoroney-.and rece ve the tendon of the temporal Mufcie j the 
other is a c Condyle, m d may be called Articulatoria, becaufe it lerves for 
Articulation of the j j w.. Below theie Apophyfei is a Singular d hole by which 
Veins, Arteries, and Nerves pals to die leech 5 one portion of which palleth 
back again, neer the « Chin , and is diiperfed to the Mukles of the Lips. 
• i-L-Zbr- "c /• f /. }■ 
la* t. 
Chap, i 7. Of the Os Hyois: 
itspmt. 
Muff' 
'p He OfTJyoH may oe refered tothe bones of the Head, becaufe it is faftned 
by Nervous bones to the Apophyfei of the Styleit. It is Compounded of 
five final bones, of which that which is greateft and hollow is called thea bans, 
|hey which ad a fixe and a levench bone underftand the Ligaments wherewith 
this bone is tyed which as they are ufually Nervous,fo in (brae they are obferv- 
ed to be Cartilaginous. From the excream pares of the greater and Funda- Book I. 
e.. 
mental bone, one Cartilaginous b Horn, which is feldom bony Springs on the top, 
on each fide it is fattned to the Cartilage Tyrois, which two Horns are ufually num- 
bred for the eight and ninth bones. 
The 0/Wyatt is the tbundacion of the Larinx and Tongue and by the Judgment 
of al Anatorm (Is receives the Tongue in its Cavity, but if a man may belfceve his own 
Eyes, they wil Ihew him that the only is received in its Cavity, and that 
the Tongue refteth on the uper (ide of its Balls. 
Ham, 
£yoy of hneP 
tomtits* 
a X 13./.11.12. *AiA>2b X 13./. 11. 
Chap. 13. Of the Teeth. 
'p He Teeth, are the inftruments of Chewing the Meat, and forming the voyce. 
They are bones although they differ in Nature from ocher bones. 
They confift of two parts, one of which flicks out without the Gum, and is cal- 
led the Balls. The ocner is hid within the Gum, and called the Root, the Root is 
o°t (bilid but hollow, and fo hollow,chat it receives a imal Vein, a fmal artery,and 
* fmal Nerve. 
The Roots of the T eech are.various in number and difverfe in figure. The Root 
°f the Cutters isalwaies fimple and right, diftingaiflied only with a fmal cleft for 
their firmer (licking. Alio the Roots of the Dog-teeth are fimple. The lupenor 
Renders have a threefold Root and Crooked, became they hang downwards, in the 
grinders they are double and foracimes treble. 
The number of the Teeth is various in regard of Age. In Children from the 
leventh Month even til they are two years Old and upwards twenty of them uiuaily 
c°me out by degrees one after another, and before they are wel cowards lour years 
U Age, they have no more, afterwards eight, or twelve others come out; So that 
hey have twenty eight, or thirty two in both Jawes. 
This number isd ttinguifhed mzo three orders by reafon of their Situation and 
the firfl four Teerb are calledaCutters* 1 hofe’cwo which are next thele 
co pn eaca art o.i teo *> ‘Dj'g-teetb* The reft being eight, or ten, are called 
grinders, iney are placed m die davicies of each Jaw, winch Cavities are not 
Continual out divided m o c-eils, ana their con; unction, or -di.cicu.Uaon is called 
Their \ature 
Pam, 
Baps and 
Root. 
The number 
of the %oots of 
the Teeth. 
The Humbtf, 
of the Teeth* 
Their Orders] 
* T. 15 f Xi5X15.f.6 00. 
Chap. 14, Of the Trunk, being the Second fart of the 
Sceleton. ■ ~ 
comPrehends che Back-bcne and fuch bones as are fattened there- 
c°mPoundecf of the Back-bone and the Cheft. 
bony Channel which gives paffage to the Marrow of the Back, 
bonelsf trei:(:hed even from the Head, to the Oi Coccyx. It confitts of very many 
hirnieipiCS iecuricy and chat it may not eafily be hurt, as aifo that a man may bow 
ertebr^°r neccfficy °f a^lon* tbeie bones the Greeks cal Spondils, and the latins 
roUiidVery Yertehra you may obferve two parts of which the one is internal,thick and 
Ho Nani u cjlled the body •* the other external with various jipophyfes and hath 
the bindmn*5 tlfLercnces of che^p^#/are three, .right, 
tri»ulverfeT? and ,s ProPerly called a SPim chac which is b Lateral, and 
Which they ace 
Of whet it 
mfifts, 
The n«kz 
bone what. 
Two pmsei 
a Vertebra* 
Differente of 
tteAwWi^ Thyftck and ciAnatomy. 
Book 1. 
In the Oblique \Apopbyfes two are above, and as many below, and therefore in 
al the Vertebra, are ieven -Apophyfes found. The whol Hfachis or Back-bone, is 
divided inco_ four Parcs. The %ecK, ‘Back, Loyns and Os Sacrum: The Neck 
hath feven Verteba;, the Back twelve, the Loyns five, the Os Sacrum is either one, 
or three-fold in inch as are grown up-, in Chilldren it is divided into five or fix 
Parcs: Wherefore the Back-bone in fuch as are grown up, is competed of twenty 
four Vertebra ■, to which, if you add the Os Sacrum,which is a great Vertebra, it 
makes twenty five or twenty (even. The crooked-ftreighc Figure ofthe Back-bone, 
which is admirably defenbea by Hippocrates in Lib. 3. de Articulis, from verte 3 3. 
to 3 Cannot be noted in a Scelecon, though never fo exactly made j but in a 
Carkafs the Ficfh of the Back being taken away it may 3 in the Vertebrae of the Neck, 
this peculiar thing is to be noted, That al the cranfverfed Apophyfes are peirced 
through, chat lb they may give paffage to the cervical Veins and Arteries j they have 
Cavities in the extremities,through which the Nerve being yet fofc, is deduced : The 
c hindermoft Apophyfes, are double, for the rife and injection of Nerves; but the 
two fuperiors have another ftru&ure and conformation, by reafonof the motion of 
the Head j fotchefiuft wants a and hath a thick round Body 3 the lecond 
fends out a s Tooth like Apophyjts. Al the Vertebrae of the Neck are ftncktly joyned 
and implicated left they fhould flip afunder in the vehement Motions of the 
Neck. 
The Vertebra 
of the Neck) 
The vertebra 
of the Back- 
The twelve h Vertebra ofthe Back, are altogether one like the other: their Apo- 
phyfesa.re z\ foliid, and continual, without any hole or divifion. The twelfth, or 
eleventh Vertebra, hath a different Articulation from the reft; al the reft are j oyn- 
ed by Cf inglymos, the eleventh, or twelfth, only by Arthrodia. And therefore 
the who! Morion of the Back-bone, bowing, extending, and Obliquacion, is per- 
formed by that Vertebra. 
The Vertebra 
of the Loyns. 
The five Vertikr<e of the Loyns, differ in Apophyfes from chofe of the Back for 
the hinder Apopbyiss, or i Spina, do not defeend as they do in die Back, bucaref 
ftxaighc, and broad : the* cranfverie Apophyfes arc longer, and frand inftead o 
Ribs. •- 
tinder the Loyns is the1 Os Sacrum, which chough it Seem one fimple bone at the 
firft vie w , yet being Boy led a long time in Oyl, it is divided into five parts, and 
fomciiries-into fix. 
To the extremity of me Of Sacrum, is another cartilaginous bonc;oyned, which 
is divided into three, feldora into four Pacts and is called m Coccyx, the Crupper- 
bone. 
Os Sacrum- 
Coccyx• 
* T z-f.i.d. 3b m‘ fi i.eece.y T. 15. f. *o-M>. 21. fc. 
.£'/• io. “s f.zi.a, T. 10. f. 3. T-z.f-z- ■ T, 1. f. 1. aa- 
-2-f. 5.6. “m T. 2,f. bb. c. 
Chap. 15. Of the Cheft, 
T,he Breaji 
rahdt- 
Cheftj together with the Back-bone, make up the trunk, of the 
. Hcdeton. 
It i* four-fold. 
Tiie Gheft is a bony Circuftifopence, which holds the vital Parts, and is confti' 
cured of a four-fold kind of bonesche Sternum before the Ribs on each fide, the 
Cfawculas at cop, and id te Back-bone behind, to which the Ribs flick. 
The Sternum. 
The * Sternum or Breft-bone, in fuch as ate grown up, is one only continued 
ibone, diftinguilned by three or four cranfvcrle lines, which are but the foocftePs °*- 
the Ancient divisions $ and thefe lines are more confpicuous ontheinfide, than °n 
the out. On the extremity of this bone, depends the Cartilage or Griftles called 
or the (word-like Cartilage; it represents a Shield in bruites. 
The Ribs are twenty four, twelve on each lidej of which, the (even uper mol 
arc called cTr#e, becaufe they are committed to the Sternum j the ocher fivem- 
The Cartilage 
called Sword- 
Lihe. 
The] Ribs, 
■ ,1 Book I. 
c and <*Anatomy. 
ferior, are called d ‘Baftard, becaufe they are never joyned co the Breaft-bone, but 
are joyned in a Cartilage, chat they may the better give way to the (Veilings of the 
Liver and Spleen, and yeild to the Motions of the Hiaphragma• 
The cClavicul<e are two, one on each fide ; whole Figure reprefents an Italica 
S* They retain the Scapula in its Proper feat that it fal not upo*che Bread:. 
cUvicula. 
*T. jo.f.*.AJL'**f.z&Z* f'Z- i«a. i‘4-S-&7>Zd /-a. 8.9.10. 11.12. 
f. 1. f. T. ai/f* 2. 
Chap. 16. Of the Limbs, being the Third Tan of the 
Seek ton : and fir ft, of the Scapula, 
S Being the Scapula Omoplata, orflioulder-Wade, belongs nothing at alto the 
constitution of the Bread:, I feperate it from the Trunk, and it at the begin- 
ning of the hands. In the Omoplata many Parts come to be noted for the original 
and Infection of Mufcles. A very Neceflary Part of the Omoplata being ftretched 
to the Longitude of the Back, is called thea *Bafis, the extremities of which are 
called Angles *, one is b Superior, the other c Inferior. The Bafis is the Tides of 
the Piibs ; of which, the one is (hotter and thinner, which is called the d Superior 
; the ocher longer, and thicker which is called the c Inferior sßib. The whol 
Latitude of the Scapula is called the cable; The external Parc of which,is Gibbous; 
the internal hollow, chat To it may receive the Mulcle. The famous procefsor 
Apophyfis afeending upwards from the calledf Spina, the broad extremity of 
which, is called Acrdmium; which according co Qalen and Hippocrates, is a 
diftindt bone, and Cartilaginous in Children; but hard, and bony., mmchasare 
grown up. Which after the twentieth year, and femthing fooner is turned into 
an Apophyfis of the Spina. The pics on each Tide of the Spina are called Interjcapuli- 
um; one pit is above ic,the other below it, but the middle prominence of the S pina 
which is bowed, is commonly called (Pterygmm or the crift. The ocher extremity 
of the Scapula, which is great, Tubject to the Acromhtm, and oppofice co the Bans, 
is called the g Neck ; in it you fhal note, that Apophyfis called h Coracoid.es,which 
was made for the fecuricy, and firmnefs of the Joync of the Shoulder, the Cavity of 
the Neck, is called (flenoides. 
jts Tarts. 
Baftr. 
Angles. 
Rtljs- 
?mef. 
pfal 
a Tiuf-zM. Zh - 4 f'Z-ah.f,ad,d. Z* f-2.ag.ad. c. 
/^.c.yh J.2-df 
Chap. 17. Of the Shoulder. 
THe Arm hangs upon the Omoplata or Scapula, which is divided into three 
Parts; the Shoulder, ehe Cubit and the Hand. In the Shoulder are two 
extremities for the infer cion of Mufcles; the upermoft is called the Head, which a 
jnembranous Ligament, bred from the Cavity of the Qlenois, compaffeth about, 
befides the four Mufcles which it involves: a little below this, the Orbicular nar- 
*°w place, is called the Neck: In the Head is a long Chink, by which the Nervous 
Head of the Mufcle *Biceps arifeth. In the ocher extremity of the Arm, you may 
oblerve the Trochlea, about which the Cubit is turned: About the 'trochlea ace 
JWo a Cavities, of which the external, is wider than the internal; in thefe are the 
'-oronal Apophyfis of the Cubit received: with the Trochlea' are two Apophyfis, 
•'mich are called Condili the one inferior, and interior; the other fuperior, and 
eXCerior. 
The three 
?Jrts, th* 
xk of 
the nones of 
the Shoulder. 
_ 
Tbe Nec*’ 
cavities. 
jpofhjfes 16 
and 
Book I. 
Chap. 18 0 Of the Quhitmy and Radius. 
cubitus 
why there are 
fw tones. 
He fecond Parc of che hand is called Cubitus, 8c confifts of two bones jof which 
X che one which is fuperior and fhorcer, is called * (Radiusche ochcr,which is 
inferior, and fufyedt co che former, is called by the Name of the whol b Cubitus, 
and by forne ‘Ulna, Two bones are neceflary in this Parc of die Arm by real'on 
of their double and contrary Motions, which could not be performed by one bone 
united by Qinglymus i for Qinglymus luffers only bowing and extending, and in 
no wife invercion; which che Radius being joyned by Arthrodia performs. The 
Obliquacion of che Radius cannot perfectly be dilcerned unlefsin a new carcafs, ail 
the Mufcles being taken away 5 for with great admiration you fhal fee the %adius 
turned about, upward and downward, upon the Cubic, being unmoved andalfo 
moved together with the Cubitus, when it is bowed and extended. 
There is forathing worthy the noting m the, extremity of che Cubitus: For in che 
uper extremity, is che Cavity, called Sygmoides, which embraced! the Trochlea of 
the Arm i about this, are two Apophyjes, called Corone the lowermoft is called 
c Qlecranum: In the inferior Parc che Cubitus, is an Apophyfis, which is called 
d Styloides 9 the extremities of thefe bones alone, are joyned together by chat 
Qinglymus, which confiftcth of two Bones, pa/ling into one another, in diverfe, 
and diftanc places. , 
Cavity • 
a/. 2.®. /• 2. V. “ * T. 21./. 2.g. "d f>2 e. regioH&22 
Chap. ip. Of the Hand* 
'Bivlfioa. 
THe Hand is divided into three Parts Carpus, ‘Metacarpus, and the Fin- 
gers. 
» Carpus conQfts of eight bones, diPtnbuted into two orders, which are joyned 
amongft themfelves by Symphyfes, by a kind oi became the bones of 
the Carpus are moved the one from the other, either obscurely* or nocacal ; the 
firft order makes Arthrodia 'Diarthrodis, with the inferior Cubic j che lame order 
is joyned with che fecond order of the bones of the Wnft, or Carpus, by Arthro- 
dia; which fecond order is joyned with the ‘Metacarpus, by Arthrodia Synar- 
throdss: So chat this Motion, is either none at al, 01 inlenfible j but the firft order 
with che lecond is moved obfcurely. 
The b Metacarpus, fucceeds the Carpus, and is framed of five bones, if we add 
che ficft bone of che Thumb, which fome reject, becaule ic is Obliquely added co 
the Metacarpus, and endewed with manifeft: Motion and contrary to the Nature 
of ocher bones of che Metacarpus, which make Arthrodia with che Wnft, and 
‘Enarthrofis with che F ihgers j and yet the fourth bone of the Metacarpus, which 
fuftains the Ring Finger, hath manifeft Motion. 
From the fcveral bones of the Metacarpus, are feveralc Fingers ftretched; only 
the Thumb excepted, the Fingers conhft of three bones which are joyned co one 
another by Qinglynws j and therefore they admit only of bowing, and extending» 
che Oblique Motion of them depends upon che tEnarthrofis of the firft bone with 
the Metacarpus, 
Carpus. 
Metacarpus. 
Fibers. 
* f.i.<pv.f.i..<F.Zb •r.ii.f.i.g^.f.2-^* v,s.f.t»cv& Book I. 
‘Phjjtck^and 
Chap. 20. Of the Bones of the Ilium, 
THe greacefl and larged: bones of the body, which being joyned with the Ojt 
Sacrum, fuftain and ereft the whol Trunk, are by the greatefl Part called 
Osfa Ilium : In fuch as are grown up, they are one bone; but in Children divided 
into * three Parcs; which yet hold their ancient appeUacions,though the very Foot- 
fteps of them be obliterated by Age. The broader Parc of the bone which frames 
the latitude of it, and is flretched out to the middle of the funnel, is called b Ilium ; 
the ocher halfe, and fuperior Parc, is called c Tubis ; the other inferior Part 
dlfchium: Of thefe three portions, is made char great’hole called the 
«the Funnel. 
In thefe bones force particular things are to be noted; for Anacomifls call the ex- 
ternal Face of the Os Ilium, th the fuperior internal Cavity, they cal the 
Belly; the extremity of which, is called the T{ib; the brims of which, both exter- 
nal, and internal, are called Lips, or Trowr, lb as one is external, the other inter- 
nal. The extremity of the Rib,which flicks out, and is joy tied to the Of Sacrum, 
is called the hinder Spine. And the ocher fexcremicy of the Rib towards the Fun- 
nel, is called the foremoft, upermoft Spine. There is under this, another called the 
former and nether Spine. 
In the Of Tub is, a Spine is observed neeu the Spmphyfif, by its cop: In the 
Jfcbium, a Spine, and a Bunch is noted; which Bunch is called Condyle. 
Its Parts, 
Ilium. 
Pubis. 
ifchium* 
Rib. 
Lip's. 
Spinet, 
•T. 8./. 12.C'D'E.Z* T:z. f. 3. A.3.®®.-« X. zt.f. 4. 
Ghap. 21. Of the 'Bone of the Thigh. 
THe Peer, as wel as the Hands,are divided into three Parcs ; the Thigh, Leg, and 
Toot. 
. The Boneof the Thigh is but one, and the greateftin al the Body, in the fupe- 
rior excremicy, the* Head is round, to which a flender part is added, called the 
Neck: from the Neck are two */}pophyfes produced, to which, the Mulcles called 
*l{otatores, are faflned ; and therefore they are called Trochanters ; the foremoil 
is called the leffer b Trochanter ; the uperraofl,on the fide,the greater <= Trochanter. 
The other extremity of the Thigh, hath two *Condyli: a c Cavity being left be- 
tween, which admits thef middle, and eminents Apaphyfu of the Leg ; and in 
like manner the Qondyli are received by the s Cavities of the Leg; by a loofe b Qm- 
glymus, the fore Part of which, is called the Tywee, the hinder Part the Tam: this 
Articulation is ftrenghtned before, wkhafmalbone, called the 1 Knee-pan, which 
is Articulated to ho bone. 
The T his 
bone. 
. * 
/ipophyTes. 
ee :J * 
Hm. 
Kfjee-pun. 
4 X.21./. I.dd.f4.a. Ibf« c. "c f. f. uhb.f.A.ee. 
Chap. 2Z« Of the Leg. 
THe Leg is compofed of two bones; of which, che greater, anct internal, is Two B ones of 
called a Tibia; The leffer, and external,h'Fibula. The Tibia is Arcicul- ft* Bfg. 
ated by Qinglymof to che Thigh; che Tibula fticks to the Tibia, and coucheth not 
Thigh. The inferior, and bunchy Parcs of them both, are called Ancles; of * 
which, the Tibia makes thet internal, and che Tibula, the d external. - ■ 
If. i.<M.f.4.>D,gb/. i.»•"c/• sS- 3d/• 1 •  and <iAnatomy. 
Book 1. 
Chap. 23. Of the Foot* 
Dlvifion. 
TV//*. 
<rl"f He Foot is dividedinto the Tar fur, Wetatarfuf, and Toe/. The Tarjuf 
A con/ifis of feveil Bones, which ‘P.uffius'Ephejtui cals Ofiracoeha, by reafbn 
ot their hardnfefs; The firft Bone Articulated with the Tibia, is called AfiragaUef, 
or * Talus: The Bone under this, Tternapr b Calcaneuih > The third;oyned to the 
Ajiragatus, Schaphoides: The fourth « Tfy’viculare j ro which is joyned the 
inner,and foremoft portion of the Heel, which is called 4 Cuboides; the other three 
have no Names, or EHe are called c Calcoidea. The f ‘Meiatarfus follows 
Tarfus, and is formed of five Bones, and anfwers to the cMetacarpus of the 
Hand. 
The Toes fucceedthe cMetatarfuf-> coiifticuted of s three Bones a piece, except the 
great Toe, which hath only two Bones: final Bones fil up and ftrengthen the niter- 
nodes of the Fingers and Toes in filch as are grown up, which are uncertain in 
number, and called h Sefamoidea, 
In the fecond Articulation of the great Toe, are two final Bones worth the noting, 
and indifferent big, which are aiwaies found in alCarcaffes, and two at the oriml 
nal of the two Mulcles of the Feet, mentioned by which are but feldooi 
found, and are to be numbred with the Sefamoidea. 
Maatxrftu. 
Toes. 
* f.fi ‘B’“‘S‘C‘= yV'Z'f’ 4- 
Chap. 24. In what Particulars the Bones of Men differ 
from thofe of Women, 
Tboft which 
differ rfe. 
T He Bones of Men and Women, differ in feme parts, which fplateries firft noted, 
and ‘Bauhinui follows him * bur by their leaves, they noted many differences 
which are not found, and Omitted lome chat are: we lhai ipeak of them both fever* 
ally. 
It is true, al the bones of Women, are Hs then thole in Men, both in weight, and 
thicknefs, as alfo in length. Qalen adds they are not io hard* but lakh, chat in al 
living Creatures* the Bones of the Females, are lofcer then thole of the Males * and 
Arijiotle held lo before him. 
The bones of the Head* are altogether alik, having neither more, nor fewer Su* 
cures* although JSrijlotle thought other wife* Namely, that Males had more Su* 
cures then Females, Ch. 7. Lib. 1. debt ft. animal and 7* Lib. 3. ejufd. operk, 
and Chap. 7. Lib. 3. depart animal. Yet the a Sagittal Suture, more often in 
Woman, paffech to the Nate, dividing the Bone of the Fore-head in the middle* 
It is faile that iAnftotle held, Vi\. Thar Males have more « Teech,chen Females, 
In Sub ft ante, 
of the Bone. 
The Bones of 
the Head. \ 
Teeth. 
larynx. 
as is deer in Men, Sheep, Hogs, and Goats. 
The d Larin*r (tf k may be numbred amongft the Bones) is lefs in Women 
the Cartilage c Thyroidei, flicks oiit lei's. 
The f Breft in Women is depreffed in the fore part, and flicks not out as k doth 
in Men, for the more accomodation of the Dugs. 
The s Clwvicul# in Women are hoc iocrooked, for the more comlinefs of theif 
Neck and Breaft. 
The inferior Parc of the h Sternum, is brt *der then in many times bath 
a manifeft hole in it * and the lower Bone upon which the * Sword-hke Carcilagc 
depends, is cleft likeacrefcenc Moon and makes a large hole for the Egrcis of the 
‘Mammaria Interna. 
It is fa lie that the k Cartilages* which in men become bony about the forty o£ 
filcy yearts of their Age, become bony in Women fo foon as their Breads grow * 
Xhoi%h it be true in Women when they are Old* 
Breafi. 
CU-dichl*. 
Sternum. 
Curtilages of 
ike Ribs. 
Jn Women with great Breads, Thorax is narrow* and almoft poyntcd* byfea 
to of th« weight of their Breafts. Book I. 
and Anatomy. 
That Parc of the Back above che Loyns, is no more bowed Backwards in Women, 
then ic is in' Men. * 
The | Or Sacrum is fliorcer, broader, and more bowed outwards in Women, 
then ic is in Men. 
TheOr m Coccyx, or Crupper Bone, is more movable, and noc fo ftrongly knit, 
and more bowed Backwards in Women ; noc according co the opinion ot' Qalen,buc 
‘ot Later writers. Qaleti’. Lib. i. deSemine. ' 
The Buttocks of Women are broader4jid according co ?^riftotle., Lib. 4. de hifi 
animal. Women are ftronger in cheir lower Parcs, and therefore che Of* Ilium 
mo ft commonly is larger, buc chac largnefs bends more outward *; by which means 
the Off a mum are more hollowed oucwardly. 
Upon this largnefs of che Bones, che Womb when ic is greac with Child leans as ic 
were,up on Pillows, and fits as ic were in a Saddle. Elegantly laid QalenLib, i 4. 
deufu Tartiwri, when he called che concourle of chefe Bones with the Os Sacrum 
THEGREAT BONY-VAULT or Arch. The oval hole is Smaller in 
Women chac che portion of che Or (Pubis, neer che Sympbyfis, mdy be larger; buc 
the Spina of che Or Vubis is turned outwards. 
The inferior, or tuberous Parcs, of the0 Or Ifcbium, ic ficced with a double 
Cartilage, thicker fofcer; and chiscommiffure is perfected by afhorc line, chac in 
the travail, ic being fofcned and looted, che Bones of the fPubis may part. 
The fpace between che 0/ Sacrum, Ilium, and p Tubtt, where they are joyned 
together, is larger in Women then in Men, lead: the narrownels of che Pafifage 
Should hinder che comming ouc of che Child. The reft of che ftrudure of Bones in 
Women, is like thofe in Men. 
Back. 
Os Saevun. 
Coccisc. 
ButtockS. 
Os ilium. 
Os Pubis. 
Os Jfchim. 
a 3.bb.2h /• 3.“c f.6.mno.2d T. io."e f, g. A.mt T. 
10.33 T.2i.f.u%Zh X. 10./.i. AA.^f.2.<8.**~f.2.CC.3" TA 
f. 5. and 6.2™ f- 5• andO.b.c.^» f. 3• and 4. A.30 /• 3• 4* b. Z** /• 3. 4-C. 
Chap. 25. Of the number ofthe ® ones in a Mans Body, 
|He number of the Bones of mans Body amongft Anatomifts is uncertain 
JL Vefalius held 307. Qalenz42. But iq the Sceleton of a perfect man, there 
are cwo hundred and fitcy lix neceffary Bones for the ftruff ure of it; which are thus 
numbred. Of the Skul, eighty of the upper Jaw, eleven; of the nether Jaw, 
one*, of Che Os TLyois, three*. Teeth, thirty two; Back-bone, twenty four; 
OsSacmWi three*. Coccyx, three; ClavicuU, two* Pvibs, twenty four; of the 
Sternum, three*, of each Hand, divided into four Parts, Tixty two; Omoplata, 
two; Acmes, tfro; Cubits, four* both Wrifts, fixteen; both tyletacarpus, 
eight; ofalthe Fingers, thirty; of each Foot, divided into four parts, fixey 
two; Namely the Biones of the Ilium, two; Thigh, two; Legs, four; Knee- 
pans, two; Tar fa, fourteen; etatarfus, ten; Toes, twenty eight. 
Eefides thefe Bones, whereof the Sceleton is made, there are eighteen other 
jnanifeft fmal Bones, In each great Toe four, Sefamoida-, in the Head of the 
Guides, called Cfemeli, on each fide, four. The reft of the Sefamoida are fo fmal 
that they confum or vanifh away in boyling the Bones to make a Sceleton. 
There is in each Bare three fmal Bones, which ought to be kept apart with the 
Sefamoida’, neither come they into the ftrufture of the Sceleton. So that if you 
add the firft number to the fecond, you ftiall find two hundred and fifty fix Bones. 
Chap. 26. The Hiflory of a$ Infants Bones, till the Age of 
JeVen years. 
xEeing the Bones oFlnfanrsj from their Birch til feven years of Age, differ much 
from the Bones of Inch as are grown up, both in number, and figure, and <rPhyftc\ and Anatomy. 
Book I. 
especially in the Multitude of Bpiphyfes, and defe&of Apophyfes, therefore I 
thought it wel worth the while, to ad the Bones of Infants, to the Bones of men 
grown up, that the difference between them may apear mote evidently, for this 
comparilbn makes much fo cake away the differences amongft Anatomifts j and to 
uncy the difficult knots, you fhal find in (falens Doff r ine of the Bones. 
That this Ofteology, was known to Qalen, is manifeft by various places in him» 
in which he declares che*Bones of Infants in his Hook of the formation of the Child 
in the Womb, he deferibes the Head of the Infant, liuhefirft bookTJe/ewjme, he 
treats of the Teeth of Infants, but before Qalen, *Hippccratei, was a diligent 
ftudier and obferver of this Ofteology j as his divine monuments of the Nature of 
Children, and of their breeding Teeth witnefs. 
And the profit of this Do&nne is very great: not only in the education of Chil- 
dren, which are marred, by the unskilfulnefs either of the Midwife, or Nurfe* 
We fee diverfe Children at this day Borne, with great Heads, Bunches, Bow-Legs, 
great Ancles, Vnfeemiy knees, and at laft are Lame when they begin to go, which 
deformities in the beginning of their Age, whilft their Bones are foft, may be 
amended, and how can a man amend them rightly, unlefs he know the Bones at chat 
time exa&ly ? 
Excellently faid Qalen, in Lib. de canfu'Morborum Chap. 7.' When he de- 
feribeth the deformities of Bones, which are in Children. The Natural figure? 
(faith hej of the members, and of the whol Body, is changed either in the Womb, 
or at the Birth, or after the 'Birth *, It is depraved in the Womb when the formati~ 
cn is vitiated., by reafon of abounding, or unfit matter, his depraved in the Birth, 
when theIMidwife takgf it not rigbly, or binds it not up rightly, being born, after 
the birth the‘Nurfe, in taking of it up laying it down, or carrying of it, orwajhing 
Ofit, or binding it up ; in althefe the ‘Mature of every member is eajtly turned out 
of its courfe, and corrupted. Thefe alfo happen in unfit 'Motions, whilft it is fet 
to jiand or wa\, before its time, or expofed to vehement' Motions. eForunfea~ 
fonaWe, and vehement motions weaken the Limbs, and the Legs, are turned in- 
wards or outwards by the waight of the Body *, and thofe Limbs which fijould be 
jiraight are made crooked, the Barts of the breaft are ufually inverted by ifurfes, 
by binding them too bard, in theirfirft education-, this we fee almoft continually 
m Virgins, whilft %urfes ftudy to encreafe thofe parts, which are about the'Hipf 
and Bowels that, they may exceed the bignefs of theßreaji, they bind the Barts 
about the Breaft fo vehement heard, that tbe breaft becomes fharp, and they lookj# 
though they were broken backt 5 andfomtimes are crookShouJdred. 
You fee by Qalen, what miferies and deformities little Children are fubjedf too, 
by reafon of ill forming the Bones, which may be corretfted whilft they are Young, 
and Flexible, and brought into what form you will. 
eHippocrates Lib. dc Septimeftri Bartu, gives the reafon, why Children are 
Born Blind, Lame, or other wile ill formed The Women that go with fuch 
Cbildren are ill, or like to mifearry, in the eight month, for the maimed Bmbrion 
7vatgreavmtSick, in the tight month-, andthe Vifeafe,Caufed, Impoffumation, 
at it doth in men, but token the ‘Embnon itmain ftcat any other time it rather 
diet then fuffers Jpojiumanon: Hitherto Hippocrates, and Arifiotle writes Se&- 
10. Vrohl,40. That Children may be hint in the Wotnlx becaufe their Lees are 
lb tender. 
Is Ancient. 
And profitable. 
The Marrow 
of the 
Bbody* 
The great her Bones of Infants are hollow, and the Marrow Bloody. After fix 
Months, the Marrow waxeth white, they have a 'Ferioftion, and a Cartilage at the 
ends, the extremities of the Bones, ar dpipbyfex, {bine few Jlpophyfes they have, 
but a great number ofiEpiphyfes, that according to IngraJpOf they amount to, 
three hundred twenty one. But I think tis no fuch matter, neither indeed, have 
I yet been very follicitus about, the counting of the number. 
I never observed any Bone, of any bignes or length which ended not in an 
i 'Epiphyfes i now al the ®piphyfes of Infants are Cartilaginous, and grow hard and 
are turned into Bones by degrees: Their hardnefs begins not ac the Bone, to which 
T heir Epiphy- 
How they 
wax hard- Book I. 
c and natomy. 
they are joyned, but they take their bony fubftance firftac the Centre beginning 
at the internal part and encreafing by degrees to the external. Or from the Centre 
to the circumference, outwardly they grow dry and hard by heat which is ftirced 
Up by Motion and rubbing the Joynts one againft another in walking. 
Chap. 27. Of the Head. 
THc Sutures of the Head feem to be rather TJarmonioe, diftinguiflied by a 
Line, and nocjoyned together like Teeth of a Saw by mutual ingrefs. The 
joynings oft he Skul are loofe, loloofe chat they fuffer the Dura Water copafs 
out for the forming of the("Pericranium. The Sagittal Suture alwaies paflech co 
the extremities of the Noftrils, but very feldom delcends by the hinder pare of the 
Head co the hole of the Marrow of the Back. The coronal Suture hath a mem- 
branous gaping at which place the pulfadon of the Brain may be both Teen and felt, 
this place is vulgarly called * *Fontanella 
The Sutures 
Sagittal. 
Coronal, 
TontmeUa 
The cemperal Bone feeing it is framed of two parts fcaly and rocky, the parts of 
k are diftinguiflied by Tlarmonia, which is not difanulled above the hole of die 
Hare, but beyond it, about the Apophyfu Waflois, 4 
The Bones of the Skul are very thin,neither dial you find the two cables or plates 
in them, before one year be Elapled, between the Bones is fome difparity becaule 
the hinder Parc of the Head are the chinneft, contrary to what they are 
in fuch as are grown up, at the concourfe of the fagiccal and coronal Suture is a 
deft called which a thick and hard membrane (huts and grows bony 
inprocefsoftirae. 
Bones of the 
Shut. 
Their tbick- 
nef. 
Thec Frontal bone is alwaies two without any finuous Cavity, the bone of the 
binder Part of the Head in Children new born, mod commonly confifts of four 
bones even til they are a year Old. The firft is the whol and fuperiour breadth of 
the bone which compaffech and embraced! the Cerebellum, this is rarely divided, and 
yet there is a certain cleft in the cop, caufedby the fagiccal Suture produced thither. 
The Second and third portion make the Tides of the hole of the Marrow of the Back, 
and the middle part of the Circle. The fourth bone is placed in the extremity of 
this, and makes a portion of the great hole, this as yet I never obferved. A tranf- 
verfe Line incerfetts Che circle as though it were two. The Bones ofc ‘Bregma, at 
iheconcourfesofche fagitcal and coronal Suture, are imperfect by reafonofthc 
'Pontaneila. . _ 
Of the Vert- 
bead. 
Bregma. 
The Bones of the Temples are manifeftly feperated into two Parcs, fcaly and 
rocky, neither the ‘Epiphyftf called Styloii not the Apophyfis called Waftoif ap- 
pear in it, only the ZygomaXicd is feen, but chat part of the rocky Bone fubjeft co 
the hole of the Bare, makes the bafts of the Skul, it is called next to the Sphenois 
and next to the Lithois byfome, but may be called Auricular#, becaufe it com- 
prehends the whol ftru&ure of the Bare, in Children it is an eEpiphyfif which eafily 
levered, and this is often obferved in the Sculs of bruit Bcafts chat are grown up, 
Ia which not with (landing it is ocher wife framed. 
In this auricular ‘Epiphyfes many things come co view, the paffage of hearing is 
‘together Cartilaginous, about the fife or fixe month it begins co be bony, and yet 
t tiiay be leperaccd even to the fevench month, but in the bafis it is hollowed, even 
0 the third year and longer. 
Bents of the 
Temples. 
Pafage of the 
Kare. 
But proceeding inwards to the extremity of this p adage their is alx)ny d Girc]e t0 
flichcheTmpa«w;wisfaftned, this alibis eafily fevered, but when chepaffagot 
grows hard, the bony circle is foftrongly knit to it, chat it is inteperable. 
finrtr»Savicies ace ftraighc, neither can the admirable ftrufture of the Laby- 
the F perceived in Boies, and yet chat which is wonderful the three little Bones of 
thn?CC (CMatteolu* 5 Jncm and Stapes, are of the fame fubftance, bignefsand 
Thi»eVen com c^e Birch to extrame Old Age. i 
Os Sphenoit is divided into four Parcs according co ‘Falfopius of which the 
B on# Circle. 
Os Sfhenois. !Thyftckand <tAnatomy. 
Book 1. 
pcocefs called ‘Pterigoides] conmtute two thereat which receives the Qlandtdd 
<Vituitaria, a third; The,fcprfibpare is fubfervient to the opnek Nerves, whicfi 
portions grow together, not longafcer the Nativity: bacFallopiits very ill decrib- 
edchefe portions of the Spbmpis ; for the third comprehends the feat,. ov .Saddle, 
and alfo is fubfervienc to the opcick Nerves The fourth is ftreched out below the 
Saddle, even to the Corone of the hinder part of the Head, and that diviiion re- 
mains Conspicuous, even til three or four years be paffed. In this Bone, are no 
winding Cavities; and is totally Cartilaginous 5 the bridg of the 
Nole is bony at firft, but grows hard along time after the other parts. 
In the Eye-hole of fuch as are grown up, are fix bones noted, Xygomaticum, 
Sphenoides, ‘Frontal, cEtbmoidesy Lacrymal, and cMamllare '. The portion of 
which makes the: pavement in Children, and is levered with a kilid of Suture,, which 
remains even tilkhree or four years of Age. 
The Lines, or ‘Harmoni# of: the upper Jaw,are like dbofepri fuch as are grown 
up,’ a certain cleft only apears in the brim of the Inferior Orbita. . In the beginning 
of the Pallac is a tranfverfe line efpied, whichisftrecched from one of the Teeth, 
called Cutters, to the ocher ; and comprehends the four Cutters. As for the bones 
they are like the bones of fuch as are grown up, both in figure, number, and Si- 
tuation. The Jaw-bone is not hollow, and the cels of the Tecch are covered, and 
as it were flopped up with a membrane. 
The1 Inferior Jaw in the midft, where the Chin is, is divided by eHarmoniai and 
foconfifts of two parts, fo continuing til two years be pall. 
The Teeth are ingendred in the Worabj when the reft of the parts are in- 
gendred ; but within the holes of the Jaws: they are in number twenty, ten in each 
Jaw ; of which, are four Gutters, two Dog Teeth, and fix Grinders,they al wane 
Roots. 
They begin to pafs out of the Gums about the feventh Month, fomtimes fooner 
if the Nurles Milk be very hoc. Some few have Teeth when they are borne as, 
Cneits ‘Papyrius Carbo and CM. Curtim. 
They do not break out altogether, but by degrees, in two years fpace ; and the 
upper Teeth ufually, come out fooner then the lower 1 firft of al the Cutters, af- 
terwards two Grinders, then the Dog Teeth; the breeding of which, is moft pain- 
ful to Children. 
When Children have twenty Teeth,’ then they ufually fay, they have al their 
Teeth; neither indeed have they more, before they are three or four years of 
Age. 
But when Anatoraifts fay, that there is only twenty Teeth contained in the 
Gums, They do not tel you where the ocher Eight or twelve r elide; neither doth 
icleem like a truth, that new Teeth fhould be bred after the ocher are formed, and 
lie hid in the Gums. In the upper Jaw 1 have obferved the other tour, or fix, hid 
under the Zygoma\ but thole of the lower Jaw under the extremity ofthe fame, 
where they lie hid like points. Under the coronal tApopbyfes, becaufe the [pace of 
each, feeras at the Nartoweft ? to comprehend twenty eight, or thirty two 
Teeth. * •: i , : : ' ? 
Neither do thefe eight or twelve Teeth break out before the Jaws are made lar- 
ger, which hapen about the fourth year of the Age; but contrary to the Nature 
of ocher Teeth, they continue as long as life continues: neither do the/ 
come our, as the ocher twenty teeth do ; neither being plucked out, do they grow 
again. 
Their generation is twofold ; one in the Womb, the other without the Womb; 
for in the Womb the Teeth are formed with the other parts, but are imperfek- 
Wichin each hole, is contained a Mucous, and hardifh lubftance, concluded in a 
little white Membrane, which grows dry, and cake a bony Nature by degrees, and 
Co get out piercech the Gum with its cop ; the Membrane compaffech the hole round, 
and like Glue retains the Tooth: The ocher portion, namely, the Root of the 
Tooth, remaines ftil within the hole, being fofc and Mucous, as the Feathers of 
The Bones of 
the Eye-holes. 
Upper Jaw. 
Inferior Java. 
Teeth. 
At what time 
they apear. 
Where the hin- 
der Teeth lj- 
when they 
break out. 
Their genera- 
tion. Book 1. 
. 
Birds are \ but it grows hard by degrees, and is parted in the middle, into three or, 
four Rots. . . . .... - 
Under chcfe Teeth, in every hole, is fubjetfted the Seminal matter of another 
Tooth, a Membrane palling beewen them *, which \y h i Ift it is fer men red by the 
formative faculty, and growing up, it expels the former. v This fccond matter thus 
included with a membrane, hath deceived many Anacomifts, which thought the 
Teeth confifted of two Pans i and chat other Parc of the Tooth, was an *Epipbyjis 
of the Root; therefore Vefalim, and Cchimbus, held the Teeth in Children, ought 
not to be pulled out by the Roots, but cranfverfly t< >be broken oft, as chinking chat 
anew Tooth grew up from cheiarae Root, which could never be,‘if the former 
were pulled up by the Root. Hut Celfm in my Judgment wrote more truly, that 
there was a new Tooth in Children, which did expel the former,and loracimes grew 
outbelides it, either aboue, or below it. . 
The middle part of the ‘Hypft, being the bafis of chewhol bone, is Cartilaginous, 
but Toon becomes bony i and yet the Tides remain Cartilaginous a good time. 
Hyoip 
• T.IJ./.4.C "i %8.f.4.C~‘ + T. 8 ,f, 
jf.Zl f 7.and6.o.** f.6. A-Z'f-T.»./.6.C.Z* T-4- 
Chap. 2*B . Of the Back and Breafi-bms. 
THe Back*boEC confifts of twenty four Vertebra, the Os Sacrum excepted: al 
of them for one years fpace, are divided into* three pares, the two firft of the 
Neck excepted: the firft parcconftituces the Body *, theothertwo make the Tides 
of the hole, neither do they fend out any proccfs. /Fallopius hath iccn the firft 
Vertebra of Children confiscated of five parts j but the reft, of three only. The i 
firft part was where it was; oyned with the Tooth of the lecond Vertebra, called 
*'Pyrenoit *, the lecond, and third parts, were on the Tides, in Which both the fu- 
perior, and inferior Cavities of the Joyfits were y the fourth, and fifth parts per- 
fected the reft of the hole. The lecond Vertebra of the Neck, befides the three 
parts common with the reft, hath a fourth eminent c^ptphyfifs called tpyrenoit or 
the Tooth. . 
The Vertebra 
Fallopius hk 
Obftrvatien. 
la ai the Vertebra, the hinder part is b Acute, and altogether Cartilaginous, and 
then glows bony, and like an Appendix is joyned co cbe ocher parts. Thecranif- 
verfe proceffes, are alio Cartilaginous, but loon acquire a bony Nature. 
The 0/ Sacrum confifts ofc five Vertebra,, with Cartilages between: So as they 
may eafily be difeemed the one from the other: the hinder fliarpnefr is totally 
Cartilaginous. _.h>, 4 ;v, .if i.... ■v; <■ . . . . 
Al the Vertebra confifr of three parts, as al the Spines of the Vertebra The 
Of Coccix is altogether Cartilaginous,, and undivided y Age divides it into three 
or four parts, which remain Cartilaginous al (even years be expired. 
The extremities of the Ribs chat are d joy rued to the Back, are altogether Carti- 
laginous, yet they loon grow hard: the Sternum of Infants, is at firft Cartilagi- 
n°us, and yet divided by no line, ahd yet the Superior are Sooner bony, then the 
inferior, and the middle parts of them before the extremities, whence it comes to 
pafs chat the bony pare is compared about witn a Carriage one each fide, and tc- 
lembles fo many bony Knots in a hoard. 
Os Sacrum 
J< \ . 
Os Ceffix, 
Ribs . 
Swnwn* 
So foon as the Child is born, the inferrior parcof the Sternum Is Cartilaginous 
and hath no divilion j then it grows bony, as I fliewcd you before; at la ft it is 
cuc into fix particulars, by a cranfvcrte line drawn from the Cartilages of the liibs, 
co which you muft: number chat which is by the Sword-like Cartilage. ■., 
Vailopius in his Obfervations, notes eight bones in the Sternum 6t Children;vvhich 
stewards are brought to feveii, the two laft being reduced iuto one: afterwards 
W are brought to fewer, fix only apearing by that time the Child is fcvcn y ears of 
> and though *Fallvpiuf think fix alwaies remain, yeti have alwaics oblerved 
tiloprt 
Obfcrvatit**' Thyftci and aAnatomy . 
Book I. 
eFaUopmt\\m defcribes the Union of the bones. After (even years the bones of 
the Sternum are joyned together and become fewer by degrees, fo that fix only 
apear, one bone being made of the fourth and fifth and another of the fixe and fe- 
venth. Befides this Union mcreafing, there are only four found, the third 
fourth fifth fixth and feventh growing together. Of the Sternum of Infants Read 
Sylvius, com. adcb. 2. Lib. Qal. de Ojjibut* 
a %Z,f.9.AeBC.Zh f-n-Zc f- 10, u. A 
Chap. 29. Of the upper Limls. 
Scapula. 
» N the Omoplata both Apophyfes, and ‘Epipbyfes, are Cartilaginous, alfd 
X the Neck with the Cartilage Qlenois are of the lame Nature. 'The eminence 
called Cpracoides is an TLpiphyfts, yet the bone Acromium doth not feem feperated 
but it is an Apopbyfts included and terminated with much Cartilage,which is dryed 
after three or four years, and changed into a bony ‘Epipbyjes. called Acromium, 
as it is, deferibedby Hypocrites and (jalen, aclaftthac Xpiphyfis is turned into 
mApophyfis. « ' 
a The appendices of the fhoulders in each extremity are Cartilaginous, and grow 
hard by degrees. AUb the Trochlea is Cartilaginous, but is fooner turned into 
b 3ne then the fuperior parts: thefuperior part of the Cubit called Olecramen, is 
an Xpiphyfis and after one years time grows hard and is ;oyned ro the bone. 
The b bones of the Wrift when the Child is born,: are competed of one Cartilage, 
afterward they grow bony and are diftinguiihed from one another. But fuff they are 
fpongy as the reft of the bones are, which from Cartilages become bones. 'The 
eight bone of the Wrift, turns bony laft of aL C 
The extremities of the c bones of the cMetacarpm and Wrift are Cartilaginous, 
w[jich are hardned within Ids then a year. 
mid* 
Metacarpus 
and Fingers, 
* T.S.f. 13.0b. 5b T. s.f. i;.d. 
Chap. 30. Of the Inferior Limbs', 
Ilium* 
T1 He Ilium in Children is corapofed, of three bones even tilthey are feven years 
of Age,to which the Ancients gave proper Names.a The firft bone comprehends 
that widnels which paffeth to the mtdftof the Funnel, the ocher part is equally 
divided into two parts, a line being drawn by that “Cleft of the Funnel Cros the 
Oval hole, and makes the Symphyfis of the Os fPultis, the fuperior Part of this 
divilion is calledb Os 'Pubis, the inferior cOs Ifcbium, the Lips of which are 
Cartilaginous. . 
d The Thigh on the fuperior part fends out three appendices; a Head, and two 
*Trochanters which remain Cartilaginous *Epipbyfeja good time, the inferior part 
of the Thigh hath two knobs, the appendix is Cartilaginous. 
The Knee-pan at firft is totally Cartilaginous ; and is a long time ere it grow 
bony. 
The bones of the Tibid and fibula, differ nothing from thofe that are grown up 
fave only in their appendices, both above and below,which are Cartilaginous, then 
grow hard, and remain ieperated even to the tench year andupwards. 
In the Fodc al the bones of thee Tarfm are Cartilaginous for lome months, the 
bone of the He£i excepted which is Bony within, though covered with Cartilages, 
without. 
The Sefamoides remain Cartilaginous almoft to confident Age, two only ex- 
. gqjted, which are in the firffc Joynt cffhe great Toe, for thefe grow bony prefen cly 
, after the Birth, 
Vubis. 
Vchium. 
Thigh. 
Tatclla. 
Tibia. 
Fibula. 
Tar [us. 
St ft moides. 
»T.Blf. is.CC'-b T. 8./. 12.® ia.<E<B.;af. i4.<».KS«/- I4C> Book I. 
, and 
Chap. 31. Of the Number of Bones: 
Ityqrajjlas, Propoundsa fourfold number cf the bones,of Infants, the firfl: con- 
tains two hundied thirty feven. Theleccnd three hundred fourty five. The 
third two hundred fitty nine. The fourth one hundred ninety two. But this laft 
Number I doubt is deviled, or die I do not underftand what Ingrajftas 
means. 
Thefe Numbers he thus compofeth. 
In luch Children as are grown up are found three hundred five bones, in the Head 
fevency, to wit, eight in the Skul3cwelve of the upper Jaw, one of the lower Jaw, 
fix of the Ears, thirty two Teeth, eleven Imal bones of the Os Tlyois, which al 
joyned together make leventy. The Trunk comprehends fixty ieven, Vertebra 
twenty foift, S caputs two, Inputs two, Sternum three. Ilium .two. Thefe 
joyned together make iixty feven. But if the Os Sacrum coniift of five and the 
Coccyx ot three, (as often it dothj then there wil be only fixty fix. In both hands, 
eighty four, (adding the twenty four SefamoidesJ in both Feet eighty four, the 
twenty four Sefaiitoides being alio added, the total Number ot bones wil be three 
hundred and five; form this Number if you take away thirty two Xeeth which doth 
not appear in Infants,the refulc is two hundred leventy three,although the Teeth be- 
ing formed lie hid. in the Gums, yec becaufe there is no ule of chem.,chey aranoc 
reckoned araongft the bones. . 
In reckoning the fecond Number he proceeds thus, th eVertehrs of the Back-bone 
3nd Os Sacrum in Infants are divided into three Parcs, the fecond excepted which 
is divided into four by realon of the Teeth, the Ilium is divided into three bones the 
Sternum into eight, the inferior Jaw of two,and the Frontal bone is double. 
Thefe diligently confidercd you fhould find amount to fevency two, whichad- 
ded to two hundred fevency three make three hundred fourtyfivejrom which if you 
fake away the bones which deferve ratherthe Names of Cartilages than bones, as 
the bones of the Wnft fixceen,of the Inftep eight, of the Coccyx four, Sefamoides 
fourty eightjeach Knee-pan and Hyois eight (the three final bones which 
ape in number eighty fix, there remains two hundred fifty nine. In thefe Numbers 
the three hundred ficcy one Appendices are not Numbred which if you ad to three 
hunded fourty five,the Body of the Infant wil be competed of fix hundred fevency 
Bones, 
The Number. 
The End of the Firfl Book* 26 
THE 
SECOND BOOK 
ANATOMY 
PH Y SICK. 
O F 
John Riolanus. 
■, ’•'■ ■ ' , i* •; • A ... „ \ 
Chap. j. General Trecepts y which he that would he ah 
jtmtomifl) muji hefirji with. 
Being chat .according to Ariflotle Chap.i. Lib. j.poft. Analyt. 
Every Poftrine and diidpline which confifts inreafonand 
intelligence, is perfected by fore-knowledg, and Tullius 
C Lib. i. denat. fDeomm, faith that without fore-knowledg, 
neither any thing can be underftood nor ftudycd, nor difput- 
% ed.Before I fee about my Anatomical work I thought good to 
ptemile certain general Precepts, which are the foundations of 
Anatomy, and wil give great light to our proceeding. 
The Body of man is confidered by Anatomifts as compofed of many 
Parcs, which they examine Limb by Limb, and by a diligent Diffeftion, 
they divide the who! Body, into its fmalleft Pacts. They divide 'it firft into three 
grand Farts, ‘Oontaining, Concaihed, and Impelling; chat is into the Parcs, hu- 
mors, and Spirits. But in the Anatomical dilledtion of a dead Body, the Humors 
and Spirits, are not conhdered, the Speculation of which belongs to Phy-' 
fiology, only the Sollid Parcs are regarded, which are either luch as make, orfuch 
as contain Humors and Spirits or the inftruments of Motion, which is the Chief 
How Anato- 
mies Confider 
the Body of 
Man. 
Its Parts. 
Sollid Parts 
how manifold. 
A£f ion or a living Creature, for which ic was made. The lolltd Parts are iiinilar 
or diffimilar, They are called fimilar Parts becaufe they are moft fimple, ftolll 
which, as from a principle, the diffimilar Parcs are composed. The fimilar Parcs 
according to Anatomifts are Bones, Cartilages, Ligaments, Membranes, ‘Fibres* 
Veins, Arteries, Nerves, Fleffi, Fat. Thele are found aim oft in al Compound 
anci diffimilar Parcs,and the Corpulency of the Parcs is formed of them* The Hairs, 
and Naiils are excrements of the external Parcs: Therefore an Anacomift ought to 
Similar Pans 
what how ma- 
ny. Book 11. 
TheThyfcalQonjideration,andiAnatomy. 
be wel inffcruCted what chel'e limilar Pairs are, chat when lie fearcheth oiic the 
ftruCtiire ot the organical parts. Limb by Limb, he may know the Fundamentals 
of this rtruCture. 
1. A bone is a part of the Body, mod: cold and dry, Terreftiad; and therefore 
hardeft, chat fo it may prop up the ocher parts of the body • 
2. A Cartilage, or Griftle, is not fq hard as a bone, Which in Old Men fomtimes 1 
degenerates into a bone: The Cartilages are placed about the extremities of the bone, 
to eafe them in their Motion; fome are found icparaced Irbm the bones, as the 
Cartilages of the inferior Jaw, in the Articulation of the ClavicuU*, in the Sternum, 
in the Articulation of the Tibia to the Thigh ; beftdes the Cartilages of the Larinx, 
Wind-pipe, and filch as are placed to prop up ocher loft Parts, as the Noftrels, and 
Ears. ; 
3. A Ligament, or bond, is a part which binds the bones together, being of a 
middle lubftance, between a Cartilage, and a Membrane; fofeer chan a Cartilage, 
harder chan a Membrane. . 1 
4*. A Membrane, Skin, or Coat, isveryfofr, andfubjeft to dilation. It is the 
covering of ocher parts, or the Receptacle of lomthing; as the Stomach, Bladder of 
Qal: lVbeing a hollow body, it receiving fomthing, it may be called Tunica, a 
Coat; It it Embrace and cover a* lollid body, it is propperly called Wlem- 
brana. 
1. A Bone. 
». A Cartilage• 
■}. Ligament. 
4. Membrane. 
5. T'ibrfr 
5. A Fibrte is like a threed ftretched over a Membrane, or Interwoven there* 
'vith, to (Lengthen it; and becaute of its various Sckuation, it is called Plight, 
Oblique, and Tranfverfe, not only to'help the Membrane, bucalfoto ftrenghcen 
if* Every fort ofI'Fibres, is thought to perform a ieverai adion j as the Plight, 
to draw to*, the Tranfverfe, to retain; and the Oblique, to expel. Wlftch Mo- 
tions notwithftandmg, abiolucely depend upon the inbred faculty of the Part * 
as it hath a violent dilation, fo hath it a willing, and Natural contraction, 
and is helped in theleby the 'Fibre/. 
6* A winy is a Membranous VefleJ, round and hollow, allotted to contain 
fclood, arid diftrftmte it for the Noufifhrtient of the whol Body, 
7* Ah Artery is a Membranous Channelof Che lame Nature, but fomthing 
harder, and thicker ; ordained for the containing and Diftribucirg of the Arterious 
hlood : The original of both which, Arijiotle thought was from the heart ; but 
Wil'er Phyficians, hold the beginning of the Veins to be in the liver; but Of the 
Arteries in the heart. 
8. A ‘lier've is a Channel made to carry animal Spirit ; and bccaufc this fpiric is 
nioft fubtil, therefore the Cavity is lq final, chat it is not diicernable. 
$ . The Plejh is the foundation of organical, and difiimilary Parts; where bone 
is wanting, and makes up the chief Parc of our bulk. Theflefhis in fubftance, 
fofc and thick j made of blood alone, compared together, and wcl concoCted, if 
it be red ; but of blood, and Seed, if it be white. 
A four-fold lore of fleftv is obferved in the Parcs; Vtfcerom, and fMufculous, 
both of them very red; Membranous, and QVandulous,both of them white. For 
Syei7 fubftance of the bowels is called Fielh, or Parenchyma* The thickeriub- 
tarice of certain Membranes, which.are the containers of fomthing; which by 
Placing and contracting their bodies,they atrraCf, retain,and expel, are alfo called 
«ah , or a Flefh-like fubftance. The thick, and Ipongy lubftane of the 
is called Flefli; but efpecially the Iwbftance of the Mufcles deferves the 
P lo* The it appear not til the whol body be formed, and when the 
hild is big, and grows; to the Parcs; yet bccaufein the compofi cion of organical 
3rts, it otcen concurs to make up the bulk, it is Numbered amongft the limilar 
thr*5’ ac che chinneft lubftance of blood, Far, and Oyly, fweating out 
ssc^uBh8h the tender Coats of the Veins, and hardning between the Membranes: It 
Onp according to Arijiotle \ Soft, and external; Hard and internal. The 
eisWle, The ocher Suet. 
6. A Vein* 
7. Artery. 
8. 7(erve. 
9. Tleft*. 
j®. Tat. The Thy fecal Confederation, and (t/Inatomy. 
Book 11. 
Thefe three fimiiar Parcs; ‘Bones, Cartilages, and Ligaments, Thai berrea- 
ted of, as they are fhewed in a Carcafs, from cop to Toe, after we have fhewed the 
* Mufcles; becaufe they are fojoyned together, that one cannot be fhewed without 
another. 
But I defire al fuchas are fludious inPhyfick, firft to be wel acquainted in the 
Ofteology or Hiftory of the dry bones in the Skeleton of a Man,before they come to 
the infpeftion of a Carcafs; for fo they wil the better underftand the whol anatomi- 
cal difeourfe of the diffeftion, and find out the reafon of my other Ofteology in the 
bones ofiCarea lies. 
Theft eft of the fimiiar Parts fhal be fhewed foverally in the explication of the 
diffiraikr Parts, feeing of the fimilary Parcs aforefaid, viz. ‘Bones, Cartilages, 
Ligaments, ‘Membranes, (Fibres, Veins, Arteries, Serves, ‘Flejh and cFat, 
the Bulk, or Material lubftanceof the diffinailar Parcs, is made up, and therefore 
you fhal hear fimilary Parcs often mentioned, in the explication of them; howbeic, 
in fome places they exift apart, nowaies joined, or united unto others, tocohr 
fticuce an Organ ; but are confidered with reference to their Particular ules. 
: But they concur together, and are united one with another, in organical Parrs, 
that they may perform their various Offices: for the effect of which, they are divi- 
ded into four orders: For in every Organ there is the principal Parc by which the 
Aftion is performed; Another, without which the Aftion cannot be done : A 
third, by which the aftion is preserved. But in every Organ, the principal Parc 
ought to be fimiiar and proper to it, luch as is not found in another Organ. Buc 
this fimiiar Parc cannot perform its aft ion alone, unlefs it be helped by others '; and 
therefore the concourfe and Union of fimilary Farts is neceffary. Wherefore, e- 
very Mo#ble aftion, belongs truly, and poperiy to an Organical Parc; and none 
Unlefs it be alteration, belongs to a fimiliar Parc; which out of the eompofition of 
the Organical,hath only ufe, which notwithftanding, it contributes to perfeft the 
aftion of the Organical. 
Organical 
Pam3Tvhut? 
£ Htw mny. 
More over, organical Parts according to the dignity of chelr action, are divided 
into ‘Principal, and Adminiftring. They are called principal, which fupply 
the whol body with matter and faculty: Phyficians hold them to be three ; the 
Liver, Deart, and Drain: Ariftotle held but one principal Parc of the body, vi%» 
The Heart, which is King and Ruler ofal others. The reft of the Parts Minifter, 
and are fubfervienc to the principal. According to the various eompofition of the 
Organical they are divided into compound, more compound, and rhoft compound: 
For the Finger is compound j the Hand, or Foot, more compound j the Limbs, 
are raoft compound. 
What is to be 
obferved in 
each Part, 
, But chat we may feek out the ftrufture of *eath Parc exaftjy ;we muft obferve 
i the Subftance, Temperature, Original,Scituation, Quantity, ‘tfumber, 
t'Figure, Color, Connexion, Communion, Connexion dlifers 
from communion v for Connexion is the flicking of one Part to anther, of one or 
more Parcs by which they depend;ic is fomcimes taken for the Original of the part it 
felf, and yet the Original of fome Parcs is diftinguiffied from Connexion: But 
communion is either universal, with Parcs remote and neer, which is done by Veins, 
Arteries, and Nerves, by intervening of which,al the Parts have community with 
one another j or Particular, when foroe Particular Parc communicates its {elf to 
fome neer, or remote Parts, and 16 the Gal communicates it felf by the Biliar paf" 
(ages to the Liver, and the Gut Duodenum: The Reins,and Bladder have commu- 
nion by the ‘Ureters. In this .Method you may comprehend whaefoever may be 
fpoken, or demanded of any Part: But in theHiftory of Parcs we muft begin hrft 
of al with thofe things that are common to the whol Organ, then with thole things 
which arc Proper to the fame Organ: but indefcribmg cheFabnck of the body ot 
Man, we wil follow thecommon order ofDifteftion. Book 11, 
The Thy peal Confederation, and idnatomy. 
Chap. a. Of the Natural and Legitimate Conformation of 
the 'Body. 
C Eeing my defign and intent of handling Anatomy, doth not confiff: in a bear and 
O llmple comternplat ion of the Parts of the Body, but is alfo referred to the ufe 
of Medicine * before we come to the diffeCtion of the body of man, we wil deferibe 
in a few words the Legitimate and natural conformation of the Body of Man when 
it is alive, which is the bafis whereby we judgof the Sickneffes and imperfections 
of Men or Women: this was neceffary of Old in buying ofSeryants, injoyning 
Men and Women in Marriage that they might have Children, and in chufing feleCf 
Men for Soldiers. And this knowledg is neceffary even to this day * for in fome 
iMonafteries fuch as defire 10 lead a Religious life, the Thyjltian views them Naked 
from the Crown of the Head,co the Sole of the foot* and notes their rdpiration,and 
pulfe,and voice in finging. This is done in buying Slaves in divers Countries, and 
alfo in buying Kories* and alfo Nurlesare exaftly viewed by Phylitians for the 
education of Children, I mean the Children of Princes. 
The neceffarir 
nefi of it. 
Therefore in Man-kind, you may confider the difference of Sex: Subflanceof 
‘Body, Temperature, Qreatnefi, Color, form, or *, as they are convenient 
in a perfe& and wel formed body, that fo by this, the difference of a body not. wel 
formed may be known. 
As for that which belongs to Sex, Man-kind is twofold: Male and Female.The Latin 
Vord Homo comprehends both: and a Women has been called Finland therefore a 
ffoiic Women is called Virago: the differences of both 1 have Accurately expofind- 
ed in my Anthopographia. Lib, 2. 
Cenfideratlom 
in a Man wcR 
formed. 
i. 
Sex. 
The fubftance of the Boby in Man ought to be flefhy not Fat; firm and follid, not 
foft: the Limbs meanly hairy, for finoothnefs in Men, luch as is in Women,argues 
effeminate conditions. 
A healthful temper ought to be hot and moiff, becaufe life confiffs in, and is 
preferved by fuch a temper, yet is there a peculiar temper in every perfon, which by 
Ehyficians is called Idiojyncrafta * which if Qalen could exactly hafve known, he 
have thought himfelf equal with Mfculapiw: but we muff reduce this to the 
General. But by whac figns this may be known, Qalen hath declared in his little 
book of Art of *Thy fidC and ocher Authors. 
The Magnitude of the body is threefold, according co chechreefold Dimension of 
the body. We fhal confider cheifly the Longitude and Latitude; The natural 
and decent Longitude of the body ought to be four Cubit?, the Latitude one Cubic 
as Qoropim ‘Becanws teachcth: this alfo is confirmed by Vitruiim who defined the 
?uft Longitude of the body of man to be fix Roircm Feet. And Agellm Lib. 3. ex 
Vzrrone, Noted that the higher pitch of a Mans height was (even F00c; but more 
are fhorter, than taller than this. Vggetm Writes that Soldiers ought co be 
cholon fix Foot high, yc: by Reafon of difference of fex, Region, Dileafes, 
Men are either taller or fhorter, for each foyl hath its Particular Nature: lo the peo- 
ple o fAfia are taller than thofe of Europe,and in chofe of the North parts, 
j*o'<^enmark.} the Low-Countries and chofe of upper Qermany are c«l- 
The various Menfuration of bodies Hippocrates hath described Leb. de aer. aq. 
pOC* Commonly men are taller then Womenjwhereas in fome ocher living creatures, 
.dmales are greaceft. 
, t e Latitude or thicknefs in a wel Proportioned body ought to be, almoff half 
“je Longitude, fothat if the Longitude be fix Foot, the Latitude ought to beak 
blft Chree: fkndernefs of body is lubjeft to Confumptions, neither can the body 
j ong and fit for labor unkis it be thick. > 
the bignefs of the body is Magnanimity and beauty,quoth 
* For a man of a little and final body cannot be fair *, yet if you regaxd. 
%. 
Subfiance. 
5- 
Temper. 
■ 4..... 
Magnitude, c[ he Thy ft cal Conjideration. and aJnatomy. 
Book.lL 
undei (landing, there is little Wit commonly in thole Tal bodies. 
Elegantly laid Celfits, Lib. 2. Cb. 1. Thebeft diipoled body is wel fer,neither 
(lender nor Fat, a cal ftacure is comely in youth but not (b in Age,a (lender body is 
weak, aFacbodydul. 
Tne Color of the body is diligently to be marked, for fuch a Color as flourifh- 
ech in the Skin and countenance,the fame is predominant in the Humors, arid there- 
fore limguine people are Red, Chollerick Yellow, Mellancholly Black or brown 
and dusky, Flegmatick are pale: a brown and ruddy Color are preferred before 
pale, which argues fofenefs of body. 
There is feme difference in Anchors about the Color to be Chofen in aNurfe, 
An ftotle perfers brown, others a Mingled Color of Red slid white. 
. Now ihe Natural and Legitimate form of the Head,Breft,Belly,and Limbs,is to 
be con fide red. The Head ought to be round, and not Copped, unlels the Neck 
be very thick: a great Head is preferred before a'liccle one:- from the Head ought: 
the Nature of the Nerves, Veins, Flefti, and Humors to be collected. 
A great Head requires a great Neck,which gives indication of a great bread, by 
■reafon of the Parcs contained in the Neck: a great bread makes a large belly, and, 
therefore the proportion of the reft of the Cavities depends upon the Head. 
The Cheft ought to be large, of an Oval Figure,and the Back-bone ftraighr, the 
bread ought to be fomwhac convex, not (harp, nor flat, nor deprelfed. 
The Papps of Men, ought to be depreded, bur m Women 1 welling round and 
Glandulous, rather chan Fatty, or Fieihy, becaufe they are the Emumftorics of 
the bread: if the Woman give not Suck. If the Duggs be fmal the Women are 
fickly, and if the Nipples look pale the Womb is Dilealed, according to 'Hip- 
pocrates. • 1 
y 
Colrn. 
6. 
Form, 
of the Head. 
■Breafl. 
what Hrea(ls 
are to be chofen 
m Nurfes. 
Whether are large breads to be chofen in Nurfes,or fuch as are mean in bignefs ? 
Great breads pleafe not -Mofchio, bccauie they are Far, neither have they plenty 
of Milk v and therefore Fat Nurfes are not to be preferred before Inch as are Lean, 
and Juicy*, neither fuch as are cal, before inch as are of a mean Stature; *AriftotU 
Lib. 3. de hi ft. animal. 
White colored Women, becaufe they are Flegmatick, have but bad Milk. 
From theLreaft, we pals to the belly, which ought to be round and flicking out; 
Women that have fuch bellies, the Poets pra ife, and fay Venus had fuch a one! 
typ- Lib. de vet cMed. Notes that long and round bellies, ought to be confide- 
red of Phy iicians, becaufe by looking upon them, ’cis eafie to know which are fit for 
ftrong Purgations*, for fuch whofe Parts m the Abdomen are (Long, and weld if- 
poled, may eahly Pprge *, but luch as are (lender, take (Long Medicines with 
danger,, , ’ 
Very Fat Women are hard to conceive with Child, <Hippoc. xAph. 4, 
Lib. 5- 
As for what belongs to the Privities; 'Heliogahalui chofe fuch for Soldiers as 
had large Privities, becaufe he thought they were lufty, flout Men. Avery long 
yard is not tic ior Venery, either becaufe the (Length of the Seed paffechour by 
real on of the length of the Yard, if you or becaufe cheMufcles 
are tyred, by erceding a great, and long Yard. A mean Yard is moft fruitful, and 
gives moft & longed pleafuie in the act of Copulation. A long Yard,though indeed 
it hi the Neck of the Womb, yet it makes it not fo fruitful; and is hurtful to 
Women as are fubjeft to the fits of the Mother, by (Leeching the Genitals: Neither 
are the 1 efticics when they are great and Pendulous, 10 be commended. 
We pals to the Limbs, viThe Hands and Feet, which ought to be equal in 
proportion to the reft of the Body: The longitude of the Foot, from the Of 
b/.f, to the extremity of the Heel, ought to be equal to that of the Hand, from the 
*Ala, to the cop of the middle Finger. If chewhol body be fix Foot long, the 
Foot is three ; both Hands and Feet, are fomwhac flcfhy in ftrong bodies; fot 
although (lendernefs of Legs be commended in' Horfes, ’cis not fo in Men. 
An example of a perfect and abfoluce body wel is to be Read in Sidoniv* 
Betty. 
Privities. 
Limbs. Book 11. 
The Thy fecal Confederation, and zAnatomy. 
tApoUinaris, Lib. I. ‘Epift. 2* de Tbeodorico is one remarkable fault 
to be amended, not Noted by interpreters, for TLxcrementa read Extrema. Inter 
'Extrema Cofiarumjpim difcnminat. 
Chap. 3. Tl>eßiViJlonof Mans Body. 
BEfore we expofe the whol Body of Man, co Anatomical difleftion, itoughc 
to be divided into its Parcs, or principal regions, that the Number and order 
of the regions, and where they begin, may be known. 
A mongfl: the various diviiions of che Body of Man, this in my mind feems the 
heft, and co be preferred before the reft. 
Thebody is divided into the Trunk, and che Limbs. 
The Trunk is divided into three Principal Regions *, the Head, Breaft, and 
Belly. 
The Head obtains the Superior place ; The Breaft, the middle: and che Belly, 
the lowermoft. 
The Members or Limbs are four branches flicking out from the Body, two Arms, 
and two Legs. 
What are the bands of chefe Regions, Ifhalfhew, when I come co fpeak of each 
Begion apart. 
D iviflW of 
the tiody- 
The Tdedicmal Consideration. 
I wil not ftand here in rehearfing & dehgnkig the external Parcs of the whol body, 
'vhich are expounded in every Region of the lame; but only confider the corpora- 
tjire, or flelhy habit, which is covered with the Skin, like a Garment j which 
k look for the mofi: part beautifully without, it looks ill favoredly within. 
This habit of the whol body, makes the third Region of the body, to which the 
Humors come from the deepeft Parcs j the ill effects of which, are clecrly feenin 
fhe Dileafes, and Symptomes which appear outwardly. The;uyce which is feen 
in the leaf anabranch comes from the Root. 
Ifhal reckon up the cheife Difeaies which ufe to. infeft the outward ha- 
bit of the body. Immoderate Facnefs, or Leannefr, Defluxions, Gouts, 
Dropfy, Cachexia, the whores Pocks, Plenty, or defe<T of Sweat, by reafon of 
the opennefs,or clofeoefs of the pores,Palfie3Convulfion,llnquiecnefs, and wearinefs 
and ai kind of fwellmgs. _ < 
TheFlefhofms n, becaufe its Nouriftiedby purer Blood, is delicacec than the 
flefK of other Creatures, and prefered before it by Canibals, or Man-Eaters. 
Flefh, feeing it is Porous and Mufculous, it hath empty fpaces, which in men in 
health are filled with ipiric and blood, but in iuch as are lick, with Water and 
thence come Defluxions over the whol body, and ocher Difeaies of the 
G\^TC a^ic c^e wholbody, is Purged and empty ed by fweacing, by Cupping- 
wiles, Scarrificacion, and Rubbing, according to the Doftrine of (fealen, Lib. 
by Bathings, Whippings, and Beatings, and bllftering, and Rubifyn 
& otPimple-raifmg Applications." 
therefore feeing the imal Pocks and Meafles, are but the feum of the whol habit 
ecj fhac is, of the Fieih, and follid parts, their coming out is to be furthered 
* her at the beginning, or at any ocher time, with Sweating Medicamancs,and fuch 
thltpS 35 draw co che excernal Parts. Neither need you let blood fo often, though 
atl{?nc be ftrong, twice if need be, is enough, becauleic hinders the Motion of 
blo^lein exPe^ng, unleis either a dead bleep, or ftrangling with a Leaver, or 
ino v Flux,which 15 for chemoft part deadly,draw us to that remedy y not neg'e 'f- 
tomr^Un§ Pld^eons Cut alive through the middle, laid to the Hands and Feet, and 
lmes co che Heart, and fmal Cupping-Glafles faftned al about the bod}'. The Thjjical Confederation, and Anatomy. 
Book 11. 
with light Scar ification. And fomcimes baching the Body in Luke warm Water 
■ profits, if the feafon of the year be convenient, to make the Mealies and final 
Packs come out the better. 
Chap. 4. Of the lolber Ventricle, 
{lion beein fat 
tbe lower Fen- 
trick. 
T He Di flection and Anatomical demonftracion, muff be begun at the bellv,f>e- 
caufe it is the fink and Kitchin of the body : and therefore foonneft Pucnfies 
andftinks. 
Ic is called in Greek Coilia becaufe ic iscoilethacishollow;iniacinFt72>e/',in 
Englifii the Helly. 
Its lubftance is flefhy compofed of various firailar parts, whicn we fhal propound 
in order hereafter. 
Its Sub fiance. 
Temperature. 
The belly feeing ic is a moft compound parties own temperature is none,at al,buc 
it follows the temperament of the parts contained in it, and dpecially ot u.e 
Liver. 
Ic hath its Original from the firft comformation with the reft of the Parcs. 
It is Scituated in the inferior part of the Trunk of the Body. 
Its Quantity or widnels is from the baftard K.bs, or cDiapbra?ma to theo/ 
Original. 
Quantity' 
'Pubis orfhare Bone;and with thefe bounds ic is Cireurafcribed above and below. 
The vvhol widnels of chc belly is difti guifhed into three Regions;the fupenor 
called *■ Stomachal, the middle called h<Vmbiliar, and the lower calledc Hypo- 
gajirica. 
Again in every pare, both the'lateral and middle parts ought to be obferved,the 
lateral parts of the ftomachal Region are called d Hypochondria, of the middle Re- 
gion c llda* The middle is called the f <]S[d'vil which is the centre both of the belly 
and of the whol body. , 
The lateral parts of the Hypogaftrick Region are called g Cfroyns, the middle 
Pubis, the fhare which after the fourteenth year both in men and Women is 
adorned with Hair, as a natural covering for thole parts, which die common Law o£ 
bafhfulnefs commands usto conceal. » * 
In refpeft of number, the belly is but one; yet by the Peritoneum ic is divided 
into to Cavities; The greater holds the parts which prepare for nourifhmenc. The 
kffer holds the bladder, and Genitals in men; and the Wombalfoin Women 
which never bear Children. 
It is divided ihto parts containing, and contained. Parts containing, are pro- 
per, common, anddiverfe; common are five; 1 Cuticula, cr learf Skin ; kche 
Sk,in, 1 the Patty 'Membrane, mchefFlejhy 'Membrane, and the Common Mem0" 
brans of the Mulcles. 
Proper are, the Mufcles of the n.Abdomen, and the ° Peritoneum. 
Diverfeare, partly Fiefhy, partly bony : bony are the P q Peh'if, 
which are parts of theO/ Sacrum, and Ilium. Fiefhy are, the Mulcles r Pjbaf, 
s Sacrolumbm c LatiJJirms, v Sacer * Semijpinatm, y Quadrants. i cal them di- 
verfe, becaule thole bones and Mulcles, being Scicuaced in the hinder part of the 
belly, do make fomthing toward the conftitucing of chc belly, chough they are re' 
ferred to another part, and pertain to another ufe. 
The parts contained, are manifold; which are divided into fuch as nourifh,and 
fuch as engender; fuch as nourifh are luch as make Chyle, and luch as make blood» 
The Genitals are of men, and of Women. The Figure of the belly, is Oval, by 
reafon of the parrs contained; which if removed, it is hollow, that it may be cJ;e 
feat of the Veffels dedicated to nourifhmenc, and Generation; and therefore the 
latinscalit Abdomen, and the Greeks <Epieaftrion. ’ • , . 
Tarts contai- 
ning. 
Common. 
Proper. 
Diverfe. 
Cmtxmd 
farts. 
figure. 
Color. • 
Connexion. 
The color of the fuperficies of che belly, is like the color of the reft of the body \ 
in men of ripe Age it is Hairy from the Tub is, up to che Navil. • 
It is outwardly knic to the breaft, and inferior limbs by the Skim inwardly 
the (Veritomtnu Chap. 4.. 
Of the lower Ventricle. 
It communicats with the principal parts, by Veins Arteries, and 
The ufe of the Belly is, ro comprehend, and involve the parts of liouri/hmenc, 
and generation ", take it individually, it conliftsofMulculousFlefh. 
It hath a&ion to comprefs the parts contained within its felf, for the expukion 
of excrements, upwards and downwards; and to force the Child out oi tli- 
Womb. 
vfe. 
Kttlon: 
• Zhf-r.CC. Zcf-r. <E<E.Zd i. f. x. 
®©."t mfra.CC.Z s f. “i> /. “i Bk/. 2. 
CC. f*-1 f.i.W. T. 2./.8.9; T.z.f. 3. and 4. *0 T. 10./. 10. 00. 
;p X 14./.2.LL./. 3- ‘E'B-Z1 X.14./.1.C C.'D’D."' f. 
4- E ‘/.3. ‘D V.f. 4. /. 2.0 0. «/. 4 C C." yT. io./. 1.3^. 
The ‘Medicinal Consideration. 
From this difcourfe, aPhyficlan colleftsmany things, in his Prafticc,ufcfui. 
I. That the Belly is the Sink of the Body, in which the vices of our intemperance 
rehde; the Mother of all mifcheifs, and the Nurfeof Phyfidans; in which condition 
*cis called Collatibus Venter, an Aldermans Belly. 
He whofe Belly grows to a great bignefs, is called Ventrofas, Fat Guts. Some 
We read of,whofe Bellies grew to a monftrous bignefs, as Smyrna-, 
in Gfalen •, in Athene, Lib. 12. read of a King chat was chok- 
ed with fatnefs. But famous is chat Hiftory in (Michael gander, in TErot. ‘Hebr. 
ft*. Talmud, in Jona. %ibbi. IJmael, and %ibbi (Eliayer, had fuch great Bel- 
lies, that when they flood with their Faces together and their Bellies touched, two 
great Oxen might pafs between them, and touch neither of them* 
By reafon of the Flefhy, and fatty fubftance of the Belly, it is fubj eft to diverfe 
dwellings, Efpecially Apofthemes, either from the liver by the Vmbilicar Vein •, t 
elfe the matter is fenc from the Suppuration of the Reins which being fhuc up 
in the Doublings of the (Peritoneum, may fend their impurities into die external 
parts of the Belly. 
Swriting in 
the Abdomen. 
This fleflty and fatty fubftance, ought to be mean •, if it be greater, ’tis a difcom- 
dicy to life, if le/Ter it fhevvs an ill Difpofition ofche Bowels: Therefore eHippo~ 
crate/ wrote, that in every Difeafe, the parts belonging to the Belly, had better be 
fomwhat gcofs, then to {lender j for if they conlume, tis very evil: therefore Phy- 
sicians were wont to handle the whol belly, efpecially the 'Hypochondria, which 
oughccobefofc, equal, andflefhy. 
l£f Conftitu* 
non what it 
fhonld be* 
T7jg S cituation of the Warts in the Welly. 
• The largenefs of the Belly’ is confidered, according to longitude and depth, that 
fo the Phyftdan may know in pains and wounds in the belly, which part is 
affli&edj or wounded. 
The Scitiiati- 
on of the Parts 
in the lower 
Ventricle. 
According to depth, the parts are divided into upper, and lower *, and therefore 
according to ‘Hippocrates the pains in the upper part, are more light j thole in the 
*°wer, more ftrong and dangerous. 
According to Longitude by the divifion of the places, you may underftand by the 
looking upon them, or feeling them with the hand, what parts are afflicted, 
or wounded. In the right Hypochondria is the liver, which pafleth even 
? the Cartilage Xyphok; It paueth a fingers breadth beyond the baftard Ribs, on 
fides forewards, two fingers. In the middle region, is the Stomach placed, 
k Vlch mclinefs more to the left Hypoebondrium, and defcehds four fingers breadth 
beW the baftard Ribs. 
baft Hypochondria, lies the Spleen, which Naturally hangs under the 
Ribs, the breadth of a mans Thumb. 
£ *he umbilicar Region, the Navel poifeifeth, above which, is the Gut called 
c tranfverfly feaced i and in the whol compafs of that Region, is the Gut 
- ' fe]unumy difpofed: Toward the Backbone, are theKidneies. Thebe- 
& lungofche Colon being bowed back from the right Kidney, under the Liver and 
VK 
Liver* 
Stamuch. 
Spleetu 
Colon. 
Jejumni. The Thyfical Confederation, and Anatomy. 
Book LI. 
Kjdneies. 
Stomach, to the Spleen afterwards pafteth obliquely to the left Kidney: and 
therefore the pains of the Colick, muft diligently be diftinguifhed from chofeot 
theftone. 
In the middle, and fide* Region of the Hypogaftrick, in the Gut called Ilium con- 
contained j In the bottom of the belly, the bladder, under which lies the rig he 
Gut. 
In Women, the Womb lies bet wen the bladder, and the right Gut: under the 
Guts, lies the*Mefenterium, as the Sweat-bread doth under the Stomach. A little 
below the Navel, the Omentum is ftrecched about al the Guts, and divides all the 
internal parts with the ‘Peritoneum, from the externalthole that lie deep, from 
thofe chat lie at cop. 
Ilium. 
Bladder. 
Right Gut. 
VPomb. 
The Medicinal Confideration, 
Dlfeafes of 
the abdomen. 1 
In the Belly, are frequently al for tsof Tumors, Impoftumes, Rumblings of the 
Guts, and Croaking i which proceed either from Tumors of the Parcs concerned, 
or from wind, or colieft ion of Water. 
It is Cut on the fides towards the'Bypogaftdum, in the Csefarian difteftion, to 
draw out the Child in a difficult labor. It is pricked neer the 0/ ‘Pubis, to draw 
out Vrine, when a Catheter cannot be put in. It is pierced m the bottom ot the 
4Hypogajirium, neer the Navel, to draw out Water in the Droplie A fates, which 
Operation is called ‘Paracentefu. 
Chap. 5. Of the Scarfe Skin. 
AMongft the parts which make the Abdomen, the frrft that comes to view,the 
Greeks cal ‘Epidermis,che Latins Cuticula and vvc the Scarf-Skin. 
Although, by its fubftance it ieems to be Spermatical yet It differs much 
from it. 
It’s Temperature is none at al, and therefore no more words about it, but for its 
original, it is framed of the Excrementitious and Vifcous Vapors of the Skin, which 
Sweating, out grow dry by thecoldnefsofcheAir, and like a thin Skin,compaffeth 
the Skin round, and therefore it fticks to the Skin firmly and univerfaliy, and hath 
no ocher bounds then the Skin hath. 
And although to the fight its fubftance appeares fimple,yec ‘Fabricius ab Aqud 
pendente wil have it double, one which is inl'eperabiy fixed to the pores of the 
Skin, the other leperable,without any offence to the Skin icfelf, but tUethicknefs 
of the Cuticula, be it more or lefs,doch not enert ale it’s number, for though in fome 
places it may be divided into many fmal Skins, yet in no place can one be pulled off 
without another. 
It hath no Proper figure befides what it borrows from the Skin it felf, from which 
k differs in this, that it is no way porous. 
It is thought to partake alwaiesof the lame color with the Skin, and yet in Black 
Mores this being pulled of, the Skin it lelfis white. 
1c fticks hrmely to the tme Skin, and is an Excrementitious part as the 
are, and hath no communion with the principal parts, by Veins, Arteries, nor 
Nerves, bccaule it wanes them, and is infenfible, as you may find, if you pleale to 
lerape it off from your hands, or any parts, or thruft a Pin or Needle under it. 
It hath no a&ion, only me, which is to fhut the pores of the Skin, to make if 
fmooth, andbewtiful, poiiflied and even. 
Sub it once. 
Original. 
Tigure. 
Color. 
Connexion. 
u[t. 
The ‘Medicinal Confideration. 
By ihefe things thus confidered, a Phyfitian may fee chat the fcarfe Skin hack alfo 
its Diieales, though Hippocrates thought them to be only deformities, He makes Chap. 6. 
0/ the Shin. 
adiftinftion whether they may be called Impoftumes or difcafes, at the end of 
Lib. 2. Wrorrbeticorum, becaufe fuch as belong to the Scarfe-skin , per- 
tain raoft of al to the dignotion and Cure of AffetTs. 
It is infected with divers Spots, both natural, and fickly-j natural, are thofe 
many deformities of the Skin j Sickly,are the Meazles, final Pocks, purple fpotsin 
Feavers, or any Spots of other Colors iomtimes without a Feavers when Nature 
fends any Wheyifh fubftance of another Color into the Scarf-Skin. 
Difcafed Ipots of the Scarf-Skin may, and ought to be cured: but fuch as are 
Original from the birth, are very difficultly taken away, becaufe they (tick firmely 
to the Skin, as wel as to the Scarf* Skin. 
This Scarf-Skin may be beautified ; which (jalcn denies to be done,by an honeff, 
and honorable Phyfitian *, but allowes it to be done, by Court Phyfitians, and 
Bauds, and Chamber-Maids that wait upon their Ladies. In Women, the Cmicula 
is thick,lmooth, and many time flops the pores of the Skin, and hinders free per- 
fpiration# In men it’s ufually fu! of pores, that fo the Hairs may pals out. 
Laftly, as the Scarf-Skin of the Body, being wel looked after, and adorned, 
procures beauty and and comlinets to the Body; lo being made rough with Spots, or 
Wnt by the Sun,it unhandloms a man. It is ridiculous to draw it off with blifl ers, 
chat fo it may come again the cieerer, you loofe your labor as much as though you 
Rallied a Black-more. 
The Scarf-Skin peels off in divers perfons whilft it is dried or burnc,and the Skin it 
in Leprolies, and diverle that haveche french pocks; The Skin it felf comes off 
“Y fleakes in fuch as are Leprous, and in feme that are troubled with the Whore- 
mafters Pox. 
It my be 
Beautified. 
Chap. 6* Of the Skin. 
A Peer the Scarf-Skin, follower the Skin called in Greek Derma j it 
hath a fubftance diverfe from other Membranes, the like of which you dial 
hever find in the whole Body, becaufe it confifts of Seed and Blood mixed together j 
yet f° as chat portion of Seed is predominant, which may be bowed,and diftended: 
h;om which the Skin is accounted Spermatical. 
Ics temperature is cold and dry* or more properly, exquifitly temperate, yetfo 
it may be the Judg of feeling. 
It is extended over the whol body, and on wraps it like a garment* and therefore 
its dimencion is as the dimencion of the Body is. 
Although it feem but one, both to fight and couching, yet fome hold it to confift 
°f two Skins *, but I could never find them to be feperable, only it may be cut into 
ftiany parts by reafon of ics chicknefs. 
• hach che fame Figure which the body hath, chat it cloachech. Icstextut 
and very ful of final holes, for infenfible cranfpiration, and the paffmg 
pU ot *. and in diverfe places, it hath vifible great holes; as in the eares, 
. Nofe, mouth, fundament, and privities of Men and Women. 
ta^es its Color from the predominant humor * for of what color the Humor 
P eaominanc in the Body is, of chat color is the Skin, unlefs it be fuch fromchek 
j*1? in' Ethiopia. 
t is ftraighcly knit to the Parcs under it, and therefore immovable, excepting the 
of the Forehead. 
a ic^acfi communion with the principal Parts, by innumerable veins. Arteries, 
thf , ves» the extremities of which, it takes on every fide* for it hath neither of 
jn all three peculiar to ics lelf. 
for o K ther by reafon it* feeling, it perform aftion, a man may make a doubt j 
aftiot ler iVl^tbe mem^ranes) which are the inftruniients of inward feeling, perform 
aftion>a fo% buc what •Author ever faid chat the Membranes performed 
Its Names. 
Subframe* 
Temperature. 
dumber. 
Figure* 
Color« 
Connexion* 
Communion* 
Aclii# The ThyjtcalConfederation, and<tAnatomy 
Book II» 
We grant that it hath an excellent, and particular ufe, to defend and adorn the 
body, to receive the excrements ofche third concod; ion to clenlethe Body of filch 
fuliginous Vapors, and Sweat. 
Ufe. 
The Medicinal Confederation. 
in 
SubilMice. 
Temper. 
Number. 
Let us now reduce this fame conformation of the Skin, coa Phyfical ufe. Its 
fubftance againft Nature, confifts in its over thicknefs. 
Its temperature is changed in diverfediieafes. 
L’s number is viciaced,when the Cuticula is viciated, or gnawn through j or the 
Skin it felf loft. 
Often times its fmoochnefs, is turned into roughnefs \ or it is di(figured by 
puftles. 
Somciraes its paffages are flopped, or more open then they (hould be. 
Its connexion, is marred m wounds, and Ulcers. 
Somorne? it’s ufe is hurt, when it is infenfible} or when it receives not only the 
excrements of the third concoction, but alfo of the whol Body. 
Therefore the Skin, feeing it is the breathing place of the whol body, isfubje# 
to an infinite number of Dileal'es j and if the pores be (hur, the Body iuffers great 
dilcomraodicies, by reaibn tranlpiracion is hindered j for the Body ought to eafe 
it felf chat way, according to Hippocrates, Lib. de Ahmento: 7he motion of the 
*Eody, to perfpiratwn, the wider it is,the heakhfulkr are men •, the. kfiperforati- 
on men have, the more fiddly are they, they which have quich^perfpration, are 
weaker, though better in health, and fbonefl recover when they are fickj. fucb whofe 
perfpiration is bad, are firongefi before they arefickj, but when they are fidtheir 
Cure is tneft difficult. 
Difeaies proceeding from drforder of the Skin, are more dangerous in winter* 
audio malignant Feavers, by realon of the interception of die tranlpiration, 
the Native heat is choaked. Breathing a Vein is a remedy for I'uch. 
From the fubflance, and Color of the Skin, ‘Hippocrates propounded two 
progno flicks: Lib. $ Apb. 71. and Lib proepn. Van. 7. and 8. 
Of the (pots of the Skin, read Scrams, Chap. 38. 
The Skin is like in Color, to the predominate humors, in the Body Tiippoc. de 
humortbm. 
Of divination bytheMoles of the Skin, wrote Volemon, a Greek Author •, and 
and amongft modern writers, Ludovicus Septahus, *Jfhdiolanenfis, Wrote mod 
accurately. 
Jlrifiotle concluded thefubtiky ofa.perfons wit, from the fobeiky andchinnefs 
of the Sk in, rather than of the blood. 
The efimneis of the Skin, is the caufe why man alone is troubled with the Le- 
profie, according to Vrol. $. Sect. 10. 
sk* ** certain chat contagious Ducales, may be drawn in through the pores of the 
The Skin grows hard and dry, through burning Feavers, and fomtiracs it be- 
comes as thick as an Elephants Hide: expecially about the Back, Limbs, and 
Thighs, as I have fecu it in many, like a tand Hide. Ihe Skin bd, grows not again, 
but into a Scarce: Forit is made By the firft intention of Nature, but 
repaired by the fecond. 
Figure. 
Connexion. 
ufe. 
u'hnbeTSfyn 
iojif an be re- 
gantd. 
Chap. 7. Of the fatty Membrane. 
ittNims 
nptie Greeks calk Stear, and Tunele \ it makes a common membrane, byrea- 
-41 Cob Qt'ics confidence: in Bruits it iscalLed Amina, j and why not fo then in 
men ? 
although it be fulhd, yet is it foft, andOyly,asyoumay 
Subframe* 
* Chap. 8. 
Of the Flefhy Membrane. 
perceive if you handle ic with your Fingers, or lay it by the Fire. 
It arifeth from the thinner portion of the Blood, diftilling through the Veins 
like dew, and congealing about the Fleffi: this is the certain matter of the Fat; of 
the efficient caule only is the quefhon made, Namely, Whether ic obtains its 
confiftence by heat,or cold. Al aeknowledg a moderate heat about the membranes* 
compelling, and applying this fame fatty, and Oyly Liquor* 
The Temperature then of the Far, is moderately hot and moift. 
It is contained under the Skin, umverfally over the whol body; the Forehead, 
Cods, and yard, (where there is no Fat) excepted. 
Therelore the Fatty membrane, is large, as the Skin is. 
In Number it is only one* unleisyouconnexcheFieftiy membrane, intermixed 
with it, as Syl<vim doth. 
Ic hath no Proper Figure. 
In Color ic is white; if at any timeic be red, ic is becaufe blood, byreafonof 
forne Laceration, is mixed with it. 
Ic flicks firmly to the Skin, neither can icbe divided from it without fcraping; 
and foie doth to theFleffiy Membrane* . 
The Fat cannot communicate with the principal Parts, becaufe it is not truly 
nouriffied; nor yet lives, unlefs by appofition as flones do; neithery ec is ic Icnfi- 
ble; therefore ic wants both Veins, Arteries, and Nerves; and yet al three cf them 
pafs through the Fat, that lb they may come at the Skin. 
As for the ufe of it; ic warms the body in Winter like a Garment, and cools it 
In Summer, by hindring the penetrating of the heat: Ic is like a Culhion for men 
to fit on, and in long faffing, ic is turned toNouriffimencoftheFleffiy Parcs neer 
to it, which Suck out its juyee* 
Original. 
Tttftper. 
Scitumoni 
Number. 
figure. 
Colqt* 
ufe> 
Chap. 8. Of the Flefhy Membrane. 
THeFlefhy Membrane lies under the Fat, and flicks to it, and is confpicuous 
in young Children newly born, where ic is not hid with Fat. It is more ob- 
feure in luch as are grown up, and yet ic retains ic Flefhy fubflance, as is evident 
about the Loynes, Cods, Forehead, and Neck. 
Its temperature, is like the reft of the Fleffi, hot and moift ; and ic hath its 
original from the Blood* 
It is feituated under the Fat, and flretched out over the whol body univerfally, 
and is the fourth covering of the body* In bruits it is next to the Skin, which often 
moves by the intervening of this Membrane. 
It is one fingle Membrane* , 
It hath no proper Figure, unlefs the Figure of the body which ic covers* 
It hath venous colors in Difverfe places; for it is more red in the Neck, Fore- 
head, and Cods, than elfe where* 
F ,Si°ynedco the infeperably in forae places; fo that the Flefhy, and 
ratty Membrane* feem to make but one : in ocher places it may be operated. 
It communicates with the principal parts, by the extremities of the Veins, At- 
fifies, and Nerves. 
And that it is very Senfible* the rigor, and trembling of the body, which depends 
pP°n this Membrane* witneffeth: befides it hath a peculiar Motion in the Neck, 
orehead, and Cods, where ic is Mufculous , and endued with Nervous 
th*s to B've QUndaci°n to the cohering and generating the Fat* to Cloath 
eßody, and cbenfh the internal heat, and defend ic from external injuries. 
Subftance. 
Temperature. 
Scituaticn. 
Number. 
Figure. 
color. 
connexion. 
Communion* 
Action. 
vfe. 
*lhe ‘Medicinal Confederation. 
Although, Cutaneous Difeafes fcetaxo belong to the Skin j yet if they continue The Thyfeca! Confederation, and Anatomy 
Book 11. 
long they have their foundation in the flefliy and fatty Membrane ; fhivering, 
(baking and trembling, belong elpecially to the Fleihy Membrane. 
Chap. 9. Of the Common Membrane of the Mufdes. 
THe Fiefhy Membrane being taken away, the common Membrane of the Mufcles 
of the Abdomen follows next, being the fife common covering of the body, 
which comprehends al the Mufcles in the body, (befides the proper Membrane of 
every MufcleJ leaft in their Motion, they fhould pals out of their places. 
Its Subftance is very ftrong, yet thin and Nervous. 
It is fpermacical, cold and dry, in temperature. 
It hath its original, from the fie ft formation. 
It iramediacly covers, and ftraitly binds in the Mufcles, over which it is ftretched. 
Its widenels is thought to equal the dimenfion of the whol body ; but in the Face, 
Neck, and fuperior Limbs, it is not eafily found ; and in the Legs, the Fafcia 
Lata per formes its Office. 
Seeing it is admirable thin, it cannot be divided into two Membranes. 
It acquires its Figure, from the Parts it contains. 
In Color, iciswhitifh. 
It flicks ftoutly to the Mufcles, which it compaffeth, neither can it be pulled off, 
but by a Skilful Diffe&or. 
It hath no peculiar Nerves, Veins, nor Arteries 
It is nourilhed, and is fenfible, like the other common parts, 
It is of admirable ufe, for it compaffeth the Mufcles like a girdle, and together 
with the Fiefhy Membrane, is the foundation of che Fat* therefore, where it or 
fomching like it, which performs its Office, is wanting, there the Facalfo is wan- 
ting; as in the ‘Forehead, Head, Face, and Cods, where the Fiefhy Mem- 
brane immediacly touched) the Skin, wichonc any Fat; between them. 
Subfiance. 
Temper. 
Original. 
Scitnation. 
Quantity.. 
Number. 
Figure. 
Color. 
Connexion• 
Communion. 
Vfe. 
Chap. 19.' Of u Mufde in the general. 
BEfore I treat of the Mufdes of the Belly, I wil premife the general Doftrine of 
the Mufdes. 
A Mufcle is an inftrumenc of voluntary motion, which depends upon our own 
wil, and becaufe it governs the aft ions. It is a diffimilar part, compounded of ma- 
ny fimilar ones *, but of thofe Parts, Flefti is predominance. So that the fubflance 
of the Mufcle, is judged to be Flefhy : Yea and the Mufdes are to be underflood 
by the word *F/e/h in ancient Authors ; as Hippocrates, and tArijiotle. 
Befides, che Flefb, a Vein, an Artery, a Nerve, ‘Fibre/, a Membrane, * 
Ligament, or tendon, help to make up die compofi cion of a Mufcle. 
Seeing then they are Flefhy, their Temperature it hoc and moift. 
The true original of a Mufcle, is from blood in chp conformation of theft# 
Parcs j but by reafon of its Connexion, in two extremes, It is faid to arife from a 
liable Parc, and to be inferced into a movable part, becaufe it is ordained for moti- 
on, and al motion is cauled by chat which moves not. 
Definition. 
Subftance- 
Temperature* 
Original, 
and 
Jnfenion- 
This original and infertion, is known by the dufture and feries of the *Fibres, by 
which you may Judgof cheScicuacion of the Mufcle, whether right, Oblique, 
tranfverfe j for in thefe politicos al the Mulcles in the body of man, both internal, 
and external, lie. 
Their quantity and magnitude, is various, according to the variety of places# 
and parts to be moved,which require either greater, or fmaller Mufcles. 
There are aboundance of them in number, which according to my Obfervaciou 
and computation, are four hundred thirty one 3 but becaule our body is doubly 
the Mufcles alfo are double j few their are without fellows, inch as are the Sphnl' 
Quantity* 
Numbtr. Chap. 10. 
Of a Mufcle in the general. 
fters; and rhe ‘Diapbragma, orMidrif. 
Their Figure is various, a Square, b Triangular, c round, d Long, c Trapepa, 
Lnzing fafhond, f Veltois, like the Greek Delta A g Scalend: uf ually they are 
round, whether you regard their Circumference, or bulk in long and chick Mulcles: 
Therefore Hippocrates in Lib. de art. Defines a Mufcle to be Flefh Circumdufted 
in an orb: but the greaceft Parts of the Mufcles have a Jongifti figure. 
For the raoft parts, you fhal obferve the middle Parcfwelied, the extremities 
narrow. The middle part is called the Belly ; in rhe immovable extremity; the 
Head, the moveable extremity, the Tendon, or Aponeurofts, which is the end, or 
infection of the Mufcle into the Parc tobe moved. Each extremity of the Mulcle 
for the raoft Parc, is Nervous; but the Tendon is Nervous in almoft al the long 
Mulcles: the Belly is flefhy, and Seldom Nervous. 
The Color of a Mufcle, for the moft Parc, is red; of a leaden Color iniqme 
few, by reafon of their impure Scituac ion; in lorae filthy place. 
The Connexion of the Mulcles is twofold; in the two extremities, and in diverfe 
Parcs; the one of which ftands ftil, the ocher moves: alio the Mulcles move the 
Parcs to which they ft ick, chough they were not appointed for chat ufe. 
All the Mulcles have communion with the Parcs, by Veins, Arteries, and Nerves; 
'vhich they admit above the Belly, or middle part of their Body, by which they 
obtain their motive power. 
Figure* 
BeUy, 
Head, 
tendon. 
Color. 
Connexion. 
Communioni* 
The Aftion of the Mufcles, is either universal, or particular. Univerfal aftion, 
is that which agrees to al of them, Vip Motion : particular aftion, is the motion 
of lome one certain Parc; this motion is performed by com raft ion of the Mufcle, 
whilft ic is drawn back, towards its beginning, made fhorcer,and I wels outwardly; 
2nd this agrees withal the Mulcles, thole of the Abdomen excepted, which being 
drawn back, fwel within, bccaule they have no opposite bone to wich-hold them. 
Therefore the true aftion of a Mufcle, is contraction, or confervarion of what is 
*kawn; which motion is called Tonicm, in one Mulcle remaining long mon figure; 
or in more Mulcles extended, and aftmg cogerher, as when the whol hand is long 
held elevated, and extended. 
The motion of others Mufcles, as exrenciort and relaxation, art only by accident; 
from chefe motions depend the morions of the parts, which are nor only difting- 
Uifhed by difference ot place berore,behind, upwards, downwards; but alio by 
figure. 
A ftiorit 
Their Scicuation is either larger, and chat right, and is called <Extenfio; or Ob- 
lique, and chat is either lateral, as theAbduHor, and AdduUor of the fingers ; be 
With inverfton, as the (Pronatw, and Supmatio in the hand and Radius. 
Altb the Mulcles >by reaton of their like motion,are called fellows, Or pairs ; fel- . 
W are fomcknes in diverfe 8c eppofire places,Bt yet perform the fame aftionas; the 
which bow the Arms: fuch Mulcles as perform a contrary motion are called 
Antagonifts, and fo fuch as bow the Arm, are ancagonifts to thofe that extend it. 
ouch as are fellows are alike, for the raoft Parc, in Magnitude, Number, and 
rength ; fuch as are ancagonifts differ according to the waight of the Part moved. 
vehemence of the aftion. 
c*u<"*ure °f the /F litres, fhews the manner of aft ion in every Mufcle; and by 
‘ y V°u may eafily diftinguifli a right Mulcle from a cranfvede,and Oblique, 
div r u^ure °f the ‘Fibres is various alfo in the fame Mufcle, according to the 
Qnser(lcy of its rifes or infections ; and therefore one Mufcle performs diverfe afti- 
pj *as the Tranpepum; for by the extremities of the ‘Fibres, you may know the 
and Tendon. 
.e T*ndon is direftiy bppofite fo the Head, 
tials che Mufcle aft but one aftion, or many; according to the variety of its origi- 
-5 lt °htains various Connexions, to wit. Heads and Tendons. 
Diverfitj. 
How it & 
known. 
«;/r^4.I-^J-14.f.2..00-*,> Tie./.,. ;. T.aa./.x.C®.-- T. The Thyfcal Confederation, and (tAn atomy. 
Book 11. 
Chap. ii. Of a Tendmi. 
A Tendon is the leaft Parc of a Mufcle, by which we bend and move the bones. 
It is thought to confift of a Nerve, and a Ligament mixed together; 16 as chat 
a Tendon is not found, unlefs it be in that Parc of the Mufcle where it is affixed to 
the Parts moved. 
But a mans Eyes (if he wil beleeve them) tels him, that they are from the firft for 
madon, and that they are the cheifeft Parc of the Mufcle, and take their beginning 
where the Mufcle begins, and are diffeminated through its whol Body, if it be a 
Nervous Tendon in the beginning, fuch it is in the end; if it be like final firings at 
beginning, they are united to forme the Tendon afterwards. Such Tendons thole 
Multles have which perform ftrong aftions, in bowing and extending, and conical 
motion ;as in the fuperior and inferior Limbs,and in the back to uphold che Trunk 
of the body. The reft of the Mufcles, as they are fibrous at the beginning, fo they 
are at che end. 
The hard and ftiff Tendons have much Fat about them to fofcen them,chat they 
may the ealier be moved; and therefore thole fibres difperfed amongft the Fleffij 
are nothing die but che Tendon divided, and che Tendon nothing die but the 
*Fibre/ united*, and therefore a Tendon is either compact and folid, or die divid- 
ed into *Fibre/. 
Alfo Tendons are follid or plain, or Membranous or round, or fKort or long* 
If they are Nervous at the beginning of che Mufcle, lo they are at che end. Som- 
times they are Nervous at the end of the Mufcle, though the Head of it be 
ThehardnefsofaSollid, long and Membranous Tendon, its thicknefs and Silver 
color is excellent: So that 'FaUopiits affirmed, nothing was more beautiful in the 
Body of man, than a Tendon, and che Chryftalline Humor of the Eye, 
Wherefore a Tendon, feeing it is a Similary Parc, is bred of Seed, and is of a 
peculiar lubft ance, no where co be found out of a Mufcle. It wel deferves to be cal- 
led the cheifeft part of the Mufcle, upon which the a&ion of the Mufcle depends i 
the ocher Parcs work together with the Tendon in che fame a&ion. 
Original. 
Chap. 12. Of the Mufcles of the Belly. 
THe Flefti extended over the Belly, is Mufculous, which being joyned together 
do make the Fleftiy covering, which is Proper to it. 
They are divided into twelve Mufcles, fix on each fide, which have names partly 
from their Scituacion and rife, and partly from their Figure; of which Sort arg 
Obliquus 'Dejcenden/, Obliqum */.4fcendens, Tranherfui (pyramidal*’ 
|nd Cremafter. J 5 J 
Of chefe ten are ordained to compel the internal Parcs, and feme tomove the 
Os Sacrum, and Ilium j the two Cremafters hold up the ftones. 
Every one of them hath his proper Figure j the Oblique ones, in regard of cheh 
Scicuation action and ‘Fibres, are divided into afeendmg and defending j cheaF 
cending and Tranfverfe, carry a plain Figure like a Membrane. 
Their largenefs is as great as the Latitude and bignefs of half the Belly, and 
the defeending Oblique Mufcle is larger then the Attending, and the Atcending then 
the craniverfe: the lenght of the right Mufcle, reacheth from the I word-like rcr 
lage to the Os (Pubis. 
Although their Original be different:, yec they al joyn fo at the white line, chat 
they feem to be but one Mufcle. The White Line paffech from the Sword-h'f 
Cartilage by the Navels to the Os Tubis, and makes a difference between the Mu 
cfes, ' 
Humber* 
Figure. 
Largmf. 
** OiigmaU 
The white line. Chap. ji. 
Of the Mufcles of the 'Belly . 
Although the Mufcles of the Belly ftick to diverfe parts, from which they are laid 
to aiiie, yet are they al infected at the white line of the Belly ; and at theO/ Fuhif, 
them receives peculiar Veins, Arteries, andNervs, 
The adion of the Belly, is common, or particular. That is common which al 
otthem equally ad. Namely, to comprets the Belly on every Parc -y neither can 
they ad afunder in this. The particular adion i?, when Mufcles chat are parrs 
a<T apart, Afcending or delcending Mufcleschofe comprels thebreaft, chefe 
move the Os Fuhis, Ilium, zi\ASa.crum, being joyned together, without any the 
leaf! corapreffion of the Abdomen■, but chefe bones remain unmoved whiffle the Ab- 
domen is compreifed. 
Ihe ule of the Mulcles of the Abdomen, is whilft they lie ftil, to cover the inter- 
-11 a 1 parts, and defend them trom external injuries, to chcnfh and conferve the in- 
ternal heat. 
Pals we now coa particular defeription of the Mufcles of the Abdomen. then pf 
chat move the Os Fubk, and Sacrum. 
Thea Oblique delcending being Icicuace Obliquely, by reafon of its Fibres, Ob- 
! Clue dsicendmganfech from the b feven or eight inferior Ribs, by certain flefhy in- 
ter lediions or Fibres intertexed with the Flefhy Fibres of the Serratus Flajor, 
ftickmg.to the Os Ilium, and Fuhis, it ends in abroad0 Tendon inthe white 
ne, and together with its lellow, makes one individual Tendon. 
The Oblique dAfcendmg, arlfeth from the? Os Fubis, and Ilium, and being 
hnictoche brims of al the baffard and true Ribs, even to the Iword-like Cartilage, 
ic ends inched white line dya broad Tendon. In this Mufcle chelate Anatomrfts 
°hiecve a double Tendon embracing the right Mufcle like a fheath but the dupiici- 
tyofthe Tendon appears only above the Navel, for below,it is altogether inleper- 
Comex'm• 
Aftm- 
Common. 
Particular. 
Vfe< 
Particular 
Defcription. 
Oblique de[* 
cending. 
Obliqueaf- 
cending. 
The right Mufcle remains f flefhy from the Sternum, necr the s Sword-like Car- 
and being extended along the longitude of the Belly, it is Merced with a 
Nervous end into the 0/ (Pubis. 
In it you may oblerve three Nervous h Interfe&ions which flrengthen it, and 
Veins which run a long the longitude of it; and the » ‘Mammary dejeending, and 
the k about the1 middle of this Mufcle. 
By this Anaftomofis, (f alen thought che confenc of the Womb with the Dugs, 
Was caufed, and many modern Anacomifts after him, which indeed is true. 
Upon the extremities of the right Mufdes,ly two final Mufcles, called m <Pyrami~ 
daks, which ibmecimes are wanting, efpecial lie the right; but flefh makes up the 
defeft. Their office is to compcefs che Bladder, and therefore chey fend their Ten- 
dons between che right Mufcles, into chat Parc of the (Peritoneum which includes the 
gladder. And in the Child in the Womb, then(Vrachus is a production of the 
pyramidal Tendons, which in Men of Age, makes but one firing affixed to the boc- 
tom of the Bladder, and palling to the hole of the Navel, and remains ftil in fuchas 
arejrownup. 
1 The ° tranfverfe Mufcle,arifmg from the P ttanfyerfe Apopbyfes of che Vertebra of 
y°yns, and being fixed to tht Os Ilium, and the baftard Ribs, ends under the 
hisfi{^U^le, bTabroad q Tendon in che white line, and is ftricktly united with 
Befides the Mufcles which comprefs the Belly, neer the <Pubis, by the tranfverfal 
ongitude of the groin, is the Mufcle r Cremajier, prepared for the holding up of 
c e l*°nes, Ic is diftingmfhed from the flefh of the Oblique afeending Mufcle, be- 
Ve^e *5 hath red flefh,is thinner,and disjoyned from it a fingers breadthit is invol- 
cali cbe (Peritoneum, even til it come to the Tefticle, and makes the Tunicle 
■yrsCFrithrois. 
| °ufhal perceive in the groin, the perforation of che Tendons of the Mufcles 
Abdomen, chat they may give paflage to the (Peritoneum, and che Crema- 
Right- 
PyramUaksl 
T mfverft* 
Cremfter* The Thyfcal Conjideration, and <*Anatoniy 
Book If* 
How them- 
tion of the os 
itifim 
ernm « per- 
formed, 
Seeing fame of the Mulcles of the conduce to the motion of the Uf 
Ilium, andStfcrmw, Ifhal faithfully deicnbe the motion of them, and the Mulcts 
appoynted for that motion. Thele bones are clolely joyned by Symphyfis, and 
lie above the Thigh-bones, and under the bones of the loyns, for the piocreation ot 
man in the aft of Copulation i in which aftion, the Thighs, ai die' 
mainirg immovable, only thele bones move fore wards, andbackwaids thenghc 
and Oblique descending Mulcles move them forewards, the breaft reft mg, or very 
lightly moving,and that by longer intervals the Mulcles,r Sacer,andy Sct/ujpwaiirtf 
move them Backwards. 
And therefore facred Scripture, confticutes the Seat of luff to be in the Loyns, 
becaule by the motion of the Loyns, the Reins wax hot-, which provokes the Geni- 
talis to Eiaculat ion of Seed: Qen. 36. It is written, %}ngs fhal come cut of thy 
Loyneiy and*P/tf/. 73. The Kingly Prophet complains,/his loynes were J.lh'd 
with delusions, that is, with luftful Coneupifcence, as Sc. Jerom interprets ic> 
andinLw%, Let your Loyns begirded, chat is, prelerve your Chaftity. 
r.i.f.K'B'B. Z* T. 2./.8.05 "e T. 2./. B.CCCC. T.i.f.S.dd, "g 1.2. 
f. 8. e e.f. 9^>mh T. 2.f. 9. c"1/.9.e."**/.9* d d d d. m 1 *1.2./. 9. d.~** m T. - 
f-9-f-Z* T.2./.p.e.-o T2.f.9-DD. T.8./.2.C.;q/.9.^.sr/.p4 
a aa.gs f.y.b.b.^1 b.f.2.VeD.*v cL.i4.f.'\.eßeß.f,y.DD.f.*.AA. 
The Medicinal Ccnfideration. 
In the Mufdes of the Belly, are often Inflamations, Impofthumes, and pains 
anting of wind ; for according to Hippocrates, the pores ot the flefh, and ipace 
between the Mulcles, are tilled with Blood and Spine in fuch as are healthy tuc 
with Wheyifh lubftance, and wind in fuch as ate Sick ; and therefore Cramps 
happen in thele Mufdes, as is deferibed by Ssnnertm Lib. 3. Dart. 10. Chap. S' 
Med (pratL And therefore thefe Mufdes are fomtimes troubled with a windy 
Spirit, arifmg from the Hypochondriacal Parcs, being filled with Melaneholly. 
Chap. 13, Of the Peritoneum. 
THe Mufcles of the Belly being taken away, the Peritoneum comes to 
which is a * Membrane ftretehed out over al the Parts of the Bowels, or Guts i 
from which excenfion, it hath it’s Greek Name, 
Seeing it is fpermarical, Its temperature can be no other than cold and dry. 
Its Subftance is not ifimple, and uniform } but double, and unequal in thickneft1 
for it is a double Membrane, joyned in fome places, and disjoyned in other Son 
to give paflage to the Navel VelTels ; and inchetypogaftrium, 
that it contains the Bladder and the Genitals, the Reins and Vreters 
Cava, and the great Artery, and the Seminal VelTels in its duobiing. ’ 
The inequallity of the fubftance of itisobferved in Women, to be cbickeft &orrl 
the Navel to the Pubis, that in the conception it may be ftretehed as the Womb i* 
But in men it is thickeft from the Navel to the Sword-like Cartilage, that in Glut" 
tons it may ftretch when their paunch is ful. 
It takes its original from the fieft formation,unlefs,as fome think,it take its 
from the Dura fMater, which as they produce the Pleura,io the Pleura ttiouW 
the Peritoneum \ and fo their ihould be a continuation of thele Membranes through- 
out the Body, as their is of the Skin. 
Its Scituacion is immediatly after the Mufcles, and compaffeth about all the Bo- 
wels of the Abdomen. 
It is the largeft Membrane in the whol Body, and moft capacious, and anfwers co 
the inferior Ventricle both in Longitude and Latitude, 
Temper ame. 
Subfiance. 
Original. 
Sdtuatm. 
Quantity. Chap. 13. 
Of the Terttoneum. 
Ic is double every where, becaule it confifts of two Membranes j of which, che 
internal is che fhorceiT: j nor lb much becaule it beftows a Membrane upon every 
Bart of che Belly and produceth che Mefenterimn j buc becaule ic doch not 
accompany che external to che Teftides, buc ends in the Cavities of the Ab- 
domen. 
Ihe external paffech even to che Cods, and wraps che Tefticles round,and makes 
that cunicle called rytbrois, and in ics progrels makes a final Channel by which che 
Spermacick Veffels pals. 
fhe fame production of che external cunicle, is ob'erved in the groin of Women, 
and is diduced even coche c and che round and lower Ligament of the 
d Womb. 
The Figure of che (peritoneum is Oval, and longifh, by reafon of the Belly, for 
°f ic fell it hath no Figure ac al. 
Ics continuity is noc pierced, ic being an admirable piece of workmanfhip for 
although Veflels pais into it, and out from ic, yec al this is performed through che 
.doubling of in, fo chat the internal Tunicle remains unpierced, which compiehends 
Parcs of che firft Region, as che external doth the Parcs of the iecond Region, 
are placed within che Belly, 
The Color of che (Peritoneum is white, as the Color of ocher Membranes is. 
It is firmely kmc co the Vertebra of the loyns, 1 mean the external Membrane, 
the internal hath no Connexion with them, buc is dis;oyned to receive the Reins, 
redoubled co make the Mefenterium i alfo ic gives a covering to che Diaphragm 
Vla, and che Liver, and produceth che Ligament which holds it, and depends upon 
the Sword-iike Cartilage. 
Befides the general communion ic hath with the principal Parts, by Veins, 
Arteries, and Nerves; Ic hath a particular communion with al che Parcs contained, 
to which ic gives Membranes, either chick or chin \ and therefore ic may be called the 
Mother of al the Membranes in che Belly. 
It performs no adhoti j buc ics ufe is great through out che Belly. # 
"Figure, 
Color. , 
Connexion. 
Communion• 
vfe. 
* T.2r.6.f.2.CC.<E<E. Zc T. 7. 
j>z.SS.f.4-cFcF, 
*The (Medicinal Confederation. 
Let us now bring this contemplation of the Peritoneum, co a Phyfical ufe. By 
reafon of its doubling, you fhall perceive Serofus and fharp Cholerick Humors co 
to gee into thole f paces, which make a baftard Collick, buc have no foundation ac 
al within the Guts, as a true Collick hath, buc between the Peritoneum and che 
Guts ; whence che Difeafe is bitter, and ulually Ming: of which fee Pernelim 
in his Pathology. 
Somdmes ocher Humors flowing from che Liver, or from che Reins, get within 
this Duplication, cowards che Navel, or groyn, or Os Sacrum, and there impo- 
tumace unlefs they were turned into Quiccor before they fel into this Part. 
Such ColUcal pains lie ufuaily on che cop of the Belly, and not deep; neither 
il they Inner the Kelly co be handled never fo gently. Somdmes they come up 
Ven to L^e cDiaphrUgnia, by reafon of che continuation of the Peritoneum, and 
ttlen che danger is che greater. 
Scrutinies, by reafon of thofe Produftions of the Peritoneum which reach che 
bcones, Ser olus Humors pals down to the Cods, and make a watry Rupture. 
v , 4 ou diligently obferve the pcoduftion of the Peritoneum by che groyn ; 
which being dilated ("for ic is feldom broken) received! che Gut Ilium, or che Call’ 
Tib UCe 15 breGl chac iweßing in che Groine, called Pntero-Cek, or that called 
Plplo~Cek; or when both the Guc and the Call do fal down, that other called 
tln tero-Ppiplo- C ele. 
CoUic\, 
7{upturn- 'TheThyJical Confederation, 
Book ll* 
Cha. 14. The Fivifton oj the Farts of the Felly. 
Tam fir (I. 
THe Farts of the Paunch included within the Teritoneum, I thus divide. They 
al pertain to the firft Region, which arc nouridied by the branches of die 
Vena Tort a 3 therefore thea Omentum, the Hollow b Parc of the Liver, thec Qalf 
d Stomach, e Spleen, f Sweet-bread, s Towels, h tylefenterium, and* Vena Torta, 
and the k Coeliacal Artery, make the Tirfi Region of the Body, contained within 
the Abdomen. The ocher Parcs which are included within the doubling of the 
Peritoneum, are referred to the Second Region, which comprehends the 1 <l\eins> 
mVreters, nTladder, 0 Qenitals in Men3 and the p Womb, with the Parcs annex- 
ed, in Women. 
It is extended even to the upper Part of the Bread:, and q comprehends the Hia- 
phragma, * ‘Mediaftinum, s the Heart, and Pericardium, v Lungs, * Trached 
Arteria, y Oefophagm, * Tongue, a Larinx, with the Trunks of the Vena Cava, 
and great Artery, even from the Throat to the groyn, according to <Fernelius • 
but I extend it farther, even to che Limbs 3 whither io ever the greater Channels of 
the Aorta ot Cava, the and » Crurals pals. 
Second. 
a T.2.f.io.<E.Zh T.4.f.i.A.Zc f.i.c*d T.2.f JO. C. T. 4./. I.V. 
Z'f /• x. <E<E. Js T. i.f. 1. and4. Zt f. 1. AA. K1 T. 4./. 1. (F <F.f. 6. AA. 
Zk T.y.f.i.TC. Zm i.%Z° T.6.tota. 
Zp t.y.tota. q.T. 7./. t.11.f. 6. AA.TT. Zr fA. AA. "s t.u.f.i.T• 
f. 5.1, f. I 2* /.!.««./.2. eK%,f.%<P<P. /.7.<E /■.». 
ATCTt. 13./. 10. T. 3./.2.fEcE."z T. 13./. 14. T. 13./. 9.10. 
-0 X. ia*jp. 1.4.Q5T3, "y/. 1.4. VT)* 
Chap. 15. 0/ the Travel, 
trhatitis. 
THe Navel from the birth, even to extream Age, is a knottya Coition of the 
four Navelb Veffels 3 by which the Child is nourifhed in the Womb. That 
they fhould dick out on the out-fide of the Belly, is improficable 3 therefore they 
are Cut off thec Child being born. 
The continuation of the Veffels within the Abdomen remains, which grows dry 
by degrees, being deprived of its ancient Office 3 and therefore it is to be confidered 
under another Notion, in one chat is grown up. 
Wc fhal treat of the Umbilicar Veffels, as they are found in the Carcafs ofa man 
grown up 3 they are like Ligaments, included in the doubling of the Teritoneum 7 
chat which outwardly appears is the middle both of the Belly,and Body. 
The d Umbilicar Vein paffech to the c cleft of the Liver, The Umbilicar fArteties 
are? two, 
and defeend to the Iliack h Arteries, Somtimes creeping along the Tides of 
the Bladder to the1 Hy pogaftricks, between the Arteries lies the fixed 
to the tides of the Bladder, and this is the original and infertion of the Umbilicar 
Veffels. The *Vrachos is like a long and round and its ufe is to hold up 
the Bladder. 
The Umbilicar Vein puls the Liver foreward, left by its waight it ffiould deprefs 
the Parts under it, The Umbilicar Artery upholds the 1 Bladder that it fal nor 
down, although it be included in the doubling of the Teritomm. 
Umbilicar 
Vctyels. 
ufe. 
a T.B .f.z.V.V* Zh Ti 8./. 2, ATT C. Zc 9-f-2.T.m* T. 2./.8- 
T. 4./. i.« f. 6. aa.T. 8 .f. 2. A. T. 4. /. C. Zf f- T. 8. f 2 .TT.f. 
-g T.2.f.io.|h + % 8./.2.C. Xp./. O- 
•1 t.2.f> io.TI. L Chap, 
Of the Omentum, or (fall. 
The Medicinal Confederation. 
1 o reduce that is faid Co Medicinal ufe *, this (hews chat the Cutting of the Navel 
Vein is dangerous, that the place of the Navel is very perfpirable becaufe it pene- 
trates the containing Parts, Neither is there any thing,either within or without,that 
ftops that paffage, and therefore purging Medicines apply ed,co the Navel Purge,and 
fweet things applyed to the Navel of Women penetrate to the Womb: The Water 
in Drophes many times breakes out at the Navel, and the affedfs thereof are 
grievous, not fo much by reafonoftbeienfibilityof the Part, but the fuddain hur- 
ting of thofe Parts whofe Office it is to nourifh the whol Body. 
Therefore conlider whether the Navel be die centre of the Belly or not, for other- 
wile,if the Parts below the Navel be longer than thole above it,A multitude of Dif* 
eafes arc bred in the lower Parc, becaufe the Umbilicar Vein being fliorcer doth not 
Efficiently, pul back the Liver, which,by its waight,compreffech the Stomach and 
EarcsUndet it. 
Chap. 16. Of the Omentum or Call. 
BEfoie you proceed to the Omentum or cal you muft view how k covers al the 
Parcs of the Belly, then their 3 dtuation, which is of no ftnal moment to the 
“cofPhyfick. 
The a Omentum, or or Cal, is a thin Membrane endewed with much 
ac5 neither is it fmgle but double,andfo disjoined in feme places, that you may 
fhruft your hand between, this you may lee in that Parc which is ftretched ouc 
shove the Guts, but about the Stomach and Spleen neer the Diaphragma, the 
is not To evident, but it hath certain hiding places as the Poet Lucan faith, 
not appearing was a bad Omen.. 
It was held to be an ill Omen alfo amongft: the fooch faiers if it were not extended 
Over the Guts. 
The portion of it which is fubjedt to view, is Naturally /Leeched ouc even to the 
Navel, fomcimes to the groyn and Cods in Women between the Neck of the Womb 
and the Bladder, the greater portion is hidden in the left Tiypocondrium. 
It may be divided into four Parts, the firft is called b Inteftinal which is flretched 
°ut over the Guts •, the Secondc Hepaticd, which arifech from the Cavity of the 
Tiver, including the fmal Lobe of the Liver, and turns down to the deep Cavities 
the third is called d Liend, becaufe it lies upon the Spleen, che-fourth 
t CMefenterical, being a production of thefMefenterium to the external Parts, and 
r°m it i 8 its original to be fetched. 
Nimkri 
Scituatiott* 
Original. 
2*f* 10. <E.bcd. % 3./. i.(D£D."bT.i/. 10.dd.m° f. 10. k ~df,io.c. 
- T 3-f-i.T. 4.f. i. 
The Medicinal Confederation. 
®mentum hath its Difeafes, both Similar, Organical, and Common, for 
it is diftempered and inflamed, and yet but feldome, it is ofener troubled 
of Impofthumes or Apofthemes which youwil, becaufe it receives the fifth of 
Seth E’ver and Spleen. Somcimes its mightily enereafed with Flegm gathered co- 
Site r,and grows co a. huSe bignels; neither is this fwellmg eafily allayed either by 
or external* Medicines. If it be foft, Suppuration is to be fought, which 
otn (ucceeds as it fhould do,although you open che Parc with a Cauftic. 
a dropfical Water is concluded in the Cavities of the Omentum: ac- 
-Ico lament of this is worfe.chen if it were within the 
of,ne?,becaufe lc *s eafier drunck up by the Meferaick Veins * or by the Spunginels 
C°nvenie eCM Pada8es firft opened,and thofe Parcs ftirred up to it by lome 
Difeafes. 
Similar. 
Organical He Thyfical Confederation, and Anatomy 
Book 11. 
46 
The Omentum Fa Is down into the groine or Cods: and caufech thofe I'wdlings 
which are commonly called Ruptures: the Belly being wounded, the Omentum 
breaks forth : and then a great portion of it may be tyed with a (bring near the Belly 
and fo cut of, becaufe it icon pucrifies,neither is it fafe to put it back again. 
The firfi Conception is made never the weaker by cuttings off Parc of the 
Omentum, (chough Qalcn thought otherwifej For the Concoction is made in the 
Stomach ; and the Omentum doth not cover the Stomach, But is only knit to the 
bottom of it. 
Common. 
Chap. ij* Of the Guts. 
z>fe. 
THe Guts follow next according to the order of diffeftion, which are organical 
Parcs, hollow, appointed co carry the Chyle and to receive the Excrements;, 
The chin Guts are appointed lor the Chyle, the thick for the Excrements. 
Their fubftance is Membranous and ful of firings,which mav be divided into two 
properMembranes,of which,the3lnner is Fleftiy, cheb outward Nervous. But 
the Inner is rugged,and as it were fouided that it may ftay the Ciiyie in its wrinckles. 
that lb the Mdaraick Veins may draw it the better, which like Horle-Jeeches draw 
the thinner Parc of the Chyle from the Guts. 
Be-ides the wrinkles, the Inlide of the Guts is bedewed, And as it were de- 
fended with a cercaineViegmacick Slime,leaft the Membrane fhould be hurt by the 
paffage of Chbler. 
Belides thefe two proper Membranes there is ac common one,added from the cPeri~ 
toue«m,which it beftowes upon althe Parts it ccncaines. 
The Guts are placed in the <Abdomen and fil its whol Cavity without any confu- 
lion y the Hypochondria excepted, and are dilpoled in various turnings by realon 
of the Connexion they have with the d ciMefeenterium. 
They are feven times as long as the Body,and fomching longer. 
This Longitude is divided intoe chip,and f thick,noc according co Scicuacion buc in 
refpeft of the Membranes; The chin which is taken from the infenofe OnhceW the 
Stomach, is the foil 8c fupreme in order,it eonfifts of chin Membranes,the chick,is the 
Inferior in order, Buc the foperior and Ihorter in Scicuacion, and more Capacious 
and hac h thicker Membranes. 
Subdance. 
Fltjhy. 
Nervous. 
Slimy. 
Scittution. 
Longitude. 
General Di- 
vision* 
Again, the chin is diftinguifhed into three Parts, or three Guts j of which the hr# 
is called s Duodenum, the iecond h Jejunum, the third > Ilium. The chick Gut is 
aifo divided into fb many Parcs or Guts : The fir# k Caecum : The iecond 1 Colon• 
The third m Rectum. 
A 1 die Guts are hollow,that they may give paffag to Chyle and Excrements.They 
are » wrinckled round abouc within, al along their Longicude,even from the Stomach 
to the Fundamenr,thaclothey may (lay the Chyle and Excrements of the fir# 
ConcoOioojbuefot expelling the Excrements, they have a kind of motion which 
prelies downward by degrees. And thus much to whac is common to al the Guts: 
It remains that we {peak of them alleveraily. 
The fir# Gut is called ° Duodenum, becaufe in length it is twelve Pinged 
breadth. 
The finding of this Gut is hard,for cowards the back bone it mu# be-fought 
under the Sweet-bread with the beginning of zhzjejunum ■, this polk ion and 
Ihtercexcure is diligently to be noted, becaufe oftentimes the caufc ofobffrusions & 
vomitings is without any failing of the ‘Pylorus: but the choler flowing by the P Bill" 
ar Pore is kindred in his paffage, and returning back into the Stomach cauteth vo- 
miting. ' 
In the very confines of the Duodenum and Jejunum y the paffage of Choler 
piercer h the Gut, and creeps downward a little way between the Membranes before 
it peirceth the Inner Membrane, neer which the q Channel of the Sweet-bread 
is oblervcd by Virjungm* 
Special 
Cavity. 
i. Duodenum. 
Miil.tr Pore. Chap. 17. 
Of the (juts. 
Where the Guts begin to be turned coward the left fide,their cher Jejunum begins, 
is thought to be emptier than che Ilium, by realon of his neernefs to the Li- 
VeG and its Multitude of Meiaraick Veins: It liesaltogeather in che umbilical Re- 
gton, and is in lengi h about a and an half. 
The * ilium follows, which is more llender, but in length furpafles al the reft 
of the Guts. It occupies the ilium, and ftlypogaftrium, and compaftech about che 
Jejunum it felt with its inferior Part. In this Gut is that Diieale which is called che 
twiftmg of the Guts, and the lliacl^pajjton. 
The fourth Gut in order, and che fu ft of the thick Guts, is called ' Cfcumhy 
Ancient Anacomifts, and does retainc this Name, although it is altogether unlike 
to the Ancient defcription of it. It is not large like a Sack, neither doth it perform 
the Office ota fecond Stomach to Concod: the Chyle, which was not perfected be- 
fore ; the Ingrefs and Egrels, are by one hole. Now in its place, a Membranous 
Appendix is Shewed, which is larger in a Child new born, than in a man grown up: 
and thence Sylvius cook occafion to write, That many things were changed in our 
bodies, both m regard of growth and of the Guts, 'Duodenum and Ctcum. 
TheGGuyty Colon lucceeds this; in which ate many things worth our Confidera- 
tion, to wit, ksLargnefs, Scituacion, Ule, Shutters, two Ligaments, Its fringes 
Far, and its Connexion. 
Of al the Guts, none more large, and Capacious, then this. It begins at 
right Kidney neer the x Appendix j and being turned upwards, it lies under 
fke Liver and Stomach, and paifethtothelcfc tUypochondnum9 where it is wrea- 
thed, and made narrower. 
In its Oblquatjon descending,it touches the left Kidney * and a little below,be- 
*hg bowed like a Roman S. it ends in the cop of che Os Sacrum. 
In it, che Dunge and filth of che Guts, is kept: as alfo the wind of the firft Re- 
gion. 
. Leaft it fliould be dilated too much by Multitudeof Dungjand Violence of wind, 
Nature hath ftrengthened this Gut with two ft tong Ligaments *, which being 
Wretched along its Longitude, they make greater foldings,and wrinckles in this Gut, 
then in any other. Inlomuch that they feem like Cels to retain the Dung: 
and becaufe ic wanes the bond of the (Mefenterium, and consequently that Humor 
Which proceeds from che Fat of ic Nature hach placed abouc it, here and there, 
certain fringes of Fat to Moiften ic. 
"1 hat Y Volve, or Shutter which Authors quarrel fo much about, is not to be 
palled by,being faff ned to che beginning of the Colon, like a Membranous Circle, 
which hinders che flowing back of che Dunge into the llmm, and the afeending of a 
Ghfter to the fame place. Therefore ic opens towards the Interior Parcs, that ic 
may let the Dung pals our, and hinder ic from flowing back. 
Ic is knit to the Membrane of the (peritoneum, by a Membranous eye, whaefo- 
CqCr aurm^er&M wrote» accufihg piolanm of Ignorance ,or dul-fighced- 
The laft of the Guts is called z right, becaufc it pafles ftraighc from the cop of the 
Jw-j cr“m\ c°the Fundament* This Gu|, contrary to the Nature of others, 
e ides the Internal flefhy Membrane, hath alfo an external aflefhy Mufculous 
overing, hke a flieach j chat fo ic may the more forceably expel the Dung, which 
eth to clod in the extremity of the Colon, and right Gut. Therefore befidesche 
ompreflk »n of the Mulcles of che Abdomen., and the Natural motion of the Colon 
Chls lame fldhy Sheach, cru/heth the Dung, as ic were with ones hand, chacfoic 
niaypafsour. 
. 
2" Jclunutn* 
3. ilium. 
Thick Guts. 
»• 
i. Co/ow. 
Largr.efi» 
Scit nation'* 
Ufe. 
Ligaments. 
Fat. 
Shutters. 
connexion. 
I. Right 6ut» 
»„i I: ?■ f-S-^Zc T.5-/-J-'P'P-:a f. 4.from<l3. 
4t‘in!/-4-fr°>»i.too.2s /• 4-V. ,h /• 4-LJLj-T.z.f.A.’H 
S'»o■£ 4‘ :+• "/•6 -!"T- I-/-4, <F-I'° r 4-f- S• BV.mrf. 5.< D 
f*-££3.c7- s- su 5 % i.f.4.99. i'f. ?.«&:> f. 3. <b<b:-v t.V. The Thy fecal Confederation, and (tAnatomy 
800 k 1L 
The Medicinal Consideration. 
General Dif- 
■eafa of the 
Guts. 
Ipafs now to the Difeafes and Symptomes of the Guts. They fuffer Difeafes 
boch Similar Organical and Common. For they are diflempered by hear and cold, 
either with or without Humor. They are inflamed, wounded, Ulcerated, dr) ed, 
bound, loofened, made (mooch the wrinckles being taken away,as in fluxes and 
bloody fluxes. Soradmesthey are fo flopped chac rhe Excrements are Vomited 
up. 
Befides chcfe the common Difeafes,the Guts feveraily conliderd,have their peculi- 
ar Difeafes. 
The Duodenum may be flopped by compreffion of the Sweet-bread, and then the 
food is Vomited up again two or three houres after it is eaten j becaufe the paflage 
is flopped. 
The Ilium is fubjeiT to the Iliack paffion, which is an Inflamation and not a 
twifting of chac Gut j Somcime it fais down into the groyn, and lomcimes into the 
Cods,which caufech Ruptures in chofe places. 
Somtimes the being looled or broken neer the Navel, the Difeafe cal- 
led Omphalocele commech, in which the Jejunum flipps down. 
The Colon is fubjeft to the Collick, which arilech either through ffiarp Humors, 
or wind, or extreara cold Air. In it wormes are bred,which lomcimes creep up into 
the Stomach and are Vomited out-. This Gut alone is lubjeft to Ulcerations, which 
caufech Putrefaction: which many think, comes from the ‘Mefenterium, and mofl 
unfortunately ufe purging Medicines and Glyflers which increale the evil and no 
way help it: Becaufe the extremity of cheCokm which is joy ned to the right Gut 
is more neftiy, painful Impoftums are bred there, which fuppurate and are ioonet 
cured then they would be, if they came from the Melentery. 
Somtimes Melancholy baud fwellings are bred there which caufe difficulty in go- 
ing to the ftool and haften death. 
The right Gut hath its peculiar Difeafes, Tenafmu*, Inflamation,lmpoflumes, 
which end in Ulcers and fiftulas,which are difficult to be cured and require, the help 
of the Chirurgion. 
The Periftalcick motion of the Guts is Somtimes fo perverted, that the Dung 
flowes upward, and Glyflers are call up at theMouch. And fo are fuppoficanes 
alfo, if you wil believe fome Practitioners, but then the flmteer of the Colon 
needs be broken. 
Al the Symptomes of the Guts ace tobe ceferred to the Excrements when they are 
exceffive,as in Fluxes,or deficient,as when men go not to ftool unlefs they he provok- 
ed by Medicine, both which Symptomes impair the health. 
Fluxes are called Diarrhea,which is either Chylous or huoioral: humoral is 
either Cacliacal, or Mefenterical, orlnteftinal. When it comes with Ulceration, 
Paine and Bloodjic is called a Bloody Flux. If it come without pain andbbelie 
the Water in which raw flefh has bin waffit,it comes from the Liver, and is called 
Hepatica. If it come through fmodthnefs of the Guts, It is called Lienteria : 
it come with Quitter it is called Mefenterical. The caufes of al chefe Difeafes y£3i 
may find in al Pradtcioners, and therefore we will make no longer flay upoll 
chop. 
The internal Tunicle of the Guts Somtimes is fevered 8c loft, which is thought to be 
turned intoa long worm of two or three Cubits long,- caled <Tania) of which yOLI 
may read in Spigelim Lib. de Lumbrico lato. 
Peculiar Dif- 
*ales‘ 
Of the Duode- 
mm. 
Ilium. 
Jejunum. 
Colon. 
Right Gut. 
Symptmes. 
Chap. 18. Of the Mefenterium: 
THea<Mejenteri«m is the bond of the Guts, which keeps them in there places, 
that they pafs not into confufton and be thereby deprived of there action an 
ufe. , > 
v tvhtu it is. Chap. 18. 
Of the <£Mefenterium. 
It is a double Membrane, between which, is Fat, and many b <jlanduhs, or 
Kernels,and a four-fold kind ofc Vefiels. This is the ftru&ure of it. 
Ir is eared in chefnidft of the Belly, becaule ic flicks to the crantvgrfe proeefles 
of me Vertebra by Lygamencs: thence is its original. 
Ir flicks lb fimiely to the d Guts, chat no divifion at al appears: between its two 
Membraines, innumerablec Veins pafs, which are called meleraick or Melcntetick. 
AHo an infinite numberoof Arteries from the Cadiacal Arcery. Alfo ic hathf Ner- 
ves from she Lumbals, or Nerves of the Lomes. 
The fourchkindor Veflels, are called s Vena laUea, by Afelbut, the fir ft finder 
of them out j of which we need noc doubt, feeing ic is now a common received 
truth. 
I ins one thing troubles many. Namely, the diverfity of their diftrtbution: tor 
in abeab fulfed, chat is opened alive, chele milky Veins are noted Icaccered about 
the cMefenterium\ih\xc fomc pals to the Sweet-bread,others to the Liver, others to the 
T runck of the Vena of them to the Spleen; neither like ocher, veins are 
they gathered into one Head i they feem rather to have their Root, ahd Founds* 
t'on in the Sweet-bread, and from thence to be diflribuced this way, and that 
Way, ' ■ ■ _ '■ • ' 
Thefe Milky Veins being granted, al difficulties which were formerly about the 
ffiflribucion of Chyle and blood by the lattVe Channel, ccafc-. For the Milky 
Veins carry the Chyle to the Liver, and the Meferaitk Veins carry back the BloOd 
to cheNounftiingot the Guts. Therefore boch chele Channels may be flopped 
Severally; which is to be noted of a Phyfician, in curing of the Dileales of the Bo* 
The cMefenterium, feeing it communicates With the Liver by the h Vena (porta i 
'vith the Spleen by the i Caliacal Arteries \ and the Splenical* Vein * with thd 
by their Connexions, and hath a fatty Glandulous lubftance fit to receive 
Humors, and to retain a 1 the impurities of the firft Region* Phyfitians well calk 
Nurfe of Difeaies ■, for from that, as from a Fountain, do al the Dileales of the 
Bowels proceed : and al Phyfitians in prefcnbing Purges, and Remedies, have a 
special eye to that. 
Its StruSnr* 
S citHttin, 
y - 
e* U 
Venn Lnfttni 
vfa 
*T. 3./. i. A A.T.^./.• I.Jb T. 3./. uaada.Z* f- * * 
Jr. i.hVf1/!/. "e T 4./. 1, aa a. T.g.f, t.ccc." f/. i. bbbb.2s /• 8. 
l.uaaa.bhb.Zi X .4./, u<F'eF*f.b.AAA.Zk f. y.TiArc. If. 
The Medicinal Confederation, 
The 'Mefenteriwn labours under Difeafes, both Simple, and Compound; kis 
inflamed, and oftentimes 1 lifters impoftumes. It is Ulcerated, and by reafon of, 
ksVeflek, often obflru&ed i 
By real on or his fatty and Glandulous fubftance, it often fwels to a great hard 
iwellmg, and is the Foundation of al Kings evil Swellings-, which feldom come in 
great i\umber, but the Foundation is here. 
Dlfeefei tf 
the Mejenttrifi 
uni* 
ir ■yiubjeft to bail aid Collicks, whch proceed offfiarp Choler, and degenerate 
into rallies in the interior Limbs, and fom times in the fuperior \ and hence comes 
e -mrbui mentioned by ‘MorbusSiccatorius. Of 
\Je L'neoesct the Mefentei ium, read Daniel Sennertus, and ‘Matthew* 
* /mm, who treats expresfly ot the Dileales thereof. Although theMclar* 
j cky'ii d Mi«ky Ve;n% which carry Chyle, are faftned to the Guts like Horle* 
Laches, vet the matter is divei fly drawn by thofe Channels, For the Liver draws 
w'ebv the Milky Veins from the Guts, but lends Blood by the Mefaraick Veins 
10 rJS* ? therefore boch of them may be diverily obflrudfed. 
vr »/v/ui Ul J ***' 
_ J'Ok the m Iky Veins may beobftrufted either al along through the thicknfcfs of 
vmaeor ehc in rheir Roots wirhin the Liver, 
mheobftrud-ion be in the whoipaflage al along, then there arifcth a Chylous 
Ho* the MiliQ 
Vein* mtnfit 
Bed* The Thyfical Confederation, and <tAnatomy 
Book 11. 
Flux, eicher white, or cauny in Color. If in their Roots, either within, orncer 
the Liver, the Chyle hath a light Tin&ure of Blood. 
Ifrhe Mefarick Veins be flopped within theLivet, the Liver cannot disburden ic 
felt ofhis Excrements, but they remaine either in the Liver, or in the Mefaraick 
Veins, and make mod terrible obflruftions,by reafon of the multitude of the Veins, 
both within, and without the Liver. 
The Milky Veins have no Trunck, but are feperated when they enter the hollow 
Part of the Liver j and theiefore they are not fo eafily obflru&ed- And therefore 
al Humoral Fluxes of the Belly flow from the Liver or from diflempers of the 
Mefaraick Veins.' Thick Fluxes proceed from the Milky Veins, by reafon of cor- 
rupted Chyle. 
The Cure of both fort of Fluxes is the fame, Namely, by fuch Medicines as cur, 
and purge out thick Humors: but in Liquid Fluxes or the Mefaraick Veins, you 
muft iomtimes ufe flrengchening Medicines, And ioratimes bleeding and Vomi- 
ting is more proper for thsfe Fluxes, than for thole of the Milky Veins. 
Haw theMe- 
[erased 
tare. 
Chap. ip. Of the Sweetbread) or (Pancreas. 
Subftmce. 
HT* tie * Sweet-bread is a body neither truly b flefliy* nor truly Glandulous, but 
A in a middle bet wen both; Yet ic is very Syongy, that fo ic may receive the 
Excrements of the Spleen and Liver. 
*c l*es under the Stomach like a fofc Culhion, and is ftretched from the c Liver to 
the d Spleen *, and if it have its Natural conformation, ic is as broad as the Palm of 
thfe Hand. 
It receives the c Trunck of the Vena ‘Porta *, the Milky Veins, and the f Splenical 
Vein, paffeth to the § Spleen through its Cavity. 
Bolides, Virfungm Dil covered a new h Channel in the Sweet-bread, palling a 
long the length of it *, which is inlerted into the 1 Jejunum, neer the k paffage of 
Choice: but for what end dais was framed is yec uncertame, whether it be to cietmie 
the Excrements of the Sweec-bread, or rather of the Ipleen, which are carried thi- 
ther. 
Scimation. 
VV fels. 
A new Channel 
So ‘Fallopius found the Channels in the Sweec-bread, no way to communicate 
with the Veins, but that being filhd with Choler, they empty themlelve.s into the 
Bowels: oc whether rather, they carry a portion of Chyle to the Spleen, for a par- 
ticular making of Blood; but if this Channel do not couch the Spleen, then this 
Office is void, and it rauft be to cleanle the Sweec-bread of the Excr.niencs ir re- 
ceives, eicher from the Liver or Spleen j or to carry away the filch of the Chyle* 
which happily may remain there. 
Icisobferved,char this Parc increafeth, when the Spleen decceafethj forhatic 
may we] becalled the Spleens deputy. There is the Seat of Hypochondriacal Me- 
lancholy, 8c ic is the entertainer of many Difeafes,as wel as the both of 
them breed Sickneffes to the Body, if they be filled with evil, anu filthy Humors? 
ftsvfe. 
* T. 4./. r.'E'E* b *AA.f. 3. AA. c/.j.A."a /. u <p. »e T. - 
f.i.(FcF.Z( (I-9’f^-aaa.bbb. f.i.V.f. z.tE(E.m' 
Chap. 2cu Of the Vena Torta. 
X’T’Tlthin the Belly, are two notable Veinscontained *, both of them take 
W their original from the Liver: The one is called *'Porta, which is hb" 
fervienr to the Places dedicated to nounftimenc, nether paffeth it lurcher. The 
ocher is called h Cava, which nourifhech the who] Body, horn the Crown of the 
Head to die iole of the Foot, and pallech out of the 'Peritoneum, and creeps along 
two Feins. 
porta. 
and. 
Cava* Chap.zi. 
Of what is to be conjtdered in the Vena P orta. 
the Back and Loines, with the great0 Artery : Some think it is produced from the 
Heart, and not from tire Liver. The Vena ‘Porta arileth from the hollow Parc of 
the Liver, which it hlleth, and is called the Gate of the Liver, or die Vein which is 
feared ac the Gatesof the Liver. 
The Trunk of the Vena ‘Porta descending into the Belly, fends out a branch cal- 
led Qa\tro which is diftnbured to the Stomach, and Omentum. The 
lecond a branch is called Intefiinal, which is carried to the ‘Duode num: after that, 
it lendsc two branches to the Gal, and the laftfbranch it lends to the right fide of 
the Stomach. 
The.e branches thus produced, the Trunck is divided into two famous branches ; 
the g Splemcal and h ‘Mefenterical. This again, is divided into fewer branches, of 
which, the greareff keeps the name ‘Mefenterical: The lecond is called l<H<£mor~ 
rhoida, and paifech to the right Gut: The third is called and paffeth to 
the Gut Cretan, or elle to the beginning of the Colon: and the fourth paffech to, 
and nourifhech die remainder of the Colon. 
The Iplenical branch, when it hath parted through the Sweet-bread, producerh 
four oppo.iite Veins, aboue and below. The firft is called k Qajirica (Major\ 
which alcends to the left fide of the Scornack. Oppofite to this is the right iTipi- 
p oica, which is diftributed to the Omentum. The Coronaria iucceeds this, and is 
dhinbured to the Soraach, and the left ‘Epiploica, to thq Omentum. 
Branches of 
the Venator* 
ta. 
Superior* 
/ 
Inferior• 
a T.4.f. i,<F<F.Zh T. s.f, z.O7. T. 12./. i. C.“c T. $.f.2. Q.% iz. 
Z* T.4.f.6.m~' }.6.dd. B, ~*f.6.gg. f.C.C V.]*' /.6.H- 
-• k T.4./.6.ee“i/.6.e. 
Chap. 7i. What is to he confidered in the Vena Porta. 
MAny things come to be confidered in the Vena Porta. 
i / It ma kes the firft Region of the Body,with chofe Parcs which it nourifh- 
eth, and pafleth with its Blood. 
2. It contains a peculiar fort of blood, which is not circled, as the Blood of the 
Vena Cava is * and yet it may with the branches of the Cafliacal Artery, have a 
have transflux, and ccanfvafacion. 
3* That it carries only Blood, and not Chyle, which is done by the Milky Veins, 
is alfo the impurities of the Liver and Spleen, to the ‘Mefenterium, Sweet-bread, 
and Guts, 
4. That within the Liver, it hath either very final, or no Communion at al by its 
Boots, with the Roots of the Vena Cava, and therefore each Vein carries its 
peculiar Blood. The blood of the Vena Porta is thick, and nourifhech the parts 
of the firft Region. The blood of the Vena Cava, is fubcile, fit for circulation, 
Which nourifhech the parts of the fecond, and third Region. 
S* That the branches of the Vena Porta within the Liver, are larger than chofe 
or the Vena Cava, if that do ante from thence. 
6. That in a Difealed body, it is ufually filled with Caco-Chymia. •, which, 
wither it ought to be emptied by breathing a Vein, a m£n may wel make a Temple, 
left the Circulation of blood infect the whol Mafs. 
7. Whether the Vena Porta, after two or three Evacuations by the Arm, may 
jot better be purged by the Hemorrhoids, or opening a Vein in one of the 
reet ? 
Place. 
Blood. 
Office. 
commmm* 
* 
Urgmfs* 
Evacuation* 
8. That al impurities of the Belly, are contained in this Vein/rom whence come 
terrible obftr unions of the Spleen, and ‘Mefenterium, 
9• That there are no Shutters found in this Vein, as there are in the branches of 
the Vena Cava. 
io. That the Vena-Porta hath waies, thereby it disburdens it felf, as the Veins 
GbfirH&M*' The 'Phyjtcal Confederation, and Anatomy 
Book 11. 
of the Hemorrhoids: its reflux into the great Artery by the Cadiacal, and Vomi- 
ting of Blood againft Nature, in Bodies, 
Chap, 22. Of the Cdiacal Artfry. 
Oagm • 
is a branch of the great Artery defending, and accompanies the branches 
ofcheVenaHorta: for look how many branches the Vena Horta is divided 
into, fc many alio, is the *Cadiacal Artery divided ; which notwithftanding, 
hath Pulle from the heart, and follows the motion thereof, as other Arteries do : 
butleeinghis blood injoycs not the benific of circulation, as other Arteries do, 10 
that it teems like a feperated Artery, Somtimes his motion is hindered, when theie 
is an Inflaraacion in the iAbdomen ; the reft of the Arteries gently mooving, as is 
often obferved in Hypocondriack Melancholy, and other innarhations of the Hy- 
pocbondrium. 
Notwithftanding it hath Communion with the Vena <Porta by mutual conjun- 
ction of their mouths; by which means there is a conflux of blood between them, 
whereby the vital Spirit of the.Abdomen, is prefer vcd. 
This Puliation, or Palpitation, was known to ‘Hippocrates, in Lib, 7. Hpid* 
In that Hiftory of his, about the puliation of the belly, neer the Navel •, and in his 
Ptxgnofticks he makes mention ot the lame; if the Veins about the tybdrife bear, 
they fortfoexv either trouble of mind, orcMadnefi. 
The Creliacal Artery in Hippocrates Book of the Difeafes of Women, is called, 
the breaching place of the inferior Belly: See Vuretu* in Coacit. Huge, 183. 
The b Splenical Artery, is notable; which is not brought by the Sweet* bread, 
creeps along the Longitude of the Hiaphragma, neer the back bone : it is as 
big as the Splenical Vein, but Ambiguous in his progrd's, and gives no branches to 
the Parts neer it. 
.. 
aim. 
Anafiotnofer. 
1 
t>oslnne of 
She Splenical \ 
Arterj. , 
1 Ic is inferced into the Spleen by a double branch, as the Splenica] Vein is; and 
therefore when the Cadiacal Artery is taken away, it is in vain to look for the 
Splenical*, for there remains none, but two or three final Arteries, which pals to 
the Stomach. 
, From the Splenical Artery, neer the Spleen, pafs two fmal Arteries to the Sto- 
mach. From this faithful and true relation, you may eafily know how malignant 
.Vapours are carried from the Spleen and ‘Mefenterii/m, to the Heart; whence in 
*Plautus, he complained, it leapedt and beat hit 
fßreft. 
* T. 124 f. i.p. q. r. “b /. 2. t. 
Chap* 23. Of the Stomach. 
T He Stomach is the Kitchin of thefirft Concoction ; it confifis of proper Mem- 
branes, and onea common, one which ic recdvs from the ‘Peritoneum. The 
h internal is rugged, and hairy, like a peiceof Silk: Thec External is flelhy, char 
it may receive the heat of the Bowels which lie upon it, to wit, of the Liver and 
Spleen which heat it. And chat it may the more eali ly comprels, and hold together 
the internal, it hath a threefold lore of firings,which ftrengchen it to chat end; and 
alfo when ic is flackened with ftore of Meat, they do contract it again, lo loon as 
the dioefted Aliment is forced out of the Stomach. 
Membranes of 
she Stomach. 
A 
%tf Sckamion* 
»T. 12.f.2*t.Zb T.3'f-4-CC.Zc T.^/.4.<E.5 
It is t. Sciciiace between the Liver, and the Spleen, as it were between two fires, 
betiding a little towards the left <Hypochondrtumi if the Spleen hold its natural 
bignels *, othetwife, when the Spleen is bigger than ordinary, ft thrufts the Stomach 
into the middle. 
UtSiyt* 
!? %2'f' 10. C.; Chap. 25. 
Of the Stomach. 
The gceacnels of che Stomach cannot be exactly defined, becaule being empty, 
and exhauftj it ftrong, it is Ip contracted, that it is no bigger chan amans Fift* 
feeing ftrerched and widened yuth (lore of Belly Chear, it wil containe fix pines 
nf Drink) with a Pound or two of Meat, as is daily leen inGluctonsj and Tof- 
f 
There is but one Stomach in Mankind, which is fomtimes divided according to 
the Longitude into two Caviries; which have their Ingrels and Egrels, like the 
Stomach*.s, and Hylorus. Andluch perfons do vomit with great difficulty 5 and 
When they do, they cart up Excremencicious Humors without that broth which 
they took the lame moment. Shal we fay the lepaoumg faculty can work fo quick, 
or rather chat the broath is flipc down into the Lower divilion of the Stomach 
from whence it cannot eafily returne, becaufe of the narrowneis of the upper 
Orifice. 
If the Stomach be Tingle and rightly lhaped, it sof a longifl) Spherical <F igure, 
aud is compared to the Belly of a Bag-Pipe, letting aiidc the Uefophagus and 
Guts, 
The Hgrefs of the Stomach is equal in height unco its Ingrefi ; chat is to fay, the 
tvvo Orifices thereof, are equal in height, lead the Meat and Drink fhould flip 
through, before they be digefted; and then being digefted by the ftrengch of the 
Stomach Contracting ic feif, the Hylorus is opened, and the Chylus lent into the 
Gut. 
7{umbtr. 
Figure. 
Tm Orifices* 
he Ingreff) or upper 1 Orifice of the Stomach, is in a fpecial manner termed 
being che Sear of Hunger and Tbirfi, becaul'e ir is crowned with two 
called b S tomacbict ‘Her'vi -,and is conlcqucncly of an Exquifite fenle. 
The lower Orifice, is called c (pylorus; in which you dial obferve a Valve t 
J°Und in ihape,and as vilible and remarkable as the Valve in the Guc Colon.This Var 
h* *s co hinder the Chyle from returning back again into the Stomach, 
Beudes chetecwo Orifices in che Stomachy there is oblervable its or 
Inferior Parc, more tldhy chan che reft *, becaufe therein che Meat is boy led or 
d5geited> 
, fhe internalc furface of che Stomach is wrinckled, and ftored with fibres, chat 
lc may theieby retain what is taken in for nourifhmenc. 
The upper> 
TheUwiu 
itsßttttm*, 
Irater Surf Ate* 
,— - “T. 3./. 2. *H./. 4. *A. 
ab /. 2. >F g.Z'‘/• i.%/• 4-n-f.3.i u ■<=/.4.<e. 
The Action of the Stomach is the Coition of Aliments i which chough they be 
many, and of divers kinds j yet the Stomachy by a propriety, or inbred faculty 
Much it has, does dilfolve, and as it were melt them, andcurnechem mcoa lub- 
ftance like Creme •> which is called Ghylui. How that k done, L have already 
Cammed in my Anthropograpbia j and in my Anftver to WalUeus,a very learned 
‘Phy fitian of Leyden* 
Aft'm. 
Digfftien bvw 
Can fed. 
The Stomach has Communion, by rcafon of neighbour hood, with the Liver, 
l .9ah the Spleen, .the Sweet-bread, the uppermofl Qutr, upper Wart of ■ 
* "Mefentery y and alfo by the veynes which it has from the Trunk of Vena Horta, 
►I L^e pkmcalcßranch. It Communicates alfo with the Heart and by 
lStomachicaL ‘tyrvpj •, of which tome Parc is Communicated to the Heart and 
Utngf: it Communicates alfo wich the ‘Brain, by the Stomachical ‘JSfrvei, 
proceed fromchejwrt Conjugation. 
Cemmmion 
with ether 
parts. 
. « does cheifly Sympathise with th when they are mifafFe&ed, either 
q anc °f Appetite, or by frequent Vomiting, by realon of s a complication of the 
yujiat an(* Sto/nacbical Serves, dilpofed between the two ‘Jfydneii* From 
ence are derived Nerves, that are dilpetled into al Parts of the Belly. 
cealon ot iqs Nervous tub dance, it has Communion with the whol Body •, 
4tvi?ie lC is che in the Dufeale Cholera, the Ancles are concraftedySc there is anxiety’ 
of tne who! Body, when the Stomach is dilorderecL 19 
Great Sympt- 
thy with the 
Kjdnies. 
Cetnmnion 
with the whed 
’ Sodjf. The Thy ft cal fmflderation and t» 
Book 11. 
’The Medicinal Confederation. 
Stomachs 
Dilttmpcr. 
THe Stomach is affll&ed wich diver!e Difeales, Similar, Organicand Caw- 
mon. For ic is troubled wirh a Simple, or Compound dedemper, whileic 
is over cooled, over heated, over-dried, or overmioiftned: of which, Qalendd~ 
cowries accurately, in the levchch of his Method. 
Alio, it is Inflamed, Impofiumated, and Vlcerated ; and thefe three happen 
cheitty in the upper, or lower Orifices, became of their flelhynels: fomtimes they 
may happen in the bottom, which is wounded, and healed, yea, and can bear inci- 
fion, that any Iron,or other hard thing which hurts the Stomach may be taken out, 
when ic cannot ocherwife be voided, either upward or down ward ; as we read in 
that ftory of a Hrufian, who had fwaliowed a Knife. 
Hippocrates ob'erved a burning Heat about the Stomach, in his Aphorifmes: 
which is dangerous, by reafon of Choler fhed between the Coates of the Stomach> 
or by reafon of the neighbouring Parts burning, and Inflamed. 
Soracimes ihpQall touches thole Parts of the Stomach which are next it, and 
fcorches the lame, as if it were burnt with a Fire brand red hoc. 
It is alfo troubled with Difeafcs of -Magnitude, Increafed or 'Diminifljed j Dif- 
eafes in Scituation, in Cavity, in figure, and in Smnothnefi. 
The (Magnitude of the Stomach, Augmented, and Widened, as in Gluttons, 
does over much ftretch the Stomach, audiooien its Fibres. So that afterwards, ic 
cannot be diffidently contracted to imbrace the Meat in fuch fort, as to turn the 
fame into good Chylm: which is the Cauleof crudity, and weaknefs in the Sto- 
mach. 
And when the Subfiance thereof is fo ftreieghned, through dry nets or Swelling of 
the Membranes, that it cannot fufficiently widen it felf to contain the Meat; then 
is it pained after Eating, though but a little Meat be taken. 
! But the Stomach is more frequently ‘Dileafed by (Dilatation, and Hxolution, 
or ‘Flaggynefi, and Slapnefi, both in perfons otherwife in health, and fuch as are 
lick* while with Breaths and plenty of cold drink the Tone or contraftive vigor of 
the Stomach, isfo diffolved, that a loofnefs of the Belly is thereby caufed: which 
is artributed to the Corruption of the Meat through an hot diftemper of the Sto- 
mach j or to the Obflruftion of the Veins: which Symptorae, notwith- 
standing, is often Caufed by the over great Laxity of the Stomach, which Fer- 
nslius calls <Morbum ‘Material Dileale in the matter *, and it muft be Cured with 
fhengchning and aftringent things. This has been oblerved in the opening of 
Bodies, where the Stomach is found fo extended, and fo widened, chat ic 
would contain the Head of an Infant. And therefore ic is very necellary for a 
Hratiitioner to obferve the Dileales of the (Matter, which are Cured wich drying 
and aftringenc things, both given in, and applied oucwardly. This was the Do' 
chat left of Ancient Phy Brians, which were termed'Methodici, who made 
Laxity, and tAfiriZfion, the Gheife things oblervable in ai Dileales. 
Somcune chc Stowtfck changes its natural Scituation, and is drawn back coward* 
the Midrife, which Caules Ihortnefs of Breath after Meales. Somcimes it hangs 
down as low as the %avel, as has been oblerved in Bodies differed, which makes a 
bad life, and a bad Concotiion. 
Ic is obftru&ed when its upper, or lower Orifice,is troubled wich fome fwellif 
which hinders the coming in otNucrimenc into theftomach, and its going out afreC 
digeftion.. : . 
It is alfo Difeafed vvichSmoothnefi, when the Inner Surface, which natural*/ 
fiiould be wrinkled, is become Imooch, which Caufes that lymptome which * 
termed Lienteria, which is, when there is fuch loofnefs of the Belly, that the 
comes away unchanged, juft as-il was Eaten. 
Infamation. 
Apoftumtuion, 
Vlcer. 
Incifion of its 
Bottom. 
Burning- 
Bred by the 
Gull, 
Di[lcnded. 
Strakned. 
widened and 
and (lackned. 
changes po- 
fare. 
Qbjlrufted. 
Made fmcotb. 
f T.3-f-2.<F(j.f.sJllZs T.3-f-*-VZ Chap, 23, 
Of the Stomach. 
55 
Divers Symptomes infeft the Stomach in refpebf of its viTftion being hurt, and in 
regardbi thediforder of fuch things as are Evacuated therefrom. The Action of 
the Stomach is, Appetite, Concotiion and Chylificatioh. The Appetite is hurt, 
When ic is Abolifiea, Dirkinified, on' Depraved. It is Abohjhed, when t here is 
no Stomach or Appetite, or when Meat is loathed, especially flefh, which is the 
worft. App.cire is often Diminijhedin Difeafes, which is not lb bad. But the 
Depravation of Appetite is worfe. 
Now it is depraved, when there is a Dog-ltkg Appetite which cannot be faciffied; 
or when evil things are defired; which kind of depraved Appetite, Piny it ernes 
cMaldda v and Qalen, bally it ,Cittain Latin Pica, the cMag-pie- 
‘Cbylificatifin or is called, Apepfia, IncOncoftion; and 
by vulgar Phyfitians, Corrupt!o Chyh, a corruption of che Chyle. When Meat is 
long in digeftion, cis called Pradupepfia, flow Digeflion. When the Meat is 
corrupted, its called Dyfpepfiafili digeflion. 
To A&ion hurt, belong die 'Feeling, Mot ion,mi Pain of the Stomach. There 
is fcling in the whol Stomach, but ic is exquifice in the upper Orifice, byreaionbf 
certain Nbrves of che Six Pare, which are there interwoven with admirable work- 
manfhip, , „ . v • i:,. .... ,• 
Feelings is Aholified, and Diminified, when there is need of hungring and 
thirflipg. and yet che Stomach perceives it not, but refufes both Meat and drink. 
This proceeds from a great diftemper of Hear, or Cold *, which caufes fortificati- 
on, unlels the Patient be diftrafted. , , ... 
ACiion Hun* 
Want of Ap- 
petite. 
Dog appetite* 
Abfwrd long- 
ings. 
Undigefiiak. 
Slow cugc/Uorti 
111 digc(tioh. 
Refn]ing Meat* 
Ueart4nrtting 
The fence of feeling is depraved in the Pain of che who] Stomach, or Of the upper' 
Orifice thereof, which drawes che Heart and noble Parcs to Sympathife therewith: 
therefore this pain of che Stomach,is called Cardiogm of, Cardialgia and the aking 
°f the Heart, or Heart-burning; anckaules chat kind of fvvouning, which is called 
Syncope Stomachicd,the Stomach iwouning; and comes through the Hearts Sympa- 
thifmg with che S orhach. , . . ~ 
And to this Pain of the Stomach, belongs Anxiety,and Unquiet nimblings and 
toflings; which the Greekes termeßiptafmos, or AJfe-, from whence the Feavec 
Ajfodes, has its Name; in which the Sick are ful of unquiecnefs, 
The motion of che Scorn ich , is Relaxation, Coarftation ; By the 
latter, ic fhucs it felf upon the Meat todigefl the fame, and when chat motion fades, 
there is nothing but fluctuations, and tifings, both when a man is fiil and tailing. 
The motion of the Stomach is depraved in ‘Hiccupmgs, and Detcbingf. Hie- 
cup mg is more trouble fome then Bclching,and is an il iign in fcaver?, whether it comb 
by faille of the Stomach it felf, or by its Sympachifing with' fome other Part 
’especially the Liver. Hippocrates mentions a Difeale called forbui Pyuftuofm, 
the belchingDifeafe. 
Di [orders m point of Excretion are frequent in the Stomach; either upwards, in 
Vomitings, and ;Spawling* j or in the Lienteria, Diarrhea* and 
coehaca. Affeftio. . 
Vomiting happens, either by reafon of obftruftion of the upper, or of the lower 
ri?lce i if the upper be obflruded,che Meat is flopped in the upper Orifice a while 
, prefendy after Vomited: if the fault be in the lower, the Meat is retained A 
l 0l\ger time, and at laft Vomited lip. 
'AnxUtjl 
want of Con* 
fraction upon 
the Meat. 
Hiccuping, 
Belching* 
Symptoms m 
excretion axe* 
Pomting* 
s A jkfly Vomiting up of Choler, without further trouble, is no Difeafe, nor ill 
ympcome *, becaule ic happens by realbn chat a branch of the Choler carrying Vef- 
-6 \r5 casrv *nco c^e Scbmabh *, as Cjdleh obfervesand proves by examples. 
* V°m icing of blood is an evil Sympcome, whether the Blood flow from the Liver 
V che Veins which are branched from the porta, into the Stomach; or from the 
. Pteen by che h Yds P>re*vc, Somcime the Patients life is Vomited up this wa;Pc 
to chat exprellion of a Poet. * . WaiCS* 
OfCbolerl 
Of Block 
i , Out of his Mouth, be fcewes bis Purple Swh 
• iah&Fig. 8. let. fe.J The 'Thyfical Confideratioriy and <tAnatomj 
Book 11. 
Qfirtnd. 
1 ' 
The frequent breaking up of wind with Belching, may be reduced co this Symp- 
tome of Vomiting •, and this may be chat which is termed Cholera Sicca, known co 
*.Hippocrates, and declared with its figns, by Ludovicos Humus in his Com** 
ment upon the Coick Praiift ions of ‘Hippocrates. 
Buc there is a Malignant Sympcome , called Cholera humida9 
which is a violent, and plencyful voiding of Choler upwards and downwards* 
which kills within four dales; bee ules very much Evacuation luddenly cabled, is 
dangerous. Hip. i. Book of Aphorifmes *, and al excels is an Enemy to Nature, 
according co the fame Hippocrates. It proceeds from an Incarnation of the Sto- 
mach, which is allayed by cooling audaftnngenc Remedies, inwardly taken, and 
outwardly applied, but efpecially by the drinking of the (paw Waters, and otheC 
Medicinal fprings of the like Nature; and by Laudanum dil'creecly given. We 
muft avoid the ule of cordial* and Stomach Pouders of an hoc Nature, became 
they vex and fret the Stomach. The Phy litians of (Paris do let Blood, in a final 
Quantity, though the pulfe be very weak, lead the Stomach Heat being luffocated, 
a Gangrane fliould arife. 
Spawling, or Salivation, unlefs it be canted by anoincingthe Body with Quick- 
filver (which they comes either from che Brain, or elle (and that of- 
tentimes) from the Spleen, whole luperfluous ferolicy is received into che Stomach 
and voided at che Mouth by {'pitting and {'pawling. 
The Carduacm fMorbus belongs to che Difcates of the Stomach; of which, read 
yTrail lanus Lib. 3. Chap. 5. 25. And Mercurials in Varjis Leftiombus. Twas 
knowingly laid of Seneca in his 15 Epiftle;t there etfudare Vita Cdrdiaci e]i;drin- 
king and {wearing, is che Lite of a Cardiacal Perfo u.Hliny, in his 23. Book, Cap. 1, 
ot his Natural Hiftory, Ikies, chat al Hope of Curing chisDifeafe Conufts in the 
ue of wine. Which he borrows from Parro,out of che 14. Chap, of che i 3, Book. 
This 'Morbus Cardiacus, is an extreme Faincnefs of the Stomach, joyned with 
much {Wearing: it proceeds from an hoc Diftemper thereof. 
Among D 1 • eales of the Stomach Ruminac ion ought co be reckoned, which is an 
invcrlionoL turning of clie Stomach, asic were Jniide out, which in fome Living 
Creatures is no trouble, as in tho e that chew the vAid. Of this Dileale fee whac 
Horlhus U’es in bis Epiflles. 
Out ol this Anatomical and Pathological DTcourfemay be collected, what parti 
are purged through the Stomach by way of Vomit: whether it be lafe co exagirace 
this Parc by Violent Vomits: whether it begood toufe amans felf to this kind of 
Evacuation; feeing no good Hui wife mr kes a of her Pottage-Pot. The 
belt way is, diligently coprelerve the Stomach, and co Roborateits Tone or con- 
tractive Vigor, rather chan to dilfolueandfLckenche fame by Vomiting, unlefs 
Naturedeliie co di burthen her felf chat way, and che patient be eafie co vomit,and 
iuch preparatives be premifed as che Ancients were wont co ute. 
Wherefore they deal unskilfully, not co fay wickedly, who after many otheb 
Medicines tried, do give vomits co luch as are at Deaths door, as the luft help, which 
luffocace chat little Ute which remaines, and bring a fpeedy death. But iome wil 
fay that Empeticks and Mountebancks, dothis with good lucceis. I anfwer, if yod 
fliould reckon up thole pat ients who have taken them co their coft, you would find 
an hundred dead, for two robuft ions perlons laved; who leaped by their good for* 
tune, not by help of che vomiting Medicament: it is better route vomits ratberaC 
the beginnings of Difeafcs, while Choler works and ferments in places necr the Sco~ 
mach, than when the Pangs of Death have leized upon the Patient. ’TisMart 
{laughter, to wrong People in their health. The difereeter fort of Empericks,whe« 
they ace called to luch Patients, are wont to find fault with what other Phylicwns 
have afted, and co declare the Patient dangerouflylick, and thereupon, warily to 
give thek Auntm Hotabile or fom iuch ocher Medicine as a cordial and reftdrer ot 
{Length, until Nature being freed from al difrurbance of Phyfick, begins co gather 
{Length: and then they cake opportunity to give a gentle Vomit which Purges 
Of Cboler up 
and down* 
%. Spawling’ 
Morbus Cat- 
diacus. 
Ttymlnutian. 
( 
Vomits wa- 
rily to bt ttjed.. 
Vomits not 
to be given to i 
perfons very 
mult’ Chap. 24. 
Of the L her. 
57 
ierous, or inch like Excrements, up and down. In very many Di(cafes, cUippocra~ 
tcs faies,’tis better to be quiet, chan todoany thing that is, \is better to leave the 
work to Nacure, than cogive any Medicament. And if the Phyhtian knew chat he 
is the Servant and Adidanc of Nature, he would cure more Panems than he does. 
See Vcilefms upon che 19, Text of Se&. 2. of the 6. Book of ‘Hippocrates Epide- 
niicks. . • 
Sluggithnefs of the Belly, and impurity of the Veilels, brings al into coufufion. 
‘Hippocrates, . 1 
Ghap. Of the Liver. 
THe Liver, which is the Inftruraenc of making Blood, con (ids of a Subdance 
proper to it (elf, fitted, and ordained to chat end; for ic is iikecongealed 
klood, and therefore red, and the lame color ic imprints upon the blood; howbeic 
the Liver of iome Fifties, is of another Color, viz. green, black, yellow as Saf- 
fron; in which Creatures, the blood receives its red color, by palling through the 
lub dance of the Heart. v • 
But in Men, and ocher living Creatures, which have the two V eins didinft, called 
‘Portland Cava, the wholMafs of blood is wrought in the Liver; buc one pare 
diereof, lei's perfedt than the red, is by the Vena ‘Porta diftributed among thofe 
*arcs which ferve to nourilh the Body; another part being conveighed by the Vend 
9avat is per fed ed in the Heart, of which is made the Arterial blood, which is di- 
•tnbuced to al the parts, and afterwards is transmitted into the Veins, that fo in a 
'-ircular motion, it may pafs again into the Heart, that by its flux, ic may niain- 
ta m the perpetual motion of the Heart; as the Wheels of a Mil, are continually 
turnedabouc by force of the Wind, or Water-fal. 
Such blood is furnilhed to thofe parts, which having fence and motion, depend 
frpon the Brain or Heart. 
j-The Liver is a feituate in the right Hypochondrium, under the baftard,or Ihorc 
■p-lbs, and fils with its bulk, al chat Cavity to the Sword-like Cartilage. Somcimes 
3C is 16 enlarged, as to exceed thole Natural Bounds, and then it reds upon the Sco- 
rPach, reaching as far as the Spleen, and defeends three or four fingers breadth below 
oie baftard, or ihorc Ribs; which happens, partly through relaxation of the bands 
therewith it is bound to the Midrif, and Ihorc Ribs, partly through (welling of the 
Liver it felf,ovec loaded with Nutriment. 
In Man-kind, there is one iingle Liver, which is not divided into Lobes, or Fin- 
gets, as in bruit Beads; yet there is a certain b Cleft to be feen, where the Umbilical 
c Vein creeps into the Liver; and many times two little Lobes, or Laps, are d leaced 
Under the greater ones: lomdmes there is onlye one, which being hollowed, re- 
Ceivesthe Xrank of Vena, f ‘Porta, which is included in a Duplication of the Omen- 
or Call, chat the Excrements of the Liver might be derived thither. 
Although, the Liver be one continued Subdance, yet Anacomids divide the fame 
The fW° .§i°ns; the one luperior, and exterior; the other inferior, and internal. 
infe üßei IOL or upper, is called the § Gibbous, or bunching part of the Liver: the 
i q rior ls caßed the b hollow pact of the Liver. Into the upper Region, the Vena 
iCsSu^ePLinkles icsßoocs: iucochenether Region, the Vena* Porta fows abroad 
lef d*r CS t^le^e 00t5> c^ere are obfervable, certain Branches of the Channel of Cho- 
V*ttP«fcd among the Roots of Vena Porta; and certain little twigs of the Milky 
Sj which neer the Trunk of ‘Porta, do enter into the Cavity of the Liver. 
Sublime of 
Livsr- 
its Color. 
Blood, where, 
and how made* 
scimation »f 
the Liver, 
Btgnefi. 
Number* 
Lobes, or laps'* 
Tiw 'Kegions 
°fthe*Lmr. 
Iff yejfek* 
to T.4-f- i.aJ®. :bT.4./.s.C. ;■=/. i.a./.j.<E.T.2.f, 
''*• ,‘f.4.■Dp. ;k/. Z'f-iS.W. Z"'T'9-f-i-aaaa. - CFheThypeal Confderation, and ajtnatomy 
Book ll» 
‘Dlvcrfhy of 
the legions, to 
be o'ofervcd in 
practice. 
IcisthemindofPhyficians, that both thefe Regions ought diligently to be ob* 
lerved, becaufe in either of thefe Regions, the morbifick matter may be contained, 
which is diverfly to be purged, according as it poffeffes the one or ocher Region: 
for as much as the bunching part of the Liver, is purged by t he Kidneys, through the 
Vena Cava, the hollow part is purged by the Guts, by means of the Branches of 
Porta, which are terminated in the Guts, conveighing blood, and the evil humors 
of the Liver. 1 have feen Impoftumes in the bunching part, when the hollow pate 
has not been at al tainted: and on the ocher fide,! have feen the hollow part impo' 
ftumated, without any detriment to the bunching parr. 
Howbeic, inafmuch as I cannot lee thole two Regions feparaced fo much as by a 
Membrane ; I cannot beleeve that one part can be lick, and the other found, unlel3 
the morbiffck humor be contained within the Pipes of the little Veins. 
Many Anacomifts do affirm, that the Roots of Vena Cava, and Vena Porta, do 
meet together, and are united one unto another by many Anaftomoles : others 
deny that there is any fuch Conjunction among which, I willingly acknowledg 
my felf for one, and give my voyce on their fide: ray R.eafons 1 have elf-vvhere laid 
down, and Nature would have it fo, chat natural, and vicious Humors m ight nor 
be confufedly jumbled together in the Liver. 
You ffial obferve, how the Vein which is taken for Cava, fakes its rife out ot 
the upper part of the Liver, and is inferred into the Trunk of Cava, neer the 
midnf, that the Cava may forthwith powr out the blood which it hath received 
from the Liver, or rather tranlmit the fame into the neighboring Heart, fcicuace on- 
ly two or three fingers breadths off, and inclofed in the Pericardium, which clea- 
veth circularly to the Nervous Centreof theDiaphragma: whereby thou maieffc 
perceive, chat the greater part of the blood,goes into the right Ventricle of the Heart, 
chat it may become Arterial, by a double Circulation, Particular, and QeneraU 
1 cal chat the particular Circulation, which is made from the right Ventricle of the 
Heart through the midft of the Lungs, fo as that the blood comes again into the left 
V entricle of the Heart. The general Circulation, is chat which is made through 
the Channels, or large Pipes of the Cava, and the Aorta, after chat manner which 
is deferibed in my Treacife of the Circulation of the Blood. 
whether the 
Roots of Cava 
and Porta, are 
united in the 
Liver. 
How Hood is 
diiinbuted 
from the Liver 
A double Cir- 
culation of the 
blood. 
The ‘Medicinal Conflderation, 
plfeafes of the 
liver in retyeft 
°f 
Temper. 
Satiation. 
The Liver being affefted contrary to Nature, is fubjeft to any dlftemper, either 
with, or without matter; and mftead of good blood, it breeds that which is Chole* 
rick, Flegmatick, or Melancholhck. It is altered, and corrupted in its fubftance, 
whiles it lofes its Tone, and becomes flaggy, and famt. 
It changes its Situation, when it is placed in the left fide, and die Spleen on the 
right, which feldom happens : or when upon the flacknmg of thole Ligaments 
wherewith it is faftened to the Midrif, and Sword-like Cartilage, it finks below the 
fhort Ribs, as far as to the Navel. 
Its Magnitude is changed, when it is fo over-charged with Humors chat it fwels 
again. 
It’s Figure, or Shape, is alfo changed, if we feel it to be round. Oftentimes k* 
paflages are ftopc, namely, the Pvoocs of the Cava, and (porta 5 or the Roots oi 
the Gall-Bladder are ftopc, chough the other be open. 
It has communion in regard of Neighborhood, with many parts which it touche 
but efpecially with the Stomach, which it often harms, being inflamed, or impoftu' 
mated: and fomtimes it exulceraces the fame, and makes an hole therein, to empty 
its felf that way of its Quiccor. With its hollow pare, it couches the Guts, which 
are offended in Diieafes of the Liver j and alfo the (Peritoneum it felf, by realon o 
the Coace which it imparts, and the Midrif, by reafon of the firm Connexion they 
have with the Liver, are drawn to fympathize in its Diieafes. 
The Aft ion of the Liver, which is Sanguification, or Blood-making, is burc 
the fore-recited Diieafes: whereupon divers Difeafes, and divers Pains do arile. 
Magnitude. 
Shape. 
Communion 
with other 
parts: 
Action* Chap. 25. 
Of the ‘Bladder of (fall. 
Wh erefoie the Similary Difeafes of che Liver areal Diftempers, and the Laxity 
thereof, from which fome are termed Tiepatici, who having a loolenefs do void Ex- 
cremenckious Blood, like che Water in which Haw flelh has been waffir, orExcre- 
mencicious Humors of bad and diverfe Colors. 
Ics Organick Difeafe is obftruftion. Its Difeafe common to the Similarand 
Ocganick Parcs,is an Ulcer and a wound. Ics Componnd Difeale is al fort of Tu- 
mors, whence comes the Term of Inflamation of che Liver, alfo a Icirrhusand a 
purulent Impoftum, which is frequent enough. 
Its Sympcomes are, Aft ion bur t,and that manyfold : and full of all, itsaccra- 
ft ion of Chyle being aboliffied, breeds a loolenefs of che Belly, in which Chyle is 
voided. Ics Retention aboliffied, breeds the Liver loolenefs called ‘Diarrhoea 
Tiepatica, But che Principal Aftion of che Liver, viz. Sanguification or Blood- 
Boiimg is aboliffied inche Dropfie, isdirainiffied in Atrophia, and is depraved in 
Cachexia, 
its Similar 
Difeafes. 
Its Organick 
Common and 
Compound Dif- 
eafes. 
Its Symptoms. 
The Dropfie is defined co be, a fruftration of Sanguification in the Liver, when 
In Head of blood or natural (pint,it produces nothing but Water and Wind, which 
ai'e emptied forth into che Belly, whence come the Afcites and Tympanites, that is 
the Bocde-beilied, and che Drum-bellyed Dropfie j or elfe they are conveighed 
,nto che Habit of che body, whence comes the Droplie Amfarca and cEmpneuma- 
to The Bloat-fac’d, Puf-CheekM Dropfie. Somtimes a Dropfie is caufed 
through fault of the Spleen and other Parcs, but not without the Liver be hurt, and 
iikewile the heart, by means of the Circulation of che blood. 
Atrophia (or falling away of fleih) is an hindrance of the bodies nouciffioient, 
by realon of the badnels of the blood which che Liver Makes. 
Cachexia is a depraved kind of Nouriffiment, by reafon of bad Sanguification. 
Before chefe, is wont co marchafimple accident, ’viy, Badnefs of Color in che 
either blewiffi white, or Yellow, by reafon of Seroficy or Choler ffied into 
the Habk of che whol Body, even as far as che face, by which we difeerne che evil 
dhpolicions of che Liver. 
Dropfie. 
Atrophy, 
Cachexy. 
Chap. 2s. Of the Bladder of Gaik 
NOw follows the <F6'Jiculm <FeUit, or Cyjitt <Biltiaria, the Bladder which 
is oidauieJ co concaine chac Excremencicious Choler which Howes from the 
jLiver. 1 
Ics fubHance is Membranous, being diftinguifhed into two Coaces. 
Ic is placed under * the Liver, 8c affixed co the greater Lobe or Jap chereofjand as ic 
Were, overwhelmed therein. 
The bottom of the Gal Bladder refpefts the inferior Parrs, Ics Neck, the fuperi- 
°r parts, and a pipe derived from the Gall-Bladder called Cmain Cyfticus, is car- 
ted obliquely til it meet the Canaln ‘Hepaticus, There is a Simn, or bending 
neer the Orifice of the Bladder, ■"' v: • tl: ... ,/.o .4. 
Ic hCS k <lglllCude varies accordingco che pkney or Scarficy of Choler, It is only one. 
nas been found fomtime double, but chac was contrary to the intention of nature, 
c s divided mco che bottom, which is the lower Part, and into the Neck which is the 
upper rare. * « 
, *c h« an oblong (hape refetnbling a large Pear, bcoadac the bottom and ftraitter 
awards the Neck. 
em Cl 3 iloW chaC IC aY recc'ivve Choler, andrecaineic til a convenient time of 
the lame; is has certaine pipes or Channels co carry Choler; the one 
loader and longer.drawn out from che Liver co che beginnig ig of chec IntefHnunt 
ceJ«»«fn,tha: is che Hungry Gut, or Gut termed Jejunum, by which che thicker 
dia? e£Upaires dILC{% away y the ocher Pipe is a Imallerand ffiorter which is 
torm° r ols-‘waics’ from che Neck of che bladder, to the forelaid paffane The 
ei ial citatum HepaticHm,the Liver Channel j the latest 
Its Name. 
/ * _ 
Subfiance. 
Scituation. 
Bottom. 
Neck 
Sinma^ 
Biinefi, 
Number. 
Shape. 
Pa§a?es of 
Choler.w 
Meatus He 
patictu. The Thyjical ffonjideration, and <t/fnatomy 
Book. 11. 
Meatus Cyfti- 
tHt. 
MeatumjVo. Bladder paffage,by reafon of its Rife and Orifice. For the Meatus 
Cyfiicus carries the thinner Choler into the Meatus ‘Hepaticus, which a porous 
Membrane, ful of little holes, rooted in the Liver had fuckt therefrom. 
And therefore we muft obferve, chat there are two forts of Choler in the Liver, 
and two Channels to Purge them away at divers times which is a Confideration of 
great moment in the Cure of Difeafes. 
Two forts of 
Choler in the 
Liver- 
Communion. 
The Gall Bladder communicates with the Stomach by touching the fame, which 
it heaces io, asfomcimes to burn the fame, when the Gall Is inflamed in its Bladder. 
Somcimes it flicks to the Gut Colon which paffes along hard by, which it often 
Colers Yellow, and provokes it to expell the Excrements. 
This expurgation of Choler, being liable to beftopt, does vex the body with 
many Inconveniences. 
There is feldom obferved a third channel of Choler, which goes into the Stomach, 
unlefs fome Part creep from the (Meatus Hepaticus unto the ‘Pylorus. 
It has manifeft Veins from the Porta called Vena Cyjiica. Its Arteries and 
Nerves are not fo viiible. 
ItsVeJJels. 
* T.4.f. 1. 3-c-Z‘f. i.D.Z* X4./.8.L; 
The ‘Medicinal Conjideration, 
Difeafes of the 
GaU-Bladder. 
THe Gall-Bladder is fubieft to few Difeafes. The moft common are,when its 
Cavity or its Channels are obftrufted. When its Cavity is ful of little ftones, 
or filled with one great one, by reafon of chick Choler changed into a ftony fub- 
ftance. Its paffages are ftopped in the Liver, or in the Gut. Alfo it is broken, 
through violent motion in Vomitings and fomtime itisfo diftended with Choler, 
when the paffages are ftopped chacfhould Evacuate the fame, that it has been leen 
as big as both a Mans Fifts. 
(Somcimes, when it is empty of choleraic dries up/o that nothing therefore remaines 
faving the ductus Hepaticus. If we beleive ‘Fernelius ,there could be no ocher Caufe 
found of the death of fome perfons, chan that their Gall-Bladder had no Choler in 
it: if fo, the evil and venemous Quality of the fuppreffed Choler was fogreac, as 
to infect the heart, or to weaken and corrupt fome noble pare. 
TheSymptomesofthisParcaremoremanifeft j which do confift in its action 
‘hurt, or in the undue proportion or quantity of the Excrementidous Choler. The 
Action of the Gall-bladder is attraction of Choler, which is either diminiflied, or 
abolilhed. The undue proportions or quantify of the Choler is, when either too 
little or coo much is voided forth. 
Which Symptornescheifly appear in thofeParcs which Sympathife with the Gall- 
bladder, as in the Stomach, when Choler is vomited up in thewhol body, when 
Choler is fhed abroad through the Veins into the habit of the Body, and deformes 
the Skin j or when it takes its Courfe into the Guts and caufes a dyfencery, ora 
Cholerick loofenefs. 
But the original of ehefe Symptomes is to be charged upon the Liver, being il did* 
pofed. 
And Democritus had good Reafon to fearch diligently into the feat and Nature 
of Choler, when he made diffe&ion of divers living Creatures, that he miphche 
Inore able rightly to cure the D ifeafes of Body and mind. 
When I fee in an extream Yellow Jaundice,the whol Skin infefted with Choler,& 
chat the Urins die deaths Yellow, the ftooles being in the mean time whitifhi And 
when I fee in another fort of Jaundice, both the Urins and ftooles Yellow; This 
confirmes to me, chat there are two forts of Choler, and feveral waies for the expur- 
gation of each of them. In the Y elloweft fort of Jaundice, in which the ftooles are 
whiceifh, the 'Meatus 'Hepaticus or Liver paffage of Choler is flopped in the Ca- 
vity of the Liver. In the ocher fort of Jaundice when the ftools are Yellow, ic 
fhews that a quantity of Choler paffes away by the Urins and Guts, and the ob- 
Its Symptoms, 
Their Signs. 
Their Original. 
D iverfity of 
Choler proved. 
By the differ- 
ent forts of 
ffaundice. Chap. 2<5. 
Of the Spleen, 
ftruclion is no: fo great nor fo ftubborn, as in the Yellowift fort of Jaundice, and 
therefore ic is to be hoped the Cure will be more fpeedy. 
Chap, a 6. Of the Spleen. 
THe Spleen is a Bowel placed right againft the Liver, as its Lieutenant,and a 
kind of Baftard- Liver, that when the Liver is Difeafed, it may afiift the fame 
in Sanguification or Blood making. 
It is of aa Subftance fpongy, foft, fprinkled al over with very many Veffels like 
ibves or threds j yet it is altogether unlike the fubftance of the Liver. It is in- 
folded in a Membrane b proper to it felf, feeing it receives none from the ("Perito- 
neum. . 
Its Color is Black and Blew and obfcurely Reddifh. 
Its greatnefs is uncertaine and not determinable, becaufe it grows greater or lefs, 
according to the abundancc,or defeff of Humors which How thither, & are colledted 
therein. So that there is none of the Bowels which does fo eafily grow bigger and lef- 
fer, as the Spleen. 
The Spleen 
defcribed. 
Its Subftance} 
Color. 
Greatnefi. 
In refpeft of Number, it is wont co Be fmgle j Somcimes it has been obferved to 
double and threefold. 
Confider in the Spleen its upper Part, which is termed the Head, and its nether 
I*arc which is called the Taile. 
Tis a placed in the left Hypochondrium, under the fhorc Ribbs, oppofedasic 
'vere to weigh againft the Liver, that the Body might remaine equally bal- 
anced. 
When ic keeps its Natural Temper is hot and moift enclining to 
dry nets. 
It is of an oblong ihape, like a Tongue, in Bruces; but in Mankind, ic is more 
like the Sole of a Mans Foot. In the fore Parc towards the Stomach, ic isb hollowed, 
that ic mighc receive thec fplenical Veins and Arteries,on the back part cowards the 
itsd bunching. 
Its knic into the Scomacb by two or three Veines remarkable enough, which do 
make chac fo famousc Vat ‘Breve, fo called by reafon of the ftiortnels of the way. 
Through thofe Veins ic disburdens ic felf into the Stomach; by the Veins and 
Atceries Splenical, ic Purges ic felfinco the Guts and Kidnies. 
li’s fattened co che baitard Ribs by Membranous 'Fibres fufficiencly ftrong: 
fomcimes it’s fattened co che Stomach, and is knic ac its point co che Midrif or 
Diaphragma. 
It Communicates with the Heart, by a remarkable peculiar and admirable Ar- 
tery which ic hath, which byafliott way carries thither, the Vapours or iljuyces 
thereof. 
The Action of the Spleen is much doubled and controverted among Phyfitians 
Anacomifts: fo Many Men, lo Many Minds; Hippocrates didbeleevethacic 
drew luperfluous feroficy out of che Stomach : which Opinion Ariftotle followed, 
though others draw it to an attra&ion of Chyle,[either out of the Pancreas andMe- 
entery sor GVit Qf che Stomach. 
\fakj2 will haveic emploied in Purging away Melancholy, which it draws from 
tne Liver. 
Ochers are of Opinion that ic prepares Blood for the Heart chac ic may become 
tterial, whether ic be of the thicker parts of the Chyle,or of the dregs of the Blood 
Carned thither. 
others lay ic prepares a fuperfluous wbeyifh matter, being the excrement of its 
digeftion, which it fends back again into che Stomach, co ferment che Meats 
they are turned into Chyle, 
be i • Phyfitians acknowledg fuch an Humor, but they affigne its office to 
ScomachLOV°king °f APPecice’ aien chouBhc chac *c kelp to ftrengchen the 
tfymber. 
Tarts. 
Situation* 
'Temper* 
Shape. 
Connexion} 
Afiion con-' 
inverted, di~ 
vets Opinions 
thereof The Thyjical Qonfderation and <lAnatomy 
Book 11. 
In To great diffent of Authors what ffial we relolve upon? every one brings probable 
reafons for his Opinion, ‘Hofmanmts conceives he has lo diffidently eflablihed tin 
Opinion,chat no wile man can contradict him. Shal 1 venter my Opinion among io 
many learned Champions ? 
1 conceive chat the Spleen does attract filmy Blood to nouriffi it lelf, and chat 
ic Iheds a fpecial kind of fermentative Seiolicy through the Splenick Arteries into 
the Stomach; and becaufe its (PaYencbyma or fubflance is of a Spongy and leaking 
Nature, it does by the Veins acrrafl and fuck oucthe luperlluous humidity of the 
Stomach, tliac the Coflion may be the better. 
Howbeic, I deny not but char ic may by Accident fupply the Office of the Liver, 
when the fame hath loft its faculty of Sanguification*, but Blood cannot be made 
fo good and perfect in the Spleen as in the Liver, leeing it is but a baflard 
Liver, and confcquently makes but baflard Blood and impure,becaufe not Clari- 
fied. 
Hof man makes himfelf Ridiculous, while he eagerly contends in a little Book 
which he has put forth, and up and down in his ocher writings,that the muddy part 
oftheChylus, is carried by the Mefaraick Arteries unto the Spleen j where ic is 
turned into Blood,with which, the neighbouring Parts are nouriffied ; and chat the 
Excrements of this Blood are voided by Urins,Scool, andSweac. That good Old 
Man is to learn, chat the thicker Parcs of the Chyle are not fucked out, but lepara- 
ted and fenc away into the greater Guts j and that the Mefaraick Arteries cannot do 
as he faies, becaufe they containe Arterial Blood, neither do they reach any of 
them to the Spleen, becaufe ic has a peculiar Artery,which Ar annus fitll defer ibed, 
and which I my lelf have often fhown. 
Again he ought to have remedied the Milky Veins of Afellius,which he allowes of j 
feeing none of them reach unto the Spleen. 
Furthermore, that fame baflard and impure Blood, bred of muddy Blood by a 
baflard Liver, wil be unfit to nouriffi the neighbouring Parcs which ferve for Coiti- 
on, though they appear filthy3 for they need to be nouriffied with pure Blood foe 
their prefervacion* 
The Cholerick, Melancholick and Wheyiffi Excrements of the faid Blood, can- 
not be Purged away but by Veins and Arteries *, the Arteries are allready taken up 
with carrying the muddy Parts of the Chyle. They mull therefore of neceflky be 
carried by the Splenick Vein into the liver, that they may be voided through the 
Guts or by the Kidnies, which would breed very great confufion in the 
Liver. 
If Hof man had confidered, that the fubflance of the Spleen is unlike chefub" 
fiance of the Liver, its bigneis different, its number uncertain. Color divers, Si- 
tuation variable, becaufe fomcimes ic finkes down to the llyprgaflrium, more often 
afeends towards the Midtif, fomcimes defeends upon the left Kidney, the Ligaments 
being llackncd : and iaftly,ics ffiape,quice contrary to that of the Liver, and lorn' 
times there is no Spleen at all: alio that the ftrudlure of the Veffels of the 
Spleen, is altogether unlike that of the Veffels of the Livery he would never have 
foftifly affirmed, that that the Spleen made a peculiar kind of Blood out of the 
Chylm. 
Nature does in none of the Bowels more fporc her felf, than in her ffiaping of 
Spleen fo vanoufly and unconflanciy. But the Structure of thofe Bowels which 
neceffary to the maintenance of liie, is allwaies, one and the lame and uniform. 
Furthermore you may know that the fubflance of die Liver 8c ipleen are unlike 
by boy ling the one and the ocher: for the fubflance of the Liver is firme, foil id and 
Reddiffij that of the Spleen is Spungy, fofc, and black and blue in Color: The 
fubflance of the Liver of Animals boiled, as of an Ox, a Sheep, a Goat, is eaten 
with content: the fubflance of the Spleen is not Mans meat, neither will other 
Creatures eat ic, unlefs they be very hungry. But if the Office of the Spleen and 
Liver were the fame in Bruts as wd as in Men, they ffiouid have both alike lub" 
ffance, and breed the lame blood. 
The Authors 
Opinion. 
Hof mum Opi- 
nion of the 
Spleens Sangui- 
fication exami- 
ed. Chap. 26. 
Of the Spleen. 
Where will you find a place to denfe away Choler in the Spleen* as their is in the 
Liver ?If the Spleen draw the'more chick Parc of the Chyle, it ought to have larger 
V eins, t|ic they are exceeding final, like unto threds. Wherefore Hof man does, 
foolifhly to enquire the Hioti or Caufe why 1t is fo, before he knows theHoti, 
that it is-fa) which ought logo before, and be diligently enquired into, when the 
natural Aft ion of Parts is fought after, becaule the natural is Com- 
pounded and accommodated thereunto. What cannot an ingenious Wit imagine? 
But al iuch fpeculacions are ridiculous and void, unlefs they are approved by the 
Lye, and confirmed by diligent Seftion and Infpeftion of Bodies. See Anjiotle in 
*he third book of his Politicks, at the beginning of the 8. Chapter, who wd there in-* 
ftruftthee. 
1 £ Hof man had known out of tAriftotle, that fuch living Creatures as drink,have 
a Spleen, Reins and Bladder,he had more truly expounded chat pafifage of tArifiotle 
out of Hippocrates, of the true fence i whereof he glories. The Spleen drawei 
of the Belly iuperfluous humidities, it felf being conffiniced of blood. 
r a T.4.f.7,C.m^f.y.eBeB.Zx r. 4,f.%"A4'A-~c x 4. 
f' i.X. l.f. S ‘B. andC* 2d 
Tbe ‘Medicinal Confideration. 
The Subfiance of the Spleen is liable to al kinds of Diftemper, and to divers 
Sellings, ef penally that kind of hard fwelling which is termed Scirrhm. Som- 
tirxies ic is inflamed, and then the fubftance thereof is perceived to pant, by reafon of 
die Multitude of Arteries, of winch ic is ful. It feidora impoftumaces. Its Coat 
does oftentimes grow thick and becomes Cartilaginous. 
Ic often grows great by abundance of Humors, and grows final again, fomtime 
ielf, and lomcime by uie of Medicines. Ic is better that the Spleen be final, 
than great. 
. A double or triple Spleen is not good, becaufe ic is a fault in the Conforma- 
tion. 
The Scituation of the Spleen is fomtimes changed, when its Ligaments being 
jlackened, its weight bears it downwards, or they being broke, it fais into the 
Hypogajirmm or Parts beneath the Naveljandchen it deceivesh unskilful andheed- 
lels Phylinans, who in Women take it for a Mole, or for a Scirrhus Xumor of the 
Womb, and in Men for a fore of GTlandulous Tumor which lies hid in the Mefencery. 
In four patients ic has been my hap to fee the Spleen on this manner fallen down 
into the Belly. 
D ifeafes of tbf 
Spleen in Sub* 
fiance* 
7(jtmberl 
Schufiiion. 
Somcimes'oneorotherof the Kidnies is teen to fal down in the fame manner: 
kuc ic is eafie to know the one from the ocher. When the Kidney is fallen, the 
fuelling is round : when the Spleen is fallen the Tumor is oblong and an empcinels 
ls Pei'ceivcd on the left fide under the fliorc Ribbs. And if the Tumor be movables 
och ISaC c^e Spleen or Kidney is ealily reduced unto its Natural place; 
to after the ipace of fix months, ic flicks fo fa ft to the‘Peritoneum before, 
jj the Bladder, to the Guts, and *n Women to the Womb, thacic 
the ?■ nccefficy PutLlt*e in that place; which it wil the fooner do, if either you give 
p PCiei'c Emollient Medicines inwardly or apply them outwardly. If you would 
rr.w °nSt^e patients life, you muff often let blood, and bcare up the Tumor with a 
■s oi'Swathe band. 
Difmnce of 
the Spleen and 
Kidney when 
fallen. 
The cure of 
both. 
jl0„, ISC the Spleen fal from ics natural place, fhal we fear and burn it with a red 
lift ~lon • w^en lC into die Belly thal we take that Courie with it >ltis a tick- 
le anBerous peice of work, nocwichftanding Old Farriers or Horfe Doctors 
chac che Spleen has been by chat means confumed in Horfes; and in 
£ foor flaves on whom they duett Experiment to cruel a Remedy. 
®Pkeflan8erPPsus it;is by opening the left Hypochondrium to cake away che 
n > richer can its chick fupeifluous Humors be lately dilolved by beating the The Thyfecal Confederation, and (tAnatomy 
Book Hi 
fame, I Ihould by luch a praffife fear a contuhon, after which an incurable fup- 
puration of the whol lubttance would undoubtedly follow. 
There is none of die Bowels which in Difeales does more change its (hap#. Som- 
time its long, iomcime touriquare, fomcimes round, according as ic finds room to 
dilate it fell? in. 
when ic refts upon the Stomach, it does much hurt and ditturbe the aClion there- 
of and if ic be fa defied to the Midrif, is opprelfes the tame, or if ic reach thither 
in its Bulk, it hinders the freefMotions thereof. 
Upon the Spleen obttrmtted depend the Black Jaundice, Hypochondriacal Me- 
lancholy, the ill Colors of Virgins and other Women, The Scurvy,or 'Hippocrates 
his great Spleens, ouc of which Howes a Malignant Wheyifh Humor, which being 
fpread into divers Parcs of the Body, does in the Mouth caufe Stomacace or Ofcedo a 
forenes with ioofnefsof the Teeth &c. In the Thighs Scelotyrbe a lorenefs with 
(pots, and wandring pains through the whol body,, which are either fixed anda- 
biding in certain Parcs, which we cal Rheumacifines, and the Germans refer them 
to the (curvy, as may be feen in luch German Authors as have written of the Scurvy, 
efpecially in the Treacife of 'Engalenu*. And therefore after univerfal R.emedies,chey 
ufe ocher appropriate Scorbucicks, which are deftined to the Cure of that Difeafe. 
Figure, 
Communion. 
Ob(truftcd3 
what VifeafcS 
it Caitfes. 
Chap. 27. OftheYtna Cava and within the Lower 
Belly. 
Liver w not 
the Original of 
Vena Cava. 
THe Trunk of the« Vena Cava is commonly reported to arife out of the Liver, 
and to be divided into the iupedor and inferior Trunk, as if chev were tepara- 
ted, as it is in the flock of theb Aorta (panging ouc of the Heart: but Ocular In- 
fpeftion does demooftrace, that the Trunk of Vena Cava is leparaced from the Li- 
ver, which creepes beneath, and that near the cop of the Liver by the Midrif it re- 
ceives a branch which grows out of thee Subftance of the Liver, which carries blood 
into the Trunk of the Cava, chacic may be carryed unco the Heart with ocher blood 
which abends by Circulation. 
Wherefore that fame Trunk of the Vena Cava, is extended al along without 
Interruption from the d Jugulum or Neck even to the eOf Sacrum- There 
I make account is che Ciflern of Blood, becaufe a great part of the Blood is contained 
therein. 
The Trunk of Vena Cava, in regard of the Liver, which by a branch fupplies ic 
with Blood, may be divided into thef upper and lower S Trunk. The inferior 
produces cheVenah*Adepofa, which is difperfed into the faccy Membrane of the 
Kidney *, and then the i emulgent, which is diftributed into the Kidney ; after that 
the kSpermatick Vein, whofe righcTide branch Iprings from the Trunk of Cava* 
and its left from the Emulgent \ finally, ic fends three or four branches calledl Lunr 
bares into the Loins, which are fpred abroad unco the Marrow of the Back. 
When the Trunk is come to the cop of Of Sacrum, ic is divided into cwo Chan- 
nels or Pipes, which from their Scicuacion are termed m Canales Iliad, the JJliack 
Pipes. From theleon either hand are produced other Veins, efpecially thea Sact** 
b <Hypogajirica, Ampltjftma * Hpigafirica, and d Pudenda. In Women, the 
Hypogaftrica, is longer than in Men, and Nounfhes more Parts, and holds the Men" 
flmal blood, till the time come that itmuft be voided. Wherefore blood is con- 
tained in greater plenty about the Genitals of W omen, than of Men. 
The <Epigaftrica is obierved to be two-fould in Women the one afeend* 
intothe'Mufculus the other oppofite thereunto, defeends as low as the 
Womb. . . 
In this Trunk of Vena Cava, *F ernelius after Qalen, placed the feat of co»«nua 
Feavers, fup poling the Blood retted quietly therein; but feeing the blood is.n* 
perpetual motion, I make the feat of continual feavers to be in the Trunk of t 
Vena Cava, and in'chofe great Pipes carryed along through the Limbs j ast 
Vena Cava 
divided into 
Trunk/- 
rL)i(iribuiion 
of the inferior 
Trunk- 
Seat of Vea- 
vers continual 
unci Inttfitnt- 
tent. Chap. iy. 
Gf the Vena Cava and Aorta, &c. 
leimnary c f intermittent Feavcrs or Ague?, is in the Vena Torta, or in the Bo- 
vvelh, which are nounlhed thereby. 
Seeing the Veins are the Veflels and Ciflerrs to contain the blood, they have 
a thin coat, laving chat the Trunk of Vena Cava has a thicker anil Wronger coat 
than ordinary, to avoid breaking, incaiethe blood Ihould work or boyl therein, 
'vhicn by means of the tendernefs of the Coat, can iwvat and breath thorough. 
Tts a Queftion, whether the Veins have ‘Fibres or no? fome lay yea,and fome 
no- But teeing the Blood is thruff forward by he Ipirits and Hear, it has a natural 
akenc unto the Heart , and therefore it needs nofFibres to draw it, and ifany were 
necellary, the right ones would fuffice, but the circular ones are mcerpofed 
lor if length, ancf fome threds are observed inrheeoacof a Vein, not to draw, but 
todrengthen the Coat. Wherefore the Contentions about the 'Fzfr res of Veins 
®rebuc Vain Janglingsi neither are we in Blood-letting fo carefully and fcrupu- 
loiilly ro oblerve the rectitude of the fibres, as the Scicuation of the Parc 
affe£ted. 
'Hippocrates in his Book Sacro, does Elegantly call the Veins Spira- 
Cl*la Corporis, the Wind-doers or Breathing places of the Body i bccaulewhen 
they are opened, a Fuliginous or looey Spine llfues out with the Blood, and the 
>s likewife by them received in,to Cool the Body. 
In Ancient rimes, and die daies o fibre, it was a Parc of Sooth fay ing,co view the 
blood which flowed from their facrilices, which it ic appeared pure and laudable, it 
'Vasa token of happy and joyful fuecefs j il'badand corrupted, it was an ill flgn, 
According to Lucan. 
‘tyc Cruor emicuit folitusy fed Vulnere Largo 
(Ejjiuxit nig um rutilopro fanguine Virw, 
That is, * ’ 
No ufual B/ood did fpring from the large Wound, 
But black and Venemous, tor Pied and found. 
H'hy Cava has 
a Coat. 
n hethir 
have Fibres. 
why the Vtint 
are called the 
Bodies wind- 
Doors. 
The ’Medicinal Confideration. 
Seeing the Veins are the Citterns of blood, it comes here to be confidered how 
Che blood ought to be qualified in found bodies, that lb we may be able to ;udg of 
that which is corrupt. Now in bodies chat are healthy the blood is Red, CFibrous, 
and has a Imal quantity of Wheyilh Water mingled with ir. 
Whether thecFibres are made'ot an earthy and ttegmacick matter which is drawn 
out into chreds within the Channels or greater Veins, and is made fmailer in the lef- 
ier Veins,‘many doubt, fuppoling the rour Humors to becontcined in the Mate 
°f blood. Some* admit of blood, but levered from the ocher Humors, which in 
firft Region are Separated from the blood. Others dittmguilK the Alimentary 
Humors from the Excrementitious: the former are confuted and mingled with the 
bl°a?v afe c°he ieen collected in feveral Parts, as Choler in’the Gali- 
ch* r ■’ Melancholy in the Spleen •, and Fiegm is diffufed through al the Parts of 
rt-ci^011 C^e belly, nocwichttandmg ‘Hippocrates acknowledged two fountains 
Head and the Stomach. 
def tbe or cernPerblood is hoc and moitt. Its Quantity cannot be 
bOJ The Arabian Phyfitians,efpeeialiy Avicenna,do write,that in a Sanguine 
hie d con^ chere are twenty four pounds of blood, to that a Man may 
twenty pounds and live: but it he bleed more, Death follows inevitably. 
Blc^hich preferves our life, is likewifeche occdfion of Death: for as good 
bin K 111 a moc^et ace quantity preferves our life, fo the fame being vitiated, or too 
*n quantity, is the Gaule of Sicknels and Death it felf. 
iesc u bl°od °^enc^s in quality, ic is termed Cacochymia, when in quantity, 
xffi ‘Plethora. Somtime the blood is corrupted and not the Serum or Whey- 
ther arer> Somtime the ferura is corrupt and the blood remames found. Now 
rum or Wheyilh Water being corrupted, is the worft Humor in the body* 
The conditions 
of good Blood* 
How' the F»- 
bres in the 
Blood are bred. 
The natural 
Temper of the 
Blood, 
Quantity of 
the Wood, 
Cacochymia & 
Plethora, what 
they are. ■The Tby deal (jmfidcration and 
Book 11. 
grievoufly infecting, weakening,and deflroying inch parts as are therewith diieaied. 
Some Practitioners do make it a Queflion, Whether in the Veins, every 
'Humor has its own proper Serum or nor. I beJeeve char there is bur one kind 
of Scrum, which according to the feveral degrees of its Corruption and Tur 
Chare, appears fomtimes yellow and Choienck, fomtimes green and li- 
vid, or black and blue ; fomtimes Melancholick, and lomcimes Milky. tAnjiotle 
counts the Blood corrupted, when it is changed into Serum Scrutinies the Putre- 
faCtion of Blood is lo great, th it the wholMais is turned into a rotten putrefied Se~ 
rum. When the Corruption of blood, is yet greater, iomtirces WTorms are bred 
therein, wh'ch I have leen come away in the opening of a Vein. Such a Worm be- 
ing bredm the Veins, may fomtimes flow into the right Ear of the Heart, and grow 
great, and at length gnaw, and eat upon the Heart, as has been often oblerved in the 
DifleChon of dead Bodies. 
The Veins have in them, a Retentive Faculty, whereby they hold faft the Blood 
within themielves : which Faculty being per ifhed, they lufler the blood to leak 
out through al the parts of the Body, yea, even to Iweacout, as I have leen in fome 
Patients. But more often it flows out immediately by the Noftrils, Mouth, 
Lungs, Guts, Bladder, by the Womb, and by vomiting. 
1 have divers times feen in malignant burning Feavers, that the blood has been 
congealed within the Veins, like unto the pith of an Eider flick; which has been no- 
ted by CFernelim in his CPbyfiologia. 
'Areteui writes, Tnatthe Vena Cava is fomtimes inflamed, and thereupon 
comes to break, which I have leen my ielf to happen. The Trunk of Vena Cava 
Corruption of 
the Serum. 
n'grmc breed 
in the blood. 
Heart eaten 
by worms bred 
in the blood. 
fa- 
culty of the 
Veins be- 
ing lolly what 
follows. 
Blood con- 
gealed. 
Vena Cava 
inflamed. 
cannot be dilated, lo long as the blood circulates freely. Neither is it fubjed to 
d wellings, termed Varices, which are wont to happen only in the Veins of the 
Thighs and Legs. • 
Of the Difeales of this Vein, and of the Blood contained therein, there is a two- 
fold Cure-, Purgation, and Blood-letting : but blood-letting is more neceffary 
of the two in a either advafa, or ad ‘vires or in a Plechoriek Caco~ 
chymia, or in a very great and putrid Cacochymta, that a portion of the excreamly 
corrupted blood may be taken away. 
Blood-letting takes away luch Obftrudions as are caufed by blood, but not thole 
chat are cauled by Humors congefted in fome part of the Body : and therefore thaC 
fame <Euroia fo often mentioned, that freenefs of paffage cauled by blood-letting, 
niuft be underftood of the motion, and free paffage of the blood through the Veins, 
and not of the removal of an Humor that is gathered together, and wedged fall mto 
any part of the body. 
If blood-letting cannot be put in pradice, the Quell ion is, Whether Purgation 
alone, may luppiy its place, according to Qalens Opinion, in his Book, de Sanitate 
tuenda or fpare eating, exerciling the body, fridions, (wearing ? J fuppole, 
where there is no Feaver, the blood may be diminilhed by the means aforelaid, 
and alfo by (uch Medicaments as draw the Serum out of the Veins i for fo the Veins 
being emptied, the reft of the body may be extenuated : and this is oblerved and 
put in pradice in fuch Nations where the People are afraid of blood-letting HoW' 
beit, to open a Vem twice or thrice, is a more fpeedy, and lafe Remedy. 
Foralmuch as Sylvius Carolus Stephan^have written, that there is a Valve 
within the Liver, by the Trunk of tVitVenaCuvu, which hinders the blood from 
returning backConringius faies, that it is to be found in Oxen. This favors that 
Opinion of the bloods being carried from the Liver unto the Heart. It feems to me, 
that Nature has placed that Valve, that the filth of the mals of blood fhouJd noc 
flow back into the Liver, and obftrud the fame: which filch, either (he carries by 
fome way out of the Cava into the <Porta $ cf elle (he fends it forth into the habic 
of the Body. 
Cuxe of the 
difeafes ofVe~ 
-,ia Cava3 and 
the blood, two- 
fold. • 
Purgation. 
Blood-letting. 
If blood may 
be IcJJened by 
other w*iei 
bcfidc blood- 
letting. 
A Valve in 
Vena Cava. 
Its nfe. 
aT.ii/.i.“bT. H./.4.-c/.i.rr, ~df, i.®, "c'T.iZ'f-1' 
U £/.».«. =sT.I2"/. i.CD. :bT.;./,2.g. :*/.!• 
%%' mlf* !'***'? Chap. 28. 
Of the K 
Of the Aorta defcending. 
The defending * Trunk of the Aorta, (ends, forth fo many branches, as the inferi- 
°r rrunk of the Vena Cava produces *, but it fends withal,3 remarkable Artery, cal- 
led Lienalk Arteria, undivided, by an indited: Courie unto the Spleen. 
That lame Artery, as large, and wide as a Goofe Quil, does furnifh the Splecr 
with Arterial blood, that thereby the thick, and flimy blood, might be attenuated 
and macje^ct;o noili:iQl!;jiegt;ornac|ljan(jjc»sneigj15onng bowels, and that itraighc 
aftord a fermenting juycc to the Stomach, to help its Chylifadion, by that fame 
Petrmxion of both forts of blood. Peradvencure likewife, when the Liver is view- 
ed , and excreamly obftruded, Arterial blood may be brought unco it, by 
cheSplenick Vein, as it were a Natural Tartarum Vitriolatum, to open its Ob- 
rUchons. • 
hen it produces the Branch, which is divided into as many twigs as 
the Vena <Porta is, and has communion therewith, by a mutual Anaftomofls of the 
VefTels, that is to fay, by a mutual conjundion of their mouths. 
. Tins lame Arterial blood, is not circulated, yet may it have a reflux into the 
*runk of che Aorta, to disburden the parts of fuperfluous blood i which returning 
hack into the Aorta, may conveniently be evacuated, by opening a Vein in the 
Pooc. • 
The Trunk of che Aorta is made of a Membrane, fix times thicker than a Vein \ 
aild therefore it is not fubjed to chat kind of Tumor, called Aneunfma, which the 
Arteries are fubjed unco, by reafon of dilatation of their Coat, or its 
Rupture, or apercion, when in che Arm, an Artery isbpened inftead of a Vein. 
The Aorta, and Vend Cava, do confticute chat Region, in which che matter of 
Continual Fcavers is contained j but the blood does not remain quiet in that place, 
it is perpetually moved round by Circulation: wherefore chefe two VefTels, 
,e Vena Cava, and Aorta, are ordained both to contain, and circulate the blood, 
ind may be termed che Circulatory VefTels, 
Diflribution of 
the Aorta def~ 
cendent- 
* * 
” Jtj yfa 
Thickwfi of 
the Membrane, 
of the Aorta* 
The 
to'O Veflels. 
aT. 12./. 4*.C. J||bT. 12.f. 4.p. ~ 
Of the ‘TferVes of the Lower elly. 
Between the two Kidneys, ac the Bafeof the Mefenrery, we muftfearch diligent- 
ly for chat fame a Intercexcure of Nerves obferved by ‘Fallopius, which is woven 
together of the b Scomachick andc Coftal Nerves, concurring on both Tides to form 
this Contexture; ifom whence are derived al the a Nerves, which are diftribuced 
hnto the parts of chp lower belly. 
, When this Contexture of Nerves is fulof evil Humors, Convulflons happen with 
tr‘e Colick pains, both in men and women, chough the brain be no wares milaffedted, 
Contexture of 
the mefemerie 
Nerves. 
difeafes 
m*e tberefrm 
Chap. 28. Of the Kidneys. 
Kidneys, which are the Inftrumencs of feparacing, and drawing out the 
Excrement, do confift of a fiefhy fubftance, lolid and proper to 
emielves, io chat the like is not to be found in the whol body. 
fl hey have a very thin e Membrane, or skinny Coat, which flicks clofe to their 
CM 1 \ UC they have another Coat which is loole, covered with Fat, which is called 
■:(JeiJ}branafadipoja, wraps and infolds the Kidneys, and is produced from the 
x e^onewn. 
ferl l‘etl f eraPer is and dry, chat they may be the better difpofed to actraft the 
Humidities. 
xvhf fey arc 3 fciruate in the Loyns, between a duplication of the ‘Feritonmm, 
°ut !\ IS£° orher than rhe Wembrana Mipofa, and they feem to be placed with: 
ue Gavicy of the Belly. The Rems are laid to begin at the laft baftardßib. 
fuhflme <4 
the Xfdneys* 
T heir temfff• 
fcituttioik The Thy fecal Confederation, and <tAnatomy 
Book llj 
Greatnefi- 
Number, 
They have in length, the breadth of four or five Fingers ; their chicknefs is cwo 
fingers, and they are much about three fingers broad. 
They are two in Number: lomtimes, chough rarely, there is but one, and chen 
it is commonly as big as two, and lies upon the back, the Channels of the Aorta 
an’d Cava being a little removed to afford a place for the Tingle Kidney. 
They are fhaped like thole Beans we cal Kidney-beans. 
Their Color is reddifh. 
Youfhalobfcrvein their hollow fide, the Emulgenc Veffels, and the Ureter 
fpringing forth of that hollowed fide. Their V efTels are the Emulgencc V eins and 
d Arteries, proceeding from the Trunk of thec Cava, and(Aorta. 
And this is the outward Conformation of the Kidneys in a grown man or wo- 
man : in Children kis ocherwife til they are a yeer old, becaule the external face of 
the Vva being like a thick bunch of Grapes, does neatly refemble the Kidneys of a 
Calf: and upon the Kidneys, is placed the. which is fhaped 
like the Kidney, and in Children, dries up by little and little, til it become tiu,be- 
ing feparace from the Kidneys by a portion of the c.Membrana adipofa, though ic be 
found not far offin either fide. 
The internal Structure of the Kidney, is admirable; which that you may con- 
veniently view, and fearch into, you muft cut ic artificially on the hollowed fide; 
and chen there wil prelenc it felf to your view, the enwidened a fubftance ot the U- 
reter, which forms the ("Pelvis, orßafin; into which, from the upper part, as ic 
were from an Houfe-cop, the wheyifh Humor rains down drop after drop,through 
nine little flefhy Teats, called CaruncuU b 'PapiUares, which are acuminated 
without, and are encluded, and thruft into c nine Pipes, made of the fubftance of the 
Ureter dilated. Therefore chat covering, through which the wheyifh Excreraenc 
drops, may be called the Cribrum %enum, or Kidney-fieve. 
In thofe papillary Caruncles, orflefhy Teats aforefaid, the Serum, or wheyifh 
Excrement, is fepataced from the blood; which blood fpends it felf to nourifh the 
Kidneys, or flows back again into the Emulgenc Veins. 
Jhape. 
Color, 
yejfds: 
KjdneysJjorv 
Jhaped in chil- 
dren. 
Its internal 
(trufture ad- 
mirable. 
The Bafin. 
rtieteats. 
T btjieve. 
» T3./.8.A. ;b/.8.m. fJdT.j.f.Umn. 
*H. rm{f. 2. AA. * 
* i.'Bd! 2bf-*• Qf- 2.%.%. f.z.Tfll.f, 5.®. "d /. 2, a A 
hb.f.y C. "cf 2.< F. ~sT-9 f.2.cß<D'.Zhf-2-A f.i> 
• %£f. s*AA. ;bT.5./.6.'E<E. Zc T 5-/- 6.VV.Z 
The ‘Medicinal Confideration. 
Infirmities of 
the Sidneys 
are 
Diftempers. 
impofiume, 
Vlur. 
The Similar Confticution of the Kidneys, contrary to Nature, confifts in the De* 
pravacion of chert Temper, and of their Subftance. A diftemper either ftngle, ot 
with matter, caufes a Laxity or loolnefs in the fubftance of the Kidneys, when# 
{brings Atonia, or want of their wonted vigor to aft by. By means of an hot 
{temper, they come to be inflamed, whence follows an Impofthume, and at laftan 
Ulcer, as welinche internal, as external parts: for oftentimes a moibifick matter, i* 
collefted within the ‘Membrana adipofa3 which breeds Impoftumes which com" 
prefs the Kidneys. 
Laxity proceeds from a cold and raoift diftemper, or from an exceeding hoc one* 
which corrupts the Natural temper of the part i whence comes Atonia, or an impo' 
tency to contraft it felfj and from thence comes Diabetes, which is the 
ficknefs; or Ifchuria, which is a total fupprefiion of Urine, not only in one Kid" 
ney, but in both, by reafon of Fraternity, and Co-parcnerfhip, by reafon of an ar 
flux of a malignant air from one to the ocher j or by reafon of a reflux of c(?rrVPf 
and filthy blood. Somtimes want of Appetite to meat, is a fore-runner of this dii" 
eafe, by reafon the Stomachs fympatbizing with the Kidneys, Qbferve diligently 
Laxity 3 bow 
caufed. ' 
Diabetes. 
ifchuria. Chap.zS. 
Of the Kidneys. 
hen che Scomach is ill, if there be no Dilcale in the Kidney j for if there be, that’s 
che caule of che Stomachs difordcr. 
The Number of the Kidneys is leldom changed, and if there be but one, it cannot 
be known chat there is more j neither can chat one perform as much as two: and 
therefore thole chat have but one Kidney, en;oy not their health io wel as they that 
have both. 
Although the Kidneys feem faft fixed unto che lioyns by che fat, as it were with 
glue •, yet do'they lomcimes fai out of their place, and lean forward, fomtirae they 
flip into the belly, not without detriment to the Patients life and health : this is a 
truth not to be queftioned. Which comes to pals chiefly, not only by melting che 
fat in which they are wrapped up, but alio by their weight, when they are grown 
great, by reafon of fome tumor or ftone contained in their Cavities, that they can 
uo longer be kept in their place by fuch luch flaies as were wont to hold them. , Be- 
b';g fallen into che belly, they flay there a while, and at laft they pucrifie, and impo- 
ftumiue. 
being in their natural Scicuation,ifthey provegreater, or more weighty than or- 
dinary5 they kind of numbnefs in the the thigh, by comprefling cheMufcie 
<PfO£}and the Nerves, which defcend into che Thighs, which are conveighed through 
fielhy parts of che Mufcle tPfoa. 
It the inner Paflage of che Kidneys be flopped moderately, either by an Humor, 
by a ftone, then che parties Urines are thin j or if che Obftruftion be total, the 
Urine is wholly fupprdt. 
If che inner Subftance of che Kidney be exulcerated, the Patient makes urine with 
Matter, or Quiccor in it. 
a Vein be opened, or broken, bloody urines are made: and becaufe the Kid- 
®eyscommunicate with che Scomach by the Scomachical Nerves, the Stomach does 
tympachize with them, being Tick, and enclined to vomiting. 
The Action of the Kidney, is to atcraff Ser«m, and to feparate, and expel the 
Ume: chefe things it cannot do, unlefs it be found and perfect j and therefore all 
me Difeafesaforelaid, may pervert che fame Action. The fleih of che Kidneys is 
dui of feeling, but the inward Membrane is very fenfible. 
Scones are often bred in the Cavity of che Kidneys, either in che pipes, where they 
grow like Coral, or m the Bafin, where a round ftone is forme®. If che Stone en- 
Create lo much astocaufea fuppuracion in che Kidney, towards che by a 
deep illue made in this part, the Quiccor may be purged forth, and che ftone extra- 
cted j ocherwile, unlefs Nature do go before us, and fliew us the way, it were a wic- 
ked thing to attempt an Inciiion of che Kidney, by reafon of the chicknefs, and pro- 
fundity of the tiefti in thole parts. 
The Kidneys do lomcimes conlume away, and caufe an univerfal Confumpcion 
the wbol body •, which comes either from pucrefaftion ot the Kidneys, or 
through overmuch e; eft ion of Seed or Sperm. 
In new married Couples, and in fuch as are more wantonly difpofed than ordina- 
this Coniumption of che Kidneys happens; which would make fome man af- 
chat the matter of Seed, comes from che Kidneys, and that they carry a great 
l m the matter of Carnal Imbraccments. 
the ieL ve’ kac oftentimes through weaknefs of che Kidneys, which cannot aura# 
tj, v/hty ilh Excrement, a dropfic is cauled without any fault of che Liver. Nei- 
the mofteffectual Diurericks open chofe paffages. And therefore our 
Jlet muft be to purge thofe, and the neighboring parts, and by Fomentations, 
Wk C C^e Faculty of che Kidneys, 
a n tfCher OL' no, may we forcein a fharp pointed Iron, to one of che Kidneys, that 
Ve may be IliaAe f°r the Serum, which is dammed up within the greater 
geest’ ’nC4ie we cannot purge che lame away with Hydragogucs, or Water-Pur- 
0j t^e fydMjs* 
Their fweUing 
fioppap. 
Ifleer. 
Fein opened , 
or broke* 
Aftion Hun- 
/tones bred in 
the Kidneys* 
when cm Alt 
by incifion• 
Confumptton 
of the Sidneys, 
who fftoft fub- 
fe& thereunto. 
Dr of fie from 
the Sidneys 
weaknefi. 
Hove to be 
cured. The Thyfecal Confederation, and Anatomy 
Book 11. 
Chap. Of the . 
their Des- 
cription. 
Subjiance. 
THe Ureters ate Channels or Conduit Pipes ordained to conveigh the Urine to 
the bladder. 
They confift of a fingle Membranous fubftance, which being enclofed in a du- 
plication of the , therefore Anatomifts have laid, that they borrow 
another Coate of the Peritoneum. 
They are as long as the Space between the Kidnies and the bladder. 
Refting upon thea Mufcle b Pfoa, they are obliquely carryed towards the Ojp 
Ilium, and rifing up unco the bladder in the bottom thereof, they llipm between 
the two c Coates almoft as far as the d Orifice, where they peirce thec bladder- 
They have no Valves placed in their Extremities, to hinder the going back of 
the Urine: but two Membranes meeting together, do exaffly fhiin the Pai- 
fage. . 
Naturally they are as thick as Goof-quils, but in fiich as have the Stone and ufe 
to void little ones from the Kidney, the hollownels of*the Ureters is fi» 
widened, that they have been feen as thick as a Mans Finger in the diffeiftion of 
dead bodies. 
The Original of the Ureters is rather from the bladder than from the Kidnies, be- 
caufe they are of a Membranous fubftance. Within the Cavity of the kidnies they are 
divided into nine Pipes, which are fitted to the little flelhy Teaces called Caruncul£ 
Papillares, chat they may diftil the Serum into the Pafm or large Cavity of the 
Ureters, within the Kidnies. 
They are thought to have Nerves whereby they feel; but being of a Membranous 
Nature, their extream pain in the paffage of a Scone, proceeds from the ftrecching 
of the Membrane. 
Seeing therefore they are ordained to pafs the Urine unco the Bladder, they are 
offended with fiich things as pats through them, whether it be fharp Urine, or pu- 
rulent matter, or a little Scone, or a chick and clammy Humor, by which they are 
obftrufted. So chat the moft ufual Diteafe of the Ureters is Obftru&ion. 
And if within the cjuplicature of the Bladder either of them be obftru<fted,chere is 
bred a Scone, which grows by little and little, which is not movable, but remains 
faftned to the Bladder, which when chofe chat Cue out the Scone endeavour to pul 
away, they tear the Bladder. Neither do I think there was any ocher d iffeience of 
the Bladder in chefe,in whom a double Cavity was obierved,anda Scone lying clofi 
in the one of them. 
Length. 
tcitwtion. 
widensfs. 
Original. 
Serves. 
Obftruftlon. 
Stone. 
• T.5-f.i.'F'F.fJ (J. "b T. 10./. 1 00.2C f.y.V'F.ZI T.10./.7.V~‘ t6 
f. 6. cc. g 
Chap. 30. Of the Tift bladder. 
its Sublime. 
Contes. 
THe Pifs-Bladder, is the Receptacle of Urine; being framed of a Membranous 
fubftance confiding pf two * Coates, The b third which they attribute there- 
unto, is a Duplication of the Peritoneum, within which it lies hid,hanging like a 
Botcel with its bottom upwards, and with this Partition it is levered from the Guts 
and other Parts, only in mankind, lead with the weight of the Guts bearing there- 
upon, it Ihould be forced out of its place. 
Its natural lize is final when empty, becaufe it is widened and contrafted accor- 
ding to the quantity of the Urine, The efficient Caufe of its Contraction, *s 
lecond and external Membrane, which is altogether fleffiy, which <Fa\>riciu'S 
qua Pendente took to be Mufculous, and after him Spigeliw, who cals it chufiu' 
lum Vetruforem Vepca. He might better have called it Expulforem, the Expur 
live Mufcle of the Bladder. 
Magnitude. Chap. 30. 
Of the Bf'Bladder. 
7l 
Its fhipe repretencs a bottle with the bottom upward*, whole bottom is jn the 
lower Parc ot the 'Hypogajirium, and its Neck lies hid beneath, under the Bones of 
the 
Ihe Piis- bladder is but one in Number, yet fevered fomcimes into two Cavities, 
after c he manner before expreffed. 
It is perforated with three holes near the Neck. The firft and greaceft, is thac 
?nr of which the Urine pafles; the other two being chofe by which the Urine comes 
into die Bladder, ace the Ends of the Ureters. 
ItsQririce is fhut by theMufcle SphinCfer, which is formed of the fubftanceof 
the bladder contracted. There is another Mufcle called TixtermH Spleniatm, as 
broad as two Fingers, which is plated about the Neck t f the bladder and the Glan- 
dules or Kernels retting thereupon/ermed a OProjiatx. The power of fhutting and 
opening the bladder depends upon this Mufcle. 
The Pifs-bladder has Veins and Arteries from the b Hypogaftrical VelTels; it 
has Nerves in its Neck, from the Os c Sacrum, and in its body from a Nerve of the 
4 fix Pair Which is diligently to be confidered in Difeafes of the bladder caufmg 
ftoppage of Urine, which proceed from a fall caught upon the Loins or Os 
Sacrum 
Shapf. 
-number. 
Holes. 
Mufclcs. 
Veljels* 
The 'Medicinal Confukration. 
’T He Pifs-bladder is fubjeCt to an infinite number of Difeafes. In its (übftance 
it is iiibjeft ro aikind of Diftempers, elpecially hoc and cold: it fufFers In- 
Tumors, Ulcers, and Palfie both in the Neck and whol Body thereof, 
which we ffiall Difcourfe particularly. 
Its temper is perverted, when the bladder naturally cold and dry, comes to wax 
hoc, and fa Is into an inflammation. i 
Its Scituation is changed, when that Part of the Peritoneum in which it is in- 
chided is relaxed,whereby it flips a little downe»which caufes a difficulty in pilling, 
inlets the lower Parc of the Belly be lifted up with the Hand. Somtimesby the 
'yeight of many little Stones ic comes to have an hollow nook, by the fide of the 
height Gut near its Neck, and then the Scones do neftle in chat corner, fo chat they 
cannoc be perceived by putting in a Catheter ; but the beft way to feel them, is by 
putting ones Finger into the Funflamenc. 
Its geearnefs or widnefs cannot certainly be defined unlefs ic were empty ; how- 
beic it is enlarged and widened according to the quantity of Urine. But if ic be fo 
much enlarged as to exceed the natural meature, then the ‘Fibres of the Coates be- 
ing broken or coo much flacned, the party cannot make Water, becaufe the flefhy 
Membrane is deprived of that motion, by which the Urine ought to be expelled. 
in this Cate the Water cannot be voided otherwife than by putting in of a Ca- 
rter, which lomcimes fora Monthortwo, muft be done twice a day, until the 
Membrane have recovered its ancient tone or concraCtive Vigour. 
Sonacimes the bladder is fo contracted and ttraicned, by reafon of a painful exul- 
a cion in ics inner Parc, and then grows thicker and as it were Cartilaginous 5 
Inch hinders its diftencion: and in this Cafe, the Patient muft often make Water 
Wlchpain. 
Neck of the bladder comprehending ics Orifice or the Channel of Urine, has 
isvv iCiS lleafcs. Ic is frequently inflamed, fweiled Ulcerated, obftruCted, and 
is r , ned by the Pallie, when it can neither be contracted nor relaxed, feeing ic 
and a? anc*more fle(hy than the bottom of the bladder. It is eafily inflamed, 
.ernehus was of Opinion that no ocher Parc of the bladder is fubjeCt to inflam- 
wh??U ’ whence proceeds an Ulcer, which is not fo hard to Cure, as chat 
happens within the body of the bladder, becaule injections and convenient 
jL . coay beconveighed thereunto. 
ls frequently obftrufted by the Scone lying hid in the bladder, or by a 
Vlfeajes of 
the Bladder, 
in its Temper* 
Scimtioru 
mdenes. 
Vifeafes of 
the 1 of 
the Bladder. 
How Objlru• 
(led* crhe cPloyjical Conjtderation, % 
Book 11. 
fungous body which grows therein. Yea and form fines’ beyond the Neck, 
within the bladder, fungous or Spungy carnoiicies do anle, which do much trouble 
the bladder and fil the lame. They arife often f rom a flux of blood, or a fwellmg 
Vein, which being ope? edcaules an incur able Iffue of blood, which loon caules a 
Gangrene by rea on of Cletters of Blood remaining there. 
Spungy Carnofities do grow without the Neck wichtn theUceter,which are termed 
per fir cafes, which are eaiily Eaten away with Medicinal Wax Candles, made 
. and fitted for that purpole. 
Oftentimes they happen in the PalTage of the Urine after a Venemous Q onorrhea 
not wel Cured 
Alio the Neck of the bladder is obffi Lifted by another external Caufe, Namely by 
rweiiingoftheKernelstermed rprojfat<c, which reff upon the bladder. But the* 
Urine is often flopped by aPa life in the Neck of the bladder, lo that the Sph miter 
Mulcles cannot concraft nor dilate themie Ives. 
To open the Bladder and to learch out die Difeafes which are bred within or 
without the fame, a wonderful new Infhumenr has been invented, which I cal the 
Key of the bladder; its commonly termed a Catheter, and is uled by iuch as Cue 
Men for the Scone, being different from the Ancient common Catheter. So long 
as this Inftrumenc can eaiily be put m, io long there is great Hopes in Dikales of 
the Bladder: but when it will not Penetrate, all Hope is gone. 
In iuch a Cafe, either the bladder is pectinated in the bottom of the belly by the 
Os Tub is, to let out rhe Urine, or the Terirueum is opened. But when a Cathe- 
ter with grates in it, upon which the Section is wont to be made, cannot be thru# 
in, to deprefs the Neck of the bladder which lies hid under th OsTubis, a final 
Knife is chruft deep in as tar as the bladder fidewaies, until the Urine comes away •* 
for fo 1 have often treed many from imminent Peril. 
In pcrlons far in years, who aregreivoufly troubled to make Water by reafoii 
of a great Stone, which cannot be taken out without manifeft danger of Death to 
give them fom« reteife in their Wiiezy jhetPennieum is cut in the fame manner 
ufed to take out the ffone,and the hole is kept open with a little Pipe.So long/s the 
Patient can be kept alive, the little Pipe is ffopped with a Tent, and a Spungeis 
applied to receive the droppings of the Urine,if any be, until fuch time as the patient 
muff needs make Water, and then the ftoppie is taken out, and afterwards 
put in again, and thus the cruel pain and continual provocation to piis,is Mitigated in 
luch as have the ftone., ‘ 
Alio by th s means Ulcers of the bladder may be denied and dried, if there be no 
Stone, to fret upon the Ulcer. 
Xecchius brags in his Coiinfds, chat he invented this way of giving eafe to Aged 
pertons vexed with the Scone i ? but chePhyficians of <Faris did ufe this Pallia- 
tive Cure long before Zeccbim was born, it having been praftiied this hundred 
years. 
If a Scone in the bladder be little, and ftickto the Neck of the bladder orind# 
beginning of the Ureter, it may be drawn forth by a ffrong and continual lucking*# 
the yard, or it may be drawn out by an inciilon made in the Ureter. 
if the Scone be great it cannot be taken out but by ouccmg of the bladder, chs 
Infection being made upon the Termsium, as our Scone-Cutters are wont to do* 
for the way ufed by the Ancients as it is delcnbed by Celfus is difficult and dang**' 
ous. 
And I beleive thac kind of operation ufed in (Eey/tf,when they would take out the 
Stone, is as difficult, which is by blowing up the bladder with a Pare of Bellows* 
For this operation delcnbed by Prolper Alpinus, is ioabfurd, cnac 1 doubt the 
truth of the ftory, becaufe it is exceeding cruel and painful by realon of theeX' 
tream ftrecchmg of the bladder, which cannot mdure diffencion, neither in its Neck, 
nor in the Ureter. 
That way which *Fabr clus Tiildcinus goes to take out the Scone, is alfb abfurd 
and dangerous. The way uied by the Operators of Tarn and by lome Italians*^ 
The %r.y of 
the Bladder, an 
Inflrument fo 
called. 
Bladder per- 
forated. 
Terinettm 
opened. 
Vrine let out 
•with a Knife. 
Eafe for old 
JMcn that have 
the Slone* 
Ulcers of the 
Bladder clenf- 
ed. 
Zecrhiiu his 
Fain Brag. 
The Stone 
Sue out. 
cut outof the 
Bladder. 
The 
tion Operation 
naught* 
And that of 
Wild anus v> 
naught* Chap. }i. 
Of the (genitals of a £K/Lan • &c. 
the Nurfion Family, is the only fafe and eafie way, by reafon of the Inftrumcnts 
and of the Induftnous Dexcency of the Arciftsj wherefore Iwifh other Kations 
had inch Operators. 
The French 
& U-dian rvay 
the bc(i to calif 
out the Stone. 
» T.i.j.u'F'F.gg. T.io./.i.00. f.y.W.-i T.jo./.y.D 
Z' r.6.f.6.cc.2 
>T. J./.7. ‘B.anac. “t f.y.AA-Z' f.j.‘B'B. ”<* f. 7. <B. -e f. 7.<E<E. 
Z>f.7.VZtT.6.f.6.cc. 
* 7.6-/ 5,<F<F. “bT. 1 i.f, I.and4,c?-rcT. 35.0. T. 18./. 50 “a T.B. 
f.S.A‘B“ 
Chap. 31. Of the Genitals of a Man • and the 
t 
I Proceed to the Gen.,, >fa Man, among which, the Yard, which is affociared 
with the Pifs-bladdb* Seraufe it carts ouc Urine through the Pipe of the Ure- 
ter, ought in the tuft place to be explained. 
It is nude up onlv of Skin for thinnes lake, of two hollow Ligaments, of the 
'TJrethrd, thetflans or I\uc, certain Mufcles, Membranous bands, Nerves, Arteries 
and Veins. 
The Skin is by it (elf, has no Scarf-skin,and is terminated at the Root of the Nut. 
Being loole, ic is there doubled ip manner cf an Head-ftal, that ic may infold 
the Nut or Head of the Yard and make the Fore-skin, which the Jews and Maho- 
metans do cut off, out of a Religious Ceremony. Such C ircumciled Perfons can- 
not give that delight to Women in their carnal Embraces, as chofe can who hc.ve the 
Pore- Skin entire. And therefore their Women are better pleafed with the carnal 
lociety ofChriftians,* 
The Fore Skin is tied to the Nut by a little band which is termed ‘Franulum, 
the bridle: ic is extended in the nether Parc unco the Orifice of the Nut, in young 
Men that have nor had to do with a Narrow-board Virgin. 
The skin being removed, there appeares a Membrane which dolly girds in the 
■Ligaments of the Yard, which may be a production of the (pannicuiit 
LV no jus. 
This being taken away, the Veffels are Teen which run along the Back of the Yard 
jNeives, Veins and Arteries. The Nerves come from the Of Sacrum, the 
V tins and Aperies are portions of thole termed (Pudenda, wmch are fpred ouc into 
*he external Parcs. 
Tien follow the Mufcles ofthe Yard, cwo of which are ereftors, and two are 
iculators. The Erectors do arii'e from the Tuberous Parc of the Huckle-bone 
are lidelong (aliened to the Ligaments ot the Yaid; the Hjaculators fpringing 
Ur °f the Traniverl :* Ligament placed between the Huckle-bones, and from a por- 
of the Sphincter Mulcle, are ipread along the Urethra, to prefs tie Drops of 
*rer or Seed which happen to reft there cowards the Orifice of the Blader. 
y rhele Mu xles being taken away, three Bodies come to view which form the 
UuJ *)e cwo Ligaments and the Urethra. 
g. A,le a hollow Ligaments being disjoined beneath in the (perineum, do arife 
2f^ni Protuberancies ofrhe Huckle-bone, and have in their progreis,the b Ure- 
(Necr the Or Tubis, being joyned together thev make 
'Y CT!duloLi:> Body terminated with the Nut, which is calledc Penis, the 
. ‘Hu, /<’ 
of aments we muft obferve the internal fubftance which is like the Pith 
encre rSpungy, blackilh and bedewed with black Blood, that ic may 
e ant* decteafe in the Carnal Coniuntftion, for the erection of the Yardde- 
3,nd tal wi - °r Bbs-Pipe, _is a Channel of Spongy fubftance, that ic may fwel 
‘•' it tne fore (a id Ligaments in the Carnal Con/undion *, and therefore it is 
rani' 
usTarts 
skjn 
Tore-Slim 
The Bridle. 
The Membrane 
The FefJels. 
The Mufcles. 
The hollow 
Ligaments. 
Their internal 
S uhftance. 
The itrethrs 
or Pifl'Pipe. The Thyfical Confederation, and natomy 
Book. Ij* 
no continuation of the neck of the bladder, bur is only fattened thereunto. 
Obferve diligently, the Gbliquacion, or Reflection of the ‘Urethra in the ‘Ferine 
nm, and how the idtuation of the Orifice of the bladder lies hid under the bones of 
the OPabef. 
In the OPeriw/ewm, divers Tumors are railed: but fuch as adhere to theeUrethra, 
and impotturoate, are dangerous, often degenerating into Fittulaes, becaufe the 
‘Urethra wiJ very hardly heal, and grow together. If it be eaten by a venenious 
and pocky Ulcer, it is not ealily aired, and lettered, unlefs by an exaCt Sudonfick 
Diet, or by fluxing with Mercurial Medicaments. & - 
‘BaUgnn, f the Nut of the Yard, is an hollowed Kernel,wider in the middle, than 
the lafpneis of the external Orifice comes to. 
Its Obliq na- 
tion in the Pe- 
rineum. 
I/npollumated 
hard to cure. 
The Nut of 
the Yard, 
c. zcf-*'d'f-5-l'z z*r t. :*cf-s-w- 
Jl. 13./. 8.00. T. 18. f. 50. ~hT. 12s. GO. “iT.tf. /. 1. 
/. S.'H'R .bb.f.s.lh 
*T6.f~.%% zhf s GQ- zcf-i'c- ;f/-* 
‘M./. 7. C. *g/. Yin fra. " 
The Medicinal Confederation, 
Vifeafes of the 
Tvbol Turd are, 
Friapifms, 
The ACBonofthe v;hol Yard, viz. voluntary erection, and flifnefs, being or 
dained for carnal Conjunction, if it be unvoluntary , and painful, it is a Ddeale 
which is called GPriapifmus. 
It \s caufed-by an inflamed difpofitionofthe Ligaments of the Yard, andalfod 
the *Vretbra, or Pils-pipe, which is affeCfed by reafon of vicinity, and communi" 
cation in the lame Action. 
Weaknefs, and detect of EreCf ion, is an imbecillity of the whol Yard without 
pain: It arifes from a weaknefs, or a paraly tick difpoficion of the Mmcles, of 
Nerves of the Yard. 
Somtimes the whol Yard is bowed, and crooked to one fide or another jor ben' 
ded upwards or downwards; which proceeds from a Ccnvulfion of one of the Muk 
cles, or from a repletion, and induration of the Nervous Ligaments of the Yard* 
Somtimesthe Tumor called Qanghon,m the hollow Ligaments, is a caule of tbi5 
Conterfion, or crcokednds of the Yard: of which Infirmity, 'HoUmus in his CoiU" 
ment upon the 63. Aphorilm, of Book 5. and Cajar ArantiUf in Chap. 50. of h*5 
Book of Tumors, have treated. 
• Furthermore, The whol Yard is lubjeCt to Inflamaticns, Tumors, and u* 
cers. 
The Yard is but one in Number, for two bad been needkls: ifvve find two, ifis 
Monftrous, and they are both ulekis j or one is but the ludm ent of a Y aid, or W*1e 
fltlhy Excrelcerce. 
The juft, and fitting length of the Yard, ought to be fix or eight fingers 
if it be longer, ’tis inconvenient, and hurts the email in Cainai Conjunction, a‘d 
muft be fh Greened by a ring ot wool put about it. 
If we beleeve Qalen, the extraordinary length ofthe Yard hinders Genera” 
becaufe the Seed loleth its vercue in io long a paffage j which Ido not beleeve. . 
it the Yard be too fhort, it cauies little, or no titillation, and is unflU*c l,r* 
<FaUopim in his Bookde <Decoratione, teaches us hew to make the Yard 
‘Martial mentions one that had io large a \ ard, that when it flood eredec*3 
could fmel to it with his Nofe. 0 
The Fore-skin has its Difeafes forntimes it is too fhorr, and fomdmes 
long, and is incommodious. The Jews have it cut off, for which caule they .f 
termed ApeUs, that is, skm-lefs. It it cover the Nut ot the Yai dio dole tha. 
cannot be put back, the Difeafe is termed cPhymojij: If it be depiefled to the 1 
of the Nut, and cannot be drawn upwards, ’tis termed OParaphymcftJ. _ C/,rb 
want of Ere- 
ftion. 
,C rookednefi 
Infiamation, 
Tumorst and 
Ulcers 
Too long, 
Too Jhort 
Of the Fore- 
skin. 
Thymofis 
TarapbymoftSi Chap. 31. 
Of the Genitals of a Man ■ &c. 
75 
Both thefe Difeafes, if they proceed from fervency of Carnal Conjunction, 
whereby the Nut of the Yard remains fvvelled, if it be fot a long time toper her, fo- 
mented with excream cold Water, its fwclling wil abate, and then the Fore-skin 
may freely be drawn up or down. An admirable Secret. 
it is exulcerated with potky Puftles which being cured, if they leave any hard- 
nefs behind them, it is a fufpicious Argument that the Venom of the Whores Fox, 
does yet lie lurking in the Body* Seeing the Fore-skin is double, when it is cut, 
both the internal, and external Membrane j muft be equally cur. 
The band of the Fore-skin termed 'Frenulum, if it be more chick than ordinary, 
and goes unco the hole of the Nut, and makes the fame crooked, it makes men inch 
as Qulen cals ‘Bypofpadicos *, fo chat they cannot ingender, becaufe they do not call 
their Seed directly into the Womb, liulefs it be cut. 
The Nut is fubjed: to divers Tumors, and Ulcers, both internal and external. In 
*Cs middle, where ’cis hollowed, it is often exulcerated, byrealonoi a iharp matter 
abiding there, and often putrefying. But in the Whore-mailers Pox, it is ful ot 
Warts, and deformed *, which wares may be eaten off, and eradicated with ponder 
of Bavin , but they grow again, if the internal Caule be not removed, by Medicines 
accommodated to cure the Pox. 
The‘Urethra, or Pifs-pipe, which lies along under the two Ligaments of the 
Vard, has its Dileafes. It is obftruded by the ftone, which is taken out by Incili- 
°n thereof. It is inflamed, by realon of its Spungy, and blackifh fubftance, like 
*he hollow Ligament of the Yard. 1c oftentimes burns, and is pained by realon of 
the acrimony of the Urine-, it is inflamed by the fliarpnels of a putrid Humor, 
pafles through the lame, as in the virulent Qonorrheca, and then it Ivvels, and 
the Yard crooked, and ftrecches it with the %mtigo like a Rope j which dif- 
eafe they term Qomnhxa Chordata, the Corded, or Rope-ftrecched running of 
*ke Reins. 
It is ulcerated by the Acrimony of Quitcor, and purulent Matter j and fomtimes 
the Ulcer being not well cured, there grows up a fpungy fupetfluous flefh, which 
Carnofitat which muft be diminifhed, or eaten away, with Corrolive 
Candles , ocherwife it fwels fo as to fliut up that paflage, and ftop the Urine, not 
Without pain to the Patient. 
To the ‘Urethra, and Cods, belongs that difpoficion which makes men termed 
‘’Hermaphrodites, when theTeftides are hidden within the Septum of the ‘Perito- 
neum, and the Cod is empty, or open in its middle part, by reafon of the ‘Urethra 
Being there perforated, feeing the Tides of the Cod are like the Lips of the Womb, 
and the Yard is very Irnal* Thele things have deceived unskilful Midwives, and 
them judg Children fo born to be Females. 
Somtime the ‘Urethra is perforated above the Cod, or neer the Nut of the Yard, 
which hinders the right ejaculation of the Seed, 
*wiels the ‘Urethra be opened, and a little pipe be put in, to make a paflage. But 
en the Parties grow into yeers, the heat of die body being augmented, alio by vi- 
_ enc and by plucking the fame oftentimes, the Yard comes to be aug- 
Snced, and the Scones which lay hid in the Groins, dofalinto the Cod, unleis it 
Perforated as atorelaid ; or the Stones remain in cheGroyhs, and often deceive 
making them to think the Perlons areburften. 
th Teifons having been accounted Women, do at laft become Men. Howbeit, 
.ete never was any Woman turned into a Man, unlefs Hie abuled her Clytoris, be- 
-8 prolonged* orfomefuperfluous Flefh have grown out of her Womb, which 
y*V have the form and ftifnefs of a Mans Yard, but is no way compounded as a true 
Bod' And cnerfoie Women are rather delighted with the mutual rubbing of their 
one aSainft another, and by the lying of the one upon the ocher than by the 
filiation, and unprofitable intruiion of thole Parcs. 
kxu’cer.itcdl 
Tkitfyiff of 
the Frar.u.'um. 
ulcers of the 
Hut. 
Deformation 
with T9 arts. 
The tlretbi i. 
obflr tided. 
■ inflamed^ 
vke'faU*f. r 
Hermaphro- 
dites. 
A yvomw » 
never changed 
into a man. 'The Thyjlcal Confideration, and <t/I natomy 
Book 11. 
Chap. 32. Of the Qropis. 
Things to be 
ohferved. 
cruralvejjc'ls. 
Froccfi of Pc- 
rit°MvJcle ere- 
mafier.’ * 
BEfore we proceed unto the Scones, we are to cake notice oftheGroyns; in 
which are to be feen, the Crural3 Vein, and b Artery, with the c Nerves des- 
cending into the Thigh, whereupon does reft the Production ot the J Peritoneum, 
drawn through the holes of the oblique Tendons, and tranlverle Mufcles. 
Over this is Ipread the Mufcie e Cremdfter, being carried athwart through the 
Groyn into the Cod, and fo i nto the Tefticle, which it encloles with two Coats j 
the one whereof is called iCErythrois, and the other g Plytbrots. ' 
Above the bending of the Groyn, you may lee thole Glandules, or Kernels, which 
lie dole to the procels of the Peritoneum : below the Groyn, neer the Veil'd?, you 
may lee other Glandules, or Kernels, bordering upon the Velfels. 
Within the Procels are contained, Vas b Spermaticum, the Spermatick Veffel, 
which carries matter to make Seed of, unto the Tefticle and another»Speamtick 
Veffel returning from above, and carrying the Seed from the T eftide, to the Seed- 
k bladders. In the Groyn, within the Procels of the Peritoneum, defeendsthe Gut 
i lleon, the inward Coat of the Peritoneum being relaxed. 
If it delcend into the Cod, the laid Goat is broken, and the defeent of the Gut is 
to be obferved through the holes of the Tendons, which are incerchangably dii poled, 
left in reducing the Gut by Chyrurgkal Operation, it come to be placed among the 
Combinations of Nerves for the hole of the laft Tendon ought to be cut in fun- 
der, chat the Gut may be reduced into the Cavity of the Belly in which work, ma- 
ny of the very skilfuileft Ghyrurgeons have erred, to the lots of their Patients 
Lives. 
Note that among the Kernels above the Groyn, do arife the Whore-pock buboes 
or Swellings: among the Glandules, or Kernels, below the Groyn, peftilencial dwel- 
lings do arife; ordinary dwellings do arife a little higher. 
Here you fhal confider whether it be lafe to ule chat prick, or Thread of Gold ot 
Lead about the Production of the Peritoneum, that the procels which in the Rap- 
cure called Ofcheocek,is broken, may be drawn together: ‘or a Cauftick to produce 
an Elchar,may be applied above the Groyn,to produce a Callous,or hard iuoftance, 
which may ftop the paffage of the falling Gut- But care muft be taken that the 
Cauftick pierce not to the Veffels which he beneath, The Veins and Arteries, 
which being couched, the Patient dies for it. 
The Seminal Veffels may be feared, and fo a man become invifibly gelded, be- 
caule the Stones wanting their nounlhmenc, do conlume, and lofe their Vigor* 
But I lee on every fide, great difficulties in thele kind of Operations, which 1 ;udg 
to be dangerous and therefore I conceive the belt way is, to let them alone. 
Kernels. 
Spermotkli 
Fejfels. 
Defccnt of the 
Gut Ileum. 
Buboes. 
Inftnftble 
gelding- 
a X 24./* 4- A A.Z‘T.JS -*T z.f. p.W 
Z'T.O.f.z.VV. ~’T.6./. 2. Z*f. z<E<E. -k T. 6 .t"i 3. an* 
4. AA. ”■/. i. V V.f.3. C C tEf.3. C CV. f.5. c C. "*/.5. and 6. & 
“ IT. 3./; 4- “H‘H. “ " 
Chap. 33- Of the Fundament. 
Order of Sc- 
ftlon* 
its 7(ame. 
AT the fame time, when the Cod is differed, in the Order of Anatomy, by rea" 
ion of Neighbor-hood, the Fundament is to be dilledfed, and demond^' 
ted. , • 
The Fundament therefore, called .Anus,and Podex, is the outermoft end of the 
a Inteftmum rectum, or ftreighc Gut, which is Hint, and purled together by * 
h round Muicle, called Sphincter: 
Ir is two-fold j the one is skinny, and narrow, the other is broader, and mote 
llefhy, which adheres to a tranlverle Ligament, which is placed between the Ft'cr Chap. 3^. 
Of the (fof and Stones. 
tuberances of the Huckle-bone, and tire extremity of the Coccyx, ot Ci upper- 
bone. . 
The Fundament has four Mulcl.cs, called Lenjatores ; two of which are broad, 
and two narrow ; The broad do anle from rhe cOs Sacrum, and Os Ilium, and 
are inferred inro che larger Sphincter: As for che ocher two, the former antes from 
ffie tranlverle Ligamenc,the hindermoft from che Crupper-bone, whereinco they are 
terminated. 
, Thefefour Mufclesdo relieve, and raife up che Fundament when ic pouches 
forwards, and is ready tofalouc in the expelling of Excrements which are more 
hard and follid chan ordinary. The Circular Muicies do ffiuc,and contra# che 
** undamenc, left our Excrements ffiould come away againft our wils; for by means 
°1 chele Mufcles, we may cake our own time, and regulate this kind ofEvacucion 
according to our own plealures. 
Mu files. 
Tbiir ufs. 
•T. 37.<M.gfc r. 3./. 7- 0. Z'T. 3■/• 7- %% : 
'The cMedicinal. Confideration, 
’The Fundament is liable to very many DH cafes. It is fcmcimes poffeffed with 
jffihocdiftemper, with a troublefom, and almoft incollerable itching, which cau- 
*es a continual delire of going to ilool, which is called ‘Tenefmus. 
In the Expulfion of che Dung, fomcimes the Fundament fals out, which is redu- 
ced into its place with excream trouble and difficulty, 1' 
Sorncimes k is pallied, and che Excrements come away whether che Patient wil or 
1)0: and fomtimes it is fo ftraicened, chat a man can hardly void his Excrements. 
, Vfithin, and without it fwels, che mouths of che Veins being fwollen and knob- 
which are called liccinorrhoides, both internal, and external. 
Sorncime’ds in flamed, buck is more often impoftumaced, from whence pro- 
Ceeds an hollow Ulcer, termed Eijiula *Ani, 
- It is made rough with Warts, which are called, Condylomata, orManfc*. It 
3s eXulceraced with fmal Clifts, which are called *ltydgddes. Ic may lately be cut, 
Recording to Hippocrates, after any fafhion, without hurting the Sphincter. Fi- 
haliys ’cis troubled with al kinds of Difeafes. 
Somame ic has a Scirrhous T amor, which ihucs up che paflage of che Excrements, 
and caules a difficulty in piffing, by reafon of che heer neighborhood of che Arfe- 
Guc, and che Neck of che Bladder j which Parcs do communicate chek Infirmities 
olle to che ocher. 
Ic is fomcimes found clofed up in new-born Infants, and ic is cut open: but if 
the Gut be found follid, having no Cavity, there is no way but death. 
lis diftafis. 
Tenefmus. 
Tailing out. 
Vdfic. 
Hemorhoids. 
I rtflamtim. 
wts. 
clifts, 
Scirrhous 
tumor. 
clofed up. 
Chap. 34; Of the Cod 1; and Stones. 
are now come unco thea Cod, which is the Cafe of the Scones. It con- 
hfts of cvfro Skins, the oucermoft being> Cuticular, and grown with hair in 
re r*Pe yeets jit has the Epidermis, or Scarf-skin upon it. Under the 
c? ?<lns c^ere *s a flelhy Membrane which called Hartos yitis a Continuation 
\vjle ; Wembrana. Carndfa of the Belly, ftretched down unco the Cod sby help 
is re°b c^e Cod is widened, or contracted into wrinkles. For the Scones fake, it 
Membranous Portion divided inro two Cavities,, which receive the two 
Sa^Co<i has Veins and Arteries from the Privy Parts, and Nerves from the Os 
A O . •, ■' 
See(j to.ne5 orTefticle, is a Glandulous, or Kernelliffi Body, ordained to make 
bra,w of many parts, of which, che firft are three proper Mem- 
hrft of’ i°r cone has two common ones, <vi\. the Cutis, and Darios'. The 
che three proper Membranes,; is called Erythroides, which has its Original 
The Codty 
their Coats* 
Cavities. 
Veffels. 
The Stone** 
|their Coats* The Thyfical Confederation, and Anatomy 
Book 11. 
from an expanfion, or widening of the Mufcle Cremafter, which holds up the 
Scone. 
The Second is the f ProdtuTion of the ‘Peritoneum, which infolds the Tefticle. 
The Third immediately infolds the iubftance of the Tefticle, and is called s 
*vea, the Nervous Membrane. 
The Membranes being taken away, the Subftance of the Tefticle comes in fight> 
which is hglandulous, white, pretty firm 9 and upon the fame, overthwart, is pla- 
ced a final body like a Silk-worm, which is called a ‘Epididymis to the ore end 
whereof, there cleaves Vat Spermaticunt* deferens, the carrying Spermatick Vei- 
fel, which enters into the iubftance of the Tefticle, and empties the Seminal matter 
thereinto : From the ocher end of the epididymis, arifes the Vas cCEjaculatoruiWy 
the Ejaculatory Yeffel, which in its beginning, isd fulof turnings and windings, as is 
the Body of the epididymis, and firmly cleaves unto the Tefticle by its ends, being 
loofe, and feparate in its middle. 
The Tefticles arc excluded from the Cavity of the Belly, being placed in the 
C°ds. They are about the bignets of a Pigeons, or yong Bullets Egg. They a# 
of.an Oval fhape, and their work, is to elaborate the Seed. 
Subjlance. 
Epididymis, 
Sperm carrier, 
Ejacid at erri 
. 
F?fure.m‘ 
htiion, 
(Medicinal Consideration. 
rt>ifeafes of 
the Cods. 
The Natural Conftitution of the Cod, and Stones, being explained, let us 
examine the Preternatural diiorder thereof* The Cod is apt to be fwelled wi^1 
divers fluxions, which flow either immediately into it, or into the Stones. 
If the Gut fal into the Cod, or into the Cal, it makes that kind of Rupture whid1 
is called Ofcheocele. 
If water or wind flow from the Cavity of the belly, into the God, they tuake 
thofe Ruptures which are termed *Hydrocele, and *]Pneumatocele. 
If in the Spermatick Veffels,both Deferent, and Jaculatory, where they are 0 
of turnings and windings ncer the Stones, thick blood be intercepted, it breeds a cu' 
mor, which is called Circocele. 
If Spongy flefli breed, and grow to the Membrane called Darios, it 
Sarcocele. 
If the Tefticle adhere to the faid fpongy flefli, it has the fame name. 
If the Stone 1 wel, and exceed its natural bulk, it caufes a fweliing in the Cod. 
If wind or water infinuate themfelvcs into the Membranes of rheTeftides, tfre/ 
produce thofe Tumors which are called 'Hydrocele, and Pneumatocele Tejiictd& 
rum, which are familiar to Children. . 
Moreover, The Cod is inflamed, overrmuch widened, or conrradfed j b°c 
which difpoficions, are inconvenient, and hinderfom to life and Generation. 
The Laxity thereof, is termed 'Rhagofu $ Howbeit, it is naturally more la *°c 
the left fide, whether by reafon of the weight of the left Tefticle, or by real 
the weaknefs, and coldnel'softhe left fide. ’ 
The Scones are faulty in point of Scituation, while they lie out of fight in the 
ly, or when they are in the Groyns. By reafon of the former Scituation, in fl11l 
ftions of Divorce, men are pronounced impotent, though ftrong otherwiie, becaU 
the Stones are hot in rheif Natural place. 
By reafon of il Conformation in the Womb, they are faulty in point of nUir!f/ 
When there is but one, or when there are three, as in thofe who are called 
who ate by fofue thought to be very lecherous; which fault goes in feme Farnl 1 
from Father to Son, and therefore it is a Difeafe. 
They are faulty in fhape, when they are uneven, by reafon of the fweliing j 1 
laxacion, or divulfion of the 'Epididymis, co 
If there be a fault in the Color, there is a fault in the Subftance, which ought . 
be pretty foliid *, when it is over-flaggy, and loft, it is faulty. If the Stones[0 
ihegreatnelsof an Hens Egg, they are never the better, becaulc they are fish _ 
fluxions; and being fwollen, Or altered in their temper, they cannot rightly r 
Ofcbeocete. 
Hydrocele, 
Cirfocele. 
Sareocele. 
‘Pneumatocele. 
Jnfiamtion. 
Rhagofis. 
*’ Vifeafes of 
the S tones in 
JSeimmon. 
Number. 
Figure'. 
Color. 
Greatuef Chap. 35. 
Of the Vejjcls which carry the true Seed>&c. 
form their Office: if they are fmal as Hazel Nuts, they have no power to en- 
gender. 
Now the Aftion of the Tefticlcs is to elaborate the Seed by their inbred virtue 
implanted in them to chat end: wherefore they receive the leminal matter, and when 
it is diffidently prepared, that is to fay when it is impregnated with the Generative 
Spirit, they rranlmit the fame into the Jaculatory Veflels, and the Jaculatory Vel- 
fels carry it into the Seminary Bladders. 
Their Afl'm 
a Te.f.i.xx,"* f.2.AA.Zcf-2-‘B(B‘Zdf3 ZV.m*f.2.W.mtf2 
CC.«E<E.-g f.zm<F<F> f.2. Q~ 
* T 6./.". 1L f* 3. and 4. ‘B CB. f* 1* TT./. 3.and4. AA. “c f. 1. VV. 
f* 3.<E4>(D(D.;d jf. i. cc.f. 3.4. ccc. 
Chap. 35. Of the Veffels which carry the true Seed y of the 
SeedSUdders and the Proftatae or Auriliarics. 
IT remaines now that we Speak of the Veifels which carry the Seed ro the Blad- 
der, and of che a (Proftau or Affiftancs. Thar fameb carrying V effel which is 
sailedcEjaculatoriwn, and cakes its original from the Epididymis, is in its Rife 
very ful of windings and wrinckled. 
Thofe Wrinkles being fmooched out do make che Veffel twice as long as before.1 
Thole Wrinkles are made to retain the moll fubcile Spine of Generation, which 
kreakes forth violently in che ad: of Generation with a thin fubcile and Ijpirituous 
Matter, which is mixed with that fame ocher Excrementicious Seminal matter, 
yhich is concerned in the little d Seed-Bladders, fo chat they flow both together 
3Hlo thec ‘Urethra or Pifs-Pipe. 
r ft dilatory 
VeQ'els. 
Wh) tt’rinkkd 
Hore the Seed 
is vaided. 
And as in the Aft of Generation that fame moft chin and piire Spirit leaps forcibly 
the matter out of the Teftids; fo by help of chef Mulclcsofthe Yard, the 
Seminal matter which is contemed in the litclie bladders is alfo caft forth. 
For I make account that their is a three-fold Seminal matter, one moft pure, 
'vhich is made and kept in the Stone j the other is Superfluous and Excrementici- < 
°Us, yet of ulefor the forming of the Concepcion, Which is thruft away by the 
Scones and Aides leafurly into the little Seed-bladders: for it is not probable chat the 
moft pure Seminal matter and the Spirit which is the Aur.her 6f Generation, fliould 
be concerned amids the Naftynefs of the Dung and Urine. 
The th rd Seminal matter, is an Oyly Subftance, which leafurely dropping our, 
does moiften the a Vrethra or Fils-Pipe in Men and the b Sheath ot the Womb m 
it comes away by it 1 elf when the Yard is diftended through in 
ftrong imaginations .of the matters tending to Generation and fomcimes at the nghc 
°f a beauryful Woman. 
Eis a whether this Ovly fubftance do flow out of the little Seed- 
aflflet* or from the c Glandules of the tproflata, which contein in them a 
matter, which isfent forth through final pores beneath the Knob of the 
. Matter of 
Seed threefold* 
' The Matter which is contained in the little Bladders, is forcibly caft out by 
raV of Ejaculation or Squirting, through the holes which are near the forefaid 
Nobby wart ot thefUrethra. 
the little Bladders be removed, you flial obferve, how they are covered 
the abouc a'id hidden under a Multitude of little Veins Icattered round about' 
kn Aether they be Veins or Arteries, what they ferve for is not yet certainly J 
te^n-Whether to (apply matter to thole Parts Seed-bladders,that k may 1 
.hence cranfmkted to the rProtaft<e to be further Elaborated ? 1 
this wonderful Intertexture of VeiTels, we can as yet determine no- 
and in the Seed-Bladders, is the feat of the venemous Qonorrbea: 
uit be unleafonably flopped, the venom is communicated to the whol body. 
whence the 
Texture of 
Veins among 
the Seed-Blad- 
ders* 
The feat of a 
Virulent Go* 
norrhea. ■The Phyfecal Confederation, and <tAnatomy 
Book 1L 
or flowes back into the ftones and caufes a Tumor in them .* or if ic extend fo far as 
the tperiner/m, unleis it be nacurly repelled, ic caul'es an Impofium and earesiir 
to the‘Urethra or Pifs-Pipe. 
You dial do wel to conlider whether ic be fafe in a virulent Qomrrhea, to open 
a Vein in the Arm,if the arder in chefe places be light and without a Feaver ?In my 
opinion ic is better to cake blood from the Foot, becaule the Saphena takes 
ics rife near the Groin, and beftowes two branches upon thole Parrs, and 
therefore large bleeding in the Foot, when the Buboes break out, docs powerfully 
revel. 
Few or none except Julianus a Phyfitian of (Par wand ‘Fallopius 
an Italian, are for Blood-letting in the Arm in fuch Gales, for it is held unb.fe, for 
fear of the Whores-Pocks, by reflux of the venemous Humor into the bowels 
and habit of the Body. 
what Fern to 
be opened in the 
Cure thereof, 
aT. fimf. 5. <F. /• 6. (j Q. Zh T* 6.f» i.VV.f. 3 *E. f. 4/D Zc 
c c.f.s. d T. 6./.5. and 6/E*E. "e f-S- cKicK> Zf tia-h b.j.5. TJ ‘H.ll-Z 
aT. 6.f.5.%%.-Zh X 6./.6.f. 5. fF‘F./. 6. (fe. Cj.Z 
The 'Medicinal Consideration. 
Difeafes of 
thefe Parts are3 
Difttmpers. 
The Dlfeafes of chofe Seed-Veffels, Seed-Bladders and of the dumliary Glair 
dulesor (Proftate, are, an hoc or cold Diftemper, which caule a corruption ofche 
Seminal matter, either from an internal or an external Caule. 
Laxite whence 
Gonorrhea, 
Alfo the Laxity of chofe Parcs caul'es an involeurary fheddu gof the Seed, which 
is called a Simple or fmgle Qonerrhea: or when ic is with pain and inflan acion, be- 
ing caufed by infeddon of a Pocky Whore ic is called (jonrrh<ea Virulent a, the 
venemous (j oner rhea. 
The flux of Seed which happens to fome in their deep is called OxynorrigmoSf 
ic comes from the aboundance of hoc and Spirituous Seed. 
The Oyly fubdance is exceeding needful,for in Men through wane of the faid Hu" 
mor, either the fharpnels of Urine hurts the ‘Urethra or Pils-Pipe, or itcannoc 
freely pais, neither can the Seed be forcibly caft our, as Qalen hints and I have 
known in many, who were cured with a liberal moiftening Diet, a Bath to fit in? 
and Oyl of tweet Almonds, Squirted into the Vrethra with a Syringe. With the 
fame Humor the Womans ih each is moiftened in fuchasare Juftful, audit drops 
away by it telf without the Ejaculation of Seed. 
The Adion of the Yard, is not to tranfmit the Urine, but to Ejaculce or Squkc 
the Seed into the Womb of the Woman. If it cannot perform chat Office ic caui& 
Barrennels,which depends eithei upon the Yard, by tea lon of the Ligaments which 
cannot be blown up foas coraiie the Yard j or because ofche weuknefs or Pa lhe 
oftheMufclesofcheYard : or upon the Scones being colder 1 hen they ought robe? 
or being coo Flaggy, or lets or greater then is u; uai: or upon the ill fhapeing of che 
Spermanck Veliels, as in cafe the Arteries be wanting; or upon the deftd or fanl' 
tines of the matter. If the Man be Sickly or the Women have not hei health, 
Caufe of Barrennels is actnbted to anevildifpofition or the whol Body : 
makes that fitting and convenient matter to make Seed of, Cannot be from 
(upphed rotffe genital Parcs. 
Neither is truicfulnefs and Conception to be expeded, unlefs the Man and W 
man be reftored to perfed health, and unleis the fault of the Genitals (if there be 
any) be amended, 
The Oyly Sub- 
ftance how 
needful. 
A Elion hurt, 
whence Bar ren- 
net!. 
Chap. 36. Of the genital Tarts of a Woman> and frfi0J 
the External 
ILxternal Cc~ 
,mtal Pam. 
THe Genital parts of a Woman are divided into the external and internal. 
internal prepar Seed,or fomwhat like feed,and aford place for the Conception* Chap .36. 
Of the fenitalTarts of a Woman, &c. 
The External Parts are vifibleand muft be viewed before we come to Seftion. Let 
Us therefore flay a whii in che porch, before we pals into that facred Cave or Clolec 
of the Womb. . 
That outward Parc which is adorned with Hair is called Tub;* the Share: that 
‘Pa.ffage which is fhuc with two Valves or folding Doors (whence the name ‘Vulva') 
is called in Latin *Cunnm, in Englifhche Cunny, or Water-Qjate. The Valves 
are termed Labra Cunni, che b hips of the Cunny,ol che Doors of che Watergate. 
Thefe Lips being drawn alide, chec ‘ffjmpha come in fight, which are pretty firm 
Membranous excrefcences, broader cowards che cop. Ac the top of che ytnpbes 
we meet with a little flelhy Knob,covered with a thin Skin,which is called <i Clitoris. 
The lymphs: being drawn afunder, the CaruncuU e ‘Myrnforrnes Qchac is fmal 
portions of flelh like Myrtle-berries] come to be leen, whereof two are lateral, 
feated on each fide, the third lies beneath coward che Fundament, and the fourth is 
alwaies placed at che extremity of the *Urethra or fpifi-pipe. 
In Virgins, the Lips are, ftraicer then in ocher Females, and when their Thighs 
are opened wide,they appear ftretched or benc.The inferior Membrane of che ‘Njm- 
phes is alfo in Virgins bent and ftretched out ; but in cheir defloration 
and by frequent carnal conjunction, ic isdeprefled: thofe Connexions are wholly 
Obliterated in Women which havebrougch forth Children. 
Vubit. 
Cunnu* 
1 conceive the 
Term Cunnus 
derived from 
the GrccfcCon- 
nos a beard, 
does properly 
fignifie the Hair 
about the Fc~ 
maleVrivity &• 
not the Orifice 
it felf, but only 
by a (Metonymy 
of the Adjunft 
for the Subject. 
CaruncuU 
Myniforvtes, 
And chele Parcs may be feen in thofe which are living. And if you fhal thruft 
your Finger into a Womans afheach or Scabberd [that is the Neck of her Womb] 1 
Vpu wil feel icb Wrinkled, and if you carry your Finger higher, you wil find the 
c inmoft Orifice of che Womb, for fo far a long Finger is able to reach. All chat 
fpace is called CoUumAeVteri, che Neck of che Womb or the Sheath of the Mans 
Yard, becaule it receives the Yard like a Iheach or Scabbard, in che Aft of Genera- 
tion. 
Neck of thi 
Womb. 
In Virgins, after the *3S\jmphes we meet with a Membrane or thin Skin drawn be- 
fore the Orifice, peirced through with a very little hole. This Membrane is called 
'piymen. It'this be found, we find no CaruncuU ‘Myrtiformes, if this be not 
found, thofe Myrtle formed final portions of flefh, are lo fwelled, that they fil the 
Jjhol Orifice or paflage into the Womb, fo that you can Scarfe put in your little 
b without paining the party: fo great is the narrownels of this paffage, by 
teafon of the forefaid Caruncles or My rtle-Shap’d flefhy Excreicences,being united 
together by certain Membranes* 
It is to be obferved, that thofe Myrtle-fhapM little bicts of flefh, are wholly 
obliterated in Child-birth and not to be feen, until the external Orifice of the Womb 
begin to contraft it felf again and to grow ftraic ; which argues chat they are nothing 
but plaices or Fouldings-in of this Orifice; which are unfolded and ftretched or 
foroothed in the time of Travail, that the Child may more freely come forth; even 
the Neck of the Womb is very thick, that if may be the more eafily widened in 
Jne Bkch. Hence I conjefture and conclude, chat chele CaruncuU may more fit- 
Vbe termed Carnofitates and 'Plicaturas Orificii externi, certain flefhyneffes and 
oiaings of the external Orifice of the Womb. 
ofIhr ch*nSs being thus obferved,we rauft proceed to diffeftion,that the ftrufture 
tic I accs may b® difcovered. The fLips of the Womb are made up of the Cu~ 
Scarf-Skin and the Skin on which che Haires grow, and they have under- 
fee '■h Fat and a flefhy Membrane which feemes to be of the Nature of a Mufcle. Ic 
to be fpred in that place,that it may lerve to draw the Lips together; but in- 
Ha UCtas lt reaches into the Clitoris, it does in fome fort referable the Mufcles of a 
•Is Yard. Yet thofe in the Clitoris are different from the other. 
U\ot* C wh° have their Privity plumpe and Pappy,and the Lips thereof thick, the 
cheir Mufcles is very final and hard to be difcerned. 
quenchr&mPha afo young Women is foft, but as they grow in Years and by (re- 
Population, it is hardened and becomes almoft like a Gdftle. It is a pro- 
cheffinir°not che skin °f the Lips, or by Nature fo made and there placed, to dire# 
Hymen. 
Lips of thi 
Womb, 
Ibe^mpba The Tbjfical Qonfideration and 
Book 11. 
The Clitoris. 
kClitanV being the leac of Lafcivioulnels and Luff in Women chat delight in 
mutual conflict ions, is termed Tmiugo, or the Womans Tard. 1c is made up of 
two Nervous Ligaments, nor at al hollow as thole of the Mans Yard •, they proceed 
from tiie T überous or bunching Parc of the Huckle-bone, and when they are come 
lb far as where the bones of iheSFubes are joy ned together, they receive another 
body placed between them, which is white, and being ;oyned together they make 
upcheC7ifor*r, which imitates a Mans Yard, ascheEreflsof Men have a reiem- 
biance to Womens Dugs. 
The Ligaments of the Clitoris have Muscles fanned unto them, as in Men pro- 
ceeding from the lame place as thofe in Men, and the are covered with Skin, and 
that Skin in the extremity or end thereof is folded back, like a Mans Fore-Skim 
Not without caule therefore is this Parc called the Womans Tard or Tricl^ 
The roundc Ligaments of the Womb do reach unto this Parc: whence it comes to 
pafs that the Clitoris being rubbed with the hand, the ends of thole Ligaments are 
iikewife chafed and heated, and the Tickling is extended as far as the Womb and 
Tefticles, whence they arife and through which rhe\ have pailage. 
Thofe Ligaments of the Womb are lomwhac hollow, as tar as to the Groines, 
whence it comes copaffe that a virulent matter being from the Genitals expelled hi- 
ther, does breed Reekie ‘Buboes or Swellings,and ocher Ttuners which are not at al 
Malignant. 
The Sheath is Compounded or made up of two Coates: the one is internal and 
Membranous, the other is external and akoget her fleftiy, like a Mulcle, that it ma/ 
open and contract it lelfe, and in the Adf of Generation Squeeze and Milk the man* 
Yard. But the inner Coat is wrinkled, like the Route of an Oxes Mouth. 
The wombs 
Ligaments* 
- T.7.f.5.<F<F.;b f^cBeB.~c f-SCC.Zd f- *. IL %f. $. A 
<D.<E<E.Z 
* T.7./.'2'.r.:bT.7.f.s^<E,:C T.7.f. 3. *D. * d T.7. /.2. T,/. V 
(E(E.Ze T-7-f-1-A-Zf-%7;fs-‘B<BZ 
* %7-f-5-CCZb Ty-f-4.n-%f*S"AZC t. 7./.2. ss./. 3. 
'F'F'Z 
a iT7./.-2. r./. 3.^^.: 
The Medicinal Conftderation. 
Common Dif- 
eof.s of chefe 
farts. 
Ciofare 
Having diligently furveyed chefe Parrs, you ftial now confider the 
which are wont to happen upon them. And in the firft place the external 
or paffage into the Womb, is lomcimes naturally fiiuc up, the Lips being doled 
This often happnefs in Gtries newly borne, but this clofure is niyc 
frequently found to be in the Ny mphesjor mftead of the lyrtle-jhafrd 
we meet .with the flelhy and unboared. Somtime after hard labour 
Child - bin h, t hefe Parcs being tome do grow to one another* This natural g°w' 
ing together of thole Parcs m Children muft be ieparaced, and fo it muft in Wotferl 
when it comes by accident. 
1 have lecn feme women conceive nocwidiftanding this growing together, 
being a little hole left for the Seed co enter at,being eagerly attracted by the 
womb.When the time ot theirdelivery was come,by realon of much moifture &P f 
ing unto thole Parts,this clofur e did of it felt open.Maides and women chat are t 
doled up, are termed in Greek Atrete imperforated perfons, fuch as are unb 
or unbroached. 
Somtimes the widenefs and epennefs of chefe Parts is fo great that it V*° 
loachfome and hurtful to Women. Namely 1 uch as have undergone hard Cabo 
Child-Birth , fo that it is needful to ftraiten the lame with Medicaments. 
Somtimes in Women that have never had Children, by Keafonof 
carnal Conjunctions, tbele Parcs are lo opened and widened, that they . 
Phy lit tans, that they may recover their former ftraicnefs, and fo bring cbeir 1 - 
Laxity. Chap. 37. 
Of the Internal ‘Tarts of a &c. 
to a better Market. Howbeit, Virginity lofi cannot be repaired, it may be couter- 
feitedbyArr, but it is not the Part of an honeft Phyfitian to teach thofe Arts: it 
belongs only to Adulterers and Bawds, or fuch as get their living by profticucion of 
the Bodies of yong Women. 
Furthermore, the Lips have their peculiar Difeafes, they are Inflamed, Swelled, 
'Ulcerated from a common or extraordinary Caufe wsj. The tVhores~(Pockf.l 
Alio they are iubjeft on their inner fide to Warts, ‘Eupes termed Thy mi, rel'em- 
bling the Color of Flowers of Time, and certain final Tumors called Condylo- 
mata relembling the Joynts of a Mans Fingers. < 
The Ssfymphoe in lome Women, yea and in fome nations do grow to fuch a 
filthy greatnefs, that they hang without the Lips, and then they muft be cut. 
They are made ruff with (pujiles or (pufhes, but more often defiled and made ugly 
with the fdrelaid Thy mi, Warts and V leers ipringing from the Whoremaflers 
<Pocks. 
The Clitoris is fomtimes exceeding long, refembling a Mans Yard : it is then 
termed Cercofts, Caudatio, the Long-Taile Difeafe •, fo that fome Women do 
abufe that Parc one with another when it is longer and thicker chan ordinary. Such 
ate chofe which are termed (Hermaphrodites or fßubfiers: for it was never known, 
is it poflible, that a Woman fhould be turned or transformed into a Man* 
But a Man being at his Birch reputed for a Woman, as aforefaid, by the coming 
forth of his Genual Parcs, may be turned into a Man, chat is to l'ay,be acknowledg- 
ed for fuch. 
Peculiar Dif- 
ea[es °f the 
Of theNympbs, 
Of the Clitoris 
Scrutinies within the Sheath there hangs a flefhy which rea- < 
as far as the Lip/ and farther, very deformed and croublefome, and fomwhac 
bke a Mans Yard. It is rooted near the inner Orifice of the Womb, or it riles from 
tbe iicies of the Iheath, far within* It muft be cut up by the Roots, or elfe it wil 
grow again, being a great trouble to marryed Women, becaufe it hinders the en- 
hance of a Mans Yard, in the carnal Embracement. 
Near theCarwwc/e/or Carnoftties before mentioned, there appeares within, a 
vein,two or three, which are pretty ful,and drop Blood out like the Haemorrhoides, 
and are fomtimes exulcerated, and may degenerate into Malignant Ulcers, unlefs 
they be wel looked to. 
Within the in the upper Part, in the very Orifice of the Womb, a Ma- 
lignant Scirrhous Tumor is bred, which at laft degenerates into a Cancerous Ulcer. 
A lad and miserable Dileafe,if it arife through faulc of the Womb and other Parcs of 
the Body. If the faid Ulcer proceed from the Whoremafters-Pocks, as oftentimes 
it tals out| it is curable, provided the forefaid Orifice be not wholly eaten up, and 
that the Ulcer have not crept into the inner Parcs of the Womb. That may be per- 
Cewed not only by the luftrumenc called speculum Wfatricif, with which we look 
Jnto the Womb, but alfo by putting up of a bodies Fmger. 
Of the Sheath. 
Of the car- 
uncles. 
hnVlcer. 
£hap. 37. Of the internal Warts of a Woman which ferVe 
for generation. 
P He external Parts being diligently viewed and accurately differed, the Parcs 
• of the (Fundament come next to be cut up: and then the Sympbyfis or grow- ( 
!^ogecher0gecher 0f che hones of the (pubis being dilcovered, the Griftle placed between 
,ne bones,* muft be cut afunder with a very ftiarp Pen-Knife, that the Thighs may 
•e more eafilv difplayed, and that their may be room enough made to handle the 
’"'^'alParts. 
fhe internal Parts may be divided into thofe which make up or belong unco the 
chofe which prepare the Seminal matter. Wemuft begin 
ftJhe VaCa Spermanca deferentia, that is, the 3 carrying Spermacick Vef- 
a are up, like thofe in Men, Of the Spermaticib Veins and the Spermatic^ 
The my of 
(hewinr theft 
Pansf 
internal Vans 
twofold- 
PafaDefe- 
lentil 84 
The *l*by (teal Confederation, and (tAmtomy 
Book 11. 
c Artery, They have the fame Rife in Women as in Men. Herein only they dif- 
fer, that they are not foftraicly united, nor with fo many turnings, as to make a 
broad A Tarajiata, which is not in Women, 
They are divided into three Parts, whereof one is carry ed into the Stones \ the 
other to the ‘Bottom of the Womb : and the third aeeps along to the beginning of 
the Sheath. 
3 T.y.f. i.ah. “b Ty.f.i.'liL. ”d %.6. f. s.and*. 
A A* T. 7./. 2. c c. _ 
Thieles, 
The Tefticlei in 3 Women are otherwife framed than in Men: they have no 
tepidtdymkihwe but one Coat i their fubftance is loft, made up of little ‘Bladders, 
wherein is contained a Whey ilh lubftance, which is wont to tpirc out upon the face 
of the diffe&or, if he take not heed. 
Such aitrufture of the TejHces in women and fuch a conformation of their S'per- 
Vejftls, made *Ariftotle to doubt and others of his followers, whether the 
Female Sex were Prolihck and afforded Seed to the making of the infant, as well as 
the Male, as Qalen after Hippocrates,maintaines they do. 
From the Body of the Tefiicle the fame Spermacick b VelTels preparatory are 
carryed to the bottom of the c womb* and to the d Hornes or Trumpets of the 
womb, which VelTels are far different from thofe in Men. 
Thele things thus obferved, let us take a V iew of the Body of the womb with the 
external Parcs thereof. Out of it there arifes in its upper rare, the Hornes and 
four Ligaments, two broad and c Membranous, which are produ&ions of the 
Heii .mount. They are flretched out in Virgins and women that have not bore 
Children, reiembling the dilplaid wings of Bats or Fliccer-Mice. They hold the 
Womb that it fal not down. 
The other cwoLigaments are round 8c fomwhatf longilh,which arile from the bot' 
tome ot the womb near the Hornes. In their Rife they are hollow, and in chert 
progrds as ar as the OJfa we find them hollowed. 
When they are come as far as the Clitoris, they are cloven and fpred forth in 
the fliapfc of a Gooie-fooc through al the fore part ofthe Thigh. I was the hr# 
that made difcovery of that fame Cavity and of the formerly unknown ule of the# 
Ligaments. According to the Opinion of the Ancient and latter Anacomifts, they 
keep the womb from amending upwards: but without thefe Ligaments, the won# 
cannot alcend, unlefs it fhould pluck away the Sheath and the (Privities, which are 
conciuationsof the body of the womb. 
Horns of the 
Womb. 
Its Ligaments. 
• Xj.f-z.oo.f.^.AC.Zb f-2.d d.f.4. bb. /•*■ 
4&f.4-V'D.Z' f-i.VP.yf.i.SS./.3,and4.“F<F.| 
The liorri3 of the womb being fiftulous or bollowifh, is obferved in the low# 
Parc thereof to be come and jagged, as if the Rats had gnaw’d it; it concerns within 
it, a certain hard and round texture, which refembles thefubftance of the Jacula' 
tory Veffels in Men,and White Seed is there prelerved and found. 
Having obferved chefe things, you ftial proceed to the body of the 
the Subftance whereof is flefhy and Syungy, and as thick as a mans Finger. X[ lS 
Cloathed with a Membranous Goat, whether it be proper or received from 
tperitothemn. 
The womb is of an hot and raoift Complexion: it is Scituated in the lowerb TarC 
of the Belly, beneath the Navel, juft in the middle betwen the c Intefti#**0 
or Arfe-Guc and the (Pijl-cßladder* . 
In V irgins until they have their Courfes it is little and hard, after they have ha 
their Courfes, it grows fofter; in women which have bad Children it is greater an 
thicker. ’ • » . 
It is fhaped like a fraaj Gourd, a Pear or a Cupping-Glafs. 
Ic is one in number and no more, yet fomtimesdivided into two Cavities by a 
Partition in the middle, which is the Caufe that fome women bring forth wo 
three Children at a Birch. 
thertombs. 
Subdance, 
Coat, 
Temper. 
Settuatm. 
Gremefi. 
Shape* 
Number. Chap. ij. 
Of the Internal ‘Parts of a 
85 
The Cavity of the e Womb in Virgins and in thofe which have never conceived, 
is lb final as to contain only a peafe or a very little bean 5 In fuch as have born 
Children, if is larger* 
The Adion of the womb is conception, or attracting the Seed, and reducing the 
fame into Ad,by caufing the fame to ferment and proceed to formation. And al- 
though this be that for which de Womb was ordained, yet it is by accident the 
“Uuce or Outlet of Superfluous Humors in the Body, which do either continually 
flow unco this place, as in de Whites, or at certain feafons, as the ‘Menjiruou* 
lood, which being more dan the woman needs for her Nouuifhraenc, is ordained 
to nounfh the Child in the womb, and when ic is born, ic drops out of the Dugs in 
deform of Milk. 
Cavity> 
ASTm* 
a T.'7.f.2.55.f.*.VtD.m'> T.7.T.j.f.i.e 
Z'T-7-f,3 ■CBCB.Z 
Tibe ‘Medicinal Cortfidetatieri. 
By out knowledg of the Natural Conftitucion of the Qenital (Parts of women 
come snore certainly to underftand their departure from the laid natural Con-1 
by fcveral forts of Infirmities, 
The Spermatick Veffels are liable to obdrudions* whereby the ufual Flux of 
is (topped, which is very hurtful to women. 
They fwel together with the Scones, and become as big as a mans Fift, by a col" 
*edion of Humors reiembling Tallow or fuet. 
This is known by a (welling in the bottom of the Belly at the fides. 
, The Trumpet or Horn of the Womb is widened and moved by Seed,which be- 
there corrupted, leekes its paffage out. But wonderful it is chat the mans Seed 
Jbould come thither, and that as Hhtories reporc,a Child (hould be conceived there, 
/is very Jdrang that a Child (hould be formed Out of the Cavity of the womb; and 
?■ the Opinion ofParacdfus and Antatm Lufitanus, that a Child may be 
in a Giafs of a Mans Seed and mcnftrual blood, placed in Horfes Dung, un- 
eis both ot them, the one being an Achieft the other a Tew, Were known to be 
Voftors. . ■_ 
The womb is the Rone, Seed plot and foundation of very near al womens Dif- 
being either bred in the womb, or occaiioned thereby. 
It it be troubled with an hoc Hi item per and inflamed, it caUfes intollerable bur- 
nings, the Feaver Synocbos and the burning Feaver, very croubieibme Itchings ? 
*nd finally it brings exulceracions, the Cancer and Gangrana. 
If it be (lung with fervent Luff, it becomes enraged, caufes Uterine fury and 
v wil not let the Patients reft, but invites them to (hake and agitate their 
jr°ins, chat they may be disburdened of their Seed j and at laft, they become 
harneies and ask men cd lie with them. 
Somcime ic is drawn out of its place cowards the fides, and is Carryed this way and 
it as ar ds c^e i-igamencs and Connexions of the Womb wil give leave j and l 
fan U,rue dll'edly to the Liver, Stomach and Midrif, that ic may be moiftened and 
and1? slc Caufes Choakmg and Srranglings, and rallies terrible and violent motions 
j '-'°nvMllions m the Body. 
Wor!la de Womb is a furious Live-wight in a Live-wight, punniftiing Poor 
en with many Sorrows. 
* *<> Ugh Hippocrates hath written and *Fermlitti confinild the fame, chat the 
t|le tj Globe does rowie it felf in the Cavity of the Belly yet are they rather 
fied vvK nS c^e which are receptacles of Seed Spirituous and hoc or putri- 
dei chlcil bein8 fwelled do move demlelves this way & chat way,tii they have (lied 
cr into the Cavity of the Belly : which Seed being dilperfed, brings very 
hence *ns anc* recckes the Belly, c^e orce °f de Spirits be Evaporated: 
c°mes that fame fwelhng of the Belly and (lifting about the Midriff 
piforders of 
the. 
spermatic 
Vejjes* 
Stones. 
Trumpet 
womb it ftlf 
Diflmper. 
Motion de- 
praved* The Thyjiccil Confideraiion, and Anatomy 
Book 11. 
Suffocation 
Somtimes malignant Vapors afcending from the Womb by the Veinsa and Arte- 
ries, unco the Lungs and Kernels of the Throat, may caufe choaking and Aiding: 
and the malignant vapor of the Seed being fo pernicious, is violently darted into the 
Brain, and al parts of the Body, from the VVomb, as from a Eeaft that fpits poy- 
fon. 
The VVomb is but little when empty j but when it is filled with evil Humors, in 
above meafureand it has been leen to equal the Head of a new-born Child 
which is an incurable Infirmity, becaufe it is a Cancerous Scirrhus, which is the 
worfe for being tampered with by Medicines. 
Cancerous 
Scinhus. 
*X7- f>z-VVXX. z 
Scrutinies the Orifice of the Womb being doled, and firmly fealed up, Water 
flows out of the Belly into the Cavity thereof, and coming to a quantity, it brings 
the Dropfie of the Womb. Somcimes evil Humors are colled:ed there, and by the 
force of Nature, do afterwards break forth. This often happens to Virgins, and or 
chers, from the luppreffion of their Courfes, the internal Orifice being flopped, as I 
faid before. 
The Womb is watered with a two-fold Humor, Seed, and Menflrual Blood; the 
fuppreffion of both which, does many waies affiid Woman-kind, and the evacuari' 
on thereof, does them much good in many refpeds. Howbeit, we do not read in 
any where, that the retention of their Seed, is hurtful unto Women*' 
he writes indeed, that the Womb being dry, does aicend to the fuper lor parts tore' 
ceivefnoiflure ( which Qalen laughs at) and that it defires to receive the Man5 
Seed to moiflen itfelf* and that therefore marriagabie Virgins chat are troubled 
with fits of the Mother, fhould be married, and have the carnal fociety of Men. And 
therefore he makes the retention, or over-great flux of the Gourdes, the only general 
caufe of Womens Difeafes, and faies that Women cannot be in Health, unleis they 
play the Women, that is, void their Menflrual Blood. In cafe therefore, that3 
Woman, or a Virgip have her Courfes ftopc, whether or no may we hope by blood' 
letting, three or four times repeated from the Arm or Foot, to draw the blood u&° 
the Womb? . I remember the Story of a Woman in a Confumprion, becauie v 
the ftoppage of her Courfes, from whom Qalen drew blood in a large quantity. 
That we may know to relblve this Queftion, three things are to be noted; 
■ Matter, the Place, and the Expulfive. Faculty. The Matter is Blood, which 
mains over, and above what was neceflary to nourifh a woman for a months titfc> 
which was ordained to conceive Child, and to nourifh it being born: wherefore & 
muft confider, whether the woman abound with blood,fo that fhe has what to lpa 
and void forth; for iflhe want blood, by reafon of tome fore-going difeafe, or 
caufe (he eats little, we not to exped chat fhe fhould have her Courfes. 
i The place through which it ought to flow, is the womb, with the Hypogaflr]C, 
and Spermarick Veins : for thefeVeffels do contain the fuperfluous blood, 
the due time appointed for this Purgation, and they fend it forth either by the 
vity of the womb, or by the Spermacick Veffels, into neck thereof. But if *0 
be the Womb fhal be dry, or hard, and the Sperraatick Veflels and Veins obfirU,' 
ded, we cannot hope to procure the Courfes to flow, by often blood-letting. 
f the Expulfive P acuity is not leated in the Genital Parts, which receive this * 
bucdepcqds uponthe general ftrength of Nature, which chrufts this fuperfluoU 
blood out of doors. < \ ■ - 'il 
Thefe three thingstought therefore to concur, that a woman may have her C°ul3 
. fes, Matter, Place, and the Expulfive Faculty j and Medicaments ought to haV^, 
c refped thereunto. A Vein is to be opened in the Foot, rather than in the AjjJ 
Cupping*giaffes muft be applied without Scarrification to the inner partot j- 
-1 highs, above the Ve/Teis; Convenient Purges muft be given, with Apozern^c . 
move llrme, attenuate, and open the mouths of the Veins. Pils or Steel, 
and Aloe's, muft fomtimes be given, and Baths made to fit in: or a Vaporary mu . 
fifed ipmtirnts of blood-warm Water alone, and fomtimes boy led with Hy«er j 
Dropjie 
whether feed 
fnppreffed hur- 
teth women ? 
what mu[l be 
ohferved in 
letting blood to 
move the cour- 
fes? 
t The fujficl- 
ency of mutter. 
a Fitnefi of the 
place 
3 Strength of 
the faculty 
Medicaments, 
& other means 
to accomplijh 
the Cure Chap. 37. 
Of the internal Tarts of a IVoman} &c. 
and opening Herbs, the fleam whereof, the Patient mu ft receive into her Womb. 
AUo Fomentations miift be applied co the Or Sacrum, and the lower part of the 
Belly, and good Diet appointed, not beating, but attenuating and opening. 
The Addon of the Womb, is Conception ificbeabohlaed, the Patient is bar- 
ren : Which barrennefs, depends either upon the diflemper of the womb, or upon 
the il ihape thereof, or the hardnels of the inner Orifice, or the diflomon thereof,or 
from fault of the Stones, and-Spermatick Veflels, in which lomwhac is wanting, ei- 
ther in point offlru&ure, or of matter: ahd ltd woman be fickiy, fhe cannot make 
igood Seedfming tocaulea Conception, til ihe recover the loundnefs of her health, 
3nd til the faults of her womb (if not incurable ) dial be amended. 
But foralmuch as the Womb is ordained, not only fob Concepcion, bur to eva- 
cuate the Superfluity of Natural Humors in the Body, ftich as are, fuperfluous 
and Men/tcuai blood : if they be totally, or in part iuppreffed, the woman 
cannot be m Health, nor if they flow coo much. Hence comes the (fdnorrheea 
fi ftpldx [] Ample running of the Reins or the Feminine Flux, either ot blood, or 
Humoral, when only Humors come away : which laff, i it be malignant, and the 
Humor be fharp, exuderating, and of evil color,it is dangerous, and comes lomtimes 
from an outward, venemeus, and contagious caufe i and"therrore women ought dii- 
cteetly to be queflioned touching that matter, chat they may be brought to acknow- 
kdg their Difcafe, and not deceive the Fhyfitian under a pretence that they have the 
ordinary whites, to their own hurt, unleis they acknowiedg themielves faulty, or 
%it upon their Husbands whom it is better to atcule, if they be many meafure 
than to cal the womans Chaftity in queftion. 
Becaufe we are treating of the A&ion ot the Womb, which is Concepcion, I will 
fpeak a little touching the lame, and ihew. How a woman is difpoied during Con- 
CePrion: What is the fruit, or work of Conception, ‘usp how the Infant comes out 
*pr the womb, and how the woman is confli*. lined in the rime of her Travel, and whae 
happens unco her af erher Travel, until fhe be wel, and upon her Legs again. 
Touching other Dil'eafes, whereunco Ihe is fubjeff, 1 wil i peak nothing, becaufe 
*bey dife not from luch of the fame kind as fhe is troubled with, when fhe is noc 
Child. 
Wherefore, as the Abolition. Or caking aWay of the Aiflion of the womb, is Bar- 
rcnnefs j fo the Aft ion thereof being depraved, brings forth a Mole, or a fal.e Con-1 
or an Efflux of ehe Seed,afcer eight dales, or Abortion. 
Symptom in 
the Atlians 
burs. 
Suppnjflon of 
blood or feed. 
Over grent 
flux thereof. 
vMoteiiAioU 
tion, &e. 
Irene Concepcion be true, and legitimate, a ChiJd is cheieby begotten; tor the 
Mans Seed being (quirted into the a Sheath, is lucked, and retained by the b womb *, 
9nd then thec internal Orifice being thur by us heat, and inbred veitue, it ftirs up 
lbe forming Faculty of the Seed, and lets it on walking: Whereupon, of both 
Seeds mingled, the Child is framed *, which is begun by a certain point, or little 
which upon the i bird day is perceived to pane, inEgsthat a Hen firs upon, 
Afterward, certain skinsare formed, within which, the foundations, or firft threds 
the Ve ifels, and al parts, are drawn out of the Seed, and the wool, or iuper-firu- 
tp. Lc> *s produced out of the Menftrual blood, which comes upon if: and then the 
ls raa(^e5 b£ing a Mat's, or Lump of Flefh» termed alto the d Womb-Liver, 
Vel ft eingglued to the tides of the Womb, interposes it felf between thecNa- 
“Rings'°t the Child, and the Velfels of the Mothers womb, which before were 
wV‘>ed together. 
Lid°-^C^e Conformation of the Infant, is different in the parts thereof j but the 
Un C^l^eience? does more manifeftly appear in the VctTels of the f Heart, which are 
hav by a double Anaftomotis, or Union of the mouths of the faidVe/Tels, as I 
e deteribed them, in my Hiftory of the Child in the Womb, 
oed °lTle * VVomen, while they go with Child, have their health better than 
> buc the Child fares the wofte for it, becaufe it fucks up the impurities ot 
of b\ot. ■ blood- Others are werte at that time, becaule the impurity of the mafi 
ls earned into divers pares j and if it flick in the Stomach, it cautes eichei 
*ge longings, or frequent vomiting iin tome, al the while they are big, in o- 
The ChUdt 
Com ption 
Right filing 
The Vincent* 
or vpomb-ltvffh 
irhy fame cbii" 
dine, women 
mflckfj fiber* 
not 88 
TheThy fecal Confederation) and<t/fnatomy 
Book 11. 
thers, to the middle of the time of their Belly-bearing. 
If a Woman, during the whol time of her Conception, can make the Child par- 
take of her paflions, it wil partake both other Health and Sicknefs. 
3 T, y.f. 2. T. Zcf-S*V- 
Avcvq. 2 
ill)ether a big- 
bellied woman 
may be let 
blood ? Affif. 
Whether or no, may we let blood, or purge a Tick woman that is with Child? 
Blood may be taken away at any time, efpecially in the firft months, in which the 
Child being fmal, needs little blood to nourifh it but in other months aifo, blood 
is taken away, if the greatnefs of the Difeafe require it, to fave both Mother and 
Child. 
And if any ill happen after blood-letting in fuch a Cafe, it muft be attributed 
rather to the violence of the Difeafe, than to the blood-letting, or any other Remedy 
applied. 
But if a Woman with Child, be taken with the difeafe Cholera [] a violent pur- 
ging upwards and downwards of corrupt Humors] when fhe is in her feventb 
or eighth month; wh ether in fuch a cafe, is it fafe to let her blood ? If it be fufpe- 
fted as hurtful in fuch women as are not with Child, left their ftrength being by 
much Evacuation weakened, fhould be more penfhed, and decayed, much Jefs is it 
to be allowed in fuch as are big-bellied, who have fuffered plentiful, and immode- 
rate Evacuation out of their Veins j becaule it inclines the Patient to mifcarry, 
while it defrauds the Child of its nutriment’, and impoverifhes the mother j fo to 
go about to Cure a Woman with Child, is a dangerous, and unheard of Practice. 
ForifalPraditionersdif-allow the fame in Men, and Women not with Child, 
both Greeks, Arabians, and Latines, bothAntient and Modern j much more is it to 
be dif-liked in a woman feven or eight months gone with Child. If it be done in a 
fmal quantity, it is to no purpofe: what can the taking away of one little Porren- 
ger of blood do, to refill the furious agitation of Humors, and to extinguilh a Fea- 
ver, feeing the blood is wont to come very flowly away, drop by drop, and the be# 
firft. 
whether in the 
difeafe Cholera 
jhe may bleed ? 
Neg. 
I fay no more, left I fliould feem with affectation to handle this Queftion, which 
fiial be more accurately difcuffed in another place. He that defires to be acquain- 
ted with the Cure of Womens Difeafes, Jet him read Hippocrates his fife Booh 
of that Subject. 
It is worthy Obfervation, That the greater the Child grows in the Womb, the 
more does the Womb, and the placenta, or Womb-Cake, or Womb-Liver 
encreafe *, fo that neer the time of Travel, it is as thick as a mans Thumb, contrary to 
the Nature of other Bodies, which by how much the more they are diftended, by 
fo much die thinner they grow. If the thicknefs of the Womb be lefs, either choi® 
Women are lean, or have little blood, or had a flux of blood a little before chei£ 
Child-birth and fuch do void little or no blood by way of the Child-bed Ftf' 
ga dons. 
Now the Child in che Womb, lies round like a Foot-ball, floats in Water be* 
ingcompaffed with two * Membranes, the one called the ocher c ctof*' 
on, has che d Placenta, or Womb-Liver fattened to the fides of che Womb, as * 
Mactreis, or Bed to reft upon, in which the Mothers womb is purified, and in 
theUnbilical, or Navel-Yeffels are rooted, e a Vein and twof Arteries, whi^ 
carry blood to the Liver and Heart. r . 
The Vena&orta has blood proper thereunto; and che Cava hasalfo blood fit 
its own, which muft go unco che Heart to be circulated. 
The Child in che womb, is nourifhed by the s Navel jit breaths a little, its Hear, 
h moves, and exercifes its vital Faculty, it feels, and is moved, and has been beal£l 
alfotocry. * . 
Ac laft, when it finds it felf perfect, whether in the fevench, or in the nine 
month, which is che ordinary time'for a Child to be born, being impatient to be any 
longer there imprisoned, ic breaks its bands, and pnfon doors, and feeking to com 
Whether in big- 
bellied women, 
the womb 
grows thinner? 
Ncg. 
The pofluYi’, & 
accomodation 
of the child in 
the womb. 
The Natural 
Birth. Chap *37. 
Of the internal Tarts of a Ifoman, &c. 
■out, makes ics own way, with die Head1 foremoft j and fuch an Egrefs is termed 
a Natural, and right fafhion’d Birth. 
Before that Nature begins to work, Hie raoiftens the waies before the Birth, with a 
Clammy, and gluifh Humor. The internal Orifice of the womb, and the whol 
Sheath, which in the lali months, do by little and little grow thick, are moiftened 
with the fame clammy, glutinous Humor, that they may eafily be enlarged to Inch 
3 widnefs as fhal be neceffary for the going out of the Infant.. 
(that precedes 
the fmen 
aT. 8./. i.CCCC. ~b/.2.<E-c/.2.<p'E./. 3.®05. Zdf-$-AA. m* 
A. "f/. 2. eB <B. “s/. 2. VV. Zh T.p.£ 3- T; ii./.U- 
-/-!•©. " “ / , 
BBtf 
That the Child be rightly born, it ougheto come out with its Head firft, and its 
Face cowards the Mothers Breech, the Membranes being firft broken, and the water 
runout: After the Child, the Secondine, or After-birch, muft come forth, 
'Placenta Carnea, or Womb-Liver, whol, and uncorn. When the Child is 
conae forth, the Navel is tied3 a Thumbs breadth from the Skin, and after it is tied, 
,c is cut of, leaving only another Thumbs breadth. 
follows 
aT. 9./. 2. CP. 2 
■ r ■ : j ' " ' t 
*The Infant being wiped and clenfed, with its Head gently preffed together, and 
c’ofed, is delivered unto the Nurfe. The Midwife takes care of the Mother, who is 
careful ot her privy parts, being pained, and to recover her languishing ftrengch. 
f I* the Birth prove hard and painful, a’Feavet israifed, and the privy Parts are 
Celled, by labor ing, aitd endeavoring in vain to bring forth the Child. Somtimes 
!?er ftrengch fails her, and other whiles Convulfions do arife. Then is blood drawn 
r°mche Arm, and the Foot, and the Genital Parts ate fomented with Emollient, 
laxative Fomentations, and are anointed within with opening Oyls, and frefh 
Gutter. The Patient is put into a bath of luke-warm water, and fharp Clyfters 
re given, to provoke the womb to excretion: and the inferior parts are provoked 
7 aperitive, and provoking Potions to open chemfelves. 
. Finally : when all wil not do, and the woman has paffed over two of three daies 
i? tbefe Tormerics, if (lie appear like to die, and ready to faint away, if tokens of a 
gangrene in the Privities do appear, although we are not fure that the Infant is dead, 
it: is drawn out with an Hook, chat the Mothers life may be faved ; it is better that 
die, chan two, and the life of the Mother is to be preferred before the life of the 
Child. The Mother ought not to die to have the Child, and therefore the Ceejarean 
Section [ ripping the Child ouft)f the Mothers Belly ] ought not to be prattl- 
ed. • 
. 5*T was elegantly Paid by Tertullian in his Book de minima, cap. 25. %ecejfa- 
r'acrudelitaietrucidaturhifdnsmatYicidanimoriiurm‘y chat is, It isaneceffa- 
kind of Cruelty, to kill that Child, which otherwife would kill its own Mo- 
Helps to fur- 
ther hard labor 
'Drawing the 
Infant out hy 
an Hoofa 
U , the Infant has broke prifon, and efcaped, if the Placenta, or Afterbirth 
fellow, the Midwife muft chruft her hand into the Cavity of the womb, and 
j^,c b vay gently, left the bottom of the womb be drawn down. 
UjVa ■ prei'ently after her Delivery, you view the privy Farts, yod 
(0 rhe vAv uncles obliterated and defaced, the Nymphes much diminifhed, 
thac -aC oll^v fontife Rudiments of them,are to be Teen, and cheinmoft Orifice fo wide, 
Trece^ve a maL s four fingers bended together. 
&iiti 2 "Aching of thofe Parts to let out the Infant, and the ftraicening of them a- 
y a while after, is an adnnh'able work of Nature. 
Cot^;,le Wl(^nefs and chicknels of the womb, are diminished by little and little, by the 
bWd?aVVaV ofche Loches5 or 'Child-bed Purgations, Which is nothing but that 
Eqc AclUeezed out, which had bet?n fluic up between the Spongy fides of the womb. 
che largenefs of the womb be not dimmifhed, nor the blood evacuated, itpu- 
Admirable 
power of Ida- 
mechiid-bed 
purgations 
what they art The Thy fecal Confederation, and <iA 
Book 11. 
trefies, and caufesanlnflamacion, and the womb continues ftrecched,dnd hard, as 
ifthe Child were-yec within k, and at length-a Gangrene ariles; which brings un- 
avoidable death after it. 
But ifthe whol Hlacentahe not drawn forth, it is no neceffary caufe of Death 5 
and the place from whence it was pulled by force, for a while appears rough and 
uneven, til the whol womb be dried, and reduced unco its natural Figure : ai which 
ought diligently to beoblerved, efpecially in Child-bed women chat are Tick. 
The largfcnefs and hardnels pf the Body of the womb continuing with a Feaver, is 
a very dangerous, and doubtful Difeafe; and a great Queftion ic is cowards che 
Cure, whether we ihould open a Vein in the Arm, or in che Foot. cFerneliu* 
confidently lets blood in the Arm: Hereda a Spaniard, rels us, That we fhould not 
regard from whence the blood comes, but into what parcic is collected, and bids 
usopenrhe Vein which is next that part. 
Cortejim in his Miscellanies; has lifted this Queftion, and favors the Opinion-of 
Hernehus: howbeic, more profitable ic is, and more fecure, to take blood Out of 
che Foot liberally, refpeft being had to the Patients ftrengch, not neglefting coo- 
ling Clyfters; Epichems, Fomentations,and Peffaries, made to provoke che womb 
to caft forth chat pucrified, and death- caufing blood; and the rather to avoid the 
Calumny; and prating of il-congu’d Gofiips, by whom Remedies are defamed, 
which have been che means to fave many peoples lives. 
Child-bed 
Purgations re- 
tainedy how to 
be evacuated 
*.tsifeafes pro- 
per to infants 
The Infant has fio Oilealesproper coin i'elf, having Teech-breeding, Smal Pox* 
and Mcazles. Hippocrates under the name of Tooth-breeding, comprehends al 
Childrens Difeafes, becaufe chiefly when they breed their Teeth, Infants are fo Tick 
that many times ■ hey are taken away by death. 
Many Difeafes are railed by the pain of the Childrens Tooth-breeding. There 
are two times in which the Tooth-ficknels does vex, and endanger the lives of ChiF 
dren, tvit%. When the Teeth firft fprout, and When they break out of cne Gums. 
The Meazles, and fmal Hox, ate new Difeafes, unknown to the Ancient Phylici' 
ans, which are thought to be con crafted, and Bred in the Mothers womb, by the Mo' 
thers corrupt5 and Menft rual blood ; the fault whereof,Nacure Is wont to purge ouh 
andicum away by thole Eruptions. I fay no more,left I fhould feem to go beyond 
the bounds of an Anatomical Difcourfe. Neither is it my Defign to d liver ah 
exoft Pai hology, or Deicription of Difeafes ; but only to hint at lirch Difeales $ 
are known by knowing the Natural Conftitution of the parts of the whol Body* 
Teith-fokncfl 
, Measles. 
Smal post 
Chap. 37- Of the I* aim of the Loyns* 
t Here isniothing which we mere frequently meet with in ‘Hippocrates, snd 
the Piafrice ot Phylick, than Pams of the Loyns, whether they be primary 
Or fecondary ", chans to lay. Attendants of other Difeafes which are often cime5 
nepleffed by Phy Titians as Symptomatica!, unlefs they be very ftubborn, and 
tary without « Feaver. The Cautes of which pains, are not accurately enough^ 
dared, neither is their Cure lul&ciencly explained by al Practitioners. 
This knot i fhafendeavor to unty,and illuflrace. The parts therefore of & 
lower belly, being denionftrated, and the Guts taken away, we fhal lee the 
3 covered with Mulcles, both within and without, and ilefhy b portions efr i,a" 
rif reaching down to the Of Sacrum,zi\d the Trunk of the Venac Can ade i<*■ 
alio the d Aorta? and the twoe Kidneys. And if you fhal cal t/o mind the cieavJl|> 
of the Md emery to the Loyns, and Thai obferve the LumGary, or Loyn*^ 
produced from the Trunk of the Vena Cava, and the Arteries proceeding from 1 
scoria, both conveighed into the holes of the Vertebra's as far as the marrow 
the Back. A 1 chefe things being, diligently viewed, and eonlidered, wil give 
light to our Gonfukation, ~ 0* 
Qalen complains in his Commentary upon Tey-o 7« of «:he Second Bock Or 
theticks; and upon Text 8. of the Third Book rhe fame Work, of the Obit u i 
the pains of the Loyns, becaufe of the Ignorance of thole Parcs which compou 
A mfter of 
fuch parts as 
are in the tops Chap. 38. 
Of the Tains of the Loins. 
91 
and work Upon the Loines j yet fome caufes he allignes of chofe pains, and Ludo~ 
vicu* Vuretus chat fame fublime Interpreter of *Hippocrates has added others, but 
they have ndc affigned all. I wil therefore do my endeavour to clear this point. 
. And in the firft place; it is fit to cake notice, chat this pain is by che Greeks called 
jn one word Ofpbiialgid: che Lacines term it Lumbago, and he that is made weak 
hy pain in his Loins, is called liluiribis vei XUumbatus, dilloined or unloined. In 
*he French ’cis termed Time as it were an\ene from the Kidney, which lies iri the 
Loines j and when die pain ariles trom a Corivulfion of the Fibres, the common 
people fay their Kidneys are corn in funder. , 
If this pain of che Loins be eafed with Clyfters,the Humors being emptied which 
Wereffiuc up in che Guts or Mefencery, the Coirimon People fay, chat their Reins 
0r Kidneys are wel dif-burchened. 
The ’Hjme 
with its Ety- 
mology. 
„a X 10. f. i. T. 14. Dll the Tabl. "b % io. f-7- « *H. Z c T. 12. /. i. c. 
*d T. tz.fi 4..C.r* T. 5./.5. T.iz-fii.aa. ”e Xtz.fi +C. 
-e T. $./. SfBC.5fBC. 2f T. 12. I,aa-Zs T. tz.fi 4. a a." 
. Now that our enquiry touching pains of the Loins may be dear arid Methodical, 
it is neceffary in che firft place to diftingiiiffi che Parcs confticucing the Loins, 
are pained, and the bordering Parcs which as efficient Caufes do give occafi- 
to thole pains, not neglefting che more remote Parcs. Then we lhal enquire into 
lhe common internal and external Caufes of chofe pains, and to fum up al in a word, 
ye ffiali conlidei: the Parcs which fend the Humor, and' che Parts which receive the 
lame; 
■ The Parts therefore which make up the Loines and are the fubj eft of the pains; 
techele. The a Skin with the b lleffiy Membrane, che c Mufcles which are Ipread 
>P°n the five d Vercebraes, both without and within with che e Os Sacrum. 
Wjffiin thef Cavities of che Vercebraes, the Marrow of che back with its Membranes, 
a numerous company ofs branches of Nerves,and the Membranous Ligaments, 
hich knit che Vertebra’s one unto another. Alfo we mull obferve how che 
j wdrrotv of the back is in the Loins parted into an innumerable company of 
.threads, like an Horfe-Tail, and that che whol Back-bone is moved in the Loines, 
Van Articulation ofchefiril Vertebra of che Loines, With the laft Vertebra of the 
The Authors 
Method. 
Parts which 
conftkute the 
Loins. 
and 
Are the fub- 
jells of Tains- 
.a X v.f. z. eßcß.*k 2.q> <p. -c Xic.and 14. &c. ga Xz.fii-Zc f- S• 
6 "f f-2.a>Z* T. 18.fi. j. tUt+Z*1 fi fi 5-°*Z 
They are deceived who think that by the word Loins ‘Hippocrates underftands 
jaly the Parcs included njify The k Nerves, thea Muicles of the Loins, the Spinal 
Harrow with its Membranes, and thec Kidneys 1 fur behdes al thefe Hippocrates 
under theterm Loins, the d great Vein andc Artery, and thef Sper- 
k *cick Veiled, and the g.Veffels of the the h Bladder, the* Womb, the 
ran tTiOCL^ovdes and the thickl Guts. Biic I would fain fee the places which fevc- 
v demonffrare thnii'e Parr«:. 
"e 5-1 l-O. T. io.p. in. IT. i 6, f. 2.T, 14. "b T.lB .f.j.A. 
?. v' 7 srf5rf- '• 'B C.f. 2. C 2).; jf. I. <D,f. 2. <F. -«fa,‘E.f 2. -ff. 1 .HI. 
&T —s f. z.Hl.ad. kb. ire.”h f. y.JF'F. TV 12. /. 1. a»d 4. ££ 
’ T.7.f.,.XXKF;;k T. 
C^e ne*gfrfeouring Parts, which are able to hurt the Loins, by reafori of their 
tery iS» ,or heavy nets, or by disburdening their Huriiors into them,aretheMefen- 
Kid xs knit untoi the Loins, the lower Part 6t the " Gilt Colony . the two 
the 2nVs which couch upon and cleave unco the Loins, by their p fatty Membrane, 
theY °-q Veni ava and r which are fpread along in the Loines, and 
ouc of them, which are propagated into the MufclesoV the 
an<* the Back-bone. Of which iort are the Veins arid Arteries of the« Loins, 
Pans border- 
big upon the 
Lotns.. 
The facial 
caufes of their 
'Pains* The ThyfcalConfederation, andnatomy 
Book. ll* 
alib the Hemorrhoid 1 Veins, which pals down al a long che Loins into the Funda- 
ment ; as alio theu Spermacick VelTels which fwel with Spermacick Humor, winch 
in their progress do lend branches unto the Loines. In Women, the x Womb with 
its y Ligaments and z Tefticles may hurt the Loins, but dpeciaiy in a Woman with 
Child, by reafon of the weight of the Womb and Child. Tiie Veins and Arteries 
of the Iliac * branches, which are fpread abroad through the Os Sacrum, may vex 
the Loines. 
™f.LAA.&ct Znf-4-%Z° /• i 2. CV. Z? fi. AA. 
"q /. i.V f. 2. CF. "r /. i.‘E./. a. </.*s X. 12./. i. and4. TA.f6.Ll* 
X 6*/. 1,2. . &*c. 2X X. 7./ i.dfz.TiTfrc. "y /. 2. /♦*• 
00. /. A.Z* T.i 2./. 1 4. L) T). ~ 
%emote 'Parts 
The remote Parcs which hurt the Loines, are, che a Liver by che Vena b TortJ) 
ancj c and the 1 Head whils ic disburdens ic lelf of its Superfluities into 
the e Marrow of che Back according to Hippocrates in his Book de QLviditlfS. 
The Humor defeends through che Cavity of che Spinal Marrow,as far as che Loines, 
and ic cannot eaiiiy go farther, byreafonthac che Marrow of the Back is their di- 
vided into a f Million of Threds. 
a TA.f i»Acß.'Zbfi.(F<Ff6.theJvbol2:f.i.QfH.ZA T.ij.andiB. 
Zc r.iB./-5-^Sf f s-o-S 
Common 
Caufes of 
Tains. 
We muft alfo obferve the common Caufes of the Pains, which are frequently 
found in Pains of the Louies, as internal et\heumatifmes or ‘Fluxes of Humors, ana 
external by the Veins, or an Humor between the Skin, which flowes from the Head 
betwixt the Mulcles and Fleihy Membane, 
Ofcencimeschebcanches ofthe VenaCava and .Aorta do carry a Pate of boiling 
and Superfluous Blood, out of the greater Channels into the Loines, which they 
Difeafe either in the Mulcly Parcs, or in the Membranous Parts, or in the m irroW 
of the Back j which is the Caufe that a Palfie follows the Colick, or an Arthritis 
degenerates into the Colick and theColick is changed into the Sciatica. Alfo,out ward 
Impoflumes of the Kidneys, and paflions of the Gut Colon being either diflended 
or exulceiated,are Communicated to the Loines. within and without in the Loine* 
mayanfe Tumors, linpofturaes, and Ulcers, yea, and the Loins are diftorced by 
flux of Pvheurii, or fome iwelling. Their Fibres are defended by the Cramp* 
Many times pains of the Loines are flirted up by external Gaules, # 
a fall on the Back, or a Blow with a thick Stick, or fome ocher raaffifi 
thing. 
Thefe things being premifed and wel underflood,it is eafie to explain very 
places in Hippocrates, couching pains of the Loines, which you Thai find in the 
Commentaries of Hnretm upon the Coick Prognofticks oiHippocrates, and other5 
colle&ed together in the Commentaries of ‘Marinellus upon Hippocrates, in the 
word Lwnbi. 
There are two kinds of Loine Sympcomes: for fome are in the Loines and 
others fpring from the Loines: both of them are by Hippocrates judged to be very 
flubborn and hard to deal with, 
In his Coicks he hath pronounced abfolucly and without exception. Such asbaye 
pains in their Loines ace in a very bad condition. And in the fame Book, 
which anfe from pain of the Back, are harden cure. And how wily ou und 
fland chofe places, unles by a clear knowledg of the the Parcs fending and Parts ce 
ceiving, as I declared before. . 
Certain it if, if in the beginning ofHifeafes their be pain in the Loines, *** 
heavynefi and a Heaver, ‘Blood very hot or ingreat plenty is contained within * 
greater Vejfels, which being more inflamed, if hot timely prevented, mayfeCa 
tied into the Head or into the Lungs, from whence greivous ‘Vifeaflsy1 i 
follow. In ocher places he does particularly explain the Caufes of Lu -» 
pakis. 
External 
Caufes. 
Certain plates 
in Hippocrates 
expounded. Ghap.^g. 
Of the 'Tains of the Loins. 
If I fhould recite thole places,! (hould fil twenty Leaves and upwards, Where'crc 
■take in my Sailes and difparch al in a word. Pams of the Loines in acute Malig- 
l^nt Feavers or other Leavers in the beginning aft dangerous.for they a great 
Vurnulc m the blood, and irritation of Humor within the greater Veiids, which is 
niuch to be; eared if a I’peedy courle be not taken to prevent what may follow, by a 
piencyrul blood leering, dpea*Uy m the Feet* to hinder the recourle of the blood 
the upper Parrs of the Chell or Head, where it is wont to produce divers cern- 
kL and de idly Sym peonies. 
We ought therefore to be very fearful of pains in the Loines which perfeverC iti 
Feavers, although blood have been often ler, becauie in the Region of the Belly, 
flu nor- he extreme deep, which may cake their courle luddeniy toiomeoiche 
" Pans, if they be not diligently Purged forth. 
And therefore to cure fuch like pains of the Loins, *Hipp<fcratef wasw®nrto 
the Veins oF the Ham or Foot • which is confirmed by him, in his Coicks: 
r V pains or the Loins proceed from aboundance of blood there, and blood lettings 
due are cauled by pains of the Loins aie Urge and plenty tui. IheleihingsdecLre 
thetitceilicy of blood-leer ng, when the Loins are pained with a Feaver. 
f*urging mud not v e omic td hat rhe V ult or the lower telly ten g loaded with 
f menus may be empAed and demed ;, iur of Aphor. 20. book 4. Though 
>poc aes has ntten that luch as complain of pains in their Loins, are looiec 
ed than ordinary 5 tlku laying does not take away the neceihty of Purging m 
chefe cafes. , ‘ 
diced mg at the Hemorrhoid Veins is good both for the Kidneis and for pains of 
Loins •, ah i therefore the Hemorrhoids are to be provoked. 
, A U >1 ,g pain of the Loins without Heat or any Inflammatory dirpf>nrion,unlefs 
f be difculLd with Fo nenracions, after purging St bio d letting often repeated, 
le Humor mad be drawn out w :h Cupping GUlles and Scant caion, and by 
Application or Veiicatories, or making* I ;ues on each fideof the back bone > aha 
offreth water qualified with Heibs, or by fitting in natural baths, or 
o*vring their water Pumped trom on hgh upon rhe P.ps affefted. For ihe paths 
■ tne Loins are more vehement and dubborn if the lerous matter be concerned with* 
11 he Ma cles as rar as the VerceDras; and Ihey are )ei Worfe and harder to be cur* 
m if they come cothe Marrow of the B ck. 
But thole Symptomes which are thought to arife from the Loins, 
wj not ante from the Farrs which contticure or make up the Louis, 
Vic from the neighbouring Parcs* which being ipread upon the Loins, docaule 
Pain, and transfer their Humors into ocher Parrs, by a quick or flow mo ion* 
V rhe Veins and Arcenes, li en as are Vena Lava and AOl ta, tne Hasmouhoidi 
* ems and the Meucaicks. Ouc of Cjakn. 
Dinger' of 
he fr pains Sit 
k covers- 
Their Ctirlk 
The End of the Second Booh t HE 
THIRD BOOK 
OF THE 
ANATOMY 
AND 
PATHOLOGY 
d p 
John Riolanus, 
KINGS PROFESSOR 
O F 
PHYSICK 
Chap. i. Of the Chejl 
Its Bounds 
E T us proceed unto the Parts of the Cheft. 
*s the Manflon Houle ot the Vital Parts. It is bounded, an® 
circumlcnbed below, by the » baftard Ribs, a". 
f PJ«M» bove by the « Clavicul*, and the whol Circumference, M 
- bulk thereof is made up of al the the Vertebras f 
the c Backhand the f Brea ft-bone. And becaufe the Ne<-’ 
comprehends the beginnings of certain Parcs which bek'n$ 
unto the Cheft, it is referred thereunto, rather than to dJi? 
the Head, though it be the prop and Pillar thereof. 
a T. io./. 1. b/. i./.T. 12./.I 
*dT.io./.i,2,3,fc*c. •ff.a.viU. £ 
'that the Cheft may be welfhaped, it ought to be of an Oval Figure, ana 
flat before, which is termed (Pe&ut Tabellatum, a Table-fhap’d Breaft* and is a i 
ken chat the Party lo Breafted, wil fai into a Confumpcion. 
Shape* 7 Chap. z. 
Of the Dugs 
. The Cheft is Compounded of divers Parcs, which ate divided into external and 
internal, chat is to fay into Parts conteining, and Parcs contained. The concerning 
Parcs are common and proper. The Common are five. The Scarf-Skin, the 
the fatty Membrane, the flelhy Membrane, and the Membrane common 
t0 the Mufcles, which were explained ih our Anatomy of the lower Bfelly. 
The Membrane of Fat and the flefhy Membrane have one thing proper and pecu*- 
har in the Che if, that they receive the Paps in Men and Women. In Men there are 
°nly the marks of Paps or Dugs, in Women they are Parrs made not only for a fe- 
minine ornament, but to nouriih the Infant, of which we are ndw to treat before 
'Ve Pals any further. 
Tans. 
Chap. 2. Of the Vugs of IfomeH 
Dugs are made up of a Company of Kernels very like the Kernels of Prune- 
Stones, duftered together, and dilpoled confusedly in heapes upon a Mem- 
rane proper to chemfelves, in the middeft of Which there lies one Kernel greater 
than the reft,' under the Teat. 
4 The Dugs are placed upon the Breft, nOt to defend the Heart nor to adorne and 
the Woman, but that the Infant may be more conveniently nourifhed, 
hiie the Mother embracing it in her Arms laies it to the Dug, and the Child Tic~ 
»*ing her Nipple with its fucking provoks her the more to love it, and to exptefs her 
*-ove by frequent Kiifes. 
fl e of the Dugs is different, according as the Woman is of a more or Icfs 
and ialcivious conftitiicion of Body : for the luftful heat of the Womb does 
f *Up and fwel a Womans Dugs. In a Marriagable Virgin they become more 
if ike en;oy carnal Embracements with more than ordinary pleafure and com 
t bountyful Mother,has given a Woman two Dugs,chat fhe may nurfe 
fo G.^ddren *or if one breft be fore,the other may fetve the turn for a time*' And 
.[his Cauie they communicate Veflels one with another. 
. *he lhape of the Dugs is not flat but bunching out, that they might Contein the 
5 eater Quantity of Milk. At the end of the Dugs,are the Teacs.out of which drops 
which the Infant fucks. 
, The Teat or Nipple is made of the Skin drawn together and beared with little 
lt is wrinkled oh the 6uc-fide that the Infant may more eafily lay hold iip- 
it, and keep it in its Mouth. 
, Hound obout the Teat there goes a Ring of Circle of different Colors in Women, 
.cefpeft of their Age and of rheir being with Child or not with Child Bcc. In 
it is red, in fuch as are devirginated it is Black and Blew. In Women with 
te .l|d kis latgerthan ordinary *, and if they go with a Boy it is Black and Blew or 
5 they go with aGu le, it is of a whiteifti Color. 
V heir Sub (I ante 
ScitUatich* 
yiagnitudei 
ftutttbe'i. 
Shape 
The feats. 
'the Cirtle 
about the' 
Teats. 
The Consideratidri* 
ChJj the Oheft is commended as found and healthful; biira narrow 
houfe^Sb .ed becaufe it occafionslhortnefs of Breath, becaufe the Lungs are ill ( 
gently Wfnc*nB oom co dl(PlaV themfelves. The fhape of the Cheft ought dili- 
Ereatu L° be conf«dered by a Phyfician when he fees any troubled with fhortnefs of 
that it L healchV Perfonssthat the Cheft may be perfe&ly fliaped, it is reqftifite 
hind ■ t?l:ound in the forepart and not fharp, and chat it be /freight before and be- 
in 0t: lc prove crooked, there is a'fault in the Backbone, of which we Aval fpeak 
Terp^0<^r'n °f bones. , f 
y°nn blames the affe&ed Care of Mothers who ftfaitned the Chefts of their 
rightly char, they might become Slender and fmal in the waft, [Such are 
yafP-wafted Wenches, becaufe they feem divided in the 
4 Walpeor Bee.J Amisfhap^ 
Mlf-Jhapw 
:heft. The Thyjical Confederation, and tAnatomy 
Book 111* 
By C'waked- 
nick-bone* * 
A mis-fhapen Cheft by reafon of the Grookednefs of che Backb one is nKiie 
cjuencly feen in Women chan in Men, because they are the weaker Velfels. 
Grookedneffes we endeavour co correct wich a firm Pair of Bodies, made eicher oi 
hard Leather* or of ilrong Linnen wich Whale-bones lowed between, orofvei) 
thin Places of Iron. Alio che Back-bone is daily by concrary mor ions bowed 
ocher way. 
Some are born chus Mif-fhapen, and they are incurable, let: rhe Rectifiers of 
Crookednefs do what they can. 
Many times Rhewmes fal upon the Mufcles of the Backbone, which 
draw the Vercebraes awry, whence proceeds a mis-lhapenßieil-bone and coir 
fequently a Crooked Cheft, becaufe their lhape depends upon the lhape ot [he 
Back-bone. 
To the evil fhaping of the Cheft appertains the falling down of the Breft, or 
bowing in of the Sword-like Gnftle, which hurts the Stomach and provokes vonw 
ting,and alfo fhortnefs of Breath by hurting the Midrif j therefore this Griftlc origin 
fpeedily to be lifted up and reftored to its place. *Baptifla Codroncbus and Ludo" 
view Septalim have created of this Diieale. 
T he Difeales of the Cavity of the Cheft are Empyema, or a collection ofquirrof 
within the laid Cavity, and the Diopfie of the Breft : all which Dtleaies rcquire 
a perforation to be made bet ween the fourth and lift Rib of the Cheft on that fide111 
which the Humor is concerned. 
Somcimes winds do fo violently diftend the Lungs, that the Patient is in dange/ 
ofChoaking, unlefs the Cheft be opened by the Perforation afore laid, which is 
often pratftiled at (Paris to the great benefit of the Patients and eafing of the Cheft ♦ 
although no watry Humors come forth, but only wind, which lllues violently 
wich anoife. Thofe whole Chefts are diftended with wind, are by Hippo 
:ermed Hneumatiau 
The Dugs are to be confidered at divers lea ions, in a Virgin Marriagable, in* 
Married Woman, in a woman with Child,and in one that lies in Child- bed and giveS 
Suck : becaufe in thefe fcveral times they are fubjeft to feveral Difeafes. In npe 
Virgins fully Marrigable, the Dugs are firm and lobd. They become more loft 
'welling, when they are cranfporced with a burning defire of carnal Embracements \ 
ind by how much the higher they iwel without pain, and the fuller Otbe chat thrf 
nake, ftroweing and Killing one another, the greater is their defire after bodfif 
?lealure, and it may be guefled chat they have tailed the Sweetnels of Man*' 
Flelh. 
If when the Dugs are prefled, Milk drop forth,it is a fign of the Parties being wi£ 
Zlhild, though 'Hippocrates accounts it but an uncertain Sign. The Dugs of a Hd{' 
:yed woman which were railed with the Ardency of flelhly lull, do fink and fal W 
little and little. Women that have large ftrouting Dugs are termed in Lacine 
mofie cMulieres, and they are of an hoc Complexion, luftful and lovers of Wine a*1 
E»ood Liquor.if they ha {'•pen to be of a cold Complexion,the Iwelling otrheii’ 
:omes from an Wheyilh Humor which they fuck in like Spunges. So laies 
Socrates. 
Large and ponderous Dugs, do hinder Breathing, by burthening the Cheft* 
;he fwelled Breaths of Ancient Virgins and manner! women, are liable to the 
Difeales. For either by reafon of a Flux of Humors or of fome brmle, they ar 
nflamed and impoftumate; fomtime they become Scirrhous and Knobbed asb 
the Kings-Evil, by reafon of the Kernels * and then a Kernel or two, * 
hey be movable, ought to be taken clean away, by cutting the Skin before enw 
leave to the Fat, the Difeafe encreafing and creeping on to infedf other Kerll£ *' 
Hence comes an incurable Cancer j Became the Dugs are ful of Kernels and 
md therefore ordained by Natnre to receive luperfluous Humors. So t 
uch Women as have them dried and Ihrunken up, are unhealthy and much trouts 
vkh fpicting. 
By falling of 
the Brefi. 1 
Empyema.. 
Dropfie. 
Condition of 
th>: 
In a mitrriag* 
able Vagin. 
In a married 
Woman. 
Inflmation 
of the 
Jmpofum. 
Scirrhus. 
C oncer. Chap. 3. 
Of the externalsarts of the fhcjl. 
The Dags of a Woman with Child, fome time after her Conception, do fwcl by 
little and little, by realbn of the flowing back of the Menftrual blood, and they drop 
a milky Whey : but in Child bed women, they become yet bigger, by realbn of a 
greater afflux of blood, than the Dugs are able to contain. From this diftencion 
Iprings a Feaver, on the third day after they are delivered, which lads a day or two, 
or longer •, unlel’s the Milk be forced back, or fome Child luck the Dugs; 
This Milk is called in Lacine, Colojirum, and many are afraid to nourilh the 
Child therewith. Yet Spigdiut has proved. That this firft Milk is no bad milk, 
and that a Mother ought not to refufe to nourilh her Child therewith* 
If in a Woman with Child, the Dugs are liable to Incarnation, Tumor.f, and Vt- 
cerj-, much more are they loin a Child-bed Woman, and one that gives fuck, by 
realbn of the curdling of hcrMilk. T)iofcorides writes. That the Iwelling of the 
Dugs is brought down, by the application of bruifed Hemlock, which Experience 
Ihews to be true. Howbeit, Vodontus approves hoc of this Medicine, by reafon 
of the malignant, and venemous Nature of this Herb, which being applied unto the 
Dugs, may wrong the Heart. 
Tlippocratef in his Epidemicks, has this Saying i If the Nipples of Womens 
t)ugs, and that which is red in them, be pale, their Womb is difealed. 
There is a great League, and fellow-feeling, between the Dugs, and the Womb, 
by realbn of two Veins, The Vena *cMammaria, or Dug-Veinj and the 
k 'Upiga.jirica : and alfo by the Ven<e c Thoracicx, or Breaft-Veins, which are 
Ranches of the Vena d Cava, which in the bottom of the Belly, affords the Hypo- 
gaffricke Vein unco the Womb. 
The Ancient Chyrurgeons were wont to cut oft Cancerous Dugs with the Ind- 
bon Knife i but becaule it lucks not well, women are not willing to undergo 16 
cruel a Remedy, neither do our Chyrurgeons practice it. 
„ aT. 2./.9.d.T. 12.f. i.CC. bT*2./.p.e.T. 12. /.1.3235, "c f. 1. II 00* 
*df. 1. AB. &c. Zef-1- 
ht a woman 
yvilh 
indention by 
blood. 
In d woman 
that lies in* 
Conftnt of the 
womh & dugSi 
horv c hkfed ? 
Chap. 3* Of the External Tarts of the Chef, 
THe proper Containing Tarts areboney, mufculous, or membranous. The 
honey Parcs are of four forts, vi\. Twelve *Ribs, two Clarvicul<e, or s Chan- 
hel-bones, the Sternum, or h Breaft-bone, and the twelve Vertebra, or Turning 
Joyncs of the Back-bone, of which we have fpoken in our Ofteologia, or Hiftory of 
*be Bones, x 
fT. 10./.2.1,a,3,to. 
l°'f• 3.: 
froper con* 
tmtn& Pms' 
The ‘Mufculoui parts, are either external, or internal, at leaft placed between the 
cTa’ mulculous parts, are divided into Mufcles proper to the 
0r °r fuch as are referred to ocher parts *, fueh as the ‘Mufculm a <PeftoraUf, 
T^mfck ’ Secratm b minor antiem, or the fmatler fore-fide Satv-tylufck', 
Qr j.e greater SatvcCMufck, or Serratus major the reft belong unco the Gheft, 
uch we lhal {peak in our Wlyologia, or Hiftory of the Mufcles. 
c internal mufculous Facts ate, [fog Inrercoftal Mulcles, both d internal, and 
po;-ual i are placed in the fpaces between the Ribs, as their name ini- 
Ji/. i.<E.“cf.t.CV. " 
Uhap. 4, of the Pleura, Mcdiaftinum, and Pericardium. 
T cif continued membranous Part which inclofes al the internal parts of the 
heft, and beftows Membranes upon every one of them, like the peritoneum, 
Th 
TtaWoirtj 
tvh*t ft IU cThe PhySical Confederation,and aA\ 
Book 111. 
is termed f Hleura \ which being every where S ftretched out under al the Ribs, is 
firmly joyned to the bony Parrs, and to the Midrif. Becaufe of its thicknefs, it is 
accounted double; but it cannot be demonftrated to be To, without rearing. 
In Diieaies of the Cheft, when it fwels, its doublenefs is eafily Teparaced. Being 
on either iide reflexed unto the Back, and rifingup unto the Breaft-bone, it is h re- 
duplicated, and makes the iCMediaftmum, and leaves within it lelfa certain void 
fpace, ful of threds, which alfo comprehends the Heart, and the Hericardium : it 
is notbsng elfe, lave a Production, of a doubling and folding of the tMedtafti' 
num. 
Its thicknefi 
The Media- 
fimum3 what 
ttis? 
its Cavity. 
X his Cavity of the Mediaftinuml is diligently to be obferved, as that which helps 
to form the voyce as an Eccho to beat back the lound: it does likewife feparate the 
bulk of the Cheft into two Cavities, and divide the Lungs one from another, 
f f.<$,AA. 2s/* 5 CC. ~ 
The Mediaftinum is fattened unto the Claves, and the lidrif, by reafon of the 
(Pericardium, which is circularly knit unto the a Cir cuius and the Bread- 
bonei and by this Artifice, the Mediaftinum, by help of the Pericardium, does 
hold the heart fufpended, and becomes the band of the Midrif it felt. Now the 
b P?ericardium is the Bag, or Cafe of the Heart, which contains a watery Humor 
to moiften the Heart, from which it is round about fo far dittant, as is requilite chat 
the Heart may freely move it lelf. If the Pericardium, or Pie art-cafe has no pro- 
per Coat of its own, yet it does at leatt borrow one from the Mediaftinum, which 
compaffeth it about. By reafon of the neer conjunction of the one unto the other, 
the membranous fubftance is no thicker, than the Membrane of the Mediaftinum in 
ocher places. , • 
aT.io. /,6.PP.f.7.<j Q: 3bX. ii./.i. A.f.z.A. " 
The Pericar- 
dium3 what it 
isi 
The (Medicinal Confideration. 
Difeafes of the 
Coftal mufcles], 
it 
1 Becaufe Contraries compared together, are the better underftood, having feeri 
the Natural Conftitiition of thefe Parts, let us now cake a view of their Preternatu- 
ral Difpofitions, or Difeafes. 
The Mufcles, as wel thole that are fpred upon the Ribs, as thofe which are placed 
between the faid Ribs, which arefubjed: to divers Ddeales, caufed either by the 
Flux of Humors from other parts, or by Humors cohered in, and about the laid 
Mufcles. 
They undergo divers Tumors, Inflamations, Imipoftumes, PJieumatick pains* 
fpringingfrom a ferous, or wheyifh Humor al which do produce lharp pains ip 
the Tides, with a Feaver, and fomtimes with a dry Cough, which imitate the Pleurr 
Tie j wherefore the difference muff diligently be marked, left we apply the fame 
Remedies to chele pains of the Tides, which are proper to a Pleurilie. 
‘Hippocrates has oblerved this Difference; and after him 'Duretuy, the Qhofi 
Hippocrates, and his 'Faithful Interpreter : For every PleuriTie is a pain of che 
Tide but every pain of the fide, is not a PleuriTie, oratmoft,buta baftard Pletr 
nTic. ' 
But Tome wil fay, both Difeafes require the Tame Cure in refpeCt of blood-kc' 
ting, becaufe the palfage is eafie for the Humors to go from the external parts, unt{| 
the internal. Ido not deny that blood is to be taken away, but not To much, anC* 
To often, as in a true Pleurify. And therefore Hippocrates in a pain df the Tide, vv’aS 
wont firft to make ule of Fomentations, that he might cry whether the pain was in 
the Tide, or in thec Membrane called Hleura *, for a Timple pain of the fide is eafed by 
Fomentations, but the Pleurifie is thereby enraged the more, in which there is 
continual Feaver, ah Inflamacion, a Gough, and a pricking pain of the fide. . 
And therefore the pains of the Tide differ in Scicuacion, and in matter i becau 
one is Tested in the Membrane a and the Intercoftal Mufcles j dno, 
the greater Mufcles, which are fpred upon the Ribs , Inch as are the cpe&oralM ■ 
Paw* of the 
1 How known 
from the Plat- 
rife. 
How they dif- 
fer in 
Sckitatiofy Chap. 5. 
Of the externalT arts of the (fhejt. 
99 
cle, the d Serratus major, andc minor, the f Latijjimus, and the Mufdes of the 
8 Back. 
They differ alio in Matter, becaufe wind, or whey ifli Humors, or blood does 
infinuare it (elf into the greater external Mufdes, and is carried likewife, or (lips 
down from the Brain, by the Veins termed h Thoracic£, or Cheft-Veins: but the 
Humor which does poftefs the Intercoftal Mufdes, is brought by the fmal Branches 
of the Vena* or Vein without a Fellow, and does produce the true Pieu- 
lefie. 
aT.io.f. y.AA. mi>f.i.qq.HH. -d f.j.CV. ~e 
T.io./. i.TL 3 fT. 14 /. 1. CC T) T>. *sX 14. /. i,2,&c. mhT. 12./. i.ll. 
°O. “i x. 12./. I.aaa &c. ~ 
Matter. 
It is not neceflary that the Humor be contained within the Membrane (pleura, 
becaufe it is nor capable, nor ape to receive the Flux when the pain begins -, but 
the Humor being (bed abroad into the fpace which is between the Mufcles, and the 
Pleura, it becomes partaker of the pain, which is more ffiarp in the(pleu*ait lelf, 
by rcaton of its Nervous, or Sinewy Nature, than it is in the Mulculous 
Flefli, 
The Aft ion of the Cheft, is motion, ordained for Refpiration *, which motion, 
is governed by Mufcles and Nerves which are lubjed: to the Palfey and ConvuUion. 
To the Convullionof the Mufcles of the Cheft, does belong the ftoppage of the 
breath, difficult breathing, and Hippocrates his double-ftroak’d fetching in of the 
Wind.5 
The Membrane Pleura being inflamed with a continual Feaver, a pricking pain in 
lbe fide, and a Cough, makes a Fleurifie, which lomelatePhyfitians do think, ne- 
Verlafts long, without a tranl million of the Humor into the Lungs, which Often 
cleave to the (Pleura, yea,and that the Humor paffes over by a cMetaftafts into the 
Tungs, and cauies a (peripneumonia, or Inflamation of the Lungs. 
’Zecchim was the firft that broached this Dodxine in his Counfels, building up- 
On the Authority of Hippocrates , others did in their writings, confirm it by rea- 
sons, as Yincentiui Huronim, in his Book de (pleuropneumonia. And this Com- 
bination of two Difeafes of the Cheft in one, they term (pleuropneumonia, that is, 
che Side-and-Lung-fickpefl •, which thing I gave an hint of, before them, in my 
thropography, or Hefcription ofcMans Hody, in the Chapter which treats of the 
hunos. That place of Hippocrates, is worthy conlideration, which many have un- 
dertaken CO explain ; I for my part do thus interpret the fame. 
Oft-times the Lungs in one, or both the Tides, do cleave unto the Membrane which 
covers the Ribs: or it they do not cleave thereunto when the fide is firft inflamed * 
the Membrane Pleura being foaked, and made lofter by the afflux of Humors, does 
fweac out a clammy whey iffi Humor jto that the Lungs when breath is drawn in, 
filling the whol Cheft, do at length ftick unco the laid membrane Pleura, and there 
leaving is made the fafter by the heat of the Feaver. Neither does the motion of 
Lungs hinder that lame cleaving coo atbrelaid* becaufe when the pain is en- 
Creafed, the Patient breaths fhort for fear of augmenting the fame, and fo the Lungs 
Removed very little: whereupon the Lungs are fattened to the part pained, and 
en the Pleunty turns into a Peripneumonia, or Inflamation of the Lungs, or both 
. ele Difeafes are joy ned toget her v and therefore there follows an ealy Expedfora- 
firft of a bloody Humor, by realon ot a light Exulceracion both of the Pleura, 
6f the membrane of the Lungs, and then of the reft of the matter, which comes 
J?rt?y out of the fide, partly from the Excrement of the Lungs Nutriment, or from 
impurity of the mat's of blood, palling by its circular motion through the Lungs: 
v,kCnce xz is, that fo great a quantity of a Cholenck and Flegmacick Humor flows, 
'ch is fpic up with Coughing. 
int^lfthe Lungs do n°c deave to the fide, the blood-watry Humor being Hied 
0 the Cavity of the Cheft, and fcarcc ever drawn back again, there is bred an 
Wh-fye%a ’vvhlch 1C be not voided of ic felf,ic muft be let out fay opening the fide •, 
lch Operation fomcimcs lucks wel. 
Whether there 
may be a Peri- 
pneumonia, or 
no ? 
Mow it is 
c.iu/edy accor- 
ding to our The Thyjical Confederation, and natomy 
Book lII* 
The difference 
of a'Pleurifie, 
and Peripneu- 
monia. 
So that according to che Dodtrine of Hippocrates, whom Heropbilus (as C<c- 
tins Aurelianus relates) and Cornelius Celfus do follow, there is a true Pleurifie, 
if there be joyned thereunto, an Inflamation of one fide of the Lungs •, it both Tides 
be pained, it is a true Peripneumonia, or Universal Inflamation of che Lungs, be- 
caufe che whol Lungs are affedteu both in che right, and left fide j and continually 
beating upon the Ribs, they are apt coinfedf them with the blood-wacry Humor 
wherewith they abound. Wherefore che Pleurify, and che Inflamation of the 
Lungs, are Difeafes of a brotherly Kindred, which help one another to dettroy the 
Patient, or to comfort him, according as che Confticucion of the Lungs is weak or 
ttrongj and as they are affifted with Remedies, elpeciaily, liberal blood-iet- 
ting- 
Neither can the matter caufing the Pleurify, be transferred, or propagated by any 
other waies into the Lungs by any Metaftajls, or Hpigenefis. Howbeic, we lee in 
dead bodies, the difeafed Pleura ten times thicker than ordinary, which argues chat 
che feat of the Difeafe was there. 1 deny not but chat it may be communicated to 
the Lungs, and chat the Pleunfie may degenerate into a Peripneumonia, or Infla- 
macion of the Lungs, after the manner aforefaid. 
? Touching blood-letting, there has been for an hundred and fifty yeers, an eager 
* contention between the Modern Phylicians of ‘France, Italy, anAQermany, from 
I what part blood is to be drawn in a true Pleurifie, whether on the lame fide that is 
pained, or on the other fide. Ac laft, the Opinion of Hippocrates confirmed with 
che Authority of Cjalen, has prevailed, and got Vidfory over the Dodfrine of the 
Arabian Phyfitians. The Phylicians of *Paris, and al true Arcitts, do follow Hip' 
pdcrates for they let blood on che Arm, of che lame fide which is pained. After 
three or four times letting blood in the Arm, for Revulfion fake, a Vein may be ope- 
ned in the Foot; but che difealed fide mutt be firft disburdened. 
In blood-letting, we chute our Vein, becaufe the Patient is fooner cafed by ope- 
ning the » fßaftlica Vena, if we confider che Redf icude of che V effeis by che Fibres: 
for this Vein is a continuation of che b Axillary Trunk, which produces che c Chett- 
Vein, which glides through the external parts of theCheft, and is joyned to the 
Extremities of the Solitary Vein called Azygos, This was formerly declared by 
Qordonius, a Phyfitian of Montpelier* Ludovicos Vuretus has confirmed the 
lame with Hiftories, in his Commentaries upon the Pradfice of Tiollerm, 
The Mediajhmm is fubjedf to divers Diieafes. Its Membranes are inflamed as 
in the Pleurifie, becaule ofche neer Neighbor-hood of che Heart, and che commu- 
nion of fubftance with che Pericardium. The Quictor therein colledted, makes an 
Impottume, which is drawn out by perforation ofche Breaft-bone, or by an InttrU' 
merit fitted for that purpofe. Winds alio are fomtimes (hue up within the Cavic/ 
of thefe parts,, which do vex, and torment the Cheft, and pierce it through as ic 
were. 
On which fidt 
the blood is to 
be tal?en away 
in a Pleurifie ? 
Out of what 
Vein * 
Difeafes ofthe 
Medixftinum. 
Inflamation, 
Imfoflume, 
wind. 
Pericardium 
Inflamed, 
The Pericardium may alfobc inflamed, with much pain, and no little dancer b£' 
caufe it is neer che Heart ■, which therefore is fubjedf to frequent Swounines * * and 
then che pulfe is quicker, thcFeaver ftronger, the chirft more vehement chan in 
PJeurifie, or in the Inflamation of the Lungs. 
Oftentimes abundance of moifture is collected therein, which caufes Suffocati- 
on, and over-whelms the Heart. If thou canft not draw away the laid 
with fuch Medicines as purge wheyifli Humors j what if you fhould boar an hole iP 
the breaft-bonc, a Thumbs breadth diftant from the Sword-like Griftle ? 
the <Pericardium is there fattened, that the heart may hang pendulous, A doubt" 
ful Cure, is better than certain Veneration: it U better to try a doubtful *Reotedy 
than none at all, where there it no hope of help, fame m feme extraordinary pro#*' 
aenceefCfod. 
If there be no water at al in the ‘Pericardium, the Heart pines away by liccle an<J 
little, as it has been obferved in many Patients. 
Certain it is, that Worms are bred in the ‘Pericardium, which feed upon 
Heart, and are deflroyed by the ufe of Scordiurn, ‘Petrus Salim Vi'verjus 
fuH of Humor 
Deficient of 
Humor. 
Worms. Chap. 8. 
Of the Midrif or Diaphragma. 
101 
beared of this Dileafe*» Neither is it any abfurdicy, that worms ftiould be found 
within the Ventricles of the Heart j howbek they are bred in the Vena Cavdj and 
corne from thence into the Heart, ' 
Seeing the Heart hangs upon the Breaft-bone, it wil not be unprofitable to ap- 
ply! 
opick Medicaments, and Fomentations, whether hot or cold, made coftrcng- 
then the Heart, unto this part, according as the Difeafe wherewith the heart is crou* 
bled, fhal require. 
aT« 24*./. i.CC. ” bX. i 2./ I**3 D. 00. ~<*f.i.aaa. “ 
Chap. 5. Of the 'bAidrif, or Diaphragma. 
THe Method of; Diffeftion has brought us Co the A Midrif, the principal jtnftru- 
menc of free Breaching, which leparates the Cheft from the Belly like a Par- 
don wall, being tied coal the baftard Ribs, to two of the true Ribs* and co che : 
Sword-like Griftle* and being on this manner oblickly ftrecchcd round about, ic 
knds forth two tlefhy Productions fomewhat longifli, even to che uemoft 
of che Loyns. 
It is made up ofFlelh, and ac Sinewy membrane, which Is placed in the Centre : 
thereof, the reft of its compafs being flefhy, and of the Nature of d mulcle. On 
that part which is towards the belly, it is covered with a membrane of the (Perito-* 
nett>n; on the ocher fide, cowards the Cheft, it is Compaffed with the <Pleura. 
, Sinewy Circle is placed in che midft, to ftrengchen that parc, that it may bear? 
point of che Heart beating thereupon, and that it may bear up the Liver : for 
the Liver hangs fattened to the Diaphragma, which is drawn upwards within the 
~'heftj by help of che ‘Mediaflimm: for che Figure of che cDiapbragma* or midrif* 
°Wards che belly, is hollow* within the Cheft, it is bunching out* 
Ic receives 4 Veins, and b.Arteries, termed ‘Fbrenicd, from the Cava, and Aorta* 
*c nas two notable e VforveXj which caking their Rife between the foprch and 
ntc Vertebra?* of che Neck , are inferred into the Sinewy Centre of the 
pragma. 
Seeing che midrif is a mufcle of a peculiar Nature by k felt, fo that there is not 
kch another in che whol Body, ic has a perpetual motion like the Heart, if not fo 
an one: for ic is dilated and contracted * fomtimes flowly, and fofely •, other 
Whiles fwiftly* and violently. Somtimes ic is moved ajlone with flow and loft brea- 
king ? but more often with the Lungs* when the body is ftirred with exercife ; but 
Relpiracion,ic is compelled to follow the motion of the Cheft. 
* Hippocrates cals che midrif* the 'Fan of the 'Belly, becaufeby its motion of di- 
at|tion and contra&ion* defeending and afeending, it fans both chofe Cavities. 
on therefore there are two parts of Refpiracion j Infpiracion* and Expirad- 
n. *\c is worch our Enquiry in which part the midrif is moved* By motion I Uhdec* i 
contraction. < f 
lnfpit’acion* or drawinn in the wind, while it is brought unto a right line* 
?s tc?%, of hollow, is made ftreight, then die midrif is contracted. In the 
of f lr?c*oni °r letting go of °ur breach, ic is flackened, raifech ic lelf upwards, and 
Hfifrf1 •°r evenJ becomes hollow. When jc. is moved alone, it directs our free 
lhe which is done by an infenfible, and mvifible motion of che Ch«ft,while 
lOVv h°l body does reft in peace v otherwise, in violent fetching the breach, ic fol- 
nin motion of che Cheft, which is elevated, anddepreffed (as we fee after ran- 
ched i noc °nly by che Intercoftal mufcles * but ajfoby the greater mufcles ftret- 
cheCheft, and by the mulcks of the Abdomen, In which cafe the 
* 2? haled, and forced to follow the violent motion of the Cheft, 
" 1 10./.6.CC. ~bT. 6.eB<B» I 
Midriff 
Scituatiorh i 
S übfiapce. 
Shape* 
Vtjjets 
Motion] 
in T^Jpmiortc Toe Thy fecal Confederation, and Anatomy 
Book 111. 
The Medicinal Consideration. 
its Difeafes 
***• 
The Midrife is fomcimes Difeafed of it felf,(omtimes by accident as Sympachifmg 
with the Difeales of other Parcs, 
Of ic lelf ic is troubled with an hoc or cold ‘Diflemper, alfo with Inflammations 
and Impoflumes. Andie communicates its dilorders to other Parcs neighbouring 
thereupon, and to the Brain, and upon this Account ic is wonc to caule a 
Phrenzy. 
Ternelius faw hard Tumors fixed in the Root of the Midrif, which wafted 
away the Patients by a How Confumpcion, without any Phrenzy or other 
Dotage. 
When the Midrife is Inflamed, an acute Feaver does begin to fhew it felf: under 
thelhort Ribs cowards the Midrif a palpitation or panting is felt, the Hypochon- 
dria are drawn together by real'on of the Membrane of the ‘Peritoneum : the 
Breathing is unequal, fomtimes I wife, fomcimes flow, lorntimes great and loni' 
times little, and at length Convullions happen. 
The Midrit being wounded caufes the Patient to die laughing, if we beleive fHiP' 
pocrates, ‘Pliny and ocher later Phyfitians. 
Wounds in fluffed upon the flefhy Parc of the Midrif are not fo dangerous and 
deadly, as chofe in the fmewy or Nervous Part, and therefore VljjJes (m Tdomer) 
intending to give the Cyclops a deadly wound, chofe the place where the Liver i* 
faftened unco the Midrif, as Qalen has obterved. 
In an univerial Palfey oi the whol Body the Midrif is aftefted, which is known 
by dificulcy of breathing, 
Difiemper. 
Tumors. 
Inflammon- 
Wounds, 
Chap. 6. Of the Lungs or Lights. 
Their 
T He Lungs or Lights are the Inftmmencs of breathing and framing the Voycc : 
to which end they are framed of a fubftance light, fofc, Spungy, whiciih 
without, and reddifli within, interwoven with many Veflels which 
are fpred through the whol fubftance thereof j fuch as are the ‘Bronchi 
ora Pipes of the Wezand, and the Pipes of the Vena b Arteriofa and of the Arteri* 
c Venofa, which go fo in company,that the Bronchia or Wind-Pipes are 
between the Veins and Arteries. 
The d Lungs are Scituate within the Cheft, and do with the Heart filup B 
the Cavities thereof, while they are dilated to fetch in breach \ but they leave cbe 
Cheft Empty, while they are contracted to expel the footy or 
breach. 
Thefe interchangable motions of the Liangs are perpetual and never ceafe fros 
the beginning of our Life until we Breath our laft. 
Nature has ‘Diftingmjhed the Lungs into two Parts, placed in the feveral Cav'i' 
ties of the Cheft,and ftie has divided each Part into fundry Lobes, Laps, or Scollops 
for the facility of motion and for their preservation, for by this means they do 
eafily fpread abroad (as it were) their wings j and one Lap or Scollop being huff °c 
corrupted, the other may remain whol and found. 
If you take a diligent view of the Lungs after they are taken out of the Cheft,yoU 
(hal fee chat each Part of each Cavity does in its ftiape reprefenc the form of an OxeS 
Hoofe, for it is cloven and convex or bunching out in the external Parc, and hollo'' 
in chat Parc on which it couches the Back. . . 
It is girt about with a very chin • ‘Membrane, which is manifeftly porous and h*- 
of little holes, that being prefled and overburthened in fuffocations, ic may disbur' 
then ic lelf into the Cavity of the Cheft, and alfo fuck in again fuch Excrement1' 
ous moifture, as ihal there at any time abound. 
Sterne, 
Veflels. 
S situation* 
iMotion* 
Divijien. 
Sh/ipe, 
tMtmbrme, Chap. 6. 
Of the Lungs or Lights. 
1 his Bowel alone is nourithed after another fafhion than the reft of the Body, 
tor u borrows its blood from the Heart, from whence ichasVeifels and not from 
Vena Lava. And therefore thole Phyfinansare fhamefuliy overleen who in 
*d‘.ea es of the Lungs,are wont to fay that they are opprelfed by an afflux of blood, 
*b?d thereinto by an innumerable company of Veins, 
1 hey cannot receive Humors from the Head Unlels with coughing, fo that where 
y'e‘e is no cough, the Lungs are affected only by that blood which comes from the 
Heart. ~/■ -Li, ' :: 
Peculiar mart- 
ner of n»un\h- 
menu 
The cMedicinal Confederation. 
_ Lungs are excreamly neceltary for the maintenance of Life, 'For we live 
j'0 ‘or,g as we 'Breath yafid no longer : Nor isicenough meerly to breach werauft, 
* each eaiily, or ic wil go ill with our Heart and our whol body. For in Difeales, 
** Settle breaching is of great moment, and was more regarded by' Hippocrates chan 
r“e pale : And Cjal?U competed three admirable Bookes of 'Difficult 'Breathing, 
Wording to the Doftrin of TiippocrateJr, howbeic they are oblcure and hoc to be 
hi-derftood lave by skilful Phytkians and Anatomifts. 
T * give you a little taft of them, after chat I have laid open the Difeafes of the 
LUUgS. T. ,rf . . Ll • ; 
p the fubftance of the Lungs is fofc and Spungy above chat of the ocher 
,°wels, therefore ic is more fubjeft to Fluxions than the rell which flow either from , 
e fkain, or from the Bowels, by way of the Heart. 
, rhey lie in the middle fpace between the Head and the Midrif, not only between 
e Hammer and che Anvil, as the Proverb is, but between two Hammers, where- 
tth they are keac Upon and hurt on both tides: whil the Head diftils upon the 
nRs, and the Liver affords impure or over plentytul Blood unto the Heart, 
‘■cchrhe Heart Ipues and cafts back into the Lungs, whereby they are infefted and 
Vetvhelmed. 
p'/ mfeftion of the Lungs fprings not from the Heart, but from the diftem- 
ed and ill dilpofed Bowels, which fuggeft unto the Heart very impure blood, 
1,.-°le vitioufnefs the Heart is not able to correct, lave after many Circu- 
’^ons. 
, bl che mean whil the Lungs are greivoufly offended by the forefaid blood palling 
the fubftance thereof, tor they are fubiervienc unto che Heart as ic were in , 
Emiffary or Gopimon-thore, whiles the filch of the 
flowes unco the Lungs with che Blood, Whereupon che Lungs are lub;eft 
0 Sundry Dileaies. . . L>- 
they are troubled‘with an hoc or cold diftemper, with a Cholerick and 
Tumor, and a frequent Inflammation called Peripneumonia,or at leaft 
the an ’ndammatory difpolicion i alio with Impoftumes and Ulcers, which bring 
: tor from ipicc ingot Blood comes Ipiccing of quicker, and from 
turues° .ey are tub;eft to a certain kind of Pufli or rifing which in the end 
incol a. fecrec milchievous Impoftucn termed Vomica, of which few 
the j^u‘ccer derived from the Lungs into the Heart, unlefs ic pats readily into 
the 9 *c luddainly choakes or ftifles the Patient. If ic be carried into 
ged 0^c V€ncricle, nfCauies che greater danger, becaufe it cannot be to eafily Pur- 
by the Lungs are obfttufted in the Ajihmd either perpetual or coming 
ed caules difficulty of breaching,which as it is more oriels, kdiftmguifh- 
£lfeenc names. Tlie leffer is termed Dyfpnea ; the greater, 
ti3°(ha:a ac*en cannoc breath fave Handing or fitting upright; i$ termed Or- 
Excellency of 
the Lungs. 
Why the lungs 
we (o fubjeft 
to Fluxions. 
The chief Dif- 
eafes of the 
Lungs. 
Diffemper. 
inpnmation. 
Confumtiori. 
Vupi. 
Vomica? 
dlihrn 
Us Kinds* Tbe lF hjjtcal ConJideration}an t*A 
Book Ilf* 
Oicenrimes the Paaenc is vexed alia with a cough, which is ibmcimes moderate 
and Ibmcimes vehement, with great wheezing and ready to choak the Patient, 
which Springs from a cruel fence Catarrh or luddeii and plentiful Defluxion* 
Whereupon by realbn of the extreme troublelomuels of the Cough which fliakts 
the Lungs, there ariles that dilpolition termed Spadon Vajorum , °r 
a dilatation of the Veilels, being a dangerous and formidable lore of Anei^ 
. 
* 
rijrna. 
In the (Peripneumonia or Inflammation of the Lungs, there is no fmal die* 
pUCe a{3Guc Blood letting, for kis written that Blood mull be drawn from the coni' 
mon Veins. Now there is none of thole Veins which are ulually opened, th-tf 
communicates with the Veins of the Lungs neither are there any branches diftri* 
bured trom the Vena Cava into the Lungs: which has by Qalen in many places 
been difpuctd againft fErafiftratus. 
The motion Jikewife of Nature (hewes the fame : for whereas in Difeafes of 
Bowels and in burning Feavers the Grills is wont to happen by bleeding at the Noki 
in a (peripneumonia there is nb luch Cnfis, becaule the Veins of A*2 
Nole from whence blood is wont to Iffue, have no Communion with d£ 
Whether Mood- 
letting is good 
in tbefe Cajes ? 
. Lungs. 
If it be true that Blood naturally does pafs from the right Ventricle of the 
unco the Lungs, chat it may be brought into the left Ventricle, and from thence int0 
the Aorta: and if the Circulation of the Blood be acknowledged, who lees n°c 
that in Difeafes of the Lung?, the blood flowes thither in greater quantity than ordi' 
nary, and opprefles the Lungs, unlefs it be firft liberally taken away, and afcef' 
wards at feveral times, a little at a time be let out, to eafe the laid Lungs: 
was the advice of ‘Hippocrates, who when the Lungs were fwelled, did cake 
from a! Parts of the Body, from the Head, Note, Tongue, Amies, Feet j chal 
the quantity thereof might be diminilhed, and the Gourfe thereof drawn fre1” 
the Lungs* 
He him! elf in Difeafes of the Lungs, bids us draw blood, til the Body w#fi 
Blood-Ms, and in one that had a Confumption, when hefaw that the corruptoll 
of the Blood infected and corrupted the Lungs, he cook away blood in lb greaf3 
quantity, that the Patients body remained quite empty of the fame, & i 
Affirmed* 
manner. 
Suppollng that the Blood circulates, the Lungs are eafily emptied by Phlebo*0' 
my. If the Circulation be denied,! cannot fee how blood may be from thence dra'vll 
back i for if it Ihould flow back by the Venaa Arteriofa into the b right 
c Sigma fhaped Valves do hinder it, and the d three forked little Valves, do hin^1 
the recourfe thereof, from the right Ventricle of the Heart into the Vena Cd^1' 
And therefore when the Veins of the Armes and Feec ate opened, blood is drafaf 
from the Lungs by realbn of the Circulation thereof ■, and conlequencly the Oplp!. 
on of *Fernelim comes to nothing, namely that in Difeafes of the Lungs, blo°* 
fhoald be taken rather from the right Arm chan the left; becaufe the blood csO^°C 
return into the Vena Cava, favc by breaking two doors and Bolts, placed in 
Heart, 
a T. 11 •f.2'(EtE<j'Zb T,ii.f,3.V‘D~c Xu 
f, S.CCC. 
Ulcers of the Lungs do often happen by reafonofa fierce cough, caufed 
fharpe Seroficies, or by (pitting of Blood: which if it come from an opening o 
mouches of the Veines by real'on of Aboundance of blood, it is nor io much 
feared, as when it proceeds from eating afunder the Coats of the Veins, by 
acrimony of Humors. 
Some caufes 
of Consumption 
of the Lmgs- Chap. 7. 
Of Tielpiration, Or 
Nature in this cafejOuc of Piety j that our life might be preferved,has dilf inguiffi- 
ed the Lungs into divers pipes and fundry Lobes, Laps or Scollups chat che infefti- 
°u might not Ipread over the whol Body of che Lungs* which is ufual in al ton tinned 
°r evenly united bodies. And therefore we lee many chat have Ulcers 
ln their Lungs do live long, if they have but an indifferent Gare of chem- 
lelves. 
L the Circulation of the blood be allowed, f6 that it paffes often through the 
Lungs,8c not through che SeptumViedium or Wal of the Heart,we mutt 
tamtam a two fold Circulation of che blood: che one is performed by the Heart 
and Lungs, whiles che blood Ipirting from the right Ventricle of the Heart is carried 
through the Lungs chat it may come unco the left \ encricle of che Heart, 
vor it L fquirted out ot che Heart and reentries thither again) the other is a longer 
'~ll'culacion, by which the blood flowing from che left Vencricle of the Heart,ct m- 
PafTesche whole body by che Arteries and Veins, that it may return into the right 
Ventricle of the Heart. He chat approves of One of thefe Circulations, cannot 
the other. 
Lungs as it were do hang upon and are firmly fa fined to che claves and the 
for they do not depend or hang by the Jljpera iArtena, for loin a 
Vlolenc Cough and when the Lungs ate over burdened, the Weiand or Wind” 
P!Pe and Parcs fattened thereunto would be corn in peices. Howbeic che Lungs 
Heart being inflamed (according to Hippocrates) if the Lungs fal to one lide, 
Patient faints away, lies Gold and fencelefs and dies within the third or 
(.)LU'th day. If che Heart be not inflamed, the Patient lives longer, and lome 
ekape. 
che Subftance of the Lungs ought to be light and fofc to Facilitate refpi- 
and mold. People it becomes dry and hard, either through the drynds of 
eir temper, or by being filled with Flegm ; this is che realbn of chat fhorcnels of 
lea*h we lee in Old Men, which ulhcrs them to their Grave. 
why the Largs 
are diftingm(to- 
ed intoLohe* or 
L apt 
A twofold 
Circulation of 
the Blood. 
why Old Peo- 
ple are [hori 
Breathed. 
Chap. 7. Of (I(effiration) or fetching of Breath. 
THe proper aft ion of the Lungs is breathing; which we muft conftder how U 
ought to be in bodies that are in health, chat we maydilcern faults thereof, , 
it is depraved. In our whole Fra ft ice, Specially if you regard acute Dif- 
their is noDifeafe or Symptom lb ufual as difficulty in breaching, it is wel 
•6r the Patient, if in al Dileates,efpeeiaily acute ones, he breath eafily, becaufe life 
15 Separable from Refpiration, according to Qalen in his 6. Book of the Parts Dif- 
And if with al the Patient Sleeps kindly and fweecly, and feels no pain in 
che noble Parts of his body, it is to be hoped the Diteale wil end wel, be- 
never knew any one die, in whom thele three conditions were 
Refpiration or breathing is twofold,’ free,or forced, Free is that whereby the 
drawn in and Iffued out, without any remarkable motion of theCheft. 
hnlef i ePenc^s °nly upon the Midrif, che Ribbs and who! Chett never moving: 
truly n lapUy c^e lower baftard Ribs are gently ftirred *,■ and this kind of breaching is 
pa5e fecond fort of breathing. Which is forced and violent: is partly natural, 
W againft Nature. Natural, when it depends upon our own power, fothac 
and it quicker or flower, as when We puf out our wind with a long blaft, 
Wjj ,ien vve hold our breath. It is againtt Nature, ft hen it depends not upon onr 
Chen. -Uc uPon the violence of the Difeafe. In this kind of Kefpkation the whol 
caci0 ls ?oved by al che Mufcles.and the Midrif, to avoid che oppreffion and fuffo- 
Che LunSs and Heart, which delire Air to cool them, and chat their 
y fcooty vapours may be expelled. 
Nccejftty of 
7{eJJ>iration, 
Us twofold. 
Free3 
and. 
tor ted. The 'Phyfical Confderat ion yand 
800 k 111 • 
• Pdnp1' 
tlon ri^'a 
jnjpiratim 
Expiation 
There are two pairs*of Natural Refpiracion ; Inspiration* and Expiration. 
npp^raiton is cauled by'drawing in the Air, and the dilatation of the C heft by the 
A icenc thereof: (Expiration, is a breathing- cudoffuhgijious, or fcoty Vapors., the 
Oheft being drawn together by the deicent thereof, between theictwo.rnc.tions,is 
incerpoled a two-fold Paufe, or Reft, viz. ihe Ipace between the drawing in, and 
blowing out of the breath; and the like fpace between the blowing out ol die 
breath, and the drawing it in again as in the Pullet here is a two- ioid Reft, ter- 
med (Pdnfyftole. 
In Refpiracion, or breathing, Qahn writes that three Organs are to be ccrfidered; 
The Principal Mover, viy. the Heart ; The Secondary Movers, namely,the Mu teles ? 
Its three Or- 
gws. 
and the Things moved, viy. the Cheft and Lungs. The Organs by which the mo- 
tion is performed, are the Animal Spirits, and the Nerves. 
Now chat unnatural, and dilordered breathing, may be dlicerned, we n.uft prince 
pally learn to know, wherein the Natural manner of [etching breath, does conhftv 
In the moderation, and equability of Infpiracion, and Exlpiratton, and of 
thoie things whereby Relpiration is performed. 
Now thefe are four v Motion, Reft, that which is moved, and that which by 
the motion, is drawn in, and carried forth. That Refpiration wil therefore be mo- 
derate, wherein we fhai obl'erve a Mediocrity of motion and Reft, and or the dU- 
ftenrion cf the Cheft, and or the matter it left, which is drawn in, and breathed out> 
and wherein Peribns in Health appear no waies changed from what they were wonc 
to be* 
wherein Natu- 
ral Relpiration 
con jilts- 
Differences of 
unnatural T{e- 
Ipiration. 
And this Natural Relpiration ought to be the Rule of the contrary, which is no* 
natural, of the hurt Relpiration, and of that which is immoderate. No^ 
Relpiration is hurt as many waies as there are parts which make up Natuial Rtip|' 
ration, Motion, Reft, Swifcnefs,nr Slownels. So that the hurts of Ret pirati' 
on,arethele following, namely, Defections from Natural Motion *, Rarity, eP® 
Frequency of the Reft ; Greacnefs, and Imalnels of ln!piiation and Expiration* 
Plenty, and penury of the matter drawn in, or Readied cur, with cold, Qi 
heat. 
Wherefore al difficulty of breathing, cdnnfts in Magnitude, or Paucity; 
quence, or Rarity; Swiftnefs, or Slownels ; and conlequently , Relpiration is laid 
to be faulty, when it is coo great, or too little; too flow, orewolwift; coo ftr 
quent, or to© rare; too hoc, or too cold. 
Alio thefe Defections, as wel in excefs, as defeCt, are ro beconficered, either111 
both parts of Relpiration, or in one alone; alio leme are little without, and greaC 
within; others great without, and little within : and iorne art great, 1 wife, and 
quent; others contrarily, are little, feldom, and flow ; and lomeaie doubled, h#" 
in drawing, and rendring back the breath. Thebe are the Compound Different 
©f Refpiracion hurt. - 
R Refpiracion fail, the Queftion is. Whether Perfpiration can fiippiy the 
thereof > Qalen tales it may, and he deferibes Per ip ira cion, to bean 
Spirit, or Air, by the Arteries which are difperledmto the Habit of the Body, W 
receiving in of Air, and expelling fuliginous Vapors. For ‘Hippoa aicshzs write*!* 
that the whol body is perlpirabie, within and without. Aid the Author of I*3** 
piration, or Pcrlpiration, is counted to be the Heart, the lnftrumentsaretheA 
lies; the Pores of the Skin, are the Faffages by which the Tranipiiatio*1 * 
made.; • 
But I very much doubt, whether Perfpiracion can fupply the Office of Refp^f 
on for a time, the Heart not being moved, becaufelcannor perl wade my left, 
the Air can pals io far as the Heart, by the fmal Arteries, unlefs they did gaPe 
wide, feeing it would meet with the Arterial blood, to flop its comic. The Al' . 
lies may indeed expel the looey vapors of their blood, but it is hard for the**1 
draw the Air in again. 0 
And if Perfpiracion behindredby fuppreftion of the fmoaky vapors, then put 
Feavers are wont coarile; as Cjakn has oblerved in Beck n. of his Method. 
Whether Per« 
fpiration may 
[upply the ufe 
of ReJpiratioW Chap. 8. 
Of the Heart. 
Cafe, blood-letting is good for Ventilation, and muft be repeated, if need 
be. 
Unnatural Refpiration, is fomtlrhes neceffary in thole that have their Health, ro 
expel imoaky vapors by forcible blowing out of the breath *, or to expel the Excre- 
ments of the Belly, or ro force out a Child by holding the brear,h. Ex! ufflampn, or 
forcible puffing out of the breath, anlwets to Exp.ra- ion and holding or the breath 
is a long Inspiration, as much as the party is able to endure, for tome necellaiy me j 
and ins performed ( which is ftrange ) by one very imal muicle, which IhUts the 
'Arythenotf} and the Qlottii. 
Vwmmal Re- 
(pnation fom-t 
limes nunful 
m healthy i>er- 
l ons. 
Chap. 8. Of the Heart. 
THe Heart is the (Principal and moft %ohle <Bowel of the who] Body, the 
Fountain of Life-giving Neftar * by the Indux whereof, the vitality, or 
b ely fOI ce o: al the parts, is recreated, and cherihed *, it is the firji that. b<v.s, and 
tie lafi rhat dies: by the benefit whereof, al the parts ol the body do he* and 
iubfift. 
And therefore it, is, char Nature has framed chi? principal Part with admirable 
both without and within, of a a fleffiy iubftance, Ifrong, ai d thick, 
ter woven withal tores of Fibres, and becaule it is the Sear of Native Pleat, left it 
ftiould become dry, and patched up, fhe has. oidened it n .ch fat placed round a- 
tout, and wa ered the tame by cucumfulionofa wheyifh L quor. 
a TVu./U U. Z 
Nobility of the 
Hcnii. 
If* Subfimei 
.It is fcicuace in the middie of the Cheft, hanging by thea cMediajiinum, and *> <Pe- 
Tlc<irdium. Porthole two parts do ;oyn in tms Office, as bath been laid in our 
Chapter oh he ‘Mediajhnum. 
"The Heart is alwaies of the fame gteatnefs* in fome ftrong men it is more (mil 
ahd folid, than ordinary : in feebler Ferlons it is greater, and of a fooler lubtfance, 
3s in iome men j and frequently in women. 
it is jhaped like a ‘Pine .Apple; having a broad bottom, and growing pointed co- 
wards the top The broad end is called the eßafiri or b ccom, which receives tour 
Vt(fels j the Vena c Cava, running rhrough the Breaft, and open - d neer the Heart, 
raftened thereunto j the Vena d Jlrtenoja > the 5 and the Arteru,' fe- 
toofti. . , . . , 
In the we find little Cafes, or Covers placed by the VeffeJs, which carry 
into the Heart: I hey are called Auricula Cordis , the § ‘Em 01 the Heart, 
are hollow. In grown perlons, the right Ear is larger chan the left; but in the 
chfid m the womb, and al Infants, the left Exr is larger than the rigtic. 
Yf he ocher end of rhe Heart is termed the Conus, or pointed end. There appear 
ems and Arter ;es h creeping upon the iurface of the Heart, which leern ordained to 
teP*’r.the Fat as itpends. _ , . . 
is m ehQre vve Pr(^eCi;i r° c^e inner Structure of the Heart, we are to conlider how it 
Ce- * For its Action is Motion,or Puliation ■, becaule look what blood it re* 
les *n, k drives rhe lame out by pulfation. 
are therefore two parts of cha Hearts motion j Syfiote, and ‘Diafiole \ 01 
W Dilatation ; when it cakes in blood, it is dilated or widened 
hio-;1 U exPe^s cfie lame, cis contracted, or drawn together ; between both whicl 
feow'u’l*lere intercedes a paufe, or retting time, which is termed ePeri~Syftoie 
a ~pcheie motions are cauled, is a doubtful Queltion. 
%}' Ilif* 4* AA. •WT.,i./f I.A. ; T.TI./.IC. 2Af'.%.fEeR.Gm -e/.t 
,f* *•£ :*/. 2.tT'H. iec. ;*•/.Z 
n$ Scituatm. 
Bignefi 
Shape 
Vejfets, 
Ear si, 
he pulfe. 
■J) . 1 , < 
tiot* is e<^,nC! the various Opinions of others, I wil tel you how I conceive this moci- 
pertormed. It is probable, chat the Heart being widened, cannoc receive cue 
Caufe of the 
fulfe3MCordin£ 
to our Author• ‘The \P byficalConjideration, and zA natomy 
Book lII* 
blood, unlels its dilatation be made by drawing back the Hafir thereof to the Com, 
char the Vefleis may fhed their blood, agd the heart draw the fame to it lelf. In the 
Syfl.de the heart is com, rafted, and the blood received, is thrufl: out; and then the 
Heart becomes narrower, and longer than it was before. And becaufe it is fhuc up 
in the or Heart-cafe, which isfaftened circular-wile to the Sinewy 
Centre ot the Midnf, with its Cone, or pointed end, it Imites the Nervy Centre of 
the Midnf, and with its Bails, or broad end, and the vlnrta flicking our, it fmices the 
Ereafl: at the lame inflanc, when it is extended, and prolonged. 
This perpetual motion of the Heart, chough it depend in refpeft of its produ- 
ction, upon the inbred faculty thereof, yet can it not alwaies continue, lave by the 
coming in of blood, out of which, the Heart frames the vital Spirit: and in caleat 
every pulle the Heart receive one drop of blood, or two, which it cafls into the 
d/Lorta, and thac in an hours fpace, the Heart pulfes two choufand times, it mufl 
How hecrffary 
the circulation 
of the blood is 
to continue the 
motion of the 
needs be, that a great quantity of blood, or al the blood in the VelTels, fhould pahs 
through the Heart within the (pace of twelve or fifteen hours. 
Now this quantity may come to fifteen, or twenty pounds of blood, which is as 
much as is contained in the Vefleis, and therefore it muft needs be chat in the fpace 
of twenty four hours, the wholmafs of Blood is twice or thrice pafled through, the 
Heart, according as the motion of the Heart is quicker, or flower. 
And chat this Circular Elation of the blood, might be performed with the grea*1 
ter commodity, and facility, William Harvey, an Hnglifo man, the %tngs Hhy' 
fttian, the Author and Inventor of this motion of the blood ; and 'Joannes WaUuf, 
a Proieflor of Leyden, and mofl eager He fender, and Procedor thereof, wil have 
the blood to be carried through the Lungs, from the right, unto the left Ventricle 
of the Heart, not allowing thac it fhould pals through the Septum, or Partition 
wal between the Ventricles of the Heart; and chat the whol raafs of Blood, in an 
hour, cr two hours fpace, is circulated through the Heart, and the whol Body: 
which Ido not allow of, and I have elf-where laid down my reafons of the impofli- 
bihcy, and inconveniency of fuch a motion. 1 
W hen I had oblerved that the Trunk of the Vena Cava was feparaced from the 
Liver, running continually From the Jugulum, to the Os Sacrum, without any in- 
terruption, and chat it pafled not through the Liver, as we may fee with our Eyes, 
and perceive alfo by chrufting a final flick thereinto; I came to be of Opinion, chat 
the Vena Cava did fpring from the Heart, as the Vena Horta takes its rile from 
the Liver; and chat two forts of blood were contained in chofe Veins, chough both 
of thole forts are labored, and wrought in the Liver: the one ofthefe forts of blood 
being lent into the Horta, the ocher by a branch rooted in the Liver, twice as final 
as the Trunk of Vena Cava, carried unto the Heart. 
The blood which is contained in the Vena <Forta, is not circulated, although lC 
have a flux,and reflux within its own Channels, and communicate with the Cx\&" 
cal Accedes, which are joy ned one to another by mutual Anaflomofes, 
Within thole Vefleis, the blood may pafs to and fro reciprocally; but it do# 
not run out according to the longitude ot the body; neither is it in luch a lenfeck' 
culaced. 
And therefore the Circulation which is made in the Heart, does borrow its matt# 
from the Liver by the Vena Cava, The Circulatory Vefleis, are the Aorta, all£* 
Cava; neither do their branches receive chat Circulation, becaufe the blood beif)B 
filed into al the parts of the lecond and third Region, does remain there to noudlj1 
the laid pares; neither does it flow back unto the greater Vefleis, unlels it b&reyeP 
led by force, when there is great want of blood in the larger Vefleis, or when k lS 
Simulated into lome violent motion, and fo flows unco the greater Circulate^ 
V eflels. 
And fo the blood which is brought from the Liver unco the right Ventricle of 
Heart, does pafs through the Partition wall of the two Ventricles, into the le 
Ventricle. ' 
whether the 
blood do pafi 
f rom the right 
Ventricle of the 
Heart unto the 
Lungs. 
The Heart is 
the Original of 
Vena Cava. 
The Liver of 
Vena Porta. 
They have 
different blood 
in them. 
what Iffnd of 
blood is circu- 
lated ? 
In what yef- 
fete f 
After what 
manner} 
v 
-uj'cuii A. Chap. 8. 
Of the Heart. 
109 
Icoafefsthatin a violent Circulation the blood is carried through the Lungs un- 
to the left ventricle of the Hear., where it is forcibly ejected into the Aorta, that k 
may afterwards be carried into the greater Veins of the Limbs, which communicate 
by mutual Anaftomol'es with the Arteries; and then from the Veins it riows up in- 
to the right Ven ride of the Heart, and fo there is made a perfect Circulation, by 
the continual flux and reflux of the blood. 
So that che blood in che Veins, does naturally, and perpetually afeend, or return 
unco the Heart, the blood ot the Arteries naturally, and continually defcends,or de- 
parts from che Heart. 
ow thg . 
Clliaiutn per. 
fo,md ? 
Howbeir , if the ('mailer V eins of the Arms and Legs, (Hal be emptied of blood, rhe 
blood ot the Veins may defend to fucceed in the place of chat which is taken away, 
as I have cleerly demonftraced againft Harvey, and IVaUus. 
lonian can deny the mutual Anaftomotes of the Veins and Arteries, feeing rhat 
Qalenhas laid it, and demonftraied the fame by Experiments, and our dayly Ex- 
perience confirms the lame. 
Hippocrates himlelf, in his child Book of the Joynts, takes notice of this commu- 
nion of the Veins and Arteries, in a Diicourfe by it ielf. 
Too lee how ncceffary it is for the blood to circulate, that the motion of the 
Heart may not ceaie ; and how this Circulation may be performed without confu- 
h°n, and perturbation of the Humors, and without deftroying the Ancient Arc of 
leafing. 
. And therefore the Circular motion of the blood is neceffary, to continue the mo- 
tlOUofthe heart; as in Mils, the Water muft perpetually fal upon the Wheel to 
niake it turn about •, alio to warm again, and reltore the ftrengch of the blood, 
'y hich is decay ed by the lols of Sprits dilperi'ed up and down che body; whereas in 
fhe Heart, it is refurnilhed with new Spines: and that the Heart being the Foun- 
fen of Native Heat, may be moiftened with a perpetual Dew, left by little and lie— 
l‘ejic Ihould parch, and wither away, for want of that dewy moifture, or Life- 
giving Neffar. 
By the Circulation of the blood in the Heart, the Caufcs of Life and Death, are 
fjtore easily declared,chan by the Humidum Hrimigenium, or Original Moifture 
bled m the Heart when the Child is formed ; which is £o little chat it is Ibon conlu- 
tped, and the perpetual motion of the Heart continuing day and night without cea- 
btig, would at length wear away the Subftance of the Heart, unleis by a perpetual 
flowing) in of the circuiared blood, it were moiftened, and repaired. 
Howbeic, we muft hold that the Heart and Arteries do move by Courfe, one af- 
ter another not being moved at the lame inftant with the fame kind of motion ; but 
takiugCheir turns, and performing their work interchangably j for when the Heart 
iends ouc the blood, the Arteries receive it, and cranfmit it into the Veins ; not that 
is expelled the fame inftant, but that which is neereft the Veins. 
This being granted, thefe parts muft of necefiicy be moved one after another, and 
u,^,lwefling motion of the Artery when it riles under ouc Finger, is dilatation, or 
tjpema& and not contraction; although it feem very like the pufie which the 
arc makes, when it contracts it felf* 
How neceffa- 
ry the circula- 
tion of the 
blood is. 
The vtillty 
thereof 
whether the 
Heart and Ar- 
teries are mo- 
ved at the 
fame time ? 
explained the Circulation °f the Blood, We muft now open the Heart, 
aMh a U ee divided into two Ventricles by the Septum ‘Medianum, or 
loft1 le Partition: The one is termed the 0 Right Ventricle, being the wider and 
W^ei; fhe other thec Left, being harder, narrower, and compaffed with a thicker 
as far as the Cone, or Point of the Heart, which the Right does not. 
Ventricle receives the Vena and the Vena e o4rteriofa. The 
therff ?°Urs '°lood into the Heart; the Vena Arteriofa carries back all, or a part 
TotKlntocheLun8s- 
Shutte onfices ot die Cava, are adjoyned certain three-pointed f Valves, or 
Ls> whieh hinder the going back of the blood. The Orifice of the Vena Ar- 
The right Ven- 
tricle of the 
Heart, 
Its Vefjels. 
Their Valves* Toe Thy fecal Confederation,and iAnatomy 
Book (JI 
teriofa, is compaffed wrh three Valves, or Shutters, fhaped like an old- falhioned 
g Greek Siptna, which hinder rhe reflux of the blood. 
af n./.S-DU l* f. OCC.f.S'W.f't.CC. CC. 
f'6.VU ••*/.». C.f.U:®. cEeEQ. f*T. 12./. 3. aV "ff.m 
f.vCCC:~zf.4<B<B<B. Z 
The Left Ventricle receives two Arterial Veffcls, the a and the tArtena 
h Venofa. Which latter, aec rdmg to rhe Do&rine of fome Anatomiffs, carries 
blood from the Lungs into rhe left Ventricle ot rhe Heart, or c ri 'es Air prepared 
in the Lungs, into the laid Ventricle, and iikewile carries back fuliginous Vapors; 
howbeir, many do nor allow the laid ule. 
The iArteria Veno'a hath in its Orihce, only two c three-po nted Valves, oc 
Shutters. The A art a carries back Arrenal blood out of the left Ventricle of the 
The left Jfen* 
trick of tlx 
Heart. 
In VejfelS' 
I 
Their Valves 
Hearr, and its Orifice is flopped by three d Sigma jhaped Valves, or Shutters, 
which him -ec the blood from returning back again. 
It is to beobferved h ;t chefe thiec-pointed Valves* or Shutters, are men branous 
neer their Veffeb y but they depend upon flefty Pillar?* Which wThin the Heart 
are bkt unto Muicles, being fa ened to the fades of ihe partition wall, or Septum of 
the Heart, wh ch remains unmovableJawing towards the bads, w ere ir is fofrer, 
andg vesway a lutle, when the Balls is drawn back, in the Viafiole, or Dilatation 
of the Heart. v 
The 
Medium of the 
Hat 
whether the 
Hand < o.p 
through tt} or 
no* 
The Sehtum ' medium, or (Partition-wall of the Heart is porous, ful of little 
boles, which are lomtmies mamfrftly dilcerned rowaid the Cone, or Pour of the 
Heart. It is more probable, according to the Doßnrir ol CWden, that the. biodd 
does naturally pals through the said Septum or partition wail, than through tie 
Lungs, Howbeir, Ide v not, bu: that in the violent Agitation of the Heart aid 
Lungs, the blood i* earned through the midf o the Lid Lungs. 
a T.n.f. i/M./. 2. C.f. ®bf.2 Ti TL.f, 6. A, X» i. e.f. 6: all m<%ih 
/. 6. CC. Z‘ /• s•‘Bn 
The Wed ana? Confederation' 
Having finiffed rhefe Observations, I proceed unto the Difoafes of the Heart* 
The Heart (as rPhny laics ) canno* endure long Di.eales, nor fuffm hngnng toV 
menrs. And Qalen cels us, That Phylitians have not been able o find cut or in' 
vet Medicines able to cure an evil, and malignant difttmpei which has taken hold0* 
the fubitance of the Heart. Wherefore this part is diligently to be preletvedf 
Z>futi Dlfeafet 
ef the Bern, 
Kre> * 
which luffers nor by irs own fault, bur by the Impurities or other purrs wheiewk*1 
it i infe&ed and corrupted. 
Wherefore, if the Heart be fupplied with pure, and good blood, and be not n^£' 
fted by con ag ion of the neighboring parts, he Lungs, and the L ver, it fioo/dh^ 
moft cheerfullv,and caules a vers long lite. bur. by our intemperance we luffettC 
nor to continue in Heah h tor the goad of the whol body. And i her fore it is 
cited with divers Dileaies, by •he lots of ftrengch, that is to lay, of Spirits* or 
then Did par ion; tuch as zie Syncope >hud Leipothyma, or fwoumng and Linnl# 
away, which differ only in degi ees; Syncope be mg greater than Le.pothumia 
Oftentimes the Heart does counterfeit, and make few of a kind ot Apoplexy 
but without! nor: mg; neither does it leave aPalleyafcer it, or any feeolene- °c 
B°dy, or mind. 1: this Dileale return often with viole* ce, at length it s 
and iVifles the Heart, nor only became the blood is flopped from going forth, tyf 
re fon of the fuinefs of the Veffels, but by the Hearts being opprefled by loine 
lubhanct ot the blood, forcibly crowded mt o the Ventricles of rhe Het.rc, ff--furPur 
the pul.ative motion of the Heart and Arteries, and cauhng lomtime chat the PaCJ 
cnt cannot <peak, and bringing him finally to his Grave. r T 
This Diiealeis as common among the Germans, as is the 
by reafon of their full, and Champion-like habit of body, contracted 
their dayly Feaftmgs, and liberal drinking, eipeciailyat dinner, which ialrs 
Swouning 
fainting' Chap. 8. 
Of the Heart. 
wichin Night, they in che mean time caking no care to abate their Pie: boride habit 
by liberal blood-letting. Nor is it any wonder, if from fo great plenty of blood, 
they fal into an Apoplexy, or che Hearc-fwoonings aforeiaid. Hence depends the 
Explication of che 42. Aphorilm of che Second Book. 
. The motion of the Heart is depraved in che Palpitation, or Panting thereof, and 
lc is interrupted in Syncope, and Leipotbymia. . .. 
The Ventricles, and Partition, are oftentimes obftruded, being filled with little 
bp of FlefK or Fat, wherewith che Heart is choaked, the Circular motion of the 1 
blood being flopped. Somcimes they flick in che right Ear of the Heart: whence \ 
follows Palpitation, or inequality, or Interception of che Pull't*. 
, Worms are alto bred in che Heart, of which Salius treats. There is a memora- 
ble Story ofa certain Englifti man, whole Hearc was eaten into by a Worm. You 
biay read the Story in Jfiureliun Severinus. 
The Circulation of che blood is flopped, not only in che Hearc, but alfo in the 
''eins, when they are flopped with very chick blood, or With blood congealed like 
JJle pith of an Elder ftick, as 1 have often been it after burning Feavers, and as it 
has been oblerved by Herneliuu . 
The moft frequent Dileafes of che Heart are Feavers, wherewith it is inflamed, 
arid roafted as it were, fo that che Original moifture thereof, becomes exhauft, and 
,ed up : for as Ludovicus Huretm laies in his Commentary upon Hippocrates his 
'-,r)ick Difcourles: We lofe more of our ftrength by a feaver of [even dates continu - 
a>iCe> than by the depredation of our Tfatural Heat, inj'eventy yeers time : a yong 
dies in feven dales, conftimed by a Heaver, who might have Lived fevenly 
under the Cole %ePiment of his Natural Heat. 
'Palpitation 
Tfee CircuLi- 
unn tinier cep- 
t< d by nb fir li- 
ft um of the 
Ventricles," 
Or of 
The Vans. 
A Feaver, 
The liiftory of Pea vers belongs co this place, which I fhal difpacch in few words. 
le Hoc Diftemper of the Heart, is termed a F eaver. The Differences of Pea vers 
are taken from their conjunct Caule, which is three-fold The Spirits, the Tin- t\ 
in the Vejfels, and the Humors fixed in the folid parrs of the body. F 
j ftom the Spirits, a Feaver is termed Spirituofa, or Spirical; from the Humors 
nthe VefTelSjit is termed Humor alts j and from the Humors fixed in the folid 
Parts, it is termed Heftica. 
Though there be three forts of Spirits, Natural, Vital, Animal ■, yeciskth eVt- 
Spirit alone, which being inflamed, cables the Spirical Feaver. There are four 
Hiimors contained in the Veffels, whence comes four forts of Humoral Feavers j 
the Cholefick, the Fiegm'acick, and the Melawcholiick. But the 
Heftick Feaver is diftinguifhed by three degreee: For the Ample Hedrick anfes 
Epm the fixed Humor, being only inflamed the middle Hedrick is when the laid 
Humor begins to waft \ and the Tleftica ‘Marafmodes, when it is quite exhaiift, 
atldconfunied. ■ 
The Midi of Feavers, or their manner of abiding, is two fold: tor either the 
is continual, or it intermits j it is putrid, or not putrid y malignant, or* 
int A concinualFeaver never ceaies burning, til it go wholly away. An 
i^ICring Feaver, leaves the Patient tome fpace of time free from burning. 
9ud ‘ ® C*Uie 0f C|lS Continfualnelsqfa Feaver, is the plenty of Morbifick matter 
Ciur S nearnefs t° the Heart, and chediftance and paucity of the laid matter is the 
mor,e *ts latermifTton. A Putrid Feaver is caut’ed by Pucrefa&ionof the Hu- 
mPucHd Feaver is caufed only by the fervency of the Spiricsjind Hu- 
m che Velfels, or fixed in the iblid Parts. A Malignant Feaver is 
hobU p ejttream Putrcfadion, or by divers Symprornes greivouliy amiding the 
ffar " : a Well-afleded Feaver, has none of al chelae. A great Feaver is the 
H-a «WlCfl a M dtgnanc, and a little Feaver differs not from a WciFatfededJ 
Vet al cSle Peaces of Feavers taken ; a fpinrat Feaver is continual indeed, 
and is therefore termed (Ephemera : aSangiiin Feaver isalfo 
Uala.nd threefold, Encceafing, ftanding at a ftay, and decreafing; Putrid 
It is by forme termed continens co diftinguiftt it from the reft of the 
L'*i Feavers, Choleridc, Melancholick and Flegmacick Feavers, arecon- 
Tfigcrmm of 
Feavers < 
hi rcspift of 
the Caufc, a 
Fewer is. 
Spin tal. 
"Him oral 
H etticy 
In re(f eft of 
he manner, 
Continual, 
Intermittent* 
Pmid, , t 
Impimid 
Malignant, 
Tfjh- mahi" 
\ant. The T by/teal Qonfideration and <iA natomy 
Book i IL 
tinual, when the Humors from whence they arife doPutrifie in the great Veins •* 
when they Pucrifie in the little Vein?, or out of the Veins, they make intermitting 
Feavcrs. An Hectick Feaver is buc flow and fingering. 
The Return of intermitting Reavers is cei m'fcd their fit; the mere than ordinary 
violence ol continual Feavers it called their Exacerbation, The beginning cf a fit 
1S called Invafto, the time of Remifiion and Exacerbation, of imerlmliion and 
acceffion,is termed <Pcriodus or Ctreuints, the Period or Circuit. 
Now the Acceflions or exacerbations of Feavers are various according to the 
var*ous motion of the Humor. They come every third day, by realon of the pro- 
per motion of Choler, whence ai bilious intermitting Feavers are called leruanf 
The fit of a 
Feaver. 
Its Exacerbar 
non. ' 
Tentan Pea- 
ver. 
gbirtans 
Quotidians 
or third day Agues j as the Quartans come every fourth day, becaule the Meten- 
choiick Humor is moved upon chat day ■, as Flegm is moved everyday, whence 
quotidian Agues areFkgmatick. 
Sfyintan, Stptan, Tuonan, or fife, fevenrh and ninth day Agues, as they 
are exceeding rare, fo ate they not comprehended under a??y Rules of Arc. 
The Proper Symptomes of the beginnings of Ague-fits, do friew the lort of Ague 
what it is: lb a lha king fh ewes a Tertian Ague, A grinding cold fic chat makes a 
man chink it would break his bones,argues a Quartanand for the fic to begin with a 
mere fimple coidnels, is the token of a Quotidian. 
A double tertian comes every day, as the Quot dian does, but with ex cream 
fhaking 5 whereas the Quotidian comes only with a coidnels. 
Confuted and implicated Feavers, are made of thole Feavers, which we have 
now explained. Confuted or mixed Feavers,are made by raixit me of the Humoi% 
as a a^ Tertian is made by a mixture of Choler and Flegm. hut Implicated 
Feavers are flirted up by Vicifikude of Humors put into Putrefaction or Ccmnio' 
cion, where upon there is obferved in them, diftmdl fits one following another, & 
in a double Tertian, and in a double and triple Quartan, and in a Semirertiat’? 
which is nothing elfe buc a complication of a continual Quotidian and an Intermit" 
tent Tertian: and in the Feaver called Triteopby*a, which la fls tbiccy hours and 
longer. 
Two Agues are obferved to follow one another, fo that the firfl being not quit* 
frnifhed, another which is worfelucceeds and follows the lame. But if rhde 
are inordinac keceping no certain Courfe, and returning upon feverai daies, M 
make fuch Agues as are termed Erratic*, wsndring giddy Agues. 
There are other differences ol Feavers taken from the Symptomes, yet 
may educed cothcfe forts I have fpoken of: as the Feaver Epiala, 
Typhodis, Elodis, Eeftilens, Caufut,forthey areal 
by lome remarkable Symptomes. 
In the Feaver Epiala there is a fence of heat and cold by reafon of the uncqua 
motion of the Morbifick matter. In Leipyria, the outward Parts are cold, and 
inner Parcs burn wich Heat, becaule the Feavenfh Heat is drawn inward5' 
Typhodis and Eleodit are, in which the Patient fweats much, without any 
thereby. A Eeftilential ‘Feaver is no ocher than a putrid, luc’ic Spi from 
excream artd remarkable putrefaftion,l and fo deadly, chat more die than recover 
Caufm isanamefignifymg extream Heat and burnning, loch as is in a 
Feaver arifing from Choler, fo that a Cholerick contimual Feaver by way of 
nency is fo termed. 
Cremnodei Eebrit the Feavet fo called, is (aid to proceed from an Infiammat^ 
of the Lungs; buc fuch Feavers as are caufed by Inflammation of the Internal P 
ace Symptomatical, neither are they properly termed Feavers. For here we ip 
of a Feaver only as it is an hoi diftemper of the Heart primarily affedted. 
f' fttfed. 
on* ' * 
Implicated 
Errattck 
In rtjpefi of 
ymptomts, 
Epiata 
Ltipyria 
Typhodes. 
Burning Ftar 
vtr. 
Symptomatic 
cal Feavtrs. Chap. 9. 
Of the Fe/fels, &c. 
Chap* p. Of the Vejjels viz. Veins, Arteries and jS[eryes 
conteined within the Cheft. 
I Have a few things to fpeak of one Parc of the Trunk of Vena. Cava, for 
the whol Trunk has been iufficiendy explained in our Chapter of the lower 
Kelly. • 
You Ihal obferve chat the Trunk piercing through the Midrif, does receive that 
ftnae aHepatick branch which arifes from the cop ot the Liver, and carries Blood 
3J*o the Cava, and from chat lame Oblique infection, unto che opening of che 
Trunk in che right Ventricle of the heart, there is the diftanceof two Fingers 
, B 
m the cbefi 
are reins. 
Hepatic a 
T. 12./ 1. r r. &c. 
Prom whence we may gather, that Blood is carried directly from the Liver to 
pe Heart, although it is mixed with other blood alcending by Circulation. Thac 
openingof the Vena Cava, and its cleaving to the right Ventricle of the heart* 
,s contained and to be feen within the : which when the Trunk has 
Pafled through, it attends unco the Claves. 
■And therefore you may Know, thac the bioocUafcending unto the heart by Cir- 
does alfo come as far as the Throat, and is derived into the upper Limbes, 
chat blood which defcendsfrom the Head by the Veins. 
, *°u fhal obferve, thac this Trunk does afford no branches to the heart except 
, e a Cor maria : but only to ocher parts of the Cheil, and how blood Hied out of 
fte left Ventricle of the heart into the Lungs, maybe revelled by Blood-letting, 
emg ic has two Doors to be broken open in the heart, before it Can come to the 
> rhnk of Vena Cava} which hinder the flowing back of the Blood from the 
■bungs. 
u °u fhal confider if the b Anajiomdfts of the Arteria Ve§ofa with Vena Cava 
lernaming, by which the forefaid Reflux may be made: or whether the blood of 
ejUmgs, ought noc to return into the left Ventricle of the heart, chat it may be 
?de vital, and then fpeedily to be call into the Aorta, from thence to be forth*- 
delivered over into the Veins. 
Then you are to fearchfor the Venac Aygos or Vein without a fellow.which 
hoiiriflies the Ribs. In it you fhal obferve two or four valves or jhutters, not 
Signed and imaginary, but true, interchangably dilpoted, which reiift the blood 
fjovving in abundantly, I have many times (hewed those valves, and an inferior 
jfarich of this Vein, ending into the Trunk of the Vena Cava, below the Kidneys. 
Kid cauie 1Z can“ 0!: drink up nor cranfmit purulent matter into the 
Cys, 
any tUs brancb ferves to disburthen the Vena Cava above the Heart, if blood do 
branch!* cher? aboil«d> or be contained in any great quantity, within the little 
pllre®0r twigs of the Azygos, or folicary Vein. 
Avy rcbecrnore you fhal tearchouc the mutual Anaftomofesofche twigs of the 
jribbcai:y Vein, with (he twigs of the Cheft Vein, under the letter faw- 
u^e) near the Arm-Pitts. Hence it comes chat in the Pleuritic, the 
ls better and the pain fooner eafed, by opening the Vena 
a than any ocher Vein.' 
•2.Jb T. it./. z.andC.'B-^'0 /• t&fi ivdaa* * 
Aff 
T*2t A^ygos or folitary Vein, out of the Trunk of the Cava attending, the 
11lk0 r l als arbe, on a each rf£Je one 7 if the branches of Vena Aygos, do noc reach 
Whe pperKlbs- 
‘D* n.cbe Trunk is come as far as the Claves it produces the dammaria or 
* ***n3xvhich it twofold;b internal and external: they are both carried through 
CowmtU 
A\y?os 
Its Valves 
A?ia[tomjeS. 
Intercojids 
.til /ttumarld Cl he CPhyfecalConfederation, and <t/Inatomy 
Book lII* 
the Longitude of the breaft-bone unco the Dugs. But the internal being the 
greater, having tranfrnkced a branch through an hole in ihe Breaft-bone, into the 
Dugs, P, uns along unto the Right or ftreighr Muicle, that it may Joyn ic felf to the 
fEpigaftrica. was wont to open the external, in Ihflarnacion and 
pains of Parts belonging to the Cheft ; But now becauie of the Obfcurky of rhoft* 
Veins, that operation is not of ule: inftead whereof Hori-leeches may be applied, 
or Cupping-Glalfes wichScarriTcaaon. 
a T. 12./. 2. bb.~h T. 12./. i. fc. 
Thy mm a ker- 
nel fo called. 
In the patting of the Vena Cava you fhal under it obferve a great Kernel, placed 
in the Throat under the Claves hke a Pillow, that it may gently bear up and 
enfold the Subclavian branches. Ic is called Thymus* In yong Animals it is loft? 
as in Calves, and together with the great Kernel of the Pancreas or Sweet-bread, ft 
is eaten as a dainty Difh. 
By the fwelling of this Kernel, Strangulations or a fence of Choaking may hap- 
pen even to Men, but in Women lubjeft to the Mother it is more frequently fwel- 
led, and Choaks them if they be no t releivedby Blood-letting. Some do recked 
up three final Veins which are termed Thymica, Capful ark and a cMeSafthU '■ 
whereas notwithftanding the Capful ark and cMcdiajhna, are one and the lame 
Vein. 
From the b Ramus Subclavius, .four notable branches do arife. The firft is cal'* 
interior c Cervicalk the foremoft Neck-Vein, which being drawn out upon the 
cMufculi ftVlaftoidcs, afeends unto the Chin and Waters the fore Parts of the 
Neck. 
After this follows the A Internal Jugular, being larger than the external, which 
afeends unco the Neck under the cMufculus aides, and about the middle there- 
of, ic is divided into three Branches, one of which being greateft andthickeft* 
creeping along the cVertebra’/ goes under the Scul, making its entrance at the hoP 
which is near the Jlpophyfis Styloidea, fo as being applied to the lateral Channel5 
of the *Meninx or Dura cMater, is pomes out its Blood and goes n° 
farther. 
The Second branch creeps through the Tides of the Neck and is diftribuced und& 
the Jaw. 
Mediaftina 
Ctrvicalis. 
Internal Ju- 
gular, 
The third goes into the Tongue and produces the %smul& or Veins under die 
Tongue, the opening of which does wonderfully help in Difeafes of tfe 
Brain. 
A Finger-breadth diftant from this Vein you have the Externa c Jugulaxfo 
which creeping aflant or floapiug under the ClavicuJa, it fends forth two cvvdg’J 
whereof the one pafles Obliquely unco the Th'/to-fhaptd Mulcie under theShoub 
der-poincand is united unco the Vena Cephahca•, the other aides to the later3 
Parts of the Head*, where at the corners of the Jaw-bone it is divided into 
and is diftributed into the Jaws and al the Parts which are fubjedted untotfe 
Jaw-bone. 
The Ocher Portion, being carryed behind the Fares, is diftributed into the 
Head and hinder Parc of the Head,and upon the Temples with manifold ’ 
and in thele Parts, by reafon of the Veins, ernelius did conceive chat a ierous 
mor was heaped together, which flowing down upon the Parts beneath, doesb^ed 
Fluxions in the Habit of the Body: he conceived likwiie that an IlTue made, 
cauftick applied to the Cavity behind the Fare, did more gfiod, than if it had 
made in the hinder pare of the Head, becaufe ofa branch of the Jugular Vein, re 
ching unco the Eye. • - res 
This external Jugular Vein being opened by a skilful Surgeon in fleepy Ddea * 
|is very good, asmanyHiftoriesdoceftifie; but many wil not allow of ir? ■ 
prefer two or three Horf- Leeches faftened according to the 
tude of the Vein, as far as the comer of the lower Taw, where it flicks out an 
vifibie. 
External Ju- 
gular, 
Whether and 
in what Cafe it 
may profitably 
be opened. Chap. p. 
Of the Fejjels, &c. 
Howbeit you muft obferve, that the internal Jugular does in the Neck commu- 
nicate vviJi rhe external} and there this external Vein being opened, airhOugnic 
reach not unto the Brain, yet may it di burthen this Part, .eeing the ihrernaJ jugu- 
lar is hid, under the Mu feuAajtoidtus and cannot lately be opened. And 
therefore that lan e opening of the Jugulars which is to much fpckcnof, is to be 
underdo >d ot the ex ernal Juigular,and not ot the internal. 
And bec.uie the Arteries and Veins arealwaies contiguous 3rd coupled together, 
in the lame Line y< u thal lock tor the Irunhjof the a Aortaafcendmg. Sprin- 
ging out ot the lefc Ventricle of the Heart, it does pfelently even in its Rile pro- 
dace the two b Coronary or Crown Arteries, which do cbmpats the Heart like a 
Crown- ' 
rtries, 
Coromri* 
Thde you wil not lee exadtly, unlefs you cut Che Aorta and look into it through 
the leu Ventncle of the heart:: if there be only one, you lhal find a little Valve 
Placi-d ac the Orifice thereof, as in the Coronary Vein. 
The Trunk of the Aorta -ifter a hctle progrels, is withouc the \TericdrdiUtn di- 
rtied into Two ‘Branches, che one whereof is termed c A.cendeny die ocher 
d Dependent. 
a X 12./.4. C.&c.Zb T. i2,f. 5*2c T. 12./.4.C. • 
Theafcendenc is triparred, three Arteries being brought from the,fame place \ 
that on the right hde alcend eng to che Claves, makes the a Subclavia dexira *, the 
other two attend unco the left iide * che firff whereof; is called Carotls S.wft a 
R°ingupwards; che second is named cSubclavia fmiflra and a while afterd *ix~ 
lUarisy when it is corneas ar as che Arm-pics, and lends forth che e Arteria Cel'll- 
Cu,**Vneer che Shoulder-pome. 
The cfyght Subclavian Artery having over-part che Clavesj does pfoduce.rhac Ar- 
rerV Which is termed Caroiis* Vexira, which neer the corner of the lower Jaw- 
l, 1 kethe internal jugular Vein, divided into two no able‘Branches, the 
lnterna1, and h External. They are termed Artena Cat abides’ Sleepy Arteries * 
became tney being compreffed, do make a man tal into a deep deep, aid take away 
h*s V oyce. Whi hI have often demcnftraied in Dogs, and how che iame E done 
tying a Nerve ot the uxr Con;ugrcion. 
tjalen,. in his bock, ot rhe Utility of Refpiration, does conceive, and proves by 
taking expenmenc in Live Creatures, char Annnalls are no wav offended by tying 0 
°cftrai lung the JuguUr Anefies ; and therefore he refers rhe Sleepy-Evil to the t 
Jugular Veins. 1 dial rather think, chat in apoplexies and Dead-deeps che Arte- d 
l*s«ie (topped, chin the Veins. s 
Waiver da does tei; ciiie that Columbia made publickdemonftratinn in a youth, 
that deep fleep is cauiedhycompreliion or con drift ion of the Caiocick Arteries; 
bur he does not tell us how he did ir. 
That the aicent. of che Caronck Arteries and their penetration into the brain by 
holes of the Skul may be plainly perceived, you lhal put in a very mial i .rafs 
r 3^f cfoc wil bend, with a knob ac che end, into the leveial divilions of this Ar- 
beV ’ .which may be done and (hewed, by rhe vulgar way of differing rhe brain, 
fc*,nillFi6 Tom che upper Parc, not from the lower Part after the manner of Varo~ 
> ahd in the Keck you lhal put your Probe into the Carocick Artery. 
51 p1 f. 4. (B.b /• 4, a. 2c /• 4;eB. 2d T. 24./. I'A. 2e T. li, f. 4. «P<T. 
■ ,a*Zs/n4.Ci * h/.4-fo * 
agdr1e Trunk of rheAorta being writhen cowards che left fide,and bent downwards 
&acr' ls ornuP the Vertebraes of che Back, and in its progrels as far as the 0s 
ouc of each fide produces as many Arteries as there are Vertebraes, nei- 
luehhk e toui‘dany iolEary orrery to accompany thelolitary Vein,but there are 
Ke petty Arteries which fupply its place. 
SubcUvik 
AxittxiX' 
Ca.roiid.es. 
rrhc’Picr the 
'bfi'uffion of 
he Carotidef 
10. Ciitfje duf 
ikef> ? 
The htercr 
(ids' The Thy fecal Confederation, and zAi 
Book 111. 
Lumbal. 
WithintheChed the,y may be termed a Intercoftai Arteries: beneath in the 
lower belly, the Lumbal or Loyn Arteries : they infinuate themlelves into the 
fpinal Marrow by the holes of the Vertebra's which may be proved by a memorable 
example in Qalen, in his fourth Book of the Parts affected. 
One out of a vehement Inflamation of the Lungs, tel into a Palfie of his upper 
Limbs, and the upper incercodai Nerves being anointed, he was cured. 
t I,and my mod learned fellow Collegiace,Dr. cM?r/et,have feen a Palfie caufed by 
r tranflation of chf matter of a Pleunlie into the Marrow of the back, which Pallie 
freed the Patient from the eminent danger he was in by reafon of die Pleunfie. 
So Hippocrates, in his Coicks, oblerves, that a Convuilion cakes away a Feaverj 
by tranflation of the Morbinck Matter into the Marrow of the Back. The hinder 
« Neck Artery may do as much, which waters the Marrow of the Neck. 
I know not how the Humor which caules an Apoplexy, tailing through the 
fourth Ventricle of the Brain upon chat Marrow of the Back, ftiould bring the 
Palfie into one fide more chan another: by that way before mentioned, Th£ 
Cervical and Intercoftai Arteries, the ferous Humor may be derived into either 
fide. V 
By the fame Reafon, the ferous matter may through the Celiack Artery return 
back into the Aorta, and by the little Arteries penetrating the Marrow of the back, 
be derived into the Nerves of the inferior Limbs *, and on the other fide, the matter 
of a true or badard Sciatica,by the continuation of the chicked Nerve, may return 
into the Marrow of the back, from whence it may be revelled by the Aorta into the 
Melencery. 
In the Ched wc are to take notice of eight remarkable Nerves or Sinnews. Two 
of which are called Diaphragmatici, two are termed %ecur rentes, twoS tom# 
chid, and two Coftales. 
‘Diaphragmatic!, the Midrif Nerves, taking their rife between the * fourth ani 
fife Vertebra's of the Neck, from chat lame chick%Terve of the Neck which goes 
into the Arm i they delcend between the foldings ot the ‘Mediaftinum unco the 
Nervous Centre of the Diaphragms, or Midrif. 
Communion 
of the Arteries 
& fpinal Mar- 
row. 
ffervet. 
X>iapbragm*tit 
Recurrent. 
The Recurrentb and Stomachic, are branches of a Nerve of the fixe Conjugate 
on or pair, whole Trunk you dial feek for in the Neck near the internal Jugulafi 
by the Apopbyfts cMaftoides, where it is deit into two branch s, the one of which 
is didemmiaced into the Superior Muscles of ihe Neck: the other being placed 
tween the internal Jugular and the Carotk defeends unto the Claves, where i£is 
parted into two branches, the Recurrent and the Stomachic. 
Their bending 
Mack whereto 
kefomd. 
The bending back of the left Recurrent Nerve is found about the place where dfi 
Aorta is bowed in, and that eafily,bet:oie the Pericardium is opened. 
You dial find the bending back of the right Nerve, about the right 
Artery. 
I have often feen Dogs live and run, after their Recurrent Neives were cut and 
have my lelf made publickdemonftration thereof, but they could not barkataJJ* 
and when chefe Nerves are tied they deprive the Animal of voy ce, and being 
the voyce returns: wherefore it is apparent, that thele Nerves terve to make 
voyce, becaufe they return upwards, that they may be interred into the Heads0' 
the Mufcies of the Larynx, Tongue, and Oi Wyoide/, which aide from the Inft 
Parcs. 
You dial fearch for the Stomachic c Nerves beneath the Heart, near the V#**0. 
bra's, they lie hid within the folding of the Me&iajiinum, and from them you#1** 
perceive ten or twelve twigs drawn into thea Lungs \ and of the final branches of the 
two Stomachick Nerved folded and fettered together, is made that fame Viervof**1* 
‘Mirabilis Plexm, wonderful contexture of Nerves in the upper Orifice of l^e 
ftomach. 
Stomachic. 
a T.iro.fi7.*4 35. T.j.f.uil'Z* T. $./. hill Chap.p. 
Of the Veffe&c. 
Afterwards the Scomachick Nerves creeping along the hinder Paves.of the Sto- 
mach, are near the Back-bone between the two Kidneys Joyned to the « Collars, to 
as to make chatd Contexture of Nerves, out or which alrhofe Nerves are derived, 
which are diftnbuced into the Parts of the lower Belly. 
Alle Anatomifts derive the Coftal Nerve from die fixe pair, when as in the mean 
While, it arites from the fame point of the Bram trom which the axe pair arites? 
The coftal Nerve, being come without the Scul,is ftrengr hened as it were with a 
Knot tied about it, and it descends undivided upon the Neck j and when it iscorne 
to the three laft Vertebra’/ of the Neck, it is derended by another Knot, and grows 
thicker by addition ot three Ima I Nerves •, and being flipped down within the -_heif, 
in its progrefs near the Back-bone, under the Membrane (pleura, it is augmented by 
additions of ocher two fmal Nerves proceeding trom the Marrow ofthe Back. 
Having peirced the Midrife, it is Joyned to the Scomachick Nerves, to make rha£ 
fame Contexture of Nerves,resembling a Net which is between the two Kidneys. 
« T.j./.B.bh.;b T.3./.8.A.-« T.3. 
Z r. 
The End of the Third Book* T HE 
FOURTH BOOK 
OF THE 
ANATOMY 
A N D 
PATHOLOGY 
O F 
John RioLmus, 
. THE 
KINGS PROFESSOR 
O F 
PHYSICK. 
Chap. i. Of the Head. 
He ad being the Seat of the Soul, the Manfion- Houfe of 
15 placed aloft in the higheft part of the Body, asfc 
&♦* were ihe Pr,,n]s CaMe> which con mauds, and bears Kuk<r 
T ~ ver the vvhol City. Qakti faies;the Head was thus placed on, 
lIP th® tOP of the Body, becaufe of the E) ts, which are the scouts 
JP and Guides of the Body: *Arjfiotleiaksuv,'as fono cool 
Heart, by chat coldnels which the Brain would ihed down 
>f $ thereupon* 1 
An Head that is wel framed, ought to be of an indifferent Size; for a great, and 
a little Head. are difallowed, and dilpraiied. 
The Natural Figure of the Head is round, or Ipherical, fern w hat longifiij bun-j 
chirp our before and behind, with two Eminences, and a little flat, or compared 
cowards rhe Temples. . . 
Ihe Head is divided into the hairy Part, and the<rr,ooth Part, fo long as h ” 
whol, and unparted : The Jmooth pare isteimed thence, and thereunto is the 
Why the H ettd 
is placed in the 
higheji pUee ? 
hi site, 
Shape, 
Vivlfien. Chap. i. 
Of the Head. 
Forehead appertaining. The hairy part retains the Name of the Head. 
. The Head is ochervviie confidcred in the Hiftory oftheßones: for it is divided 
into thea Skul, and the two Jaws, the b upper, and thec lower *, and the Forehead 
appertains unto the Scull. 
Again, The whol Head is divided into two dkeft parts, and two fide parts. The 
diced: are die d fore part of the Head, which hern the beginning of the Hair, anfes 
tour or live lingers breadth towards the top or Crown of the Head. 
After which, the {pace of two lingers, and as much after the Vertical point of the 
Grown, whtag the Hairs turn, is termedc Vertex : the hinder part is called f Occi- 
Put 5 the lacteal parts are called Temper a, s the Temples, or Times; becaui'e they 
difcover the Times of a mans Age by their hollownels, hoannels, or baldneis. 
The Head is compounded, and made up of many parts, of which, lome are exter- 
naf> or hers internal * or containing, and contained. 
The Containing, or Membranous, or Bony j the contained, or internal, are the 
Sraui, the Cerebellum, or petty brain, the four roots of the Spinal Marrow, and 
Gich Particles as are.included in their Cavities. 
. The iirft containing part we meet with, is the h hairy Skin, which has alio its Tv* 
&dermis,or Scarf-skin. Under the Skin, lies the Flefhy 1 Membrane, which is the 
°Undacion,&; Seed-plot of the Hairs; which if it be Flefhy, it makes the hairy Skin 
Movable, becaui'e it (ticks dole hereunto without any fat coming between. 
The (Pericraneum follows, which does immediately compals the bony Skul. It 
ls produced from the chick %leuinx, which in Children, goes through the Sutures, 
what time they are not firmly doled, nor joyned Tooth within Tooch. 
External parts 
of the Head. 
The confetti^. 
ting parti* 
The hairy Styw* 
The fhfhy 
Tericvaniud 
-faT.i i.f.i.A'BC. Zbf-S,and6. Zc c> 
* f-4. C./.6.AA. “k/.i.AA. “‘/.i.®®. ;t/. I. 
v» C. ®a , ; 1 '' ' 
Fefides the Pericranium, there is feraped from the Skill, as from ocher bones, 
Perioflium being a thin Skin, which immediately covers them. Wherefore 
he Pericranium is not the Periofleon of the Skul, but is fpread out upon the Skul 
great Providence of Nature, chat it might hold faff the Mulcles which anfe 
fom the Skul, fuch as are the temporal Mulcle, the (trongeft in the whol Body, 
hiefi with its companion, contracts, and lifts up the Jaw, and bears greater bur- 
ins in (ome bodies, chan the ocher Mulcles aftjng al together. 
Alio it ftrengchens, and clofely comprehends the Mulcles of the hinder part of the 
Descending to the Eyes, andftrecched ouc under the Eye-lids, it makes 
Conjunctive Coat of the Eye. 
P Thele Membranes being leparared, and plucked off, and the 3 Skul having its 
r|P taken off, it preients it felt to our light, being framed together of many bones, 
T>ch are joyned one to another, by looier,orfafter Sutures, or Seams, 
nr mt*fnes there are no Sutures, or Seams to be leen, when the Skul is one conci- 
Hoi k°ne' f>uc Hiftory of the Skul appertains to chat double Ofteology,oi 
ihjjf'ftory ; the one of which has been premifed unco this Work, and the ocher 
\ £5 dentonftraced at the end hereof 
x>ls.f. i.cDV, ' 
Verioftiurb 
Its ufe* 
The Skull* 
The (Medicinal Confederation. 
I>h 
KIT being the Fountain, and Original of alraoft al Difeafes, according to 
in{{i°Cratejy by reafon of Fluxes of Rhewm, vyhich flow from the Head into the 
parcs °l Ear.Cs9even as low as the Feet, does condole, and has a fellow feeling with all 
e*ng placed on the cop of the Trunk of the Body, like a Cupping-glals, ic 
2>ocra3 receives vapors which mount from the inferior parts, according to Hip- 
a kernel T hls four th Book of DKeales: which vapors, the brain being fpongy like 
9knduis dnnk, and fup in, according to the faid Hippocrates, in his <Book of 
e/3 or kernels. The Vapors being congealed into Water, do fal downy 
General Vlfea4 
fes of the head, The CPbyftcal (jonfideration and <iAnatomy 
Book IV, 
and return up again like a River that ebbs and flows, according to driftotle ; which 
Hippocrates had caught before him, having in that refped, termed the Brain, the 
Metropolis of a cold, and moift,glutinous, and clammy Humor. 
If the Shape of the Head be depraved, lb that it be ffiarp pointed, or the longi- 
tude thereof, be turned into latitude ; luch an Head cannot be found and healthy: 
and rhereiore either ic isdifeafed, or the principal Faculties are weakened. If in 
Children new born, fiich a Figure be obferved, ic may be cofreded by Arc, and 
with the Hand *, as if it be great, and large, when the Child is a month or two old, 
drying Medicines being applied, and Fontanels, or Iffues made in of the 
Neck, the over-great moifture of the Brain may be dried up; ana contequendy 
the Head wil become lefs; which cannot be effeded when the Children are grown 
up. A narrow Head, cannot be by Art enlarged, in any Age whatfoever. 
If the Sutures of the Skul are ftraiter than ordinary, or if there be no Sutures, 
or they be wider than if fit, the Head is fubjed to Dileafes, becaufe the ffiroaky 
Excrements of the Brain, have not a free paffage. 
If the Head be more loofe and open than is lit, ic is the more expofed to the In] u- 
ries of the ambient Air. 
Shape depra- 
ved. 
Over lax, or 
loofe3 &c. 
Thelelnconveniencies maybe remedied by help of Phyfick, or by wearing 3 
Cap, or by going baredhead, asoccalion requires. 
1 proceed unco the Particular Dileafes of the Parts containing. And firJft of the 
hairy Skin, whole Adion is the breeding of Hairs, the efficient caule whereof isa 
temper moderately hot and dry, and an indifferent Conflict! cion of the Skin ; and 
the internal caule is a looty Excrement, which chuffing it fell forcibly by the iffial 
Pores, gains the form of a thred. The hurting of tnis Adion, is a Symptome ol the 
hairy Skin. The hurt thereof is three-fold, ids diminifhed in the Diieale termed 
Ophiafts, in which the Hairs fal off from the hinder part of the Head, along to the 
Fore-head, making bald wreaths likp thole of Serpents; or it is abolifhed in bald' 
nels, and the ./4/opecitf, or Fox-fal of the hairs. 
Ihe Caule of the falling off of the Hair of the Head, is the hoc and dry 
of the SKin, with a naughty and ffiarp Humor, eating away the roots of the Hairs. 
The Naughcinefs of the Humor is known by the color of the Skin, and of d,e 
blood, which comes out of the Skin being pricked. 
VarticuU’f 
difeafes. 
Ophiafis. 
Baldmfi 
JBaldnefs is a deprivation of the Hair or the Head, by reafon of an Hedical dtf 
diftcmper, and hard Conffitution of the Skin. A detect of Nutriment, and pro/1" 
table Humor, or of the fuliginous Excrement, caules this difteraper of the Sib11' 
Hence ic is that Eunuchs, becaule very moift, do never wax bald. . 
Gray-hairedtiefs is a Symptome of the Hairy Scalp or Skin oft he Head, by v/hid1 
the Generation ot Hairs is depraved, lb that they grow white before the time. 
caule of both thele kinds oJFbaldnels, as wel that which conies Symptomatically* * 
that cauied by Age, is the cold and moift dihemperot the Skin, wheteby the fill1 
ginous Excrement of the Skin is allaied and tempered- VV hen I lay a cold diff efllk 
per, Irnean the weaknefs of the Natural Heat; whence it comes to pals chat W 
iickneis and forrow, many become gray* hair’d, becauie the Natural Meat is by 
diminifhed. • 
Ulcers of the Head are either light, andpoffefs the Scarf-skin only , which 
into little Scales,Scurf,or Dandrur, w hen'the Head is combed: whence the 
term ic Hituriafts, the Latins Horrigo: iuch like Ulcers are either dry and invj1 
bie; or they are viiibie,andmanifeftiy tobefeen: their Came is an hot a. dd ' 
Gray Hairs 
Daddnif 
diffemper of the Skin, with a fharp and chin Humor, 
Achor, is a Dileaie of the Skin of the Head, compounded of a tumor, and an • j, 
cer; the tumor is known by the inequality, the Ulcer by Ikek holes, out °> 
flows a clammy Humor j -which made (pliny cal the flowing Ulcers or che 
Ceiro«,or the Honey-comb, But the Honey-comb, chough a rumor, and U*ce 
the Head, yet differs from the former, becaufe it has greater holes, and the Hu 
chat comes cut is mattery like Honey, or of the Confiftency of Honey. 
them Ulcers congealed together like an Honey-comb. The Caule of both c .... 
Sort Head 
\ Chip, ii 
Of the ‘Brain. 
121 
Tfifeafes j is an hoc and dry diftemper of the Skin, with a (harp and biting Humor, 
which invites one to (cratch; by icracching, the ( welling is encreafed, and at length 
ulcerated, to clue the holes break out; Vulgarly’as called Tinea, the Moach, be- 
came the holes are like chofe of Moach-eaten Garments, 
*HydrocepbaloJ, or the Water-head, is a (welling of the Head, caufed by a 
whey iih Humor,coliefted and ihed abroad between cheSkul, and the ‘Pericrani- 
um \ or between the Skill, and Dura Mater, or within the Ventricles of the Brain 
filled with wheyiih modlure, which runs over as it were on al tides. 
In Infants ’ns caufed by Iqueezing of the Childs Head at the time of Birth. In 
chole thac are grown up, the cauie hereof is a cold andmoift diftemper ofche Head 
ai*d wholEody, or a cranftacionof lerous humors unto the Head, which generally 
is fwelled, and railed to a vaft compats, by the humor Under the Skin, or included 
Within die Head. , 
Ptbinajis, or the Louz/Evil, is a Sympcome of the hairy Scalpe, when in- 
stead ofche thicker Excrements, or together with them, Lice are bred in the cop of 
tfic Skin, or deep in i he lame. 
The Came hereof, is n hoc and moift diftemper ofche Skin, wich a pucrified hu- 
noc very (harp ■, which makes this Dneaie commonly lubjetft to Children, and 
°ld Flegniacsck Perfons. 
The I'emple-Mulcles are co be obferved, which cover a great part of the Skul, 
whole wounds or bruiles, do caule aGonvuliion* and contract, and ftraicen the 
Jaw. 
Be Ad-dr offie. 
Evil* 
Chap. a. Of the Brain. 
THe Skid being duly (awed in funder, and the covering removed, the a Brain 
appears, proportionated to the Skul which contained it; fuchasis the thing 
c°ntaining, tuch is the contained. Or mppole the Brain gives Figure to the bones 
they are lofc, then the Skill follows the quantity of the brain, be it great or 
But in cate the brain follow not the Natural figure and magnitude of the 
Head, its conformation is faulty *, and comeqaendy iickly and adverle to the inter- 
nal Sencesjj both principal, and iubiei vjent, yb ch it hurts in their Adiions. 
The ‘Brain is compounded of a b Suoff mce fofc, waxy, or pliable, whicifh : 
becaule, Ike a Kernel, i druiKs and tucks up humidities, it is therefore by 
Hippocrates, termed the great Kernel 
,1c is divided into two parts. That which is three times as big as the other, re- 
Hins the common name of die c am: ihe Lifer part placed in the hinder pare of 
Head, is termed d Cerebellum, or the Pet ty-brain. Both chete parts are covered 
je^Conam°nCoverings, termed Lninyes. The firflCoat, or Covering, is cal- t 
PraJfa Memnx v the lecond* Temit Msninx. The Arabians termed theie 
Met raues, cM#tref ?Ob'Motherf, becaufe rhey were peri waded, that the other 2- 
nbt anes of the Bo 1 , were propagated from theie. 
fufn e 'Memnx s hard and chick, being united to the Sutures of the Head, 
Sk^j-sihe who l bulk ofche beam v theie Connexions mull be viewed when the 
\vlc^ls Cafien off. In the thick 'Memnx are obierved innumerable h Veflfels, where- 
dUce !c ls fpnnkled and If rewed : they are rather Arterial chan Venal, being pro- 
Qf,a tr°lu die <T\ete‘Mirabile, being drawn out from beneath upwards, as far as the 
S°f the ‘Meninxy where they unload their blood j and therefore it is rhe 
EtaUlraue which is ieen to beat and pant, ‘rather than the fubftance of the 
The By aint, 
Suhjimce* 
Blvlfion. 
Two Coatsy 
vi\. 
t Craft a~ me- 
ninx, 
< The Tenuii 
meninx. 
2hf-i.dd. Z*f.6.AA. Z4fA.TfV. 
Z*f.t.<B>B. •sf.i.dA.&c. 
co Coat, arc four; whereof two are lateral, which 
g the tides of the Sutura Lambdoidej, thac they may receive the blood 
Tbe Pipes* The Tloyfecal Confederation, and <tA naiomy 
Book IV® 
from the internal Jugulars, and from the Neck Veins * or by them, according to the 
Doctrine of Circulation, the blood may flow back unto the Heart. 
From the Union of thefe two Channels, is formed a third, long wife, drawn otic 
(directly as far as the Noftrils. In the Concourfe of the three beneath, there Iprirgs 
a fourthc Channel or Pipe, which goes into the Sulftance of the Brain, between the 
Brain, and the Petty-Brain : it is not fhuc up in the foldings of the TJura Water, 
but there is a great Vein, lb called by Qalert, which delcehdirg into the a former 
Ventricles, makes the Tlexuse Choroides, which is dilpeiied through aftheVen- 
tricles, unto the' Balls of the Brain. 
The Channel which runs rather the name oiTorcularjhan the 
f fourth : becaufe from thence, is the blood diflnbuced into the lower parts, by innu- 
merable little Veins, through the turnings and windings of the Brain. 
Thefe lateral Channels, neither do the Veins, nor the Arteries go into, and pals 
through with their Coats, but are terminated at the entrance * and therefore thole 
Channels are rather Arterial, than Venal: for the Brain being of its own Nature 
cold and loft, ought rather to be nourilhed with hot, lubtile, and Arterial blood, 
than with fuch as the Veins afford, being thick, and hard to penetrate. 
And in cafe the Vein, and Arterial blood were confuted and mixed together in 
thefe Channels, they would not pant or boat*, and the Puliation of the Channels 
demonftraces, that it depends not upon the Body of the Arteries * for there are none 
in that place, but upon the leaping of the blood, after the manner of Arteries. 
Viexus Cho' 
roldes. 
Torcttlar 
3 T. i6.f. s.a,&b. Jb/.2.iw./. s.cc. "c/.i*«f. "d/.3.<D(E “eT.i/* 
f.i.00%%.r, i6.f. 3. 'F 'F-f. }■//■ :fT. 17./. J.<K ; 
Now this Menbrane, namely, the CraffaWeninx, divides the Brain into twd 
parts, as far as the middle thereof, by the Corps* Callojum. This Partition is ter 
med a Falx, and being doubled on both Tides, it fevers the Brain from the Petty- 
Brain. 
The Tenuis bMemnx follows, which immediately inclofes the brain, being 
clofely conveighed into the windings and turnings thereof * for the lubftance of fhfi 
c w*“out» a^er a wonderful manner, ful of deep turnings and windings 
for the lighter paflage of the Arteries, which difpene the blood here and there? 
and therefore cFelops, the Wafer of Qalen, feeing thole little Arteries 
Up and down the Brain, did beleeve that there was the beginning of the Veins. 
Palx 
Tenuis Me- 
ninx 
why the Brain 
is fin of win- 
dings and tur- 
rings ? 
The Tetuis ‘Meninx is three times To long as the Craffa cMerimx,hec.e\xie itpa$5 
intothe inner Parts of the Brain, and as a Veil it covers and lepaiaces, and divide 
the whol Bulk of the Brain into three Parts. For near upon the upper half of cfe 
Brain, which covers the Ventricles being placed upon the Corpm CaUc[um3 it is °ll. 
both Tides Circularly feparated and lifted up as high as the Roots of the 
the Back, which do knit together that fame upper portion. So that the Brain <s 
divided into three Parts} on each fide one over the Ventricles and the third wh 
includes the Ventricles, being continued, and no wares dis;oyned. 
A fmal quantity of the d Corpus Callofum being cut of, the Twoe former 
upper Ventricle/ appear, which in their lower Part cowards the Bafis of the 
are larger, from whence they take their rile upward, being fmaller at v* 
top. . 
They are feparated by a Thin ‘Membranous ‘Partition, which is framed ofyf 
Tenuis cMeninx doubled together, and is called Speculum Lucidum, or the Tr:VJ 
<Mirror becaule it is tranfparent. 
The two for- 
meryentricles. 
Septum IncUu, 
*■ T. r6./. sM'B.Z'* f- I*B*B'ZC /. t.hh'Zi 
“e /. d cDT).eE<E.f.4.CC,(D(D. | 
a X 16./. ; Chap. z. 
Of the 
123 
The former Ventricles are perforated in the forepart cowards Os T-thm aides, 
that che ierofities may flowdown from che fuperior Parcfrco chat place. 
Above the foremoft Ventricles there is fpred out ab Tripartite body, which is 
termed Corpus Vfalloides, or che Welch Harp, fuftained by chree Pillars; whereof 
two are c Lateral: curned back about chofe d Eminencies which (falen calls the 
Chambers of the Optic^Pferves: 
The ocher fore warde Cojqmnc, is placed beeween che two Vena-ides. If you 
ftial follow thole cwo lateral Columnes, you wil find them to be productions ot the 
Opcick Nerves, which within che Ventricles do Joyn themfdves one co another, as 
in che Bails of che Brain* behind the Choana, they are again united * whence I 
conjecture chat the power of unclcrftandingand kqpwledg, is principally contained, 
in che former Parc of che Brain, and chat trom thence efie Animal fpiric is drawn, 
Which is adminiltred unco the Eyes. 
By the Concourle of the cwo Ventricles Tetween the two large TiiUockj' afore- 
faid, and ocher lubiequenc Eminencies, is formed a Gutcur or Channel, which 
makes the thirdf Ventricle. In the Bafis of which Channel there is ieen an g hole, 
which penetrates into che Choana, co purge out Wheyilh Flegm into che chroat, 
near the Palace. 
In che files of this Channel, the Circumjacent Eminences do form, fomethe 
/Hates or ‘Buttocks, others the Tefies or > Stoner. For lo thofe Tminemies or 
Cachings out are termed, being incerchaUgably diipoled, and from that Channel, 
the Hole which goes into che fourth Ventricle, is termed Anus or the 
a Arfe-hole. 
Fornix. 
The third 
Ventricle. 
Nates’ 
Tefies: 
Anus. 
„ b T. 16. /. 3-bb. T. 17. /. 1. Q Q, " d T. 16. f. 4. hb, cc. &c* 
~e T. 17./. Tl6.fi4.bb. 
h1 T. 16.fA.cc.T17.fi i.fflOf.* 
a X iy.fi u above 2. <F. £ 
In the upper Parc of this Channel is fuperincumbent that fame Kernel which is 
b Conaxinm the Vine-Apple kernel, becaufe tis fliaped like a Pine-Apple. 
“*nd over this Channel and the fourth c Venrride, is a chin Membrane ftrecched out, 
Reived from the Tenuis ‘Meninx, upon which runs che d Vlexus Choreides, def" 
‘died through the foretnoft Ventricles. 
In the entrance of che fourth Ventricle, there is placed* certain portion of the 
rain more firm chan ordinary which reprefencs thecaile of a River- Crab when the 
fi\el is peeled off. Ic is called Scolicoides and Vermiformise Vrocejjus, che Worm- 
fafijioned ‘production : isopens and (huts the paffage into the fourth Ventricle. 
bis is placed in che Cerebellum or Petty Brain , which contained within ic felt the 
hinder moft portions of the fpinal Marrow, as che Brain contained the other 
foremoft, which I have named with (jalen the bed/ of the Opticli 
>ss, 
p huhat famef fourch Ventricle, there appeares a certain e Chink like a Writing- 
ij* which is the Separation oft he Marrow of the Back. 
Petty-Bra in being pulled afunder, you flial lee how it conteins within it 
,°Ut:cfi Ventricle, between che two afeermoft Roots of the Marrow of the back * 
ves ]QV/, being drier than the Brain, it gives Original to h feven or eight pair of Ner- 
’ living che Opcick Nerve. 
hra,C lS n°c bil °f windings above but beneath, according to the external form of the 
aboln0ln lc ln like manner#is divided beneath into i two Parts, being continued 
Conurfum. 
Proceff'U4 
VermifermU. 
The fourth 
Ventricle. 
0 0 f-4 a. T. 17. /. 1. L. "c fi 2. HH-Z, dT. 16.f. 3. <F <F. T. ly.fi j, 
T. 16. f. 6M.TA7.fi 2. CC.*t'fi 1. f. 2. VV.QQ. 
X. 17. /. 2.*H.X 18./. 4*^h X. 18./. 3. ** X. 18, /. 4. Book IV* 
The rPhyfecal Confederation, and <t 
’Pelvis. 
Clandula Pi- 
t uitaria. 
Xfyou fhal gently draw upwards the formoff Parc of che brain, as far as its bafts, 
you fhal obferve che k fSlerPes, and che Nerves, fervinglfbra tyfoticn, and 
then the b Cboana or tunnel dropping Wheyifh moiftureupon che c(flandu!a 
CPituitaria or Hlegm-lfeernef which fils up and poffefles the Sella Houma or 
Hotfe-Saddle. In che Choana or <Funnel you fhal fee CFcur (pipes difnlbng 
Whey ifh moifture into che Palate and throat. Then you fhal confider the order of 
thofe feven pair of Nerves recorded in the following Verfes. 
Tubuli. • 1 
Seven pair of 
Nerves. 
The d Firft Pair fees, thee Second moves the Fyes 9 
f Third and Fourth taft, h Fifc hears and makes us Wife. 
The 1 Sixth is large and wanders all about: 
k Seventh Larynx moves a prating Tougm fo ft out. 
Then you final fearch under the <Dura in the bails of the brain about che 
Compafs of the Sella Sphenoider, for che *l\etecMirabik or Wonderful 1 Net of Arte' 
ries interwoven one among another, being formed ofche two m Carotides or deep 
Arteries. 
You fhal obferve in the Bafts of the brain, that Wheyifh Humors or blood 
is powredforth, in exneam pains ofche Head coming with Inflammation, which 
while they feekeogo forth by che Cavities of che Ears, they caufe extream fhaip 
pains, which bring che Patient into Madheis and S-cknes. Whether or no in fucb 2 
defperace Cafe, may we boar either fide ot the HmdermoA Part of che Head, 't° 
let out che iuperttuous putrid Humor, which corrupts che fubflance of the 
Brain ? • 
The n Auditory Herve is worthy of Confederation, which is inferred into tb”e 
Cavity of the Bare, and by a little Channel Aides down into the Palate, and $ 
diftributed into che inner Parc of the Larynx: from whence comes t hat lame Con' 
cent chat is between che Tongue and Teeth, che Larynx dud che Lungs. 
Tfyte Mira bile. 
* T. 17. f. i.S.r.V.T. 18. /. 1. <B. f. cc. f., G$ 
“b T.!8./. 3. VZs T. 18./. T. <B <B.f. /. I. c C.f. 3. GG- 11 
V V.f. i.mv. Zs /• /• I. ‘F V.f.}.<K% “i i~.GQ- 
f-i.LL.T- 3 /• 3 Z1 f. }.&&. f. 3. CC. T. 18. J-1’ 
Obferve Whether or no they be interfered Crofe-wife, fo as che right 
from its original be carry ed unco che left Parc, and the lerc unco the right, \vh 
I have never teen. 
Whether the Nerves in their Rife have Arteries Joyned in company with the®' 
Whether the Nerves are made up of many fmal chreds ? Whether the ocher 
differ from the Opcick Nerve 
I wil not wholly pa fs ever thofe four notable Qoeftions: Whether the hr ahl H 
moved ? Whether or no the brain aoes cool the Heart ? Whether the VentticW 
the brain arc ordained only to comem Excrements * Whether or no the blood & 
there' Circulated andbovo? 
As to, the firft Queftion, Ifaythac thefubftance of the Brain is not moved oi£ 
felt, by Viaftole and Sijiole, after the manner of the Arteries, but only the o'aK 
fMeninx, which is Iprinkled al over with Arteries, arifmg from the 
Contexture of Artenes, unto the upper Channels o|ihe laid Craffa cMeninx: * j 
the Channels do pant, and the brain is moved by elevation and depreff,c)l 
of rhe fubilance thereof, according as it is driven by the Animal fpirics. . g 
The brain does cool the Heart, in almuch as by Circulation, it fends back d 1 
blood unto the Heart being cooleddn the Brain. . 
The foremoft and uppermost Ventricles are Receptacles for fpirTcs:che whey nw 
indeed defeend into the upper Ventricles, from the whole Mafs ofche brain, but 
whether the 
Brain have any 
Motion ? 
Whether it 
cools the heart ? 
The ufe of the 
fmVentrides. Chap. 2. 
Of the ‘Brain. 
prefencly fals down into he lower Ventricles, chac from thence ic may flow through 
Os(Ethmoides into the Noftrls if the Of PLthmoides or Colander-bone be ob ft ru- 
ffed, ic diftils by the Choa.na or Funnel,or by che little holes over che Funnel,inco 
the Palate and Jaws or Throat. 
The Circulation of rhe blood is performed in the brain, wich a flow pace. The 
blood riles out of the Netlike-Contexture,* by che Arteries of 'Dura£Meninx, unco 
the foure Channels afterwards it deicends by the Veins unco the Heart, having 
been plundred of its ipirics, which che brain drank up. And fo che blood being 
cooled, is laid co coole the Heart. Of al which I fhall treat more fully in my 
or large Defer ipc ion of rhe body of Man,. 
The Brain, being of its own Nature cold and moift, is nourifhed only with che 
purer and more fpiriqous arteria 1 bicod, which aicends by che Carotides and palles 
fp.eedily forth. And chough the Spirits are tempered, chey loofe none of their 
ftibcility, becaule they are noc mingled wich the Air. From the fPlexm cMir ability 
blood aicends by the Arteries which fpring from che faid Plexm unco che Crown of 
the Head, where the blood Channels of the brain are Sdcuace. From whence k 
fifths mco che lower and hde Parcs of the brain, and alfo by that fame great Vein 
Mentioned by (falen, which makes che Plexm Choraides, it isdiftribuced into the 
inferior Parcs. 
And therefore in bleedings of che Nofe, the moft pure blood does alwaiescome 
9 Way? whereas chac which is taken away by opening the Veins of the Arras or feet, 
ftems alwaies moft impure. 
Whereby you may know, that it is only the Arterial blood which nourifhes che 
brain and which comes away by che bleeding at Nofe: and it was not without 
chac Pernelim would have it flopped, after ic had bleed a pound, to coole 
body and extinguish che Feaver. And therefore refrigeracing andaftringent 
are co be applied, not only co the hinder Parc of che Neck, buc alfo 
before upon ch Carotick or fleepy Arteries, 
Whether or no 
and how the 
ilood is v it cil- 
iated in we 
Brain.. 
what Blood 
the Brain h 
nourijht with ? 
What Blood 
comes aw ay hi 
the %ofcblee~ 
ding. 
You fhal obierve chac che Air drawn in by che Noftrils, does noc pals under, nor 
into che toremoft Ventricles of the brain, becaule they are void of any infers, 
being ihed externally round abouc rhe Craffa ‘Meninx, ic cools che Surface of 
tVe brain. Nor isic mingled wich che Spirits, becaule t hey ought to be raoft lub- 
ocher wile bv permiftion or mingling of che Air, chey would become more 
thick and would not run fo iwifely by the Nerves ai che body over. 
The lame i conceive couching the Air received,inco the Lungs y chac ic is noc mix- 
ed with the vital .spirit but only cools che Lungs 
Now chat the brain may be dempaftrp ted alter that manner, which Varoirnde- 
frtibes in a particular cßookj.: You fhal law in funder the Scul of a body newly 
, round abouc near the Eyes, -and the hollow of che hinder pare of rhe 
and with a pair oi Timers you ftial cake of the upper portion 
S* the Socket of the Eyes, chat you may draw out che Eyes hanging at 
1 eilOpciGk Nerves*; 
whether the 
Air goes which 
• is drawn in at 
the Noftrils ? 
whether it is 
mingled with 
the Spirits? 
The Manner 
of Digesting 
the brain and 
the Htflory of 
its Fans, 
he' ei War^s having pulled rhe Duraa 'M.eninx from che Sculround abou-\yich 
a ic at the Balis of che Scui,where ic fticks exceeding faff to che 
c ‘f5* r hen you dial take out die Brain and as much of che Spinal Marrow as you 
ha.' h lat °nce, and lec tome body hold the drain turned upiide down in both his 
whiles you ihui diiieCt it. : . 
crj u.r- you ihai fiat learch within the 'Dura Mater for chofe four bendings or 
Vv4, for che place o. thed Pi efi, che great Vein described byQalen 
r.hc ‘Plexus? Cboroiles, and chac divuion of che brain which reiecn- 
v* !' fickle . A; ; :<:r wards re.:turning co the Bans of the Brain, you fhal obtecve the 
pee p* enm* to be more eaiily plucked and Separated in che lower chan in che up- 
aiav C; becuuie rhe Peccy-Braih in ics Balls or Boctorn is not fo ful of turnings. 
We J1 'bindings, as on che cop. And therefore che chick Meninx being firft taken 
><? e- w*ch chac Mwakte, or Miraculous g Nec,o?ade of Multitudes of 12 6 
The Thyfical Confideration}and 
Book IV. 
fmai Arteries, fpringing from thehCarotick Arteries and two other 1 amending 
through the holes of die Vertebraesof the Neck", but it will be corn, which cannot 
be prevented. Now each of the Carocick or Sleepy Arteries enters within the 
Scui divided into two, to Weave that fame wonderful Net, and creeping upwards, 
through the windings of the brain it is dtffeminated up and down every way even 
as far as the Longitudinal Cavity of the T)uralAeninx. 
The Carotk is drawn obliquaced and as it were crook backt, within that fame 
winding hole at the Balls of the Scul, and within its Cavity, containes certain very 
final *Bones, like thole which are called Sefamoidea. 
Neither has Nature placed chele little bones only in thefe Arteries, butfhe has 
likewife inferred them intoother Arteries, where it was requilite, chat theylhould 
be kept open. 
* Ti6.f.i.AA.f.2.'DV.&c.r.i7-f-i-A>A~h T17.f2.1LZc T. 16. 
f. j. abce. ~d /. 5. <F. "e /.$. ff. 2f/• 2* AA. f.s.cEr£."s T. 18./. 3. 
<?T<?cp. fh fs.CC.Z1 f-3'oo. 2 
Then you fhal oblerve chat the <Proeeffufa MammiUares or Teat-like Producti- 
ons do not run out fo far as *l)aroints has defer jbed them. 
Then you fhal leech e growing together of the b Opcickc Nerves near the Cboana 
or Funnel. And therefore Mafticatones may dogood in the Difeales thereof. Alto 
you fhal obferve chat the Veins of the (plexus A Choroides deicmdlng to the Balls 
of the * Brain, are interwoven with exceeding fmal Kernels. 
In chat place the ‘Pkxus Choroides is more eafily difeerned, chan upon the fore- 
moft Ventricles. 
Afterward, you fhal contemplate four tuberous <Eminencies: two f before, fer 
mate in the middle of the brain, and the other twos behind, which conflicuce the 
Cerebellum, or petty Brain. Thole Eminencies, or Ri lings, do receive four white 
and hard Roots of the Spinal Marrow, whereof the foremofl, longeft, and hardefl, 
are drawn along between the greater Eminences of the Brain. The ocher two fhorc 
ones, are carried within the petty brain j which a thickened Portion of the Marrow 
of the fa id pecry brain, placed athwart, as broad as a mans Thumb, does fallen to- 
gether like a Swath-band, and is by Varolius termed h fponticulus: or rather it is 
the pavement of the Channel from the third, into the fourth Ventricle. 
And the laid Channel lies above chofe foremofl Roots of the Spinal Marrow, and 
is flrecched out according to their longitude. Between the growing together of the 
Opcick Nerves, and the toremofl Roots of the Spinal Marrow, there appears a four- 
fquare hole, which is taken for the [ Choana, or Funnel, fervingco difeharge the 
Excrements of the Ventricles of the Brain. 
«T. 18. /3.a a. “ bT. 17./. 1. T. ~ef. i.SS. VV. Zdf i.OO 
f. i.'P'P.'Z'T- 16.J.4.CC.zsf.*.bT. 18./.4.t^ccc. 
When you have viewed al chefe things, you fhal pafs over unto thea Petty*brain? 
where you Ihal leparace from the Spinal Marrow the <Proceffuf b Vermiform* 
which lies between the two Tuberous ‘Eminencia of the Petty-brain, by takus 
away the M emhrana Choreides ; that fo you may fee the c Chamber of the four & 
Ventricle and the Ciftern of the Animal Spirits. 
Then you ftial cut a funder d the little Bndg, or the Band of the Roots of the Sp*' 
nai e Marrow, chat the fforemoft and Superior Ventricles of the brain may appear? 
which you fhal lee leparated by a partition s as long as ones Finger, drawn from 
End towards the Fore-head, as far as the Petty-brain: it cleaves to the h Arch6? 
Roofeof the Ventricles, but beneath it is loole, and free from al ties, that the 
iage of the Spirits might be free. . 
But you (hal diligently noce,that the Extremities of the faid part irion are double 
forked: the hindermoft bifurcation is longer than theforemoft, and it cleaves unt° 
that fame tranfverfe Ligament, which connc&s the two Tuberofities or bunching5 
out of the brain, and lo being fpread out like a beam it bears up the Vaulted Arr Chap. 
liy 
Of the 'Brain. 
°f the Ventricles jthe fore moft bifurcation cleaves unto a little tranfverfe cord,which 
tefembles the Oprick Nerve in chicknels and in Color. 
The lame partition which is termed Septum 1 Lucidmn, being pulled hick, you fhal 
Hianifeftly delcern the Vault of the Ventricles, which is called Corpus ePfaUoides or 
Harpe faftiioned body i alfo you dial lee that the foremoft Ventricles' make but one 
continued Cavity. 
a T. 16. /• 6. DD. T. 17. /. 2. AA. T. 18. f. 4. AA, ”b T. 16. f.6.<E.T. 17. 
f-Z. CC.-C T. 17. f. z. DD. &c. X 18./. 4*. CF. d T. 18./.4. byCCC. 
Z* X 18.7.4. DD.*f T. 16. /. 3. DD. EE. f,4- CC. DD. to. Jg T. 16. 
t T. 16./. 3. b b./. 4.J& T. 17-/- r.F-.GG. 21 T. 16./. 3.G, X. 16. 
4* 3* bb.f. 4. B. T. 17./. i.G G. F. ~ 
Jjkan while you fhal obferve, that the inferior Ventricles placed at the Bafts or 
b°ttom of the brain, are larger or at lead: equal unto the fuperior, and that the con- 
bnuity of the fuperior and inferior Ventricles is one and the fame .* or father char 
fhere are but two Ventricles which contain the whole brain. For the a fourth Ven- 
Cride hes concealed in the Peccy-Brain, and ismanifeltly feen to be wholly and 
or>ly chete. 
Fiiccher you fhal obferve that al the Nerves even the Optick ones, do arife out of 
fame Roots of the Spinal Marrow : and therefore al die Nerves in the body 
Uriie out of the Spinal Marrow, within or without the brain. 
For if thole 'Prominencies] which are termed by Qalen the bedsoftheOpticl{ 
are productions of the Roots of the Spinal Marrow within the brain : we 
ol4y With mod reafon aver, that the Optick nerves themleives do ipring from the 
SP«,MarroW. 
Finally, you fhal fee that the moving Nerves that give motion to the Eyes, arc 
and make one Cord as it were: and that the Optick Nerves, being bow- 
•t? 0r turned back near the beds of the Optick Nerves, do afcehd unto the foremoft 
V prides. ' 
o Xou (bail likwife fee that the T efles or Stones are c portions of the Roots of the 
Marrow, growing out of the brain: and the Pfates ord buttocks are portion? 
f hiofe Roots which are derived from the Petty-brain. 
if you fhal compare this my defcripcion of the Parcs which are to be feen in 
7 brain turned upfide down, beginning from the bafts, with chat of Paroliuf,you 
7 find it larger and different from his. And he chat wii rake pains to do as much, 
he has once or twice feen me demonftrate thefe things, he wil acknowiedg die 
tCt,cb of them with admiration. 
at. jy/f, 2. DD. X. 18./.4. F. “b T. 18./. 13. &c. 2 c T. 16./.4. cc. 
' T.is./.a.Ut. 
t**ac in tbe brain C^e &Sy mptomes thereof,may be diftinguifhed as 
iiit0 thS nny be b7 cbe*i: ProPer the who! bulk of the brain muft be divided 
bHarr rcs’ The c brain properly fo called, the Pecty-abrain and the 
back. 
uPperm aivideche brain, as it is the fubjeft of difleftion into three Regions, the 
the . » ch'e Middlemoft, and the Low eft. In the uppermoft youfhalobferve i 
. Uui^ng3 and Windings of the brain, the d Sickle, and the Corpuse Cal- j 
In * ' - ■ 
Middlernod: which is beneath the r Vault, you ftialpbferve the Arched 
°C cbe laid Vault, being the Roof which is placed over the Ventricles •, the 
Pen Wal, born up by s three Pillars i three h Ventricles with certain 5 Hmi- 
And* make up a Channel to the fourth Ventricle. 
m Wj** y°u-fhal obfecve the fPlexui the*Condriwn, and the; 
and the«fourth Ventricle therein1 concealed. 
The Parts of 
he Suyremeße- 
ion. 
Of the Wi(i~ 
iie Region. 'The ThjfcaiQonfderation and Book IV. 
Of the lorveft 
Region. 
► In thelowett Region, you fhai mark the ° Choana, or Funnel, the QlanduAy 
or p Kernel j the Mammillary, or Teac-lik£ q Productions} the leven r Pair l t 
Nerves *, the 5 ‘Pyete Mirable, or wonderful Net and the Roots of the Spirit 
r Marrow. 
a r 16.f.6.VV.&c. Tl. iy‘f% 2. %A 04. i&c. ~ f.rJL T 18./.4.DD./ 
T. 16R1.hR yf. 2 AA.fs-W. Ze f-2.eBcB. f. + W y' /• 3- b Eft 
CB. T. 17./. i.'F(j (j. £s T. ip./. 5. (j. “h /. 3.l'E /4.C D. <&. c. f- 4- 
** i/, 4.. hb cc i?c. * k/. 5. &* 6.ff. T. 17. /. 1. 0 0 fßffv “1T.16 /- 4. I* 
17./. (. L. ®mT. 16./. 6.DD. I,i7,f.2 “«f. 2. DD.GG. T. <g: 
/. 4 !F. **OT. 18. f. 3. CE. pT. 18. t. 3. D. &c. /. 3. aa,* r f4 Q Tl* 
i.BCDEFG. ®s/. s-'PFFOP. * ' 
And forafmuch as Catyarm in his ‘Bookngainfi Montagus, and i|] 
his Inftitutions, cals thole Men Fools and Blockheads, who iuppoie that the 
tricles rfthz ttrairij are the ShopsyOf WorkccHcufef where the Spirits are md&■ 
aud lb confidently, and arrogantly avers it to be impofiibie, char he accounts it a 
great Crime or Madnefs co chink other wife: I fhai briefly examine his, by him AC 
poled invincible Arguments, becaulenoman has yet had the Courage co contrad 
them : only I dial in the firft place demonftrare the contrary to be cn ie. 
The Animal Spirit is made of the Vital, which is continually brought in gre‘lC 
■quantity, by the Garotick Arteries to the Balls of the Brain, where the branch 
meeting, and being woven together, do make the %ete Mirahile, from which <rrj 
numerable branches are derived into the Craffa Uemnx y that the blood may 
on every hand co thole blood-channels of the Dura Mater, which I conqeive doesa 
lone palpitate, or pantand I have ieen in Fra&urcs of the Skill, [had when 
Membrane is broken, the brain remains immovable. 
Seeing therefore the foremoft Ventricles are opened in theßafisdf Br.J in, ai d c' 
qual in their widnefs co the upper Cavities of the laid Ventricles, and are 
the T{ete Mirabiky from it the Ventricles draw their Spirits, or the Spj irits 
ling from chat Texture* whole Arteries are exceeding tender and thin , they 
brought along into the loremoft Ventricles i and loon alter, by the chin i 
which lerves infread of a Channel or paflage, they are forthwith carried bj r a 
coiirfe into the fourth Vencncle, the Cittern, oi Conduit Head of Spi irits; &c 
from thence they may be diftnbured into the inferior Nerves, and into the Caviar 
the Spinal Marrow. j I 
But the [even Pair of Nerves are propagated from rhofe four Emim mcies j 
which the two greater do form, and encole the Tides of the foremoft Verier ides v {> 
other two make the I ides of the fourth Ventricle, who e Root, and fore, and 
pat cs, are made up by the double Apophyfts Scohcoides. , ((J 
T hole four Eminencies are Spongy, and receive Spirits, which run difi 111 
the Nei ves of the Spinal Marrow by the fourth Ventricle, , 
And no man can deny that the Nerves of the brain are the off-fprings of C hole 
Ennneneies ; and io this Propolicion is to be interpreted. AH il\errves of the 
and ‘Brain, do tying from the Spinal Marrowy either within, or wi 
brain. 
1 deny not that the Spirits are diffuled through the whol Tubftance of el 
and not wholly contained in the Ventricles: but I aver chat the Ventricle 5 are 
true Shops, or Work-Houles of the Animal Spirit, which is diftnbucedi jnC£)C 
{even Couple of Nprves, and to the Spinal Marrow. ju 
■Thar this is abiurd and impoflible, Hof man does thus Teek co prove: i r* 
Tihere it the Spirit made,where the AHionif performed. . 
t 1 Anlwer, many A&ions arc performed in parts, in which no Spirits atf e 
- and 1 deny chat in the Body of the Brain, al Actions are performed. Agail h[. d 
needs no ocher elaboration chan their paflage through the brain; for as the b p 
the Veins, palling through the Hearts Ventricles, is in a moment 
made Vi caAV 
the Vital Spirits running through the middle ofthe. Brain, as far as the Vehcri cl 
become Animal, 
The place 
where the Ani• 
inal Spirits are 
made accor- 
ding to our 
Author. 
The Am- 
mnti of Hol- 
man to the 
contrary, an- 
fwered. Chap. z. 
Of the ‘Brain, 
s zp 
For if ir were needful that the Animal Spirit fhould be elaborated in the Subfiance 
of the Brain, k would iofe much of its lubciky, becaule the brain is cold and 
mo iff. •; o'- 
2<l Arg. of Hof man. If the Spirit be to aff, it mu ft need/ be under the command 
°jtbe Soul in the Veffels *, for after that it it entered into the Sea of tbs Ventricles, 
*fflt A there to compel the fame to return into the jlrait paffuges cf the 
•Her'ves ? 
ian liver: If the Spitic be diffufed into the wliol fubftance of the brain* being fe- 
aby loft as Wax, how can it return into the Nerves, feeing there as eno Vefieis run- 
?InR through the lubftance of the brain ? 1 bole bloody marks wherewith it is 1 pnn- 
are points of blood dropping down from above, out oi the Arteries which runs 
etween the winding, lubftance oi the brain. The great Providence of Nature, be- 
the blood could not pierce, nor pals through the mid ft of the Sabftance. of the 
min3 hath carried the fame through the Channels of the ‘Dura •Mater, as far.as the 
lood-paf[hges, whence it Hides into the inferior parts , and by the Prels, or that 
gmac Vein°which Confticutes the T lex us Choroids/. it Hows into the Yen- 
Nicies. 
More probable k were to aflign the Seat, and Shop of the Animal Spirits in the 
fex‘ts Choroide/j which is diffufed through al the Cavities of the brain, as far as 
me balls thereof. Butfhewme ( friend Hof man) the way by which the Animal 
Pfots made of the Vital, may be diffufed into the lubftance of the brain, foas to 
°w into the Nerves. 
jy 3 d Arg. The Ventricle/ are furrounded within, with the Via Mater , which 
Jloders the i ngrefi and regrefi of the Spirits. 
* : If the Ventricles have for their Covering, the chin tyleninx, the paf- 
.§e is thereby the laker into the foremOft Ventricles* without any lols at ail. 1 have 
t,ready demonftraced in an Entrance in the bafts of the brain, being the way into 
e loucch Ventricle; there is no need of a regrefs for Arterial blood, which afeends 
by the Crajfa <Meninxi diftilling into the brain, does on al Tides afford 
PlrJts to the whol brain $ neither can the blood penetrate without Spirits. 
.4* Arg. Hofmans ftrongeft Argument is this: Seeing the two fuperior Venfri- 
fyJp°Pen into the third, and that into theHcunnel, and it into the HP dilate, who 
gbe Surety, that the Spirit/ will not make their efcape this way ? 
. f Anlwer: This danger is eaftly fhunned by the continual flux and pulfe, or dri- 
,iri§ofthe Spirits to the Ciftern 5 and that Tame hole is exceeding ftnal, and To 
Seep, even to the Os Sphenoids/, that k can equal the length of a mans 
Tiger. 
t, *ou Who beleeve chat the blood paffes from the Right Ventricle of the Hearty 
r°tigh the Lungs, chat it may return into the Left , are you not afraid left we 
n°hld lofe our vital Spirks, when we blow our breach out in Refpkadon > 
rp 5; Arg. The Ventricles are not continued with the Swerves, but with the whol 
°f tli QWer: If the Nerves proceed from thofe fame Em inencies, which are Roots 
cip Martov/, between the Brain, and due Petcy-brain, and they are prin- 
VOUt Potions of the Brain; do not the Nerves arife from the brain it felf ? But you 
Rcwlelf have often times written, that the Nerves arife within the brain, from the 
6the Spinal Marrow. 
oft The Ventricles have noW another Office, which cannot ftand with that 
pirit/. 
putne‘llvver • That I deny any inch Office. For the Cboana, or Funnel, can 
teft p 'VaV any wheyilh Excrements which Aval be in the Ventricles, but the gfea- 
partjv .>**° wing down by the external Windings of the brain unto the bafts, fals 
Os'Ethm ndes, or Colander-bone, partly it defeends to the bafts of 
mto if not by the Cl/oamt, yet by ocher holes neer abouts, k is purged The Thyfical Confederation, and <iA natomy 
Book IV* 
But becaufceHof mans Spirits fait him in handling this fefesejhon ( can you for* 
bear laughing ) for they are his own words, we dial alfo leave him to enjoy hh 
ielfTove, with a great docket bleating Animals (fo he faies) which follows his 
abfurd Opinion, provided that he be the Oel-weather. Let him no more triumph 
before the Vi&ory, nor let him be fo fecure and undaunted, as not to fear Hercules 
himfelf. . 
That fame new Tenent of the whol Do&rine of Difeafes of the 
Prain: and chat 1 may declare fo much, I wilchufe out only two Dileales, which 
have their Seat in the Ventricles, vinp The Opilepfie, and 
Xhe Apoplexy he makes cobein the whol Subftance of the brain, not in the 
Ventricles: The Epilepfie, he wil have to be califed only by vapors afeending mro 
the Head, and difFuied through the whol fubflance of the brain. He allows of v 0 
Epilepfie from a primary affediiOn of the Head, but only by Sympathy from orhcr 
Hofmns Te~ 
nentdifiurbs 
the PraSlice of 
Vhyfecti. 
parrs. 
He affigns the Seat of the Apoplexy to be in the whol fubflance of the brain ob' 
flruffed, and avers that it iscauled only by blood died forth of the Veins* and 
makes the Caule thereof to be the obftrudtion of the Prefs introduced by (NjmrnOf 
nus. But if the Torcular, or Prefs is obftru&ed, which is the fourth Channel car 
tying blood into the O Lexus Choroides, the palTage of the blood and Spirits is bar 
tercepredi But according to Hof man in an Apoplexy, only blood is found (h*» 
out of the veins within the Ventricles, and therefore the Torcular was not obfl iu' 
fted. 
It is a certain, and undoubted thing, confirmed by many Experiments, that in 
Apoplexy, the Ventricles of the brain are obflru&ed, or there is an obflrudlionll] 
Che Cboana,ot Funnel. But especially the hole of the fourth ventricle whichf 
ShutwiththG'Apophyfis Scolicoides, is flopped by thick and clammy Flegm fl*c' 
king there * which it it be not dileuffed, of removed, being evacuated through 
Funnel, it caufes death. ; 
If the Matter be lerous,and pafs into the Spinal Marrow, it caufes the Palfie & 
dead of the Apoplexy * and fo a greater Diieafe is cured by a leffer,- the matter 
ing tranflated from one place to another. But if blood happen to be fhed into 
ventricles, preienc death follows. V| J 
But if lobe the Apoplexy fhould be produced by blood alone, as Hofman 
have it * how could blood which was fhed into the ventricles, pals into the 
without putrefaction, and how could ic enter into the Cavities of the Nerves ? t 
In rheie two Difeafes he hath betrayed his own Ignorance, although he could 
no fuch difficulty mchefallnghckneis, as Grata acknowledged, whole Wifh 
this: Would to Qodlcould fee before I die, the Offence of this Difeaje, 
with the Cure thereof rightly explained. 
The Confederation* 
•princtptl dif- 
ta(ei of the 
Brain. 
Difiemper. 
Xhe brain is exercifedwich many kinds of Difeafes, with an hot,cold, mold 
temper * with divers Humors, Flegmatick, Cholerick, Meianchollick, 
and Wheyifh; which either do moled the Membranes of the brain, efpecialiy c j 
Crajfa 'Meninx, or are diffuied into the Channels thereof, and being there flop? , 
of their courie, they caule molt acute pains: on hey Aide into the exterior *l: ■ 
dings of the brain, and by little arid little, they diitil into the lubdance of the b& j 
and the ventricles thereof * or into the hinder part of the Head, orchePetcybl2l 
or they deicend into the lowed parts of the brain. 
If the Humor afeend by the Carotiek Arteries unto the brain, ic may produc*. 
fame Difeafes y now al Difeafes that are cauled by content, or lympathy, 
matter, only by evaporation, arc not lo dangerous, as if they were bred witbm 
brain, fo as that the morbifitk Matter fhould be therein contained. -nf 
The brain, be!ides fimilar Difeafes in Diflemper, and Laxity, Buffers alfo 
eales in Conformation, when as, according to the motion of the Moon, itfrbulK^^ 
CbdruStm of 
ahe Cavities. Chap. . 
Of the 
131 
creafed, ordiminiftied ; in the Diforder of its Paffages, when the Channels of the 
Vitra Meninx are obftrufted, eipecially the fourth, which is called To ocular, or 
the Frets: which being obflnkted, is thought to caufe the Apoplexy, the paffage 
the Spines to and fro being intercepted. Which Ido not beieeve, becauie the 
Spirits are (hed abroad into the inferior Veliels. from that admirable Ker of Arce- 
r;fs3 called mirabile, and chat lame Cavity being flopped, only die (plexus 
being defrauded of its blood, is hurt. 
The Ventricles are alio obftrufted, eipecially the fourth, which being flopped, 
prdenc death follows, by reafon of the ftoppage ot that continual influx of Spirits, t 
'vhicii ought to be into the inferior parts, and the Marrow of the back. 
The Cboana may iikevvife be obit ruffed, which intercepts the Efflux of ferous < 
and Flegmatick Humors, whereby flowing back into the brain, they may cauic the 1 
Fpiiepne, or Apoplexy, and induce divers deadly DiSeales. 
If the anterior,or foremoft ventricles* are perforated into the Noflrils, cheob- 
umdtions of thole paffages, wil be very hurtful to the brain. 
A fault of evil Conformation, cannot be amended exadfly : by flrengthening, 
atld drymp the brain, both thelore-mentioned may be helped. 
The brain is Inflamed, not only the Meninges, or Goats, but fomtimesalfo in the 
PCoper fubflancethereof i whence comes the Fhrcnzy, and Striafis, or Dog-day 
fnadnels; but not any(Paraphrenitis. 
Striafis is termed from the Dog-Star *, for in the Dog-Daies chiefly, it sfflifts 
b°th Boys, and elder perfons} and cherfore it comes rather frofn an external Caufe, 
abiding in the Sun, Sec. than from any internal Caule : as a Phrenzy comes 
°i% from an internal Caufe, whether it be Primary, or Secondary, by content of o- 
her parts iu a burning Feaver. 
The brain may likewife fwel, by reafon of a Commotion thereof from fome in- 
J.ernM Caufe, it is called Hcplexis. Stupidity of the Head after a blow, is a bad 
JjS’V according to Hippocrates. Ac length chefe Difeafes bring a Sphacelilm in the 
rain, cauhng put relation, corruption, and raorcihcacion. 
Again, it is fubjeft to awacry Tumor, either in its Circumference, or within 
Ventricles. If in its Circumference it is termed Hydrocephalos, or the Warer- 
•, and at length the wheyiih Humor flipping by little and little, within the 
’'Utricles, caufes the fleepy Difeale, and after it the Apoplexy. 
And chefe I cake to be Difeafes of the brainy however <Fernelim has written* 
altheDiiorders of the Head, which have been observed by Experience, are 
fynipcomes, and not Difeafes. 
Of the Ven- 
tricles. 
Of the Cboanctj 
or Funnel. 
Skiffs. 
Frcn\y. 
Tumors, 
Symp tomes of 
the brail. 
Or 
Membranes. 
. kuc he elegandy, according to his wonted fafhion, does divide the Symptomes 
three %anhy, with reference to die pares aflefted. Some poffefs the 'Hem- t 
Varies 5, fome the Subfiance of the (Brain *, -and fome the hollow (Paffages. 
rp In the (Pericranium, and Meninges, Pains are caufed. In the Subfiance of the 
t which is the Seat of the Animal chief Faculties, are contained the Symp- 
of Fancy and Reafon depraved, fuch as are, Dotage, Melancholly, Ec'ft'anes, 
Alio the Symptomes of Memory aboliflied, fuch as are 
FooliihnefSjDolcifhnels, and blockifhnels. Symptomes con filling ' 
t0 T*e Cavities, and paffages, are very many, appertaining to Sence and Motion; and ' 
are e5P!ng and waking, as dead fleep, lleeping Trance. Symptomes of Motion J 
’Walking hi ones fleep i to be taken If iff, as it were blafted,or Planet-flruck 
tl{ hc'Mare, Convulfion, Faliing-fkknefs, Unquietnefs,and tumbling, Shive- 
g> Shaking, Trembling;- Palhes, Feeblenefs of the Limbs, and Apoplexy. 
in the undue proportion of what ihoiild be voided forth, do belong 
the!-e and Cavities, as a Catarrh, (pfiyeumaxifmm, Bleeding at Nofe. All 
aforefaid, I wil now declare particularly. 
Her he T&ad-ach, either occupies the (pericranium, or the (Meninges; if the CPe- 
c^e Pain is out wards y it die Meninges, the pain is inward. Each of 
Coateens ieac^es unco the Eyes , became the internal Membranes do produce the 
C(w n T*16 Eye, called Corral, and Hvea \ and the Pericranium produces the 
Z a The 
"Or in the Ccl- 
vkitSytind pap 
faieu 
Symptoms of 
the Membranes 
Tain. The Thyfical Consideration, and natotny 
Book IV* 
The kind of the Pain fhews the Nature of the Di.eafe. A tharp and biting pa*11 
does argue a Cholerick Diftemper of the Head : a heavy pre/iirg pain, fhew s a 
Fiegmacick Diftemper : a panting, or puffing pain, argues fomwhac of an Inftarna- 
tion : A pricking pain fhews an Erofion, or gnawing, cauled bv a fharp Humor, QC 
a Worm which is rare. A ftretching pain, argues abundance of Humor, or ol win* 
dy Spirits, which diftend the Membranes. 
Now the Vain is either in the whol Head, or in the half, or in fome ore particle 
thereof. If ic infeft the whol Head, it is called Cephalalgia. : if half the Head, 
4Hemicrania, becaule the brain is divided into two par s; If fhe pain poffeis one 
part, as if a Nail were driven in there, the Arabians call ir Clavus, and Ovum the 
Nail, or Egg. If the pain of the Head, be of long Continuance, it is termed Ce- 
phaUa i which together with the ‘Hemicrania, is periodical; Lut the Cephalalgia 
is a continual universal Head-ach. 
A continual Pain of the Head joyned with a continual Feaver, and figns of ma*’ 
lignity, is exceeding dangerous, according to Hippocrates in the Second of bJS 
Prognofticks. 
Painsofrhettead are. Primary, and Proper 5 or Secundarys and by Sympathy 
from ocher parts: Thefe are not fo dangerous as the former. 
r The Principal Aftions of the Brain, Imagination, Ratiocination, and Memory* 
are diminifhed, depraved,and abolifhed. Depravation of the H ant a fie and ‘F^1' 
fon, is Raving; the Imminution thereof is Foolifhnds. 
There is a three-fold Hurt of theMemoryy but the Abolition thereof has only 
found a name, being called Oblivion. 
The Caufe of ‘Foolijlmefi, is every great diftemper of the brain, which is know’11 
by its Caufes, as by figns; or fome ill fhaping of the Head, which is cafily tff' 
cerned. 
Symptoms of 
the Subllance 
of the brain. 
Foolifhnef- 
Dotage. 
4Dotage, or ‘Raving, confifts in abfurd Thoughts, Words, or Deeds. The SA" 
ings of fuch as rave, are eftranged from Truth and Realon, or not to the point in 
band , their Deeds are either mmfual, or undecent j their Thoughts are abiurd, & 
diculous, and Chymerical. 
The manner of Raving, ought to be diftinguiftied to know the differences of th* 
Melancholly which caufes the lame * for a Delirium, or raving with depravation 
the Fanfie, is termed Melancholly, which confifts in a falle Opinion touche 
things paft, prefenc, and to come j which being manifold, it is defined by vain tcah 
anxiety, or lorrow. 
Again, Melancholly is either Primary, or Secondary : The Primary has its On' 
ginal in the brain \ the Secondary fprings from the Hypochondriacal parts, 
it is termed Hypochondriaca ‘Melancholia, which is either Humoral, or Flatulent 
the former is the worte of the two, and brings at laffc Madnefs, and Ouc-ragioul" 
nefs. 
The Melancholy Hcftafie, is an excefs of Melancholy, which is three fold: 
Ecftafie fimply lo called ; an Ecftafte with filence j an Ecftahe with a Frenzy* 
they are caufed by black Choler, according to the divers decrees of its Adu' 
ftion. 
Fooliftinefs with laughter is better and fafer, than With ferkmfnefs and fiercer^1'5, 
Raving without a Feaver, is fomych the better by how much the Parts under 
fhorc Ribs, or the Brain, are lefs heated. 
The Refting, and binding up of the Sences, is Natural Sleep: The breaking 
of hindrance of fteep, is Watching: Either of which being out of raealure, is bUL'r 
ful.; If Sleep be profound, Tis called Coma, or Car'ut, Dead-fleep. R chlS 
Syrnpcome be mixed of Sleep and Watching, lo that the Patient teems to incline & 
fteep, with his Eyesftmc,but is not able to lleepv it is termed Coma-Vigilanf) 
Drowzy Watch. But if one that has a fteeping Dileafeupon him, every time he1 
awakened, does rave, and talk idlely, the Difeale is called Typhomania- 
And if a man lie ftiff with his Eyes open, and when he comes to himlelf, rernelff 
bers what was done about him, it is termed inchbut, the Mare; which is wont t- 
Melancholy. 
Ec[iajie. 
Coma, or 
Dead (leep. 
The ifjghi- 
Mare. Chap.z, 
OF the ‘Brain . 
133 
happen in the night to fuch as lie upon their backs, or havieglutted themfelves 
wich reading and it L'eerns chit they are choaked, by fome Devil lying 
Upon them, or by fome Theif that has laid hold upon them to Rob and Marcher 
them. 
The abolition of al fence and motion having Refpiracion, is called Catalepfif or 
Catoche: whereby a Man is Frozen as it were in that pofture he was in when die 
fit leafzed upon him. Ic fpnngs from a Cold diftemper of the Brain with 
Tlegm. 
Cants is a deep Sleep, which comes upon Feavers and wounds of the temporal 
Mufcles, or from an hot and moift diftemper, or from mufch evaporation with ierd- 
fities, rnoiftemng the lubftance oi: the brain. 
A Leth.irgy is an Imrtiinucidii Offence and Motion and alfo of the Memory of 
things. It Springs from a Primary hot and moift diftempec of the brain, 
i°yned with a putrid Humor which provoks a Feaver and cheHfties and keepes it 
hp a long rime. There is alio Dotage ad;oyned. Touching this Dileaie there is a 
*ayingof TLfrpocosXfe/in his Coicks Page 75, Which explaiqes all the Symptomes 
hereof. The exiftence or particular Nature of the Lethargy and'Cqmaj, 
c°nft ts in a loolnefs, as that of the Catalepfis in a Tendon dr ben- 
ding, Thole chat are irt a Lethargick Sleep , at laft become Apople- 
, . . 
Catdqfss. 
thw. 
A Lctha 'ifi 
. An apoplexy does oft times primarily and unexpectedly invade a Man, and Com- , 
tl[r\es it foliowes fome ocher Sleepy D ifeafe. 1c is an Abolition of lence and motion 
wich refpiration hurt, which ac laft brings Ihoripg and fuffocation, by real'on of 
fhick Fiegm flowing out of the Funnel and obftiu&ing the Larynx of 
It is Caiifed by a Repletion of the V enrricles of the brain, either with a pituito- 
hs or Wheyifh Humor, or with blood, fome fmal Artery of theel{etecMirabilebcm 
Jhg broken in the Bafis of chp Brain,or blood being carried aloft in a Plechorick body 
bY the fourth Channel, rufhes into the Ventricles, ■ ■ 
It it be Simple and meer Whey, by ftrength of Nature out of the anterior 
* Utricles, it flips into the fourth Ventricle, and from thence into the Spinal Mar- 
rovVahdlbCaufesaPalfie. , , , 
If it be a Flegmacick Humor flopped in the fourth. Ventricle, or in the third, it 
cajmoc be difeufled, and che brain is overwhelmed thereby. 
If the blodd be died out of the veflels, it luddainly luffocaces. 
In the Cams or ocher Sleepy Difeafe, only che foremoft Ventricles of the brain, 
overwhelmed with Serolicies, fothac there is yet freedom for the Ipirics to pafs 
*ftro all Parts of che body. , , 
Buc in an Apoplexy, all the ventricles of the brain, but efpecially the fourth, 
?te °bfti:Lifted, and unlels che matter be difeufled incd the (pinal Marrow Death laF 
unavoidably. 
avouches chat ah Apoplexy is bred by an Obftruftiou of 
.i^rabi/e, the afflux of Arterial blood out of the Heart into the brain, being thereby 
Cerfepted. There ore they are termed Carotides, becaule being obftiudted 
jV caiife Camnt or the Sleepy-Evil. ~ . 
ti(An cbe Apoplexy and Sleepy Dileafes, befides general Medicines, as blood-letr 
twice Or thrice repeted out- of the Arm and loot * ftrong Purgation 
Humors, Cupping-Glaffes fixed unco the fhouiders and the hinder Par- of 
ne , Topical Remedies, are not be neglefted, whieh draw and Evacuate 
ther Che drc affe&e<l» fuch as is fhe opening of che Veins under che Tongue and of 
Jugular Vein,and likewife of che Temporal Artery: great Velkacories 
to n led towarc*s che cop of che ihoulders to che Gephalick Vein, ftrong Medicines 
ana °V6ke feezing, a Secon in the Neck, che firing being often drawn about and 
ye lncec? with Oyl of chat it may bice the more and atcraft: opening the 
of the Nofe after the manner uled by the Ancients, with afplic Toothed 
1 thruft up as f4C as the bottom of the Colander; a fharp injection into che 
kAu Apoplexy. 
Cm of the 
; Apoplexy, Ca~ 
■ vua mi fitch. 
(like T>ifeajis, clhe 'Thyjical Confideration}and <tA natomy 
Book IV. 
Nofhils by a Tyring, and within the furrows placed between the {paces of Os Vo~ 
metis : drawing one of the Flegmacick clammy matter which Hicks in the Throat 
and Hops the Larynx,hut chrufting a feather far into the throat: to which intent a 
Throng vomit is goed to caff forth any Humor that has flowed into the Wind-Pipe: 
neither mutt we omit excream hard rubbings with fait, and continual ttirring of the 
body, if it be pofiible. 
Ail which remedies are to be applied with all poflible fpced one upon the Neck 
of another, in an Apoplexy, becaufe there is danger in delay. In Sleepy Dneafe? 
which proceed flowly, and are caufed by matter tailing down from 
the Parts above, they are more flowly admimttred, and without Precipita- 
tion. 
You fhal obferve aifo,that a great Part of thefe Humors is gathered together in the 
turnings & windings which are outmott in the upper fubftance of the brain,which do 
either putrifie there, or flip into the ventricles of the brain : and yet thele windings 
of the brain are not confidered. 
The Paifie is an Abolition of fence and motion, not in the whol body, as in the 
• Apoplexy, but only in the greareft Parc of the body, or in hah 
thereof, which is termed Hemiplegia, or in one Parc, which is called 
f'Paraplegia. 
cFernelius obferves,that fence is taken away, the motion remaining unhurt: and 
fomcimes morion is taken away and the fence remains, becauie of the difference oi 
the Nerves of the brain and the Spinal Marrow. In the Pallie, the Nervesofthe 
Spinal Marrow are obftrutTed, but chofe of the brain, not; and therefore many 
Parts remain unhurt, elpecially the internal. 
Somtimes the Pallie happens without obftrudlion of the Nerves, becaufeth2 
foftning and Humedtation of the Nerves, brings a kind of Pallie. 
In an impeded: Pallie when motion and fence a e only dulled, rheDifeafels 
termed Stupor or pthrotit, which ariles from a moift diftemper of the brain. £ 
Stupidity or dulneis of fence and motion inaFeaver, is wont to foretel a fleepf 
Difeafe to follow. When it comes alone without a Feaver, it foretels a Pallie of 
an Apoplexy. 
Vertigo, is a depravation of fence and motion, which makes the Patient thu# 
that al things turn round: itfprings from a windy Humor, which being agitated 
within the foremoft Ventricles of the Brain, caufes the forelaid Apprehenfion of 
things turning about. If it Caufes a darknefs before the Patients Eyes, it is cal' 
led Vertigo Tenebricofa or Scotodinos. It ariles from the Brain or from vapour5 
afeending from the inferior Parcs.That is worft which anfes primarily from the braity 
and it is a fore-runner of the Falling- Sicknefs. 
The Convulfion is a violent pulling back of the Mufcles towards their Head & 
beginning. It is threefold, Hmprofthotonos, when the body is bent foreward» 
Opijiboionoi, when the body is drawn backward: and Tetanos when both lid£5 
remain ftif, by reafon of an equal bowing or ftrecching of the Mmcieson bed1 
fides. 
TheTalfie. 
Stupor. 
Vertigo. 
Convulfion. 
The Caufe of a Convulfion, is either an obftru&ion of the Nerves or their being 
pricked byaftiarp Humor, or a dry diftemper, which driescheNerves, an 
makes them ftif as a dried Lucftring j tins is incurable. In one word, all ■** 
lions are laid coarile either from coo much empcynefs, or over fulnefs. 
- An Epilepfie or Falling-ficknefs, is a Convulfion of the whol body, coming W 
fits, and hurting-the Mind and fences. It iscaufedby an obftruftion of theft**' 
moft Ventricles of the brain, caufed by an Abundance of lharp Humors, either 
CholerickorFlegmatick, Either it comes from the brain Primarily °r 
from fome other Part fending Malignant Humors to the brain. If it proceed frc**1 
the brain Primarily affe&ed, it is the more dangerous: if by fault of ihe Spl^el101 
fome ocher Bowel venemoufly infected .* the coming of the fits 
Falling- Stefa 
nefi. Chap. 
Of the ‘Brain. 
135 
be foiefeen and prevented. The former comes in a moment, the latter by 
degrees. , , , . y ■ .... 
cFernelins, befides the Humor which is the common Caufe, accounts the pecu~ 
liar Caufe to be a venemous Air or vapour, which is exceeding,hurtful to the brain ; 
snd cheret'ore he conceives, it rauft be cured with fpecificks and appropriate Reme- 
dies, as wel as thole vulgar ones. ,t v ... 
Trembling is a depravation of Mob’cfn through tveaknefs. It is caufedby the 
Weaknefs ofthe motive faculty and the bodies heavynds. So that look how much 
the motive faculty endeavours to lift up the Member, lb much does the heavy nefs of 
the laid Member not fufficiently illiifti ated with (pirics, prels it down again. And 
therefore it arifes, from obftruffion of the Nerves, or from their being over-much 
foftened, or from fome external Caufe, as by anointing with Quick Tiber, of 
other Application thereof. There is a certain mixture of the Convuliion and trem- 
blings, which is called Spafiho-Tromok, 
Shivering and (baking, are motions of the body, which happen in Feavers, and 
they are forerunners of the fits of Agues, or of the Exacerbations of Feavers, 
They happen alfo, to fuch as have ripe Impoftumes, when the Importum is ready 
t0 break. And therefore Hippocrates obferves a threefold one rea- 
Verifli, the other Ulcerous,and the lad Sympcomacical* 
Unquiecnefs, Anxiety, tumbling and coding of the body this way and that way, 
called by the Greekes lAffe \ is a depravation of motion, which proceeds from a 
nrifaffeftion of the Stomach, by reafon of a (harp Humor Nettling and Stinging the 
Serves of the body, or the Membranes of the Back-bones Marrow. Which makes 
that the Sick cannot reft in one place or pofture \ but are forced every foot to 
change plac'e arid tumble here and there, and to change the pofture of their 
bodies. ~ -: i. ,v . \ 
‘Xiight-walkjng, ought to be reckoned among the Symptomes of motion de- 
prived : becaufeitis not preformed by Judgment andßeafon, but by force of a 
cbfeafe, namely of (harp Furries which compel the Sick perfon or the healthy to rife 
Up arid walk in cheif Sleep; 
I proceed to the Irregular ity of the Excrements. The proper excretion of the 
"tain, is either an Exhalation of a thin Vapour by the leamesof the Senior the 
Pores of the Skin, or ic is an Efflux of a chick Humor by the Noftrils and Palace ot 
the Mouth. The Dilproporcion of this Excretion con(i fts either in excefs on defect. 
That in defect has no Name, but ic degenerates into a Caufe of Dileafesof die 
brain, of which we have already fpoken. . . , j 
The djfproportion in Excels is various, either when blood does immoderatly 
flow from the Nofe, of by drops. Both which Symptornes are Malignant, The 
former decaies the bodies ftrengch, by reafon ,of the lofs of blood and Spirits, the 
betokens a repletion of the Head, and a Vain endeavour of oppreffed Nature, 
Aud therefore drops of Blood coming from the Nofe, is bad in a Vaporous Feaver. 
°d|asa Caule, andasaSign. 
* The difproporcion in Excretion of a ferous and Phlegmacick Humor, ismany- 
Their genera! Name is a Catarrh, which is a dift ilia cion of Humor from the 
j*ejd into the Inferior Parcs, from which Parcs it receives divers Appellations. 
S Icfal into the Noftrils, it is called Coryza or (gravedoif into the Throat 
Hoarfnefsj if in to the Mouth and Palace (Ptyelifmosi or the Spawjfe. 
thefe three forts of Catarrhs, are vulgarly comprehended under the Name of 
Qc mpacari'b falling upon the outward Parts of the body is named Vtyeumatifmus 
femhim^cus affeftus, the Rheumatick Pains.. If ic fal upon the Joynts it ie- 
thi? the Gout, fave that ic comes not by fits: wherefore an Eunuch may I’uffer 
iiD Rheumatick pains, but not the true Gout. See <jaieru Comment 
that Aphoriime. Hop and Humcbs are not troubled voith the 
Trembling. 
Shivering an£ 
Shading. 
Tumbling and 
T offing. 
Walking it 
ms Sleep. 
Symptoms of 
things voided 
forth. 
Nofe bleeding 
Catarrhs, 
• TtfeuwatifmM* 1^6 
'TheßhyjtcalConfederation^ndzJnatomj 
Boor IV. 
Cjalen makes freqi tent mention of the HhewnatichJD iieaie, which was common 
At Rome, as it is with us in Wats', in his Second Book to Qlauco: m LisHoo'i 
of Hlood-letting, againtt Idrafijiratm This Diieaie he cured by liberal 
Bloodletting. It is deienbed by ‘Hippocrates,in bis (Bdokjif the internalHijtajes, 
under the Name of a Joync-pain, which is wont to treunie young People more 
than Aged. 
The other differences of Catarhs with Reference to thediverfity of Parcs on 
which they fal, are Vain. It fuffices to know, chat ai Fluxions upon internal 
Parrs, are called likewife Rheums. 
The Caufe of a Catarrh or Flux of Rheum, is a cold and raoift diftempe r, or an 
hoc diftemper with an abundance of Humors working in the Veliels, or Without. 
Qalen acknowledges both thefe Caufes, in his Comment upon the 24. Aphor. Of 
the third Book* 
The latter Phyfitians, following the Doftrin of the Arabians wil have the Humor 
which Causes the Catarrh, to be bred in the Head, only without the Vellds* by 
reafon of Vapours afeending, 
‘Fernelim contends that the Conjunct Caufe of a Catarrh, is a ferous matter, 
collefted under the Skin of the Head, without the Veliels: and that the Ante' 
cedent Caufe, is an Humor fhuc up in the Veins. If you defire to knoW 
more of this tub) eft, *Fernelim,who wil give you abundant lacisfaftion. 
Chap. 3. Of the Eyes. 
I*he Eyes. 
BEcaufe the Eye and the Ear may be demonftraced without meddling to 
dilleft the Face , 1 wil diipatch cbele Parcs, before I proceed unco the 
Countenance. \ 
The Eye, the Inftrument of the Sighc, is the principal Part of the face,placed 
in the Fore-(Part of the Head, todireftthe Aftionsot the body, becaule al acti- 
ons are directed forwards, by reafon of the Scituacion of the Hands. Seeing it is an 
Organical Parr* made up of many Similar Parts florae of thole Parts are external 
and iome internal. The external are the *Eyelids, which are the Coverings of the 
Eyes, wherewith they are covered, fhuc and opened. And therefore each Eye' 
lid is movable, howbeic the motion is more evident in the upper Eye-lids, and is 
performed by help of Mufclcs, of which we fhal treat in our fife book containing the 
Hiftory of Mulcles. From whence the Reader may fetch what does appertain to 
prefent occafidn. 
The cEy e~hd is made up,of the Skin, a Membrane and mufcles. The 
flretched out under the Skin, isprodnced from the pericranium, which delcen*' 
ding by the length of the Forehead un o the Eyes, isanunderwofefortheHye' 
brows, withal makes the conjunctive Coat of the Eye, which beiis 
fixed to the Brain of the Socket, detaines and binds the Eye in its Hole of 
Cavity. 
The Extremities of al the Eye-lid% are terminated with a Cartilaginous o( 
Grift le edging, which is calledb Tar jus y whereupon one by one in a row are faffar 
ed thec Hairs of the Eye-lids \ which are born with us, and look how long they a,€ 
at our Birth, the fame length they keep, during our whol life. 
They feldora fal of by reaion of Sicknefs, unlefs in a Malignant Whores-Pocks* 
which mows down and makes waft ofalthe Hairs of the Body, 1 hefe Hairs of 
Eye-lids are termed Cilia* .■ 
The angular Extremities of the Eye-lids meeting together, are termed JWW’ 
the corners of the Eyes. The one is 4 greater, towards the Nofe y the other ise lel' 
fer, towards the Temples. ; v 
In the Eye-lids by the greater Corners are obfervgd two little f holes, which 
termed HunUa Lachry malia, or the becaufe the fuperfluous H 
midities of the Eyes, or tears, do flow thither and Ifliie out of thofe Holes; w 
Situations. 
Farts. 
e Eye-lids. 
The Eye-lids* 
Membrane. 
"Tarfm. 
cilia. 
Comers. 
TtW’SpoutS' Chap. 3. 
Of the Eyes. 
Humidices to receive, the Qldndula Lachrymalis ora Tear-Kernel is ordained, 
being chruft into che little perforated bone, chat the Humor might ratherdiftil 
through this Hole into che Noftnls, than fal out upon the external 
Parcs. 
The upper Eye-lid has a Mufclechac lifts it up termed therefore b Levator or 
the Lifter, Which ariies horn the bottom of the Orbita or Socket and being fpred 
°uc upon the Mulcle which lifts up the Eye, it isc widened into an Eye-lid, chat 
When che Eye is life up che Eyelid may therewith be railed. 
The cMufculus or broad Mulcle is common co chetWe Eye-lids, which 
being Circularly derived from che bony brim of the of the Socket, islpredouc 
through both the Eye-lids, chat it may lerve to (hue them both: andbecaufeic 
teaches m the upper Parc as far as che Eye-brow it draws that like wile down, in a 
tong and dole {hutting of the Eye-lids, links any man wil contend, that there 
15 a diftmdt Mulcle for chat ule. 
Now che Eye-brow is a Fielhy Hillock, adorned with Hairs, which ferves for a 
Penchoufe co overthadow che Eyes it is dcprelled by the Orbicular Mulcle of the 
%e-lids, and lifted up, by che frontal Mulcle. 
Thefe things being oblerved, the Eye-lids are cut away,and the Circular adhelion 
°fche Conjundive Coat unco the Eye * that the Eye may de viewed, which is- 
conipadt and made into a round bal or Globe of che fac which is placed d round 
ab°nc che fame, co ftop up che chinks and to make it more movable > 
to of fix Mulcles for mi do 1 ) and of Coats, Humors, Veins, Arteries and 
Nerves. 
, the Fat be removed, che two Glandules or Kernels are to be eonfidered in 
Scicuacion, of which one is of the greaceft moment, Vi\. The Lachrymal or 
. Kernel j whole lubftance you lhalobfcrve co beFlefhy, fofcandlinal j and 
ts S cicuation to be within a little bone, beneath che lame. 
Mufdeii 
sye~brojv. 
Vans of thjt 
FJe' 
Fat- 
Kemii 
*, aT. ip. f. i. CC.-c /* i. beneath<B. "d /. j, b> D, ** f. i* 
* fii.dd. 
* X ip./, i.<D. */. i* "c /* i. <B |d £2. «>4 *4. |c /* i. * 
. "Then you fhal look out the ocher Kernel Which is wholly unlik the former,placed 
111 fhe otherf Corner j which is flat. White, and like ocher Kernels. 
* Fat being carefully taken away, the *fix Mufcles prefenc themfelves; in the 
J5Veftigacion whereof, we muft begin ac the b Trochleator, or the greater Oblique: 
®*ufcle, Scicuace ac che greaterc Corner", and there we muft be careful Co preferve 
a being a little tong Griftle fattened to the bone, beneath anddofe by 
carunculd Lachrymalit or« TeaM'pout •, through which Griftle (like a Rope* 
tough a Pulley) the round Tendon of the I rochleacor is drawn, and inferred into 
e*wPPer Parc of che Eye* 
5 7*e ocher, Obliquus muft be fought for in the. inferior Part of chi 
i ould back under che Eye, it is terminated by the letter 5 Corner* 
four, are right Mufcles, whereof one k lifts up, and its oppoilce > draws 
frotr?K C-e remaimng two draw cowards the k Sides* They al cake their original 
ptQ.cbe Cavity of the Socket, by the hole of the Opdck Nerve, and each one is 
ThC l%bc fore wards to the Con; undiva. 
ftUr things being obferved, the Eye muft fce pulled out, that the inward ftru- 
trUe ece°f may be made co appear: and in the firft place you dial oblerve two 
feft c °aCes °f che Eyes, which are orbicular as che Eye it Iclf: the reft are imper- 
awayo^65: ar‘d before you cut ai under Cornea or Horny-Coat, you ftial take 
haveliu Nervous productions of the Mufcles of che Eye, which fome would 
Von^a,mCoac. which is abliird. 
the fiph* ?* oblerve chat the Cornea or " Horny Coat is crautoenthefore, to ferve 
■ .* but behind and on the Tides, it is dark. 
TrusCddtv 
i CerM* The^Fhjfical(fonfderation and<»Anatomy 
Book Iv • 
Its thick ° Subftance, is divided into little Skins, efpecially on the fore-fide; 
when it is cut, prefently che watery P Humor Runs our, which is alio found 
Circumfufed about che T)vea Tunica, or Grape-Skin q Coat, if the Cornea be di- 
vided’in the hinder Parc: this Humor cannot be flopped, becaule if prefently 
Occurs, fllowing out like Wacer. 
ff. i.<£.;:« T. ip./.2.‘8‘8‘8.;b <F. /,4.<F. Zcf- I. hV. :J f:J; 
tj-Z* f- l-D- Z1 f-i-nnd^/.1.®. Zh /• !• 4,7. -4- Z‘ /• V-4-5; 
“* /• 3- 4s 5- C.T)./. 2. C C*“m f. 5. f- 6. AA.CBCB.“° s' 
“ 
Afterwards you dial fee the 3 Uvea or Grape-Skin Coat, and its open hole? 
which makes the h<Pupilla or fight of the Eye j the external Face or Circle oldl6 
Tupilja is termedc Iris, or the Rain-bow. The Circumference of che TupllldlS 
adorned with final threds or little Fibres extended upon the 
which they retain in its Scituatioh. . 
TheTupilla, inCatts, is manifeftly moved, in Men it is unmovable, unlefi* 
be ibmwhat flackcned and ftraitned. by che Accefs and Kecefs of iorae extraodinal' 
light. , , I 
Thefe things being obferved, pour out the Humors, and you fhal finclp, 
c Chrittallin Humor overwhelmed in the Vitreousf Humor, and then che inter& 
s Superficies of che H'oed Tunica wil appear black, and cleaner in Bruce Beafi31 
isvarigated, being tainted with Green Black and Sky-Color. Wherefore, vvlb 
youarecodemonttrate the Eye, you dial have an Ox and a Sheeps- Eye inready- 
nefs, that you may compare them with che Eyes of Man- kind. * 
In the hinder Part of the T)vea you dial fee the Opuck h Nerve fattened, and d* 
Marrow thereof piercing within chat Coate. 
. There are three Humors contained in che Eye the firft is the i watry UnrtoU 
e already run out, there remain two fattened together, the Chryttallin and the Vr 
treous. . The Chnttal is like a k Vetch, tranfparent, and being placed upon 
in a Book, it makes them fhew larger, as a fpeftade'is wont to do. T here is a 
brane-attributed thereunto, termed 1 Chryjialioides. Hippocrates faies cb^11 , 
living Creatures it Runs like Water, or is more liquid at leaft. * . 
The Chrittallin Humor being pulled out,there remaines the Vitreous J 
being compared and not running about, by means Of the Reticularis 
n Net-like Coat Interwoven: which being 0 cut afunder, by frequent choppy 1 
the Pen-Knife thereupon, it becomes Liquid and runs about, che chreddy f 
being cut in funder. . 
The Veins and Arteries which accompany che Opcick Nerve unto the Eyc? 
‘more eafily obferved within the Brain, chan in die Eye after it ispll‘ 
out. • 
Neither is che motive Nerve fo eafily detefted being difperfed among the^u,, 
cles, as it is within the Brain, while you obferve its procrefs, even to thev£i' 
Eye-hole. 1 b ’ 
-• T. ip. /.7. J.CC.f: 8- ®««. "•> f.7.0. Z* f. s-bb. Zs f-7-® 
«*•:« f.9.-*.Z'f.9.CC.Zs f-7-CC. -h f)ihtf.4.%S6.C.f- A 
5» /. p.'® ®-3k f.9.A.2l f. g,within d.V. af- %.A\A. Z°% 
f. S.aaV* ~ ■ ■ - ■' ,y; 
2 Vvea* 
VupiUa. 
Irk, 
The three Hu- 
mors of the 
Eyes. 
T hertatry. 
Chylinllin. 
The Glaffie. 
Their Vtjfels. 
, •** . . T 
The Medicinal Confederation. 
there we di- 
vm Difeafes 
vfthe Eyes. 
' ia‘ ' _ riifieA 
Although the Eye be but a final Part of the body, yet is there no Partat 
and deftroyed with more Difeales. And therefore the ancient Pfiyfi fians, Jo 
they had diligently examined the ftrudture thereof, they obfecved fo many Art* Chap. j. 
0/ the Eyes. 
139 
divers dilbrders in its Pacts, as did amount to about one hundred and twenty, 
partly Difeafes, and partly Sympcomes, and diftinguiftied them by their Proper 
Names i which in ocher Parcs they did not do. An6f!\pme md Alexandria had 
*hylitians that attended only the Cure of the Eyes. In imitation of them 1 fhall 
declare the difpolkiou againft Nature happening to the Eyes. And becaufe moft 
°f the Names are Qreelfew of them Latin, and our Chyrurgeons ute them: after 
oje example of Leonardos *Fuchfiut in his MedicinaHnfticucions, 1 wil retain and 
die them as Latin Names. 
An Arabian Phyiicion, fHaly by Name, has writ al&ookjby it felf of Difeafes of 
Eyes; and there is a Confiderable French Book of the lame Argument written by 
Jacobin QuiUemeau the ‘Rings Chyrurgeon: unto which you may add if you pleale 
the Author of {Medicinal ‘Definitions: the Book of Qalen touching thedijferen- 
cej and Caufes of Symptomes; and a baftard Book de Oculk attributed to him. 
The Eye therefore is affUtfted either by being encreafed, or diminilhed inks 
quantity. 
The Eye is diminilhed, when it con fumes forwancofnourilhment: its Magni- 
tude is augmented when it fwels without the Eye- hole or Socket# 
Its Scituation is changed, when it fals without the Eye-hole, which Difeafeis 
termed 'Ecpiejmos: or if it turn to oneiide or another, as in Squint- Eyed People, 
3nd m him that faw through his noftrils and was therefore calledßbtnoptk* 
There ought to be two Eyes; and therefore he chat wants one, isdiieafed in 
Number, and is called ‘Monocuhes. 
Furthermore the Eye is troubled by an hoc and a cold Diftemper and by infla- 
tion of the wholbody, which by pucrefa&ion of the Humors is turned into an 
Fupoftume. It is fomcimes Ulcerated, whence the Eye becomes Ipoiled and the 
‘‘ghc diminilhed. 
And in cafe an Inflamation of the whol Eye turn to Suppuration, which is called 
ypopyon, and crani'parent matter be colle&ed under the Cornea Tunica,ihewing 
mac the ocher Humors are not pucrified, there is hopes the Patient may recover 
*lghc, the quictor being let out, by pricking the Cornea: which is happily pra&iled 
ac ‘Paris and lo with the Quictor a watery Humor is lec tmc, as in the couching of 
a Cataraft. ’ v .|l| 
Bel ides chefe general Difeafes, alche Parcs whereof the Eye is made up, ha ve 
fheir Difeafes and Sympcomes, which 1 will particularly and breifly explain, 
beginning at the Eye-Lids. 
Of which fonti 
are general of 
the wbol £je* 
04 
Difeafes of 
Magnitude. 
Of Seituatiori« 
i Timber* 
Diftemper &c* 
■f Special Dip* 
tafes of other 
Vans. 
(Eye-Lids Difeafes* 
A moift diftemper of the Eye-Lids with wind,or a flatulent Spirit,is called <Ew- 
Phfema. With much Wheyilh Humors,its termed Vydatk,and by Celfm Vefica,and 
4qttula, which does fo load anddeprefs the upper Eye-Lid, chat it cannot be 
hfted up. 
An hoc diftemper of the Eye-Lid, Joyned with a thick Humor, iscaldSctef- 
°Phthalmiay Hard-eyednefs. 
A dry diftemper without Humors, is Xerophthalmia: ifitcaufe Itching, <Pfo~ 
rophthalmia' Unto which may be referred the tphthiriafis. or Lowlie-Evil of 
. 
rj the faid faid hoc and dry diftemper Joyned with a fliarp Humor, do caufe 
darhf* pain* andfalling of the Hairs, it is called Ftilofis, <Milphofis, or cMa~ 
it make the Infide of the Eye-Lid rough its called, Tracoma: which if it be 
fo as to rdemble the fmai Seeds chat are in Figs, its cald Sycofis i if it be hard 
of l°ns. Continuance, its Name is Tulofis. 
r * lycle Tumor upon the upper Eye-Lid fpnngmg from a thick Homor,is called 
ha i e*che Barly-Corn. If it be greater and movable, becauleof itslikeneisto 
U> ic called Chalafwn.the Hail-Scone. 
M 
Cmphyfema. 
Ssleropbthal* 
mia. 
Xerophthd• 
tm 
Vtilofn 
Tmom 
syc°Jtr‘ 
Tulofs. 
Cr*fw 
9*** TheThyfical Conficleration}and aAnatomy 
BookW. 
ADifealeofche Eye-Lids in[Contiguity is, when the Eye-Lids flick unco the 
Coat c^e co one anotherywhichDileafe is called <Anchilobltphitron : the 
caufe whereof is an exulceraaon of the Coac or the Eyes, or die Eye Lids: the 
exuiceracioh being carded by an hoc and dry diftemper, with a iharp 
Humor. ; ■ WStabPr 
Lagophihahnia is a Gonvulfion of the upper Eye-Lid, or a drawing back thereof 
by reafon of a Cicatrice or tome team. IppoJ is the trembling of the laid Eye-Lid : 
both chefe Symptomes come by Gonfenc of the Brain affefted and therefore they 
are dangerous. - ■ • * _V 0; •' •:. 
:<E&ropi'on; Invention* is a Diieate of the lower Eye-lid in Scituatlon of Figure- 
it is caufed by a Scar wichouc, or by an excrefcente ofinrernai Flefti. 
Chatafis, or the loolneis of the Eye-Lid, is cauied either by a Ealfie, throngll 
content with the Nerves of the Brain, or by a moift diflemper of the Eye- Lid : *!1 
both cafes the Hairs are turned inwards. 
The generation of the Hairs of .the Eye-Lids being depraved is called Trichiafa $■ 
it is tw;ofold ; when more are bredthan ordinary,its called T>yftichiaftsy when there n 
a row of Hair s more chan ufual. But when the natural Hairs are only longer and. 
inverted, tiscaled Thalangofts: in both chefe, the Hairs prick the Eyes: ns caui- 
ed by a moift diftemper of the EyeLids, with much Humor which is not ftjarp. 
r 
phJfon 
F * 
Lagophthalmia 
Ippos. 
Eftroplon. 
Chalafis. 
T riihiafo. 
Dyftichiajis. 
Pbalangofis. 
<lcar~cl\ernels cDifeafes. 
Euchantis. 
The Caruncle of little bit of Flefh in the greater corner of the Eye, makes a Tu' 
raor again# Nature, which is called Hu chant is : the Diminution of the-laid &1' 
fifuclc is termed ‘BJjym, which caufes a dropping of moifture from cjbe 
Eye. 
Near the faid Caruncle and the Nofe,chere breeds an Impoftum through InflarTtf' 
scion, which is called Jlnchylops: which being broken and turned into a Fitful? *s 
- termed JEgylopf. The Diieafes of the Mulcles ofthe Eyes,as 
lolution of Continuity,, are ditfmguifhed by the Names of the j 
Symptomes.; • * .. . , ... I 
Ttyyas. 
Anchylops 
tAg)lops. 
D ifeafes ofthe Tunica Conjunctiva. 
Tar ax is. 
The hot diftemper of che.Conjunftive Coat with Humor as blood or Cholei'j! 
ic be light and proceeding from an external caifle, as the wind or duft, or a blo#> 
called I' dr axis. . . . 
But if ic fpring from an interna! caiife as a (Plethora or Cacochymia, it is , 
Opththulmia. When it is but beginning, ic is called ‘Epiphora which is a 
common to an Inflamacion and fluxion. 
And if the Inflamacion be very great, fo chat ic hinders the coming together 0 
the Eye-Lids, and fpoiles their Evennefs, fo chat the white of the W 
becomes higher chan the iris and (PupiUa, ins called Cbemofis, as much as to $ 
a ‘Wat iti. 
‘Bypofphagma is a collection of Blood under che Adnata 'Tunica, or an 
on of blood out of che Capillary Veins into the Adnata, proceeding from a bl° 
or bruife. There is a Dileale of dumber, in the Tunica Adnata, called 
gium : and ic is a certain Membranous Emmency reaching from the greater corner o 
che Eye to rhecPupilla or a certain hard knob of the adnata ic felf: both fprin» 
ing from a moift diftemper Joy ned with a clammy Humor. , 
Phlycfena, is a puftie or final 1 umor of the Adnata or che neighboring . 
nea, proceeding from a thick, and iliarp Tumor, fo that ic terminates in 
Uicei\ " -j 
And if ic be hollow, ic is called Idotrion, or (Foffula, if ic be become cruft)’ j 
named rEpicauma. After the Ulcer follows a&car, which is che Hardnelsan 
thicknefs of a Spermacick Part fpringingirom a wound or Ulcer. 
Ophthalmia. 
Epiphora. 
Chemofis. 
Ttypefpbagma 
‘Pterygium 
Vhlyttena. 
Botrion. 
E plenum* Chap, 3. 
Of the Eyes. 
141 
Uifeafer of the Cornea Tunica. 
Ulcers and Sgan of the Cornea Tunica, have a great resemblance with the 
in regard of neighborhood : yet are- chey diftinguifhed, 
Tau%- tUe.liters and Scats in cheiilack of the Eye,- chat is,in the transparent Parc 
the Cornea, belong only to the Cornea: luch as is the Cbeloma, which is a 
broad Ujqer of the Cornea, about the iris. 
'Argemon, is a round WMcifft Ulcer of the Cornea towards the Circle of the 
his ~ y ••. * -* ■ ■. _ i 
Scars ui cite jglackohHe Eye,'or in the Tranfparent Parc of die Cornea, do dif~ 
*ec inche degrees of more or ids. The greater Scar of the Cornea, aboiic die Ins 
0r TupilfC bccaiile of us whitenefs is called Leucoma and : iiit.be Im’ll 
iscemied Tfephelioh or *tsebulai the Cloud : it the Scar be thin,. its"called 
■kchlys, Cahgj, a Mid or Darknefs. 
Cheloma. 
Algernon. 
Albugo. 
nebula. 
Cdigc. 
Dlfcafes of the Uvea Tunica? .• 
.• The rupture and Eiulceration of the Cornea, is attended by a Difeafe d!: the 
in Sciciiacidn, which is called ‘Proptofu, (Procidentia, when the nJvea 
■*lcks out above the Cornea. 
If' the Exmberance of the ‘V'vea be fmal, its called (MyocephalonoLthe Flic- 
Ilead, becaule it refernbles the Head ofaFlie: if it be great, as termed Staphy- 
waia, because, k refernbles a Grap-Stone, or as being like an Apple* If 
fheii' be an inveterate Ulcer of the Cornea through which the cVevea fals out, its 
called felns, Claims, the Nail. ■- .a, ■ 
-The Ulcers of the Cornea and iAdnata, if they be Malignant are termed 
Carcinomata.* "l' ■ « 
■•s ■' ... ... '' t v - ' ’ '_ . 
Difeafes of the Pupilla. 
Troplofis. 
CMyocephalon 
Staphyloma 
Melon 
davits. 
The hole of the TJored is termed (Pupilla the Apple of the Eye. Between the 
‘PupiUa and Cornea there is a fpace, ful of Spirit and Watry Humor. 
There is a double Dileafe of chat ipace : Z inififisi ipringing from a dry dilfem- 
per, which con fumes the Watry Humor and, Diffipates the Spirit 5 or from a 
which lets out the Watry Humor, and liiffers the Spirit to variifli and 
l'eek away. 
The ocher Difcafe of the (pace, is an Obftruftion from a corrupted Flegmacick or 
Purulent Humor. If it proceed of a purulent Humor or Qmccor, it is called 
*Hypopiwn: if the Obftruftion be caufed by Flegm, its termed (Hypocbyma Suf~ 
But ‘Hypopm n tollowes an Intonation, and Hypochyma. is cauled for the 
m°ft Parc by a Congeftion or Concretion of a chick Humor jif the Dileaie be pro- 
or primary, and do nocar ife by conienc from che Stomafh, lending Vapors up 
lIJto the Eye. _ 
'Fernehm fawa chick and perfeft Suffulion bred in onedaies time j for if a chick 
Hurtior fuddenly falling into cheOp&ck Nerve do blind a man in a moment: why 
not the fame Humor falling lower into che (PupiUa, breed a hidden andper- 
ect Suffufion} 
narrowqefs of che (Papilla, I'prings Richer from the firft formation in the 
or from a dry d idem per, and then it is called (Phthifis or Cor- 
ri*gdfid, : 
„ Qakn writes that a final <PupiUa from from ones Birth is occafion of a very 
fight.- hut when it happnes a wh.il alter, as bad. In his foil Book of che 
ofSyajpcornes. Chap. 2. - ~ . . 
The Dilatation of che W/tpiUa is called‘Mydriafif or Tlatu-Corie. Itfprings, 
3 di (fern per, or from a Pvupcure, or by breach of Continuity cabled by a 
Difeaftf 
z miffs. 
hipopuim. 
Sufufo. 
Camiuio. 
Mydrinfij. Tbs Thy fed Omfideratm, and mtomj 
Book IV. 
Vffialfet of the ChryjUSm md QUjjwe 'Burnt* 
.Difeafes of the Vitreous and ChryftaUin Humors, are either a diftemperfim* 
pie or with Humors conioyraed v « luch as happen in the confidence of the laid 
Humors, m\. Xhidcods andbardnds. The diftemper of the Humors and 
Coats of the Eye, if k happen without a Tumor or an uker, is commonly ateti- 
tasd icochswcakneifs ofkbe Faculty, and the quality and quantity of the ipirits 
feeing mifafle£ted; but neither of thefe is a Difeafe 5 they are rather effects of a 
Drfcafe: for what is the weakuels ofafecufey ocher than *A£HoUfa, thea&ion 
hurt, 
f Thicknefs; of the Spirits is caiifed by a cold and moift diftemperacure, either pro* 
per m the Eye, or by confect with the brain or tome inferior Parts. 
i Paucity of Spirits comes from a dry diftemper, either of the Eye or the bra in: 
she Caufe andfoiweocer of whididiftemper may be a Cholerick Humor not purged 
ore of the body, being the caufe and Effect of a diflempered Liver. 
The ihsckueis and haedneis of die Chry ftaliin Humor is properly termed Qian* 
£d[m or fylaawma, becaule the color thereof refembles that of anOwlesEyes: ic 
proceeds from a cold and dry diflemper, and is therefore familiar to aged 
rorfoffls. 
Hue Difeafe oFthe Cfciyflalline Humor in refped of its Sdtuation, has no name, 
butifit.be fornwhac higher and flatter clan ordinary, it produces a Symptooie, 
whereby all things appear double. 
r The watry Humor may run out, by a prick in the Eye, but ic is bred again 10 
Children, a? (yaien law by experience, and as we may obferve in Chickens. 
. The Vifs*De or feeing Spine implanted in the Eye, may become thick, and fur* 
round the Chryflallfoe Humor with darknds and obfcuricy ; as the implanted 
Hearing-Spirit of the Ear, being rendted thick, does caule deafneft or chickneis 
Hearing, 
Thianef qf 
the Sytmt* 
Their Tmtity 
Glqfema 
'"fytmtng mt»f 
the watry &** 
mor- 
TkdsfartQ if 
tfaeVijrm §>i~ 
tit. 
Vijeajes of the Optkh^^erve, 
tibfawttm 
Ammrefis 
Nerve may te troubled with any land of diffemper, and with folud' 
cms of com milky *, but the proper and ufual Difeafe thereof, is Obftruft ion, whict1 
is known by a ludden blindnefs, the other Parts of the Eye being al found: whid1 
®*|e the Neoteocks cal this Difeafe (j»tta Serena, and fomcimes Jlmauroftr, 
Difeafes and Symptomes of the Sight. 
CAckas 
Amhlyoyit 
Mpofft 
Vyßatom 
Sigiic aboliflied is called Cantos Blindnefs: when ic is diminished only, 
termed thick ligfatcdnefs : and ic is accounted twofold ‘Myopftf 
%yUalops'. hs the former the Patient: is Pore-blind, and is fain to look dole C° 
what he would diicem and to hold his Eye-Lids almoft fhut together. In the 
ter, the Patient can fee only by day, but very little or nothing at al by night* °[ 
very obicmiy: t!»e other differences of light dimimfhed are comprehended u^c 
the general mme of •Amblyopia. 
Sight depraved, is a fell perception of things before the Eyes: its termed af0* 
rafts or *BaMucinatwn. 
P The Caufes of thefe Symptomes, are no other than thole Difeafes of the 
which we have before recounted. For the Caufe of blindnefs is, the Obftru#*? 
of the Optkk Nerve, (jlaucoma, Leucoma, Hypopion, ‘Hypochyma, fpropwf’ 
the larger , a Pterygium or Film covering the whol fight of the b; f 
Anchyh’fßiepharon or Gluing together of the Eye-Lids, 
Jmminution or Impairing of the light, is cailfed by the ocher Difeafes of 
Lids. As by a thin Scar of the Cornea* called NepheHon and Achips > and v) 
HjtituclmiiM 
Ouf*s fif 
Hindusf. 
of 
A*tbylo-Blt~ 
fk&m- Chap. .4.. 
Of the Ear. 
Ceucoma and a final ‘Mydriafts, which touches but Parc of the Sight. 
Dry diftemper of the Humors of the Eyes cmtecMyopfif : the over Humility 
and chicknefs of the laid Humors, makes a Man chat he cannot fee in the Night. 
The Caufes of fight depraved is an Hypopion beginning; or an 'Hypochyma^ 
Namely, when the Humor is not yet united and grown together, lb that the vilive 
Spirit can pals too and fro between the Parts of the Humor through the empty Ipa- 
ces: whence it is that lome lee flies as it were, and certain dark bodies,move before 
their Eyes. 
When true •bjetfts preferred to the Eyes, have a falf Appearance, the light is 
depraved, and termed Arnalops; foal things appear Yellow, to fiich as have the 
Jaundice. 
But kind of Symptome happens, when the Cornea which isfpred out be- 
fore the fight of the Eye, is infected with Blood or Choler. 
The Animal a&ion of the Eye is hurt fomtimes, as Feeling and Motion : the 
deling of the Eye is hurt, by excream Pain thereof, which nocwithftandmg, ac- 
wording to che Judgment of Celfus, remains within the Eyes, and draws not the 
Brain into confent,as Pain of the Eares is wont to do. The Caufes of al Pains in the 
Byes, isa diftemper, or Solution of Unity. 
The hurting of the Eyes Motion, iseither a Palfie, Convullion, or Trembling. 
the Palfie and Convulfion, the Eyes become ftif and fixed : in 
chat fort of Convullion called Tetanus, they are unftable, as in che Trem- 
Wing. 
The Natural Action of che Eyes, is likewifehurr, as Nutrition. 
„ To the Jrreguiaricy of che Excrements of the Eyes, does belong che Involuntary 
bedding of Tears. Ics Caufedby a moift or cold diftemper of che Eyes, or from 
Packing by a lharp Humor, or fome external Caufe; or from che Erolion of chat 
Caruncle, .which is in che greater corner of the Eye. 
j Hereunto likewife belongs the filch of che Eyes, which is by the Greeks tailed 
: they are caufed by an excream diftemper of the Eye, which makes a 
Wjolution or melting down of matter. _ 
a *he fimple infirmities of che Eyes, are the fpbtts and Scars of che Con;Tfruftive 
Horny Coates, which are both Difeafes dnd Symptoraes. 
The Daskynes and obfcur icy of the Eyes, is5 When the -Bal of che Eye, does hoc 
*epreienc any outward objedt to him that looks upon it; which is a token of Death 
an Acute Feaver. 
Myvpfis 
Nyfiaopfis 
Hallucination 
A mal ops 
E 
y(SPm 
Pa/fie - : 
C onvulfim 
'Trembling 
Flowing out 
°ftcars- 
txwni J 
~r 
Spot/ 
Qbfcmhy 
Chap. 4: Of the Earf 
T1 He Ear, being the Inftruraenc of hearing, is divided, into the a External. 
?*cc • broad and griftiy, and the b Internal, which lies hid in the Os 
■ yfWn* ' ,v ' JJ • 
Ver ?e extei:nal Parc is termed c Auricula., made up of a d Gri/He, which isco- 
h?!Wich a skin ul °f e Folds* and made hollow, with diversf windings.; with 
h 0 rps thr°ugh the fame placed upon the fide of the Headjuft againft che hole of 
feirofum. , . r 
corpjjls more beautyful, when fmal: for a great pair of Affes Ears are un- 
of th 6 pIL was placed as it is, for the Conveniency of hearingand if the Scituation 
foc l e ?a.r inverted would not have been deformed, it had been more commodious 
fee dien placed as it is upright and Joyned to the Temporal Bone. For we 
thev I 1 as.ar® cilic{< of hearing, put the hollow of their hand behind their Ear, that 
X^may hear the better. < * > ' : r. r' r ; ...v . ? . v 
the ol!re- facA you (hal obferve two Parts; one is called hlkams, and 
- ' 'the Names of the other Particles of the. Ear, ate 
The Ears? Ms 
windings 
Antitugm " cFhe Confederation}andnatomy 
Book IV. 
Hole of the Ear 
In the Auricula iscontein ed the firft pajfage, or Hole of thenar, and reaches 
as far as the m Tympanum or Drum: its entrance is fenced wich Hairs, to keep out 
duft and crawling Bugs, that might orherwife enter in. There is colie&ed, the 
Cholerick Excrement of the Ear, called Har-JVax, which Bird-Limes and mean' 
gles any Duft or creeping thing that would pafs chat way. Its termed :MannO’ 
ratum. ....... 
The internal Ear Concluded in the Os (Petrofum, is altogether honey, and jib' 
vided into three Cavities. The firft Cavity is the Concha: In the extremity of 
the firft c hole is the Membrane ftreched out, which terminates upotf 
the d Drum: it has a firing chat runs crofs it, as we lee the Military Drums have. 
Ear-tVox 
Concha 
The Drum 
a T. 20. f. i. and 2." b/$ 4. &c. and 2. “d/.2.8 B. “c f2. A A 
;‘/.i.AA.88.;5/.i.GG.:h/.3.A.;i Z~f- l-V-f'* 
A, ire. m m /.4.88.“ 
*T. 30./. 3. C. Zh / 6.*8. C./ 7- *4. <B. •cf4,cb%f y % - a /. 3 
4. AA.&C. c. 
Fow 
Bones. 
• Furthermore,we obferve three liccel Bones, thee Maller,thef Anvil,and the s Seif- 
rup: others ad ah fourth, which is a little Seal of a bone, luch as is found in fhe 
Artery near the Os Sphenoides, But this is vain and unufefu], 
*Vortunatus Hlempius places another Membrane, ,ac the other extremity 
Concha, but how or where it is extended, he does not explain: whether at the 
petty windores, whereof the one is the entrance oft he labyrinth and the other of 
Cochlea, or elfewhere > It is a moll hard peice of Service co find out and demonftface 
the internal ft rupture of the Ear. 
In the Skuls of i Infants, and in a Calves-Head, it is more eafily obferved, W 
lifting up with a Pen-Knifes Edge that fame portion of * Os<Petrofumy 
within the Seal reaches unto the Bafis of the Brain* 
In the Concha you fhal obferve on the left fide an Hole 
paffes into the winding Cavity of the Apophyfis ‘Maftoides, or Teat-like &0' 
duftion. 
Jhe Auditory * Nerve, being m drawn through the n Cochlea, when it is com?10 
the Concha,it flips through an hole or <* Channel,which opens on the right fide of 
Concha, into the Pallace, by the Procels which is termed Apophyfis (pierygd' 
dea. ‘ r 
And this is the natural ftrufture of the internal Ear; for the finding out whefe° 
we are obliged to ‘Fallopius, after Carpus, who difeovered thole little bones 
the Hammer and the Anvil. third,- namely, the Stirrup, <3?hilippus Ingraft* 
brags to have himlelf firft obferved. 
In living-Creacures, there is an inbred and implanted Air in the Cavities of 
Ears, as there is a vifive Spirit in the Eye, (hut up within the Cornea Tunica, 
Tbe Have 
Implanted Air 
*T- *• 7-a- Er T-7- '*• ~b/.7. C. /. 7. *D. Z1 T. 8. /. 5. 
*•:k T.a*/.to. BE.™. T. 20. £,2 Au.9* 
Zm frlo. AA.m* f,7. V V.fi9. Aifit I.D. J<* /. 8. A.CBCB.Z 
The Medicinal Confideration, 
Vifeafes of the 
iar. 
T lie 7 iftle of the external Ear if troubled with Puftles or Pulhes, is 
Sweis. . inflamed and exulcecaced. By cold it concra<fts Sphacelation, &colj 
traced and dies do what a Man can: and its fomciraes cut of both in fick and in f°u[L 
Perfons. Whence the Greek phrazes Coloboma and Acrotiriajmenoi, for Perio 
that are CroprEard. 7 . ■ 
The greatnefs of the external Bare, though it be ill favourd, cannot be help^j 
The Swelling and Inflaraacion of the Kernels which are befidc the Ears, is tern 
Tarotis, which in regard or the narrownefs of the place and nearnefs to the 
p tis 
41*. Chap. 
Of the Ear, 
fate,happening upon an acute feaVer,though it have the name of cDiofcoi/r6s 
hr L,aftor and Pollux, becaufe of its good tokens tor fuch it gives when it is critical, 
proceeding from the Ifrength of Nature, and attended with lightlbmnefs df the Pa- 
tient following* he fame. In Childten and young People a fPuroth does many times 
break forth, void of danger, cauled by the over great moiflure of their brains. 
hi the hollow behind the Ear, according to the advice of erndins, a Cauftick 
rnuft be applied, in DilealeS of the Ears and of die Eyes. 
The fiat Auditory pillage of the Ear, becaufe as flelhy is obflrufted by a Tu- 
by a Caruncle or bit of Flelh growing up, or by quitter Hilling our, or by 
Filth, orfomwhat from without. It is inflamed, and impofjtumated, andEx- 
of it felf, or by means of some eating Medicine poured into the Ear: 
by a Cholerick Humor: wherefore liippocratet iaies th it when Deaf perions fal 
hico Cholerick LoolbelTes, their dea1 nets is lelfened, or taken away ; and when 
[heir loot nets is flopped, their deafnefs relume*. 
This paflage is cetmihaced inwardly by the Dturh, which either of it felf and 
primarily, or fecondirily and by accident through content of the Bowels, buc el pe- 
nally through fault ot the Head, is troubled with a very gainful ahd dangerous Xn- 
ttamation, which draws the brain irico Sympathy. 
The internal Cavities, becaule they have no fPttrioftiurh, are nor paiTied, unlefs 
Auditory Nerve be aflelfed, whole offspring makes the Drum; from 
I"s inflamar ion proceeds an Impoflum and from that an Ulcer: which tears a funder 
che Drum. 
Of the Audi- 
tory pojfage. 
Of the inner 
Cavities. 
Of the Drum 
It is broken, not only by an Ulcer, but alio by a blow and a vehement found , 
Whence it is that thole who dwel by the Pals ot the River ‘Ffihts} are 
deafe, by reafon ot Lovd roaring and Headlong fal of the flowing Water. 
Alfo the ioofnels and over great moifture of the Drum is co be conlidered, be- 
canie it may Caule Deafnefs. 
fhe proper Sy rtipcomes of the Ear,are thole which belong to the hutes of hearing, 
the Irregularity of Excrements. 
The hearing is hurt in a threefold Manner. When it is abolifhed, it is called 
*l irditaf, <Deafnls : which if it come from the Womb and is born With the Pati- 
it is incurable ; if it Come by accident, it may be curable. 
Hearing diminflhed is called ‘Ba.rucoia, chicknefs of hearing. 
Hearing depraved confifts in a noife and ringings or buzzings in the Ear i tis called 
\ 
The Caufes of Deafnefs and Thicknefsof Hearing are the fame, fave that they 
differ m Intention and Remiffiofi: and therefore the forefaid Difeafes of the Audi- 
tory paffape and of the Drum may caufe thefe Symptomes. 
‘Puracoufif dr Noife in the Ears fptings from a diftemper of the drum,being more 
’nenft or more than is fitting; which,as it caufes a more exquifice fence‘than or- 
Jbnary, f0 alfodoes it caule a ringing in the Ear, as being affefted with the very 
motion of the internal implanted, or external Air, or while the fpirics do 
5°nc«mally flow into the Ears which cannot be concerned in fo dole a Room *, or 
orse Spffit may ftir it felf within the Dug-like Cavity. 
Symptoms of 
the A film 
hurt. 
Deafncf. 
Thicknefl of 
Hearing. 
Noije in the 
tan 
Theif Cm ft 
ni era* founds are imagined in the Ears according to the various motion and 
; of the flatulent Spirit which caufes the fame. So that if it be chick, whi- 
ecings are heard a‘nd Hammings: if chin, Hidings: and when it moves by fits and 
a^S5 h preterits a tinkling, as it were of bells, 
of l^11”tnes no^es are imagined without any faille of the internal Eare, by confent 
(j whiles the internal and external Arteries being hotter chan ordinary, 
eac more violently chan they are wont co do, and do make a great found in chp 
4^h the Patient do lie upon one ofehem. 
bv Jr?e dl erences and Caufes of this feeming Noife in the Ears, are neatly expreflect 
' r errielius in hjg (Pctthologici, 
*nVn fa£ura* eatnelsj fpnnging from mis-formation in the Womb, and hoc from 
/or the Caufes aforefaid: whether may we experiment that which fel out uncx- 
r» ii / * . 
Thtir Cnrf The Thy fed Confderation,and adhatomy 
Book IV* 
pe&edly wel to a certain Deafe man: whothruftingaii Ear-Picker very far into 
his Ear, rent the Drum and Break afunder the final bones and afterwards, attained 
hearing ? 
Whether in a ringing of the Ear may the teat like Procefs be perforated, to let out 
the Spirits which make a tumult in chat Cavity ? 
Whether does the chicknels of the Tympanum hinder Tranfpiration ? fo that 
the flatulent Spirits cannot break cut? whether or no wil it avail to rub die extremi- 
ty of the Auditory Channel, behind the Grinding-Teeth, with Mutkrd or lbme 
other opening Liquor ? 
The Irregulary of Excrements in the Ear, is not only of Gholerick and Whey kb 
Humors, but alto of quitter and blood, proceeding from the brain : neichet 
is fo great a quantity of quitcor as is avoided, bred in the Cavities, biv: in the 
Brain. 
If an intollerable inflamatory and pulfatory pain does occupy the hinder parts of 
the head, and the matter flows thithei and there flops, the pain abiding: icwtlhe 
fate to boar an hole in the lander part of the Head, i hat Egrets may he given fcu ihe 
qumror ; when no great danger is like cofollow from the laid operation. 
The Ear-Worms termed ctblai9 winch are voided ficm the Ears, belong to the 
Irregularity of things voided from thele parts. 
It is good in Children for the internal and external Parcs of their Ears to run a&id 
void much Humor, becaufe it purges their Brain and prevents great Dt" 
eafes. r ■ ' 'm- m: I. \ 
There is in Difeafes obferved a great Sympathy between the Earcs, Moutli? 
Lungs and Wefand: and therefore when the Ears are hurt, the veryce is changed* 
by reafon of the Auditory Nerve, which being fpread into the Tnroac, reaches as tat' 
as the Wefand or Wind-Pipes Head. 
Arid when Nature has been accuftomed to Purge out the Excrement of the 
Brain, by the Ears; the ftoppage of,that Purgation* has made many to die iud- 
denly. 
Symptomes 
of the Excre- 
ments. 
Excretion of 
Hood ( huh r 
feruiH, quitter 
&c. 
Worms* 
Chap. 5 * Ofthe Hace and outjide of che Mouth. 
TheFacedef- 
cribed. 
Its "Parts. 
THe Tnce is the broad and fore pare of the head,comprehending the Fore-Head 
in a living and dead Man without difle&ibn; and therefore the2 Fore- Heady 
feEyes, cNofe, and Mouth with itsd Lips, as far as cheGhin, do belong unto the 
Face; which,as it is the fubjeft of Anatomical diffeftion, is divided into the Parcs 
internal and external. 
The <External Tarts are the Scarf-Skin and the Skin, which are thin and ver/ 
fmooth in Women. The internal Parts, are the Mufcles of the«Nofe, # Lips, a; d 
inferior jaw, whole empty Spaces are filled up with far. 
Moreover the Mujcttlus Latijpmm, does cover the fide of the Face, 
far as the Fore-Head; yea and iccompaffes the whol Neck, excepting the hindet 
Part thereof. 
The Mufcles of the Lips, are the Extremities of the Mouth: the other Muffles 
which belong to the lower Jaw, as the a Temperal Mufcle, the Muide called 
b c.Mdffeter, poffeffing the Tides of the Face, fhal be explained in our Hiffory of the 
Mufcles. 
, The Mouth therefore k a Slit in tLe Skin of the Face, neceflary for brearhii 
fpeech, and nourifhment of the body: for by the Mouth we breath, Ipeak and ie- 
ceive our Food. 
The extremities of this Slit art termedc tips Which are moved by Mulcles in deit 
opening and (hutting. 
The uemoft bound of the Face is called the d Chin, as the upper extremi' 
ty thereof from the Eye-Brows to the beginning of the Hairs is termed thec Fore* 
Head- " 
The Mouth 
defcribtd. 
| The tips. 
The Chin. Chap. 5; 
Of the Face and out fide of the Mouth 
_ The fides of the Face are thef Cheek/. The internal Parcs of the Mouth, xas the 
s Teeth, Gums, h (Palate, iThroat, k Tongue, flial be delcnbed in order. The 
Larynx mOiTlyoidefJ «pharynx, and the ° Glandules, appertain unco the 
Neck. 
The Face, befides Veins and Arteries has a notable p Nerve from the third pair, 
wbich is carryed along between two Phoney places, under the pavement of the 
Orbita or Socket of the Eye, and is branched upanddownJikeaGoofesFoor, 
through the whol Face, by the Hole, as far as the Lips. 
The Cheeks, 
The ptfjels* 
aT.l5f, 3. 03.“b /. 1. ‘F.T. 19. al2c T. iy./. i.GI. df, 1* 
%Zc /• 1 &c,mf /. 1. <Tv,LiM%“g /* J. irc.f^TAlSC. 
T. 10./. 1 .gg. 
ma Lis,f.i.<p<p.;«»/.x.s.-«/. I.n%zd■ /.i-/• a-4-:f/. 1.0. 
*»8 /• 6. mwo. ;h f6. LL-Z'1 T. 13•/. 15• *A* f i 4. 1/; 9.1 Q. 
f. 11,12,23. “n T. 3./. 2. 3.I0 /. "-FT. tS.f.z.A. “4 /*2. 
cc. 
The ‘Medicinal Confederations 
The Skin of the Fade, is the Looking-Glafs wherein are Teen the Difeafes of 
Body, efpecially of the Liver, Spleen and Lungs: for look what Humor bears i 
b>vay in the bowels, the fame Ihews it felf forth in the Face. If there be a lafting 
Fuddynels in the Cheeks, it is a Sign of an hot Liver: if the Rednefs be feaced upon 
jS?°n the balls above the Cheeks, it argues an hoc diftemper of the Lungs. If 
Lhoier flick in the pores of the Skin, it caufes Freckles: if the Color proceed from 
*?e>ng in the. Sun,it is termed <Ephelk. If Rednels remain letled on a great Parc of the 
Face, it is named Qutta fl\ofacea, and thofe who arelpocted on chat manner are 
*ei'med *A ntirboei. 
Valeries is commonly feen in Virgins and fuch as are recovered out of fome Sick* 
befs. 
The Green-Sicknefs, is a flow Feaver in Virgins and other young Women that 
their Courfes. • 
In fuch as are ficklyand crafie, the Color of the Face is without blood becaufe 
the whol Mafs of blood is Wheyifh, and therefore the blood of the Face being Inch, 
fiiufl needs be of an Whey ifh Color. Thole that are fo affe&ed, are called Lip- 
b*moi% blood-les. A bad Color of the Face, both in Sick and found perlous, is 
denied C acochroia' 
Furthermore, the Face is made rough and deformed by burning Tuftkf, lonthij 
Lari, lci, andSpiUoi. 
vAn hard Puih is called lonthos, becaufe it reprefents a branch of the flowring 
is an harder knob, and not fo red and fiery as the lonthof.'Ficm is a cer- 
taiJ? Ware, 
be Impetigo or Dana, is a roughnefs or Scaly Eminence of the Skin, if it 
i if it be raoift, it Exulcer a tes and runs. 
l jW'i, Warts, are Imooch knobs white or blewifh: which if they be of a 
cer 5 they mufi: noc be tampered with, leaft fome worle and can- 
°Lls fiilpofition follow; and Seneca faies that a face without Warts or moles is 
hOL Pleafing. 
p C is a wonderful thing how thefe Warts of the Face do produce others in divers 
q^Cs the body, which anfwer the meafure of the Face as far as the Neck. 
Bl^1? Ludovicm Septalm has compofed a moft Elegant Book* 
led an(* w c°lor in the Skin of the Face, proceeding from a brmle, is cal- 
Sb/op!l*m' . 
piu°i are Sooty Excrements of the Skin, intruded into the pores thereof, which 
Pifeafes of 
the Face. 
Sunburning. 
The Kofe. 
Qmn-slc\nefi 
lontbos. 
yam* 
Lichen. 
warts* 
*vf<t 
sfeUoi. 'The Thy/teal Confederation,and 
BooklV* 
are pulled out, either by a pin, or by fqueefmg elite Skin, or by feme emollient Me* 
dicamenc or Pomatum, if they be hard and thick. 
cFani, are fcarrs in the Face. 
Mentagra. 
Vxni 
Impetigo or Dry-Scab of the Chin, which troubled the Gentle- 
men of Pvome in Plinmes tune, where it was a Popular Dileale: is a Malignant 
Scab, which remaines many years and is hardly curable, and lo alters che Skin of 
the Chin and Lips, that a Man continues Beard-les al his Life long. 
The Aftionof the Skin of the F ace being hurt is termed Cyme us Spafmus, The 
Dog-like Convulsioni or torture of the Mouth exprefling the fnarling of aD$ - 
tor it is a depraved motion of the Mufcles of the Face, belonging to a Paine or Con- 
Vullion. 
Cynlcus jpafe 
mm. 
If it be Paraly tick the Retraift ion is made in the found Parc, becaufe of the diflo- 
lution of the oppohee Parts: If kbe convulsive, the Parc affefted is drawn back: 
Thole Nerves which are affe&ed in this Sympcome,do arife from the fpmal Marrow 
between the lecond and third Vertebra of the Neck. 
Qalen attributed this depraved motion of the Mouth to the Mufcle tended Lattf- 
fimm. 
Bei'rdes the Cynicm Spafmusj there is another Convulfion very ordinary, of the 
upper Lip cowards the Eye, by the diforder of that lame Nerve of the third pair 
delcribed above, which being cut a funder, below the Socket of the Eye, chefaid 
Convulfion is healed. 
Printing 
Beautifying 
The particular medicihing of the Face befides the univerfal, is twofold, the ore 
called Commotice painting and plaftering with *Fucufes Bcc. * The other Cofmetice 
beaucyfing and adorning without any thing laid on : the latter Qalen aliowes to take 
away the U1 favourednefs of Women: but the former, he diiaiiows in a Phyfitian, 
and leaves it to panders, bawds and Whores 
The life of thole Fucufes, unlefs skilfully mannaged does quickly wrinkle the 
Skin, lueh as are the Spanifh- White,and Furpuriffus or Lovly-Red. 
/ The Difeafes of the Lips are very many, diftempers,lnflamation, Swelling, lll- 
cers, and others confift ing in evil conformation, al which pervert the ufe and ad ion 
of the Lips which ferve to fhut the Mouth,form the fpecch and for the eafie recepti- 
on of meat and drink, to contain the Tongue within foe Mouth, cocaft forth the 
Spittle out of the Mouth, for Trumpeters to make a flrong blaft, forlnfancstd 
f Suck with, and both in Men and Women to exprefs their mutual AfFedion by Kid 
Ting, and to beautifie their Faces : and therefore if a Mans Lips were cut of, he 
would appear very deformed, juft like a fnarling Deg. 
Such as have great Lips and flicking out, are called Lahedne/ : fuch are born 
with imperfed or cloven Lips, are Laid to have an Hares hip: this defed & 
amended by Surgery. If the kips be loofe and hanging, it proceeds from a Pallia 
He chat has the infides of his Lips turned outwards is termed *"Brcchus : and he tba£ 
has fwelling Lips is called Cheilo. Thole are by •Arhobius termed Flmtonefs 
whofe Chins flick out. 
The Chops of the Lips are called Ffragades. Somtimes Tumors and little blad" 
ders break out upon the Lips, efpecially in Feavers, when Nature drives the virul- 
ent Humor out of the Veins and Arteries into the Lips, which *A*vicen iaies is a gc*** 
fign, chat the Feaver wil quickly ccaie: and experience does many timesconfiuU 
the fame. Yet lomtimes Tumors and Ulcers in the Lips are in Difeafes hgi#50* 
Death, asin the two Brothers Hermoptolemm and Andreas in Hippocrates. 
Bad Color of the Lips in Difeales is no good figh; in luch as are Wei,. it argues 3 
fault in the Lungs or in the blood. 
‘Moles and Warts black and blew and Scirrhous flicking upon the Lips, 
things to be warily handled, and not to be tampered with by way oflncilioxr. 
Somtimes the Lips do naturally Swel, efpecially the lower Lip, when i 
is drawn out, and then the lower Teeth'before are higher than the upper,* & 
include them* * 
The ufe oj 
the Lips. 
D ijea fes of 
the Lips. 
In tlmr Shape 
chops 
Tumors 
vlcers 
Bad Color 
Wales and 
wans* i 
&c. Chap. 6. 
Of the Ufofe. 
_ The principal hurc of the action of the Lips, is depraved Speech* 
kympcome wants a Name. 
.. The depraved trembling motion of the Lips, happens by confenc of the Stomach 
. ■'tempered, by reafon of a Membrane common to the Lips and Stomach. Whence 
Jc is that thole who are ready to vomit* have a trembling in their nether Lip: which 
is called Seifmos. 
"o'°Peen 8 of c^e Mouth is hurt, when the Jaw is become flif and immovable : 
Its miil ting is hurc when the Jaw is Palfifcd, asinFeavers, by reafohofthe Heat of 
fhe bowels and Lungs, and difficulty of breaching. 
• Much (pawling, and wane of Spittle, do belong to the Difeafes of the Mouth, 
ffioygh they have ocher remote Caules: for Spittle is neceffary for chewing of meat, 
oripeech and Faffing; but immoderate Spittle is hurtful,and the voidance there- 
°J is accounted filthy and undeccnc. Touching the Cure of Lips cut of* Taltdco- 
t2/**has wrietten. 
But this 
Symptoms 
Trembling 
Shutting 
Frequent [fit- 
-trig. 
Chap. 6. Of the JS[ofe. 
He Nofe, the Inftmment of Smelling and of denting the brain, is placed in the 
nhddeft of the Face ; dividing the Eyes and Face into two even Farts. 
The length and breadth thereof is uncomly, if it exceed a Mans Thumb in length 
*’dthicknds. ..... , . . • 
.The Figure of a Mans Nofe contributes much to his healthy living: for an high 
is better than a flat Note, and wide Noftrils are to be preferred before harrow 
• is divided into twoa Cavities, which are called Noftrils fevered by a partition, 
Reaching as high as the Colander-bone. 
. The Depth and Widnefs of the Nofe, are greater within than they appear out* 
var% : for that fame fpace which lies between the two tables or boards of the Pa- 
Spbenoides., divided into two Cavities by the Os Vdtnern, reaching to 
partition of the Noftrils, belongs unto the Nofe. 
That fpace is idled up with Spungy Pones 9 which are portions of the Colander- 
chofe Spungy bones are filled with Spungy hits ofPleth, which drink 
/ P the Flegm which flows from the Head,, that Snevii might not be alwaies drop- 
Tlr>g ouc of the Nofe. 
a Thefe bones and Caruncles or Spungy bits of flefh do like wife ferveto Filtrate 
ftram the Air, which, the Mouth being fhut, is drawn ip at the Noftrils, chat it 
T? be imparted puce unco the Lungs and brain. 
The Nofe therefore is compounded of bones, G riffles, Membranes and Mufcles. 
q of b Two Pones, which flick outwards and fafhion the fame. ‘Five 
aie dependant upon chofe bones, two being lateral placed by dimes, and 
\y. le through the help of Mufcles. They are termed Pinna and AU ‘Haft the 
is cal?5 an? T mnacles of the Nofe. There is a Griftle placed between them, which 
PW ePtltni, the partition, and it depends upon chat fame boney a partition, 
Th ifCvveen the bones of the Nofe, being a continuation of Os Vomeris. 
t f is cloached externally with the Cuticula and Cutis under which lie the 
With H i The inner Parcs of the Nofe are inverted with a Membrane Iprinkled 
\vhei) ?% Fibres, by the help of which,the ‘Pinnacles of the Note are Contradfed, 
c | breath is ftrongly drawn in; as the faid Pinnacles are widened by ocher 
ties Mufcles, the del'cription whereof you fhal find in my Hiftory of the Muf- 
To cbe 5. 
oledo belong, the Seive like plate of the Colander bone, and 
0Coan: or Teat-lify Productions ending at thefe bones, and given out to be the 
Some C • run!*encs of Smelling. 
thcuft h doubt whither chofe Caruncles or little bits of Flefh which are 
lto cbe Spungy bones, are the proper Inftrumencs of fmelling, or only Come 
TheNofesSdt* 
nation. 
Shape 
t'avuies 
Spungy Bond 
Spungy Car- 
uncles. 
Bones 
Grifties 
Membrane 
Mufcles The'ThyficalQnfuleration,andnatomy 
BooklV* 
way fubrervienc thereunto; becaufe when they are overmoiftened, or by any h)iP 
eales impaired, the imellmg is depraved, or wholly loft. 
a r.15-/-2."b . ■ 
a Tiy f.6„LZh T. IS f I Q'K'&C.Z0 T.15../.5.C C. T. 18./.?* 
aa.m 
The \Medicinal Confederation, 
Difeafes of the 
whol'Nofe, 
The Griftly Parrs of the Nofe, are Inflamed, ‘Bruifed, and Vice rated ? 
' bony Parts are broken , al of them are troubled with diflernpers, but efpenally wtfjj 
organkk Difeales Ipi inging from a bad Conformation, as when the Nofe is crookfjj 
inwards like a laddie-, which is oftimes by external Cauits; but if a Child 
be born with a Saddle-Nofe, it may be then railed and rectified. For m 
reports in his Alcibiades, if the King of 'Perfla had a Daughter lo bom; they did 
thruft Pipes into the C hi ids Nofe, and reduce it by little and little to its right fhap6* 
by widening the bones and Griftles, whiles they were yet Waxy and pliable. 
An over great and high 'NjJf'e, cannot be cur flrorter without making the party 
more deformed. If in per ions grown up the Nofe be Swelled with T überous £E 
crefcencies ofFlefh j that fault may be mended by cutting ot the laid luxuriating 
Flelh. 
The infide of the Nofe is apt to Swel, and is infefted with Inflamatory bunch#* 
which come to fuppuracion: but far within in the Spungy bones and their Caruncle 
there is bred a filthy ft inking Ulcer called which is offenfive both to theF** 
trents and al that come near them, and is very hard to cure. Somtimes theiittlj 
bones are corrupted and come out at the Noftrils. The Caruncles being fw/clkd 
with or without an Ulcer, caufe the 'Polypus, which fals into the Noftrils, oritfi* 
the hollow places above the Palace, reaching as far as the Throat. 
The 'Polipus is neatly diicribed by Celfus in his Chapter the eig^*• 
Unlefs it be of a Malignant Color and painful, it may fafeiy be cut away by 
Koots, if poflible, which is the true Cure, for other wife it wil grow again, itaof 
Part be left remaining after ifktion. 
A Malignant Cancerous <Polypus muft not be medled withal either by cutttfs 
burning, or cauftick Medicaments, for if it be exalperated it eates and devoid 
the whol Face. ✓ 
Sympcomes of the Nofe are either its adtion hurt, or fimple affe&ions thereof 
or the Irregulary of what is voided forth. The action of the Nofe is ScneiM 
which is abolifhed, diminifhed or depraved. The Caufes ofthefmeldimini&f; 
orabolifhed, are the fame, to wit, the obftrudtion of the inward paftagesof 
Colander-bones and cheMammillary produ£tions,in which the Inieliing is 
If the foremoft Ventricles be flopped* ether parts of the Nofe remaining infire, 
known by the perfection of iperch, which fliews chat the Colander and 
bones with the Mammillary Productions, are free. 
The Smelling is depraved, when al things leem toftink, and when the 
perceives a ftink in his Nofe, which is like wile (deemed by the ftanders by. _. 
true Caule of this Syroptome, isa putrified Humor congealed in thofe Cavi#**' 
If the Putrefaction be wuhmthe SCiil, the ftmk is not perceived by the Patien? 
but is difeerned by thoie which convene with him, as Cornelius oXr 
ferves. j 
Simple affections of the external Nofe,are fpots which are black and blew orr ' 
and deforme the fame. They muft be taken away, or corrected with tome PtiOi i 
if there be no Ocher Remedy. ini 
The Irregularity of Excretions, konfifts in 'Bleeding at the <Hpfe» and *0 
<Flux of Serofities .therefrom, which caufes the Coryza or 
or a continual Nofe-dropping. 'Hippocrates in his fixe Book of Aphorilmes & 9 
Such as have running Noles, - are unhealthy. 
Of the infide 
Tubercuia 
o\enn 
Tolypus 
Symptoms of 
the ’ffplirils. 
Smelling lo[t 
Vmmjhed. 
deprived. 
Spots 
Tfyfe- bleeding 
Coryza Chap, y. 
Of the 
In bleeding at che Nofe, the blood either comes from che Noftrils opened by 
picking, or from that fame long Cavity of che Dura Water, which reaches unco 
the Noftrils; if the Veins be opened by che fliarpnefs of che blood or che abundance1 
thereof, after it has flowed a while, ic muff be flopped by opening a Vein in the 
Arm, unlels che blood flow critically. 
. Cornelius would have al bleedings at the Nofe to be flopped', be they what they 
'vhj and would have a Vein opened co chat end, Contrary to the Doftnne of Hip- 
pocrdtes. blood coming from the inner Parcs of che Nofe may be flopped : but ic 
ts very hard to flop the lame when it comes from the Minings or Coates of the 
brain. 
dropping of blood from the No e in burning and Malignant Feavers, is bad, both 
*s 3 Cauleand a iigne : becaufe ic does not cafe che Patient, and ic fhevvs a Plenitude 
1,1 the brain, and chat nature being weak is not able codisburchen herfelf. Iniuch 
3 cafe,giea: care is to be taken of the bead by Revuliion,and Derivation of the blood, 
3“d by cooling of the Head, for fear ot Inflamacion or loroe Sleepy Dileafe. 
, It bleeding at the Nofe be flopped in young people accuftomed thereunto, and 
brains Ake through fullnels, they mtift be let blood. 
*he Ancients did open the inward Veins of che Nofe, which Practice is left off, 
che way they did ic, is co us unknown. 4 ; 
ernehus writes chat Wofmes as long as ones Finger have been found in Saddle- 
being there bred i which at iaft made che Patients mad and killed them; 
hole Wormes were thought co have been cafl our of the brain, where as indeed they 
Reborn and bred in che Cavities of che Nofe. For Wormes bred in the Ventri- 
r, es °f the brain, cannot come our, unlels they fhouid eat a funder of break the 
leve-hhe cable of the Golander-bone. 
~ , ~~ ‘ ? 
CatifeofNofe- 
blecdifig. 
i m Curei 
jylhac which ‘Fernelius has written, is worthy of confidefacion in reference to 
. ‘‘eafes of che Head. That in Nofe-bleedings, che blood comes out not from che 
j/lnj but out of che Veins of che Noftrils. The Veins (faith he) do run into the 
from the inner Parcs of che brain, but out of che Cavities-of che Mouth 
Palace,which are wide and open enough, fo as they leem co be che Emiffanes of 
bloody Even as the Hemorrhoid Veins, and chofe which belong to 
J Neck °f che Womb. Wherefore the brain being burchened with blood is not 
« if the blood flow not from che Cavities of Dura Water. But Ibeleiveic 
out of che brain. And (jalen and jQxetews do wrice,chac the Veins within the 
N°^rilSj beneath the Colander-bone, may be opened by Arc. 
Sneering may be (aid to belong unco the Noftrils, becaufe they being vexed do 
ufe Sneezing. Alto Sneezing is referred co Dileafes of the Head, and efpecially 
p the Epilepfie or Falling-Sicknefs, becaufe it is a momencany Concuflion or 
J*onvuhion of che brain. So laies Hippocrates in the feventh Book of his Aphorif- 
L is caufed by heating or moiftning of what is contained in the Ventricles of 
Snecftnw 
Chap. 7. Of the 2{eck. 
Hat Parc which is iriterpofed between che Head and the Cheft, is termed ' 
and ordained for the Service of the Wind-Pipe and Lungs, 
s a to luftam che Head lipom 
bujv°U?^c co b® °f an indifferent length, that it may be healthy and ufefiil for the 
*horrn: , au*ea Neck coo fhorc con lifting of but fix Vertebrae/, by reafon of the 
ot g i els oi fhofe Veffels which ace carryed into che Head, is liable co the Apoplexy 
bcin:f ; and a Neck coo long containing eight Vertebrae/, does at length 
httle a S'?nluaiPrion: becaule the Lungs being fhut lipinfo Itraitaplacedoby 
’JheN ile Wax overhoc> and wither away by degrees. , . , . 
n 1S mac*e UP divers Parcs, which are divided imoConteimnp and 
ed. The Gonteining are common or proper, the contained arc manyfoS. , 
The Necks aje 
Its Length 
Its Ttris* 200 
TheThjJlcalConfideration,andnatomj 
Book IV* 
There are reckoned two common containing Barts, the Scarf-Skin and the 
Skin. The containing proper Membrane is its Coat vir?» The "Mu]cuius LatuJf 
which leems to be a Propagation of the Membrana Carnojd. 
The Parts contained are manyfold vi*{* The Mulcles of the a Head, of the 
k Neck of thec Os Blyoides, of the d 1 ongue, of the <■' Larynx and 'he *■’ Bh.irynx i 
which being orderly differed and taken away there comes in view the g LarytlXf 
the hOs Blyoides, the Bharynx, the1 Tongue, the k Kernels, The1 lour Jugulars* 
the two m Carotick Arc cries, A Nerve of the nlixc Conjugation both detrending 
and Recurrent, the Cervical ° Veins and P Arteries and the greater number ol rhele 
Parcs, is placed in the for elide of the Neck : m die .hinder Part 
thereof are the <1 Vertehraes, and the hinder r Mulcles ordained to move the Head 
and Keck, 
I wil referve the Explication of the Mufcles to my tyfyologia or TJiflory of•tin)' 
cks, where the Reader may look, it' he delire to know the alulcles ot every Part* 
# 
aT. 13./. 18. T. 14./.4. &c. “ b ST. 13-/• 18. T. 14./, 2.5.4. " c Tip 
f. 1?• &e. Z d T. 13H* Ie /• 8.9,10. &c, Zr T. 3. /. 2. 3. “s FS.9. 0* 
S h/. 11.12* C. “ 1 f.is. A. Z k f-16.17. &c. Z1 T. 12. f. 1. ee. fr 
f-2.aa.ZzT. 3./.5.;0 x. 12./. 1 v?£. ?/. 2.T<T. -qT. 13./. 19.^T.i* 
/. 2. 3j4. 
But you mutt diligently obferve the Kernels placed upon the » 
roidei or Door falhiond Gtittle, which are larger in Women than in.Men. In cblS 
order therefore you fhalfearch for the Parcs of the Neck, and leparace them ify°u 
can one from another, or take t hem out. 
And ttrtt of al,the Wufculus Latiftmus being taken away,you fhal 
for the Nerve of the b Sixc pair, placed between the internal jugular Vein 
Carotick Arteries. Thec Internal Jugular has little values or Ihutters 
Claves, but dlei external jugular has none. 
The cArtery at its entrance into the Skuf has two very find chin bon# 
which hinder and keep back the Arterial blood, when it would iiow in coo & 
lencly. 
The ‘Serves of the ftxt Bair being both of them tied in a living Qog, he 
bark having loft his voyce, if one only be tied, he barks but faintly and by haJv^J 
which is diligently to be obfervedt . 
Then you lhalconiider the 0/ £tHyoides, how it is fufpended with ttrong 
and firmly fattened to the Apophyfes s Styloide/; how it luttaines the Larynx, 
lEpiglottis and the Tongue. For the Cartilago $ Tbyroidcs, is by its Hornesair 
nexeded to the 0/ TJyaides. 
t And therefore* the 0/ ‘Hyoides is the Foundation of thofe Parts, and yet 
moveable in fwallowing: and BypndeletiUs faw one taken Speechles as in a Pal* 
by reafon of the dittolucion of the Reiuftancy of the Mulcles of Os Bbyois’ 
Which is a thing to be obierved in that bone. .; ■ M I 
Befides thofe Kernels retting upon the Cartilago "thuraides there are other 
tie ones, placed aUlong the internal jugular and orderly difpoled into which-& 
brain disburdens it lelf. 1 5 
Under the lower Jaw, in the upper and foremer Parc of the Neck, are feen 
other Kernels* which do often Iwel, and in them the Kings-Evil is bred. r u 
At the Root of the Tongue are the a Tonfill*, termed Anttades \ certain 
fo called. Whole pain andTwellingare by Vlpian termed Antiagri. , tj 
Althefe Kernels are diligently to be confidercd in Fluxions which happen 
Neck, whether they be the ScropbuU Kings Evil or Bronchoeek. 
Its Pejjels. 
tii Hjoldts- 
Kernels. 
• T.ij./.i,2.8.;b T T, i2./.i.ec.“d /• t.ff-Zl 
T.IJ./.11."s T.lj.t.6.©©-!>/. 1,3.8.V4.S1 
f. itf.tfßdu* g " Chap. 
Of the fhfec\. 
The ‘Medicinal Confederation. 
The Neck is to Similar Difeafes arifing from dftemper, and to Difeafes 
Qfgamcal, coniifling in bad Conformation:- if it be too long, or toOfltorc, or the e 
Vertebrae/ thereof be out ot Joy nr, elpecially the iecond \ in Magnitude* if ic be 
fuelled, as la the ‘Bronchocele, Kings-Evil and Squinfie. 
‘Broncbocele is a Swelling in the Neck, near the Larynx, arifing from an humor c 
c°lL£ted in that place, or from the Kernel of the Cartilage rthuroides being longer 
thin ordinary and producing luperfluoUs flefh i of ic is an Impoflum proceeding 
from the Tumor Jltheroma or Stcatoma, or ic is a Dropfie. ‘Bronchoceie does not 
proceed, as many have imagined, from immoderate Clamors and Cry ings our, or 
bY drinking of melted Snow, as the fafhion is among the Inhabitants of the Alpes 
°r other high Mountames* but from chick and dammmy F iegm, which il.des thi- 
ther by bittle and little out of the Head and the external Parrs thereof, down behind 
the Hares. Which is the Judgment of ’Vernelius. 
It may be queftioned, whether the matter be contained between the cMufculut 
latitf anf| f} -e Skm, or whether it lie a I concealed under the cM.ufculus Latus. Fob 
frthc matter be collected there, itcannoc be drawn out, becauie iris crept in be- 
tween the I paces of the Mufcles. 
fr it lie outward to the light, ft may be rooted out and cured. Ic is wont to 
begin with a wind, which diflends and feparaces the Skin from the Membrana 
Car no fa: or the ‘Mufathts Latus it felf, isfeparaced from the Parcs which he be- 
the fame. 
Into the which fpaCe the matter flows by degrees, which differs according to the 
v<*rious temperament and Conflitucion of the Patients. 
It grows by little and little, and receives nounfliment, not by the Veins, but by 
Cercain little Pipes which Nature creates. 
• Broncbocele differs very much from the <Te\ings~cE,vil~Svc>eUirigsi which rife un- 
et the Jaw and in the Neck, of a rounder lhape, diflinft one from another, or 
buffered together. They fpring from a Flegmatick clammy matter , which 
the Kernels and makes them fwelj and therefore lock where there are 
*Wnels, there rhe f welling? anie. 
Scirrhous Tumots have in them fomwHat of the Nature of the Kings- 
vdwSweihnqs, which makes them iulpedted. They happen tinder the 
in the Groins, behind the Eats, and iaal Parcs of the Body where there are 
Qhndules or Kernels. And fomtimes in certain places of the Body, a portion 
Fat grows hard and makes a Scirrhous Tumor and fomtime the Kings- 
, fhe Tumor Qongroni is muttered among the external fwellings of 
e isieck It is cauied by an Humor, not fo chick as that in cheKings-Evil.br 
hr*nchocele. ‘ v . 
in n^lna cbe fquinlie, is a Tumor of the Neck either internal or external: cram 
or external inflamacion of the Neck. 
q i external is properly called Synanche, the Internal is termed Cyiianchc. 
conceives iliac tins diftinffion of Naincs is vain and of no ale in Practice. 
». *c * accounc che fame neeeffaiy. For although general Medicines do ferve for both, 
iL ,n Synanche where the Patient can neither fetch breath nor (peak, the danger is 
W* Ur ant* rherefore Medicines are to be fpeeded with al haftpoflible: yea and 
'g’ndiP«pe mult be opened ere twenty four hours are pafl, that the Patient 
rT C^at meam receive breath, til fuch time as the Part of the Larynx 
the .°fr°pped. For in that kind bt Squinlie, where no outward fuelling appears, 
(>hr uTynx a^°fie is ini lamed and obttrufted. Inothei Squinlies theCucumja-- 
4r UuJes ol other Parcs are aifefted; In the Cynandoe, the Fluxion is in the 
SvHirh”’* aiui cbe Glocas) a«d m ocher Wufculous Carnojities of the by 
mean* che paffage of the Larynx is flopped, and death fojfows unvoidabiy^ 
> Similar Di[- 
! eafts of the 
< Nuk- ■ 
The Organ* 
, cal Difeafes. 
as 
Bronch'tccU 
I 
■ things-Evil 
Gcngrone* 
Squlnije zol 
TheThyficalQ>njideration,and<lA 
Book IV. 
for though there is fome little paflage left for Liquors* yet no man can live without 
fetching his breath. 
A Leek thruft into the Throat, with fome fliarp biting Powder fprinkled upon 
it may do good, as alfo fome ftrong drawing Medicu e ora Veficatory applied to 
the Larynx, and Scarifications made here and there about the Larynx. Touching 
the Squinfie , read 'Hippocrates in the 27. and 34. Aphorilir.es of his 
fixt Book. In the third Book of his Frognofticks, And in the 4p. Aphorifin* 
of his feventh Book. 
Chap. 8. Of the Teeth and Gums, 
1 Return now' unto the inner Parts of the Mouth which are there concerned, and 
may be feen with the Eyes, fuch as are the Teeth, G urns. Palate, Uvula and 
Tongue, of which in order. 
Iwil begin with the Teeth, the Inflruments of Chewing and of fpeaking, f°c 
thoie that are Tooth-les cannot wel chew and grind their Meat, neither can they 
pronounce their words clear and plain as they ought to do. 
There is a twofold conli deration of the Teeth asthey are in Infants til, theyart 
two or three years Old, and as they are in perfons of nper years. 
r In Infants they break out by Gourfe, firft the Cutters, then the Dog- Teeth, af' 
! them the Grinders, and they have but twenty til they are three years Old, at which 
time the reft break forth. 
Thefe firft Teeth are called Hentes LaUei, the milk Teeth, which have ufid# 
them another branch, which wilfhooc forth another Tooth, if the firft be plucltf 
out, or come out of it felf. 
There are two feafons obferved in which Children are moft tormented with 
Tooth-breeding: the one is when they firft fprout within the Gum, the other is 
when they break out of the Gum. And under the Term of Tooth-breeding ThT 
pocrates does in a manner comprehend al Childrens Difeafes, becaule Children are 
troubled with many Difeafes upon that account, fpringing from the pain of Teeth' 
breeding, and bringing them to their Graves. 
In *Per/ons grown up the Teeth are diftributed into two ranks or a rows, accof' 
ding to the two Jaws in which they are fixed. In each Jaw are reckoned fifteen 
fixceen Teeth, and they are of three forts. The firft four placed in die forepart 
the Jaw, are called b Cutters: next them on either fide, are the two c Hug- Teeth 
and after them on each fide five grinders. They are immovably faftened in 
‘Holes called , by chat kind of Articulation which is termed Qotfi" 
phofis, . 
They are bound and faftened both by their proper Ligaments and by thc 
<sums. 
Theyrecive Nerves, Veins and Arteries within their Roots, which are 
and therefore they are pained more than any other of the bones. The external M 
bare Part of the Tooth, is termed its Bafts, the internal which is covered, is call*1 
the %ooty which is double or triple. 
a T. 14.3*"b T.T. i5./.6.ww.“d T. 1 $.f.6.0000, Z 
Ufe of the 
Teeth. 
Condition of 
the Teeth in 
Infants. 
la grown Ver~ 
fons. 
their Veffels. 
The Medicinal Confideration. 
- Tooth-Sickneffes of Infants, have two rimes in which they are wont to 
and kil. The firft: is when the Tooth firft fprouts within the Gum, which is 
Odaxijmos, which caufes the Gums to Swel and be inflamed, brings Feavers, c 0 
tinual Vomiting andLoofnefs: the other is the time of the breaking forth or t . 
Tooth, which is called Odontopbua, and then the poor Infants are moft of al vex 
and tormented with pains. 
"Difeafes of 
the Teeth in 
Infms. mm-B-Sammmm 
Of the Teeth an dq urns• 
Chap. 8. 
Tne teeth of grown Perfons are troubled with divers Difeafes,asIDiftempersfDry- 
nefithrough Age, and Loofnefi *, with OrganickDifeafes in ‘JSfumber deficient,whon 
they tal out *, or in Number exceeding, when there are two or three rows of Teeth 
(i . 
o,vn ‘C> 
or when there is but one Bone, in the place of lb many Teeth. 
In -Magnitude exceeding or deficient, as when there be long gag Teeth, that go 
°Ut of their Rank, or when.the Teeth are coo little and worn away. 
In Saturation, when they (land nor dole together, or when the lower Teeth are 
nor.;ufl*againft the upper, or when the upper Teeth fal within the lower, or when 
1 eech grow in the Palace of the Mouth. 
Idileaies common are, when the Teeth Scale and moulder away wich rotcenefs, 
or when they are broken. , \ t 
Symptomes of the Teeth, are the hurting of the proper and peculiar feeling of c 
the Teeth, which is called Tleemodia, Setting of the Teeth on Tdge, or the hurting " 
°f the common feeling of the Teeth, which caufes the Tooth -Ach, which is rermed 
0 dontalgieioco dontagra for the hknefs it has to pains of the Go,ut. Pain of the 
eech is reckoned among the greaceft torments which are in the world, although a 
footh be fo final a Parc. Celfus Book the fixe Chap. 9. 
Simple Aifedions of the Teeth are Blacknefs, Rurtynefs and a clammy gluiffi- 
ttefs (which Tlippocrates counts the (igu of a (Long Feaver) alfo a ftony Cruft 
grows upon them. , 
Symptomes in the Irregularity of things voided, are, A Stinking Of the Teeth, 
sriexaeicence and Worms, which are bred within the Cavities of the Teeth, ora 
Imx of blood immoderately flowing, after the drawing of a Tooth, which isforn- 
Clmes a caule of Death, SewDureties in hisCommencs upon the Coicks of Tlippo- 
Cr«tex> where he explains what is the grinding of the Teeth in Difeafes. 
Ch'ynefs of the Teeth in Sick]people, forecels a Convullion or Madnefs. 
It is worth the enquiry. Whether into the place of a Tooth drawn our, another 
be chruft in at the fame moment, and fixed in the Room thereof, fo as to ftick 
and be cloached with the Gums fleffi, and Co abide and (eeve to chew the Meat 
the ocher Teeth ? m 1 
He that dial conlider chat the Teeth have Life, do receive Veins, Arteries and 
Serves jdo feel, are pained and firmly tied and faftened with certain bands into 
the Gums: wil never fay that a ftrang Tooth, chruft into the place of one pluckc 
olJt, can be made fo like to the ocher Teeth, asto perform the fame Office with 
them and (lick there as long as they ffial do. Yet fome Phyficians in favour of a 
Borman Tooth-drawer, would perlwade Men chat it is poflible to fubfti- 
JUte luch a Tooth, and they have upbraided me with Incredulity and Ignorance, 
ecaufe I am not of their mind. 
You are to confider the holes in the upper and lower Jaw-bone, through which 
drawn the Nerves Veins and Arteries, which are inferred into the Roots of the 
reeth. 
Symptomes of 
the Teeth are- 
Setting on edge 
T ooth-ifeh, 
Stinking- 
Excrefcence- 
Worms- 
Bleeding. 
Whether a 
Tooth may be 
/a fietied in the 
place oj one 
drawn outS 
* In the upper Jaw there creeps an Artery which running cowards theEare, is there 
is )115 0r leated up, and to chat place and upon the Temples, an aftnngenc plafter 
to ftop the Veins by which the Flux of Rheum does come. 
a here creeps an Artery in the Lower Jaw near the Corner, which is to be (eared 
j or copicks are to be laid thereupon, coeale- the Tooth- Ach of the 
vVer Jaw. 
3nd °mtmies a k°nV ull6Lls or Spungy hib(hi ce grows out of the hole of a Tooth, 
pc Cornes c° be to big as to fihhe Patients Mouth, and at length to choak him, if 
hereofloa be noc cutting off the faid cxcrefcence and burning the Root 
S^n0Uiaialobrei'vech brain hurts the Teeth by Diftilladon of Rheum, the 
ch 1 burtS clleni by Fumigation or railing fumes and fteems which annoy them: 
Th 3t Cjbe unSs iikewife do in fome Meafure damraage the Teeth. 
OfC . re 15 a Regeneration of the T eech, and that Teeth grow out in every Age 
h Jsmoft certain ; yet mud we not rely upon this Regeneration of Teeth, 
How (he Spun- 
gy excrcfcence 
is taken out of 
theT ooth-bote- 
whether Teeth 
do breed in al 
Jges? cFheThjJtcalCon/uieration^anclxtAnatomy 
Book IV» 
fo as certainly to make account thereof, and expeff it alter (even years 
are over. 
To Clenfe the Teetib you fhal find an Admirable Water, in the 96. Coun fdot 
*lFerneliui 
Chap. 9. Of the Gums, 
The natural 
the Gums’* °* 
Preternatural, 
THe Quntf parcels ofFlefh folded about the Teeth,which cover the 
holes of the Teeth within and withoucibuf without they are wider and more 
fwelling. When this Flelh of the Gums grows Troud and covers the Teeth mere 
chan it fliould, it caufes pain and hinders Chewing, a lib die Lcdjheji of 
the laid Flelh is troublefome, becaufe it makes the Teech to become loole. 
Inflamation of the Gums is called <Parulvs: if the Flelh grow from an Ulfeer, 
termed epulis. Somcimes the Gums are Cancerated, and iomtimes they biecd 
immoderately. 
The Gums are Eaten up by Ulcers called Aphtha: in the Scurvy ( which the o'<> 
Phyfitians called Stomachache and Ofcedo) the Ulcers ot the Gums are 
lignanc. 
Somcimes chefe Aphtha or Ulcers of the Gums are fo Mfclignanr, chat they cate 
into the Tongue, ‘Uvula,and Tonfolla, without luijpicion of die Venereal Po# 
luch are ddcrib'ed by Aretaus, and luch appear in chat drangling Spanifh Ddeal'b 
which the Spaniards cal Qarotillo, and which is common co the inhabit ants of Nap- 
les (who cal it ‘Ulcus Syrianum^auciwn) perhaps by reafon of their Commerce 
with the Spaniards, who are much fubjc<aco the Kings-Evil: and therefore rid 
Malignant Humor of the Kings-Evil does Produce luch Sympcomes intheMoudi 
and Jaws, 
TaruUs. 
Epulis, 
Cancer. 
Apth*' 
Chap. 10. Of the ?alate. 
Tbe (truSiure 
of the Palate. 
THe Palate is thea Vaulted Roofe of the Mouth, which is a very chin bone? 
cloached with a b Nervous Skin, which is wrinkled, by reafon of the Creve/fc5 
which are ingraven in the bone: and therefore it fticks very hard co the bone,wbi 
has no tferioftium' 
This moft tender bone does many times become rotten in the Whores-Pock*# 
the Palace being beared through ( if care be noc taken in time; whether the inle#r 
on be lodged in the Mouth, or within the Nole: which Hole lb beared does niuck 
hinder the Patient in chewing of Meat and in Ipeaking uniels it be flopped with2 
plate. Cotton, orSpunge. 
Its Kottennef. 
Chap* *1 * 0/ the Uvula and Ijlhmus, 
' The Vfe of 
the Vvnla. 
AT theinner part or further part of the c Palace hangs th eiQamireo*01. 
J_\ Vvula, a Fldhy Particle, which is given to mankind to help his fpeech,*11” 
to fome birds which imitate che fpeech of Man : it hangs therefore at the faith td 
of the Palace, to helpour fpeech, being that to che voyee, which the Qiul ts c° 
Muficallnftrument, whofe firings are muck therewith. It is therefore called me 
linker bp Taulus SLgineta in che 51. Chapter of his lixe Book. r . 
It hinders liquid things from running back into the Noftnls, and ic purji c!lg 
Air which enters inco che Wind-Pipe. Therefore fuch as have no Vvuhh al 
hoarfe in fpeaking, part of what they drink runs into their Noie, 
Che impurity of the Air which they draw inco their Tunes, they faimto a T°ll 
furaption. 
*c as a Mufcjes for motian, though it be moved very obfeuf ly of rather iufp^ 
its Mufclesd  iz. 
Of the Tongue. 
in JEquilibrio. Of chele Mufcles you may read in my Hiflory of theMufcles. 
Lib. 5. v - 
Toe his Par tide are ad joy ned certain Lateral Ligaments, which being widened 
!?I fpred torch by a Defluxion of rheum,chey refemble the wings of Bacs or Fliccer- 
are very croublelome co che Patient. Naturally they ought to be dryland 
drawn back toward che Palate bone: they are two, and do include che b Kernels 
te%ied Tonfili*. 
Ligamenti. 
The Qledicinal Confideration. 
This Parc, The Uvula oa Qargareori is Inflamed Swelled, Lengthened j, 
and grows Lanl{. When ic is inflamed it reprelencs a Grape,and is cernid Staphyle, 
jf ic reprefent a Pillar, cis called Columella and Chion j if it grow loofe and flap 
“yreafon of the Rheum, tis called Cbalafis Gargaieonis', and then ic is cone raffed 
?nd drawn back, by I'pnnckling fait or Peper upon ir, whereby the moifture thereof 
ls dried up. 
. If it hang down coo much, part of it is cut away •, if the lateral Membranes ate re- 
j*Xed it is called imantis by Aretseus •, who elegantly defenbes the Relaxation of 
tflofe Ligaments in his fir ft e de Caufts tAcutorum,Chap. 8. Of the Gargareon 
read Hippocrates, in his th ird Progn, lent. 31. 
f a X 155. LL. &C. Zh X 13./. 15. V Z' X 13./, XiJ. 
IS. A. JJJ 
a Xi"f. 15.eBeB.CC'&C'2b Xiz*ft 17.andiS. 2 
Us Difeafes• 
S taphyle. 
Columella• } 
Chalajis• 
Imamii, 
Of the Ifthmm, 
is a place or fpace between the Larynx and ‘Pharynx, feated in the 
l£°ac, like a Neck of land between two Seas, which is an Ifthmus. 
*lhe Kernels there placed are called a Antiades and (Parijihmia. The fweiling 
thole Kernels is called by che fame names by which the TonfilU 
Called when they are inflamed. Somtimes they Iwel and grow co luch a greac- 
chat they defeend into che Throac like two Apples and hinder the Patient from 
1 wing and fetching breach. 
, They are often inflamed and Irapoflumaced, and then they muft be pricked 
Seep in with a lancet, co let out the blood or quicror, ocherwiie they choak the 
- ic*enc. Scrutinies they are inflefted with Cancerous Tumors , which ace 
Stable. 
ifthtoHi de- 
fined. 
Difeafes of 
the TonfiU& 
Chap. la. Of the Tongm. 
Tongue, which is the Inftrumenc of rafting fpeaking and fwallowing, is 
.made up of a b Fiefhy and Spungy lubftanCe, compared about with a chin 
leßrtlbrane. Although it teem one, yet is it divided into two Paces, which are fo 
thg?? although clofly connexed i chat one lide may have the Pallie and the o- 
he free, and the one tide may be difcoloured and the other not. 
aiKjC 1S P^ in the Moucnaii%chroac,' bom up by the hafts of the cOfeHy aidef,: 
difr Cied wich a ftrong band. It was very conveniently thus feaced, chat it might 
ly Difeaies which lie hid in the three Cavities of the Body The bel- 
fe^atldHead. Font is leaked and tainted with the moift and fuliginous 
fw^ei^cs°f thole Parcs, and has the Color of that Humor Which bears moft 
yln the Body,* 
Was ce C^eLetoce becaufe it is the Inftrumenc of Taft, of fpeech and of the Mind, it 
We\s • Ul*ice c^ac lc diould correlpond and communicate with thofe principal Bo- 
ths Ton' the IXriu is in al DifeaCes lookc upon and examined, to ought 
Te*c l4gUe coalidered. ‘Hippocrates Lib. 6. ‘Hpidem: 
Tit Tanks’ 
um er' 
ScitUfi-iitiii. 206 
The Thyjical Confideration,a <i/I 
BooklV* 
The Tongue jfhews what theUrinis: which (falen has confirmed in his Com- 
Magnitude. 
mentary upon thac place. 
The Magnitude of the Tongue is to be conftdered: for naturally it ought to be 
as long as a mans middle Finger, but hardly fo thick as the laid Finger, and not 
broader chan the breath of two Fingers. Such is the natural grearnefs of the- 
Tongue, that it may be fit to fpeak with, orherwife a thick, over-long and over', 
broad Tongue, doth much hinder a mans Speaking. 
Thea pointed end of the Tongue, which fauces againft: the Teeth, is termed (Prom 
gloffis: the broad end which lies hid in the Throat, is called Balls Lingua, the 
botcome of the Tongue. Thac it may not run out to far,or wander from its bounds? 
it is retained by a band underneath, which is called Tfratnmn Linguae, the bridle 
of the Tongue. 
It has Veins from the Jugular, Arteries from the Caro tick. The Veins under 
t|ie Xongue are called TJypoglottides or T\anula : and two Kernels 
placed there are likewife termed Tfanulares, in which, grown round and hard? 
the foundation ot the‘Elephantiafis, a kind of Leprofte, is bred, as appeals 
by the iwelling of the Lips, Pulhes of the Face, and chicknels of the Tongue* 
jc jias c Nerves tor rafting and motion. For though it be ot it felt Voluble in fpeak' 
ing, yet for the more ftrong motions of chewing, fwallowing and I‘pitcing,it frauds 
in need of 41 Mufcles, of which you may read in my Tiiflory of Mb files Lib. 5. 
Pfogloflls 
Franum 
itsVefeis. 
Mufclcs 
aT, 13./. 16. and iy.^b T. 13./. 14' Tl.&c,*o T. 13./. 1 i.and 12. 
aT. 13. /. 14. *A. “b T. 13. f. i4<. aa. b.b. “d T ,iv 
f. C. £ 
\ 
The ‘Medicinal Confideration. 
Vifeafes of the 
Tongue* 
Similar. 
Organ; cal. 
The Tongue is fub;e& to divers Difcafes, Similar, Organick, and common- 
For it is liable to al kinds of diftempers j to loofnefs or fofcnefs, hardnefs, Denfity 
and Rarity of fubftance. 
It is Organically Dileafed, when it is fwollen in al its difmenfions and cannot be 
cqnteined within the Hedg of the Teeth; 
It is inflamed, when the Tumor called ‘Batrachium rifes under the Tongue, and 
turnes to an Impoftura: out of which being opened, there flowes a lubftance 
the white of an Egg and fomtimes true quitcor, If it be removed never fo 
from its place, the Caufe is in the Os ‘Hyoides, or in its Mufcles, being eicßeir 
Pailied or Convulfed. 
It is alio Ulcerated by thofe Ample Ulcers termed Aphtha, and fomtimes wit*1 
Malignant Ulcers, which pucrifie, Eat and confume the lame. 
That the fubflance of the Tongue may grow again is confirmed bV. 
many Hiftories, and chat the fame being loft, a man is not wholly deprived 
fpeech. 
There have been fome Teen who could fpeak diftinftly enough, fo as to be 
flood , without a Tongue. But peradventure they had fome Part of their TongLie 
remaining far within,which with the glottis and Uvula did frame the Speed). . 
Sympcomes of the Tongue, of the lirft kind, are two, the Marring of 
and Tailing. Speech is marred chi eewaies, by Abolition, Immmucioh and De- 
pravation. Abolition oi Speech is termed Anaudia. Depravation of speech is 
two {ores, Traulotis, (Pfallotis or balbuties. Traulotis is when the- Patient 
not pronounce feme one letter, and [allot is or Vfelltfmos is, when he cannot 
nounce divers letters. Jfchnephonia, Stammering, is a ftoppage of the Tongu^? 
fo chat the Patient cannot proceed in his difeourie, but repeats one and the ial 
letter often over before he can proceed. Anchylcgloffos and ‘b.logihilia ate when t 1 
Tongue is tied either too ftraic or coo loole. ’ . 
1 here is a threefold marring of the Taft, not dift innuiftied by names: f°r lC 
ibolilhed, diminilhed. 
Common, 
Whether its 
fubftance rail 
grew again. 
Its Symptoms1 
Speech AboDfh- i 
td. i 
Traulotis. . 
TJfallot is. 
Stammering; 
d 1 
I 
Tonguetied. 
I 
74 Vitiated \ Chap. 13. 
Of the Larynx,or Head of the JVind'pipe. 
The depravation of tall happens when the Tongue is filled with fome evil. 
Humor. So chat what ever it tails is infcfled with that Humor and tails thereof. 
Taft is aboliihed when the Tongue perceives no tall in any thing. 
The motion of the whole Tongue is abolifhed in the Paine, diminilhed when the 
half of the Tongue is Palfied, without any hurt to the Taft, 
In a total Pailie of the Tongue, there is great fear chat the Patient wij fal into an 
Apoplexy, though ‘Fernehus law none to follow ; but we mull noc be coo confi- 
enc, but meet the Difeaie when kis coming. 
ln a total Palfie of the Tongue the Patients aredun.b ; in a Pailie of half the 
Tohgue? they Ipeak uncowardly. 
, A limpleafFeftion of the Tongue, is its Color changed, which comes not only 
fr°na the primary diftempets' thereof, but cheifly by Sympathy with the 
Bowels. 
ihere is a certain trembling or wavering of the Tongue obieived in DUeafesof 
Brain, which is a forerunner of thePhrenfte, according to Lhppo crates in his 
hoicks. w'k ; - 
xa(l depraved 
Valfie of the 
l ojtgke. 
Tongue dif- 
coloured, 
Chap. 13. Of the Larynx, or Head ofthe Windpipe, 
| He Larynx is the Head of thea Ajpera krteria or Wipd-pipe, the inftrumenc 
of modulating our Ipeech, and the Channel by which Air is, breathed in and 
Jis feaced in the Forepart of the Neck which is termed the Throat; 
hi Men it bunches out more than iu Women, for the Women have two Kernels 
Pkced thereby, which fwel more than they do in men, and fo make 
e Neck even, raking away that fame deformed Proiuberancy, which is leen in 
The Larynx, 
its 
Av\ti il* 
Stituatm 
t» Fconfiftsof five Cartilages or Griftles, whereof the two greateft do makeup 
le Body of the Larynx: the firft is called bThuroides, the fecond a Cricoid*/, 
Td thole are the twolargeft andhardeft. The third is the b wfncK 
r Placed upon the Cricoides and ftmts up the.X-arynx, Wichin thereis observed a 
which is called c Qiottis, being the principal Inftriimenc of framing the 
v°yce} which is contracted and dilated the Aryteenoidef: but the Aryta- 
j?°i/ with the Qlottit, is lb firmly ftmc, when we draw our Breach in, thacic 
Jhvcs agamft the Mulcles of the Throat and Cheft which refill the lame , to 
winder Exfpiration or the going out of the breath, by which al the Mulcles are lool- 
and Expulfion ceales from the inferior Parts. Only the §lottis Afts, in the 
filiation of our Speech. 
Xv, And c^at nothing either lolid or Liquid might fal into the Larynx, it has a cover, 
lch is called <Epiglottit. It Hands alwaies open for Relpirarion fake, nor is ic 
fave by the weight of what is eaten and drunk. 
Mur» vvßoi Larynx is ‘Moveable by way of Afcent and Defcent, through help of 
ACie?, for to Facilitate our (wallowing. 
andh n’ two Cartilages or Griftles are moved by themfelves viy. The Thyroif 
opej Q The former is Widened and contracted, the latter is ftmc and 
Mu( i * For thofe are contrary motions, which are performed by e foparated 
i v Bkh r^llB from the Cricok an immovable Griftle, which is placed to 
TO, lV e fifties and Mulcles, as a foundation to make the Circle of the Larynx, 
clung the Mulcles, 1 ftial fpeak i nifty Doftrine of Mulcles. 
bee,! i *~ar>nx though it be Griftly, yet in Old Men it becomes boney, and ic has 
choakCUndtobeioin c^ac were t0 hanged, whom the Halter could noc 
Arte ' and I?t onlV che Larynx, tut alio the griftly Channel of the g Afpera 
A*a' r Fither thole parts Were boney or the Halter way too thick, lo thacic 
,10t Sufficiently force and rend the fame. 
Griftles 
Thur aides 
Cricoides, 
Arytanoides; 
Glottis. 
- e pilot tui 
1 its Motion- 
Its Wufc/es ¥heT?hjficdlConfideratton^ndojlnatomy 
Book IV* 
The Medic trial Corifideratiom 
The Larynx is fubjeft to a diflemper, a Tumor and InHaniaciofi, which wftfrt 
it happens, it hinders Speech and, Breathing and lhangles the Patient without any 
appearance of dwelling, wii hour. 
Within fifteen or twenty hours it kils a Man, his mind and fences remamitC 
found and pcnieft. An Horrid Symptome it is, in which behdesgtneial Rtmc'' 
dies, if Scan ificarion of the Neck, wil do no good, we mult proceed 
tomiam, To open the Part by Section. 
And this Dd'eaic is that moft Pernicious Angina which Hippocrates makes inen' 
tion of; Liquid things penetrate into the Stomach, but al breathing is flopped, 
confequenrly hidden death muff needs follow. 
The Action of the Larynx is breathing, and the forming of fpeech and fpgir£* 
Privation of Ipeecli is termed Aphonia, the depravation thereof is <l\aucedo Hoar-' 
nefs t the imminucion thereof is called Ifdmopbonia. r 
The Interception of Kefpiration is termed Apnoia, the Imminution 
*Vyfpnoia. 
Both chefe Actions are hurt, either by a proper Difeafe of the Larynx, or of djC 
neighbouring Parts, or of the Parts remote, eJ penally of the Lungs, from whe; & 
the matter of Ipeech isfupplied and rcfpirauon proceeds. For the Lai’vnx afiTtff 
ed, does only flop the waits of breathing. 
The ‘Epiglottis has its Difcafes ; either it is relaxed, or it is too much 
and ftraicned, or it becomes hard,whence proceeds difficulty in 1 wallowing. 
Some there are who can moreeafily Swallow meat than drink, and in fur 
<Epiglottis is become hard and ftif,fo that it wil not be born down lave by the we# 
of folid meat, with Which that which is liquid flips klong. 7 
When it is become loofe and Flaggy by reafon of k Catarrh, it cannot be cor# 
niently raifed up > and when it is become ftraicer an< narrower than it ought, * 
does not exadtly fliuc the A rjr tend ides: which caules that crurams of bread and lr# 
portion of what is drunk, db flip into.xhe Wind-pipe, 
Nature has provided againft this inconvenience,fiaving by the fides oi the Qlotth 
Which is almoft alwaies fhufting, framed and fed certain Cavities, which reee# 
fuch portions of meat or drink as flip befide, lo chat they are call out 
coughing. 
Difeafet of 
tht Larynx. 
Sqninvfe* 
Vrivation of. 
Speech. 
Hoarfncfi. 
Want and dif- 
ficulty of bit a- 
thing. 
Difeafes of the 
Epiglottis* 
• T. Ig.and ic.(E*E. Jb T. 13./. t.andi.f. 8. A. ■ 
aT. 13. f. 3. dwd 4. /. 9. I©. *2) T). ** b/. 5. awd 6. j7io. aa,“c /• 
beneath A.~* T.i 3./. 7. 9.I©. m* }• 8. 9. iO. 
between A. and ‘E, s/. 9. nwd 10. <E CE. 
m 
Chap. 14- Of the Afpera hitma, or Wind. fide. 
vft .j tht we- 
fond. 
f N the Fore-part of rhs Neck is placed the > Channel of the jlfpera jlrterlh''': 
X Inftrumentoffpeech and breathing, becaufe it brings Air into the Lungs 
carries out iooty Vapours j alfo there the Voice is formed and begins to be 0? 
culaced. 
Icconfifts of many Semi-circular Griftles, which arc fevered one from anotfctf' 
and are imperfe& behind, not filling up the Circle, by realon of the Oejophaf* 
or Gullet which lies beneath it, being the Channel of Meat and Drink. 
The Afpera Arteria Or Wind-pipe is lined within by a 
which is drawn from the Mouth into the inner parts ol the Wind-pips # 
Oefophagus. 
its G fifties* 
Us membrane* Chap. if. 
Of the Qefophagus, orQullet. 
The Medicinal Confederation. 
The Pipe of the A [pera Arteria is troubled with an hot or cold diftemper, with 
an Humor flowing from the Brain, whence comes ‘Branchof, T\uucedo or.Hoari- 
nefs. 
The Wind-pipe being wounded is curable and may fecurelybe cur, under the 
Larynx, between two Grift les, in a very choaking Squinfte. 
May wfe not experiment this operation in a choaking ft oppage and wheezing with 
Rattling in the Wind-pipe, feeing that it may be as iafeiy pra<!liled in this cafe as 
hi the other that fweet attenuating and Cutting Liquors may be taken or forced 
to cut the Flegm and bring it up, if it be polfible, and pain, caufed by Chough- 
hinder not ? 
whether the 
wouds of the 
n ind-pipe uiri 
Curable f 
a T 13.f.9.and io-W. Z 
Chap 15. Of the Ocfophagus, or Gullet. 
THe Oefophagiit is thea way for the meat to pafs into the Stomach. Thebe- 
ginning thereof is termed ‘Pharynx y which is moved by the help of Mufcles, 
b tothruft or fwallow the meat. 
.h it made up of a proper 'Flejhy ‘Membrane. Woven together with ftraighc and 
tircuUr Fibres. It has another internal Tunicle which hath its original from the 
c Mouth. 
Within the Cheft, that it may give way to ths Aorta Artery, leaving the Back- 
bone, it inclines and is wreathed a little towards the right hand. 
Two %ernelt fiipport that part which is fo turned afide, and ftay it on cither 
band, which being drenched and fwellcd with lome Humor, do bring a great Im- 
pediment to the fwallowing. , _ 
Oftentimes the end of the Oefophagut which is ;oyned to the Stomach, and is in 
b-atin termed d Stomachm, is obftrudfed by a Tumor either proceeding from 
Plegm or Melancholy, which turnes at laft unco an Ulcer and brings Death. 
Which Difeafe is known by the hard defcenc of folid meat into the Stomachy 
Which fomtimes ftaies, and many times is vomited up again. 
What the Th& 
rynx is. 
Membrane of 
Oefofhagtu. 
Its Kerntls* 
Oblirufiionot 
tbeOefopbagUi. 
•T. j. f.i.'E'E-/• jt ‘E’F.&c,JUb T. A'SC. #■«.“« T.j; 
****************************************** 
The End of the Vourth Book* THE 
FIFTH BOOK 
OF THE 
ANATOMY 
AND 
PATHOLOGY 
O F 
John Riolanus, 
The 
KINGS PROFESSOR 
6 F 
PHYSICK 
Chap. I. of the Limbs• 
,■ . . 
n/hld!im 
of handling'- 
i Aving gone over and finifted the Trunk of the Body, I proceed 
unro the Lirtibs, whole Mufcles, Veins, Arteries and Nerv^ 
with theDifeafes of thofe Parts, 1 intend to explain, whid1 
111 cannot be done without Anatomical diffeftion. 
But before I proceed to that work: it wil doveryweltCj 
contemplate the exterai Conformation of the Limbs, w . 
and withal to fhew you what Veins are wont to be opened 
ssssssssss and in what pjaces Iffuesmay be made, 
i The Limbs are made up of the Scarf-Skin, the Skin, the fatty Membrane* r , 
1 Flefh of Mufcles, Veins, Arteries, Nerves, Bones, Ligaments, Griftlesf* _ 
Kernels. T hefe Parts I (halfo divide in the Limbs,asl did in the Trunk of the 
dy finfy Into parts containing and Parcs contained. , e 
The Parts containing are the Scarf-Skin, the Skin, the fatty Membrane, an 
common Membrane of the Mulcles. she other Parts are conteined, bemgeo 
prihended by thefe. Touching the Scarf-Skin and the Skin, lihali repeat nctj 
Tarts ofwhici 
the Limbs ari 
compounded* Chap, t. 
Of the Superior Limbs 
becaufe they ace the fame and al a like in al Parts. The-MembranaAdipofa or 
fatty Membrane, is fpred out in the Arm as far as the Wrift: and in the Leg, from 
the Groin unto the Ankles. 
After that, follows the cortimon Membrane of the Mufdes,which comprehends 
the Mulcles in their natural Scituaciom In the Thigh the cFajcia Lata lupplies its 
place. 
The tyledicinai Confide ration. 
The liniverfal Difeafes of the Skin are divers diftempers, firnple, 
or with Humors conjoyned. If the diftemper be with Humor it makes i 
the Skin rough or fwollen, whence Iprings the Scab, the Mange, the 
Morphew, Scurfe, Leprolie, Tetters, Itch, Puftles, Biains, Water-Bladders, 
Yellow-Blifters, Warts, Scalds, Moles, Biles, Night-Blains, Ring-worms, 
Lowfie-Evil, Chops, Black and Blewneis, Smal-Pocks, Meazles, Whores-Pox 
and Hlephantiafis or a Cancerous Tumor, over che whol body. 
The Flefh is mfefted with al kinds of Tumors, Inflamations. Carbuncles, Cho- 
ierick Tumors, Phlegmacick Tumors, Melancholick Tumors, Cancers, Wacry 
Tumors, Windy Tumors, Impofturas of al lores, Steamna che Fat impoftum, 
"Atheroma the Pap impoftum, ‘Melicerk che Hony impoftume, ah Ulcer, i wound 
and a Gangrene. 
An Achlecick or Champion-like tonftitucion ofbody, high fed, andasvtefay, 
hifty and fill of Beefe , is dangerous. Hippocrates fhews che Realon in his 
!• Book, Aphonlme the 3. and CeJ/W faies,chat when a Man becomes Corpulent, 
he ought to lul'peft leaft he be fatted to the daughter. And in Hippocrates his A~ 
phorifmes we are told, that fat Men are not fo Long-lived as lean Men are,and there 
are (bme of cold Conftitutions. Who have hd: Stomachs. 
Veins and Arteries have Difeafes proper to the Nervs have their 
peculiar Difeafes, and the Joints have theirs* And the bones are lubjeßt to fea- 
tures, Dry nefs, Disjoynting, Roccennels, Bce. Which Thai be explained when 
come co treat of the bones, 
Difeafes of 
the Styi. 
Of the FU(h. 
Of thePefJetL 
Of the b ones* 
Chap. 2. Of the Superior Limiu 
divfton of the 
Limits. 
Special divh 
The Limbs both Superior and inferior are divided irito three principal Parrs: the 
Arm into a ‘Brachium from the Shoulder to the Elbow, b Cubitus from the Elbow 
*o the Hand, and thec Hand ; The Leg into the d Thigh the c Shank,and the f Foot. 
And forafmuch as the whol Arm hangs upon the g Shoulder bone, as the Whol Leg 
hpon the bHuckle bone, and thoie bones arenoc reckoned to appertain unto the 
the beft way is to begin our description of the Limbs from them,a>i^. 
the Arm from the Shoulder-blad, and of the Leg from the Huckle-bone. 
Of the Shoulder-blade and the Artnfrom the Shoulder to the ‘Elbow. 
Jhe Shoulder-blade i Joyned to the k Arm, makes a Joynt: in the bendihg of] 
pCh °Vnc beneath. Kernels are placed, which are counted co be the dole ftooles 
the Cheft or Heart,as the ‘Pa otides or Kernels benind the Ears,are of the brain, 
_ c.<? which thole Parts do empty their Excrements. The place of theie Kernels is 
Cah«d the Arm-Pit. 
EvM C^e <*o frequently Swel, Impoftumate, are infefted with cheKings- 
to Buboes, yea fuchas accompany the Whores-Pox, as ih the 
J°ync is liable to be disjointed, but it is more often vexed with the Gout, 
and ocher Fluklons* The ftron§lmel ofche Arm-Holes proceeeds 
his Epigram wbich Martial has wittily and neatly played in one of 
'the Axiitarj 
Kernels* 
Difeafei 4 
the Kernels* 
Of the vpboi 
, 3 opt. 'The ThjficalConfideration, and <*/[natomy 
Book V. 
Ladit te quxdam malafahula, qua tibifertur 
Valle fub alarum trux habit are caper : 
Plum metuunt omnes) nequemirum3 nammald 
rualde eft 
Peftia. 
That is, 
An ill Report your Credit ( Sir.) does woiindj 
How that a ftinking Goat has dwelling found 
Within your hollow Arm-Pics fhady Grove, 
A beaft which al Men fear, and none do lovej 
And good Caufe why Bcc. 
Of the Cubit or part of the Arm from the TLlbovo to the *Hand. 
The Difeafes 
of the Joynts 
of thefe Tarts. 
The Articulation of the ‘Brachium with the Cubit, is more hardly disjointed? 
admits Fluxions which do there breed divers Tumors hard to cure. In which cafe 
un^s diligent care be taken, the very bones are altered and the Cubic is made 
croo^ec}^anc| iuch as are on that manner crook’c,are by Hippocrates termed Qalliag- 
gones. 
Iffuchacroockednefsbecaufed by a retra&ion of the Mufcles, icismoreeafily 
cured, than if it come from a repletion of the Cavities by a thick, clammy, con- 
dented and dryed Humor. 
The Articulation of the Cubit to the Wriftis fubjeft to many Difeafes the 
Gout, the ‘Rheumatifme, the X umor Ganglium which pofleffes the tendons of the 
Mufcles , Flegraatick Knobs and ocher Tumors. 
Of the Hand, 
The Hand is divided into the c Wrift thed After-Wrifl and thee Fingers. To 
thefe Parcs the Difeafes lately named are common. A Difeafe in number is here 
ufual in Children from the Womb, ASixt Finger growino to the Thumb oc 
little Finger. It it eafily taken away, by the Incifton Knife. S 
Difeafes of 
the Band. 
Of the H.a^es 
Vifeafes of 
the Nails. 
f The Fingers are terminated and clofed up by the Hailes, which are liable to 
divers Difeales, in Figure, in Magnitude, whilthey grow chick, wrinkled, un" 
equal, rough, hooked as in leprous perlons j they are alio Cleft; and fa] off in rhe 
time of Sicknefs and afterwards breed again. The Color of the Hailes is changed in 
time of Sicknefs. Alfo there is a fore Difeafe of the Hailes termed a White-Loafe 
or Felon. 
A Wheyifli very fliarp Humor is bred under the Haile near the bone which 
caufes moft bitter and intolerable pains, and brings an Inflamation firft of the 
Hand, and after of the Arm alio, unlefs the Humor be let our, bv cutting the 
pappy flefh of the Finger to the very bone. . 7 
f The Pappy Pnds of the Fingers are aften corrupted, and putrifie,and forntim® 
? the laft Joync ofa Finger muft of neceffity be cut off, by reaion of a Iphacelaacn of 
the bone. • 
Of the Pappy 
Ends of the 
Fingers, 
Paronychia Grseeorum, vk(, Opening of the Skin at the corners of the Haile* 
and Miring of blood thereat, is a Height Difeale, which does not affeft the tendons 
and Nerves of the Fingers Ends, as that Panaritium hr ahum, a Dileafe of this 
Pact defcribed by the Arabian Phyficians. Chap. 5. 
Of the Inferior Limbs. 
were wont to Divine aed'rel For- 
tunes, by the Nails of Mens Fingers; touching which kindot Divination, CannL- 
Un ‘Baldushas lately written. 
aT.21./. 1. C.Z'f.i.V'E. Z'f-i- TQ"f/.i.% ”tf, ~m% 
Zcf-i O<Pg(. Itf.i.ji, ">’/• l*/ “k/. :.G. i. 
c. zhf-i.d® 
Chap* 3- Of the Inferior Limbs 
The Inferior Limbs are commonly divided into three Parcs y The Thighs, the' 
Shank, and the Foot. The Os Ilium isjoyned to the.'l high, and from thence we ' 
•*re to cake meafure of the length of the Leg. In the bending of the Os HU, and die 
Thigh, are placed many Kernels, above and beneath in which divers Buboes a rile, 
both Pefblential, Venereal, and fpringing from common Games: ot which we 
have fpoken in our Chapter of the peritoneum. 
Thele interior Limbs are liable to the fame Difeafes with the fuperior, which I 
'ril not repeat. Proud Flefhis often bred in the hinder parts by conculion ol the 
Thighs, occalioned by long and hard lifting, or riding. IFernelim does elegantly 
explam the material Caule hereof. 
It is not earned by afflux of Humors, but only by the nourifhment of the Part, 
'vhjch being ulcerated within or without, if it be not flopped, it is by continual ac- 
cefsot Nutriment ipreadabroad, andlwelled, and produces oftentimes as it were 
certain Pipes ofVeins and Arteries, by which it is nourifhed. So, when the Skin 
Gaining whol, the Flefli underneath is bruifedand torn, a mighty Swelling does 
little and little, without any pain, but fuenifhed with exquiflee fence, and 
■Natural Heat. 
Difenfes of,the 
hi fitter Limbs. 
In the Joync of the Thigh,about the Cavity of the Huckle bone, is bred the Gout 
c*Ued Sciatica. If the Humor flow into the Acetabulum, andcaufe the Head of 
Thigh-bone to flip our ofits place, it breeds a Diieaie in Scicuation hard cocure, 
a&d which at laft caufes the Patient to haulc, 
, If a very ftiarp putrid Humor does corrode, and bring corruption into the Joy nr, 
lc produces a Difeafe called (Phtbifis Coxaria, the :Hip~Cptifumption, which 
*hakes an end of the Patient by degrees. If an Humor flow into that part where the 
great Nerve arifes, which creeps up and down the hind parts of the Leg, 2\p ha lj~ 
or a ‘Bajtard Sciatica is produced. . .. 
Swellings of the Knee, either fpringing ftom a Flegmatick Humor, or from Infla- 
Ration, are oftentimes very dangerous, or long-lading •, and at laft do haien the 
dienes Death. ; . , 
r. The Foot is divided into the a Tar fits, b ‘Metatarfut, and thec Toes. The fiffl 
nne 0f the Tar\m called d <Pterna, is tubjedt to a fpringing from Cold or 
tlv i°n’ wbich is called Pernio a Kibe: And becaule this Bone receives a very 
’ck Fendon, if it be bruited and wounded, it caules inevitable death, by the very 
thereby railed, 
p fj:ie Toes of the Feet, by compreflion, and ftraknefs of Shoos or Boots, have 
r lnml Cor Acceding upon them, the unwary extirpation whereof has iomtmies 
ught a Gangrene into the Part. 
T-%iif. i. 0. ~bf-i.T. "cf. i.J£, 3d/*s*® " 
The Sciatica, 
Tfjg 
coemption. 
The haflard 
Sciatic*- 
Sri filings of 
the lime. 
Kibes• 
com. 
cjUl ,^e whol Leg from the bending ol the Groyn unco the Toes, is fomcimes excee- 
lw°iieu with an hard, and ii-favored Tumor, which is called ‘Elepbantiafif, 
£an Um ' The Arabian Phyhcians, Elephants Leg, becauie it makes the Leg ot the 
ramble chat of an Elephant. 
Inch aL Che Foot are chiefly liable to defluxions which are caufed either in 
parts -S are newly out of iickneis, by the Humors falling down into rhoie 
* 01 primarily by the evilDhpohtion of the laid parts. 
■ The Legs. 
Elephant «[ts 
[ of the Arabians 
Swellings* T*hjjlcalConfederation, and(*Anatomy 
Book V* 
The principal matter of thefe Tumors, is Winder Water, or a clammy Fleg* 
matiek Humor, which produces thei welling called Oedema. 
Somtimes the Toes of the Feet, asweiasthe Fingers of the Hand, aredeficienC 
or fuperfluous in their Number* There is a itrtle knob grows fomumes under d’,e 
little Toe called Qemurfa, becaufe it makes the Patient groan. 
Difeafes confiding in the Evil-fhaping of the Shank and Foot are freijuenc- 
Hence arofe thofe nick Names Varus, one that has crooked Legs bending inward? 
Valgus, one that has Legs bending outward, Cbmpernit, one narrow between 
the Knees; Scauripeda, one that has hunching Ankles, chat inter fer and hind# 
his going ; rPanfm) one that has a broad or Splay foot; Atta-, he chat treads onty 
on the fore part of his Feet, as it were on Tip Toes; CPlautus, he that is Spl3'/' 
footed or Broad-footed, a! which Infirmities aie leen in grown Peribns and 
Children; 
Some areborne with their Legs contracted, others'become fo by ill S waffling 
the time of their Infancy, andby untoward Carriage in their Nurfes Arms. Sof,r 
times one foot is longer chauhe Other which Caufes halting. 
Somtimes the Feet do by realen of their much heat a 
Sweat; which muft be helped. Oftentimes there happens a (Palfie of the lo'vsC 
Limbs, by reafon of a Defluxion of Humors out of the Mefenrery, inco che LA1' 
bal Nerves. Many times a baftard Sciatica does poffefs the who! Thigh as low as 
the Ankle-bone, even as far as chat moft thick Nerve does reach, which comes fr^1 
the Of Sacrum. Pains of the Knees are extream bitter and make flout Men cry o& 
Bccaufe of the confenc the Knees had with the Veins in the Mothers Womb. A!l^ 
*"Pliny faies that a (Mans life lies in his 'very cl{nees. 
Fluxions ot' Rheum into this Joynt are long lafting, dangerous and hard f 
Cure, in the Judgment of 'Pard™,, which daily experience does confirm. A^. 
blow or wound in the Anckle,that fame great Tendon being bruited or wounded; 
111 Jhape 
Stink 
Talfie 
fyiees puns, 
wounds of the 
jnyg. 
bring Death, not without great Convullions,, fo faies Hippocrates. 
Chap. 4. In what places Iffues are commonly made. 
NO w I wil fhew you in what places Iffues are to be made to purge out Wherj 
Humors, which flow either through the Veffels or betwceen the Skin. I'tf 
begin at the Head. j 
And firft of al an Iffue may be made where the fagittary and Coronal Suml 
meet. You may find the place by applying your Write'to the Note of the 
andobfervinghowfar you can reach upon his head with your middle Finger, |0 
there the Iffue muft be made. , 
Alio in the hollow pare of the Occiput or hirid part of the Head. Blit if If 
find no fitting Cavity there, you may apply your Cauteick oil either Tide ot11 
Additions of the Sutura Lambidoides. £ 
Likewife in the hollow behind the Ears , when the Eyes or Ears 
Dileaied. • 
in 
The crown of 
the Head. 
The Hind part 
of the Head, 
Fore part of 
the Head. 
foe Neck 
The Arm 
The Breft 
Soracimes on either fide of the Neck, as far as the third or fourth Vertebra- 
In the middle of the Arm between the Mulcles Deltoh and Biceo. . $ 
In the Breft, two or three may be made according to the Longkude therein 
Difeafes of the Cheft and Lungs. $ 
At the bending of the Buttocks, at the Ends of theMufcles cald QloutUr sV\:cii 
the Thigh is perceived to move upon the Joynt, an Ilfoe may be made, in a peU 
Sciatica when the Humor poffelles the Cavity of the Joync, 
Iffues are made within fide the Thigh, two Filigers above the Knee 5 alio on 
infide of the Leg, two Fingers beneath the Ham. 
Somcimes to turn away Fluxions into the Thigh, Iffues are made upo 
Loins, near the Backbone, on each fide the laid bone. 
"The Thigh 
The leg 
L The loins Chap. 5. 
Of Veins ufmUy opened. 
Chap. 5. Of Veins ufmlly opened. 
T Proceed unto fuch Veins of the whol body as are ufually opened. Veins whiC 
A which now adaies are openecjjn the Head, are in the ‘Forehead, the hinder- tu be opened. 
part of rhe Head, and in the Terapfes. \n 
The Forehead Vein is termed a Prseparata or the ready Vein becaufeicis The Fore bend 
pident, and there is no need to Shave the Hair to come at it, as mud be done ,HVld 
1} che Vein behind the Head, which is termed Vena Puppis, rhe Afterihip- theiiea • 
Vein, 
ancients did open the Veins behind the Ears, but that operation is now out 
'Huie; TjippoQratej iajes the cutting of chofe Veins made the Scythians barren i, 
jhaps he meant the Arteries in thole Parts. The manner of opening thele Veins 
°*wucdfif does teach us in his 2. Book Chap. 97. 
Neither is it unprofitable to open the Vemes of the Head, by reafon ofcheex" 
ecnal Veins, which through the holes of the Sail have communion with the cMe- 
' ’ 
t, J-kijow cHieronimus (Fahricius ah Aqua. (Pendente difallowes the opening of 
ofe Veins, becaufe oftentimes they do not appear. But if the Head be rubbed, 
. che Hair fhaved off and then again rubbed, they wil be more evident, provided 
yo£, throacie the Neck a little with a Towel or Napkin. 
th rileb temporal Vein is alfo cut is the Artery, in great and continual pains of 
ill dhe Antiencs did open the inner V eins of che Npfe,as appears out of Idippocrates 
I¥ers places, and from Qalen his 6. Book of Epidemicks. The later Creek 
jyj 'ters, (panlus JEgineta and Aret<eits, mention die opening of inner Veins of the 
pr e-’ and Aretem himfelf, declares che Inftrumencs which the Ancients ufed, to 
,e2>ke chofe Veins to bleed. But if the blood, according to che Opinion of (Fer- 
Noi? • rom c^e e*ns c^e aceJ which creep into che inner Parts of che 
c. jwils; the Head being oppreffed with plenty of blood, cannot be eafed, be- 
th £ that fame Irritation and opening of the Veins, ought to be performed near 
e Colander bone,that cheLongitudinal paffage creeping unco che Noftnls may be 
PeHed; therefore 1 conceive chofe Parcs are frequently to be fomented with Luke- 
Water before we ufe chofe Inftrumencs propounded by A return. 
l *he manner of opening chofe Veins propounded by A Ibucafts, may be admitted, 
k does not penetrate to the irimoft Past of the NoftrUs, as far as the Colander 
In the Temples 
In the Nofe 
vJhe Veins under the Tongue termed %cimlares are more frequently opened 
f°0(* huccefs, in Difeafes of the Throat and Head. Only Aurehanm agamft 
as that Practice, alleadging that it fills the Head, and the 
Tr Cann°c be ftopc. Lib. 1. A cut. c. i 2. 
h^C(j|UeJc is chat in lome the blood has Iffued fo plentifully, chat it could very 
eßte e-D°?Pedj as was obferved in a Capuchin Friar, Father Jofeph. le Clcrc, 
hr^iac Tohcician and familiar friend of the Cardinal <l\ichelieu *, as Simon Pirn- 
Velt)s arnoft expart Surgeon of Parts, himfelf cold me, he having opened the faid 
ln ch® Friar aioretaid. 
?Pened k ec^che a external Jugular is opened. PraUianul in Cure of the Squinfie 
his feme with good fuccefs Lib. 4*. Chap. 1. And Sor anus Pphejtus, in 
• u<Tfon Chap. 12. Commends the opening of this Veih. In like manner 
l:b, COrnfnends this Practice in dangerous Difeafes of the Head. Cafalpmus 
; cMedic. Chap. 12. Commands the opening of this Vein in a 
fhe Q*** the jugular Veins are mor« filled, chan the fhut cover and Mouth 
h^fr^lPims inkn 2. of the Egyptian manner of healing Difeafes 
3 v: this is a common Remedy in chat Concrey. 
Jacobus 
In the Month 
in the f(ee^ 'TheThyjtcal (*jTnatomy 
Book V< 
Jacobus Corpus in hit Anatomical Introductions, (hews the way co open th°» 
Veins. Read Haulm Wagnm Lib. de Hhlebotomia printed in the Italul 
Tongue, And Tyondeletius inhis We hodus Wedendi \ Lud vcas WercdiV 
Chap. 13. WethodjWedend. AndA bucafisLib.il Chap.gy. 
In the tack 
Hyonaektius cels us of a Vein in the Back Lib. 1. Wethodi tyjbtlendi. Chap• 
Which he faies is to be found, in the firft Vertebra of the Back; it is feen elevat' 
on the top of the Vertebrae/, creeping dovttn the back, as far as Os Sacrum, j 
fecms to flow from the brain according co the Longitude of the fpinal Marrow, y 
lets us know that this Vein is profitably opened, in the Tetanus and Falling' 
nefs, and if it be not fo viiible as to be opened, in that place mutt 
be fattened with Scarification* , 
Ludovicus Wercatus in Lib. 1. Traffic# Cap, 19. Commends this 
agatnft rhe Convulfion. Hippocrates inhis rßooCde Vifiu, burnes and pricks 
Veins of the back: which Remedy is propounded by Alexander cßenedw\ 
Lib. j, de Wot bit Curandit, c. 5. And Qauiitaria adviies co open the fan]C 
in his Comment upou the 9. c of fits. , 
jn che Arm three Veins are opened, the or Head Vein accompany^ 
by ana Artery without any Nerve, and therefore it is opened without danger. * ‘ 
Hafidica and Wediana ate opened, but the b ‘Bafthca mutt be opened with f 
dent wary nefs, by reafon of an Artery near the fame and the Tendon of Wuficw'L 
Hiceps, which lies beneath it: neither is the c Mediana void of the 
danger. 
In the Hand between the Ring Finger and the little Finger the d SahateW. 
opened, the opening thereof many account iuperfticion : howbeic 
opened rhe Veins ot the Hands : and this Remedy his not been remitted by 
Phyficians, elpecially in long latting Sickncffes,and in the Quartan Ague at?. 
Conjunction of the Sun and Moon . which I have known to have luccecded hapF I 
both to other Phyficians, and co mylelf, in old Quartans, after the uleotdw 
Medicaments. { 
It is not our Cuttoni to open the Veins in the lower part of the Thigh abo^ 
Knee: yet Lazarus Sotus faies that they are opened in tPortugal in hit 1. 
of Animadverftons,Chap. 4. SeU. 61, To flop gouty Defluxions into the 
and to diminifh die deformity of the Varices or black Iwoln Veins of thole 
the Anc ents were wont to open t hem. And Hlaterus commends this Rem*Jfy, 
to dimiiiilh the Varices. Which may be confirmed out of Qakn Lib. 1, cMd’jC 
adQlauconem. . y » j 
the foot is opened the 3 Saphena, which is above the WaUeolus interim y 
inner Ancle bone; or the continvacion thereof in Tarfio, or the fweliing fide o* 
Foot between the Heel and chegreat Toe. / a 
Somcimes the b Ifichiadica Vena or Sciatica Vein, is opened, which fe 
the external Ankle. But this Vein ought not to be opened without very great I 1 j 
to the place where the Orifice is made, becauie of an Artery near, and Tendonsv£ J 
near the fame, a, 
sTwas ulual with the Ancients to open the c Ham Vein, which is now a ddf [j 
dom performed, and quite out of ufe: nevertheless the opening thereof would 
beneficial as is the opening of the Arm Veins. . 
*c m,ghc be conveniently opened if the Leg be put into a Veffel of hot Water & a 
the Knee, and rubbed,asis ulual in bleeding at the Arm; alfo a double L 1 
may be ufed, one above and the ocher below the Knee. It is ealily found and 1; 
opened, below the hollow of the Ham, at the beginning of the WuficuliQ6^s 
and a Tick Woman as (he lies in her bed, may as conveniently prefent her Leg 
Arm, being covered with the (heec or other fitting covering, *re|j)♦j 
Though the Sciatica Vein and the Saphena are branches of the Crural v 
yet, becaufe the Sciatica Vein does anfwer the Hafidica, as the Saphena ■ 
Cephalica of the Arm certain it is, blood is drawn by a more direct way 
In the Am 
in the Tout* 
' wUfVn the 
TmVemmy 
'he opened and 
how f Chap. <5. 
Of the Arteries which are opened. 
the Sciatica Vein, then from the Saphena. Howbeic Qalen in his fecond Book 
Secundum Locos Chap.2. The Sciatica Vein not appearing admits the Saphena to 
e opened in (lead thereof. And if it appear not in the outward Ankle,its branch muft 
he opened, on the Tarfus or pulp oi the Foot beneath the Ankle, or above the 
Ankle, ific be viiible. • 
its aifo poOible to make ic the mote apparent by fuchakind of Ligature as the 
Author of AnatomiaVivorum has defcribed, made with a Jong and 
broad Swath-band brought from the top of the Hip as low as the Ankle. 
A aT. i.f. i.L, T. 24./. i>cßcß.*h T. 1./. 24./. i.CC. -c j.i 
% T. 24,/* I.;/. &c, - * T. 1./. i.<P. ; 
T. i.f. I. %..% f.24. /. 4. ***. T.i. f I. SS.r.2*. f.A. nu 
*C T. 24./.4.//. ; 
Chap •6. Of the Arteries which are opened. 
T"* He Ancient Phy (marts were wont to open Arteries as wel as Veins. Howbeic 
■*- Horatius Augenius in his Book of Blood-letting, diffwades the opening of 
Series, becaufe he never Taw any Artery opened, that could be flopped again, 
Favours his Opinion, in his i. Book of Chronick Difealcs Chap. 5. 
Howbeic Cjakn in his Book dt Venae Seftione, commends the opening of the Smaller 
Arteries in very bitter and old paines of the Head. 
. Tieurmus did wi(h, that in fome part or other it might be fafe to open an Artery 
111 burning Feavers, becaufe one Porringer of the Arterial blood drawn out, would 
cn°l the Patient more, than to loole ten Porringers of the venal blood. And in bit 
Commentary upon the 23. Aphorifme of the 1. heiaieschac in the Hunga- 
riatiFeaver, when very red blood drops out at the Nole, it Would do the Patient 
K°od to draw a little blood from an Artery. But who (faies be j 
es open an Artery 1 1 deftre that al learned Artifts would think 
°f it. 
fay therefore, and aver. That in ‘Parity the Arteries of the Forehead and 
fernples, before and behind the Eats, are fuccelsfully opened in Ancient or very 
*cUte pains of the Head, in the Fhrenfle, Inflamacions and extream pains of the 
%e*andEars. 
As for the opening of the temporal Artery 1 haaaus 'Damn, in the 12. Chap* 
his ‘Mifcellanies, flievvs how profitable a Remedy, it is. 
, Lazarus Sotus aforementioned, in the fame pkee, obferves that the Arteries 
the Ears are profitably opened in *Portugal. 
c hudovicus Mercatuf a Spamfli Phyfltia-n lufpetts this opening of thefe Arteries, 
,?c &ar it fhould make Men Barren. But daily experience has delivered us from 
*hac fear. 
Artery feated in the hinder Parc of the Head is opened, the Hair being flift 
aven of, and the Head and hand being fomented in hot water, or rubbed with 
t^Un8ej that it may appear. The manner of opening this Artery, is not unlike 
che temporal Artery, and therefore that fame way of cPaulus JEgmetay 
ed tl!** anc* Albucajiffis to be rejefted, who did iirft cut the Skin before they opem 
Artery. 
°Pei lU °f Wood-letting near the end, in an Inflamacion of the Liver 
the a Artery, which Runs out between the Thumb and Fore Finger. 
<B00>h, ‘Profper Alpinus obferves to be very ufual in Egypt, inhis third 
12. Chap. cDecMedicinacHgypt. And Septalius in bis 6. 
Atterip. ■'■/low/ Article 122. Judges that in a Palpitation of the Heart, the 
Won* which Run along the Fingers may fafely be opened. Which may likewhe 
§ale^eiu jheTarfusand cMeta~<tarfus of the Foot, according to the Advice of 
m ”** 3* ‘Bool of Anatomical AdmimftranonSj and the laft Chatter. 
whether Ar- 
teries may be 
opened ? 
what Artaks 
are to be open- 
ed ? 
la the Pore- 
head. 
In the Temples 
In the bind 
Part of the 
Head. 
In the Hand 
In the foot The Thy fecal Confederation, and<t//natomy 
Book ♦'. 
In ocher Parcs Arteries may noc in any wife be opened, unlefs they have a bone 
under them, that they may be preffedclofe down to make the Orifice grow toge- 
ther again: and therefore in a lean Body, an Artery being unawars opened in the 
Arm, may be doled again, if it be timly and clofely tied as is fitting, to avoid 
Aneurifrna. 
Ah experiment 
of Benedict us 
for the I{heu- 
matifm. 
Before we chink of opening the Arteries of the Head to turne away Fluxions, 
that-experimenc of enediUus wil not be unprofitable, to apply unto 
the Shorn Head, Medicines that are to ftop Rheums falling into the Eyes, mult be 
applied from the Eye-brows uuto the Crown of the Head; if the Eyes begincO 
appear dry, it is mamfeft that the Rheum fails into them by thole Veins which are 
under the Skin : but if they continue moift, it is evident the Humor flows into 
thenvfrom under the bone. 
Now the forelaid Mixture of Alexander cßenediUus which flops Rheums is this. 
Make a Cataplafme of Courle bran, fine Frankincenle, the white of an Egc>, a 
little Vitriol and Stone Alum j and apply it as a forelaid. 
Chap. 7. Of the Mufcles andfirjl of the forehead M ujdes. 
The Forehead 
Mu files Jhonld 
rather be called 
the Eye-brow 
Mu files. 
f to explain al the Mufcles of the Body, I wil begin at the Frontal or 
1 a Forehead Mulcles, which I conceive are ordained rather to move the Eye- 
bl ows, than the Forehead it lelf. 
They have their original from the upper Parcs of the Forehead, and being fpread 
out Upon cpe bone chereof,rhey end at the Ey e-brqws,thac they might life them up* 
They are levered in the midft of the Forehead, right above the Nole, And be- 
caufe we do at our plealure deprefs and draw together our Eye-Lids into wrinkles, 
we mull afligne to each of them its Mulcle, and 1 can find no ocher lave the Orbicu" 
Jar b Mufcle of each Eye-Lid j for the Eye-brows cannot be drawn down without 
the Eye-Lids be dolly Ihuc. 
a t. 15./. Ib * 
Chap. 8. Mufcles of the hinder Tart of the Head. 
IN t!ie after Head aretound Mufcles, or rather flefhy Membranes, which 
backwards the Skin of the Head in fuch perfons as have the laid Skin movable 
Thefe Mufcles, as alio thole of the Forehead, arc portions of the cMufculus LaM; 
or Broad Mulcle which Sylvius does neatly compare to a riding Hood,caking a way 
only as much as is covered with a little cap on the cop of a Mans Head; and there' 
tore t he broad Mulcle does cover the Neck, Face, Fore and fide Parcs of the Head. 
a7Vi5./.i*fE«E*'b I 
Chap p. Mufcles of the Eye* Lids. 
THe two Eye-Lids are moved by four Mufcles, of which three are 
and one is ftraighc belonging to the upper Eye-Lid, which ariles at the in*8*' 
nal Cavity of the Eye, and being fpred out upon the Mufcles, which lifts up 
Eye, it reaches unco the Eye-Lid. 
The firff of the orbicular or round Mufcles, is the Mufculus Ciliaris, 
compaffeth about each cifthe Eye-Lids. Ihe ocher is drawn out under the hye' 
lid, arifing from the Circumference of the Orbita or Socket ofthe Eye, . 
The b thud round Mulcle being of a Fingers breadth, compaffes the Surface 
Orbita or Socket, and being placed under each Eye-Lid, and reaching as far 
the Eye-brow, and dolly Ihuttmg the two Eye- Lids, it lifts up the lower an° 
draws down the Eye-brow. 
The fir [I. 
The fecond. 
The Third. 
The fourth Chap. 11, 
Mufcles of the external Ear. 
Chap. 10. Mufcles of the Eyes, 
THere are reckoned fix Mufcles of the Eye, four Straight and two Oblique, 
which are named from their Scicuacion and affion. One is termedc Supernus 
andAttoUens Oculuni9 the upper,and the Eyes up litter; another is called d la- 
fterms and cDepnmeni Oculum, the lower 'Deprejfcr; of the two Lateral 
hde Mu.cles, one at: the greater corner of the Eye is termed e Leer or in.r, the 
Readers or die Student/ ‘Mujcle ; the ocher placed at the Imailer corner is called 
* IndigruitrriU'S, the Difdeigners Mulcle. 
al anje horn the Cavity of the Socket of the Eye and the broad Nervous 
production, and are inferced into the Corned Tunica undec the Con- 
junUn>a. ■ 
The Contranitency of thefe Mufcles pulling one againft another is neceflary,rhac 
the Eye might be movable to and fro, which being depraved, rive Lye is drawn to 
*ome one hde, and lb abides in that pollute. ' ' 1 r- 
And that the Eye might be drawn back towards the greater Corner, and might be 
in continual reading or looking upon fom what. Nature has framed two other 
Mufcles, which are termed Oblique, becaule they diredf the Oblique motion of the 
e» which is none at al, neither can the Mulcles chemfeives perform 
%tns 
, 
'e eh'nhns 
Tbe Adducent 
The Abducent 
llch a Motion in regard of their Original and infection, which ought tobecpnccary 
oppodte. 
The fylufculus Obliquusa Major, greater Oblique Mufcle, or Trochkator, con- 
ltls in it a wonderful peiceof Workman/hip, which is found in Mankind, decedt- 
P ky *l\ondeletius znA obferved in fome great Fifties; for taking its rile from the 
avity of the Orbitdj it produces athin Tendon, which being drawn through a 
taniverle b Griffle affixed unto the bone, by and beneath the Qlandula Lachry* 
or weeping Kernel, is after widened and fpread out upon the Eye. 
.The Obliquus c cMinor drawn out externally by the greater Corner, and rowled 
about the Globe of the Eye, comes as far as the Tendon of the greater Ob- 
ilclUe Mulcle, that the Nervous productions of both the Oblique Mulcles might meet 
i°8ether to draw back and fix the Eye cowards the Nofe, chat from both the Eyes 
folding, one Pyramid Line may pafs unco the vifible Object. 
,1 T. i 9. f.u A*B~h T. 15./. 1. <F (F.ZC T. 19. f. 3. A. 4. f.3. 
f. /. 3,4»5-T>. Z 
l'i9.f.3'dnd'4.eF.Zb f- 3-and4-Q-*c /. 3-and 
the ObliquM 
Major. 
The Obliqtm 
CMinor. 
Chap. 11. Mufcles of the external Ear 
T*iey 
arc common and proper, which are Seldom moved, becaufe the Ear it 
that ielf,srarely moved. They are therefore rather marks and figns of Muicks, 
j? Cllle ones , inch as are found in Bruce Beaffs which move rheir Ears. 
c*leref°ie a portion of the frontal Mufcle reaching unco the Ear, a portion of 
the Qkt.aHe°us or Skin Mulcle drawn unto the Pulp of the Ear, and a Parc of 
com CciPltor after Head Muide, ftrecched ouc behind the Ears, do make the 
Mufcles. 
ofth‘pe only one proper Mufcle, which lurks under the Ligament 
’IC ari*fs fr°m the Mammillary Proceis, and is inferred into the Root of 
j 
tetnii}epatei j/^nacomiffs do make reckoning of two Mufcles appertaining to che in- 
Xvh‘ch drl> °u eot which ls a external in che auditory pallage or hole of the Ear, 
ftened m* the Membraueof che Eat: the ocher is within the b Concha, fa- 
a the Mallet or Hammer. 
; Of fa rxter- 
tnal£ar. 
fThe common. 
Sf ,' 
a 
- One proper. 
. Internal &ars 
. Firfl 
Second ’The Thyjtcal Confideratwn, and <iJ n atomy 
Book V. 
In Bruts the Mufcles of the internal Ear are mere evident than in 
Men. - ; -t \A . v / 
aT. io f. 3. and 4. <F."b f, 3.and4. Q." cf. 3. and 4. *E. “3 X 20. f. 5. «/4* 
*bX.z OfS.CC.; * 
Chap. 12. M«/c/e* o/Vfo 2\[b/g 
One Common. 
’"pHey are common and proper. 
The a mnion is only one, being the upper porckn of rhatOibiculsrMo ck 
which compares the c Lips, which diaws the Noie down War ds, w hen the nj per Lip 
is drawn down. , 
TwodMufclesdolifcuptheNofe, on each Tde one, drawn from the-fpace be- 
tween the Eye-bicws and taflenedto the bom of the Koie, and 1c carried to the 
wings or battlements thereof y the motion of theie Mujcles, when they set 
together is cafiiy perceived in the drawing up and err; ping or wrinkling otde 
Mole. 
In Perfons that are largly Ncfed, two « little Mufcles are 'curd, ipied upon the 
extteam Grifllesol the Nole, whichdo widen the Laps ot theLole, without anK 
elevation or lifting up. 
Within the Noftrls under theSuccirgent Coat, there lies luikirg a little Mu»c’e 
ofa Membranous Nature, which does flick to the internal Parts as tar as the lap5 
of the Note, it is laid tc contract the Kofiriis. 
* T.is.f.u'h.nz* r. Qte Xi5.f.1.1.; 
Six proper. 
Chap. 13. Mujctes of the Lifs, 
SEeing there* are two Lips, each basics Mufcks, ard there are two ccirrr on 
both. 
upper Lip isdrawn upwards I y a r Muffle v hich rsk-rp its rife fit m the hoi' 
low ofthe Jawsbenea(h the Check bone, dei«i ds cl J quely ci flaming to the vf 
per Lip. 
Ir is n oved downwards by a 1 Muftle lic tght frcm the n: deleft of the lower 
into the laid Lip. 
The nether Lip is drawn upwards by a Fufcle, which beingdrawn cur of 
lower Farrs ofrhe Cheek bone, oces ei d 1 de wares uj e i the re hei Lip\ 
Ir is n cved dov n wards by a c Muftle, which Springing cut ot the Chin, is in 
cd into the middle Lip. 
The ccrun.cn Mtudes are the lateral cnes, which do draw tb,e Lips to theright & 
left fide 
The fuft is called *Zysomaticusy being fen what long and thin, andarif rgflf,rt 
the bone Zygoma, it is rein inattd in the meeting ol each L»p.. 
Theoci ereen n on one, is vulgaily rein ed c *1 utaraior cr the Tn;n 
it wrere more rightly called the Cheek driver, lecaule it fhrs the Lt^s’ 
wh»J it drives the meat this way ar d that way, in the adieu of chewing. 
Ic arilcs Mem the top of the Gums cr the benes in that place near the 
grinders, and ends .n each Lip. IcisJocfeandftack, thatir nay give way mwal J 
and perfoimits Office of fetorg, as the Mulues of the belly do* andthac it 
giveaway, wheiu he Mouth gapes wide. f 
There is added a round fMulck, which makes the proper fubft a nee of the 
by the iervice whereof the Mouth, is ciawn together , the Lips are off** 
go inwaids.and twel. It might wel be called the UghmUtr of the Mouth, or 
<Pv/n ttu f f, 
a % jS.fi j. %Zh fi i- Zc /.i. % Zdf-1- I- I e f-i- Or Jr 
K%zfsr 
The fir ft of 
the proper ones. 
The fecund. 
The third. 
The fourth. 
The common 
ones. i* 
i.Zypmaticui. 
» Buccinator. 
Sphwfter of 
the Mouth ‘ Chap. if. 
i—uiiMi^—■—ct——»t—m*.r. sramSegsr.-?-v -v •»rc 
Of the Mufcles of the Cs Hyoides. 
Chap. 14. 'Mufcles of the lower Jaw 
THey are on either fide fix. The z Temporal Mufcle, being a very ffrone one ’ 
lifts up che Jaw. Ic arifes from the whol Cavity of che Temples, and being 
cairied along under the Os Zygoma, it is by a very llrong nervous Tendon inferred 
into che fharp 1 proceis of che Jaw-bone. 
This Mufcle is affifted by che Tterygoideu* b Intermit, arifmg from che Cavity of 
the Apophyjis (pterygo’des, and terminated ac che corner of che inferior Jaw. Ic is i 
tailed by {falen 4Mofferer Internm. 
The Jaw is drawn down wards by the Higaftrtcus or Twi-cßcUy',d and 
the ‘Mufculm Lat us or Broad Mufcle. 
The Vigajincus being in thec middle Nervous and Helhy acchg 
End', fpnngs from che Apophyfis Styloides, and being in the Middle reflexed 
a it is inferred into che Chin, under die bending of che 
Jaw. 
Th * Latus or cßroad-(Belly, arifes from che upper Parc of the Brefl- ■ 
J?°ne, the Clavtcula and Shoulder point, and cleaves firmly to the Bafis of che in- 
**ior Jaw, muffling che Neck and whol Face ; and by reafon of che afore-laid Ad- 
hefion, ic is faid co draw che Jaw downwards. 
Tterygoidyssc TLxterms, the external wing fajhiond cMujcle forces the Jaw 
tor wards, which being fwe lied does lightly drive the Jaw-bone forewards: which 
”aPpens in che overfhoocmg of che Jaw-bone, when the lower Teeth are above che 
hpper Teeth. 
The Jaw is plucked abouc this way and chat way by the CMajffeter or Chaw tyluf- 
being in its Original T wi-Headed, one of whole heads ariles from che Os Zygo- 
ocher beneath che faid bone; each of which being furmfhed with divers Fibres 
nich Crofs one another, is inlerced into che Corner of che interior Jaw. Ic may 
ttfily be divided into two Parcs. 
The Temporal 
PftrygdideUs 
Interims. 
Dlgaftficu!' 
I 
The Lat ut. 
TterygoidcHi 
Externus. 
Majjeter. 
Chap. 15. Of the Mufcles of the Os Hyoides* 
BEcaufe che bone termed z Hyoides, is placed in the Neck co a prop and founda- 
tion for the Tongue and Larynx,ic has obtained Mufcles as wei as Ligaments,by 
hich ic is held iufpended, that it might be moved with che Tongue and 
Larynx. 
And therefore its Mufcles are common to the Tongue and the Larynx. 
he bone Hyoides has ten Mufcles, on each fide five, for I add che Mufcle termed 
(which is commonly attributed unco the Tongue) and leal ic fMjdo- 
-oldeits3 becaule, ic does not any waies couch che Tongue. 
f\flS /. i- *PT. f. 2. A A.Zb T. 1 s.f. 2. aa. *b /. 2. VT). “c f.i.TT 
i T. 10*/. i.a-T. 15-/. 2. <F “e r.is-/.2. <E<E<E<E “f /. 1. S. 
• h ts'»g T. 13-f. 11. and iz.A*BC. &c. " 
iti Ch^9J' Hy aides is lifted up by the Mufcle a QenUbhyoideus, ic arifes from with- 
AfTfl^*0 anc* *s *nfctted hico the Bafis of che Hyaides. 
the anc hereunto is che Mulcle b fMylohyoideus, ic arifes from within che Jaw in 
arCCi:s of che Grinding Teeth , and reaches co the Bafis of che Bone 
hone Hyoides is drawn downwards by che Mulcle c Sternohyide-us which 
into the C^e COP c^e bone> and drawn ouc upon che Wefandis inlerced 
The Mr °r k°ccornj of the faidboneHy aides. 
into ch*tj cle c Stylocerathyoideus, from che Apophyfts Sty bides is carried 
che Horns of the 0/ Hy aides, ” * CHAP.. 
The Genio • 
hyoideus- 
Mylohyoideus 
Scernohyoidetis 
Stylocembj- 
oidem. Ihe Thyfical Confideration,and <iAnatomy 
Book V. 
Chap, 16, Mufcles of the Tongue. 
Genyoglojfiu. 
Bafigloffm. 
StyloglojJus. 
He Tongue is forced forward by rhe Mufcle c (yenynglffus5 which growing out 
of the inner fide oF rhe Ghin, is terminated to the I'm gues Root. 
It is drawn back by the Mulcte * ‘Bajigloffur which cakes its riie at the Balls of 
OfeHy older, and is carryed unco rhe Root of the Tongue. 
Ic is forced fidewaies co the right and left, by the Mulcle g StyJogo/fur, which 
taking its beginning at the Apophyjir Styloider, isextended into cne middle, very 
near of t he Tongue. 
aT. 13. /. 13. (Bcß.Zh f- Tc /• 13- T>V /. i.<E<E. “e /■ i 3* 
CC-Z? f-'+W-Zs / 
Chap, 17, Mujcles of the Larynx. 
YHe whpl body of che Larynx confiding office Qrijiles, is moved upwards and 
downwards. 
It is drawn upwards by the Mufcle a TJyothyroideus, which arifmg from the 
Balls of the Tlyoides bone, is inferred into che external nuddleinoft of ch£ 
T byr aides. 
The Mufde hCßronchius draws lr downwards, which taking its fife, from rbe 
inner fide of che Bred bone, and lire out upon che Channelo 
Arteria or Wefand, it aicends unto the the bafts of 1 y^oides. 
Two only of che Griftles ot che Larynx are movable, 'uisp Thec Thyroid?* 
and the d A-yt<enoides9 and to procure their mot ion : hey have hccle Mulcies 
fpnng our of che immovable Grift I Cricoides. 
The Thyroides is dilated by che Mulcle Crxo'hyroideus which begins 
at the oucter forepart of Cricoides, and ends within che internal udes 
Thyroides. 
The laid Thyroides is con crafted by the Mufcle f Cricothyroideus Lateral**’ 
which fpringing from che lateral part of Cricoides, is inferred externally into 
(ides of Thyroides. 
The Atyunoides is opened by the Mufcle g 'Poyroarytsinoidmr, which fprirgtf’f 
from the inner and foremoll part of che Thyroides, ends into the ilides or dIC 
A rytenoides: or rather it cakes its rile from the Cricoides and Thyroides, bei!s 
placed between both. 
The A rytenoides is (hut by one only Mu cle called Arytanojdeus, wh' 
3 compalles about and (huts the Aryt<eno dej9 like the Bphmftef Mulcle, and aIW 
with its Bafts it Streighcens the Gfoctw, lor to make the voyce tound the better* 
' The has1 no Mufcles to lift it up and Ihut it down rn Mankind, as tC 
has in Bruce ; .calls. 
3 T. 13.£ 8. mb/.8. C C- "c /. i, 2. 8. A. “(1 f. $. and 6. “e / ■' 
and4f< /. 9- and 10. T> V. "f f. p. CC."*B/•P*B B. ~ h /. jo. 88. /• 
and ic.A. Z 
Hyothyroidem. 
§rmbitu. 
Cricothyroid 
iau Antic us. 
Lateral'is. 
): 
T hyroarytte- 
mdtut. 
Aryttnoidi ut. 
Chap, ISj Mu/cles of the Pharynx. 
He fPharynx which is the beginnig of Oefophagus or the Gullet, has obcai,J c 
from Nature levenMuides,of which three have fellows and the fourth is with0 
companion namely that which is termed Oefopbagfus. >. ' r{? 
The hrft is « Spheno~<Pbaiingxus, which acifes from a certain * 
point of the Spbenoides near the Sty hides9 and bending a little 
wards 5 if ends in the Tides of the Taws. rhar ir mav draw the (Pwrfv 
upwards. 
Spheno-Vhit- Chap. 20. 
of the Head. 
The fecond is b Cephalp-Tharyngazui, which arifes from that part-where the 
Head is Joyned to the Neck, and defending is fpread out into the Thar#ix, and 
leemes to make the very coat thereof. 
The third is c Stylo-TharyngsiM, which arifes from the Apophyfis Styloides, 
and is implanted into the fide of the Tharynx, to ferveco widen the lame. 
The Mufcle Oefophageus, does draw together and clofethe a Tharynx, which 
gcowmg out of one fide of Thyroi.des, and comparing round the hinder pare of 
OefophagMj, is implanted into the ocher fide of Thyroides i or being outwardly 
fattened to both iides of Thyroides, it draws together the beginning of the Oefo- 
phagus and purles the fame like the Sphmtter Mulcie of Anus. 
r ~ , 
m!L* °*h*‘ 
J L 
1 Stylopbayyn- 
gXUSi 
O-'fophagteus. 
'aT,3. f. 2. and 3. £B. ~b f. awd 3. AA.“ <= /.2. 3. CC."d/. 2. 
andi.VV.Z 
Chap, ip, Mufcles of the Gargareon, Uvula, or 
Mouth P alat, 
'P He 'Uvula has two Mufclese on either fide. 
The Mulcie <Ptery-Staphy limes { ex terms, taking its Rife from the upper 
Jaw under the laft grinding Tooth, ends in a final Tendon s which palfes through a 
chink ingraven on the upper fide of the <Pterygoides: and there being tur ned back, 
as it were through a pulley, it is inferced into the fides of the Vvula. 
The Ttery-Staphylinus h interm f, caft out of the nether part of the inner Skirt 
ofche<Pterygoides, it has a peculiar movable Griftle ordained for its original, and 
lending according co the Longitude of the internal Wing or Skirt of the Tterygoi” 
des, it ends at the V'vuJa. 
Pteryftaphy- 
Units exterany. 
Internus* 
•T. 13./. 15. A."f /. ij.BB. “s /. ij.bli. Jh /. ij.CC. “ 
Chap. 20. Mujeks of the Head. 
*p He Mufcles of the Head are proper or Common. 
The Common are chofe which move the Neck and Head both j fuch as are 
the Mufcles of the Neck: the proper are fUch as move the Head, the Neck remani- 
ng unmoved. 
Now the proper are fourteen, on each fide feven, fix of which are placed in the 
hinder part. 
There is one only in the Fore part, which is called a ‘Maftoideus, and 
hows the Head *, it arifes from the top of the Brett bone and middeft 
°f the Clavicula, and' is obliquely inferced into the Apophyfis <Ma~ 
fioides. 
. Somcimes in the forepart of the Neck, there is another Mufcle next the Long 
Icicle, which helps the rMoftoideus to bend the Head: and I have many tunes 
'hewed this Mufcle, and fomtimes I have feen it wanting; 
r Six Mufcles do extend the Head: of which two are large, the other 
*°Ur final. 
The firft of the larg ones is called > Splenius v which arifing from the fharp points 
j fche five uppermott Vertebra's of the hick, and the lour ibweff ofche Neck, it is 
Merced into the hinder part of the Head. 
» There comes the other large Mufcle co affitt the former,and is called c Compkxus. 
P Prings from the tranfvede or overchwarc Eminencies or Apophyfes of the fore- 
Vertebra’s, and is terminated in the after part of the Head. 
_ The leffer Mufcles are fome ttraight, others crooked, and ofboththeie, fome 
e Sweater, others lets* 
Caput fit Hens, 
&U fioideus. 
Extenders. 
Splemus. 
Complexes 
Tptßfomfa The ThyjtcalConfederation,and 
Book V* 
The greater d ftraighc Mufcies, arifing from the Spine or point of the fecond 
fpondiie, Vertebra or Knuckle, are infer ted into the after fide of the Head. 
Under them thee cwq leflcr arifing from the hinder part of the firft Vertebra, are 
terminated in the after fide of the Head. 
The greater a Oblique ones do arife from the fpine or point of the fecond Vertebra 
and reach unto the overchwart Eminence or Apophyfis of the firft Vertebra j and 
from the fame place the Oblique or crooked ones do arife and are termina- 
ted in the Occiput, or after Part of the Head. 
aT. i 4./. 2. %%f. 3- TJ./. 4. <F <F. /. 2. 'll <H. Zcf-2-U. f. j. ‘ 
5- Md* H. “« /. 3- i-f. * * 3. 4. T. 1 + 
"2{eftus minor 
Obliquus mi- 
jor. 
Obliquus mar 
jor. 
Chap. 21. M ufcleof the Ned- 
"I* He Neck has eight, on each fide four, being placed before and behind, co,bend 
the Neck and extend the lame again. 
It is bent by the ‘■Mujculus Longus and the Scalenus or the uneven- 
Tided Mufcle. - 
The c Long being ficuace under the Oefophagus 9 fprings out of the 
body of the third Vertebra or Knuckle bone of the back, ai d afeends laterally con- 
nexed or kmc unto al the bodies of the Vertebra’s, ending into the former part of 
the fir ft Vertebra. 
The Severn*/arifing from the dfirft Rib of the Cheft, iris inwardly ingrafted 
.by oblique Fibres into al the overchwarc or cranfverfe Eminencies of the Neck- 
bones : through it the VefTels are drawn, which are to be diftnbuced into the 
Arm. 
The Neck is extended or ftretched out by two Mufcles. 
The Spinatus Mufclec arifes from the Roots of the feven uppermoft Vertebra’s 
of chq Cheft and five of the Neck, and is inferred into the Spina or point of the 
lecond Vertebra of the Neck. 
The Mufcle 7iranjverfarius, arifing from thef cranfverfe Apophyfes or Eminen- 
ces of the fix uppermoft Vertebra’s of the back, is planted txernally into al the 
cranfverfe Eminences of the Neck. 
T he 
benders. 
The Longus. 
The Scalenus. 
The Extenders 
spinams 
Tranfverfa- 
rius. 
c T. 13./. 18. A A. “ d X 33 /. T. 14. f.4. 2). " f T.i 4* 
/*4.<e®.; 
Chap, 21, Mufcles of the Shoulder-blades 
Shoulder 
binds lifter • 
TT Hey are four in Number. The Mufcle Levator s ‘Proprius■, does life up the 
Shoulder blade. It arifes from the cranlveiie or overthwaic Apophyfes or E- 
tnineheies of the fecond* third and fourth Vertebra of the upper part of the Neck? 
and ends in the upper mb ft Corner of the Shoulder-blade. 
The Mufcle Trapeziusa arifes from the hinder part of the Head, at the' Points 
of live Vertebra's off he Neck, and of eight or nine of the uppermoft Vertebra’s 
the Cheft, and is inferred into the Bafis of the Shoulder blad and the 
Spina, as far as the fhoulder cm. It caufes divers motions according 
the original and direftion of the Fibres j that is, according to thexr Rile and 
infcrcion. 
The Shoulder-blad is drawn forwards by one only Mufcle termed SerraW* 
b *lMinor, which arifes out of the four upper moft Ribs, and ends in chq CoTA' 
coides. . 
It is drawn backwards by the e hemboides orlozing fafhioned, ordiamand 
fafhond Mufcle, which ariles from the thiee points of the lower Vertebraesof tne 
Trapezius. 
Serratus mnoi 
Rhomboides Chap. 24. 
*%fufcles of the fubit 
225 
eck, and the three points of the uppermost ‘Vertebrae? of the Chert, and is lu- 
sted into the external Balis of the Shoulder-blade. ( 
Although by its own weight it return to the natural Scituation : yet ad portion 
°f Mufculm LatiJJimm, running out unto the Arm, cleaves by a loop to the lower 
Corner of the Shoulder-Blade, and is faid to draw the Shoulder-Blade down- 
wards. 
Chap. 23. Mufdes of the Arm 
f Hey are nine. The ‘Mufcle Deltoides and Supra Spinatus do move it up- 
'ward's. 
The Dekoidese does ar ife from the middeft of the Clavicula, the Shoulder tip 
the who! fpine of the Shoulder-blade, and is carried out unto the middle of the 
Arm. ... . 
The Supn ijpinatus being thruft info the Cavity above the Spina or fliarp point 
°fthe Scapul a, and being conveighed under the Shoulder tip, is inferred into the 
of the A rm. 
The Latijp. mus and c?\ptundus ‘Major,do move the Arm downwards: the Latif- 
fimus g fprmgs from the (harp prominencies of the 0/ Sacrum, of the Vertebraes 
°f the Loins, and of nine Vertebraes of the Back: it is infected into a part of the 
Arm, not far be low the Head. 
It is afliftedb y cP\otundusa ‘lSlajor or the larger round Mufcle, which arifes from 
the whollowerliUb of the Shoulder-blade, and ends very near in the middle of the 
Arm. ' ... , , 
The (PeUoral is and Coracoidxus draw if forward. The (PeHoralis arifes but 
°fthe hrfhixcan d feventh true Ribs, the Breft-bone and more than the middle 
jjf the Clavts; ar id it is inserted by an acute Tendon into the middle of the Arm 
between the Delta ides and the Biceps. 
The Mufcle C. jracoidasus c ipringsout of the .Apophyfts Coracoides, and ends 
Very near in the mi ddle of the Armit draws the Arm cowards the left Shoulder. 
fhe Arm is me wed backwards by three Mufdes, Infrafpinatus, el\otunduj 
Minor, and lmme\ fus. 
The Infrafpinat us arifing in the middle between d the leffer round Mufcle and 
lhe Spina, ends into the Neck of the Arm which is muffles about. 
The %me ndus <=■ minor begins at that Cavicy which appears under the lower Rib 
of che Shoulder-blad 'fi, and ends in the Neck of the Arm. # 
r\ di£ Suhj'capularis does poffels the hollow and inward Part of the 
Should* ?r-blade,and is carry ed out unco the Neck. 
three lift *Mu fries which aft al ac once, do carry about the Arm upwards 
Hil a Hidden motion Ranting outwards, fo that the motion feems to be doubled. 
.Arm lifters. 
*Deltoides 
Suprafpinatus 
The deprejjert 
Latijjimus, 
Kotundm ma- 
jor. 
The drawers 
ta' 
The Veftoralts, 
Coucoidaw* 
Drawers back* 
infraftmam 
TfytmtdHS 
minor. 
Jmmerfus 
Ch. ip. 24* Mufdes of the Cubit. 
Cubic confi fts ol : two Bones, which as they are Knit together by divers vir- 
T u,culations, fo da th 'ey perform divers motions. 
djr guides ch e motions of the Bending and extending. The Radius 
Mini 5 modons of Pt ©nation and Supination, and therefore they have proper 
Th e!^°r theie motions. 
Cubic is bended by two Mufcles Sdtuate in the internal Part of the Arm 
the^ r 'mternus. 
*hh, c Cepf anles from * 4 donolt beginning,the one of which from the extremity 
fifin ' ty ofche Qknott k coaveyghed through theciefr of the Arm, the other 
sus BAe from the Apt iphyjif Coracoides, they are after united and make one 
Cubit benders 
Biceps ThcThyfecal Confederation,and aJnatomy 
Book V* 
Tendon, which is inferred inro the inner Parc of the Radius, there where ic' 
bu’ches our. 
TUaßrachireus h In'errius, being placed beneath the Biceps, takes its rife from 
- rise middle ot Os ‘Brachij, unto which ic firmly adheres, and is terminated becween 
the.'JladiM/ and the Cubitus, in that Parc where they are faftened together. 
The Cub.r is extended by tour Mulcles, Vi\. Longus, ‘Brevis ‘Brachireus 
' exiennis, ai d Angoneus or Cubitalis. 
Long us, rle long Mutcie c ariies hem the lower Rib of the Shoulder-blade near 
the Nc ck, where it has a peculiar Cavity, and it is terminated into the Elbow. 
Brevis, the fhorc Muicle, d fprings from the hinder Neck of the Arm and ends 
likewiie ac the Elbow. Both thole Mufcles do make up one ftrong and finewy 
Tendon. 
For the third Muicle Qalen in thsfirft laft chapter of his Anatomical 
Adminijtxaturns, reckons a lump of Flelh which is confounded with the two fore- 
going Mufcles .and inferred into the fame place. I cal it B extemus, becaufe 
being ipred upon the outfide of the Arm, it is placed beneath the other two laft 
mentioned. In the lame place Qalen does acquaint us, that any man may accurate- 
ly leparare thefe three Mufcles following the rectitude of the Fibres. 
The fourth Mufcle calledc Angomus,\sSc\t.uAte in the bending of the Cubic on 
the hinder fide, which is called Agcoon or Ancoon and anfwers to the ‘Mufculus 
‘Pophtxm. It arifes out of the lower and hinder Parc of the Acme., being Scituace 
becween the (I\adnfs and Cubitus : and it is inferred byafinewy Tendominto the 
fide oft he Cubitm, a Thumbs lehgth below. Soratimes it cleaves fo faftto the 
Flefhy end oißrachircm ‘Exiernm, chat there is no apparent difference to be dif- 
cerned becween them; and then ic is Judged to be a portion of cheßrachireus ex- 
termts, extended Id far as to chat place* 
Brachuan in- 
terms. 
~. 
dvrs ' "CXU71‘ 
Lwun i 
n . 
ftrach’ueus 
ex tern us. 
' 'I 
Angoncm. 
Chap, Ij. SMufcles of the Radius. 
r, p ,h . 
■ 1 
*T He tßadius is bowed downwards by the two internal cMufiles, To called be- 
* caufe they are placed in the inner Parc of the Cubic i and one is called Infe- 
rior ‘Pronator, and the or her Superior <Pronator. 
The Superior being aa round Mufele, Iprings form the inner Part of the inner 
knob cbe Arm, and ends with a ‘Membranous Tendon, obliquely carried unto 
the !l\adius. 
The Inferior <Pronator guadratm, is carried overthwart, from the lower Parc 
of the Cubic unto the lower Parc of the (Radius, and is thereinto inferted, be- 
ing altogether Flefhy. Alto it Knits the Vina to the Radius, as if ic were ahr 
gamenr. 
T he ‘Badim is drawn down backwards by two externalMufcles. 
The L bngm c Supinator, fprings out of the top of the Arna, above the external 
Knob, and being drawn out upon the %adius} kis inferted on the infide of 
lower ‘Epiphyfis thereof, being flefhy. 
B»rev)is Supinator, anfing out of the d outfide of the inner Knob, is carried obh' 
quely very near to the middle of the H:\adm, and turning back does ftraitly cod1" 
preneild the fame. 
Pronator fu~ 
perior. 
Pmatorin- 
tmo' ‘ 
Supinator 
tongus. 
Supinator 
Zrevisfe 
a TT22.fi. and 3-D. T.io./. i.A.8.T.i2./.j.E.rc % Z2.fi *•*' 
“"■<* T.zz.f. J.B. Sc T.22.f 2. and T. 22 f.i.B.Z r , 
"a- T. 22.f. I.Q. " d T. 22. /. I.lLf. Z.B. *c 1. 22,f. 3«E*»d T.23./*P 
- F.«e ii-2Z.fi 3.*‘7-4.G.Z 
* T. 22./. 2. C.”1" T. 22./. 2.D.”‘ 7". 22./. 4. E.-d T. 22./.4.F.S Chap . zy. Mufcles of the T* aim of the Hand• 
izy 
Chap. 16. SMufdes of the Wrift. 
Write is bended, llretched forth and laterally moved by two Mufcles, the 
bender and extender of each fide,adding both together. 
It is bended by two inward Mufcles, of which the one may be termed Cubiteus, 
the other Cl\adiem, by reafon of their Scituacion. 
The Cublteusa interms cakes its rife from ciie inner part of the inner Knob of the 
Arm, and being fattened unto the Cubit and to the fourth Write bone of chefirft 
it is drawn out aloft. 
The T[adieus b Interims, having its original in the fame place, and beingftretch- 
e4 out upon the T\adms, is. inferced into that bone ot the IMetacarpium, which 
Ititeaines the fore Finger. 
The Write is extended by two external Mufcles, which hold the fame way with 
the internal, and ace therefore called by the fame names, , 
The T{adieusr extenius or ‘Bicornis, takes its rife from that bony point which is 
hi the Arm above the Knob thereof, and reteing upon thefTyidm, it lends rorch a 
double Tendon, the one of which is inferred into the Write bone lying under the 
Radius, the ocher into that bone of the tyktacarpium which is teaced under the 
fore Finger. ; * N .... 
Some wil have this Mufcle to be a double one, becaufe it appeals wholly diftindt 
ln its original and infection. For that which is carry ed to the Write grows out of 
lhe bony point of the Arm : the other allies out of the external Knob of the Aim 
extends the 'Metacarpium with the Write. 
It has its Tendons feparated and incloied in peculiar cafes and teieaths, which 
are of a finewy Griftly llibftance, without the Ring fafliiond Ligament of the 
Wrift. 
. The Cubiteus j exterms, arifnig from the outward Apophyfisof he Arm,and 
carryed along the Cubic, it infects its Tendon into the, fourth bone of the 
Scituate beneath the little Finger.’ {' 
>T. 2if i. HZb T.zz.f. i.<M,Ze -T. 22./. 3.#H.rd 'T.22.f,yQ. :2 
A* 
ifrift-bendtrs 
Cublteus In- 
ter nus. 
Kadieus ln- 
L ternus. 
i it’rift extenders 
, Kadieus tx~ 
L terntu. 
d Cublteus ex* 
ie terms. 
Chap. a/. Mufcles of the Fa Ime of the Hand, 
TN the Palm or Hollow of the Hand are foufld two notable Mufcles, which are 
1 termed the (Palma? ‘Mufcles, the one of which is fiiorc, the other long. 
The long <Palmar CMufck growing out of the a inner fide of the knob of the 
sl'nh5l'nh is fptedinto the hollow of the Hand, as far as the firft Articulation of the« 
Angers. 
hi its original it is Flcfivy and prefently after leffeiis it felf into a final Tendon, 
, Puffing above the Ring-fhap’d Ligament of the Write, and nofc included w'th 
f of the Tendons, it is Widened into a fine wy Membrane, which is fo firmly 
fih *Sed unto the Skin (to make the fence of feeling the more quick, and chat 
Skill things the falter) chat it is a very hard thing to fever it from the 
* Behdesxhe Palmar Mufcle in the hollow of the Hand, a Certain peice of ‘Flejh 
is Tfww of a ThUmbs breadth is found upon the Ring-lhaped Ligament, which 
fin 1 er C^en tfie Flelhjbet weeh the Thumb and the middle Finger, and is fomcimes 
and • fomc*mes double, looking like two Mufcles: and being carryed under 
the p?P^cacecl with the Palmar Mufcle, it feems to cake its rite from the Root of 
pare of the Hand called Thenar, and to be infected info chat fame eigth 
ne °f the. Write. which is placed out of order. 
Long Palmar 
JMufcle, 
Short Palmar 
CM'ftfcle, TheTbyfecal Confederation, and iA 
800 k V. 
Ik Office is co hollow the Hand and loco make Viogenefi hisDilh to drink out 
of, together with the Mulcles of the Thumb and the Tlypothenar, This Mulcle 
flial be named ‘Palmarit brevis 5, the jbort *Palm ‘Mujcle. 
*T.22.f.i.%Z 
Chap, 28- Mufcles of the Finfers. 
four Finger 
benders. 
THe Fingers are bended, ftrecctied ouc, and moved fidewaies. 
There are two Mufcles which bend the four Fingers, The Mufculuf 
Sublimity and the Mufculus (profundusi 
The acifos from the inner,b pare of the inner knob of the Arm,and pro- 
duces foure * Tendons about the Wrift,which are terminated at the tecond Articula- 
tion of the Fingers, and have holes bored in them, to give palfage to the Tendons ot 
the Mufculus (Profundus. 
The (profundus iprings ouc of theh upper parrs of the Cubitus and Radiys and 
beingc divided into four, it is carryed through the holes of the Tendons of the Sub- 
limis, unto the third Articulation of the Fingers. 
Dobucobfervethelnduftry of Nature, who to the end the Fingers might be 
rightly bended, on the inlide according to their length, foe has framed a Channel of 
moft hard Membranes refembliug Ligaments, which Channel does ftraitly infold 
the Tendons of the Mufculus Profundus and Sublimis, leaft in the bending of the 
Fingers the Tendons being bowed foould be drawn 014 c of their place, andlik* 
ropes rife up and lift up the Skin. 
And although the Tendons be clofely comprehended within the fa id Channel 
yet have they their free eourfe and palfage, becaulc the-Channel is fmeared with* 
fat and Oy ly Humor. ./ - * 
Ouc of the very Tendons of Mufculus profundus by the Wrift, do arifed* 
fourd Lumbrkales, being firmly faftened thereunto, and carried to the lirft Arc*' 
Culation of every Finger, where they unite themfelves to the Inrerolfeans. 
The Mufcles which extend the Fingers are Common and proper, 
• I cal them common, whigh ferve the four Fingers, luch as the Hxtenfor mag'ls 
Digitorum [the great extender of the Fingers] or which belide 
tcnfion,do caufe other motions, as the Liunbracales and Interojfei ;oyned to* 
gechery 
The proper are they which belong and are attributed only to certain Fingers, 35 
the (Extenfor Indicts [ftreccher ou{ of the fore Finger] and the fExtenfov 
cularit [ftrctcher ouc of the little Finger. 
(Magnus (Extenfor (Digitorum, the great a Finger ftrercher arifes ouc of t&. 
out ward Knob of the Arm,and by the b W rift is cloven into fourc Tendons, whid* 
end into the two lower Joy nts of each Finger. 
The Fingers are moved fidewaies, which motion is commonly termed addu#iofl 
and Abduftion. 
The Adduction or drawing to, is when they are drawn towards the 
Abduction or drawing from, is when they are moved fidewaies from the Th^b' 
And this motion is performed by the fnterojfian Mufcles: of which therear£ 
three d External and as many « Internal, fpred in the Ipaccs between the Ho«*s0 
the Metacarpium. * 
They anfie from the upper Parts of the faid bones near the Wrift, and in the hf 
Internodeum orfpace between the Joy nts, with a very final Tendon, they 
fide longs over the three bones of the Fingers, until they come un to the Roots ot c 
Nailes*, in the former and upper Parc whereof, the Tendons, being firft united 
terminated. And therefore the Inceroffean Mulcles afting together, do keep * 
Fingers both ftretched out, and one clofe to another, juft as we hold our hands w 
we fwim. 
Sabtim« 
VrofmdHS. 
LtmbricsUs 
extenders 
Bxttnfor 
Haytus.i 
Side rosy mo- 
vers. I 
f 
imtrojjeans . Lhap. zp. 
Mufcles of the Thumb. 
Moreover you fha] oblerve two Mufcles, which are as it were external intcrof- 
leans, which are Ipred without, upon the lirft and fourth bone of che'Metacarpi- 
limy the one of which called f Plypothenar, is 'Peculiar co die licde Finder, and 
aiay be divided inco two. . . 
ic arifer from die third and fourth Wnft bone of the lecond Rank, and isfide- 
waies inferred into the Toyncs of the lame Finger, co draw the lame towards the 
ouclide. , t " , 
. Theochcr belongs unfo[before*Finj’ers, and lying beneath the Jiniitbenar, ic 
£r°ws out of the inner Parc of the fictt bone of the Thumb and is interred into the 
Jo,ncs of the Fore Finger, to draw the lame unto the Thumb. So chac ic may be 
CalledMufculus jlbdu&or Indtcir , 
Glides the Tendon of the common extender, it has a Peculiar exterifiveMuf- 
which may be termed Indicator the g Pointer, becaule this Mufcie lerves the 
Finger to point withal. i 
F anfes from the middle and external Parc of the Cubic, and .is infected by a 
°rked Tendon into the lecond Articulation: and the other Tendon grows together 
'v,di the Tendon of the greater extender. .. . 
There is a 'Proper extender alcnbedco the little Finger. Icariiesoucofcheup- 
Per Parc of the H\adius being (bated between the Cubitus, and the Radius, and ic 
** with a double Tendon planted into the little Finger on the out fide 
thereof but with another tendon it is mingled with the Tendon of the create’ ex- 
tender. 
fen while you flial obferve die Lumbrical or worm Mufcie?,which are fomtiraes 
Scee, ether whils four, ieldom five: which though they are implicated with the 
endons of 'Mufc ulus Profundus, and are conflict ly thought to arife there fromj 
I conceive, they are bred out of the finewy and orbicular a Ligament of the 
that ic might have a firm and ftable Original. 
Fropev. 
Abduftcr mi- 
nimi. 
' i'! t \>' 
Abduftor In- 
dius. s 
Troper cx~ 
tendtts. 
Of the fore. 
Finger. 
\ _ 
Of the little 
Finger. 
f1 T. 22.f. j, aaaa.£b T.zz.f. i.V.f. $.cß.mcT.22.f.^.bbbb.“d T. 22 
'•J'CCCC.* 
’ T. 22 Js-CZ 
Chap. "ip. Mufclesthe Thumb. 
Th e Thumb has peculiar Mufcles, whereby ic alone is bended, extended and 
fjdewaies. ... . * 
*c is 'Extended by two long Mufcles. One of which arifing out of theb upper 
lhe rJ?c.Varclhde °f the Cubic, goes up upon the Radius, and being carried beyond 
and j ic is inferred into the firft and fecond Joync of the Thumb, by a double 
a triple Tendon. • - . 
and i • oc^er arifes from thec fame Parc of the Cubic, but lower, near che Waft, 
Th ,S?1 inco che third Joync of the Thumb. 
Cuhice Umh is bended by d one Mufcle, which growing ouc of the Infide of the 
jc 5 it carry ed unto chefecond and third Joync thereof. 
h llJno'ved ftdewaiy by two Mufcles. : ; 
T-*z.f.3.<M.rc r.i2.f.2.0.; 
TtumbMufcles 
Extenders 
Bender'* 
Later Ml mi 
vers. 
a arifcs. from the ipfide of the Wrift, beneath the 
*s ioferced into the fecond Joy nt of the Thumb, to draw ic from the 
ocher Mufck termed *> Jintixhenar, draws the Thumb towards the fore 2%0 
The Thy/tcal and Anatomy 
Book V* 
Finger. It grows out of the external fide of the firft bone of che letacarpi- 
um which fuftains che Thumb, and is infected into che firft Joync of che laid 
Thumb. 
It is drawn to the four ocher Fingers by ac Mufcle, which being Joyoed unto, 
and feated beneath the Thenar, grows out of che three lower bones ot che cMetacar~ 
pium, and is inferted into che fecond Joync of the Thumb. It may be called rB)~ 
pothenar Tollick, becaule it is Ipread out under che Thenar. 
• X.22.f.4.%Zb T,22./.1.^,/.2.‘F.“= 
Chap. 30. Mufcles of the Qheji 
THe Mufcles of the Cheft are (Proper or Common. 
Thofearefaidcobe Troper, which particularly and properly belong unt° 
the Cheft *, the Common are fuch as being deftinaced to iome certain Parc, >ec <d° 
allift the Breft with their help, as Auxliarks, fuch as are the upper Mu cles of d]e 
Shoulder blade. 
The Cheft is widened or lifted up by five Mufdes. Three of which are before 
ofisp Subclavim, Serratm major, and the Triangularis or Tettoralis interval 
One is hinderly Scituace Tofticm Serratm fuperior: and the fife is che 
External Intercoftal. 
The Subclavim arifes from the d inner pare of the Clavicula, near the 
tip, beingofaFiefhy fubftance, and is interred into the firft Rib, near the Bred 
bone. d T. io./. i. CF, * 
, The Serratm * Major, reaches trom the inner Baiisofthe Shoulder blade, tint0 
fix, and fomcimes feven Ribs, of which the five loweft are true Ribs, and the tWa 
uppermore are baftard ones. 
. The Serratm b Tojiicm Superior, being Scituace beneath the %omhoid?h 
grows out of the fharp points or fpines of the three lower Vertebras of the 
and the firft fpine of the Back > and ends into the three upper Ribs,and fbmeirae 
fourth. 
The eleven c OSxternal Intercoftalf, hold cfce place of one Mufde, which is cti', 
ried Obliquely forward from the lower fide of die upper Rib*- into the upper fide oi 
the lower Rib. Unco thofe Mufclts which widen the Cheft we mull add the 
aphragme or Midrif. 
The Triangular‘Mufcle, growing out of the middle and inner Part 
bone, is inferted into cheGriftles of the lower Ribs, as far as the third or foud11 
baftard Ribbs. . 
Three Mufcles there are which ContraU the Breft, the Sacro-Lzembus, Xntg> 
coftalifinternm, and Serratm Toflicm inferior. 
The Sacro+Lumbm, takes its original from the Of a Sart hm and the Spiny 
duttionsof the Loins, and is terminated into the upper Ribs, near unco their 
beftowing upon each Rib a double Tendon or Tendinous handle or claipe, an 
ternal and an external j and therefore kferves both to depreis the Ribs and to ral 
the Back-bone, when it is bowed and bended forward. 
The (Eleven internal Intercoftalf, which fil tip the (paces between the Ribs, 
reckoned to bsbuc one Mufcle. It is carryed obliquely from the nether Rib c°c 5, 
upper more. It has Fibres contrary to thole of die External, crols vvile inLtl 
leaed. J ft 
The Serratm Tofticm *inferior, growing out of the fpines of the three I°' f 
Vertebraes of the Back, and the firft: of the Loins,is Terminated into three or fO 
of che lower Ribs, • 
This fame Serraticm (Pofikm inferior, is juft, oppofite to th eSerratkm {o 
cm fuperior, and both of them by a broad and Tlembranom Aponeurofih 
grow together,’ oliac they terv.e inftead of a band to bind and keep 
hinder Mufcles of che Back-bone. _ . I 
which widen. 
The Che[i• , 
Subclavius 
Serratm major 
Serratm To- 
film Superior 
External In- 
te rcoflals. 
Triangular 
A lufcle. 
Contrafters, 
Sacrcrtimbftt. 
internal in- 
terco&Ms. ~ 
Ivr* i 
S err am po* 
(iicm inferior. Chap . Mufcles of the TBacf and Lqyns, &c. 
Others do ad eight Mufcles of the Belly, becaufe more Mufcles are requifite to 
•caufe violent Exfp iration. 
, a Tvio.f.i.£® -b T.I4.f.2.<£."■= T.jo.f.i.gg.~i T.i4.f.S.LL. 
Chap. 31. Of the SMidrif 
THe Diaphragme or Midrif is ana admirable kind of Mufcle, both in regard of 
its compofition and continual ACtion, whiles it does night and day inceilandy 
fan the Natural and Vital Parcs, ferving nevertheles as a Walof partition to fever 
the one from the ocher. 
It ar ifes from the Circumference of the baftard Ribs, through which it is oblique- 
ty drawn about, as far as to the Vertebrae! of the Loins: the end or Sinewy Parc 
thereof, is in the Nervous Centre. ' 
When we draw in the Air, it is contra#ed and bent,and when it draws the lower 
fobs downwards and of convex becomes ftraight and even. When we blow the 
Air out, it is by help of the Media\linum drawn upwards, and of ftraight is made 
Convex or bunching like the furface of a Bucklar. 
z>fe of the 
Midrif. 
original. 
jis Motion. 
aT. 1 o.f. 1.1 hf. 6. and 7. the whoh 
Chap. 32. 'Mufcles of the Back and wherewith the 
Back-bone is moved. 
THe cßachJs not moved Joecmte of the Ribs incerpofed,and the Penury of Mufcles 
* both internal and external*, it has indeed Mufcles fpred upon the outlide thereof, 
.Ut they are for another ufe. So chat between the Neck and the Loyns it rettiaines 
whiles the extream Parts are moved. 
i Now the motion is made in the la ft Vertebra of the Back which is received on all 
andsby its neighbouring Vertebrae/, and receives none *, and becaufe it is Con- 
flSUous with the Loins, the (Motion is attributed to the Loyns rather than to the 
although it belong to the whol Back-bon. 
the Back-bone therefore, as the Loyns, are bowed and extended and drawn to 
Tides. * 
They are bowed by two Mufcles, on each fide one. The ‘Mufculusa Quadratic 
its rife from the hinder Part of the Os llij and from thd inner fide of the Os 
?4crumy being inferred into the tranfverfe Apophyfes of the Loins as far as the laft 
and of a Flefhy iubftance. 
~ f for my Part would rather fay it arifes from the tranfverfe Productions or Apo- 
of the two lower Vertebrae/ of the Back and the laft Rib, that it might Coge- 
nt with the oblique defending Mufdes and the ftraight ones, ftir and move fof- 
a£?s the whol frame of the Off a Ilium. 
Air ufc^es °f che Abdomen which ferve for Infpiracion or drawing in of the 
V'hil do aho further the bending of the Loyns and of the whol Back-bone; foi 
*lonesthey ear down theCheft, they do withal bow the Back-bone: if lying 
your Breech, you would lift up the Trunk of your Body* or would 
ThFU^-°n y°ur Feet, without the Afliftance of your Hands. 
foj(jc Y Loins are diftended by four (Mufcles, on either fide two, which are To in- 
are V along the Back-bone, chat either we muft make fo many pares, as there 
dons erte^raefj or we niuft fay there is only one Pare of Mufcles diftributmg Ten- 
-j-}° the Vertebrae/, according to the Opinion of Qalen. 
the o Mufcle, takes a b finewy beginning, from al the Spines oJ 
acrww> and ends into the tranfverfe Apophyfes of the Loyns and who] 
The Back pro- 
perly is not mo- 
; ved. 
: Back if bowed 
‘ . by 
: theS^Hadratus. 
Extenders. 
St'nuffitf&tM* 
>1 The Thy/teal Confderation, and 
Book V* 
The cMufculm Sacer with ac pointed Flefhy beginning grows out of the hinder 
Parc of Of Sacrum and terminates into the Roots of the Spiny points of the Vertc- 
braes of the Back, 
The Spina or Loins are laterally moved, when che-Mufcles on the contrary fide 
do aft by them!elves, both the benders and extenders. 
It the Mufcles which extend the Spina or Back-bone, are oppolice to the obliq'^e 
Mufcles of the Belly dependent and the ftraight ones, which move the frame of Offd 
1/ir, they muft needs grow out of the upper Parts of the Spine, chat they may be 
inferred into the Ojfa Ilium and Os Sacrum. And although they arifc from the 
upper Parcs of the Spina, they wil neverthelefs lerve to ereft the Spina i and they 
wil be ever more Antagonists againft the Mufcles which bend the Spina9 viy- The 
uadratus, and the<Mufculm Obliqum afcendens. 
For they receive Nerves, as wel in their upper as middle Parts. 
* T.Ji.f.2,00.f.4.CC.f.i.eH%mb Ti4.f'}.VV.f.4.AAZc T.i* 
Chap. 33. Mu/cles of the Belly* 
BEcaufe thofea ten Mufcles, which are found difplayed upon the Belly, wetf 
accuracly dilcnbed. At the beginningofthefirft(BookL, 1 wil not here repeat 
ihem,becaufe they are except ed from this Difcourfe. 
Chap. 34. Of the Motion of the Ilium Bones and 0s 
Sacrum Joyned together. 
By what Muf- 
cUs its moved 
forwards. 
THe frame of the Ilian Bones and Os Sacrum Joyned together, is moved back' 
ward and forward in the Genial Embracements tending to Procreation. 
The Laid Conjunction of bones is moved forwards by the bT{igbt and Oblique c 
fcending 'Mufcles of the Belly,the Cheft refting and the Thighs remaining unmoved 
unlels they follow the Motion of the Ilium Bones. 
jc \s moved backwards by the Mufculus a Sacer and the b Semifpinatus, 
anfe from foe upper Parcs of the Back: which I havedemonftrated by many realb‘lS 
and experiments in my Antbropographia. 
By what mo- 
ved backwards 
Chap, 35. Mufcles oftheTeflicles. 
THey are Proper or Common. <c 
The is that which is peculiar to each Tefticle calledc Crernajier. 
grows out of the lower a fore Parc of the fpine of Os llium'.ot rather it is the h?"cl\ 
of the Oblique afcending Mufde, bordering upon the whofeFi^1 
redder, thinner and as it were fevered fromche Fle/h of the faid oblique aicendf0. 
Mutcle.x Id infolds extrinfecally the production of theIVentomum, and is cat*I**1** 
together with the Seminary Veffels unto the Tefticle. 
it draws the Tefticle upwards and retains it fufpended in that Pofture. 
The Common Mufcle is the Membrane of the Scrotum or Cod termed d *o#*° 
being a Continuation of the FJeihy Membrane. And this ‘Mufculous Membra*1 
fufpends both the Tefticles. p 
Women have likewife their Crernajier, fliorcer than that of Men, Scituate upl 
theprodu&ion ofthe (Peritoneum. 
proper Mufde 
of the Stones• 
Cremxfter. 
The Common. 
Datos. 
Chap, 36, The.B ladders IsAufcle. 
Sphincter *!lf 
the Bladder. 
LEfl the llrin colle&ed in the Bladder (hould run out of it felfagainft ones ’ 
their is ac round fleftiy Mufde which being rouid back over the proftatae, Chap. 39. 
zTXTufcles of the Thigh. 
|Huc the bladders Neck •*, and being made broad it expels the Ur in *, and by wring- 
ing or fqueezmg the <Proftatas or Auxiliary Tefticles, ic fquirts out the Seed in 
Venereal Conflicts. iNow the Neck of the Bladder being Fiefhy, perfoitnei the 
office of an internal SplijnHer Mulcle, and exactly doles che Bladder. 
a T.2,f. g. A V.f. 9.. AW..** X 2./. g.'BC.m cT. i.f. S. A. tec.“ 
T. 14. f. 4. <B%Zb % I - /•: 3- VV.f. 4- AA. : - T.6.f.zmD D. 
-d T. 6. /. <B <3. Se £O./. 5-<F“ 
Chap. 37. Mujiles of the Yard. 
He Yard has four Mufdes, two on each fide. 
‘Mm feu ha a Tirccf or is bred out of the innetmore bunching out of the Ifcf'mm. 
an,d being knit unco the L'-gamenc of the Yard, ic reaches fidewaies as far as the 
fiddle of the Body thereof. The Accelerator takes his Rile not only from the 
‘PmnUer of the Anus or Fundament, buc'aifo from the internal Tuberofity of the 
or Huckle-bone, and being with his Mace Ipied but under the Vertebra or 
ffs‘pipe, it is drawn ouc as far as to the middle of the Yard. 
It haftens the (quirting ouc of che Seed, and fore,es out che drops of Urin, in the 
jb&clulicm of Pilling. And becaufe it is in its Original twofold, ic may therefore 
fe a<£ounred a double Mulcle; but becaufe I attribute that portion which a riles 
r0[h the Tuberofity of che Huckle-bone, unco che Fundament, and cal ic Levator 
**ternus Ani [the external Aile-heaver] therefore che true Accelerator, according 
and ocher Anacomifts Opinion, muftarife only from the external Sphin- 
er°f che Fundament. s 
| Yards Eretiors 
Acceleratorit 
Chap. 38. Wlufles Clitoris. 
Th e Clitoris in Women reprefents the Mans Yard,and therefore is furnifhed with 
* Guides alike, chough not lemng for the lame of Office. Of which I have 
eaced mmy fir ft Book, in the Chanter which defer ibes the Womb. 
*T. 6*/. 1. a a-*f. 5. *H*H. “ b X6<f,i,bb.f,sAL± 
Ghap- 39* Mufcles of the Fundamentp 
i defcridedrhe Mafdes of che Fundamenc very lufficiencly in the 33. Chap, 
°f my lecond Book. 
Chap. 40, Mujcks of the T high, 
Thigh is extended, bended, drawn to,a naan, and iron) a Man,and oblipjc- 
jt • V wheeled abou'v 
bollelSeXterjded when we ftand, our Thigh being Perpendicular to our Huckle- 
aie * Vvbich pollute is cauied by three Mulcles winch conftitute the Buttocks, and 
cles leietoi:e by Authors termed cMu-jCuii Qlmtii chut is the buttock Mid* 
(z tender j of 
the Thigh* 
- ■ > | T . 
brC(j and extimus ? Qhuum, the greateft and oiittvoft buttock Mufcle, is 
itll«CteT0i: dierPilies °^s &dCmm and1 more chan half of the \hum Rib j and is 
Fingers beneath the great Trdchanter, a certain Eminence of 
ssc«l‘pCll,cenied- 
out ofti *> Qloutius, the lecond and middle buttock Mufcle, fprings 
X 0c; le excecnal Parc of the Os Ilium, and is infected into the great and external 
'“'tier* fz 
5 Gioutius toad- 
-5 mm, 
I ' 
; Media* The ThjJtcal Confederation 7and natomy 
Book V* 
Mimnfus 
Tennis and intinm,c Qloutius, the third and innerrnoft buttock Mulcle, arifirig 
from the outward and lower fide of Os Ilium, is implanted into the Top of the 
great Trochanter. 
The Thigh is bended by three Mufdes. 
<Primus Lumbar is. The firft LoyuMufcle called d Tfoat, fpred over the bodies 
of the Lumbal Vertebrae/, in the Cavity of the belly j is bred out of the tranfverte 
Apophy les of the lower Vertebraes of the back, and being carryed along upon the 
inner furface of Os Ilium, it is inierted into the fmal Trochanter. 
I have in Men, ofcimes found a,little Mulcle fpred over this, which in its original, 
being of the leng* h and rhickntis of a Mans little Finger and flelhy, with a final and 
tiac Tendon is earned above the Tfoas, and when it is come to the I Iliac, it iooles ic 
Benders. 
?fnu. 
ielf incoa broad and very ftrong Aponeurofis, which firmly combinefs the Iliac and 
(Pfoas Mufcles. And therefore 1 conceive it is added, in ftrong Men, chat it might 
fttaicly embrace the (pfoas and hold it firmly in its teat. 
It is called (pfoas, and is more raiely found in Women than in Men." 
Howbek in the year 1631. In a very ftouc Virago or kind ofcMol Cut~(purfe, k 
was my hap to fee one of chefe Mufcles, die having beenhangd for P\obberies and 
Marchers by her committed. 
-T. 23./.2. cß.f. 3. A. r.23./.3-^-/‘4*C.^e T. m* T. 10. 
/.1. 00. T. 23./. I. A>2 
lliacm <Mufcuhn, the Iliac Mufcle, cakes its rife out of the a internal Cavity of 
Os Ilium, and being by its Tendon Joy ned with the lumbal Mufcle, it is termina- 
ted between thegreac and little Trochanter, 
b tpeUineus ‘Mufculm, The Combe Mufcle Ihooces out of the upper Parc of Of 
(pubis, and is inferred a little below the Neck of the Thigh, on the forefide. 
The Thigh is drawn to the iniide by the tyfuj'culus Triceps or c three headed 
Mufcle, which has three originals and as many diftinft Infections. 
One of its Heads antes from the upper Part of the fhare bones or Ojja <Pubk-, the 
other arifes from the middle of the laid bones, and the third from the lowcft Parc of 
theiaid bones and they are inferted into the hinder line of the Thigh, being dif" 
poled by courfe. 
The Ad ion of this Mufcle is ftrong and Pi aevalenr, drawing the Th ighs inward, 
when we Cl.iaibe Trees, a fee nd to the Main maft and Pvide on Horf-back. 
This trebble headed Mulde is the firft that receives the Excreraentkious Huroof5 
lliicut. 
TeftiwM' 
Drawer to- 
Triceps. 
of the body which fai into Legs, becaufe of the VelfeU which pafs that way. 
The Thigh is drawn tol he outlide by very final Mufcles, becaufe the drawing 
the Thigh outwards is not very necefT«ry. 
a T. 2,3. J. i,C-belowb.*c T. 23»/» t-andz-CC. JJ 
withdraws- 
The Quadri* 
ff minds- 
‘ TheQlufculi Quadrigemimi, are four little Mufdes, mcerchangably placed up" 
on the Articulation of the Thigh in the binder Parc thereof. 
The firft and=» uppemioft of the Quadrigemini being longer than the reft and iS 
it were pear fafhiond, is by others termed iliacus ex terms. It ariles from d*® 
Jo#er and external Fart of Of Sacrum. 
Theb fecond of the Qpadrigernim, antes from the Tuberoficy or bunchy 
of the Huckle-bone. i V > 1 , 
Theh third which is contiguous unto the fornier, ariles from the fame Part, an 
tbete three are inierted into the Cavity of the great Trochanter. 
Thele three of the Quadrigeminal Mulcles, being included in the Cavity of J . 
great Trochanter, do Jerve likevvife to thruft downwards or lengthen out the Thig 
When it is ftretcheda little beyond its natural length, which you may obferv®1,1 
Man that lies upon his Back, with his body and Leg ftrecched out. . 
They perform this A&ion in the lame manner as the <Pterygoidev* internuty 
terpofed between the two Jaws, does drive the lower Jaw forwards. . 
The Quanus Quadngeminorum c Quadratus, is broader and more ftefhy& 
the other three, being diftant from the third oi the Quadrigmini cw°F^s, 
Fir(l 
Second 
Third 
"the Fourth. Chap. 4.1. 
Of the tSATufcks of the Leg, 
breadths} and is propagated from the inner Parc of the Protuberance of the 
Huckle-bone, and fattened into the external Parc of the great Trochanter. <' 
The Thigh is obliquely wheeled about by che two Obturators,che external and 
UK internal, - r 
The Internal a grows out of the inner Circumference of that hole which is in the 
Os ‘Pubis or lhai e bonej and being carryed along thorough chat hollownefs which*1 
is between the Knob of che Huckle-bone audits Acetabulum or Socket, it is by a 
tripartite Tendon inferred into che Cavity of che great Trochanter. 
Ps Tendon is folded up and inclofed by che fecond and third Quadrigeminal 
Huicles, which referable a purfe. Its aftion is to direft the external wheeling mo- 
tion of the Thighs. 
b T.23.f.}.b.f.4.g.g‘ T.2}.f.3. <D.f.4.‘E. 
-d T. 23./. ~<E.aad+-V‘.~ 
The Tixtenms 3 Obturator, taking its revolution from the external Circum- 
ference of chat hole, which ism the ftiare, and being Circun du&ed through che 
of the Thigh as through a puily, it is carryed unco che Cavity ot cne great 
Trochanter under the fourth ifiiadrigeminal Muicle. 
It governs the internal wheeling motion of the Thigh. 
When che Quadrigeminal Mulctes and che Obcuracores, arefoaked in Wheyifh 
Humors, they caule mod: bitter pains, which counterfeit the true Sciatica, and 
khgthen the T high, as it it were half out of J oynt, which is diligently to be noted 
% 
Oblique 
wheelers. 
Obturator in* 
.ternits. 
Obturator ex* 
terms. 
Chap* 41. Mujcles of the Leg. 
■ ■ *v • 
THe Leg is Joy ned with the Thigh, by chat kind of Articulation which is called 
(fynglymm, and therefore it is only moved by bending and extending j but 0 
the Articulation is lopfe, it (uifers a man to draw his Leghdewaies: toe 
'vhich Caul'e Lauxentim and ocher laccer Ana toroids, wxl have the Leg to be turnd 
In\vauds and outwards by certain Mufcles ordained to chat end. 
It is drawn inwards or cowards the other Leg, by the Sutoriusya very long Mufcle, 
is drawn outwards or from the other Leg, by a Membranotrs'blui'cle, or broad 
hvach. I leave it free for any Man thus to divided the Mufcles, which I diftinguifh 
lUto benders and extenders. 
The Leg is bent by four binder Mu files. 
The fidtof thole tour, is called b Semi*%ervofus, the Half linnew Mufcle. i 
from the Tuberohcy or bunching Part of the Huckle, and ends in the hinder 
Parc of the Leg. 
t The other is termed c Semi-Membranofus Mufiulus, the Half Membranary 
which proceeds from the lame bunching Parc of the Hip or Huckle-bone, 
eginniug which is Nervous and ‘Membranous j and with a larger Tendon, is 
Alerted into the inner and hinder Parc of the Leg. 
X23./.3.T0;' 
ahe Mufclea Thee pi Springs from the forefaid T überolity of the Hip or Hiickle- 
and being carryed along the outward Parc of the Thigh, about the middle 
p ple°f m becomes fie (by, which fiefhynefs I have leen leparaced as a iecond Muicle, 
as Head. It is by one only Tendon infected, into the outward Parc of the 
Ihe fourth being commonly termed tPofiicus h Cjracilif, arifes from that line 
thews where the Hip-bone and the Share-bone grow together, and delcen- 
lnß along the inlide of the Thigh, it is infected into the inner Parc of the Leg. . 
jn^e Mufcleccaller- cpopJiteus, is to be reckoned among the benders, iclieslurk- 
e^'n che Cavity of the Ham, above the Head of the Soieum. It antes out of the 
einal Celling ol bunching out of the Thigh, and is Obliquely infected into che 
aer and upper Parr of the Leg, which it clofely embraces. 
The MotlcTi 
of the Leg* 
The Leg ben- 
dm. 
The SemuNer- 
voJhs- .. . 
The Semh 
MembranofHf. 
The Biceps 
’ The Gracilis. 
’ The Poplitem* ThcThyjical Confiderdionjmd <t/fnatomy 
Book V* 
The Leg is extended by fix Mufcles. The flrfl: we meet with vs rhe * cMsmhfar 
nofas, which is drawn out of the upper fpine or iharp point of the Ilian bone and 
y«d into the fore part of the Leg, .or rather of the Thigh, and girts in (he 
Muffles of the Leg it lelf, like a c ‘Membranous fwach, al lave the "LMu'cuUis 
f’itomts. 
This Mufcle taking its rife from the upper f Spine and fore Rib of the I Hum, and 
Aiding down Obliquely by the inner Parts of the Thigh, ends into the inhde of the 
Leg, which it is laid to bring to and place over the ocher, as Tailors are wont to do 
when they would lit Crols-Leg’d, 
The zQracilit, Springing out of the lower Spine of Qi Ilium, and be' 
ingcarryed right out al along the Thigh, ends on the fore Part of the Leg, beneath 
choeßpigonatit. 
The two Mufcles called Vajii do on either fide border upon the Qracifo ? 
the one of which being h External, anfes out of the Root of tire great Trochanter? 
and is infected into the Leg, a little below the Patella) on the ouc-flde. 
a T.lh f- a-lIL Z b T.23./.J. <F<F- md T.JJ./.2' 
<F*F.Zh T.23.f.i,g<j.: 
The ocher which isa internal, arifes from the Robe of the final Trothincer, and 
fals into the infide of the Leg, a little below the Patella, 
The Mufcle termed b Crntens placed under the two ‘Mufculi Vajii Sptnigs out of 
the fore bone of the Thigh, between the two Trochanters, and cleaving to the whd 
body of the Thigh,if produces its Tendon over the -Epigonatis > unco the fore par* 
of the Leg. 
Thefe live Mufcles, the tire QtaciltsjDito Vajii and the Crural Mufcfo 
being united al together about the Knee, the produce one only Tendon, very 
broad and ftrong, wherewith th tEPateUa is infolded. 
Extenders, 
hral 
T hc^Htmtis 
KeUrnyy(iUs> 
ya(lus exur- 
m- 
Va(tus interne 
Qrunus. 
Chap. 42. 'Mufcles of the feet. 
AS the Hand is divided into three Parts, fo is the Foot into the Tarfus, Me* 
tacarfus and Phalanx or Row of Toes. Ai das in the Hand, cheWrift ‘s 
moved while the Parcs after the Wrift remain unmoved: loin the Foot, the 7^r 
fits is moved, the cMdatarfns remaining Ainmoved. And therefore the 7arfuf 
is ho wed, when it is moved forward, and it is extended, when it is forced back' 
wards. 
Inthemeane while you dial obferve that the bowings of the Members in th* 
whole Leg and Foot are contrary ; in the hand they are like one another, forth* 
conveniency of caking up of any thing; in the Leg and Foot they are contrary, t° 
make us ft and dime, and for die performance of different adticns. For the flex*' 
on or bowing of the Thigh is performed forwards, die bowing of the Leg is perft*' 
m‘ed backwards: the bowing ot the Foot is done forwards, the bowing of the To*5 
of the Foot, backwards. 
The Foot is bowed by two Mufcles feated before, which are called Tibueus 
fjreronjw. 
The T ib'wmc antlcm, raking its rife from the upper *Epiphyfu of the Leg near* 
(heWikuld, and cleaving ed ihe Tibia all along, about the middle of the bone, & 
degenerates into a Tendon, which beneath the d King-Fafhidfi’d Ligament of th* 
Foot, is flic into two Tendons, the one of which is inferred into the O* priiuu"1 
innominatum or iitft namelels bone, and the other is lengthened out as far as corn* 
Bone of the Metatarfus which is placed under the Great Toe. . - 
’4T.23'./:.i.<H<H.sbT. 23.f. i.k;cT. 23./. u % yr. 2i f l-£* 
The * Arixicus is in its Original joyned to the Peronaeift Pofticus* af 
though both the Tendons are drawn through the deft of the external Ankle, yfj■ 
their end and infection they are feparated. The Anticm has its rife from the muW 
Foot- 
Fostinndtrs. 
ÜbixHS an• 
tic ns. 
V*mws *n‘ 
thus. Chap. 
Mufcles of the Feet. 
and external pare of the ftVone, and being led through the deft of ‘Malleolus ex~ 
terms, it is interred on the forefide into the bone of which fu- 
Heines the little Toe. 
bheFooc h extended by the after-Mufcles, The fir ft and outmoft are the 
yemdli or twinjr, fo called becaute they are equal m Euike, Strength and Action, 
i iiey are alldteniled Qaftrocnfmij, becaufe they make the Belly or .1 welling of the 
Caltpf the Leg : and die one of them is internal, placed jn chequer fide of the 
i »bia or fhank, the other is external, and pofTefles the outf.de thereof. 
1 he internal Twtn-Wufclcwrites from the inner knob of the Thighs the external 
iwin-Mufcle a rites from the external knob of the laid Thigh. They are fevered in 
their beginning, but grow together a t laft into one Belly, which by a ftrong Tendon 
out unto the hinder parr of che-Heej. Vejalius was the ffift thaC‘ob- 
fttved ihac.T o fevcral beginnings of every one of them .there are feveral halec Bones 
pUced like unto Selamine Seeds or like lares or Vetches, to tire end chat with 
lhetr Imoor h and ftippery lui face, being placed between the Mufcles and the Hones, 
they may hinder the Mufcles from being hurt,when the leg is turned this way or chat 
Way. 
„ Plantar is - fSiufculus,which links between the Twins and the Soleus, arifes 
tr°m the external knob of the thigh, being fit fhi,e on the upper part, and quickly 
eitdinginjtoa very final and longifli tendon, if is drawn under the Heel, by the in- 
llCr Ankle-bone, anddiffufed into the foie of the Foot. 
It performes the lame office in the Foot as in the hand ; that the Foot might an- 
jwenb the hand, and that whiieft the Foot is holiov/ed, the Skin, by the Tendons 
heino under, migfjt be fim'ily faftelied. 
* aT. 23. /. I. LL;bT. 23./. 1. dd. f.2. V <D.f. 5.%%ZcT.wo. 
Extenders, 
pcmellus in* 
terms, 
cXtemUs, 
P lantaris. 
a Solar-, a broad and thick Mufcle, takes its original from the upper part of 
,Leg, or from the upper and hinder cibiure of the Tibia. and fperone-, and is in- 
tendon mneed with the Qemdli or Twins, into the hinder pare of the 
» Glider the Muffle Solms remarkeable s?efTcls have their pafTage, both Veins, and 
*rteries and Nerves: whence it comes to pals char the pains of the Calfe of the Leg 
deep and lafting. 
Of the Xtnin r and the Sokus mingled together in their inferior parcs,ismade that 
common Tendon, which is fo exceeding thick and If tong, which Hippocrates . 
die Chorda manna, the Hurts, Ensiles and wounds whereof, do caufe 
a^rh. 
„• f fie foot 1£ extended by two hinder Mufcles, iheTihitm pojHcm and the <Pm o~ 
pofticfts does arif'e from the upper part of the Tibia, and being 
t° the whole bodie thereof, through the cleft of the inner Anckle bone, it 
UCeS Uv° Tendons, the one of which ends at the Sea phoidean Bone, and the 
1 fs carried as far as to the prinmm Os innominatum.. 
7>eriC Teronamsc s3ofticus,$3ofticus, does arife from the upper and hinder part of the 
And being carried with the Peronseus an.tkus through the cleft of the ex- f 
h’de- ati^‘e bone into the bone of the cMetatarfit$J which luftaiiies thegreace toe, 
hude1 oftheFooc, it tranfmits its broad, hard and griftly kind of Tendon, 
inter ,ie Tendinous head, otchac Mai's of flefh, which does produce its internal 
gleans. 
Hal re Muldes Peronaaisanticusand Pofticus, as they are diftinft in their origi- 
the pu°.fe cheV all° diflte in then- inlercon, although they are drawen through 
np of che eternal ankle: buc the Tendon of tire other Peronceus Flexor, is 
TheT C° C^e oucbde of the Os metatarfi which lufteines che little Finger. 
e tndon of the other Peronxan Mufcle- whole office is to extend the pare, 
t begirt 
■ soleus* 
The Chorda of 
Hippocrates. 
Tibixtu pofli-* 
tm. 
• 
Perontus 
poliifKS, J| The Thy fecal Confederation, andaAnatomy 
Book V. 
being feituate behind, is cartyed further and more inwardly,rundec the Mufcle called 
<Pedt<£m. Thefe two tendons are feparared one from another, being inclofed in 
cwodiftinft (heaths or fcabberds, of a nerve-griftly fubftancc. 
aT. 23. /. 3. 3. LL. £ b/. 2. Ti 23. 2. <F <F." 
Chap. Mufcles of the toes. 
The annular 
filament. 
THe Toes have their proper Mufcles, fitted to procure their bending, extending, 
and lateral motion from one fide to another ; alio their tendons are compre- 
hended within a Ring-fashioned or circular and transverse * does 
incompafs them beneath the Ankles, juft as we fee in the Wnft. 
They are extended by the cMufculus longm and Frevis. 
The longm, or b long-Toe-firetcher called in Greek CnimodaUylius, takes its 
rife from the fore and inner fide of the Tibia9theie where it is joined to the ‘Fibula, 
lurking clofe under the Tibieus amicus, and goes down-right all alohg the Fibula, 
till haveing palled the Ring-falhioned ligament, it ends into the three Articulations 
ol thec foure Toes that it might at once and by one motion, move the three) oyntings 
of the four e Toes afbrefaid. ■'* 
*Brevis Digitum tenfor, or thef] Jhtort Toe-jiretcher, or Tedisean Mufcle, fprings 
out of the Heel and the external and upper part of the neighbpring Jlflragalus or 
bone fo called, and being fpied under the Superior, it is with its tendons inferred 
into all the Joyncs of the Articulation. 
The Tendons of thefe Mufcles,as well the long as fhort, dopafscrofs-wife one 
over another, above the CMetatarfm. 
The Toes are bowed by two Mufcles the Freyis and Longm, which anfwer to 
thefe Mufcles of the hand which are called Trofundm and Sublimif. 
Longmc Digitum flexor the Long Toe-ftretcher called alfo Fcro-dactyleus, 
antes out of the hinder and upper part of the Ter one or Fibula, and being carryea 
along under the inner anckle, through a peculiar cavecy of the Heel, it is divided into 
foure tendons, which are drawne through the flics of the fhort Toe- bending Teir 
don ( as we fee likewite in the Hand ) and then inferred into the. thud Joync of foure 
Toes. . 
•t.33. f. i. £.: bt. 2 3-f. i. «:■ x 23i.//.: <> t. 23./. *. g.z ■= * 
23.f.4n.f-6.c.* 
‘Brevis a Digitum flexor, or the TedUm internus, or fljort Toe-Fender, fpring 
from the inner and nether part of the H£el, and being parted into foure, it is term** 
uated into the tecond Articulation of the Toes. 
The Tendons of this Mufcle have holes bored in them for the Long Toe* bender* 
Tendon to pafs through. 
Moreover, the Toes are drawn fidewaies by the Interoffean Mufcles. They 
eight in number, foure internal and as many external, which are ocherwife 
in the fooce chan they are in the hand. 
• The f external anfe from the (paces of the Bones of fMetatarsm : the intern?** 
'being feituate in thec Hollow of the foote, and knit unto the bones, andfeemeCC> 
cake their original from that lump of d Flefli, which pofteffes and fils up chat &nie 
Cavity of the Bones of the cMetatarfusbut the membrane being taken away, 
ate feene to anietiom one nervous pointed or acuminated Original, fixed on the 
fide neare the Heele, and divided into four tendons, and to end into the fecond A*c 
culation,'whereunro the worme- falhiond orlumbricai Mufcles do cleave. 
And therefore, the external inter-offean Muicles, doe fill up the empty fpaces 
the Bones of ‘Metatarfm. , , 0f 
The Lumbrical or worm-fafliionMe Mufcles, do not arife from the tendon* 
die long Tioe~bender9 as in the Hand,but from a llefhy lumpe, which lies hid un 
ncach the fhort Toe-bender *, and chat has its original from the Heel. % 
Toe-fir etchers. 
cnmodatiyllM 
Tediaut. 
Tot Toe-ben- 
ders- 
Verodactyleus. 
Fcdftus 
internm. 
Tbe oblique 
movers. 
The inter * 
offeans. ; I Chap, 4,4.. 
of the zSXfufcles of the great Toe. 
239 
Chap. 44. Mufcles ofthe Ghat Toe. 
THe^reatT(?ef ‘Bender, being fdcuate neare the long Toeftretcher, and of a 
iieihy labftance, arifes ouco/che upper Parc of the fibula, where it is joynrd 
pIC l r^e Tibia, and palling along under the inner Anl{l'e bone and the Sole of the 
r once, ir is infers, ed into the firft bone of the Qreat Toe: and before it conies unto 
the lecond bone a little Sefamoidean Bone is prepofed; and che Tendon for fecu- 
Cities lake is intercepted, with two greater Sefamoidean Bones. 
* a T-23./,4. JLf. 6.^.;b T.2}fz.aaati- *c T. 23. /.5. dd cld.f. 6,/fff. 
*d X 25./..6.DD."e %23.f6.eeee. “ fT#4;^/:6.S> 
_ 
J *flCAt m~ 
u'- 
Somtiines under che foie of che Foot ic is divided into two Tendons, the one of 
is transmitted to the great Toe, che ocher to che fecond of che little- Toes 3 and 
then the great Toe-bender is divided only into three. 
‘Bxteufor* (poUicit che great Toe-ftreicher, arifes from the external fide of the 
Tifz<2j where ic is feparace from the (Fibula and creeping along che lurfaceof che 
it is infected into che whole great Toe, in its upper fide. The ocher ends in- 
to the Bone of Mecacarlus, which is fpred beneath the great Toe. 
The great Toe and che little Toe, have two notable Mufcles, externally fcituate, 
draw thele Toes outwards irom the reft; fo chat one of them, being excer- 
fialiy faftened unco th bone of the (Metata> fuf,which is placed under the great Toe, 
is termed .Abductor bFolicis, the Drawer a fide of the great Toe. 
The other being externally Ipread upon the firft Bone of Weiatdrjus, may be 
c«dled AhduUor c minimi digitize drawer afide of che little F mgec. it anfwers to 
*he Thenar and Fiypodomar of the Hand. 
the Qreat Toe has in the foie of the Foot another Tranpverfe 
%ufcle, like che Anti" thenar, which acifingouc of the Ligament of that Bone oi 
cM.etatarfus which is placed under the lea ft or next Toe, and going obliquely 
bpon the other Bones, ic ends with a ftrong Tendon into the firft Joy nc of the great 
*oe, beneath the fame. n 
This Mulcle isoppuied to to the Abdulior, that it might draw the great Toe back 
..y *’ V /.-•;/ * -V. J V ... • 
The flefli being taken away, we find a threefold or fourfold Membrane, I fuppofa 
ls chat Mafs of flefli which fils the Cavitie of the Idle of the foot. 
a T.zuf.t'%Zb'1- *lf- sO-fiS‘t>bZcT-i}-£ 3./.j* 
In the loweft po tof the Foote which is termed Veftlgium, there is contained it 
' Turap 0f which fils up the Cavity and empty {'pace of the firft Joynts; from 
Whence writers fay Tendons are drawn to the leveral Toes. 
iconeitc the ule of this flefli is rather to ftrcngcben the Toes and to combine their 
rK t inflations, than to move the lame, alio like a loft Culhion, it is fpred under 
e Tendons of other Mufcles. 
The Stretcher, 
The Abduftoi, 
Tfcp little Toes 
Abduftor. 
the ptastm 
dr offer tft 
T biMsfk 
Car not. 
ns yfi: 
ap* 45. jin Introdußkn to the Art of MuJcular»ViJfeßtony 
fretting an Accurate Method to cut up the Mufcles of the 
u>hol Body* V 
\AT hofoever has perfectly learned the Hiftory of the will eafdy under- 
go * ft and the Art of their Difteftion, and be able of himlelf without any hUp, to 
Pro* chls Parc Anaxomcal led:ion, which many account the hardeft of V\)9 
vin r dhe obferve the Method whichl here deliver, And therefore .ha- 
hnifhed our ‘lMyologia op Hiftofy of Mufcles, 'Myotome, ot the Art of their Dil- 
l°n5 will feafbnably follow. 
The Method TheThyftcal for,federation, and natomj 
Book V. 
JThe *Frental tyjfojle. 
The frontal 
Mufcle. 
The Skin of the forehead* being circuiary cut off above the Eye-brows and drawn 
away as far as to the Coronal Suture, or to the beginning of the Hakes, you me tf 
with the two frontal Mufrles, which arc nioft exaftly to be leparand from the 
frontal or forehead bone which lies beneath, beginning from above and tuning all 
away into the very Eye-bro\Ves. They are in the middle of the Forehead diitinet 
one from another. 
b T.is.f.u<E.2 
I be Orbicular *Mufcle of the <Eye-Lidi. 
.. _ 
tms- °T m" 
' Tbe Cilia- 
m. 
The Skin of the Eye-Browes and of the whole face being indufrrioufly differed, 
c^ere aPPears a doublea orbicular Muicle, which does circularly cover the locket of 
the Eye a Fingers-breadth on al tides, and is Ipred under each Eye- lid. Allb, you 
foal find the cMufculus Ciliaris, (Fetched out oibicularly udder the Tarins.* 
- - ■ 
cMufcles of the hips• 
Afterwards* rhe whol Face being made bare and the Skin dead off, a little be- 
low the Eye-hole, we meet with a little lean longifh Mulcle, placed athwart and 
calledc Xygomaxkus. For it is produced from the Zygoma unto the opening of the 
Lips. This Mulcle muft be feparated from the Fat j for much Fat ( which is ai(o 
awded into the MufclesJ does cover the whole face, which you dial pluck away 
with your nailes or with a paire ofpinlers, or with a very fharp pen-knife that the 
Mulculous flelh may more evidently be diff inguiflied. 
From the Zygoma towards the Lips, you fhal (earth for fi&WHfclef befides 
the Zygomatick maleic: and you dial find two above the upper Lip-each of which 
is exactly to be feparated from the other. That Mulcle which is neereff the 
Zygoma, belongs unto the neacher Lip, which is lifted up thereby. The other be- 
(ingvery neare to the c NoftriJs, is reckoned to belong to the upper Lip. The 
lateral t broad and Flefljy which opens and forms the Cheeks, and there- 
fore is called Ei/cco, muft not be ftirred our of its place. 
In the neacher jaw, as far as to the middle of the lower Lip, you fhal fearch fbf 
two 'Mufcles. having fuff taken away the skin. 
aT i y./. i.<F(F.“blig.f. nCC.;*T.iS-/.i. L. J «»T. 15./. 1. % 
fojij-fuwz* T.i^/ii.o.; 
■ Thata which is neareft the Chin, does deprefe the lower Lip. That which lies 
b beyond next rheMaffecerorfeftendtmheCcrnerof the month, dra wes the up* 
per Lip down wards. Thefe two Wufiles, though weft exaiity united are’yeccii" 
ftinguilhedohe from another by the various poftureof their fibres*, n.ameh mar 
much as the Fibres of the former Mulcle, do iceme to go upwards from the Ch'into 
the Lip, and do as it were conftiturea pyramidal Mulcle, whole Balls refts her 
Death and its top reaches to the Lip: the Fibres of the other Mulcles do 
the Meeting of the Lips. 
Ztimmati- 
cns. 
iXp-huvtrs. 
Buccinator • 
Lip- dt prefers. 
\%k S& *4 i 
‘Mufcles of the (Jt{pfef 
Xofg.lifters. 
x 
The Skin of the Note being curioufly taken away, two Mufrles difebver them' 
felves'bemg faftened unco the bones and laps of the Nodrils, which arifng out 
the fpace between the Eye-Browes, are carried into the laps ofthe NoftrUJs. 
Ocher Anatom ifts ad ( but only in fuch as have great NofesJ two little d 
fpred athwart upon the ends of the T(pfeJaps, which widen the Nofttifr, as cne 
.fosmer do life them up. ;-.v 
Nodril'-wid- 
ner* Chap. 
Of the Mufcles of the Eye 
Other Anatomifts ad (but only in fuch as have great Notes) two little ' cMu fcks 
wed athwart upon the fendf of the which widen the Nodiils, as die 
oroier do lift them up. 
n the InccQnj yOU obferve, thatallthefe cMufcles arefoflrictly conjoined, that 
°ne che Lips, or the Nofe cannot be moved without che motion of the Neighba- 
tlnß parts. 
The internal *Mufcles of the Tfnftrils are feldome found, and only in fuch as 
ave jolly coating Nofes. 
tfoftdl widms 
The Temporal cMufde. 
That fame thick and fibrous Flefh which is fituac between the fmaller Corner 
the Eye and the Ear, is called thec Temporal Mufcle; whole tendon being drawn 
on8 Under the Zygoma, is f terminated into the Top ol the lower Jaw. 
a T-is.fi.n-Z bT. 15./1. M.* c T-tf'f i- CJ-Z a T15.f1.1~ «T. 
iHi.fP<P./.2.AA.; * T. lyf.z.aa. Z 
Temporalis* 
The Maffeter Mirfck, 
U 0n) che lower part of the 'Zygoma, arifes the Mufcle * Maffeter, which makes 
fleihy Tides of the Face. 1c is inlerted into the Corner of the Lower Jaw *, 
• it may be divided into two, the internal and external fibres being crois-waies 
°terfecced. 
JUaficjer 
T he fearoticlf!{ernels. 
the Joynt of the lower Jaw, behind the Ears, there are fcattered certain 
of which |one great, kernel is made,-calledthis cannot be feen 
k the broad Mufcle, which reaches unto the Eare, be- torn away. This Kernel’ 
U)§ plucked out, you may proceed to the Mulcles of the Eares. 
Confotution of 
the 'Ptrotis, 
The Mufcles of the fearer. 
Although the Eares in Man-kind reraaine firme and immoveable, yet have they 
t eic b proper mutcle placed behind them. The ftrji n a very title one, divided into' 
OQr three fle/hy fibres, very friendly imbraceing the ligament of che Earth, you: 
for it at the root of the Ear. 
o/he other Mufcles of che Eare, are only portions of che frontal mufcle, the broad 
and the 'Hmder-'Head Mufcle \aH which are bred out of che flefhy pan- 
‘‘Me. ’ 
T he Mu files of the feye. 
M^ithin c^e %e" are contained feven Mufcles, fuch as are die Mtoflens feafr Ths 
che Eye-lid lifter. Four foaight ones and two oblique. Six of chefe arife Wter 
aSt the deepeeft pare of che Eje-hoie j 
15 •/. 1. S\f. 2. fe fe. 2 b T.15. f. I • %T. 20./. x. Ti I. &c. 
Eye- lid- 
y 
tUac.ou find two above die globe of the Eye, of which the one being firft in fi-‘ 
b Ociw-1* 's c^e a -Lifter-up of the upper Eye-lid v and#the ocher is called Jlttalims \ 
U) ,Cs ~ fre Eye-Lifter. You Ihal fearch fee chree otherc ftceight Isuicles,every one ‘ 
Ovation fuicable to the aftiou which it is to perform^ 
C ufr ail diligently obierve the ifertd large oblique Muffle, which at the 
WCO?ei:of the Eye, or by the [pace beeweene die Eye'browesabove the Teare- 
puil^r f°ramen lachrymale, runs back about die Cartilage or GrdUe, as about a' 
Be «°l as a about che Annulary or riog-fafluoned ligament. 
(hah £7 ireful chat you do not break this Conjun&ion. Fop which caufe you 
fcoai ci ,n y°ur Anatomical admin iftration of the Eye:, in.chat place, that is to lay 
ne greater corner of che Eye, chat* you may jfteferve entire the e tyully and die' 
Fsu/riot mi* 
felts of the 
Bye, 
ObliqVJM ThecPhyjlcalConfideration>and<tAnatomy 
Book V• 
Infertion of the Tendon, which is mclofed within a (mail nervous Ligament wh'di 
receives the Tendon it and accompanies the tame unto, the Eye. The jdeih ot 
tha c mulcle is fixed to rhe boney fides of the Eye- Hole a r the grea cer Corner. 
Lhefeptimm Mufculm Obltqumf minor 9 ievench Muscle, being the Idler of 
crooked ones, isbredoucofrhe inlideot the lower part of the Eye hole, near the 
Tear g Kerne], and taking its revolution above the cMufcle ThtmiUt, but beU>-v' 
thel hidignatoriiti: it is terminated aloft upon the Globe ore he E. e,by die 
called It fupevbut. 
In the Anatomical Deflection of rhe Eye, this Mufcleis to he lookr after in rh2 
iecond Place, and to be warily preierved, leaft we teare it in peices, while 
feek for die red. 
Ifwith the point of your Pen-knife you pluck back die Coat of the Eve 
called 
C enjuncuva, you flu. 11 lee that all the(Mufelef of the ‘Eye, do T ermmate by a tirf 
Membranous Aponeurolis (conjunction or Contexture of many NervesJ into dy 
Tunica Cornea. Bur they do not make a peculiar Membrane,as Columbus imaging 
bccaufe the Aponeurolis (nervy contexture) of every Mu!de,isdifHn£f by it lelf 
aT. 19./. 1. AA.“ b /, 3.4. 5. A. |c/.3. 4- 5* *B- C. V, 2d/• 3. and & 
e/. 3. and 4. ff 3. and 4.^." §f, I.T). “h f. 3.4. and cB-2 1/* 
E.4. and H)>2 k/• 3.4. &c. %A.“ 
But} ou cannot fee or demonltrace the Mufcles of rhe Eye, unlefs with a pair 
Seiflers you take away the fat placed about them arid a tree that you have ih^vli 
rhe Mufcle whrch is the Up-lifter of the upper Eye-lid, with dip four ftreighc Mu;" 
ties and the little crooked one. 
That you may plainly difeover die Obliquut Major or greater Crooked 
cle, with it s revolution to the pully, you fiiali take our the Eye, leaving that greaxd 
ablick Mufcle, but cutting the reft away with your killers. 
Obliquns mi- 
nor. 
Mufcles feated in the Neck. 
The Neck, which we make account reaches from the Balls ofthe Head 
fhoulder-blades, comprehending feven fpondyls or Vertebra’s, has divers Mub'k5 
in its fore fde 5 of which fame appertain unco the Head, to the Of hyoides, fotne l° 
the Larynx, others to the tongue, and others to the (pharynx. 
And fnf* we met with the ‘Mufcuhua latvs, the broad Muffle, which infolds f‘l 
Lam. 
who] Neck It breeds nut of the Clavicula and Breft- bone, arid being 
the Bairs or the nearber Jaw, it is laterally carry ed forth unco the Eare j ‘ it muff 
veryexdtly leparared irom the Fkljiy parts which be beneath it, beCaule it i£ 31 
excctdine thin Mufcle. „ „j, 
Ihe Mui* ulus Lacus being revelled or drawn back, in the fore part of the 
under the Chin you lhai bird nine at far as to the Larynx, and beneath the Lafr 
' tix' j 
Towards the outward part of the Neck, there appeares the thick and roU]lJ> 
‘Mufcle Waft oideus, whichafeends (laming ftotruhe Clavicula to the Maflbide5; 
this Mufcle ought to be leparaced at its 01 igmal, t hat the 01 bus may be letnc. 
obferve, by the way, that this Mufcle is very often broken aiundet b> ti.e Hakel 111 
f uch as have bin ha nged. 
i Vnder the Mai oideus there lies lurkeing the Coracobyo-Ukut, a lean and k 
gifliMuiCle, obhckly fircrchtd out fronuhe Scapula, to the Os ‘ByoideJ, *oi 1' 
retraction whereof, iris ordained. cf 
•1:15./• 2- v.X tyf.f.x.£g.zvr. 14- }.&Z‘Tt15-1 
,j if 
Then you fhaUfee afterwardes the CarotickjArteriej and the internal 
Verne, and the ‘tyrve off the ftxt interpofed bttweerie the jaid ' 
Veffdls. And then you (hal pafs unco the Mulcles feaced beneath the Laxyn*- 
Thefirft wh chpiefentsir(elfisthea which is bred °uc oT c 0 
top of the flerhum or Br eft-bone. Under this lies theu ‘Btonchm which 
the Larynx. * 
CMditoidtut. 
facohpoideus Chap. 4.1. 
Of the Mufcles of the Larynx,&c. 
1 you fiial diffed: and fhew the Mufcles placed above the Larynx and under 
Cl}e Lhin. * ■ < 
rne fir ft is Vigajkicns -o ax ill a interna, or th eTwi-beUyed tybtfele of the lower 
' which is Ihiai and nervie in the middeft thereof, that it nugnt be turned back 
M out the Stylo-cerata-ideSy and ends into the thin, inwardly. 
p are two (jlandules or kernells under the Chin neare neighbors to this 
I u.cle,which in rheumatick defluxions do often fwel. They are termed by Veju~ 
know not why, Animella. Yourauft remove thefe Qlandules chat the reft 
]h Jhe Mufcles may be diicovercd, alfo you muft feparate the Dim fine or Twi- 
>e,‘V from the Chin. 
f Vnder it lies the Mufcle J cMylohyo-ideus with his Mate raoft ftraighcly eyed and 
verted, hut a line drawn from the notch of the Chin as far as to the middle of 0/ 
■)oidej within, will {hew you how to diffedt. 
■hinder this cMylo~ by o-ideus are found two rema.tkghle Serves, ‘Branches of the 
Tdh-j and the Mu file c (femo-cHyo-idem:) riling from the infide of the 
■ 1 and ending into the Os Hyodes, but fociofely linkc with his Mate, that it is di- 
t!!lßuiihedno ocher wile, than by a white line which is manifeft within. 
0| jjj4£k.r chefe lurks the f Qenio-Cjloffus, by the outer fide whereof lips the Oie/o?- 
* °Jfus: under which lies the s Ceruto-glojjnr, or rather ‘Bafiglojjm. 
j,Vf*Xuj.s.cQ.2* r.i5./.i.Tr,/*3.cc.vT. 
,3'f-14. E<E-« J3.CC.J* t-ij .f.i4.tc.~ 
t)iga(irieus- 
Mylobyoidtus. 
Gmohyoideus. 
Genio-gloffut 
Bafiglofinf* 
Afterward you fliall come unto the hollow of the Keck under the lower cornel 
pille Taw, where the Kernel was lei mate, which was formerly taken out. In this 
is found the 1 Stylo-gloffm, which is inferted into the Ceratogloffm, 
beneath there appear two Mufcles,the one of which being lean and altogether fle- 
-15 tilled Stylo -hyo-idens 9 the ocher which is next unto it and couches it, being 
CG, Vin ic? oris!1*!ac t,ie Stylo ides <ProceJl, and fmall as a firing in its middle, is 
b 'Digdjirkm or Twl-heUy, The fell was obferved in the Neck under the 
°ffh,l^er C'nG Stylo-gloffxs, hes hulking the Stylo-<Pharing<eus, Under the corner 
lower Jaw-bone, there is internally and immediately faffened the (Pterygo- 
jj 'lis A iriternuswhich cakeing its rife from the Cavity of the Pcerygoidcs, ends 
Jc° die Gorner of the lower jaw, on the inOde. You muft nor remove it from its 
j'ure. G■ - 
e the Bafts of Os Hyo-ides on theoutfide, prefents it felt the fliort Mufcle 
hcly°'tijyro ideus which is inferted into the middle of the Thyroides. This whol 
l^le, is commonly found broken by the Halcar, in luch as have been hanged. 
p<ohl theie mu(glcs having been fhewed and taken away, there appears the 1 Oefo~ 
Qtylf(eits> a broad and Membranous Mufcie fpread under the Oesophagus, which it 
roi /fUce?» and is externally terminated in the Wings or Skirts of the Cartilago Tv- 
e/3 or Griffle lo called* 
Styloglojfuf. 
Stjlohyoidem 
Styhpbtryn- 
l*ui >■ 
'Puryipidem 
\»ww. 
Hjitbywdeus. 
Oefophagem. 
cMufiks of the Larynx, and (fargar eon. 
thit 'e being (hewed and feparaced, cake away the whol Larynx 
eigjjcy°Utnay leechofelicde Mufcles which are proper co it. You ihal obferve 
per. Cen of them, of which iome are ordained to move the Tbyroides, and others 
Cahedre-toL' and lowed pare of the Thyroides, areplacedche two Mufcles 
ay rico-aryt<eno-idei antici. n 
Dfc ■+ -p®-:" T. ts.fi I.TT.“«T. 3.f.z.and3.cc.y T.,s.f2. 
•»CT. 13./. s.'B'B. 
Ey tjip p * 
5 Grico-a Udes anci lower Coiaei:s of Thyroidesare fituate the Mufcles called 
r/tano-idei Laterakf, In the hinderoiore and outward fideof the Gm 
CricoAijte- 
noijfai The Thyjtcal Conjideration,and sAnatomy 
Boor V- 
T by'my* 
tC'rlOld°.H < 
hnunaidciis. 
coicUij you dial find the two M nicies called Critoaryten'oidsi. Haveing fepara- 
ted the Tyro ides, inwardly and cowards one fide* you foal lee die Muide Tyroar 
rytmoideiis. To thele is added the d circular Muide infolding die Who! Aryc#' 
nodes. 
But al chefe Mufdes cannot be feen unlefs the Offphagzus be taken a way, and the 
c Tarijlbmian Kernels plupkc of, with which chc Cartilage Thyroidesor Gnftie (° 
called, is covered* 
■The *Ef)igl(>tthf in Mankind,, has no Mufcle; in Brutes, two pretty ones are 
.found, which you may ieetn the -Laiynxof am Ox. But in Mankind, we find oir 
iy a fm-ewy Ligament, which keeps the Epiglottis continually erected, unleis ic be 
deprefied with the weight ot the Nucriificnc pafiing by. 
Afterwards you fhal learch for two ocher Ivluicies ofthe Pharynx,viz.the g Spberio' 
pharyngeal and h Cephalopbaryngms, 
And then you may eahh find the other two i Mufcles of the Gargarreon, if yhu 
have learned their Originals and Inlercions out of the ‘Bijiory of the 'M&fciei. 
The Xhitrjnr 
( The(Mufcles of the hinder-fart of the cHead and 9{ecl^ 
The Skin being removed, and the Fat of the hinder pare of rhe Neck and of the 
whole back as far as Os facrum being pluckr away, you fhal oblerveraany Mulch* j 
the hi ft of which is called Trapezius or Scapularis, which with -die Latiflimus do& 
cover the Neck, Back and Boyne-, at it were a cloak. 
Now cheicapuiark Muicie, which belongs unto the fnouider, its broad end 
ching out as tar as the Occiput or Hind- part of the Head, does compafs al the Muk 
cle. of or the Neck, and nm t in the 1-nver part thereof be' teparaced from the i 
tijjimus ‘frlufcHlhuand wholly plucked up from the root s ofche Spines or 
Bones of the Sack-bone as far as co cue hinder part of the Head from wbs 
kmuft he iep u ated, and only let' fttckingco -he ihoulder-blade ’ 
Vu-t9-CC &f>lO.CCZ‘f 9 -cf. ,6.8 c 17.-/' 
f.7,9 r. 3./.2 & 5 S.“b/ 2.8 c 3.AA, "i.T.iS'f. 15.## 
C K%i4 fi i.& 2. AA.f.z. AA. mLf. 1. C6V " 
Trap\'iis. 
P^imoUcs. 
SfrvMHS 
minor. 
This iVlufcle being taken away, the a %hornboides a Mufclc of the Should" 
blade, mult be cut from the 1 pines of the Backbone, Under theie lies the b SeraUr 
Supsrnus minor pojhcus, the upper and {’mailer Saw-Mufde frtuace behind. 
Xhele Mulcles being plucked a way as far as to then Insertion, the Mulcles of 
Head do ihew themfelves. And the firft that occurs is thec Splemus. 
Neare unco which is placed on chefrde of the Keck, Levator d propmus 
or the Mutcie appropriated to pluck up the Ihouidrr y whole orguiai cannoc 
di.covered, unlels the Maftoideus haveing been Ihewed, he taken ouc of the way* 
Ihe Spknius ‘Mujculitf, towards the Boors of the I pines of che Keck being{r 
ken away, there lies under it thec Compiexus, neare unco which at rhe fide of| tIS 
Keck, lie certain portions otMuJculm Spfiatus, and the Sacrolumbm aaieing aS 
high-as the fecond Vertebra of the Neck. 
The Complex# being taken dway, below the fecond Vertebra of the Neck, are 
feen two Mulcles which ow their lervice to the Neck. The firft ol there is f Trw 
verfanw, inter-poled between the tranlverie and Spime Amphvfes of chc 
Neck and Back. 
Under this is fpread the s Semifpinatus immediately covering the Bodies of 
Vertebra’s. 
Upon the frrft and fecond Vertebras of the Neck, are feen eight final 
in each fide four, oi which the two Qreater h Oblique Mulcles, Ire earned bo&[- 
tranlvede Apophyfis of the fecond Vertebra, to the tranlverie one of the firft. T11 
two1 (ci cfi ‘Hajorej ,* do begin at the Spina of the fecond Vertebra, and end & 
the Occiput. 
Unclei their upper ends are frtuace the two tyfafcnli minor?/, or lelfer H^eS) 
TMfptmui 
Levator 
fcapuiie. 
Complcxus. 
Trcmfverfanw 
Semifpinatus. 
Ohliquus 
mjou 
Kdius major. 
fyflus minor.  Ay, 
Of the Mu/icies on the ‘Badland 
c,|'e ftreighz and the Crooked, oc tht%cUus and Oblicfuus, , The* Elinor 
i!^s bid uiider the Major Redhis, winch you ihai unlcoleac the Head and pluck ic a 
that che minor 'TyeUut may appears. 
7/T->4- /. i • j. CB. C, tKf- 2. fE. • c/. a. 'H‘H8i df,a.DD ~e f. 2. 
'«• 3- . 
1 !‘eMulck called Oblique 3 minor, is carried from rhe Hinder pare of the Head 
bv die Minor Re&us, into the TranlVcrie Apophy/is of the fiifr Vertebra : But you 
nmlf.tr.ee and lay bare of fat chele Mufclcs, as wekhelireighc as the Oblique or 
crooked ones, char they may "be the more apparently lee n. 5 And you dial begin 
your Section oft he Mufcles oh he Head and Neck at the relpedtjve Spines or poin- 
tt’d %'niyiencics of the cßackz bone. 
When y on have viewed die Mn’clcs afdrdaid you dial then make diligent (earth 
“ha; one that lies chfely fcnll(inv, above the Articulation of the inferior jaw and 
J‘n<Ur the Zygoma \it is fictile upon the external wing or Lap of the Tterygoides, 
aod bemg altogether iidhy and round in a manner, ic is inferred into that fame flit 
Wiieli h mtcrpolcdjoecween the'Coronis and the knob of the Lower Jaw bone. 
Jr may fee t'emicd the fFterygo.ideus tfixternuS: to difference it from the interims 
Scribed before. 
Obliqum 
1 minor. 
Pterygoideta 
externus. 
tyiufclcs oj ibe Armc. 
These Mufcles being adminiftred, you may proceed to others. And firft you 
jepara.ee thec ITHoral Mufcle either from the Breft-bone, or from its lowcft 
Lu c,, by which it is joined to the Serratus Major. 
Meane while observe that the Serratus (Minor orcl Smaller Saw~cMujcle, lies 
Under the riYcioral or Ribs: lead: youfiiould teare the fame, whiles you dille£t 
die pectoral Mufcie, which you muft cut up, as far as to the middle of Clavicular. 
1° which place being come, you fhai feparace it from the Deltoides or Delta-Jba- 
jMMulde, unto winch it is faff ened by a firme, buc oblcure band. Then you 
%d ieparate the Delto-tdes from its original. 
Ttom clience you fhai proceed to the Mufcles which are fpred out upon the dioul- 
blade. One lies upon the Spina or Eack-Bone, three are feaced beneath the 
That which is .Next the Spina, is called c 1 njra-Spinatus. 
* 
Sen am minor 
Infrttfpimms. 
cjS[ext thaceunto, is the n\otundus f <Minor. 
aT. 14.f. f. 4.‘H-fbT. 15./. 2. (E<E<E<B.ZcT.io. 'f.i.A.cB. T. 
/. 1.4-Ar. 10./.1.CM.W./.?*/. I/ac3.c.: 
. .Beneath chat, you find die 3 %otundus Major, ftretched out beneath the lower 
of Omo-plaU orihoulder. blade. 
. chefcapula you fhal find the Mufcle called Immerfus or *» Suhfcapitlaris : 
H1 ills the Hollow of die Shoulder-31ade, 
v fhal leave die Original and Infection? of thofe Mufcles untouched, only 
Jeparace the Tides of one Mufcie from another, that they may be diftin- 
tsUutied altmdeiy one from another. 
Rotunda* 
major. 
Kotundm 
immerfus. 
‘Mufcles fttuate upon the cßacl{,and homes* 
9 rom Omopiata or lhouldet-b]ade,defcend unto the Back 8c loins*, whichparts 
koC jVeied WItJl a Mufc^c called Ampliffimus and Latiffimns, or diec Largejtand 
Hal'P ■ * Mufde. This Mufcle rnuft be leparated from the Os Sacrum and the cxter- 
a>,,.lh°fOs Ilium, as far as to the lower Angle or Corner of,the fhoulder-blade 
uy!s infercion at die Os Brachij a little beneath the Neck. 
ayou cut 11 up aC che Spines ofthe Vertebrass,cake heed of fpoile- 
U ~ lch lies beneath it, and is termed Serraius* pohieminferms. the 
aer an& lower S avp-fflufeky being a little one. 
** 
, • r ' 
serrstm fo^ 
CHSj The 'Fhyfcal fonfderation, and natomj 
Book V. 
Which after you have pluckt off, from its original by the Os facrum, as far as its 
Infection, you (hall fhew three other Mufcle/, ftrecched our from the Os facrum? 
all along the Spina or Back-bone. 
Of which the firft being lateral and feaced cowards the Ribs, is callede Sacro- 
Lumbm. Yon fhall begin your diffe&ion of this Mufcle at the upper pare by the 
Root of the Ribs. A white line of fat wil guide’ you from the cop co the boccome, 
where you may feparate it from the f Mufculm quadrates which belongs unco the 
Loins, but in its original it is exceeding hardly feparaced from the Spinacus. 
Note by the way that the Sacro-lumbus does reach as far asdic Hinder pare of rh£ 
Head, and chat it does beftow a double Tendon upon every Rib. 
aT. 22. f. i .and b T.az.f. 14./. i.CC.VV.T. 22,f. 1. 
‘F-Z a T-14*/. 2. *F.§. Ze T* 14- /• ivL L.f. 3. 88. * ft. i 4./. 2.0 0. “ 
Sacroltmbm 
Quadrat us. 
Spinatm 
Nyou fhal feparace thea Spinatm from Osfacrum, by cafily and gingerly ca- 
king away the hard Aponeurolis which is fpred out over the Mufculus facer, which 
being taken off, if you lengthen out your lection above, you wil difeerne the diffe- 
rence between the Spinacus and the ° Sacer. 
Which when you have attained, thruftingyour pen-knife ftreighr in, as far asco 
the cranfverfe Apophyfes, you will eafily feparace thole Mufcies. 
The Spinatm, goes as high as the fccond Vertebra of the Neck, being in the 
middeft between the Tranfverfarius and the Coraplexus. 
The Spinacus being fallened to the cranfverfe Apophyfes, doesalfo arifeas far as 
the Neck. 
Saver. 
eMufcks of the TjreajL 
The Bodie being turned and laid with the face upwards, you fhall fever the c Ser~ 
rafu* ‘Major laterally, and putting in your hand underneath, you dial find it ftrec- 
died out under the Omoplata or fhoulder-blade as far as to the Clavicula. And then 
you fhall fee the d ‘Mufclefubclavm placed between the Clavis and the firft Rib. 
You fhall look for the Weft oral ‘Mufcle internal or the Triangular <Mufclej m 
the inner part of the Breaft-bone pluckc off. Afterwards you fhal carefully and gin- 
gerly feparate the 'external inter cojial eMufcle form the* internal. The fibre? 
Croff-waies interpofed, will diftinguilh the one from the other. 
aT. T. 14./.4.Zc T. lo.f. 1. C V.~d T. i®/» 
T. 10 .f*. g g.JfT. IO.f.u'HTLZ' 
Serrattu major 
SubcUvitu. 
Tnajiguiaris 
Jntereoflalis, 
tyfafck/ of the Cubit. 
When this is done, you fhall returne unto the Arme to make obferyation of che 
Mufcles of the Cubit, which are feared in the Arme. 
<Five Mufcles do infold the whole Arm, two in the fore parts, and three behind* 
You fhall feparate the two 'Benders of the Cubic, on the former and inner part. 
The firft which prefents iclelf is thea ‘Biceps or Twi-headed ‘Mufcle, wind1 
from its Original to its Infection, may very eafily be divided into two. But y<** 
muft mark, that one 'Head of the ‘Biceps, which gro wes one of the Goracoides, haS 
a certain flefh adjoyned to it, which creep along the fide of the Peftoral 
as far as to the midle of the Arme, unco which it is faftend moft firmly •, and 
*"Portion ofVlejb makes a Mufcle, which is ordained to draw the Arm forwards, 
which from its original I callb Coraco-idewn, the Coraco-idean Mufcle. 
I have obferved the(Biceps or Tivi-*Head in a very ftrong and brawnie Man to be 
aTriceps or Tri-Head, being exquifitciy feparaced into three pares, both in the 0~ 
riginal and end thereof. The third Head Iprang out of the tendon of the petfto13 
Mufcle. 
Under the Biceps is placed the c ‘Brachiem internm or Inner 
whole original is at the end of the Mufcle d Deltoides. This Mufcle muft be fepa' 
raced fidelongs from fuch as border upon it, 
"Biceps 
coidcddetu 
BracU&U 
internm. Lhap. 4.5. 
Of the Mufcles of the JVnjh, &c. 
In the outer par cof the Arme three ‘Mufcles are placed, viz. the Longus, ‘Brevk 
and ‘Brachieus externm, and beneath the 'Elbow, the Jlngoneus is ieaccd. 
Ihe external ate thec Longm andfCßripvit which embrace chat Mai's, of flefh 
which makes the Brachieus externus. in their original they e are diftinguifhed by 
fhe tendon of Mulcuius lariffimus which comes tetween them : bur ac their 1: lection 
they grow together by a firmeand firiewy tendon. And therefore they are eaii\y, in 
their upper-part, teparated from the ‘Brachieus externus , but in their lower parts 
towards rhe Elbow, they are very hardly divided from the Brachieus. 
Now thus you dial proceed .* you fhall ciirioufly takeaway the nervous tendon, 
neare the Elbow, and goeing upwards by little and little, you fhal gently cur on thfr 
one lide and the 01 alio inwardly j diligently obiei veing the line which ieparates 
the long Mm cle from the fhorc, until you have feparated the ‘Brachieus exiernusy 
from the Mufcles which are placed above it. Then you fhall fee it ai de from the 
Bone of the Ai me, a little berteach the Neck thereof, with a liefhy fubftance. 
aT. 22.fT.Cf. “b T. 2z.fl- *H. 2 c 22. f 1.1 Lf 2. R*a T. 22./..1* 
A. Z c T. 2z f. 3TH. 2 f T.22.f. $.< F. “ s T. 23• above 2 
I he Mulcle Jlngoneus* cannot be feen til you have pulled away the luiewy mem- 
brane wherewith it is covered. Icariies ac the lower part of the Arme ueare the, 
Elbow, lying hid between the Radius and the cubitus, and it is mferced into end 
Cubit. It is or the Length and thicknefs of a Mans fore-finger. 
Longus Bfevis. 
Brachi*us~ 
ex tarns. 
‘Mufcles of the rBLadius}ihe Wrifls, the‘Fingers, and the Thumb. 
In the Cubic you fhal find the Muiclei of the Radius, the wriffs, the Fingers, and 
£he Thumbe. And in the Inlide of the Cubit as far as to the wnfts, you fhal find 
tyne ‘Mufcles *, on the ourhde you fhal meet with leven. 
In the Inlide you fhal find them diipofed in this Situation and order following* 
The firftchac prelents it ielfe is the Longm bSupinator n\adij, which ariles from 
external apophylisof the Arme, and is ftrctched out upon the Radius. 
Next to chat, is the rP\adiemc ‘Flexor Carpi, after which follows the d ‘VaXmark 
BemarKcble by a very (mail and very long Tendon. 
By die Falmaris is feared the 'fubltmis Digitorum ‘Flexor ■, and next to it, fo as 
touch the lame, you have the f Cubitem *Fkxor Carpi. 
On the upper parr of the Cubit, near the Joint, between the Longus Supinator 
*nd the Radieus flexor, the round Head otthe (Pronator % ‘lfidij fhewes it leife •, 
is a very fhorc Mulcle, anieing from the internal Apophylis ot the Arm and 
obliquely carried to its mfercion into the Radius. 
Vnder theßad-eus, lies the ‘Flexor b ‘Polhcit. 
Beneath the Sublimis, lies the ‘Profundus i ‘Flexor Digitorum, and in the lower 
Part of the Cubic, by the wnfts, lies the k Quadrat us ipted under the Tendons of 
lne Mufcles, being three Fingers broad, and immediatedly fattened Ccois-waies,inco 
toe Radius and Gub:cus. 
Long**-. 
Supinator radif 
mift'benders. 
prcnatoacs* 
Radif 
Finger-benders 
qS f-22./. ?.a f»4. Q. 2 b T.22./4.T1. 2 c T,Z2.f,i,Ql " d T. 32./. I. 
- c T. 22,f i.O. fs< A. " fT. 22./ I.M. * ? T. 22.f2.Ck * h T. 22./. 
CY • 1 ; * T.22.f.2>X5. 2 
°ucl^e otc^e Cubitus above the Radius, :heeHxtenfor • Carpi isftxecched 
Emfeuders 
of fkit wr&. 
h-.- *c to it, is the Alter for, which is carried obliquely eg tire Cubit, and 
Aliened thereunto, rakes its courle downwards. 
n between the Radius and the Middle-part of the Cubitus, the tU&enforc V‘gito~ 
tu,nJ* placed, which has a parcel of ileih annexe unto it, fpread under cueMuicieof 
*jdec it, near the Cubit, lies the Excenfor parvi Digiri, by the Wrift. 
cle ndei C^e Tendons of the Hxtenfor Digue um you fhal ford two other fmal cMuf • 
tQ tile one of which is the cExten[or a ,rhe ocher is tnes indicator ordained: 
\(rjtLaif: uPon the index or ‘Forefinger j whole Tendon is united by cercaine Fibres 
the *endoix or the Eartenfor Digitorum* 
Of the Heril The Thyjical Confidcrationyind zAnatomy 
Book V. 
The dvifion of all tjiefe Mufdes is eafie on the upper part of the Cubit, both on the 
inlide, and on the ouciide, and in the laid upper part, you rauft begin your fed: ion. 
For if you Oiould begin ac the Tendons you would multiply ‘Mufcles, and make as 
many Muides as you find Tendons. Thus therefore, neare the Wnlf, on the inner 
fide of the Cubic, you Ihal dijbnqmjh the Tendons of the fupLimis and the ‘Profun- 
dus, allotting tour Tendons to each Mulele, and then cake your courfe upwards. 
%adieits ‘Extenms exttnfor Carpi, is termed alio ‘Bicoruii twt-horned, by 
realon of itsdouble Tendon. You may divide this Mufde into two, Muides,dddinft 
, in their original and inferciou, but you lhall do better to make but one of it. 
In the Hand, you fhall find Seventeen ‘Mufcles. 
In the Palm or Iniide of the Hand there are Thirteen *, vi\. the fourf Lumbrtr 
cales, the s ‘Hippothenar, the h Thenar-, the1 Anti-thenar, the or Indicts, 
the ‘Majfa Carnea, and the four Interoffeia interni. 
* %2i.f.i.<H.Zb X.2*./:3.< J.;cT. 22./. 3.%; d T22.fi.<M.ac T. 
12. f 3.1 “f T.11.f. }.C CCC. f.l. ffff-2 8. T.22.f.i. S.t.l.b* >‘S. 
22./.4.K.“i T.22.f1.%f.2.Q.*‘ T. Z.ffff. “ 
In the ouciide of the Hand you fhal find only the four Interoffei j with 
the Tendons, of theFinger-ftrecchers, or of the Thumb-ftretcher, and of the little 
F inger-ftreccher* 
The be(i way 
to di(jeel thefe 
Mufcles of the 
Hand. 
tylufcles of the Abdomen or ‘Belly, 
In your anatomical Adminiff ration of the Mufcles of the Belly you dial thus pro- 
ceed, The ficft you meet with, which muff be plucked ouf, is the ‘Mufculusc Obh- 
qwtos dejcendeus, whicli you ftial lee conjoyned with thec ftrratus 7najori <1 tooth 
within caoch,as if the Edges ff two Sawes were Put rogcher, and Joyned one with- 
in another, or as i'ome parts of the Soil are coupled by the lucures. You fhal knov/ 
the difference of the Serratus and Obliqum one troin another, by certain white lines 
and by the different poffure of the Fsbres. You fhal feparace the cMu(cuius Obit' 
quus from its mtanglemencs with the leech of the farratus major, with help of a ve- 
ry imal and [harp Pen*knife. 
The firffcoorii is incerpofcd between the Mufculus reffus and a portion of the 
terrains: the lecond and choc third are very hardly leparated. The ocher four he 
lurking under a portion of the Ljtijpmut, not receiving the flefhy Productions oi 
the Serratus. 
To bring them t her fore irjto fight, it wil be convenient to.pluck up a portion of the 
hatjjftwus, as far as to the hinder fpme oi tire OslUiumi and chan you/hai take 
thole four Teeth off from die Ribs, and in condu/ion you fhal cut off the Mufcff, 
from cite who! Rib which appertains to the Os Ilium. 
If you be induff nous and can endure to takejwiiiSjyou fhalobffrve-thac the fccopd, 
dmd,and tbucch Tooth £ or Finger] of this Muffk, dqe creep higher up under the 
Serrano-, than vulgar Auarcirn.iffs imagine, and chit dus Mufde does there attain a 
iinewy tendinous Head, which cleaves faff to the lower fide oUjie Rib. 
A tendinous Head receives a portion of the incercoffal nerve, 
b/. 2.-1 ill cT. z.f, %2.f.X.aa. J 
<FCF.T. io./. i-C.V\Z m j 
For the nerve,when it is come thither,it is divided ipto two parts, the one of wh^1 
does immune it leif into the linewy Head of the Tooth of the Muffle; the other' 
Ricking faff unto die Rib, does make the * nervous intellect ions of the 
<Px,d&M. The Muffle being thus cut up, muff be turned back upon one fide of the 
Belly'. 
You kui in the meane while obferve, that the b JJponeuroffs of this Muffle, *s 
bored through near the Os pub if-, as the c Jiponeu rofts of the Obliquusc afcendetUt 
iind ot the T ranfoerfut are perforated, near the foremoft and loweA Spine ot ch eOf 
XUiwn-rmd cherfore the Holes of the two oblique Muffles are not let)uft one again# 
a nother, but at a diffance one after another, chat the Gut might not be fo ape to fan 
down into the Groine or God, 
Obliquus de- 
fetndens- L hap. 4.5, 
of the Mufcles of the Abdomen or ‘Belly. 
Thefe Holes are broken in Ruptures into the Cod, orelfe dilated, which are 
diligently to be obferved, in reduceing of the Gut when it is ftrangled in the 
Crome. 
And if at any time an Incifion be made in the Groine, to reduce the Gut, that 
bole ought tube made wider by Incifion, that the Gut may more eafily returne 
into the Bellie. 
Above the Obliquus afeendens cowards the Hypogaftrium, you lhal find a little 
Nerve which inlinuates and winds it lelfe into the Apophyfis of the Peritoneum 
that k may be cai ned to the Tefticle, becaufe it penetrates the tranfverfe Mufcle. It 
ai'hes from the Neives of the Louies, and is a portion of thofe nerves which are dil- 
ibminated into the Oblique Allcendent and the Tranfverfe Mufcles. 
W hen you have cut the f Oblique tAfcendent from the Rib of Os Ilium to which it 
cleaves very fall, you lhal bring it to the Loines, where it may be feparaced from 
cbeTranfverfe. Then you lhal leparate it from the Ribs themfelves as it recurnes 
u And it wil be convenient to curne back this Muicle to the contrary fide, 
atfer the manner of the primus Obliquus* and when you lhal come unto the Mufcu- 
lus Re&us, you lhal oblerve that this fame Oblique Muicle does embrace the Muf- 
fins Redtus or ftreighc Mufcle above the Navel, and below the Navel it tranfmics a 
*Jngle Tendon under the Redtus, which notwithftanding by the Edge of the Redtus 
does cleave fo obftinacely to the Aponeurofis of the Oblique Dependent, chat it is 
,1Qt poifible by any Arc to leparacc or pul them afunder, without rending them. 
. aT.2./.9. ddd.gbT. 2./. B.hL~cT.2.f. g. *B. " d T. 2./ A.*eX.2.f. 
*'dd.f,9'bh.Zf-T-2-f.S‘B.cc.Z 
While you cut the Tendons of the oblique Mufcles from the lhare Bones, be very 
cj*refrd lead you mangle the Apophyfis of the* Peritonaeum which is carryed 
through thofe Tendons,and ceare the b Muicle Cremafter placed upon the faid Apo- 
Pbyfis and allbleaft you teare the Tendon of the Tranfverfe Mufcle being be- 
<*ath. 
Vou lhal know the Cremafter by its colour and Confidence. For it is 
a,Peice of red flefh, thin, fprinckled with ftreight fibres, fevered fomeipace from, 
tiefh of the Oblique Deleendenc, and according to the Length of the Groine, in- ■ 
c*°lemg the Apophy lis of the Peritonaeum. You dial find fuch a parcel of flefh in 
'v°nkn but fhortcr and narrower, placed upon the production of the Perico- 
between the Oblique afeendent and the tranfverfe Muicle cowards the Loins, 
veins are leen, which are the oflpring of the Lumbal and the Hypo-gaftrick 
Veins, But you lhal take precife notice of two remarkable nerves or finnewes, 
Nvhich befides the little mtercoftal twigs inferted into the Teeth of the Oblique Del- 
Mufcle, do arile out of the two inner Vercebra’s of the Back, and creeping 
Obliquely upon the balVard Ribs, are by the laft Rib difpetfed into the flefh of :his 
VIHUe and the Tranfverfe Mufcles. 
How the ere- 
mailer if 
fytowen* 
r may conveniently leparate the £ ‘Mufculus %eftus following the white 
j but not medjing with the ends thereof. If you dial diligently and leafure-, 
offthe extremities thereof oppofice unto the Linea Candida or white Line, 
t, u find the mtercoftal Nerves which bore their way through the peritonaeum, 
Vvj3c they might come unto and confticute the nervous a incerfedtions of the Muicle, 
foin Uow allc* [heii are wanting, as I have obferved in fame Bodies. I have often 
nnd two imperfect ones above the Navel; if a third be found,it is alwaies diredtly 
rpofite unto the Navel * you dial very rarely find a fourth Incerfedtion. 
l' 9. <E<E,; bT. 6. f.2.VV.Zc x2.f. 8. e e.f 9. C. .3 *T. i.f. 9. dd* 
MUftul*s 
refins. 
endofßeaiiB Mufculus, on cheinfide you lhal obferveche Epiga- 
ccy afcendens and the Mammariac defcendens to d meet together about the mid- 
che Muicle, where they grow into one by a clofe Anaftomofis. 
hat which leparaces the right Muicles is a real« white Line ftreched out from 
Which it the , 
true Line a C*nm 
dido* The T byfical (^onfderation, and <iA natomj. 
Book V 
\he xiphoides as far as to rhe Conjundt ion of the Share-Bone j and it is limply 
of them, who cal the growing together of the nervous conjundtions or Aponeurcf 
fesof the Obliquus ddeendens, the White-Line, feeing the Aponeuroles them' 
(elves are united continually and nocefiffoyned by any apparent Line. 
In big-bellyM women when their Bellies are very much dittended, fn rhe lad 
months of their going with Child, by reafon of the Drawing of the Mulculi Redd 
afunder, a certame black- blewifti Line remames for two or three months after c 
woman is delivered, which begins at the x phoides and reaches unto the place whefC 
the fhare-boncs grow together, which vamfhes away by little and little, 
Mufcles being reunited and growingf ogether againe. 
Over the lower end of the Right Muicles lies a final 'Mufcle calledf 'Pyramid 
which you mutt curioufly part into two, and havemg taken away one, you (hal 
a mod ttfong finewy Tendon of the Muteulus Redfus, faftend to the Os pubis of 
Share-bone. 
The Left 'PyramidalWiufcle is oft times fhorcer and narrower chan the right. 
The tranfaerfe s 'lMufcle which cleaves tothe Peritonacum,is not eafiiy drawne op 
yet if you are defirousro take it away, you mutt cut it from the Lomes, and fheII 
gently feparate it from the Peritonaeum with your fingers alone. 
*T. 2.f. 8. e ;cT. 2./. 8. a-d j.f B.f ;«T. if. 2. Ti% Jf T. 2.f. 9.DD * 
g T. z.f. p. Jlf. a a &c. fi 
fyramidalis. 
Trtnfvtrfus. 
'Mufcles of the Yard. 
In a Mans Yard on either fide in the Groine and the peritoneum you fhal tearch (<* 
two Mufcles, haveing firft removed a great deal of far wherewith they are cove, cf 
The^pneof thefeMufcles is Yenis the cl\aifet of the Yard, which and* 
from the Sphindfer Ani or Affe-mulcle (o called, and i* interred into the hodow a 
Ligament of the Yard. 
The Other being placed upon the Urethra or Pifs-pipe is called b 
the Speeder, it antes out of the fame Tuberofiry beneath the fpungy c 
the Yard,although it be fattened by a bit of flelh to the forefaid Iphmdfet or 
Mulde, thac it may bearc up the fundament, which fiefhy portion orbit of tp1 
loiementioned lam wont to (hew for the Levacores extend «m, or external Adr 
Heavers. 1 
The Yard* 
Eredor. 
The Accelera- 
tor. 
(Mufc les of the 'Fundament. 
The fphin- 
fiers of Anus 
The Lev at o- 
res anu 
The Fundament has fixe external Mufeles belonging unto it. The Sphin&tff’ 
r; andfoure external Lifters, for the Lei'atorer interm or inner*lifters do lie 
*of fight. Jn women there is a fift Uufck which belongs to the Coccyx or Gruff*1' 
In the firft place you dial anatomife and fhew the Sphincter d Cutaneas, tb* 
another larger redMufcle, and then the fidc-mufcles before and behind, thee If 
vacores which arile out of the tuberofity of the tluekle-bor.e, you fhai feck 
them behind the Crupper-bone and above the accleratcres on the forehde, 
your hand in beneath, or putting in a little knife made of boxe-wood. But y°‘ 
fhal more evidently dilcerne the largeneis of the Levator dm,it 
the Bladder, the Intejtinum ‘JfeftUm or Arfe-Cut and the womb ot a woman, aI) 
withal dial fever the Ccrju&ion of theftare-Eones. q} 
For then you Ihal fee a bread but thin peiceof flefh, drawn out from rbff 
Sacrum as far as to the Spine of the Os Ifehi;, underproped with a fame h£a”ieL’ 
which is in that fpace, aud produced as far as to the Osilchijic lelf: which ftej/ 
Watt brave ought te be takgnfor the Levator: for under it the Obturator Inter r 
S thofe Levatores there is another found to arife from the farthelf 
mity oftheOsfacrum and the Crupperbone,viz. a thin andfharp pointed Pei 
fiefhftrewed with right fibres, cnclofeing the lateral parts ot the Crupper' ° 
The Mufcle 
men. Chap.pj. 
Of the Adufcles the (fly tor is 
Coccyx on either tide, which holds up the Sphinfter, and foche external Orifice 
or the Privy Parts in Women are widened, this Mufcle drawing rhe Crupper-bone 
backwards, char in Child-birth rhepaffage may be more free tor rhe Infant. 
. * have leidom feen fuch a '■Mufcle in the Bodies of men, and the uie of ic when ic 
in men, is, to render the voidance of Dung more eafie, by drawing back 
the Crupper-bone when men are acftool. 
. a T.e.f i. aa.f. j.'H'H. “ b T. 6 fl.kb.fs. 11. - c T,6.f - 
T-'-i-U- O. ~ « X6.fj._2tX- I 
The inter nalSphincier (if we muff needs admit, and allow of a third ) is no o- 
ther than a. Membranous parcel of fiefi) ffomwhat black, and blue,which comprehends 
the Tyeftum Intejiinum, or Arfe-Gut,like a Sheath or Scabberd,being adorned with 
freight Fibres, and interwoven with a few circular ones j which if the Coat of the 
Cuts is fle{hy,ic differs from chat common *Coac of the Guts, which covers their 
JjHide. So lntejiinum is diitinguifhed from the reft, neither is the 
Scituacion of the Membranes, or Coats, varied. 
The into nd 
Sphinfttr. 
The -Mufcle. 
The cßlddder*cMnfcleb Sphincter, is placed in a Man above the (proftate, 
which it imbraces for rhe Space of two lingers breadth, and is ealily found without f 
the Channel of the Pils-pipe: If you Ihalcut up the Pipe with a pair of Sciffers 
the Nut of the Yard, as far as to the (Projiata. 
Vouflial examine if you can find two Sphincter j of the‘Bladder, onehenedth, 
*nd the other above the <Projiat£, which I never obierved. 
a T.i.fS‘%: Z hz 
. Now chat part of the Neck of the Bladder, which re Ip efts the Bones of the Share, 
*s ttianifeftly lielhy, between the two Kernels called Vreftata : and there a two- 
Sphinaer may be allowed; one fiefhy, placed upon the ‘Projiata, and m that 
e‘Ke above them ; but under the (p roftatee, is the Membranous Mufcle of the Neck 
the Bladder: the other broad Mufcle above the ‘Prejiatee, and turned back under 
fame, wil be the Second Sphinder Muledl?; becaufe it does circularly imbrace the 
™roftat<e> above and beneath. 
The Neck of the Bladder in women, is very neer as long as ones Thumb, being 
Spongy, and black within, like the Pifs-pipe, or Urethra in Men, and 
c°mpalTed about with reddilh flelh, which is taken to bechefphinccer: and while 
the Keck of the Bladder in women 1 wells, if you put your finger within the wacer- 
Race,you fhall percivean hard and long tumor or Iwelling. and theuppermore 
CarnoficieofthePnvie Parc,which doles and flops the end of the Bladder, is both 
!n Gules and women allwaies found larger than the reft, and the other glandules be* 
lng by frequent child- bearing come and defaced, this allwaies remaines to the End 
ot their Ires. 
The Bladder- 
mufcle in men. 
Demonfiration 
of the Double 
Spbinfter. 
The Bladder* 
Mufcle in Wo- 
men. 
X 
cMufcles of the Clitoris. 
t ihall leek the tylufcler of the Clitoris, after this manner; having lealurely 
aKen away much fat till luch times as ruddi flefh appeares, you fhall lever the La- 
qyfojculws which lies very low, growing out of the fphincter of the Funda- 
} and mici ted into the very Jdpsofthe Water-Gate or female Privity, lor the 
or aicen,ng whereof, I conceviethis Mutcleis ordaind. The other is 
ie Qractlff ‘Mujculhs faftened to the Ligement of the Clitoris. 
Cam' 
Gracilis. 
Mufclus of the Thigh, 
tj Cavity of the Belly, when the Entrails are removed, you fhall obferve above 
'Lo the ‘Mufculus long its and rotundas, the long and round Mufcle which is 
nied a Pioas which you ihal feperace from its original to its infercion which is 
UuMmaU Trochanter 
xo-/. I.O.O,T.Z3'f'uAZ 
Tfoas. *The Thyfecal Confederation,And 
Book V • 
I have oftentimes in Men, and fomcirnes in Virago’s,or manly Women, obferved dm 
nother lankfMuj'cle placed over the Pfoas aforefaid. It feems for this Caufe added, 
rhac as a Ligament ur Band ic might ftrengchen, and as it were gird in thefofc and 
loofe fiefh of the Mufcle Pfoas. 
The Cavity of os lUium is filled by the ‘Mufculus latus a Iliac us or broad tliak 
mufcle, which together with the Pfoas being conveighed along upon the Os Pubis 
and by its tendon united to the Pfoas, is terminated in the fmail Trochanter. 
Having turned the Body, you fhal proceed to the ‘Mufcles which makg the‘But* 
tody, called Qlotirii that is Buttock Mufcles. There arc three of them retting one 
upon another. 
llliCUi. 
Glmius major 
The fir (land greateft b ‘Buttocks ‘Mufcle, you fhal fepetate towards its tendon, 
both before and behind, having firft made it cleane and freed ic from the fat. 
Then you fhal proceed in your feftion upwards til the whole is on all Tides cut of, 
til you come to its infection, which is in the great Trochanter, and there you fhall 
leave it, or having firft taken away the broad band, you fhal cut off the faid Mufcle 
in the fore part. 
Under this lies the Qloutiusc cMediui or middlemofi mufcle, which may 
eafily be feparaced in its upper and lateral part towards the Os facrum. But beneath 
the middle part of the Qloutim Secundus the d third is placed, immediately fatten- 
ed to the Os Ilium: this Mufcle you mutt not cut of. 
Between the middle and the letter Buttock Mufcles there are two remarkable 
veins,which from the Hypogaftrica doe creep over the Obturator Internusc with an 
Acterie, Hand in Hand, and a portion of the major pofticui, they fpread 
themfelves into numerous branches: and there arife mops cruel pains in the inmop 
parts of the ‘Buttocks, which counterfeit the fciaticaor ‘Hip-gout. Would not 
draw ing blood from the Hemorrhoid Veins, ferve well to difburthen thefe parts? 
a T.^3b c x 233,*8~ f, 4.C.2 dT* 
33./. 4. B. 
In thenexc P You flial Proceed to the guadrigemini and the Obturatores, 
which are Teen beneath,the greater Buttock Mufcle being taken away. The upper' 
mop being the firft and longeft of all,is called the * fVyriformis unto which th /two b 
‘Parvi or little ones doe follow in order, coupled together, that between them and 
in their Bofome as ic were, they might contein the Tendon of the Obturator inter" 
nui. 
Medius. 
Miriimtu* 
JQuadrigmini 
To thefe two there is orderly adjoy ned thec guraUn Quadrigeminus being brad' 
der and moreflefioy than the reft, 
The Obturatores are two, the d internall and thee external, the Internal has i[s 
orginai out of the Circumference of the Oval hole} and its Tendon being carried 
along between tWo Ligaments, and being hid in the bofome or holownefle of the fe" 
cond and third Quadrigeminal Mufcles, it is carried into the Cavity of the greac 
Trochanter. And therefore you mutt pul afundet the fecond and and third Qua" 
drigeminals, before this Mufcle can come i« fight. 
Now the Ligaments through which the Tendon of the Obturator internus is car* 
tied, are two-, the one being external is carried from the Os facrum to the Tube- 
roficy of the Qflfchi; : the other being internal and placed beneath the external, 
is carried from the fame Os facrum, into the fpina of the Os Ifchi;. 
The Obturator ext emus cannot be dif covered unlefs the fourth broad Quadri- 
gemmiual Mufcle be plucked back, and that the Propagation thereof may more e- 
videnrly appeare, you fhal cake away the Mufculus Triceps or Three-Headed 
Mufcle. 
obturator in- 
mnw, 
Externm, 
Sometimes I have obferved above the ‘Primus Quadrigeminus, the lliacm ex ter* 
nus Q -raciiis, which from the lower and tranfverfe fpines of the Os facrum, did 
end into the top of the great Trochanter. You fhal therefore anatomife and fhetf 
elevene.Mufcles of the Thigh, placed above the Os Ilium. 
Inthe hinder part are nine. Three Qloutij or ‘Buttochjftlufcles, which being 
drawen a fide, there appeare four Quadrigemini and two Obturatores. In the f°l'e Chap. 4.5. 
Of the Mufcles of the Leg. 
part and hollo wnels of the Os Ilium are found two ‘Mufcles, the Ffoas which indeed 
bas us original higher chan from the Os Ilium, and the lliacus. 
.aJ' 2B -f. 3* C.f, 4. V. Zb T. 23./. 3.b/« 4- Q-Z c 2l' f* 3« 4* & Z'd *£ 
3-‘E./.4. <F.“ eT. 23. f. 4J 
‘Mufcles of the Leg. 
In the Thigh from the Haunch to the knee and Ham you fhal obferve and (hew 
eleven Mufcles. 
In the fore part you fhal find feven, the Longus, the 'Fafcia lata, the ‘Reßus 
graciljj, the Duo Uafti, the Crureus and the Triceps \ which arefo fituate, 
cbat in the firft place you meet with the longus oefutorius, then the ‘Membranofut 
fafcia lata. According to the ftreigheneis and length of the thigh the Q\eßut 
gracilis is drawne out. Neare ind bordering upon this are the VajH duo, under 
lies the Crureui which immediately covers the Os femoris, or Thigh-Bpne, 
Adjoyning to the vaftus internus is the Triceps, which lies iculkeing within the 
Thlgb. . • . 
Sutvrius, 
Membrtnojus. 
Refits* 
emeus. 
r In the hinder-part of the thighs you fhal find four, difpofed after this manner. 
nto the Triceps on the Iniideis faftened the Qracilis (Pofiicus; bordering 
is the femmervofus, with the Semimembranosus, and between this and 
the vaflus externus is the Mufculus Biceps placed. 
. In the forepart of the thigh, youmuft begin at the* Long Mufcle; which be- 
inB cut of, you dial cleverly cake away the Fafcia b lata, either all of it or as much 
*s you can, and you fhal bring it as far as to the knee. 
Then you fhal cut of the Qracilis c Reßus. 
Afterwards you fhal proced unto the tveo vafii, which that you may more eafily 
leparate from the Crureus, they are diftinguifhed one from another by a line run- 
tung between them, which you fhal cut up. 
, Then you fhal diffect the Vaflus d TLxternm by the lacus externum» but it is 
harder to feperace the Vafluse internut• 
«• cee.Z‘ff i.W. Z*f-i. Q9 Z‘f- 
„ \ 
And you fhal begin co feparace the fame at the lower part neare the Patella, and 
in your hand,and neatly maunagemg your penknife, youihai cue it tow- 
a*ds the upper paits; andfothecwoVaSifhci De icnxed from the * Crureus. 
From thefe you fhal come unto theb Trueps, which may more truly be termed 
V*adriceps or rather quadrigemmus, because ot £oure Heads and as many diftinft 
Unions. " 
. ic is placed in the inner part of the Thigh,and its firft and upmoft portion grow- 
InB our of Os Pubis, ieems to be a THfiinß cMufcle9 which in regard of its ficuacion 
Ulay be termed Teßineus. 
k 1 have foraecimes found four other portions perfeßly diJiinß one from another, 
cje I(aes the Pedineus, and the iaft portion was verie long, like a femi-nervous Muf- 
i and was carried on with a finewy tendon as far as to the Leg, 
rjle tbit k the {.Mujcle, which has been in women obferved diftinft from 
f0 huhe hinder part ohhe thigh, and is wont to be joyned at afift, unto the 
inr1 f°^ici* For it arole from the Tuberoficy of the Ilchmmand was inferred 
? tbe Hinder Parc of the Xibia. 
Tk-Cf1 found in Women, becauiechey were cohave broader Buttocks and larger 
lh!§bs chan Mem 
Triceps. 
Vefimuc. 
lhe th*a? 1 ea^ie matter c° fepatace ihofc four ‘Mufeles placed in the binder part of 
lit f • 'BViz the c Seminervofui,the* Semitnembranofu*3the «‘Bicepsfic the Qraci- 
t\ql*nternus- 1 have often found the Biceps diftin£t both in its Original and Infer- 
"tTx* c> -b T*23* f-*• &c* 23*f' ** ** r4 ;&?•/•> 
*«■ *• 3. f T. 33./.3- * 
ienuntrvofut* 
Semimeitibrf 
nofus. 
Biceps. 
Gnuilis. The Thyjical Confideration}and tA mtomy 
Book V. 
fMufcks of the'Tarfus, 
In the Leg from the knee unto the Tarfus are found 13. Mufcles j in the hinder 
pare you fhai find five placed after this manner. 
The fir ft are thea (femelli , under their Heads lies c hidden ; 
tween the Gemeili and the Soleus, thec fPlantaris hides it lelfe. 
The Soleus lieing beneath the Gemeili, does iramediarely cover thelhin-bone. 
In the lateral and external Part of the Tibia, by the Spine, there appeares the 
tPeroneus* Flexor pedis, Neighbour to which is the Longusf (Exienfor Uigito* 
rum. 
After which followes the <E^ten,rer<Pedi/,tibieusspofticus. Under the cExen- 
for longus 'Digitorum, lies the ‘Extenfor hpollicis •, and beneath the ‘Flexor pedis 
‘PerbneUi, lies the eExtenforl <Peroneus» 
Th does take up the internaiand lateral part of the Tib«3‘ 
In the lower part of the Tibia, between the flexor pollicis and the T ibieus pofticus, 
the Flexor»digitorum medius holds its place. 
It is eafie to feparate the Mufcles which infold the Tibia on all Tides, provid'd 
you do firft pluck off the fafeia "»lata, which is carried out as far as to the loot* 
having divided the Heads of the Gemellisyou fhai diligently learch for the PopU" 
teus or Haro-Mufde, fituace obliquely over the Head of the Soleus. Then yoM 
{halobCeivethefleJhyVeadoftbe Mufculus Flantaris, which lies lurkemg be' 
t ween the Qemeth and the Soleus. The Flantarit is like the Palmar is. 
In the fore pare of the Tibia the Feroneus externus and Feroneus internal 
feem to make one Mufcle, fcccaufe they arife from one and the lame part, and are 
carried through the Cleft of the external Ankle-bone. 
But the one is internally inferred into the Os meca-tarfi, which fuftaiaes the Ik' 
tie Toe: The other being drawen under the foie of the leer, is carried into the 0s 
metatarfie which fuftaines the Great Toe. 
Gemeili- 
V opiums. 
Vlmuris. 
0 ens- 
foot-benders 
extenders. 
The fepan- 
te on of the fe 
Mu felts. 
I- + + U 
f-S.C.~mf iE-ccc.Z 
In the Foote you (hail take notice of fiventeene Mufcles, In the out 
the Fodtc there are five, viz. the * F edieus and th efoure interojfeid externi. 
In the foie of the Foore you (hall obferve twelve, viz. the Frevit ‘Digitt c Fkxof 
or little-Toe bender, the three d Lumbricales, tbofe which are made out of d# 
Maffac Carnea, the f oure external Interojfeans and at many f internal. 
Upon each tide of the Foore is placed one ‘Mufil, viz. the Abductor 6 FoUic is 1 
and ‘Minimi Vigiti abductor. 
In the hollow of the foote, there is placed another Mafia cornea, fpread und# 
the fir ft, and cleaving immediately to the ‘Bones, it may be perfectly divided 
foure or jive portions, although in the middle fpaces of the Bones of the 
Mufculi Interojfei are contained. 
Furthermore in the Sole of the Foote you Thai find that fame Internal ciMuft* 
which is op poled to the Abduftor ‘Pollicis cK Great-Toe withdrawer,like unto h# 
Anteihmar in the lt may be called1 Mufculus Tranfverfalis. 
Chap. 46. 
Of the Velnes, Arteries and 
to the Limhes. 
the Vfinet of 
the upper 1 
Limbes. 
Axillaris, 
T lie Veines of the Limbes begin in the Arme at the Arm-pit,and in the Feet they 
take c^e‘r Original from the Groincs. 
The Vena k Axillaris nearc the Arme-pics does produce the Humeralis, which 
called thel Cephalic aor Flead-Veine. It has no Arcerieto accompanie die lame» 
and it holds its Courle through the whole Radius, . immm_ . 
Chap. 
Of the Veines, Arteries, &c. 
A little afrer ic fendes forth the m Tvoracica. which is expanded into external pares 
of the Chert-,and meets with final twigs of the Verii n Azygos. 
. Ic is afterward termed 0 ‘Bijilica and by the Bending of the Arme, it is divided 
into two branches. The ? one of which creeps all along the inlide of the Cubitus j 
che ocher being * external defeends beneath the Skin unto the Hand. 
Thoracicd. 
Bafilied. 
*T25.f.2.Q.~'°f'2.daaa.~'f.4.L.f.6. 6.eee, D D.63 V 
*S-Jddd.2si.fa.3-0-f-S-l>l>-Zhfi3r‘P-f-S- c-:if-5* ;*T. 24. f. x 
'*-Zi-f-i>rBcBeB-Zmf-I-Itmrh-Zn1’ 12-f'l• daa *• :°T 2-4./. 1. C C.~ 
i.ee. Bcc "*a T. 24./. ux.y. „ 
m* * 
The l\amus intermit or inner branch is called Wcdiana b Vena, and it receives 
a branch of thec Cephalica below the bending of die Arme, where it is called the 
Cepbalica or <Bafihca. Thefe three Veines are opened beneath the Bending of the 
Arme. 
r Bqc the Bafilica has an a Artery under it or Very neare it, and ae Nerve and the 
*endon ofMufculusf Biceps, Which bends rhe Arme : which parts muft fin the 
filing of a veihe )be avoided, for if they happen to be cut, they bring great ln- 
c°nveniencies to the Arme. 
, The Cephalica being ffrechred out upon the s Radius neare the wrift, diverts tp 
2* part of the hand termed Mecacarpmm, chat it might with its twigs water the 
follow of the Hand. 
Between the Ring-finger and the little finger, they place the h Salvatelld veine,- 
vhich is wont to be opened $ between the chuthband the fore finger, there is another 
°Pet'>ed, which is called Vena > pbllictt ot the chiimbe veinei 
The ‘Mediana k vena is to tally external and runs under the Skin, into the palme 
of*eHand. , 
, Thefßafilica creepes through the * internal and external parts of the Cubic, with 
branch. 
Medians. 
Salvatdiz- 
have one thing peculiar to them in the Limbes viz. chat they 
do communicate with the Arteries. This Cjalen proves in his third 
l. teral faculties, the laji Chapter, And up and down in other par ts of 
Which thing is 16 mamfeft that it ought not to be called into queftion. 
Moreover the veines in the m Limbes and internal Jugulars have Va.'ves. In the 
heaterthannells and in the divilion of the teller ones there arentw6 on each fide, 
°lle oppol'ed to the other and placed interchangeably. 
rrhl‘tt.BcC.m!'f.t.ff'Zdf'2-.'d-fylJ- Z !• T. 22.f,1.g~Z 
I'M-f. 1.1 u &c. “ h/.i *ZI-t-b Zy f-U* Sl f*i'o o,x.y. BK-«/.7# the 
tlZnf. 8. the. wholeZ 
OXv Wc raiy doubt or their ufe fince the circulation of the blood has been found 
W r conirnon °pini°n was that they were placed in the Limbes and in the 
4re • * jugular to Hop the exceeding flux of blood into thole outmoft parts which 
thejn cohtinual motion, but thole chat hold the Circulation of the Blood, do fay 
||e r *5 to hinder the flowing back ot the Blood which afeends upwards unco the 
According to the opinion of Dr. ‘Huriiy, unto which I willingly give my 
c& Us Pals on from the Veines to the Arteries of the Arme. The eßamus faper- 
Proceeding to the Arme-pics, is termed a Jlxittarn. It accompamics the 
the Arme-ptcs it produces the b T boracica and inks progrefs beftowes 
n? upon.che bordering Parts, and being lengthened out as far as to the 
che Arme, it is divided into two ‘branches, which are carryed on, to the 
Khe Hands* 
ati^^rr^e outride of Che Hand above the Metarcarpium, is void both of Mulcjes 
I Anaflomofts of 
the Feints and 
Arteries. 
The?elves of 
the Feins 
Their 9 ft. 
The Arteries. 
AxiUari*. 
Thoracica- cfhe Thyfical Confderattm,and (*Anatomy 
Boor V 
Kavi mnonv 
The other d Branch being drawn out upon the Infide of the Radius, is fek to beac 
in the wrift. 
The overrunning /freight along the Ulna is with its Cofm fpread out into the 
hand according to the length of the Thumbe and of the little Finger, fo as to beftovv 
of their twigs upon every Finger. 
1 fhall in the lame Method difpatch the Nerves of thewhole Hand. 
Out of the Holes of the foure lower Vertebra’s of thef Neck, and thecwofi'fr 
Vertebras, of the s Back, hfi*ve or fixe Nerves take their Original, which being ouer- 
whelmed under the Mufcle fcalenus, they are brought under the Clavicula, as far as 
to the Arm-hole, where they are icwifted one within another, like the firings of a 
Cardinals Hat. 
•T. 34./. 2. A -b/. 2. c. d*cf, 2 C. <B.;d/. 2. :*/. 2. C. Z(f 3. 4.5.6. /• 
Is/* 3-1 - ahf- 3-a.b.c.d.e.“ 'f. 3XX.3 
Afterwards the foure fuperior ones are under the Dekoides fcaccered over the in' 
ternalparc, accompanying the Vena bafilica and the Artery of the Arm, and creep' 
ing bet weene the Muldes Biceps and the Brachieus externus. 
The3 fift and f/xtb ‘Her've, being bowed back under the {capillary 
tundus majcr,they are diffeminated into the hinder Mulcles of the Head. 
There remaine then the Quacuor Primi alreadie deferibed, which being 
through the Arme and Cubic •, they are difperfed into the faid Cubic and the 
The e beneath the head of the Ihoulder is over-whelmed in the 
Coracoidyus and drawne along under the inner fide of the Biceps,and lurking und# 
the Tendon of the faid Mufcie,ic joinesic felf to the Vena Cephalica, where ic groW^5 
fmall: alfo it is placed beneath chat Veine, below the bending of the Arme. 
The Second d Swerve being undivided and thicker, does defeend to the bending 
the Arme, being covered only with fat, and at the bending of the Arme ic is r laced 
beneath ch Arceria and Vena Baiilica. * 
Howbeic the Vena Bafilica a little below the Cubic does,towardes the interi°£ 
parc,recede a little from that Nerve, chat ic may be united to the Vena Cephalica. 
Buc foure fingers beneath the bending of the Arme, being alwaies fupermtend^1 
to the Bafilica, ic paffes undivided along, unco the wrift, the veine appeares abov** 
Ac the Wrift cis cleft into ten fmall branches affording two little twigs to evetf 
finger, which crepe along the Tides of the faid fiwgers. 
You fhall obierve by the way, that rhree fingers breadth beneath the bending 0 
the Cubic, ir is covered by the Mulcles which bend the wrift and Cubic, 
cut ot the internal Tuberoficie of the Arme, 
The third e ‘Tferve is carrycd along undivided unto the Angona, where be 
conveighed through a Cleft which is bet weene the Elbow and the inner Condyk1111 
orTuberofice ot the Arme, according to the length of the Cubit, and being dra^1)t; 
out over the Cubitaius externus, it is carryed unco the wrift,cowards the little fingef' 
And therefore by leaneing on the elbow, the whole Arme is benummed. Being 
vided neare the Hand into foure branches, ic is fpred into the ouc-fide of the H 
or Back of the Hand. 3 
3T. 24./• 3Z bT* 3•IIZ 6 T. 24.f. 3,gg.2 d % 24./. 3. %% Z ‘T' 
24./. 3* h Z ... A 
The fourth cNjertve is the chickeft of all interwoven with Veines and Arteries, 
funk deep in the *Brachi<eus externus i ic is carryed from the forepart of the At*1! 
into the Hinderparc,and defeending there through unco the Radius, and being 
ed all aiongche lame, icisjoynedtothevena Cephalica, and ioolesit felfe at I 3 
into the wrift. to 
I proceed unto the veflels of the Inferiour Limbes. The Cruralb veine, d°eS^e 
the groine produce a remarkable branch viz. Thec faphena, which according to 
longitude of the fucoriusMufculus defeends unco the Ham. Beneath which. g 
the Anckle it conftiruces the venapoplitea, which was opened in Times paft. * Q 
it tranfftucs the branch which is in the upper pare recurrent, above the Hanij u 
che crural veines,or the faphena receives chat fame branch, from chofe cruralls* A 
Tbe Serves, 
Vrimm. 
StcundM- 
Tmm. 
Jguaritu. 
The veims of 
the lower 
Lmbes. 
Voplitea- Ghap. 46. 
Of the Veines, Arteries &c. 
Afterward being divided into two parts ic flips down unto the two external An- 
kes, but the greater port ion takes its courfe unto the internal Ankle, where it 
formes the t mec Saphena which is ufually opened. 
It is cei med corruptly Saphena, as if one would fay Saphaia becaufe of the Ap- 
parencie, which is a new name brought into ule by the lace Greekes, unknowen co 
Qalen. 
■ When the crural veine has produced the Saphena, ic is foon after divided into 
four branches,of which,the two f external and lateral ones which are the fhorteft are 
dominated into the luperior Mulcles of the Thigh, both the internal, namely the 
biceps, and die external viz. the vafti and the Mufculus Cruraus. 
Saplena. 
aT, 24. f. 3. i i.; bT. 24./. 4. A. 5c T. 24./ 4. aaa. "d T. 24./ 4./// ■e T. 
24‘f 4. a. /T. 24./ 4. bb. &c. “ 
The Ramus ten ius which penetrates into the * inner parts, is termed Tfchiadi- 
cuj. 
. ¥ 
ifchladictu. 
The fourth is called h cMufculdris. 
Thefe branches being propagated, the Trunke of the Vena cruralis being fplit 
3l«o two, dtlcends unco the knee, being attended with the crural Artery branfhehed 
,nfo two: But one of thec branches is aiofc and waters the external parts, the other 
3s more(i deep: both of them do afford twigs to the neighbouring parts, and when 
lhey have reached unto the Ham, being fpread along between theSo/mand the 
they delcend co the two Ankles. 
But the external Ankle is princspally watered from the low-laid crural veine, 
Vec lb that in the compais of the Ankle two notable veines are obferved. 
'That which quarters upon the Malleolus interims or inner Ankle-bone, is the 
kanch of the Saphena. That whicii takes its courie beneath the malleolus, being 
Tread out above the Tarfus,is a branch ofthecrurall Veine, 
Neither of thefe Veines can be lafely opened unlefs they fwel, by reafonof the 
arteries,which the Vena Saphena placed in the inner Ankleis free from. 
this Veine is opened in all dileafes afwel of Men as of Women. Yet neverche- 
e3s in the Sciatica, the Veine beneath the Malleolus externus, is more advanta- 
e°Ufly opened, becaule it has greater Communion with the Parc affefted, namely 
Coxendix or Hip. 
Mufcularis 
The teff'er 
branches. 
The Diftnbucion ofe Jlrtcria Cruralis, is not equal co the Vena Cruralis, be- 
Cadle it produces no Saphena. For a little lower than the Groine, it tranfraics two 
f V;ithin the Mufculus triceps, which are Idßgchened out as far as to the Glouti;. 
Afterwards it lends forth s two, into the former parts of the Thigh. 
T. j4./. fTH /. S- *■£.!•« T. 24./.5. dd. 
The Arteries. 
Crmalts. 
y. dnd then the Ctw ain defeends undivided as far as to the Ham, Where it is di- 
into two the 1 one of which does laterally creepe all along the ouc- 
cl c^e Leg uPon [de rMu fculm Veroneses. The other being thruft into the Mul- 
and Aiding downe unco the Heele,is diffeminaced into the hole of the 
°?G and the other is branched forth into the outfide of the Foot, 
i.k erui Saphena has no Artery to attend it, and there is not any nerve near it, 
therefore it may lafely be opened. 
Its branches. 
W f Serves otTlWorefide of the Thigh are two, diftinguifhed in their original, 
°as thev f°on grow together and become one cord, which is earned entire 
C()lr °uc aily diviiion, unco the Groin. Where it is diftribuced into fivec branches, 
die trapped up in a Membrane, which being difperled ihn every hand into 
honiViUlcies ot die tore part of the Thigh,they are branched out as far as to the whirl- 
the Rnee. . - 
th^°w tlle of thefe Nerves is in thed three loweft Vertebra’s of the Loyns, nei* 
ls Jt vifible, unlefie the Mulek Ploa be torn afunder, within which they lie hid. 
The Nerves of 
the fore part. 
T be\firft. ’The T hjjtcal QonfideraMn, and oyl natomy. 
Book V* 
258 
efccond. 
Then beiides thoie fore*mentioned, you fhal fee another final‘J'fer've, drawn 
through die oval hole of the Os <Fubis and (pent upon the neighbouring Mufdes vi 2. 
the Triceps. 
a great and very thickl 'Rferve does glide along the hinder part of the Thigh, which 
111 'ts Or’£ ** nia(^e up lomtimes of three, oftener of four portions, which are bred 
out of three or four of the upper holes of Os/acmm, and being carried along 
through the cavity of Os I fchiiy which is leated between the fpines of the laid Os Hi' 
um through the internal and hindermott Mufcles of the Thigh, undivided, lornecimes 
doubled and folicary without the lociecy of a vein and Artery,as is ordinary in other 
Reives of the Body, it is carried into the Ham; where being divided into two, iom- 
cimes into s four, ic bettows little fraal twigs (coniidering its bulk) upon the 
Neighbouring Parts. 
aT. 24. fsii Zl T 24./. 5.1 /. T.24./.6.<BC‘D.Bcc. 2* T.z^f.6. 
3.4. 5." e f -24*-/- b. *E 21 T. 24./. 6. 6. "8 X. 24./. 6. i. I. i&c. g 
The other3 Branch delcends through the Calf of the Leg to the Heel, dealing .out 
Tittle Nervs in its paffage, and being drawn through the Cleft of the inner Ankle" 
bone, it is dittributed into the foie of the Foot in as many Brandies as there are 
Of the Hind- 
?lfir fir ft 
Its Branch e$ 
Fingers. 
Anot her is carryed into die b fore part of the Foot, fattened unto the <Perone> 
and lb 0 ipping downe along unto the external ankle, and when ic is come c!iicher,ic is 
fpread abroad into the upper fide of the Foot, as was laid of the former, 
This exceeding great and thick Nerve being ill dilpofed or a Baftard 
Sciatica is thereby caufed, which conlifts wholly therein; ; here is a grievous pain?* 
which aftlfots not only the Hip,buc reaches into the Thigh,the ankle and Foot,name" 
ly to all places whether che Nerve which comes fi om the dilealed Hip does reach' 
erne Hus in the 18. Chap, of the 6. B Tatholopy. and therefore in tbi* 
baftard fciacica Caufticks are to be applied, and iffues made at the bending of cb* 
Buccocs, alfo rhole parts mutt be anoynecd and fmeared with an Epilpaftick ot 
drawing Platter. 
You dial obferve by the way in a battard fciacica, that thole nerves ace watered 
by the Hypogattrick veines and the Arteries above the fame,and theretore the nerv# 
cannot be dried unlefs the Hypogattrick veines are emptied, by many times 
blood in the Acmes and Feet, and by Hon-keches often applied to the Veines 
the Fundament. 
Now Galen in the 8 Chap, of his 1 Book of the ufe of the parts of our Bocty* 
fhewes the rc-afon why this lame Nerve is not mixed with ocher fore nerves ask ,5 
in the Nerves of the Arme, but is carried behind the thigh; viz. Becaufa the;oyllC 
of the Armettands farther from the Vertebra’s of the Neck, than thejoync of 
T high does from the, yercebra’s of the Loines and Os facrum. 
"'About the Beginning of this great Nerve,there is another adjoined, which rif*' 
ing out of the third hole of the Os lacrum, and being carried along above the lplpe 
of Os facrum, it is branched out into the Mulculi Gioutij and the Flexores 
as far as to the Ham, 
A Ba(iad Scj* 
aticawhat ? 
The fee end. 
The Medicinal Confideradon. 
Difeafes of the Veines belonging to the Limbes, efpecially ro the Leg and Ths* 
arc the Varices which are knotne dilatations, in which the Blood is collected, aS 
were into Cettaine Satchels. Now they are cured with attringents with a dole 
convemenc ligature. Or the veines are pricked and the blood let out, or at the 
ginning of the vanx the largeft vein which gives nourifhmenc to the rett, or the pT 
ginning ic felfe,is tied up and cut off. Many conceive chat the veines cut oft' are be 
againe h they bring for an example the veines which are ieen in a very greac safC0i 
wiaoe flelhy Excrelcence ; but Fernelius has rightly observed, that they are 
veines, but channels between the Skin which nature has framed as gutters cp vva 
and nouriffi the Sarcoma or ffefhy Excrelcence. 
Varices 
what they bee? 
Their Cure. 
whether a 
veine cutM ojf 
will grow 
againe? Chap. 4.6. 
Of the Vdns and 
Many thinke that die veines which are cut, being tied together with a firing do 
grow againe, which Ido not beleive. 
‘Hippocrates cais the veines S phaculd Corporis }the vents of the body oft lie brea- 
holes thereof, which being opened,rhe Body is aired; and he laies chat when the 
yeincs are dried, they draw lharp and chblcrick humors in burning fevers. A lib 
*he fame Author laies, chat the veines do draw more than rhe flefli Lib. i. de (Mor- 
Elpecially if they be more hoc and dry than ordinary. 
When the Veines being debilitated through Sicknds of the Liver, become nau- ■ 
Je3nc and enclined as it were to vomit, they iuffer the Blood to run out, not only I 
through the mouches of the upper and lower veines, but alfo through the Skin of 
lhe whole Bodv, in manner or a bloody Iweac, which 1 have obferved two or three 
times. 
Aftoppage ofdie Veines and Arteries, does often happen in Plechorick bodies, 
that in all places in which the pulle u wont co be felt, the motion pt the Arteries 
i*s abolifljed; in which cale ‘Hippocrates commends blood-letting, -as a meanes to 
Put the veflclls into motion againe. 
Somcimes the Pulle of all the Arteries is intercepted, not excepting the Groine 
crurall Arteries, the Motion of the Heart (tilremaining, vyhich dilpofition if ic 
c°ntinue long ic kills rhe Patient. But if the motionlof the Heart be periihed like- 
the Patient dies fuddenly. 1 have leen two that had no pulfe at ail, only 
Heart continued beating, who lived fixceen yeares,buc in extreme weakuets. 
Bzlduinus tpionkuf law one in the fame condition, as he affirms Az his medicinal 
Bloody [treats 
whence tiny 
proceed ? 
The motion of 
the veflels hew 
abolijhed ? 
Hereupon, a queflion may be railed, how the puliation of the Arteries can be 
whiles the Heart beates after its wonted manner, though flowly whether 
!°e not neceflary in fuch a thac the Aorta be obftrufted neare the Heart, and 
hat the irradiation and influlx of the arterial blood be by chat meanes interce tped. 
And then the Blood of the veines approaches the Heart, being drawne thither in the 
vl4«ole or dilatation thereof, chat it may receive the fealeof Vitality in the right 
and being afterwards driven forth by the Syftoleor Contra&ion into 
vena cava, the vital fpirics are forcibly carried into the length of the channel, 
by the mutual anaftomoles of the veines and Arteries* they; are communicated 
Q the faid Arteries with the blood. I have in Tome perfons oblerved chat the moti- 
Arteries hath been frequently intercepted or became very unequal for 
dales together,afterwards the impediment being removed which was near the 
Heart, I found the fame inequality in the C<eliac Arterie, which did beat vehe- 
?fntly, although the pulle appeared equal and wel ordered in the reft of the body. 
*his, I conceive happened by realon of a little bit of flefh or fat, which amending 
? the Gates of the Heart did caufe fuch a pulle lb inordinate, and being repelled or 
t tawen back untocheCschac Arcerie which is a branch of the Aorta, it did produce 
tl11 *rregularicy as aforefaid. 
How the moti- 
on of the pulfe 
in the Arteries 
can be (topped, 
while the Heart 
moves- 
ll * Crural Arterie, feeing thac it is evident in the Groine,and fubjeft co our fee- 
che pulfe thereof is ealily difcerned,being vehement in regard of the grcac- 
Arcene, andchelaft which remames after the pulle is cxdnguifhed in 
tor^L extreme parts of the Body, wherem icis ufualiy felcco beate. Aud chere- 
a^uWI1 en pulfe can be felt in the ocher ulual places, it muft be loughc for,«ex- 
lll Artery, not only in Men but in women alio, provided the 
fCqes °f Honefty be not broken. And if when a difeale is at the ‘Hcigch, wc can 
Xh° Pu^e m this part, death is neare ac hand. 
Rle?rle?^iationorSeftwn of an Arterie happens chiefly in the external parts, 
r^e^effer Arteries refide which are branches of the great Trunk, And this 
of lt>eels termed Aneurilma. Ic is feldome ieen m the crunk of the Aorta became 
cs thickntffs. 
The Vulje ts 
laftfelt in the 
crural Urterie 
Aneurifmt, 
vapat u is? 
Tl?e End of the lift Book 
K k a‘ 260 
THE 
SIXTH BOOK 
OF THE 
ANATOMY 
AND 
PATHOLOGY 
O F 
John Riolanus, 
THE 
KINGS PROFESSOR 
O F 
PHYSICK 
A new OJleologia or Hiftory 
of the Bones. 
Wherein he treates of the ‘Benes, Ligaments and Q fifties of the whole cBo&1 
by which the frame of the *Body it compared together, the Wufcks being rf. 
moved, handling al the Difeafes and fymptomes which happen unto tJt 
‘Bones. 
CHAP. i. 
♦♦♦♦♦♦'♦' He Scope of Natureand of the Phyfitian about the Body of Man 
♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ Fabrick, arc contrary, the one unto the others Nature intendl^ 
T to make up the Body of Man, begins at the moffnmple pares,and 
«£■s. proceeds by little and little to the more compounded ones, until I 
#•♦♦♦♦«*•♦ findh her work. But the Phyfitian, that he may attaine unto 1 
♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ knowledgof this woikmanfhip of Nature, proceeds gradually?® 
the more compound unco the raoft Ample parts *, io that in his Analylis or Re{0a 
tion, thefe parts are laft which were hrft in the Compolition. So when we P 
The Method Lhap. z. 
Of the Profit of the ‘Doßrine of Pones. 
downanhoufe, firtt we throw off the Ceding, then we demolifh the walles,and 
Uttly we dg no the foundation. Wee in like manner in our takeing afunder this 
Houle of Mans body by Anatomical Admin ittrat ion, donowincheiaft place treat 
the Bones which are the foundation of the whole Body, and placed before al o- 
jher parts, we dial conlider of them in the way of a new kind of Ofieolegia. or Hi- 
ttory of the Bones, which is no lefs, cneceffary than the doftrine of the Skelieton 
°f t he Bones, 
Having therefore explained and demonftrated the fofterparts of the Body by 
of Analyiis, 1 proceed to the iaft and more iolid parts thereof, which accord- 
%to the Synchecick method, or order of compofition, are the firtt, inch as are 
Bones,which are now ocherwile confidered than when they are boiled and dried 
aiid fo demonftrated. 
■ 
Why we treat 
' of me Bones m 
: the lajl place ? 
Chap. 2 
Of the great Trofit of this new OJleologie> or 
Volirine of the Bones. 
THere is a two-fold Doftrine of the Bones; one is.demonftrated in dried Bones, 
which have been prepared bv boy ling *, the other is fhewed in the Bones of the 
“°dy, whiles they remain naturally fattened one unto another. Both thele Do- ■ 
prhies are ufefiil in the Arc of Healing, and for luch as would have a perfeft know- ' 
*edg in the body of Man. 
For in the dried Bones, in which commonly this Doftrine is taught, nothing is 
Earned, laving the external fhape, pollute, and compoiicion or frame of one with 
Mother: But a diligent obiervacion of the Bones, while they are knir and fattened 
S^e unto another, is more conducing to praftice. Becauleche fettenings of the 
®ones one unco another by Grittles and Ligaments, alio by the feverai forts of Am* 
Elation,or joyncing, are in feme dried Bones quite different from what they are 
Inch as be moift *> for in dried Bodies you would chink that fome Cavities are 
oliow, and Cup-fafluoned, the cavities being empty, and bereaved of their Car- 
nages*, which notwithstanding appear fhallow in a frefh Body, the Cavities being 
‘nil of Grittles j and contrary-wile, you would in a Skeleton fay, that iome Ca- 
ches are (hallow, which are deep in a frefh Body, the holioWneis being encrealed 
a Gnftle brim. 
Moreover, The external Conformation and Quality of the Bones, is more evi- 
lly difeerned in the Bones ofaCarkafs, which loies much in Bones that are pre- 
by boy ling: as for example, the Griftly incruftations of the extremities, 
lbe Membrane which is about the bones, and the Mucous, or (limy fubftance lod- 
between the Bones j alfo the internal fubftance, or Marrow, or Marrowifti 
juVce, are mamfeftly diicovered in the Bones of a frefh Body, which are not at ail in 
rV and withered Bones. 
Tbe Doftrine 
of Bones de- 
monfirated in a 
dead body, is 
better, & more 
neccjfary. 
For the per- 
fect hnowledg 
of Mans Body. 
And. 
k And therefore in reipeft to the P raft ice of Phyfick, and the Cure of vitiated 
lti°r,e% and luch as are broken, or out of Joynt, it is neceffiry, diligently to look 
lo»*nd carefully to axaniine in a dead body, the Natural Conformation of the 
j^>rics> and their con; unftion one with another. Ido not difbke the ufe of dried 
v,j!ne*» to teach and demonftrate the vulgar Ofteojogy, or Doctrine of bones, at 
) "'e mutt begin, as we have done in this Treacue \ provided the Demonftra- 
p 'he bones in a dead Body be afterward added to the former. 
der °r hy this Repetition, and Repretencacion of the bones, we dial imitate the Or- 
\v0 Defigoof Nature, which in the Generation of the P .rts of our Body, is 
ai ** the firtt place to form the bones but fhefimfhes, and petfefts them after 
Ai\d v Pacrs> for they grow as long as the body encreales, according to oinftotle. 
ebeleevefHWc^ m cheSixt Book of his Epidemicks j Women have 
'-ounes, til their bones have attained their ucmoft perfection. 
for the Pro- 
-life offhyfick 
Than the 
Vulgar. 
where not- 
withftanding 
vat ought to 
begin. The Thyfcal Confederation, and <iA natomy 
Book VI. 
What is to be in the © ones of a dead 'Bod) 
not boy led. 
Chap. 3. 
’the Natural 
C onftitution 
of a Bone in 
what it cofifti? 
IN thefitft place, you fhal obferve the Natural Gonftitution of the Bone,' that 
? 1 you may diicern the fault of a bone which is out of Order. 
A bone in a living Body naturally difpofed, ought to be, i. Hard, to procure 
the bodies liability. 2. It ought to be Oyly without, becaufe it is nouriOicd. 3 ]c 
muft be covered with the Perioftean Membrane, that it may have fence-, for it *c 
lofe the Perioftium, it becomes ieneeleis. 4. It muft be white nurtured wii h.a 
moderate rednefs,becaufe it is a Spcrmatick part, and is nourished with ;hedewy 
vapor of the blood. 5. It muft be hollow, or Ipongy, that it may continue the luh- 
ftance of Marrow, or a Marrowy Liquor to nounfh it lelf withal. 6. It n uft be at 
the ends crufted with Griftles 7. k muft be anointed as it were with anoyiymor 
fture to facilitate its motion. 8. It muft have a continued and evtn lub' «nce* 
And therefore you fhal know that a Bone is mifaff edited, if if be loft, a? R net huh 
iperneliut and Hollerim have obferved, that in ferae perfons the hones or their B‘>" 
dies were by ficknefs become io foft and flexible, that you might bend them v h -cn 
way you pleafed,like wax. Ariftotle in the third book of his Hiftoryof Animals, 
faies that bones are not flexible, neither are they apt to Iplit, but only mbjeCt m 
break, Scaliger in his commentary adds: I have feen the thigh bone by reaion 0 
the dileafe, or by ule of I know not what medicaments, bowed like an 
home. Geographers write chat in a Country or Ethiopia, the inhabit ants have•l*' 
rurally from their birth bodies fo flexible,that they can rurne and wind them im° 
any pofture.l have red in Hippocrates of a boy that was borne without bones, 
ing the Principal parts of his body otherwile diftinft, fF orejiur law a boy ma de 
after the fame manner in fome of his members. 
Wherefore if a bone fhal be drie without, it declares a of rh* 
part: if it be white it argues want of heat, if red, inflammation jit black,rot ten' 
nefsand blafting. If a bone be fenlible, there is feme lecret fault in its fubftan# 
or in its perioftean membrane. If it be iolid and concrete without cavities or part* 
it renders the body heavie and flugg)fli,and can contame no marrow. Phnie 
that there are fome that lived having lolid bones and without marrow, which f 
very rare and ate termed Cornei. The Ague of fuch a Confticution is never to efiu 
and never to Iweat. They are called Cornei from the Cornel or Dog-tree; becauu 
the male Cornel has no pith or marrow. See %hodi£invf. Such a one the Syr? 
cufian Lvedamuf is reported to have been, who in the three and thirteth Olympic 
was the firft who at the Olympcijq antes,became Vi&or at all Exeicifes and 
thePaneratianCrowne : his bones were found to have no marrow inthem, as 
liiiu* relates in his * Chapter. Antigonus in his Book of wonders Chap 
Writes that the bones of a Lion arc fo folid that you may ftnke fire our of them * 
out of a flint, How belt Columbus denies that Rich bones are void ofmarrow.W h1 
Epicurus,contradicting ariftotle maintains, as poftible in the 8. Booke of JkbeP^h 
his Deipnolophifts. Jlldro*vondm has oblerved that among Fowles the 
has folid bones, void of marrow. Bui in cale a bone ftiould be deprived of us6 
ftly Cruft and of its perioftean Membrane, it is moved with difficulty, and 
feelino at all. If a bone become uneven and prominent to as to have bunches up 
it it is termed Hxoftcfis, which is an effect and concomitant of the venereous 
When it is of long ftanding ami confirmed, howbeititmay Iprtng from 
caule. Finally being depraued and mdhapen, or doomed, it hinders ana 
the Action of the whole body or its parts j and being divided in it«lubflance,tta K 
follition of Continuity by tome cleft or fracture, andalthough a broken Bon 
themediation of a Callus becomes foddered together one the oudide : X eca 
ftili remaine divided within. 
In what the 
freter natural. Chap. 5. 
Of Articulations orfqyntings of the Bones. 
Chap. 4. 
. Of the 2{vurip?menty Sence, and JMarrow of the 
Bones. 
While the Bone did live and was nouriflied, it had a twofold fuftenance,the one 
temoce,che other conjunct orimrrlediace according to Jlriflotle, in his Book of the 
of iive-wighcs.The remote Suftena'nce of the Bones,is the thicker and more ear- 
thV pare of the? blood. The next or immediate is the marrow, or marrowy liquor, 
?hich is contained in the hollownes and poroficie of the bones. Hippocrates in his 
de tAlimento, laics chat the marrow is the Nutriment of the bones, and there- 
ore itis that they are Joined together or foddered up by a callus. How can it be 
fome man Iky) chat the blood fhould noucifh the bones, feeing they have no 
eines,which are the channels to conveigh blood to all parts.-? Hippocrates faies in his 
°°k de Ojfimn of all the bones, the lower Jaw-bone alone has veines. 
indeed in his 8. Bopke de Vlacitisattributes unco every bone a Yeine greater 
according to the Brojxjrcion of the Bones: and in hi s Comment upon the 
Jlrft of Humor/, he faies chat there is a Veftel diftnbucing blood allowed to 
Very bone. But he confeffes in the lafi chapter of his 16. d,e'Ufu <Par~ 
that the veines of the Bones are fo fmall and fine, that thay are not fo much as 
Jiibie in the larger fort of Animals or Live-wights, becaufe nature according to the 
vreceffity and Indigence of the Parrs, beftowes upon fome greater, upon other leffer 
eines,moreovcr the little holes which are found about the extremities of the bones, 
0 rnanifeftly declare chat fomwhac there is which goes into the Laid Bones 
0v* their is nothing goes into the bones but little Veines. Ifwebeleive tplateruiy 
■ e Arteries doe no where enter into the bones, feeing the fpirics can eafily penetrate 
j1:0 any of the bones without the fervice of the Arteries to carry them; Neither do 
Conceive that there are little nerves diffuled through the fubftance of the Bonesco 
j|JVe diem the fenfe of feeling, becaufe all the feeling they are capable of, is by 
j of the per iolfean Membrane which does incompais ftiera. Ncvercheles 2f.ico~ 
call’s God to wicnes chat he faw a Man, who had an ulcer in his thigh, fo 
. the bone was bare, in which bone there was a fence of paine, fo chat he could noc 
hdui;e to have it couched with a rough inftrumenc in regard of the pames ic caufed, 
was freed from the perioftean Membrane. Yea and he bored the bone, and 
01% l chat ic had the fenle of feeling within the fame, which he therefore thought 
to declare chat Anacomifts might be moved to confider,whecher fome branches 
Serves do not* Penetrate into the fubftance of the bones. 
1 We canoe looke into the Cavities and Marrowes of the Bones; unles they be firft 
°Cnken. 1 obferve a threefold Cavity of the bones and a threefold marrow. » 
q the greater Cavires of the larger Bones, the Marrow is reddijb; inthelelTer 
c avicies of the fmaller bones the marrow is whites In the ipungy bones there is 
gained a marrowy Liquor, 
f>OAn0An the meane while you fhall obferve, that the marrow within the Cavity of the 
compared with no membrane, neither is it made fenlibie by any little 
hifl ,es Penetracing the fubftance of the bone,as fParorm does imagine. Hippocrates 
of^e*‘e,in his Bodkede tPrincipiis was the firft thsffnoted this. The Marrow 
oje e Back-bone is noc like that marrow which is in ocher Bones, for ic alone has 
Cranes, which no ocher marrow has beiides it. 
The remote 
matter that 
riourifhes the 
Bms' 
The immedi- 
matter. 
whether the 
Bones have 
Veius ? 
Iwhether they 
hive Arteriest 
Or Nerves f 
Threefold 
Marrow of the 
Bones. 
Bones’be mb- 
paft with a 
Membrane.' 
Chap* 5. 
Of Articulations Of Jointings of the Bones* 
1 us proceed to the Joinings-together of the Bones. 
There doesc«ncur co the Articulations of the Bonessthe Head, the 
Ve,dle Flegniacic moifture, and the Ligament. 
‘t 1 is in its o wne nature and original an Hpiphyfis, buc in pcocefs of time 
& Crates into an apophyfis* 
TotheArii- 
culation of the 
Boncs tbere 
concurs. 
ctn Head;  The Thyfical Confideration,anA (*Anatomy 
Book Vl* 
264 
The Head is within of a Light fpungie and porous iubftance, being filled with 
blood or with a marrowy Juyce, on the cirfidc ic is covered with a very hard fliell ot 
bark, very chm and compaft, which is crufted over with a fmooch and polilhed 
Griflle. 
Now rhe Head of a Bone is? great and long, orfliort and flat, which is termed 
b Candylos 
The Cavity of the Bone which receives the Head, is alfo crufted over with a Qrl' 
file, which it it be deep, ic is called in Greek * Cotyle9 if fliallow, ’cis culled b Qlene- 
It is iomcimes cncreaied with a Griftiiebrim, left the bones ftiould too eafily fl1? 
afide, and fal out of their places. 
■k And in the Cavities themfelves, there is contained a clammy, thick, and Oyiy 
' A Cavity. 
A Grille. 
A fiegmaticl 
Humor• 
Hituitom Humor, to procure a more eafie, and expeditious motion of the Bones, 
fo we greafe the Axle-trees of Coaches and Carts, that the wheels may turn more 
eafily and quickly. Through want of the forefaid Humor in inch as have the con' 
fumption, and are extreamly dried, while they go and ftir their Limbs, one may 
hear as ic were their bones knock one againft another, and rattle in their Skins: As 
is proved by a memorable Hiftory, recorded by Symphonanm Campegius, in tbe 
Medicinal Hiftories of Galen ; and as I ray lelf have often times ieen. 
Now that the bones might be fo knit together, as to make a Joy nr, there js need 
of a Ligament or Band, whofc lubftance is broad and round, its color white or bloo' 
dy, fuch as is the round Ligament which faflens thec Leg, and theii Thigh, 
that which unices thee Aftragalus with the f Hterna, and that of thetAjiragaW 
with the three Bones of the Tarfus, which are termed s JEneiformia. For th^e 
bloody, or bloodyifh Ligaments, arealwaies incerpofed between the bones, and af* 
very hard*, but thofe which are drawn about the Articulations, do alwaies appeaC 
white. So the Nerve-Griftly Ligaments, which are inrerpoled between the Os St? 
crum, and Os Ilium, are oblerved to be bloody in a Woman newly delivered ofb£r 
Child. 
A Ligament. 
Now every CnnjunCtionof the Bones is made by Nature, either for 
fake, or for Werjptration, or for the Waff age of fome certain Sub fiance, or for 
differencing of Warts, or for Security, and to preferve from violence. 
a T.2i'fi'dd.f4'.a* " b Tzi.f i»& 2. IL ~ 
a T 21./4.®. “ b T2i./4<F. “ c T2l.fj.aa. £ d Tzi.fS.a Be * 
zi.fs.A. g f-rzi.fs-'B- Z s 'Tai./?.<E<E£E. ; 
Conjunctions of the bones for Motions fake, areleen in the Fingers, Wrifts, &' 
bows, Shoulders, Hips, Shanks, Ankles, Ribs, Spondyls; in a word, in al movads 
Articular ions. 
For Perfpirations fake, we fee bones joyned together in the Sutures ofthe Skuf 
For to give paffige to tome lubftance or ocher; we tea the like conjunction ac 
production otch e Wencranium, and ac the through-fare of fome certain Vei&’ 
which go partly out, and partly m; to which intent the Sutures of the Skull 
contrived. ~ 
For Securities fake, and to avoid the violence of breaking, Bcc. we fee the 
Conjunction, in al fuch bones as are compounded of divers imaller ones. 
For the differing of par certain conjunctions of bones fcem to have been contf r 
ved in the Bones ot the upptf Jaw. 
Having laid this Foundation out of Qalens 11. Book, de Vfu <Partium9chaf>-1 
it is an ealie matter to prove the forts and differences of Articulations, out of 
Dodrine of (jtf/en himfelf. 
The Bones are joynedone with another, fome by Articulation, or joyncingi 0 
thers by Symphyfis, or cleaving together. 
A Joynt termed Articulm, is a Connexion of Bones, ordained either for mod0 ’ 
or for tome other Caule. rQi 
In relpeCt of motion, there ace two forts of Joynts. The one is contrived t 
manifeft and ftrong motion, which is called 'Dia.rthrofis: The ocher is ordained 
Why the bones 
m articulated. 
Two-fold con* 
junffiion of 
bones. 
What ajoyat is. 
Sorts of joynts• Chap. 5. 
Of the Articulations, &c. 
an obfeure and di ifrcuk motion, or for none at all, and it is called Synartbrofs, 
Of che former kind of conjunction of bones, viz. ‘Diarthrofis, there are three 
‘Ores j Tinartkrofis, Arthrodia,and Qynglymos, 
Of the fecond kind of Articulation, viz. Synarthrofis, there are in like manner 
three fores, ‘Enarthrojlr, Arthrodia, and Qynglyrnos3 becaufe Synarthrefis, and 
diarthrofis, do differ only in che quantity of the motion *, as Qakn does teach in 
his Hook dc Ojfibus, which alfo he manifeftly declares in his Book de*Diffect. Mu- 
fcul. Chap. 22. ncare the end. and in che 13. Book deOffibus. 
But becaufe a Synathrofis is ordained not only for motion, but for feme ocher 
c*ule, as namely for perfpiration, the cranfrniffion of feme I'ubftance, die diffe- 
ring of Parcs, and to lave from harm by ftrefs and violence j it comprehends 
wree ocher forts under it, n>i\. Sutura, TLirmonia, and (jompbojis. 
Particulars 
of each fort. 
Thefe fix differences of fynarthrofis orjoyncing may be proved by fenfe and by 
Sample. Thea Ribs are joyned to the b Breft-bone by an .Arthrodia, which in 
regard of motion may be referred to a fynarthrofis. Thec Bones of che waft are 
with the bones ot diecl Metacarpum (Galen de ufupaftium Lib. 2. 
pbap. B. J but chat fynarthrofis is made by the way of Arthrodia. Thee.Aftraga~ 
is joyned to che t'Scaphoides with an obfeure motion, which is Tnarthrofis. Lib. 
Ojjj bus, Cha p. 24. Qynglymos is found in the Y ercebcas of the s Back., which 
is to be counted as a kind of Synartbrofs , the Qynglimos of the other V ertebras, is 
akind ofT'Harthrofis. Qalen in his 26. Book de Compos. Med. fecundum locos? 
*ndinhis 12. Rook deufu Tartium, calls che futures b of the Head fynarthrofis. 
Alfo he cals the harmonia of the1 inferior Jaw- bone, fynarthrofis, in his Comment 
the Ninth part of che fecond book de 'Fracturis. The bones of che Sternon 
?c Breft-blade k being immovable,are joined together by a fynarthrofis. From (falen 
Jn bis hook de Ojfibus and ocher places of his Writings, I could prove, chat che Jaw- 
b°ne and the bones of the Breft-blade are Joined together by fyraphyfrs,becaule they 
together as the Perion comes to yeares, fo chat no markes are remaining of 
their former difthufrion. So Qalen in his eßoakL de Ojfibus, calls che Conjunction 
°tthe inferior Jaw>bone with che Chin, Symphyfis. 
r Symphyfis is an immovable union of che Bones, which is performed either with > 
oftivvhac intermediate or without. 
Examples of 
the forts. 
Symphyfis,, 
rvhat n is f 
, Id regard of che threefold Medium, tome Symphyfis is called Synch ondrodls,from 
Cartilage Grift le which is the Medium of che Union, a fecond is termed fynen- t 
a°d*f, from the nerve which is the medium, a third is called Syffdrcodif from che 
flelhy Medium. To which vve may ad a fourth termed becaufe 
Union is made by a Medium which is of a raixt nature, being partly nervy, and 
Par tly nriff ]y. Euc more may be feen of this, in Cfalen his Dodrine of Bones, 
aT. io. f. 2. i. 2.3. &'c. Zh/•2- c ? 21i. &2. <F. gdf. 1. eHeH.ft 
S-C-£sT' 10-fi 3--h i-aa.&c. |»T.BJ.4.V, 
* T. io./.2. AA-Z 
t. The differences oTjymphyfij, do appeare in the bones of the3 lower Jaw, in the 
j wvS C*lC b eiCehcas,m the bones of thec (hare one with another, and in the con- 
Motions of che d Ilian bones with cheeO/ facrum, in the growing together of the 
ftebras of Os facrum one to another, and of the epiphyfis j and in che conjunction 
, the Os e Sphenoides with che Occiputs bones, and in the conjunction of other 
Rto *n children were divided, but in perions come to years, they are found 
Bn together by Symphyfis,[me Medio , iuch as are defcnb?d by Cfalen in his 
*he amenls which knit che bones together and that flegmatick humor where- 
b h die bones are fmeared, and theGriftles, both fuch as are common to divers 
articulated together, and iikewife iuch as are proper to the particular bones 
the ends of each of them; al thefe fhal be treated of in our particular Myftec 
deveigh of the Bones. 
its differen- 
ces. 
Its differen- 
ces exemplified 
General di{~ 
eafeso/tke 
Bones. 
Caries 
he General Difeafesof die Bones are. Caries or Roccennefs, and putrefaction. 
The ‘Medicinal Consideration. 'ThePloyfical Confederation,and natomy 
Book Vi. 
which proceeds from a common, or extraordinary Caufe, inch as is the Venereal 
Pox. / 
lExojiofts, or a fwelled knot upon a bone, which arises from the fore'aid Carr 
(es, 
%edmata, mentioned by ‘Hippocrates, which are Chronical Difeafes,proceeding 
from deftuxions, common to al Joynts, but elpecially infefting the Hip- bone. Of 
chefekindof Dileales, read the ‘Medicinal ‘Definitions of Qorraus, and ‘Foefiit* 
in his Oeconomia ‘Hippocratis* 
Of kin to this, is ‘Paracelfus his Synovia, or ‘Hydarthrofis, which is a continu- 
al Flux of wheyilh or blood-watry Humor, out ot exulcerared Joynts, elptcia llv 
if the Nerves or Ligaments be Dileafed. Tlildamts in a peculiar Book on iht? Sub- 
ject, proves chat this Difeafe Synovia ( which wasfirft io called by <Varacelfus 1 
is the fame with that Dileafe which is termed Meliceria, by Cornelius Celfus, 
Lib, 5. Cap. 26. 
Exoftofs. 
’Ky.dmata, 
Hydarthrofis. 
• A lure chmgic is, chat the bones being difeafed, do drop blood, and Cjakn ob- 
ferved as much. 
The bones are likewife lubjed to 'FraUure, or breaking, and Luxation, Dill cl- 
eat ion, or disjoy nting. Now a Frafture of a bone, is a Divifion made m a hone by 
fome external Caul'e, cutting, or brmfmg the fame. 
There are two forts of Fractures, a ftraight one, and an oblique, or crooked 
one. The former is according to the length of the bone, or overthwarr,* 
The latter, or oblique is (if we heleeve tfalen) too curioufly differenced by 
the latter Phylitians which have fuccecded ‘Hippocrates * for it is laid to be Nail- 
falhioned, when the Fracture is partly ftraighc, and partly circular * another fore 
u called Alphithedon9 when the bone is broken all to Havers. 
Another fore there is, which is called Apotraufts, or *DetraUio whereby a 
Fragment of the bone is fo taken away, chat there remains a mark in the furface of 
the Bone. 
Another fort ofFraftare, ‘Hippocrates mentions, which he cals Apodafma and 
Qalen terras Hapagma, when a bone is broken there where it is ;oyned with? ano- 
ther bone. 
Luxation, or Disjoynting, is a Difeafe of the bone in £dt nation, when it n re- 
moved out of its place, 
There, is a two-fold Luxation, or disjoy nting of a bone •, the one complear, wheiJ 
the Head of the bone is ilipc out of its locket, and this is called ‘Exarthrema, a 
being out of Joy nc. 
The other is Incompleac, and termed <Pararthrema, when the bone is in fontf 
meafure only removed, and lengthened as it were, which is moftly feen in the Info 
luxation of the Thigh. In an eExarthrema, the Leg feems fhorter chan it vvaJ 
wont to be *, in a cParartbrema it leems longer than ulual. 
The Caufes of Luxation and Subluxation, chat is to fay, of perfect and iflr 
perfed disj oy nting of any Member, are external, or internal: The External are, a 
blow, a violent diftorfipn,or wrenching, a fall, and extenfion of a Member. The 
Internal caufes are, a chin Humor, which does relax the Ligaments ora chick 
rapr which by little and little, fils the Cavity of the Joynt, and at laftchrufts out 
the bone, by i ealon of an Anchy lofts, which is bred. 
Now Anchylosis, is a fault in the Articulation of bones, whereby the Cavity^ 
a bone, which ought to receive the Head of another bone, is filled up* be itwhac 
kind of Articulation it may be, either <Enarthrofis, Arthrodia, or CjynglymoS- 
Hereupon the bone thus dileafed, either is held bowed in, or remains ftrecched ouc> 
and ft iff. And in cafe without the forefaid Anchylofis, the Tendons of the 0# 
fide fhal in the Limbs be cut in funder, the ftraighc or crooked bones do no long*1" 
ferve\o bend or ftrecch out the laid Limbs. 
frrftm. 
Its fads. 
luttthn. 
ItsfoUSi 
Caufes, 
Anchylofis. Chap.„<£. 
Of the ‘Bones of the SkuU, 
Chap. 6. Of the Sones of the Skull, 
H Aving diligently confidered the Articulations, or joyncingsof the Bones one 
unco another, let us pow cake notice what is obfervable in every particular 
hone being frelh, which is not to be feen in the Skeleton, or in dried bones. 1 will 
proceed from Head to Foot, according as lam wont to do in my Diffe&ion, and 
ot chele parts. Now my Demonftration of the bones is cwo-lold j 
the one I call Ofteotome, or Bone-Diflexion, in which the bones ate leparaced 
each from ocher j the other I term Ojjtfragium, in which the bones are broken, 
that their inner ftrufture may be difeerned. 
And in the firft place, let us contemplate the two-fold Table of the Skull, or 
the double Skul-board which is thinner in Women, than i&is in Men. 
The uppermore is thicker, and harder, and more fmoothly policed chan the 
heather: but the lower is rough and furrowed as it were, thac it might afford place 
ior chofe Veffels which creep along the Vura Water, from which fome notable 
Veffels arife, which by the Ears do infinuace chemfelves between chofe two places, 
°t boards of the Skull, for to irrigate the intermediate fpace. 
Things to be 
obferved p>in- 
ci pally. 
Two-fold- 
plate. 
Inter median 
(pace. 
Now chat lame intermediate fpace, is a certain fpongy Subftance, which receives 
and contains a Marrowy Joyce, lerving for the nutriment of thole bones. The 
"diich Marrowy Juyce is reddifh, by reafon of blood flowing out of the final Veins 
Situate in thole parts which is wont then to flow out when the Skul of a living 
is boared through with a Wimble, or other boaring Inftrument. Now the 
Skull, according to Hippocrates in his Book de Vulnertbm Caputs, is double in the 
toddle of the Head, thac is to fay, hollow between two plates and boards, that it 
ttJighr contain a Marrowy Juyce to nourifh the bones. Hippocrates adds. The 
wbol Head, a fmal part excepted, tefembles a Ipunge ful of fmal Caruncles, or lit- 
bits of fleth, which if you prefs, and fqueeze with your finger, you dial perceive 
blood to drop out of them : alfo youfhai rise fmal Veins running up and down, 
abound with blood. 
Out of the forefaid Caruncles, being bruifed with a vehement blow, the blood is 
%ieezed, which pucrifying, does corrupt the bone, which niche mean while ap- 
pears found on the out fide; but the Sanies fweacing out from die inner plate or 
does corrupt and pucrefie the very brain it felf. And if fo be when 
the Skul is razed, you lee blood come forth, do not therefore conclude chat the 
ure penetrates the inner plate; becaufe thac blood flows out of the fpace 
Hich is between the two places, or boards of the Skul. 
why the S\ull 
is double ? 
'Proud fiejh in 
Head-womds, 
whence it pro- 
ceeds ? 
Thac lame fpungy Hyper/arcofif, or breeding of proud flefh, which grows up in ' 
w°Unds of the Head, is bred out of the forefaid Duplicature of the Skid-bone, as 
Ppocrates has oblerved. Touching the Fungous Excrefcences of the brain, 
Herher they are bred from the broken bone, or from the Dura‘Mater, lee Sen- 
nertus in the firft Book of his Praftice. 
Hut Hippocrates his Caruncles, are vainly fought for in this intermediate fpace, 
harever ‘Fallopius pleads to the contrary in his Book of the Wounds of the Head, 
r n els a man would call the Ipungy fubftance of the bones Sarcia, or Caruncles, in 
r(i °f their Funftion. 
bv or1S mterm^iate JPace interpoled between the two plates of the Skul, is called 
PhlPPncrates, cDiploe. Howbei alert contrary to the Opinion of the Ancient 
of ,y.flc»ns, cals the iecond, and inmoft place of the Skul, Viploe, in the lixtßook 
ls Method of Healing. 
Cq abe Ule Qf rhls Hiploe, Duplicature, or fpungy fubftance, is three-fold : Firft. 
cjJeceive blood for the nounfhraent of the Skul: Secondly, Thac theFlelhy Ex- 
p‘cence in the Fractures of the Skul, might grow out ot it ; Thirdly, Thac the 
« es °1 the Brain might more ea lily be exhaled. 
an Humor is collected between the two plates by way of translation; 
The $ ace be- 
tween the s\iU- 
plates j how 
catted. 
The ufe there- 
of* 
why there are 
two plates. The Thjfcal Con(tderationy and »Ji natomy 
Book Vl* 
which being in procefs of time corrupted, does cauie mo ft excdfve pains, which 
often happens in an inveterate Venereal Pox, when the Skill is knobbed, and bun- 
ched with a certain ‘Exojiofif. 
This double plate or board, oftheSkul has been made by a wonder'ul conn i- 
vance of Nature, left in al blows upon the Head, the wound Ihoutd penetrate the 
whol fubftance of the bone. Hence it comes to pais, chat loan imes one plate is cleft 
while the other remains unhurt. 
The Whore-maftets Pox does often- times eat through the external place, and 
fomtimes through both the plates, without killing the Patient, who lives a long 
time after jas (palmarius avouches in Chap. 4. of his Book de Lite Venerea, ihe 
like Example you may read in the 18.:£hapcer of cßenirvenius his Book de Abditis 
Morboriim Qaufs. And Imy felf have often oblerved the lame. 
The Sutures, although they are a very clqlely united in living Pedons, yet are 
ihey fomtimes very ape to gape, and to move pain, as Qalen reports, cowards the- 
end of his third Commentary in Officinam Hippocratit, 
The Sutures, 
*T is.f 3. a a.bb.f+ bb.is’c. 
1 But they leem not at al inclined to any loofnels, or gaping about the meeting ro- 
■ gether of the Sagittal and Coronal Sutures in Perfons come to ripenets or Age, 
1 where a Fontanel isa made *, and therefore I have often found by Lxpenti.ee, that 
r this part may without any detriment have a Caulfkk applied thereunto, Wnicn 
kind of Pradice, *Fabriem commends in his Chyrurgery others dulike it as dan- 
gerous, vify ‘Mathacm de Qradk, Vefalius, Lib. 1, Cap. 6. of his Anatomy. 
'Baptifla Montams in his 36. Counfel, Zecbiws in his Cotmfels. And Tiaptt- 
ftaCarcanus in bit ( of Head- wounds. See Clan din us his Counsels, i 
confefs, chat fomtimes in Children,thls part being fofc and giidly, is long ere it grow 
hard over chat it is in grown pedons; and Qalen has leen it in fuch Yonglings to 
move and pant, (jal.Lib. 1 Method. Cap, 22. And in luch a cafe to apply a 
Cautery, were dangerous. The Africans did burn an lllue in the Crowns of then’ 
Childrens Heads jas Mercurial* (hews from Herodotus. They did bum die 
Veins of the Crown of their Heads, with fealding Oefypm, or Sheeps Greafe •, and 
in cafe any Convuliion happened they did Remedy the lame by the Iprinklmg of 
Goats pus thereon. 
Whether an 
Ifne may be 
made in the 
Crown of the 
Head? 
whether Sl/uk~ 
wars have Su- 
tures in their 
Shuts f 
It is written by Herodotus, Aratus, and Arrianus in the Life of Alexander tb ‘ 
great, that the Heads of the and Egyptians had no Sutures, which 
gave (parent occasion to write, That the Adhiopians and Moors, and thole which 
inhabthoc Regions towards the South, and the JEquinoftial Line, have Skid5 
harder chan ordinary, having none, or very few Sutures in them. The la Hie/ 
whereof did plainly appear, when I dtjJeßed a veryfvan by ‘Blackamoor 
ly in the Medicinal School/, whole Skul wa» in al things like one of ours. 
r In the Head there are many remarkable Cavities, which the Anatomifts cali 
Sinn*. Thele you dial diligently fearch for, that you may know whether they 
void and empty, covered with a thin Membrane, and what communion they hav’a 
one with another. 
Now the Cavities are, on each fide four. The Maxillary Cavity, which hes 
concealed within the upper Jaws. The ‘Frontal Cavity, feated in the Forehead, 
by the Eye-brows. Ftie Spbenoidean Cavity, winch lies hidden under the Sea*- 
or Saddle of the Spbenoides. Ihe tMaftoidean9 which is contained within ch® 
Maftoides. They are al empty, and covered over with a thin Membrane, only thc 
Maftoidean, isholiow indeed j but has no Membrane, but is diftinguilhed into i*' 
ven, eight, or nine little Cels, as we lee in a Eee-hive, 
The Entrance of the Maxilary Cavity within the cavity of the Noftnils, is c° 
be feen on the fide of Of Spongiofum. . 
The Entrance of the Frontal Cavity is feen in the higheft and inmoft pates 
the Noftrills. 
The Entrance of the Sphenoidean Cavity we find to be deep. Within the nodtn5 
the fpongy bones being taken away. 
Cavities 
the Head. Chap. 6, 
Of the ‘Bones of the Styll. 
The Ingrds of the Maxillary Cavity, is evident without cutting the Bones. The 
Ingrels of the Frontal Cavity is evidently perceived, the Frontal bone being cur in 
funder above the Eye-brows: Thelngrels of the Sphcnoidean Cavity, is difcer- 
lica, as loon as chemner place ot the Sphenoides is taken away. The entrance of 
the Maftoidcan Cavity, is contained hi the left Tide of the Concha, neer the Apo- 
Phyhs Maftoides, and cannot be feen unlels the arched Vault of the Concha be bro- 
ken, or the porus auditor ms pulled in peices. 
Sylvius conceives and deraonftraces from Galen that flegm being tranfmicted 
through the little holes of the upper plate, is collected and heaped up within the 
Sphenoidedn cavity, and thence conveighed into the Palace; which way of the 
palLge of Excrements,is by Vefaliut, Columbia, Falopius,and Valve* da rejected; 
conrradidf Q alert in this point, and maintain chat this excrement is voided 
trough the neighbouring holes which reft upon the Sella Spbenoidea. 
whether flegm 
mfy ht 
'cwtty ofthc 
hphcnotdes. 
Thereafonof (fallen and Sylvius is, that it is better the excrements fliould he 
drained, and kept up for a icaion in thole Cavities, than that a man fliould be 
continually ipktmg, andholding his mouth evermore open. For although the 
Sphenoidean Cavities, ate in the diffe&ions of dead bodies empty, and appear 
not to beVul either of flegm or ierofities: probable nocwkhftanding it is, that rhe 
lerous humor which flowesanddiftils out of the Choana, through the live-like 
plate of the Sella equina, is tranfcolated into the Cavities which are beneath, and 
from them powred back by cercaine oval and fufficiencly wide Holer, and voided 
forth into the ipungy bones of the Noftrils •.'neither do they deny, chat a part of 
ierofities, does fweat through the poroficies of the inferior cable or place, into 
ffre palace. Bur •he ferous humor received in the ipungy bones of the bioftriis, does 
fry'hctieand little iweac ouc and pais'away, when by its quantity or quality, it 
Provokes nature to an excretion. For to whac purpole think you has Mature fra- 
med i hole cavities > Has ihe done it to make the icul fo much the lighter ? or that 
'•bey migh. be conduit heads or ftorehoules of aire, which is of neceflicy breathed in, 
frft the Generation of animal ipirits ? but they cannot be ftorehoules, becaufe 
rbey are a hnuers breadthdiftanr from the frontal Cavities, nor have they any cond- 
ition or conjunction with them. Againe the Aire which is required to be ex- 
uding pure, would be denied by palling to and fro through the fpungy bones, 
furthermore in the many dead bodies which I have differed, lome or which might 
befnotty and flegma.ick, 1 never found the mammillary Froceffes any larger than 
But by choic paffages flegm ought to be derived unto the Of 
'fioidcs or Colander Bone *, or fluctuating unco the Bafts of the Bram, it ought of 
frs own accord to flow unto that place, becaule rheforemoft Ventricles of thi 
frtaine, are leldom perforated before, fo as to have a through fate into cht No- 
ftciis. 5 
The ufeaf 
he finti* Sj)bf- 
eiUts* 
Wherefore I conceive that al the fnot and flegm of the noftrils is not ftraind 
pough Che Colander Bone, but chat it flows down into the Palate through the 
°Urpipes or channels of the Choana, or that being collected in *he v. avdies ot 0/- 
if it pais through the little holes of the Place of Uj sphenoid* j, k may 
into the Spungy hones of the Noftnlls. 
jjhe Paid fpungy Bone isfulof holes being diftingmftied, with bony C ells, in 
. , ch final Caruncles or bits of flfh are contained, which being fwelled, the dii- 
is fated. 
By what wms 
iht fig* of 
tbt noje pa fist 
Arcerward you lhal confidcr the Paffage of the Noftrils into rjae Pala re* by r hefe 
, vitiea which ace diftiiiguiflied by the 0/i! Vomer. At the roote ot the pr er\ goi-. 
t anApophyfis, there appeares an holecompafled with a Gnftle, which is the ex- 
-01 that paffage, which reaches from the Ear to the Palate, by helpe where- 
bvVeffe perions heare, it a man ipeak into t heir mouth when it is wide open. AUo 
v ■ P hereof the Ear is moft ealiiy purged with mafticacories. 
The pa files 
from the tio~ 
firils to tbt Pa* 
late 
Prom the test 
' to lift Palate. The Thyfical Conjtderation,and <iAnatomy 
Book VI. 
The Medicinal Confideration. 
I 
In the Skul, by reafon of the (pace contained between the two plates thereof, hard 
tumors are bred, and almott of a bony nature; yea and feme are truly bony, luch 
as are homes. An hard, ful and oblong tumor is called 7ejhtdo, of kin to which is 
tj^e Xumor Talpa, which alfo is called Topinaria. 
There is another tumor which is termed andgrowes fometimes chiefly 
in the Back, which hangs by a final root. This threefold rumdr, if timely care 
prevent nor, is wont to grow to a greater Bulke. Hornes are wont to grow out 
in the Skul, the forehead, and elfe where; yea and upon other bones. I have feen 
an home a finger long, which grew out of the lower part of the Leg, likeafpur. 
Of thefe kind of Hornes Sennertus has neatly treated, in the fift Tjookj)/ hit 
IPra&ice. 
Befides thefe Tumors the raHure of the fcul is frequent, which proceeds from 
a Violent and external Caufe. And it is either without or with Contuiion. 
Primary difo- 
afes of the 
S cul. 
Tumors 
Fradure 
There is a threefold fracture without Contufion, thefirftis termed diacope, 
when an Arrow or dart falls upon the Head and peirces deep, the lecond is called 
Apofcheiparnifmos, which is a kind of planing or lhaving as it were, when a piece 
of the bone is pared away: the third is termed Hedra which is a gap or rale made 
by the cut of a weapon. 
A fra&ure with Contufion, if it be flraic and in the bone fmitten,and immovable, 
it is cecmedFijfura or nfymajoy the Greeks : if it be in another bone betides 
chat which was fmic, it is termed apekhema, chat is to lay, a relulting cleft, like 
the Rebounding of an Echo. If the bone bemoved and broken, there is a threefold 
fra&ure reckoned i viz. engeifoma, which is a depreflion of the skulto the Mem' 
brane or Meninx of the Braine; Ecpietma which is a depreflion of the laid Scul di- 
vided into thinner and fmaller bits: camaroofis which is a vaulted Elevation of the 
broken Skul Emhlalislo called, is indeed a contufion but without frafture, be- 
ing as it were a flexure or bowing of the fofc foil. Which kind of contufion is* feen 
in brafen veflells, as pans and kettles &c. when they are battered only and noC 
broken, f' 
In the Bones of the fcul we often find a Caries and Exoftoofis proceeding from a 
common Caufe, but more often from the Whores Pox. 
aT. 
Kinds of fra- 
(lures. 
Cmes 
Exoftofis 
Chap. 7. 
Of the Inferior Jawbone. 
its fubflance. 
The inferior a Jaw- bone is in fuch as are of y eares oiie continued bone, without 
any fliew of divifion, as far as to the Chin. 
Its Articulation is very loole, being fattened with an orbicular Ligament. 
A movable Qriftle is fpread over the knob chereof,to procure the freeer motion. 
Within the Jaw-bone there is a creafe or Channel cutout, ordained to contain* 
the Veffeils, which is feparaced from the cavity which containes the marrow, that 
might afford a final portion of the veffels to every tooth. 
This Channel! of the Veffels is ficuate in the middle of the Jaw* bone,and is man** 
feft; and therefore Hy ppocaates writ in his book of the Nature of the Bones, tba* 
of all bones only the lower jaw-bone has veines. 
aT. 15. /. 3*^l 
ArwuUtion. 
chtmtU. 
Cahp 8. Of the Teeth. 
Afterwards you fhal with an Inftrument made for thatpurpofe, draw out by 
the roots one toot h of every fort, that you may contemplate the T{ootJ and LigP 
menu of the Teeth, and the forme of their holes orfockgti. Chap, 9. 
Of the ‘ Bone of the 
When the Teech are broke, you lhal find them fluffed with a flimy fuliflance 
and with chreds, which are the veffels. 
The Cavities are more evident in teeth which are withered and dried ; it is fhe 
beft way to compare the frelh teeth and the dried ones together, and co obfei ve tfie 
difference. 
But that you may difeerne your felfe and demonftrate unco others the diffnbu- 
tionof veffels, viz. of little veines, arteries and nerves into the Teeth ; you Thai J 
take this courfe. You dial take an Oxes or a Rams neither jaw (in which th.de ‘ 
veffelsare more apparent) and cut it on the infide, and open it until the marrow and 1 
Nerve appeate. The marrow being taken away, And the Membrane of the nerve 
being tome, the comes in light, being compelled of many little firings, 
from which certaine fine threds and other things refembling veines and Arteries, be- 
ing wove together, do enter beneath into the Cavities or the i eeth roots. 
To thea and the b Cutters a nerve is carried which is more thick than 
ordinary. To the c Qrinders according to the quality of their Roots, there is a 
triple or quadruple very fmal and exceeding fine nerve diftributed. 
Then drawing a Grinder or Cutter leilurely out of its hole,you lhal fee very fmai 
fibres infer ted into the roots of the Teeth, which you fhal reckon to be net ves. 
The teeth being pulled up cleane by the Roots, in the lowefl part qf the laid 
r°ocs, there appeares a matter which is partly fibrous, bred of the vends, and partly 
ctatnmie, which fallens the tooth into its hole as it were with Glew, by the way of 
fyjjarcojis. An Oxe or Sheepes- tooth being cut afunder in the mid deft, the inter- 
nal fubftance being clammie,is manifeftly interwoven with veffels. 
All thefe things may be evidently demonflrated in the teech of an Oxes, Calves, 
0t Sheeps Jaw} they are not lo clearly difcernable in Man; neverchelels you may 
Perceive the roots of the teech to be bloody and that a nerve creeps clofelyinto the 
Ws. Hut in dried teeth the roots are hollow. 
The way to ' 
fine the vefjd 
appertaining 
unto the Teeth 
What mud be 
obfervcd in a 
Tooth that is 
drawn out ? 
aT. 15.f,6.nn.* b T.is.f.6.m.~cT. iyf.6.00.~ 
Chap. 9. Of the Bone Hyoides, and of the Ligaments, 
There is a Ligament placed under the Beginning of the Mufculus Diga Arkus or 
*, which is produced from the Apophyfis ftyloides as far as to the Angle of 
file nether jaw. 
, The fi cuacion, colligation and flructure of the *Os *Hyaides ought diligently to 
obferved in a dead Body, becaufe they cannot be feen in a skeleton. 
r placed in the Throat under the lower jaw-bone, hanging upon the Apophy* 
15 Scyloidesby the helpe and affiftanceof Ligaments. 
is made up of five bones, the middlemoft of which being the greateft and the 
js termed Brf/ir b lingua, from which on either fide there fnootes forth a 
Un Ch°rn, which is tor the raoft part griftly, feldom bony, being faflened to the 
Thutoides, which two little homes arc accounted tor 
and feventh bones. 
The Situation 
of the 0$ Hjio- 
ides. 
Its ff rufture. 
Us fanning. 
of lis1is Worth our coiifideration which Galen obferves in his feventh book of the ufe 
Tarts Chap. 19. How that this iafnebone is knit and faflened not only by 
St;,cies» bur it fall ened by ’Ligaments and membranes unto the jipopbyjes of the 
r,ed and to the upper *Hornes of the Thyraides , leaff one Mulcle being pal- 
diff51 lac *anie counterpoife and equability in the motion of the Mufcles (hould be 
it fhould come co be diawen on one fide more than the ocher, or 
wards, which would bring great decrimdhc, and dilcommodity not onlv* 
voice, but alfo to the fwallow. 
tioa^Ure Providing againfl: this Inconvenience, hath tied and faflened it by four 
C° thC St°yioidean Apophyfes, and to the Cartilage or Gtiftle which is 
why it has 
many Liga- \ 
mats ? ThvThy/ical Ccnjidemtion}and %A natomy 
Boor VI. 
Howbeic# the Hyoidean Eonedoes in women appear (mailer and thinner, and 
confifts of fewer iirde Bones, whofe ufe is fuppfed by the fufpenlory Ligaments, 
which in them are longer than in M/sn. 
You flial likfivke obferve char onjiy the Epiglottis is received in the Cavny of 
Hyoides, the Tongue refting it felf upon the upper fide of the balls. 
a T15./11,12,13. 2 b Tl3. / 11, & 32. AA.2 c T 13. fll & i-z- 
-<B<B, E 
Chap. 10. Of the Heads Motionx and Ligaments - 
which Verte- 
bra the Head 
is moved upon. 
THe Head is moved by a ftraigh,r,or oblique mot ion upon the« fecond forfeit'd> 
which in its hinder part is a ringers breadth diftant from the firft b Vertebra- 
And the firft Vertebra isioclofely and firmly fafiened to the hind-pair of the Head,, 
chat it cannot be ftirred, or agitated fo much as with ones Hand. 
Alio the Tooth-fafliioned c Apophyfis is fo faftly united to the Body of the ie" 
cond Vertebra, that in the bending,and oblique motion of your Head, you may nOc 
hurt the Spinal Marrow. ' 
Hence you may be allured of the verity of that Opinion of Velalius, and othef 
JlnatomijU, touching the motion of the fHead, how it is moved upon the It cond 
Vertebra, both in its right, and oblique motions. 
For feeing the Head cannot be moved witli a circular motion upon the fiift Vet' 
tebra, becaufe fuch things as are moved with a circular motion, ought to reft upo*1 
one fmgle Bafis. Yec the Opinion of Qalen might be confirmed, by that Natiu'd 
crowing together of the two firft Vertebra’s of the Neck, which were jnyned afd 
fattened together in a certain Soldier, who having in the year 1611. killed a M^1 
in a Tavern, was hanged, and his body brought into the Anatomical Theatre of t# 
Univerfity: where while his bones were boyling to make a Skeleton, it was chief' 
ved that the two firft and uppermoft Vertebra’s of the Neck, did Naturally grow ro’ 
gather j yet did he in his life time freely move his head every way, as I have been iV 
formed by others. Cel jus, before Vejahws and Columbus, delcribed the mot inlls 
of the Head, in cheie words: 
The upmoft Vertebra does altogether fuftain the Head, receiving the final pr°' 
ceffes thereof through two a Cavities: whence it conies to pafs that the head l[ 
bunched above,beneath, on every fide. The fecond is inserted into the lirft, (or 
much as concerns the circuit thereof. The upmoft paat is terminated with a 
circle, and therefore the upmoft incompalling the fecond, gives way to tbe Head[1’ 
he moved fide-longs alfo. 
In the Articulation of the Head, three Ligaments ate oblervedj the one is c!‘f 
cular, which compaffes the firft and lecond Vertebra within, as far as to the 
part of the Head. 
The other two do appertain unto the Toorh-fafhion’d Apophyfis: the one la' 
ftens the laid Apophyfis unto the body of the fir ft Vertebra j the other arifmg 
the top of the jipophyfts Odontoides, is inferred into the Hind-part of the Head- 
The Ligaments 
of the Bead. 
Chap. 11. Of the Infide ofthe Ear, 
Three Cavities 
iff the Ears• 
LEc us now approach unto the internal Cave of the Ear, which has been inaccd1 
ble to the ancient Phyficians, and let us diligently furveigh the admirable 
chite&ure thereof. J 
There are contained three Cavities within the fame, dilpofed in the 
and order following. The firft is the* Concha, the fecond b Labyrinths, 3° 
the third is the c Cochlea. $s 
1 In the Porch of the Cencha, is placed the d Tympanum, which is not BrcelLc 
fpduww imagines, neither is it ditedfly qppofed to the external hole of the Ear; 
Why the Drum 
is placed ob~ t 
liquefy- Chap.u. 
Of the ’BreajiJßone. 
ftretched out flantwaies before the fame, left any Imal matters fhould fail, or fly 
*nto the Ear, and finding the paffage deer and open, fhould hurt the Drum. Whe- 
ther anything be fallen into the Ears, may in luch as are living, and have wide Ears, 
be (een m the Sun, or by holding a Candle neer the fame. 
Now the whol ftrudure of thec Concha wherein three little *Bones, the Tim- 
pa,num\ the firing annexed to the Xympanum, and a Wufcle are contained, are to 
be ieen at one caft of the Eye in yong Children and Infants: The Auricular Apo- 
Pbyfis, which is then an Tipiphyfis, being pluckt away with the point of a Pen- 
knife i which muft be done within the Skul. 
But in grown Men, which are come to maturity, all thefecannot fo well be feen 
and dernonftrated, becaufe whiles the OsLithoides, is cut up cowards the hind- 
Part of the head, it is impoflible buothat fomwhac appertaining to the internal 
fou&ure of the Ear, fhould be pulled in pieces. 
And thus you fhal break the Os(.Petrofum, the Marrow of the Brain being taken 
away, and the Ear pluck’c up by theßoots, and the circumjacent flefh being re- 
moved. 
The Os Lithoides, comprehending the of the Ear, you fhal cut afunder 
With very wei-fteeled,and extrearn (harp Knives,beginning at the external paffage. 
Then having pulled back the vaulted roof of the Ear, chat is to fay, having ta- 
ken off the upper part of the Os Ltthoides, you fhal lee the three little Ear-bones, 
nji\. The WaUeolus, or Wallet ■, the Incus, or Anvil *, and the Stapes, or Stir- 
rup. . 
20.fj, *!>.&€. “ b /p.'B'B. 2 c 2 d f \55.35." c TB.f6, 
y>K&c. z f T20./7. a. ;s/ 7. ‘B.; h/.7. c. 2 
Then you fhal fee thea Drum with its firing, and fmal Mufcles faftened to the 
bones, both within and without the Drum 5 which are indeed more plainly 
tQ be feen in ocher living Creatures, than in Men. 
For in Men you can difeern only one Mufcle, which is feared on the left fide of the 
Eare cowards the hind-part of the head, being faftened to the little bead of 
me Mallet or hammer. 
But there are found two Tendons, or rather Ligaments; one which ftaies the tail 
handle of the and a fecond which is faftened toche up per corner of the 
‘kitrup. 
A firing, or lictle Nerve, is ftrecched out upon the Mallet, that it may hold and 
Stay theMailec upon the Drum. 
Moreover, in a Skul newly boy led or dried, you may difeern the three lictle Ear- 
les within the Concha. If you fhal peep in fore-right into the external paffage, 
hold your Eye clofe, with benefit of a deer day-light, or of a Candle, you 
draw the (aid little bones every one of them out with a pin. 
The Vans of 
the Concha. 
The way to 
[hew the pans 
of the Bar. 
The Mallet3 
Anvil, and. 
Stirrup. 
Tbe Miifclts 
the Ligaments- 
Tbe Drum- 
firing. 
Chap. 12. Of the ClaVicuU. 
THe CUvicula in itsd Articulation to the Sternum, has a foft Cartilage, or 
a* „ §riftle incerpofed, chat it might more eafily give way, in motions of the Arm 
vi jou fhal obferve why it is formed after the manner of an Italian S. The Cla- 
ace tied and faftened together, by the Mediation of a ftrong Ligament. 
The Griftle 
of the Clavi- 
cula. 
Us Ligament. 
Chap. 13. Of the SBreaJi*bone. 
r'He Sternum, or Breaft-bone, is in perfons come to yeers,ofa bonyc fubftance, 
Color buc different in Nature from the reft of the bones, becaufe icisofareddiffi 
/. IJ i°* f4,& S' *B. Zb T 21* ft. <B eB. fa.a, " « T io.fi.AA. T. S. The T hyjtcal Qonjideratton, and Ul natomy. 
Book Vl* 
Of how man 
particular bone 
the Breft-bon 
is made up> 
Ifakn wil have ic compounded of feven Bones, fo as that the feveral bones of the 
f Breff do by way of mutual articulation, anfwer to rhe leverai true Ribs, wfaica 
! Hippocrates feems co con fir me. The Brett: bone 3 growing together in it feife, 
has oblique difcriminacions, there where the Kibs are fattened unco it, Howbe c 
in perfonsgrowneup, there are three, leldom four diviiions remaining in the Brett 
bone. 
Valverda Tales that the Brett-bone is compounded for the mott pare of (lx or 
feven bones, which in elderly do fo grow together, thacic feems compP' 
fed, only of two or three Bon£s. 
Sometimes alfo, though very feldom, ic confittsof eleven bones, as I faw at 
Rome in the yeare 1554. in a girle about fevezz years old, this bone divided into 
fixe bones, of which the live laft, were cue from the botcometo the top, through 
the length of the Bone. 
*’Bartholomew tEuftachius ads, how that ic many times fa is out, which none has 
yecobferved, that the Bones of the Brett-bone, the firttand laft excepted, viz* 
al the middle ones, oracleaftlbme of them, are divided by a mott evident Jii#> 
fonacimes ftreighc and fomtimescrooked, through che midle longwayes: by which 
raeanes it comes to pafs, that the Brett bone is reckoned co conttft frequently often 
nine, feven, or eight bones. 
Somcimes the Brett-bone is peirced through the middle wir.h a large Hole, which 
was obferved by Syhim and eEu(iacbius, being ordained for the tranttnicting ot: 
Veffels. I have my felfe often obferved che lame, elpccially in women. 
In one woman che hole was fo large, on chemfide of che Brettbone, as that 3 
man might put his little finger into ic, and her Cheft did confitt of thirteen ribbs on 
each fide. 
The Hole of 
the Breft bone. 
a T. io2- AA. T. 8./. 2. *A." 
Icolch ‘Majfa brags chat he was the firft obferver of chat Hole in the 
that Ibmwhac might thereby breach forth of the Mediastinum and the neighbour" 
ing parts of the Br eft, or rather to give paffage to the Vena Mammaria which iS 
fpred and branched forth into the Duggs. 
In large-dugd and corpulent wornenachcir larg dugs being removed, I have oV 
ferved the Breft-bone to be fharpe and the Breft narrow, which was the Caufe 0 
(hortnds of Breach in fuch women,the which narrownefs of Bred: was cauled, by 
weight of their Duggs.; 
j Thacreprefencacionofcheßreaftboneas branched or jagged, is nor true nor na' 
tiiral: for the Bred-bone according to Qalen reiembles a Dagger or iword, 
upon the whole Bone, is by fome termed Xyphoides or iword-like bone. ■ 
The Griftly a Branches being taken away from either fide, which are parts of n1 
Ribs, the Haft of the Dagger or Iword Handle, wil be in the upper part, and * 
point in the Cartilageb Xiphoides. .... 
The figure of which Scv Qriftle or Cartilago Xiphoides, by fuch as 
diligent obfervers, is found to be various: for fomcimes it is fingle and criangular’ 
fomcimes it is double,and like the Herb Wippoglojffum,Horfccongue or Tongue wd 
it has the larger pare reftmg upon the fmaller: iomtimes it is tripartite and rftfe[jl 
bles a Trident; and ocher whiles it is bipartite refembling a fork or Rake. .g 
MaJJa laies that the Barbarous writers call it malum (jranatunij 
Pomgranare, as rdemblmg the flower of chat Apple. nl 
Qalen conceives chat it is placed there to defend the ftomach and the Septu 
Tranfverfum. But becaufe the ftomach is far diftanc there from, it feemes to 
framed only for the midrifs fake, or rather to hold up the Liver, fattened chete 
y Amatus Lufitams, in the 95. Cure of hkfift Centure, obferves chat the C&1' 
lago Xiphoides is bored through for perforations fake,chat the filthy vapors 01 
the ftomach might by chat hole breach out i which is a Pimple Conceit, 
ij aT. B.f. 2. CC. *b. T. 8./. 2,03. 
The Natural 
Ibape of the 
Bre(t~Bone, 
Of the C'arti- 
lagp Xiphoides 
Its Vfe. 
Its Hale* Chap.itf. 
Of the cB• 
For unlefs the Cartilage is bipartite, it is perforated to give pallagefor the vena 
ammaria interna, and in wounds jf there be no hole in the Breft-bone, it is found 
ln* CarnlagoXyphoides. 
V i his Cartilage being prelfed down and crooked in, does fo hurt the Liver being 
beneath it, char infants are by char means killed with an Atrophy or Con- 
niption, and m gcowen per ions it caiiies perpetual vomiting, until it is reduced to 
a natural poftm-e. * 
its crooking 
Chap • i * 
0} the o{ibbs. 
Hveiy Rib does con lift of a twofold fubftance, the one of which is a bony,which 
niakes up the greacsft pate of of the Rib; the other is grift be,of unequal length, 
which is joined to the by that lore of Amculanon which is called Ar- 
that in the rifeing and falling of the Gheft,it may yeiid more ealfjy. tut 
rhey have another articular ton with the vertebras of the Back-bone which is two- 
fold in every Rib. 
Now there are I even, which are called true and perfect Ribs, becaufe they are 
j°Vned to the Breft-bone by way of Archrod'a y unco which lometimes an eighth 
Is added, which has been found more than once in the difleiftion of lome bodies, be- 
lng faftened to the Roore of the Carcilago mucronaca. 
. And (hss is the Caule why Anjiotlejvhom ‘piinie thought it no difparagement to 
lrnitace, has reckoned up fix teen true Ribs. 
The five lower are called d ‘Bajtard and 1 mperfctt %ibf, becaufe they do not 
reach unco the Breft-bone, but are terminated in a long Cartilage which is reverted 
upwards, and fo grow one unto another. 
*T.B /.2. i.zT3.&c,~h-T,8./.a.CC,£«T. 8./. 2.1.2,3.4.5.6. 7. Z d T. 
® 2.3.9.10. iir 12. 
Twofoldfub 
fiance of the 
'Ribbs* 
The true Rib's 
The Bajtard 
Chap. 16. 
Of the ’Backbone. 
, The Mn feulousfL fh wherewith the Back-bone is covered being removed, ics ad- 
ble wnire is e& tiiv difberned, which is partly {freight and partly oblique, iom- 
Ah ,s be King in ward and l omen rues outward, which Hippocrates firft discovered, 
his Qbofl has defenbed in Coacif. 
Ever, where between two vertebras, a thick cartilage is placed in the middle 
Ihe gh >e. Qalen in his rßookg de Ojjibus, writes that it is an hard and in feme 
Griftile Ligament, 
All the ven-ebrse or turning Joyrits of the Back, are covered on the oucfide with 
Hard ipefnbrane; and within they have a ftrong membranous ligament, drawen 
a long trt\|Vi [he higheft vertebra as low as to the Os facrum, which is them placed 
and wrapped about ( belid.es two other membranes) to defend and prelerve the 
Plnal Marrow, 
The [hape of 
the Back bone* 
The Grifitesof 
the VerUbrasi 
Their Mem- 
brains. 
a have often ft>und in bodies chatt were Hanged and burnt, and have been informed 
V the Executioner, that it is a ridiculous fable, wtv.ch the Cabaliirs relate of a ( 
rai e yefcebra, viz. chat in the Back is found a certaine Vertebra which they have' 
c-meet Ly y out of which as from a feed, the Bones fhal be regenerated and fpring 
pPthe General Kefurreftion. This Bone Lu<s io called, Cornelius Agrippn and 
eMius ivil have to be in thefoote. . 
HowbeicHieronymus Gagins inhis 'Exuftione Wundt, relates 
fo^f learned experimentally of Jofbun ‘Ben Ammc, that the 
lpa’ci Bone is one of the V ercebra’s of the Back, 
horhhr oun<^,n c^e Back k°ne> one bone chat a milftonle turning upon it would 
t oreake, the fire could not buene it, the water would not diffolve it, and ac laft 
lnglayeduponan Anvil and Imiccen with a fledge or Imichs-hammer, it was fd 
A f*bU of the 
Cabalißs ton- 
thing a bone , 
which they cal 
Lh\.  Con fiderat ion, and <» 
Book VI 
far from being broken in the leaft,chat the Anvil was crackt and the Ibtjge broken 
the Bone receiving in the meane while no detriment. Which is as falfe as falfecan 
be. For all the Vertebrae, may be broken in' peices, burnt and reduced co allies. 
Whence we may judge what credit is co be given co the Cabalifts, who in things 
manifell, do lo impudently mock and abufe us. 
If Ariffocle had oblerved the ftrudlure of the eleventh or twelfth vertebras, he 
would not have written in his third Book de part Anima, Thar the Back is flelhy? 
but the Loines without flelh,becaufe the Bending-places of al parts are voide of iidh» 
But the Loines are morefldhy than the Back. ‘But the Articulation of the 
twelfth vertebra is different from al the reft, being the Caufe of all Motion which 
is performed thereupon, for both above and beneach, it receives, and is not received, 
as is oblerved, in other Articulations of the Vercebrse. 
From the Loines you lhal defeend to the Coccyx or Crupper-ljone, and you 
lhal obferve its ftru&ure confifting of three bones, its fpungy reddilh liibftance and 
triangular lhape. 
Which Parc we read does in feme Nations fprouc out like a taile. Winy re* 
cords in the 22. the Chapter of hit feventh *B , chat in India there is a race of 
Men chat have hairie cades', and are incredible {wife. And tPaulus venetus, in the 
28 Chap, ofthefift cßook{pf his Travells, does avouch chat in the Kingdom of 
Lambri, there are men that have tailes like doggs a fpan long: whodwelnoc i£l 
Cities but in theMountaines. 
T heftrufture 
of the Loines 
Crupper bone. 
The Tffiehienftan Arabickjfeographie mentions a tailed Nation, inanlftandof 
the feas which is called Namaneg. Page 70. I luppofe chat it is but a table 
which Hiftorians relate touching the ct{entifh-long‘tailes in England, how chat 
God to revenge the Injury done co Tho. ‘Bschgt the Archbilhop of Canterbury* 
cauled Tailes co fpcouc out of the Kentilh Crupperbones. 
When the Crupper-bone fuffers a Luxation inwards, a man cannot ( according 
to Aviceri) draw his Ankles, towards his buttocks, neither can he bend his Hamh 
which is confirmed by the Experience of Ambrofm <P arem. This Impediment 
cauled by corapreffion of a very thick nerve feared on the hind-fide of the Leg, 
which creeps along neare the Crupper-bone. The laid bone is eafiiy reduced by 3 
mans linger put into the fundament. 
In the next place you lhalfal to diffeft the Vertebras of the back, that you may 
contemplate the admirable fabnck of the fpinal Marrow, viz. how in theextreetf 
parts thereof the nerves are parted, ending in thefhape of an Horfe-taile; by rea' 
‘ ion of millions of little nerves woven together, which being agitated in water and 
difhevelled, do exprefs the fliape of an horles taile. 
Now you lhal diffeift the Vercebre in this manner; Haveing taken away all che 
ribs at their joynts, you lhal fallen the ‘Back-bone to the cable with cwo iron hook* 
above and beneath your fedlion,as joiners are wont co fallen their boards. Th?11 
with your incifion knives you lhal forcibly cue on every fide about the conj uns*' 
on ofeach Vertebra, in order cutting off every vertebra, with their oblique apo' 
phylis which helpe their articulation, cil you come unco the Os facrum. This is i 
painful work;buc he clue would eate the kernel,mu ft ofnecefhty crack the lheft 
Before the fiftula offea be cut off co dilcover the fpinal marrow: a few things 
to be premifed touching the natural confticucion of the Ipinal marrow, and the Ori- 
gination of the Nerves. 
The Spinal Marrow fprings from the Brarne and petcie-braine, and though 
appeare like the marrow ofche Braine, yet is it in Ib/ne things unlike, becaulefoffer 
andbelides its two membranes propagated from the Men togs, wherewith ic is inf of 
ded, it is incompaffed with a third membrane lifting, and nervous, W|iieh hinders 
the fpinal marrow from bruifeing or breaking, when we ftoop or any waies bend 
our Backs.l am not cercaine whether or no, chat lame membrane winch is 
fromthe Qraffa Men inx have any puliation : nor whether the fpinal marrow he 
divided into two cavities according to the length of the back- bone as far as the' loines» 
Cercaine ic is, chat the fpinala marrow d dee tiding by theb iiftula olfea, grows 
The way te 
difeft tbever■ 
bra’s of the 
Uae!(, 
The Natural 
confutation of 
the [final mar- 
row* Chap.itf. 
Of the Bac^f 
continually harder, and (mailer, til it come unto the Loines, where ic fpends ic fejf 
lnro Htclec cord*?, and iprings referabling an horfe*taile* that in that part where it 
differs violent morions, ic might be out of danger of breaking. f 
Ihe Serves of the (final Marrow are made up of divers little threds, fattened d 
one ro another,and coaca ined in the tenuis Meninx: which little filaments or thred- 
dy fubftances,do rife fo much the higher,by how much more the fpinal marrow def- 
ends. 
And that nature might by all meanes p edible provide for the fecurity of the Net- 
ves •, when they come torch of the holes of the vertebras, fhe has corapaffed cherii 
shout with a chick fub dance, which doesfodofely and hrmely knit and bind c c- 
gether the fibres of the nerve, chat they cannot bedrawen afunder one from an' 
Other, • . . ; 
After which knot and egrefs, they are eafily feparated. But I befech you ob- 
ferve the cunning Induftry of Mature in the going forth of a nerve. Which that ic 
be lels fubj eft co rupture,feeing that ic is as yet cloached only with the tenuis 
Meninx, fhe has not drawen it through that hole which is neareft its original, but 
through a lower,which when the nerve has paffed, ir does not go unco the next rib, 
“at descends to a lower,which when in has reached, it is divided into two,and turnes 
hack the idler branch co wards die fpina, and carries the greater to die fore parts. 
dr Original' 
'Progrefs. 
,a T. 18./. 5. A. 2b T. 2*/* 2-a■ &c-1 CT. 18./. 2. o. 2d. T. 24./. 9. i?c. 10 
* 
. It is a Quell ion amongefl Anatomifls how the Animal faculty can with the fpiric 
be carried through the Nerves into the whole Body *, becaufe in none of the Nerves 
the opuck, there is found any hole or pore orfpungy fubftance j but we 
H&d them all lolid, woven together of many final threds according as the Bulke and 
of every one requires. 
'£*Jalpinuf in bft 5 
weds'a re a multitude of final veines and Arteries, which make up one body as ic 
» fagot, being continuations of the Branches of the Rece mirable, which may 
•j* imagined,but cannot be demonttraced: or at lead that between the little mem- 
ories of e v ery nerve, a very chin animal fpiric is diffufed which runs fwifclysothe 
parts of the limbs., .... , . 
‘But 1 iee not how Caefalpinus can demonftrate fucha continuation of the Rete 
labile with the Nerves of chefpinal marrow. 
a>°ut of the Ipinal marrowa 28 pare of nervesdo cake their Rife, feven put of the 
fffcKs twelve cut of the Packj, .five out of the loines s fourefrom the Osfacrum, 
il6 Ranches whereof co out, is a weary fame peiceof worke, and muff be 
°ne in a dead body provided for chat intent alone,and with diligent Infpeftion, 
How them- 
md fpiritis 
carried through 
the Nerves I 
How mmj. 
Nerves proceed 
from the fpinal 
I. % ire. 
The medicinal Confideration. 
t0 °f the fpinsl marrow with reference to the necefficy of Life, is equal 
ve> °f the Brain, and therefore Hyppocrates cermed it Aion, becauie be belee- 
-onthacnthac the vitality of rhe animal was placed therein: as IBrotianus proves in his 
and afcer him Woefius in his Oeconomia Hippocratit. 
la *** lm-‘m does acknowledge the ipinal marrow to be the foundation of 
v°Us r JIe ilhche Hippocrates himielfe teaches chat men have moft grie- 
theL- and hard to cure arifeing from the marrow ofcheic,Back:for a fluxioi* 
9i)j !5° caufes a con£umpcion,and its drying up and withering is a greivous dileaie, 
thQ J*I*ll1*11 dies if the marrow of his Back be wounded. In a word, 'Hippocrates in 
'Predictions faies that if the fpinall marrow be difeafed, either by rea- 
WhU aUocil?onany other occafion, or its owne accord, che Patient becomes 
nie ln his Th rghs, fo chat he feels not when he is couched* anb alfo in his Belly 
y 
The Dignity 
of the [fund 
mmo w. *TheThyfical Confideration,and aJnatomy 
Book VI- 
and bladder impotent, fo that at firft he voids neither Urine nor dung, rave upon 
meet necefiiry -• bur when the dileale growes older, both dung and Urine come a way 
of thenilelves, without any forcing ofthe Patient, and a fhort while after he did 
die death. 
From a flux into the Back-marrow an hidden and undifcernable Confumprion 
arifes; but when it flo ws back into the Vertebra’s and the fleth, a Dropfie is ingeir 
dredi fo faies Hippocrates in his Hook. de Locis in Homine. How the conlump' 
cion of the Back proceeds from the Marrow, the fame Hippocrates does accurately 
reach us in his 2 ' He ‘Morbis. 
Before wedeclare the Dileates of the Ojfsafifiala, I rauft fhew you the nature* 
figure of yhefpin.i or Back- bone-, which is Itbufcohos ftreighc.bow’d through the 
whole length of it : but in the Neck and Loyns it is Ithu-lordos ftreighc bowed 
inward,in the back it is hbu- cuphts ftreighc bowed outward, and therefore it is eal# 
. to declare the difcaCs which vitiate the Backbone,luch as are LordofisjCuphofisySco' 
The 'natural fir 
pure of the 
Bacii-bone. 
Difeafies of 
the Backbone- 
Lordofis. 
HajtSyind, Shifts. 
Lordofis, is a dileale of the Backbone, when the vertebras theteof, are out of tbei£ 
place, and turned inward or forward. 
Cuphrfts', is1 a dileale ofthe Backbone, when its Vertebra’s are difpointed and 
turned outwards or backwards. 
Cupbofis 
Lordofis happens in the ‘Sack, as Cupbofis in the Neck and Loins. 
Scpliojlf is a crooking or wreathing the Backbone to one fide. 
Seifis is iucha Commotion of the Vertebra’s of the Backbone, as that they & 
Scollop*, 
ieifis. 
main© indeed in their places, but io as their frame and fafhion is disordered. 
Scolipfij- is, the Inclination of the Back-bone to one fide or another, when we 
The caufe 
Scvlinfts. 
°f depends upon lorae fault in the twelfc V ercebra of the Back,where the motion oftb6 
Back-bone, is performed. 
This Vercebra is received by its IN eighbours above and beneath, and does not & 
ccive, as all other Vertebra’s doe beJide. 
For icis Joy need noc by way of (jybut by way of Arthrodia-, 
therefore if its Apophyfes either upper or nether dial be depreffedjit cannot 
the f LUQKe of the body bolt upright in motion, but it mud: of necedity leane to °o* 
fide or another: and this fault comes to People when they are Children, either 
ing brought into the world with them, or caufed by ill carrying, or by reafon oflo, 
lofrnes of choi'e Vertebra’s while the Child is forced to ule its Legs, looner cltf1115 
fitting. ' * 
lhave diewed another Caufe of halting according to (jqlens dodrine in 
Chapter of the Thighs* Thole two Caufes of halting are irreparable and > 
The Luxation of the lecond Vertebra of the Neck, caufes a Iquinzie, which in & 
hours does choak the Patient, becaus it cannot be redored into its place. 
The difeafes of Osfacrum ace of great Momenr,whecher they be tumors or 
by reafon of its natural conftitucion, the whole Bone being in a manner Ipung^hp 
dulous, and perforated wirhin and without: and therefore when this Bone is 
eafed, the Pauen is in danger of his Life,as Hippocrates oblmes in his ‘Book0 
Qlandulis. ■ 
In his third boolfDe Hratfuris he gives us to underftand,chat the Os facrU*n 
ing exulceratecl, is not cured without very great difficulty, which Qalen alfo 
firms in his Comments. Laughs in his Tipi files, relates, chat he law two gal‘ # 
Gentlemen wonje with finer edible raging pain, their Osfacrum being 
ed: fo that in coiiclulioa they conlumed away and dyed. 
Chap. 16. Of the Scapula. 
Its Articultlon 
■with the Bra- . 
chium. 
nlljC 
Having diligently Viewed die crunk of the Body, you dial proceed uno' Qi 
Limbs and you rauft principally obl'erve the Articulation of the a Scapm 
Shoulder-blade with the bArme, which is made by the wav of Arthrodia, hf ((1a Chap. 16. 
Of the Scapula. 
coming between a moft chick and nervous Ligament, which does round about em- 
“facethe whol loync. 
Allo tour mufcles vizichec Suprafpinatus d infrafpinatm the e ‘Pyotundus minor 
ndf Subfcapulark,doe with their broad tendons incompafs the faid ioync. 
Its Mu files. 
The Cavity of the s Head Omucopole,being not Sufficiently proportioned to re- 
eive the Shoulder : which was So contrived to make the motion more cafie and 
ree,but it is augmented with a Griftle which crowns the Lips of its Cavity. 
. Its Cavitie. 
i hen you dial dilcover under the h Heltoides a broad and remarkable Ligament, 
wmch reaches from the Shoulder-tip as far as to the Coracoides Apophyfis, chat it 
Its Ligament 
hold in the Arms aloft, to prevent Luxation upwards* 
•rifterwards you Aral obferve the extremity of the 1 Clavicula articulated with 
Jhe Shoulder-tip or Acromium,which is therefore termed Cataplek, although Qa~ 
en in the 12. Chapter of his ‘Book of the dijfeciion of‘Mufcles, does call the firft up- 
Pet Rib by that name,becaule its placed beneath the Clavk, Hfuffus ‘Ephefim 
the Acromium,the coupling-band of the Clavk and Scapula: but ‘Eudemus 
Its Ani Cutan- 
ea with the 
QUvicula.. 
*les chat it is a very little <Bone, which in children is a mod exaft griftle, which 
mougb in procefs of time it degenerate into a Bone,yet until they be 18. years o!d,it 
etains much of the fubftance of a griftle contrary to the nature of al the other bones. 
°nae whiles it grows So highly together with the Spine of the Scapula, that in a per- 
°n of middle age wraftling or exercileing, it may eafily be feperated, which hap- 
to Qalen, as himfelftels us in hkftrd fßook de Articulk. 
The likeiccldent he obfeeved in another, as he relates m Comment, ad Hart.i, 
■ 1. de Offic'ma. Hippocrtes himSelf takes notice of the Luxation of this Bone, 
his Articulk : where he Saies that the Acromium or flioulder-point is of a diffe- 
nt nature in mankind, from that which it is in other Creatures. 
7-^2uf. 1. A. “ b ‘T- 21 •/. 1. C.* c T.22.f. 3. A.2 dT. 22./. 3. CB. f«• 
f T.22./.1.D.; s X.21-f.2.c.Zh T. 221. A m i 
V'f'2'bZ 
the Neck of the fcapula refts an a Apophyfis which'in children is anftßjri- 
\hlls ; kora the iikenefs to a Crowes bilor an ancher, it is termed coracoides and 
o cbtoides. It prohibits the flioulder from flipping out on that fide, according to 
The ttfe of the 
Apopbyfts corx~ 
coides. 
ahiin Com. in part i. SeZi.de Artand therefore it was framed for the fe- 
lr*cy and ftrengch of the Articulation. 
foe when the Actions of the Hand and arme-are forwards, the flioulder would 
be unjointed, unlefs it were retained by the coracoides: and therefore the 
of the flioulder is feldome towards the fore part * 'Hippocrates did obferve 
n)once, and Qalen Saw it five times at Roorae, as himSelfrelates in hk comment; ad 
4- Lib. 7. de Articulk. 
hvl>tow the pars of the Scapula he thus diftinguiflied :as much of the whol Com- 
%re or Joynting,as is fubieft to the fight hecaled Omostfc that part which is un- 
chartJ;eknitting ofthelhoulderdiecalled Aponte,which we terme Acromion: and 
it? br°ad part of the Scapula which is fcituace behind,and is covered with mufcles. 
TO parts of 
Scaplua bow 
named by Ga- 
len. 
£ valen termed Omoplatee * 
it) £°m rhis place we may gather 8c fiffi out the Interpretation of an obfcure paffage 
tljero.rn?tiiM Celfuspn his eighth Booh,. Agame from the broad bones on et- 
§t. ocSos q)m° the Scapula, our Countrymen call them Scoptula operta, the 
me them omoplatas,Celfits cals them Scopula opertafsecaufe they flick out 
Atou °L|ghs of Trees,and are icituace in the upper part otche Cheft.Fou the cops of 
Celfus• 
4e <p ns were by the ancient Latins termed Scapula, which Tertullian in hk B 
V 2?’0,1 Is 'Mont mm Scapulas. Alfo the final branches of trees were called 
de betx;e the phral'e Vvarum fcopi vine branches uted by Varro in his firft Bool^ 
Ve Cato Speaks of ScopuU myrti Myrtle branche/. 
br0 Js^°l ch observation which Women by long experience have learned viz. chat 
VerV h » Ulderd endoe for the raoft part beget great Children,becaufe they are, 
0c hearted. And Qalen fais in his Arsparva,that by how much the Heart is 
1 
: whether hold 
iJboulder'dMen 
\ beget large 
1 children. The ThyficalConftderation,an zA\natomy 
Book VI. 
ter, by fo much the Cheftis larger. And therefore Tore fins his wives Mother, 
would not marry her daughters to broad brefted and broad fhouldered Men ; for fre 
was afraid leaft they fhould die in their travil by reafon of the iargneis of their Chik 
dren, which Torejtns faies he had often feen come co pafs in the 70 Observation of 
why french 
maidens have 
their right 
fljoulder higher 
than the left'i 
his 28 Booke, 
TheCaufeofchisisashardtoaffigneas of another inconvenience, with which 
the young maides of ‘France,el’pecially the Gentry are infefted: Whole right fhoifr 
der is frequently higher and fuller chan their left: fo that among an hundred virgin 
you lhal hardly fincUen that have wel proportioned fhoulders. 
Whether it is caufed by the more frequent and ftronger motion of the right armo* 
whereby the fhoulder blade in widened, and railed Up, by rreanes of the interjacent 
mulcles lifting themlelves up. Ad thereunto that in perfons that are growen up > 
their right Ihoulder is more heavy chan there left, if webeleeve Amatus Lujttan& 
in the lafi Cure of hit 4* Genture. 
why fo few 
that can ufe 
both hands a- 
tike f 
Why is the right Hand Stronger than the left? and why are there fo few Ambo' 
dexcers chat can ufe both hands alike ? Is it becaufe the Lungs and Liver doe inciip® 
more co the right fide than to the left ? Or is it becaufe Nurles when they teach chii" 
dren to go, do draw them on by their right hand. 
Is it becaufe Mothers would maketheire daughters low fhoulderd while M 
ftudy to make them final and walpe* wafted ? For as Terence long fmee laid/3 
Girle have a good habit of Body and burmlh a little, they fay fhe is a champion & 
wraftler, and therefore they pinch their bellies and withdraw their food, 
though naturally of good conftitutions, they never leave tampering til they 
them like Bull-rallies ; mere wafpe-wafted Tfyffl)-Candles, Which is done, 
without maniteft detriment to their Health j whiles by the over great pinching ino 
the lower part of their Cheft, the upper parts thereof are inlardcd, whence pf0* 
ceedes that lame flicking out of their fhoulders, or from contolfionofthe Bd&' 
Bone, its natural fhape is vitiated and depraved. 
■ ■ I i . ?/ 
Chap. 17. Of the Humerus, Cubitus and Radius. 
The [boulder- 
hole. 
In all fhoulders about the middle and inward part cowards the Ribs, there is* 
manifefl open hole tending downwards, and evidently perch ig into the fubfta^ 
of the Bone, through the which a remarkable veme does insinuate it fclfe into tj 
Cavity of the Bon?, that it may nourilh rhe inner Marrow j whence it comes co p3 
that the whole marrow of this Bone appeares bloody when the Bone is broake. 
Its Ligament. 
The Articulation of thea ‘Brachium with the b Cubit, is faftned and inCO& 
why the Ra- 
dius is joined 
to the Cubitus? 
palled with a membranous and nervie Ligament. ■ 
Thec Radius is adjoined co the Cubic,chat it might dire# the oblique motions01 
the Acme,which are performed downwards and upwards, which motions, 
taken away the Mulcles, you may obferve, by curnning the Radius to and fro 
wards and forwards. 
The d Cubitus and thee Radius, do in the middle way part one from ’ 
chat the Radius in a femicircular motion, might be more freely moved, and chaC 
larger feat might be afforded for the mulcles, which in that part are many. 
. Why they part 
one from ano- 
ther ? 
aT.21./.1.C.;'-T.21./.1.U;cT.J1./.1.E.J iT-21..f. 2.C.Zct- 2< 
Between this fpace there is interpofed a membranous a Ligament, by helpe 
which the Cubitus and Radius ace more neareiy and ftraitly combined, and C{ 
interior mufdes are feparated from the external. It helpes alto the equality ot 
motion, chat both might be bent, or ftretched outright at one and the *a 
T hefe two Bones, are in their extremities faftened together, by a very 
joint; above, the Cubitus receives the Radius, but beneath, the Cubitus isr 
why a Liga- 
ment is inter- 
pfed ? 
Their Arti- 
culation vfith 
other Bones. Chap. 19. 
Of the JVrifl and Fingers, &c 
yed by the Radius,che Bulkeandxhicknefs of che lubftance being changed.For the 
Radius is at the wnft thicker, that receiveing the greater part of the wrift, it might 
paore conveniently move the lame by an oblique motion. But the Cubitus at the 
Brachium is broader, becauie that bone alone is articulated with the brachium the 
Articulation of the Radius with the knob of the Brachium, is thin. 
Laft lv you dial oblerve, whether cr no the ftyloides b apophyfis of the Cubit do 
C°uch the wrift, being fattened thereunto by way of a joint. TJippocrates cbierved 
external pare of the Cubic to be dillocaced, in Lib de <Articl{. Which kind of 
Luxation Dalecbampius obferved, as himiclf avers in his Comments upon the Sur- 
gery of (paidiM Mgineta* 
They who deny that the Cubic in a Man does touch the wrift, do alleage that 
there comes between them a thick and moveable Griftle, which fills that fpace ; and 
111 very deed that fame Cartilage or Griftle, feemes to be adjoynedby way of a 
*upplement. 
Chap 18. 
Of the Wrift 
Thec wrift andtl Radius, are joyned one to another by a nervous Ligament, 
infolds the Articulation. 
Moreover anothere ‘Ngrvous ligament,is obierved,being /hap’d like a Ring, which 
CorUpalies the wrift round about, which concemes within it the tendons which are 
through the cavity of the wrift, and which lie upon the back of the wrift, 
fome particular ones: howbcic on the outfide it feems final. 
The Wrift • bones are eight, difpofed into two orders or rankes. 
The firft order confifts of three bones. 
Tl— r —J • x c r 1 r i • _ 1: r: 
timber of the 
-■ rvrilt bones. 
*he lecond is made up of toure bones. The fourth bone is over and above, out 
order j but we may with Sylvius refer it to the firft order. Seeing it 
*efts upon the third bone of the firft order. Howbeic Vefalius accounts it a feta- 
bone, becaule in this place it fills an empty fpace. But how can it have the 
lhe of fefainoideant feeing it is, not interpofed between Bone and Bone ? It hangs 
over another, chat it might torme chat cavity,which is in the inner pare of the wrift, 
to this bone the Mufcle Cubiteus flexor carpi does adhere. 
The three wriftbones of the firft order, being joyned together, do make a cavi- 
ty, which receives two Bones of the lecond order, which being joyned one with an- ( 
do make the joints Head: whence you may know that the firft order is ob- 
Their Artku- 
Ution. 
lcUrely moved with the fecond, and thatc the articulation is by way of Arthrodia, 
in a dead body, having taken away the tendons, you may difcover this rao- 
The reft of the wrift bones, being articulated with the Mefacarpium, do caufe 
?° Motion at aI, or a very obfeure oneic is very rare to find nine bones in the wrift ; 
ovvbeic lome have found fo many. 
Chap. 19. Of the Metacarpium, Fingers and Sefamoidean 
% IBones. 
.After the wrift followes the b Metacarpium which is framed ot five bones, if we 
, eiVe Celfus andTyuffius, whom OP/mze does favour,- when he attributes only two 
InJ*Unto che clmmb; Lib. 11. Cap. 43. 
T. 2!./. 3. *h T. 211. H Uf.2. q. 
cJf*/eW does better, who feparates the firft bone of the * Thumbe. from the Me- 
becaule it is joined to the waft by an Arthrodial diarchrofis, with evi- 
N n ‘ denci 
Of how many 
Bones the Me- 
tacamtm, 
mOSi CI he Phyji cal Confide rati cnx and <tA natomy 
Book Vi 
dent morion. Bur, the bones ofchemetacarpium are articulated to the vvrifh by way 
of fv nartfrolis, without morion. Ad hereunto, that this bone is. fhoner than tK 
bones of Metacsrpium, is not conterminous to them j has a contrary lituacion and 
a different motion. 
The' Bones of 
the Thumb. 
For die Thumb is termed pollex a pollendo, becaufe it alone is equivalent to ch~ 
other four fingers. That it might be droug and iubftantial, it was requisite rhaC 
it fliould have three that it might performe manifed and droug morions,it 
has peculiar mufcles and theyareafhxedunco the hud:' Bone. When the Athene 
am would render the JLgimt#, their emulators,\vholy unfit for warfare and Kavig3' 
fion, they cut their Thumbs of. And we cal luch as arecadieircd for their cowar- 
dice tpoUetrunci, thumbTcs companions. They were by the ancients m way 0* 
merriment termed cMurci. 
The Wetacarpium therefore is compounded, only of four bones, two of which 
are immoveable, the ocher two which are under the ring finger, are manifeul/ 
moved. 
In that fame fpace where the Thumb is jqyned to the fßrachialis, there is a cei" 
taine cavity, in which the Arabian Cautery was ulijally celebrated, which is largely 
and elegantly defer ibed by Qefnerus in his Appendix to the Art of Chirurgery- 
And it is no wonder if lone at this day undertake to cure the venereal pox, by ag' 
plyingmercurial water to this pare, whicheaies, through theskin,and petces i 0 
deep as to flux the patient. 
In the hollvvof the hand, a tranf'vsrfe ligament isobferved, which conned* the 
rovv °kfingers ro ie bones of the Mecacarprura. 
nT.21./. I.QQ.f 
Within thepalmeof the Hand you fhal find divers Sinewy-Lilaments, 
x here are a tew lelamoidean bones found mi he lufide of the Hand These are 
none in the ouefide. They are found hidden among the firft jointir/ s of. 
fingers. 6 
The Liga- 
fnents oj the 
Band. 
The Sefa mi- 
dean Bones, 
The Thumb in its fecond and third joint has fome fefamoidean bones j in the fir# 
joint it has none. 
Tbe my to Now to find the fefamoidean Bones either in the hand or foot, you fhal this da' 
find thofe You flial lb cut cut the tendons that ftrctch out the fingers, that you be careful noc 
Bonet. t0 away the cartilages of the joints which are under them, which may ieeme 
be the (eiamoidean bones. 
Under thefe tendons, mod frequently in the hand, efpeciaJJyin hard bodtfs» 
you Thiil perceive a certaine hardnels lometimcs gridlie, lometin es bony. Then 
you dial cur cio/Twife the Ligaments ofai the joints, until you make them appeal 
their infide in the hand, their out fide in the footer in which fide, you dial 
the lelamoidesn bones haveing hid cut afunder the ligaments wherewith they al'e 
infolded, or drawing then) a little back, upwards towards the roots of the 
gers. 
Chap. 20. Of the Osa I Hum and b Thighbone. 
Their' Liga- 
ments. 
From the Armes you dial proceed uuto the Inferior Limbs. 
the Osjacrtim kid the Tuberous bunching out of the Ifchium, thefe 
intercedes a threat and jtrong Ligament. 
Beneath the feame or grow mg together of the diare-bone there is another Lig*~ 
went ftrecchedont. 
And ac circular Ligament comprehends the Articulation of the Thigh the 
docket of Os 11chii, which being cut awayuinoiher d Ligament fomwhat long 
bloody appear e/, 
aT.i f. A, &c. T. 21.f. 2. A. ■b T. 21,f. 1. %f. 2.C.c- T. zi-/' 
a T. 21 rf.y,b. * . 
The laid bloodyneis is caufcd by tea fen of Cerlaine little veines which creepy Chap. 20. 
Of the Os Ilium arid thighs hone; 
through the Acetabulum of che Huckle-bone. 
That fame Ligament which is brought out of the top of che-thigh* bone, is fatten- 
ed and tfrongly driven into a cleft which is in the fotefide of the Acetabulum: 
which being relaxed, and drawn from its place, there fals out luch an halting as is in- 
curable ; m which the Thigh,though period: Jy putin Joint, will tlill flip out a- 
gain. 
Thar fame tabes Coxaria, Htbifis ifchiadica, mentioned by Hippocrates in his 
Took He morbo Sacro, and eilwhere, it is worth youre obtervation : when by rea- 
fon of an Impoftume or a fluxion into the Hip-bones Cavity ck Acetabulum fthe 
Confu opti- 
on of the Hip. 
Ligaments corrupt and putrity, and the Hip grows lank and leane. Ic was an inge- 
nious obfetrat ion of Hippocrates: all Bones vitiated, ceafe to grow; if the pare 
c°ntaining be corrupted, ic inteds the part wheretoreif the Huckle- 
bone be corrupted, the Thigh-bone cannot remain untainted; which diieafe Tiiave 
often obferved. -v; i.l 
The oval hole of thea Huckle-bone called thuroides, from its refemblance of a 
door, is atenbed unto the thare. It vvas contrived for Jighrnes take, and is exadly 
covered with an hard membrane, which does lever the cMufculos obturatores, which 
The avail 
hale of the Hhc- 
bone 
reft on either fide thereupon. . r: 
That is talfe which Ariftotle has written in his fourth B oo\ of the Live- wights 
Lhap. 1 o. that no four footed Beat! has Huckle-Bones. 
In the Thigh-bone you tliall obferve the b flmpe thereof, bunching out on the 
foretide, and iaddle-fathiond behind, for the convenience of fitting and firme walk- 
The natu- 
ral jhape of ike 
hip. 
lllg. Which figure Hippocrates oblervs in his offraUures, and advifes when 
chis bone is broken, that care be taken to preferve the tame. 
For liich whofe Thigh-bone is (freighter chan it ought to be,are crook-legd, and 
*re hme in their knee* and they cannot tfand nor goc.with-out trembling. 
a Tz.fi- B.* b T21.f1.%f3. Q. 
But they v hole thigh-bones are very crooked, they ffand more firmly either 
°n one Leg or on both, than they who haveffreighc thigh-bones. 
The Neck of the Thigh-bone, is lomwhac lorg-fathioned and oblique, that ic 
ttiay pat’s a long the tendon of the %otator Inf emus. But Qalen fuppofes it was 
tor that end,viz. to leave fpace for mulcles, which were to be placed in the 
lower part, and for great Veins, Arteries, nervs and kernels, which are quartered 
The Neclfi 
of the Thigh- 
bone why long-' 
fcfhioned. 
Ijeare the di\ ifions of the Vetfels. 
They whole Thigh-bone is fhorter-necked than Ordinary, have their groins 
Harrow and comprelfed, and when they walk are conft rained to hale ou one fide, 
and are termed Vatii. fo lais (falen in his third BookjieHfu (Partium. 
For the Thigh-bone does contribute much to the rectitude and iTabilicy of the 
Tody, by that lame oblique Longitude of its Neck ; whence the caufe may be given 
men naturally hale to the one tide or the other, or to both tides, their Feet and 
Tegs being of equal length *, which no man yet affigned, nor obteived. 
The lower end of the Thigh-bone Joind to the Leg is termed the %nee, which is 
:j%ed by a two- fold ligament. One of them is b circular, and coriipaffes both the 
Ligaments of 
the Kn*e' 
round about. 
. fbe other being c placed between the two bones, is fomwhat Long+fajhioned and 
through neighbourhood ot inch veins, as delcend through the Ham into 
fhe Leg: it antes, from the middleware of the knobs of the Thigh-bone, and is in- 
erted4nco the middle Eminency of the Knobs of the thank. Sick people often 
peak of this Ligament when they calk of a burning heat in their Knees. 
, Cpcn the Knobs of the thank-bone two Semicircular Griftles are fa.ftened, which 
°id the fame Knobs more ft able, that they may nor twerve, in violent motions 
- . contortions of the thigh .See Qalen touching the of the thank-bone, 
11 its Articulation with the Thigh-bone, Lib. 2. defraßuris. 
1 aac Farc which is oppofite to the knee behind, is termed Copies the rHam,being 
ai'd void. The Lletleils which pals chat way being removed, an empty ipace 
°bierved, mcerpoted between the two knobs, which TLiny feems to have under- - 
Ttit void 
[pace in the 
Ham. 284. 
Thjficat Conftderation}and (iAnatomy 
Book Vi. 
flood in the 45. Chapt. of the. 11. Bool\pf his Tliftory. In the knee itfelfj 
the conjunction of both ,as well the right as the left, is on the forefide double CXL 
fliould be on the hinder fide ) there is a certain emptinefs li kg cheeks, which being 
why womds 
in the Hamm 
dieadly* 
perced, the fpir it flies out as from a Cut "Throat. 
Wherefore I have alwaies obferved the wounds of the Ham to be deadly* not on' 
! ly for the diflipation of the fpirit, but alio by reafon of cutting affunder I‘uch i'e' 
mferkableveffels, viz. Veines, Arteries and nerves, which creepe through that 
Whence pro- 
teds that fym- 
path) which 
is between the 
Ifmes and the* 
tbeefc ? 
hinder part of the thigh, which being cucsinevicable death follows. 
The fociety and fympathy between the knees and Cheeks is wonderful, which fc 
by the Author of chat book *De Or dine ‘Membrorwn, which is fairly 
aicnbed zoQakn: How that the knees being affefted and affli&ed, the eyes con- 
dole and weepe, by reafon of that old acquaintance of the knees and eyes, of Eye 
lids in the womb, where the child touches its Eyes and Suitaines them with ics 
knees. 
Chap. 21. Of the (patella. 
Ststonnexion. 
Upon the Articulation of the thigh and leg a fmal bone is placed, which they 
calla or Patella, the whirle bone of the Knee. 
aT. 21./. i. LL. y 
Ic growes unto the knee, not fattened by any Ligaments: but only beinga glewed 
to the tendons of the mutcles of the fhanke, it is io held dole upon the knee. 
aT. 21./. 8. d-2 
If you take a diligent view, you fhal obferve a Ligament fomewhat bloody ,which 
* Its ufe> 
If you take a diligent view, you ihal oblerve a Ligament fomevoh at bloody ,which 
doesfirmely knit and bind the Patella to the hard fat which is paiced beneath. 
The office of this bone, is to defend the joint to guard the bowing and bending 
of the Parc, and to render the motion more facil: tor it hinders the exrenhon of the 
leg from palling out of a right line j and when we fit with our knees bene,it keepe5 
the thigh from luxation forward. And becaule the whole Body inclines forward, 
it hinders us from fa 1 ling when we go down e a fteepe H iJ. 
This Qden found by experience, in a certaine young man that was a wraftler, 
an whom,as he was wraftlmg, the Patella w as driiointed, and did afeend towards the 
thighbone,whereupon two inconveniences followed, viz. a dangerous bending in h»s 
knee, and a trouble in going down Hil: and therefore he could noego down hil 
without a ftaf. Wdraus obferves in the 22. Chapter of his 14 eßooky, chat he nev# 
jfaw anie that had the Patella broken, but t hey halted. I have leenfuch whole Pa" 
tella was luxated and drawn upwards, who could not fo ealily go up hil and down' 
hill as formerly. 
Vefallus his 
opinion touch- 
ing the ufe of 
the Tatetli' 
Notwithstanding Vejahus in his Surgery denies chat the Patella confers any thing 
to the firmnes of the ; oinr,and that a man does halt, when it is broken or taken out? 
as he avers he had found by'many examples, only he laies it is placed upon the kn^e 
for to defend and fecnre t heroine. 
And he goes not much from the fame opinion in hit Anatomy, where he faies it 
perfornies the fame office in the knee, which the Sefemoidean bones do in othec 
joints. 
*Hippocrates in his book de locit in Homine, affignes another ufe of this Bone,name- 
ly to1 prohibit mojft ure from defending out of the fleffi into fuch a loole;oinc as the 
knee is. ■ 
Seeing therefore the Necefficy of the Patella is fo graeat,! conceive it is but a fable 
\ which is reported of the Thebans,who, that they might be able to run more fwifcly? 
took cercaine Bones out of their knees. 
)’ Yet there have bin found about sipva Xemhla certaine Pigmies or little Men, 
t Who could bend their knees backward and forward, and werefo 1 wife of foot that 
l , v ’ none Chap.zf. 
Of theßreakim the Bones. 
none could overtake them, if we give credit to the relations of fea faring i 
Chap. 22. Of the Tibia andFihuia. 
The Tibia two the one 3 larger and more inward, which fceares the 
name of the whole j the other \sfmailer and more external, called b Fibula. But 
T herafoncf 
thefe names. 
Terone (which isrendred fibula )does fignifie two things in ‘Hippocrates,the whoje 
T’lbula, and appendix of chat bone, as Qalen expounds it, in his Interpretation of 
the words of Hippocrates. 
It is termed cFerone from peiro, which fignifies to boare or thruft: through. Tis 
called Fibula in Latine from the Greek word phible, which fignifies final and lank j 
howbeic in Latine writers of Architecture, certaine beanies or joices of wood placed 
t0 give ttrengrh to other parts of the building, are termed (pibule. For this Bone 
hbula does iuttaine the outer knob of the fhanke-bone unto which it is. fixed, be- 
CaUle the weight of the Thigh and of the whole Body, does moft of all beare upon 
chac part. • a -:■ 
The lower ends of the Tibia and Fibula are termed cCMaUeoli Ankle-bones, both 
being fattened together by a a flrong circular Ligament, through which the ten- 
of the Mufcles are drawn, as was faid of the wrifts. 
what the 
Malleoli tire ? 
•T. 21.f. I. m.f.4.<D. Zb x. 21./. 1.9\[./ 4.< E. ;«T.at./1.1.%fagh.- 
Chap. 23. Of the Foot. 
. The Articulation of the a Aftragalus with the b Scaphoides is very clofe, fo that 
ltfeems altogether immoveable, fo that any man would thinke, that the foot is not 
laterally by chat Arciculacion. 
T**>o Sefamoidean (Bones are fattened behind the great toe, that they might give 
5 cure paffage to the tendon of chat Mulele which bends the Great toe. 
In the Sole of the foot, you fhal find very many Ligaments, by which the Bones 
ttiaitiy united, that the foot might become hollow. You fhal therefore ob- 
ve the Tranfverfe Ligament jvhich binds up the Bones of the Metatarfus, with 
firft ranke of Toe-joints,like that which we find in the Hand. 
TheSefamd- 
dean Bones be- 
longing to the 
Foote. 
The Liga- 
ments of the 
Fdet. 
Chap. 24. The number of Bones for a Sceleton• 
Two hundred thirty and two Bones are required comake a fceleton, fifteen being 
from the number,two hundred forty feven. 'Becaufe the breftbone is reck- 
as alio the Os lacrum and the Cocyx or Crupper bone, becaufe 
boiling andclenicmg of the Bones, they do not feparace Neither wil the d 
>cVx,c Larynx,fHyoides, nor s Sternum endure boileing. 
3te °mic the lixe little Eare-bones,che Os hyoides and the Larynx, becaufe they 
ttot joined by way of Articulation with other bones, 
e-v, T-21./5. bT.2i./, 5. C."cT.23./ 3.% <&c," dT. i.f.5.&63b~ 
it,Ti.&c.~sT. T. ao./y.tS 
Chap. 25. Of .Breaking the Bones. 
itlpe uen you are fufficiently inftru&ed in the number of the Bones,you fhal break 
%:eofS CVery Paccicolar'*bone, chac you may enquire into the inner fhu&urc Thyjtcal ionjuieratwn,a)ui <*A.natomy 
Book VI. 
of this knowledge is evident in fraCtures. For hereby may be col- 
lected in how long time a broken Bone may be foddered together again. Hip poor a' 
tes writes in his Book deAhmentk: that the noimjhment of a Tone may be known 
by the breaking thereof. bone reqnirs ten dates to grow together, the 
Jaw-bones and the claviculee and ribs twenty i the Cubit requirs thirty, the Tibia 
andTrachium forty, and the thigh-bone fifty, htthmore or le(s as occafienfervr. 
Inafmuch therefore as the Quantity of a Bones norifhmenc, and the Ipace of time 
requilite thereunto, does alwaies hold proportion to the Bones chicknes; to thac if 
the IZ^pfe'bone, that is to lay the Bone of the upper Cheek which reaches to tfi- 
Nofe, doe require ten degrees of nutriment; the nutriment of the other Jaw-bon£ 
of the Ribs and Jugular, winch arc twice as chick as the No! e- bone, mull be double u* 
proportion to the nutriment of the ocher, and will require cw ice as long time to 
together which is known by their breaking, or by the Cure of cneir 
fractures. 
And therefore by bow much thicker the Bones are, by fo much the more norifh' 
ment, and the longer time they require to be foddered together to chat 
die Nofe-bonc require ten parts of nutriment, and the Noie being broken fhall need 
ten daiescimeto grow together: the Aliment of the ribs. Jawbone and Jugular 
(which aretwice as thick) mufi be double in quantity, and they fhall require twice 
the time (beingbroken) ere they can grow together again. 
And the Cubic-bone, becaule it is thrice as thick as the Nofe-bone, therefore ]t 
will need thrice as much nutriment, -nd thrice as long time to grow together. 
The Tibia and ‘Brachium becaule they are four times as thick as t tie Nofe-bo -c’ 
will require four times as much nutriment and four times longer! pace to grow cc' 
gather. 
Finally, the Thigh-bone being five times as wi II require five times a s mud1 
nutriment, and five times as much fpace to grow together, after they have bin bt°' 
ken. 
Celfus writes in his feventh out of 'Hippocrates, thac between the foi’r 
teench and twentieth day thea jaw-bone, b Cheek'bones, the e Jugular,d Bred 
thee Shoulder-blades, the * Ribs, the? Back-bone, thehHip-bones, 
bones, the k Heel-bones, theJ Hand, and Foot-iole are healed, 
the twentieth and thirtieth daies thenThighes and ° Arms i between the leaved’ 
and twentieth and fortieth the? Arm bones and <1 Thigh-bones are healed. c , 
fence of which place cannot be underft ood, but by conlideration of the threefoldci 
I vity and marrow of the bones. ' 
F >r I hliQ a threefold marrow contained in the Bones in three different 
f The marrow of the greater bones as oft he Anne and Thigh, is reudifh : then131 
row of the middleii z’d bones which are hollow in Come good mealure, is 
jn 'iS reft of the bones being ofajpuhgy fubjiance,or full of hide Cavities, are tei 
fdftVed with marrowy Juice, but not with red marrow. / 
4 T15./ 3. L.“ b Tis.f " c Tfß^fi,A,m d T 10. /2* g 
A&C.Z e Tzi .fv% 2 f Tl°* /2- & 3-1 b Tl3/19 TlO./2. 
%,f i.g h 5 T21./5.A “ k T2l. / 5.®." 1 T21./2-; 
i " ™ rzi./4 n t.2l,fu‘M% 2 ° T21./2. ©asT" p raw*' 
CC.; q T zi.fi,cKct{:Z ' . ■ fi 
Howbeic the inferior jaw-bone is hollowed in the bafe, and in the Chin it is 
ftony hardnefs,k concerns red marrow, which does not flu&uate from one end 
the law-bone to the other, becaule of the hardnefs and Tolididicy of the 
the Chin. Whence it iseafie to be demonftiaced thac the %laxilla is a don 
A Threefold 
Cavity in 
"Bones. 
A Threefold 
bone. ■ riv".. ■ ofa 
The ClaviculdyWhicbCfalen writes is fiffulous, we find to be every where 
ipungy lubftance. The Ribs, the Vertebra, the ihoulder-blades, dieHipJ 
the Tariian arid Mecatarfian bones,aifo the wriff and afterwriff-bones, are 
and like Pumice-ftones. The bones of the fingers are hollow and contain a w 
marrow. In the Feet, only the great Toe is fiffulous or hollo w-bon’d. Chap. z6. 
Of the Colleßion and ordering of ‘Bones &c. 
287 
Chap. 26. The CoUtHlon and ordering of 'Bones 
fora Seek ton. 
But if you are not minded to breake the bones, but defire to preferve and pre- 
pare them for a feeieton. You fhal oblerve that there are two things required chere- 
Unro* firfl the purifiemg and clenfing of the bones, fecondly their apt uniting and 
Trx>o parts of 
tuis wor^e* 
Aliening together, which may be termed Sceleco-pafia. 
As for what concerns the clenfing of Bones, Scaliger in his Exercitations obferves, 
that the flone termed Sarcophagus does in a flvorc fpaceeac off and cOnfume the 
ndh from the Bones. And fo the bones remaine bare and naked. 
The Clenfe' 
ing of the 
Bone*. 
cPaufaniai in ‘Eliacis relates chat the Divel 'Eurynymui eaces off the flefh of 
Qtad People,fo as nothing but the bones remaine. 
The Jevves imagine chat there is an internal Divel named Azazel j who in Levi- 
Jkiis is named Pnnceps defertorum, and eates and devoures the flelh of the dead, 
ieavcing only the bones behind. 
But we are not wohc to nfe the flone farcophagus, becaufe we have it not y 
I>eicher are we acquainted with its operations. Neither do we ule the alfiilance of 
Divel urynomus, becaule we defie and execrate thoieVicked Ipirits. 
Wherefore haveing cut the Bones one from another and taken their flefh off,you 
them into a large Kettle or Caldron, except the Brefl-bone, theHyoides, 
Coccyx. Then fil the Caldron with fealding water, fo as to cover ail the Bones 
ai*d (ec them on the fire and boile them foure or five houres. 
f You lira I be careful while they are boiling that no bone flick but, foasto bp 
tinted by che lmoak, 
AUo you fhal ever and anon take off the feum and fat which fwims aloft,chat the 
may be the more neat and cleane. 
Which that it may be more effectually performed, you fhal perce the larger 
that are ful of Marrow, in the Head with anAwie chat all the fuperfluous 
45tow may flow and foake out. 
You may throw away the firfl water and boile them in a fecond,that all the mar- 
may be drawn forth. 
Then take them out while the water is hoc ( for if icbe cold they wii be greafie ) 
lerape and clenfe them with a final knife. 
while they are boyling, throw in a pound of Lime or Chalke, to make 
the whiter, but this eates off the Epiphyfies and the Griftles which do cruft 
v^excremicies of the Bones j which you rauft take heed you pul not away, when 
the Bones. ' 
th 1 llen y°u fhal Puc ttie againe into mofi pure water boiling hot, and boile 
Cl. for an houre,thac all the marrow and fat may be leparateand exhaufted.After 
c°u them *nco 
•yj® bnnen deaths. 5 f ' .i f, 
°pei • c^e 01 ies are t^us PrePalecfj many lay them two or three moneths in the 
ful Jpllle co bieacli and grow white. Others put them into a wooden cafe, bored 
ri^°^es ancf hang them in a running brooke, or in the dream es of a fwift River, 
I ebbing of the ftreame may whiten them. 
Velv racber lay them under the falling of a Mil-ftream for thefpace of ten or 
• \ 
°niu* m hit Vook de Admir audit, relates that he faw in the fh?>are of 
Ck2/<l ln Picardy,an inumerable coropanyof exceeding white bones of Bodies 
been drownd and call out upon the fliore haveing been burred in the Sea 
c “e Dw the like by the Red-lea, lothac the bones fo prepared, and flicking 
W’ coBecber by their nerves and Ligaments, are exceeding neace, and cleane 
CeL. hen Snow. Such as were rhofe two Sceletons which Qalen had to terve 
oatomy. ‘Bsllonim oblcrves in the lame place, chat dead bodies are pre- z88 
TheThyfcalConfideration, and ?jtnatcmy. 
Book VI# 
(erved from corruption if they be anointed with die Balme that drops out of Cedat 
trees, alfo that bones moiftened with the fame juice remaine uncorrupred. 
The Bones accurately denied and dried,you fhal preferve in a Chefr, or you may 
faften them together with brafs-wire, and fo keep them Branding in a Cafe. Itls 
needful that you have bones both waies,viz, Tingle and united. And the truth is, as 
Vefalius has rightly obferved, the Bones united lerve more for ofrencacion chan Tl' 
ftru&ion. 
The manner 
effairing the 
Hones to make 
a Skeleton. 
Moreover by long hoileing, firft in water, and then in oile, al the Bones of the 
Headandoftheupperjawbonearecafilyfeparaced.as I have often observed: and 
by this meanes you may have them fevered one from another, chat you may 
and meafure the fizeand dimentions of every one. The manner of fattening tbe 
bones together, depends either upon the Induftry of the Amft •, one is done by 
imitation of another Scelecon neatly compofed. You may read more of this liib' 
|C& in Vefalius and Columbus. Alfo Carolus Stephanus, has noted lome things 
upon thofe Authors, worthy of Conlidecation. 
F I I S. An Alpliabcuc.il Table, 
A Page 
ABdomen, Its‘Medicinal confide- 
ration, the [welling thereof, 
and its conjiitution what it 
fhouldbe. 33 
Abdomen, The difeafes thereof 34 
Its ‘Mufcles 248 
Abfurd Longings, whence they proceed, 
Accelerator, What‘Mufctefb termed. 250 
Aniaurofis, What we are to underfiand 
A thereby 142 
Auaftomofis, Of the Veins and Arteries 
what it is, 2ss 
Anatomy, Tbe confideration thereof two- 
fold, towit, Phylofopbical and Thyfi- 
. cal, both which neceffary 1 
Anatomy, Tow far forth ufeful and pro- 
fitable in Thy 2 
The Authors intent and method in trea- 
ting thereof, ibid Bcc. 
- The(Method of teaching it twofold 3 
A^atomiR,Qeneral Trecepts for him to be 
. firfl acquainted with 26 
Anchylofts What to beunderflood there- 
by 3 2 66 
lleUrifma,What it if 2 5 9 
or Squinfy, What kind of tumor 
201 
The wounds thereof 214 
Pillar Ligament of the Toes, what it is 
Ah- ’ 238 
“I,Tlal Spirits, The place where they are 
according to our Author, 128 
arguments to the contrary, 
‘fHwered 129, 130 
dow they are carried through the Tfer- 
Whence it proceeds 55 
■Ca Vein, Tefcending, its diftribution, 
* great Artery called Lienalis, its Tfe, 
p of its ‘Membrane, and its 
Aphf* . 67 
l na£or Ulcers of the Qums, their ma- 
guancy 204 
(page 
Appetite, Want thereof whence it pro- 
ceeds, and likgwife T)og- appetite y$ 
Apophyfis, What it is 2J9 
Apophyfts Goracoides, Its <Vfe ibid 
Apoplexy, What,and whence it proceeds 
. 13.3 
Apoplexy, Andfuch lih§ difeafes, their 
cure ibid 
Arm, The nine ISlufcles thereof, 225 
Arccria afpera. Or Wind-pipe, its Tfe 
&c. And whether the wounds thereof 
are curable 208 209 
Artery, Its definition 27 
Arteries, What they are, whence they 
have their original, a large difcourfe 
hereof by the Author, 115 116 
Arteries, Whether they may and which of 
them may be opened 217 
Arteries, Of the Tie ad before they he open- 
ed a profitable experiment of Alxandec 
Benedi&us to be put in pra&ife 21S 
How the motion of their (Pulfe can he 
flopped while the Tleart moves 259 
Atenes Crural. The Tulfe islafifelt in 
them 259 
Arteries Carocides, Or fleepy Arteries, 
whether or no the objiruition of them 
do caufe deepfieep,Communion of them 
and thefpinal‘Marrow 115 116 
Articulation Of the bones, what con- 
curs thereto ' 263 See. 
Aftfama, What it is, its hjnds 103 
Atrophy, What it is, and whence it pro- 
ceds 5 9 
Auditory Tajfages of the Tar 193 
Axillary Kernelis, their difeafes 21 r 
B 
Back and Breaftbones, 'their Vertebra, 
Fallopius his obfervation touching 
them 2 3 
Back, Troperly is not moved 231 
Tow it is bowed by the Quadra ms ibid 
Its various ‘Mufdes, 231 232 
Back-bone, It/ jhape griflks, cMem- THE T B L E. 
Page 
hr ones and the way to diffeU the Verte- 
bras thereof 275 276 
Baldnefs, Whence it proceeds, 120 
Belchings and Hiccupings, Whence they 
proceed 5 5 
Belly, The Mufcles thereof, their number, 
figure, largnefs, originalj the white- 
line, connexion, aUion, ufe, &c. 
40 41 
their medicinal confideration 42 
Belly, The divifton of its parts 44 
the two notable veins thereof, and what 
is to beconfederedin them, 5051 52 
the CAiacal Artery thereof 52 
the Serves thereof, and what difeafes 
rife therefrom 67 
It/ ‘Mufcles ten 232 
Benedict us. His experiment, before the 
Arteries of the head may be opened 218 
BlacWioors, Whether they have anyfutu- 
ers in thir Sculls 268 
Blindnds, Whence it proceeds, and the 
caufes thereof. 14*2 
Bladder, It/ ‘Mufcles and the office there- 
of 232 251 
Blood, Where and how made, and how 
diftributedfrom the liver,a double cir- 
culation thereof 5758105 
how neceffary the circulation of it is to 
continue the motion of the hart, and 
whether the blood dopafifrom the right 
ventricle of the heart unto the Lungs, 
108 
Blood, what kind of it is circulated, in 
what vejfels, after what manner, 
and bow neceffary the circulation is, 
i°9 
difference of blood in Vena Cava and 
Porca 108 
whether the blood pafi through the Sep- 
tum Medium of the heart or no 110 
the circulation thereof intercepted by 
ohftrufiion of the ventricles, or of the 
veins, in 
The conditions of that which is good, 
and how the ‘Fibres, are therein, 
the natural temper thereof, the quantity 
fornetimes congealled 66 
Whether it may be leffend otherwife 
than by blood-letting 66 
Body Of man, bow to be confidered by 
Anatomifts, itsVarts, itsjohdparts, 
how manyfold, itsftmllarparts, what 
and how many. 26 
Page 
I u natural and legitimate conformati- 
on , and the neceffarinefs of it, 29 
Body Of man, its divifwn, 3* 
Bone, its definition, 27 
Bones, the biflory of them,otherwife term- 
ed Oftology 4 
F our considerations of them ibid 
Bones, ‘Dolirine of them double 5 
Why there are many of them in man. 6 
Bone? Of men, in what particulars they 
differ from thofe of Women 18 
Ihe number of them in a ‘Mans ‘Body 
i 9 
Bones Of Infants, the hi ft cry of them» 
jbid 
Which U both Ancient and profitable 2O 
The number of them in In fants, 25 
Bones, Anew hi ft ory of them, 260, 
Why they are laft treated of 261* 
The Dottrine of them demonftrated itl 
a dead body very neceffay for the perfeft 
bnowledg of Mans body, for the practice 
ibid 
Bones, Their general difeafes, 265 && 
Bone, Called Luz the fable of the Cuba' 
lifts concerning it 27$ 
A threefold cavity in them,and a three' 
fould marrow 28^ 
Bones, The remote matter that nourifhetb 
them 2H 
The immediate matter of them, and 
whether they have Veins, Arteries, aw 
Serves ibid 
Bones, the colleUion and ordering of the& 
foraSceleton 287 
The manner offaftening them to matt 
a Sceleton 2r 
Brains, Their fubftance, divificn, th&f 
Coats, ‘Pipes, and principal difeaft* 
. . I 21’ 
Brain, Ful of windings and turnings 
Brain, Whether it hath any motion, dw 
whether it cooletb the heart 1 
Whether or no and bow the blood \ 
circulated thereinand what blood & * 
nourijhedwith 124 
Brain, The manner of deffeUing 
hift ory of it's parts. 
Breaft, or Cheft, What it is, four ftI**1** 
i 4 
Its form what it ought to be f0 
Breafts, What to be chofen in 9CurJs 
Breaft-bone. Of how many pdrtif^f THE TABLE, 
. . Bage 
vones it it made up, the hole thereof, 
the ‘JSfatur'al fhap thereof. 274 
rcnchocele, what it it 201 
Üboes, where they anfe 76 
, what mufcle fo called. 220 
their fable touching the ‘Bone 
ctZ’ . . . 27S 
Ulexy, what it is, and whence it pro- 
. 59 
ochmaie, what it is, and whence it 
.... . ~ 65 
‘7; what it is, itsfeituation, original, 
vtfeafes thereof, fmilar, organical and 
' 45 46 
ncer in the gums, what it is,and whence 
Ca* 2041 
q ries of the Skid, what it is 270 j 
q Milage, its definition 271 
xiphoides its figure. 274 
ufe andhole ibid 
Ca !fcr°oking 275 
Myrtiformes, what, and where 
81 
aiepus and Cams, what difeafes they | 
Cat'*. , 133 I 
q. what they are and whence. 135 
Q, their defeription 195 
Sj whence that fympathy between 1 
and the Iqiees proceeds 284 
eft it/ bounds,fhape, parts, and rnedi- 
Clnal conftderation, and difeaf?/, 94, 
95,96,97 
r. Y Mufcles proper and common. 230 
.d, its conception _ 87 , 
Sj pofiure and accommodation in the j 
it/ natural birth: Somtimes i 
fanout with a hook. 88,89 • 
purgations,what they are, re- 
Q.aiaed how to be evacuated. 89 90 
q defer ibed 194 
j er3 what it is, the pafiages thereof, 
C{) forts thereof in the Liver 59, 60 
let, diverfity of it proved by the dif~ 
Qjql*™ forts of Jaundice. 60 
Hippocrates, what it is, 237 
Qirc°*desplexus, thecaufe thereof. 122 
, °cele, what lijnd of tumor,and where 
Cj^ed _ 78 
lcula, what it is, itsgnjile and Liga- 3 
Chcen£ 273 
or,s in women, what meant thereby 
82 
Page 
The ‘Mufcle s thereof 233 
j Coccix or crupper bone, what it is, and 
1 the Mufcles peculiar thereunto in a Wo- 
! man 250 
j Cods, their coats, cavities, .vef els. 77 
J Columella or Uvula, inflamed. 205 
; Coma or dead lleep, whence it proceeds 
. ; 132 
Concha, whatitisland its parts, 273 
Conorium, what it is, 123 
Convulfion, what it is, and whence. 134 
Corus, their original 213 
Cough, whence it proceeds j p4* 
Courfes, in letting blood to move them 
what to be ahferved 86 
Cremafter Mufcle, what it is 76 
TJow it is known : 24p 
Crupperbone, what it if, and the %lufcle 
peculiar thereunto in man and woman, 
250 
ItsfiruUure, <&c. 276 
Cubitus, what it if, and why the Pxadius 
isjoyned thereunto, 280 
Cubic, the Mujcles thereof 22$ 
Cuphofis,<2 difeafe, and where 
Cynicus fpafmus, what, and whence. 196 
E) 
Dandrif what it is,and whence it proceeds 
120 
Deafnefs, whence it proceeds. 193 
Diabetes, what it is, and whence it pro- 
ceeds . 68 
Diaphragme, its originall, motion, and ufe 
231 
fee midrif 
Diaftole, what it is, and voher. j 07 
Digeftion, how it is caufed 5 3 
Dropfie, how defined, and whence it pro- 
ceeds 5£ 
Drum of the Ear, what it is 193 
Dugs of Women,tk’ir fuhjiance, fcituati~ 
od, magnitude, fhape, the teats, and the 
circle about them, their difeafes. 9$ 96 
Dugs and Womb, their conjent how cauf- 
ed 97 
E 
Ears, thepafiage of them, and the ‘Bony 
C ircle, 21. Their parts, windings, 
and difeafes 191 192 
Ear external, its Mufcles common and 
proper 219 
inftde thereof v its three Cavities, and 
why the drum thereof is placed oblique- 
ly A a a 2 272,273* THE TABLE. 
Page 
. Its Wallet, anvil, and ftirrup, ‘Mufdes, 
Ligaments, and drumftnng. ibid 
Ears, ct{pifis in them,their caufe and cure, 
193 
The puff ages from them to the palate, 
269 
Egyptians, their operation in cutting out 
the ftone not to be approved 72 
Eyes, their Scituation, ‘Parts, ‘Membrane, 
‘Mufdes, Tfirnels &c. 136.137 
Eyes, their divers ‘Difeafes, tfwd their 
names 13 8, &€, 
Eye, the Orbitary bones thereof how many 
12 
Picolominus, his error touching their 
number ibid 
Their Mu files are fix 219 
Eye-holes, the bones thereof 22 
Eye-lids, their ‘Mufdes four 2.18 
Eiephanciafis of the Arabians what it is 
213 
Empyema, what we are to underftand 
thereby 9fi 
Emphyiema,. what dfiemper of the eye 
139 
Epididymis, what it is, 78 
Epiglottis, what is meant thereby 207 
Its difeafes 208 
Excretion of‘Blood, Choler, Serum, suit- 
tor,&c, ip4< 
Exoftofis, what it fignifieth 2 66 
Exoftofis of the what it is 270 
F 
Face, what it is. And its (Farts 11 
Its defiription and difeafes. 194,195 
Fallingficknefs, whence it proceeds, 134 
Falx,a partition fo termed. 122 
Fat, its definition and divifim 27 
Feavers, continual and intermittent fea~ 
ted in the trunkjof the Vena Cava 64 
Feavers dijfe rent either in refpeß of their 
Caufe, matter,or manner,&c, in 
Fibre* its definition and defiription. 27 
Fingers, their Mufiles. 228, 229 
, Their pappy ends 212 
The beft way of differing them 247 
Flegm, whether or no it may be colleßed 
within the Cavity of the Sphenoides 
2 69 
*By what wanes the flegm of the npfe 
paffeth 269 
Flefh, its definition and defiription, 27 
<Froud cFle[h in head-wounds whence it 
proceeds 267 
Foot, itsdvifion into Tar (us, Mecatat' 
lus,4«dToes . : 18,$^* 
Its Mufdes and M0ti0n.zf6,237, &c' 
The Sefamoidean hones belonging 
thereto, audits ligaments, 2&5 
Forehead Mufdes, fhould rather be 
called the ‘Eyebrow Mufdes 21$ 
Foiinx, what meant thereby I 2? 
French Ma idens, why they have their 
fhoulder higher than the left 2 80 
Frental Muicles, two of them 2*B 
Fundament, in what order to be diffStjf 
Its Sfiame, Mufdes, and their w 
76,77 
Its difeafes, fometimes clofed Up 
G 
Gall, The Bladder thereof, its 
fubfiances fiituation, bottom, 1&* 
finews, bignefijhape, communion, 
difeafes, 5 g 6° 
Gargareon, ‘Uvula,or mouth-palat ItsMw 
cles 
Gelding, Blow it may be made infenft^. 
■ :• - 7 
Genitalis, Of a man, and firfi of the yfW 
its parts,skin,foreskin,bridk, 
veffels, mufdes, the hollow ligament 
their internal fubftance, the %ut th& 
of, and its difeafes 
fee 
Gongroni, What kind of Tumor, i°l 
Gonorrhea, Virulent, the feat thereof, ft 
What vein to be opened in the 
thereof 
Greenficknefs, What it is, and the cdW 
thereof, 
Groyns, What to be obferved therein, r 
Gullet, It/ membrane, and 0* 
ftrußion 2$ 
Gums, Their natural and pretermit 
conftimion, 2°f 
Their ‘Ulcers, or Aphtha, 2^ 
Guts, Their fubftance, fiituation, 
tude,* general divifwn, and fpeCia £ 
their cavity and ufe, 4 
Their names, ligaments,fat,Jhutter * 
connexion, and ‘Medicinal confedeM 
tion 46 47 4 
Gut Duodenum, The ‘Biliarpore thereol 
46 
Guc Ileum Its defeent, 
pa# THE table. 
.Pag6 
H 
*tam. Why the wounds therein are dead- 
b 284 
Haks gray what kind of Symptom 120 
Hallucination, What meant thereby 
to 142 
Hand, Its divifion into three parts 16 
The two mufcles thereof 227 2z 8 
The Voidfpace therein, 283 
Head, What it is, and its divifion, 8 
Thefutures thereof 21 
Tbs form thereof, 30 
Why placed in the highefi (place, its fije 
Shape, divifion, and the general difeafes 
thereof 118 119 
Its ‘Mufclesproper and common 21S 
223 
Whether an iffue may be made in the 
crown 268 
Its motion and ligaments 272 
Head Dcopfie, What it n, and whence it 
proceeds, 121 
Head, Which Vertebra it it moved upon 
to 272 
Heart, Whether it be the original of vena 
cava, and whether it and the •Arteries ! 
jtfre moved at the fame time 108 109 
Heart, The Mobility thereof, itsJubfiance 
fcituation, bignefi, jhape,veffelsfßars, 
pulie, and the caufe thereof according j 
to our Author. 107! 
Tlow facejfary the circulation of the 
blood is to continue the motion of the 
heart 108 
Whether the blood do pafr from the 
tight ventricle of the heart unto the 
and what hind of blood is circu- 
lated .108 
hs right and left ventricle, their vejfels 
valves 109, no 
lts ufital difeafes, no 
.arc, the Septum medium of it what it 
110 
|ve*rtburning. Whence it proceeds 55 
€art, Posen by worms bred in the blood 
to 66 
|vearc, Tfce original of Vena Cava 108 
snaorrhoids, What they are, and where, 
to 77 
ermaphrodices, Who fo to be termed 
tollrl 7 
aanus, *His way of taking out the fione 
***** to be approved of 71 
Page 
Hip, The consumption thereof. 
Its naturalfrape ibid 
Hippocrates, Certain places in him ex- 
pounded 92 
Hoarinel's Whence it proceeds 208 
Hofmans •Arguments touching the breed- 
ing of the •Animal Jpints anfwered, 
128 &c. 
*Hh tenent difturbs the brattice of Phy~ 
M 130 
Hucklebone, The Oval hole thereof, 283 
H ydcocele, What kind of rupture it is 78 
: Hymen In Virgins what it is 81 
I 1 
Jaws Two*, the bones thereof 11 12 22 
The lower Jaw, its (Mujcles on either 
fide fix 221 
Iliacus tMufcle its original, 234 
Ilium, The bones thereof, its parts 17 
How its motion is performed 42 
Ilium and os facrum, Joyned together, 
their motion, and by what cMuJcles 
they are moved forwards and backl7 
wards 232 282 
Indigeftion, 111 digeftion, and Slow di- 
geftion, from whence they at proceed, 
S5, 
Infants, What difeafes are proper to them 
90 
Interred als internal what they are, 230 
Interoffeans,t»to cMufcles they are 238 
Toinrs, Gallens dotirine concerning them 
8 
Zfchuria, What it is,and whence it proceeds 
68 
Iffues, in what places they are commonly 
made 214 
I Ifthmus defined, its difeafes. 205 
K 
(Kibes where bred, and whence they amfe 
213 
Kidneyes, The fuhfiance of them, their 
temper, Scituation, grearnsfs, number, 
Jhape,colour, and veffels 6 7 68 
Kidneyes, Tlow jhaped in children 6g 
Their internal firutture admirable, its 
(Bafm,teats,pe've, and infirmities ibid 
The falling down of them,their fwelling 
fioppage, ulcer,vein opened, attion hurt 
tec. 69 
Stones bred therein, when cureable by 
incifwn ibid 
Kidneyes, Their confumption, and who 
moftfubjett thereunto, &c ibid THE TABLE. 
Page 
Kidnies Wealgieff,when a dropfie proceeds 
therefrom, bow it is to be cured, ibid 
Kings-Evil What it island how its jwell- 
ings differ fromErenchocele, 201 
Knees, Whence thatfympathy between them 
and the Cheeky proceeds 284 
Its ligaments 283 
L 
Labor hard in Child-hearing, helps to fur- 
ther it 89 
Larynx, Or head of the Wind-pipe, its 
fcituation, Qriftiles, motion, mufcles, 
and difeafes 207 208 222 
Leg, The two bones t hereof 17 
Its feveral Mufcles,and motion 23$ &c. 
Lethargy, What hit, and whence, 133 
Ligament, its definition, 27 
Ligament Why it is interpofed between 
the Radius and the Cubitus 280 
Limbs (being the third part of the Seek- 
ton) hew to be confidered 15 
their divifion ibid, &c. and 211 
Limbs, upper and inferior, 24 
c.Method of handling them, and parts 
of which they are compounded, and 
their federal difeafes 212 isre. 
Veins, Arteries, andT&rves, belong- 
ing to them . 254 &c. 
Linea Candida, which k the true one, 249 
Lips, Their description 194 
Lips, Their are two, common 
to both 220 
Their ufe and difeafes, 196, 197 
Liver, Its fubfiance, colour, fcituation, 
bignefs, lobes or laps, regions, vejfells, 
and difeafes $7 58 
Its communion with other parts 58 
Its attion, andfymptoms, $8 59 
Liver, whether the roots of Cava and 
Porta are united therein 5 8 
Liver, Tfot the original ofVena Cava,64 
It is the original of Vena Porta 108 
Lordofis, A difeap, and where 2,7% 
Loufie Evil, what bf.nd of Symptomit is 
121 
Loynes, The parts thereof, name, with 
its etymology, parts bordering upon 
them 90 91 
Loyns, Their pains, the fpeciall caufes 
thereof, the Authors method in treat-.! 
ing thereof, 91 92 
Loynes, their ftruUure &c* 276 
Lungs or Lights, Their Sub[lance, Veff l 
fels, Scituation, ‘Motion, Divifion, j*! 
fisape, (peculiar manner1 
j Pags 
of nourifinnent, and difeafes 102 io3 
Lungs, their excellency, and why the? 
j are Jo JubjeU to fluxions, in the dip 
j fes thereof whether blood-letting be ap~ 
prove able iO% 
Lungs, their confumpiion,and Come coup* 
j: thereof ibid 
Lungs, why diftinguiffed into lobes 0) 
taps ics 
Luxation or Disjoynting, what hjnd of 
difeap it is 26° 
, Luz, a bone Jo called, and a fable of 
Cahalips touching the fame, 27? 
M . . 
Maidens Ftench, why they have their rig™ 
fijoulder higher then the left 2 
Maieoli, what they are 285 
Man wel formed, how many things to & 
c onft deer din him 29, 3° 
Mafia carnea what it is, and its ufe, 239 
Malle[er or Chaw Muleles, what they 
| 221,24* 
| Men broad fhouldered whether they beg& 
! large children 219 
1 Men, why fo few that can ufe bo\h hans 
j alike J 2so 
Marrow of the Bones threefold, and wh& 
ther it be compap with a membra 
263 
i Marrow fpinal, its natural conftitutioft 
original, progrefi, and dignity, &c‘ 
276, 27l} 
Meatus Hepacicus and Cyfk'icus,what thPf 
are yp, 6° 
Meazlesand final Pox, whence they pr°' 
ceed 9°, 
Mediaftinum, what it is, its Cavity aW 
difeafes 98, io^ 
Melancholy, its definition 13* 
Membrane, what it is, its Thames, Sff 
fiance. Original, Temper, Scituatiff1 
Tfum her, fFigure. Colon r, C onnexidh 
Communion, AUion, TJfi. 27*3d?3/. 
Membrane, its conftderatiort* 
37, K 
Membrane common of the ‘Mufcles. 
Meninges, what they are 
Mefencerium, what it is, its feitud^0 J 
StrutiureffeJfelsfUfe, Difeafes• 
Tlow the Veins thereof are ® . 
fefted 49, i 
Mecacarpium, what it is, and of how tfl 
ny Danes it confifts -j • 
Midi if, or Diaphragme, its Scituf10 ’ T H E T A B L 
PaSe 
Page 
Subfiance, Shape, Veffels, Motion, how 
it m sues in respiration, and iis dtfeafes, 
101, 192 
It/ Original from the Circumference of 
the bafiard"l\ibf, audits-Ufe. 231 
. Ihe Mufc les thereof 231 
Jlouch-palace, the Mufcles thereof. 22 3 
in the general, what it is, its defi- 
nition, Subfiance, Temperature, Origi- 
nal and infection, Quantity, Timber, 
Figure, Delly, Head, Tendon, Color, 
Connexion, Communion, Aft ton, Di~ 
2)erfety,howitisfinown 38, 39 
particular of feveral parts. 218 
to - 219>&c- 
diffediori,<aM Introduction there- 
unto, fhewing an accurate Method to 
cut up the Mufcles of the whole Dody. 
219,14(D,&C. 
es of the Radius, Wrifis, \Fingers, 
and T bumb the befi way to diffcct them 
243 
■Kf- N 
Tulles, their difeafes 212 
what it is, Its vejfdls, ufe, and 
confederation 44 45 
eck. Its ufe, length, parts, veffels 
kernels, and medicinal confederation 
200 20T 
. The Mufcles thereof eight 224 
its definition 27 
beeves, or finews, contained within the 
Chefi, eight remarkable ones, their 
v names 116117 
Vves, bow many of them proceed from ■ 
marrow 277 
what Affect fo called, 132 
It/ fcituation, magnitude, fhape, 
'cavhies, bones, grijiles, membrane, 
* febtfcles, and difeafes 197 198 
mufcles common and proper 220 
h'p difeafes 198 
bleeding, the caufes thereof, and 
I9S ,99 
u’lls, The paffages from them to the 
fmpha in young women, what it is 81 
Qef 
' ioP‘iagus, or (fuller, its membrane, her- 
andpbfiruftion 289 
what it is, it's fcituation, ori- 
difi<ifes _ 45 46 fie Cal. 
what kind of difeafe it is 120 
°A°gia nova, or a new hifiory of the 
j bones, 260 &c, 
jOs Hyoides, It/ fcituation, fimfture, 
fastening, and why it hath many ii?a~ 
merits 271 
Os Hyois, What it isfits parts,fßafes,and 
'Horn, ‘Error of Anatomifes concern- 
ing it, and its Mujcles 12 13 221 
Os Sacrum, and Os Coccyx, what they 
are 23 
‘How the motion of the Os Sacrum as 
performed 42 
Ofcheocele, What kind of rupture, 7 8 
Palate, Its ferufture,androttennsfs 204 
It/'Mujcles two ' 22 3 
Pally, what it is, and whence it proceeds, 
434 
Pancreas, What it is, its fubftanceffcttua- 
tion, veffels, wen? channel, life, 50, fee 
Sweet-bred d. 
Parocis, what it is 192 
Its confutation 241 
Parcs of t/je ‘Body follid how many fold, 
fimilar what and bow many 26 &c. 
Part'-, OrganicaL what, bow many,what 
toheohfervedineachofthem 2% 
Patella, What its conneftion,ufe,& Vefah- 
us his opinion touching the fame 284 
Pettorail Mucle defended 245 
Pelvis and glanduia pituitaria, what they 
be t 24 
Pericardium, What it is, how inflamed, 
ful of humor, deficient of hmnor, worms 
bred therein ■■■''•- 100 
Pericranium What they 
be. * up 
Perineum opened, and in what manner 
72 
Peritoneum, what it .is; its temperature, 
fubftance,original,fcituation, quantity, 
figure, color, connexion, communion, 
ufe, and 1 Medicinal confederation 4z 
43 
The prodefi thereof 76 
Peripneumonia, Whether there may be any 
or no, bow it is caufed accm'ding to our 
t.Authoriths difference from a cFleuri(y 
99 ICO 
Pharinx, What it is, and. its 'Muffles 
■ ' 209 -222 
Phymofis, and Paraphymofis, what dif- 
eafes 74 75 
Pill-bladder, I"tsfubjiance, coates, mag- 
nitudcf fhape, boles, Mufcles, veffels THE TABLE 
Page 
Ligament, &c. 278,27? 
The parts of it how named by Galen* 
and how by Celfus ibid 
Sciatica? the baftard one what it is. 25* 
Sciatica gout, whereit is bred. 21} 
Seed, the matter of it threefold,how itts 
voided 79 
Seed fuppreffed, whether burifulto 
men & 
Seed veffels and Seed bladders, why wrim 
led, from whence the texture of veins 
mong them, they are the feat of a vim" 
lent (fonorrhea 7% 
Scoliofis, what it is, and the caufe thereof 
»7* 
Sceleton, what it is, audits divifton. j 
Septum or Speculum Lucidum, what)0 
called, and why 
Sefamoidean Bones, which they are* 
The way to find them ibid &285 
Shoulder blades, The ‘Mufcles thereof fo^ 
22\ 
page 
difeafes ?o 71 
If/ kgy,an inftrument fo called 72 
Pi Is- bladder perforated, its ulcersycleanf- 
ed ibid 
Plechory, What it it, and whence it pro- 
ceeds 6 5 
Pleura, What it is, Its thich&efl 97 9 8 
Pleuriiy, ‘How the pains of the fides are 
kpowenfrom it} and how they differ in 
their fcituation and matter 9 8 99 
Differnceofitfrom a Teripneamunia 
100 
On which fide the blood is to be fallen 
away in a plerifte ibid 
%And out of what vein ibid 
Pneumatocele, What hind of rupture it is, 
78 
Polypus in the slofe, the caufi thereof 
198 
Priapifmus What dijeafe it is 74 
Proceffus vermiformis, Where it is placed 
123 
Pfoas cMufils,what,andwhereitis 234 
Shoulder, the extremities thereof. t $ 
Shoulder, why the french Maidens 
the right higher then the left 
Siriafis or dog day rr.adnefi, what it is. 13j 
Smelling Loft, Diminished, deprave 
the Caufes thereof 19* 
Sneezing, whence it is 
Sphenoides Sinus, its ufe. 
Sphincter of the mouth, wkatVlufile it * 
Skin, its dwifton. Scarf shin its 
Original, Tigure, Color, Connexion 
Dfe, and how beautified 34, 
Itsdifeafes ly 
Skin called Derma, or the true shirty & 
Subftance, Temperature, ipc. whethy 
loft can be regained 35, 3® 
Skul, whatitityiurnaturalVigure. 
The number of the Danes thereof 
The holes and pits thereof l0* 1, 
What is principally to be obfirved 
in, and why it it double 3 
The Trimary difeafes thereof 
Spawling, or Salivation, whence it j 
ceeds / 
Spinal Marrow, the natural eonftiW*10 s 
thereof, its Original and Trogreft, 
how many Tferves proceed from ity * 
gether with its dignity. 2765 
Speech aboliftied, the caufi thereof ,2-j 
Spirits Animal, how they are cftrr\ 
R 
Radius, what itk, and its <Mufiles. 226 
The heft way of differing its £Mufiles 247 
Why it is joyned totheC übicus. 280 
Refpiracion, or fetching of breath, the ne- 
cejftty thereof, it is either free or forced, 
its Organs, wherein natural revirati- 
on confifts, whether perjpiration may 
fkpply its ttfe 105, 106 
Refpiracion unnamra\,the differences there- 
of,it is fomtimes needful in healthy perfons 
107 
Kete Mi rabile, what it is 124 
Rhagofis, what kind of laxity it is» 78 
Kheumacifm, an experiment of Alexan- 
der Benedid:us,/0r it. 218 
Rheumatilmus, what Catarrh fo called. 
1 3S 
Ribs, the true and baftard ones, their 
tw°foldfubftance 275 
Khomboides, what kind of ‘Mufcle it is 
24*4 
Rumination, what kind of difeafe it is 
and from whence it proceeds 5 6 
S 
Saphena vein, what and where it is 257 
Sarcocde, what it is, and why fo termed 
78 
Scapula or fhoulder blade, its articulati- 
on with the Arm, its MufcUf, Cavity, THE TABLE. 
Page 
through the Serves 277 
Squinfie, what lqnd of tumor it is. 201 
bquinzie, an horrid Symptome, fomtimes 
billing a man within fifteen or twenty 
hours 208 
Spleen described, its Subftance, Color, 
gfeatneft, ‘Parts, Scituation, Temper, 
Shape, Cannexion 61 and 62 
its Aftions controverted, and divers 
opinions thereof 61, 62 
Sternum, what it it, Fallopius obfer- 
vat ions concerning it 23 
Sterility, whence it proceeds 87 
Stammering, whence it proceeds. 286 
Scifis, what difeafe it is, & where 278 
Stomach, the ‘Membranes thereof, its Sci- 
tuation, Siye, ‘Figure, Orifices, its 
bottom, inner Surface, Attion, digef- 
tion. Communion with other ‘Parts, 
great fympathy with the Sidneys, com- j 
munion with the whol body, and me- | 
dicinal confideration 5 a, 5 3,54*, 
n 55,5 <5,57/ 
“tone, eafefor old men that have it 721 
“ton out, and cut out of the bladder j 
ibid 
The french and Italian way the beft. 73 
Atones, their Coats, Subfiance, Scituati- 
°n, ‘Figure, Aftion, ‘Difeafes. 77,78 
Their fever alcMufetes 232 
“UfFufion, what we are to under(land 
_ thereby 141 
Stores, what they are, and bow manifold 
9 
Whether‘Blachnoor shave any in their 
Sk&li . . 2?8 ■ 
or Pancreas, what it is, its 
* Subftance, Scituation, Veffelf, Dfe. $0 
Wole, what to be underftood thereby 
St r 107 
nWeats bloody, whence they proceed. 259 
what it it, and its differences 
2 65 
2 Page 
r ‘Bafts, and root , i \ 
Their‘Plumber and Order. 13, 202 
r At what time they appear z % 
‘ Where the hinder Teeth lie, & when they 
> ftrfl breakout, their generation ibid 
, Teech-ficknefs 9Q 
, Whether they breed in all ages and whe- 
• tier they may be faflened in the place of 
' thoje drawn out 2oi 
Teeth, the way to [hew the Vejfel appertai- 
ning unto them, whatmufthe ohferved 
in a Tooth that is drawn out 271 
Tooth"ach, the caufe thereof 205 
‘How the fpungy ‘Excrefcence is taken out 
of the Tooth-hole 
Tendon, what itSs, and its Original- 0 
Tenefmus, what difeafe fo called yy 
Teiiicles, or Stones, their Mufcks, 233 
Thigh, and the bone thereof,cF\nee, ‘Ham, 
j Hfnee-pan tec. 17, 282 
| Its motion, and various Mufcles, 
233 tec. 
I Thigh-bone, the 9fycJ{ thereof why long 
I fajhioned 283 
j Thumb, its Mufcles 229 
The beft way of diffeUirig its ‘Mufcles 
• 247 
The bones thereof 282 
Tibia and Fibula, the reafon of their 
names 28$ 
Tonfils, their difeajes 205 
Tongue, its Subftance, Scituation, Mag- 
nitude,Vejf els, Mufcles, and 
difeafes 205,206 
Whether its Subftance wil grow again 
Tongutf-tyed, who they are• 205 
Toes, their proper ‘Mufcles. 238,239 
Trunk, being the fecond part of the Scele- 
ton, of what it conftfts j 3 
Varices, what they be 
Their cure ibid 
Vena Axilaria, Thoradca, Bablica,Merdi- 
ana, Salvacella, what and where they 
are *54,255 
Vena Cava inflamed, Cure of the difeafes 
thereof twofold, a valve therein, its ufey 
66 
V 
T 
Vitiated and depraved, the caufe 
206,207 
‘“pies, the hones thereof 21 
eeth and Gums, their Tfitture, Harts, THE TABLE. 
(Heart the, Original thereof 108 
Vena Cava and Aorta, within the lower 
*BeUy 64 
Vena Cava, divided into trunks, it is the 
Seatof (Feavers continual and inter- 
miting ibid 
The Liver is not the Original thereof 
ibid 
Pag6 
Ureters, their defcription, fubftance,length 
fcituation, widenefi, original, 
Objiru£Hon,ftone 7° 
Urethra, or ptft-pipe, 73 
It/ obhquanon in the impo0 
ftumated hard to cure 7^ 
Urine let out with a knife 7* 
Uvula, Its ufe, (Mufcles, ligaments, 
difeajes ipc. 204, 2*3 
Why it bath a thickjcoat 6 5 
Vein, its and definition defcription. 27 
Veins contained voitbin the Chef, at large 
difcourfed of by the Author. 113,11 4j 
115 
Vein Jugular, in what cafe it may be ope- 
ned 114 
Veins, which of them are mofl ufually 0- 
pened 21$ 
Whether the (Foot vein may be opened, 
ip vow 216 
Veins, whether they have fibres, and why 
they are called the bodys wind-doors, 65 
The retentive faculty of them being loft, 
what follows 66 
Vena Porta, the Liver,theoriginal there- 
of 108 
Veins, their valves, with the *Vfe of them. 
w 
W arts, <Fro»? whence they arife, 
Wefand,or Windpipe, It/ wje, griflUtt 
'Membrane, and difeafes 208 2$ 
Whether the wounds thereof are curd' 
ble ' 3.09 
Woman, Tk;r Qenital parts, which aft 
either external, or ir -n. their diftf 
fes 81 
'Parts, internal which ferveforgenerfl' 
tion, twofold, ib: way of flawing ths 
parts SJ 
Woman childing, Why fame fickly, oths 
not 
Woman big-bllyed whether Jhe may he & 
blood $ 
Whether in the difeafe Cholera (he m 4 
bleed \w 
Women beg-hellied, whether in thentjf, 
womb grows thinner 
Women never changed into a'Man l[ 
Womb, Itsfubfiance, coats, temper, 
ation, greatnefs, jhape, cavity, 
infirmities 84 
Wrorms, how they breed in the bloody ,i 
Tie art eaten by them iby 
Worms bred in the Pericardium, tvhff 
feed on the heart 
Worms, in the 'Ears termed Eblai, 
Waft, The two Mufcles thereof Iff. 
The befl way of differing its Mufi^ 
VVrift bones their number, and articUff 
tion 2* 
55 
Vein cut off, whether it xml grow again. 
258 
Ventricles, what meant thereby. 33 
Why the diffeftwn begins ar the lower, 
its Subftance, Temperature, Original, 
Scituation, c%uantiy,(*avts containing, 
Common, (Proper, (Diverfe; ('arts 
contained,(Figure, Color, Connexion, 
*Vje,JlU.on 32,33 
Vertebrae, What they are, and the parts 
thereof 13 
Vertebra of the (Fleck,, Loynes, 
Os Sacrum,or holy bone, and the Crup- 
per hone 14 
Vertebra, their (j rifles, and (Membranes 
*?s 
Vertigo What it is, and whence it proceeds 
* . . 154 
Vefalius his opinion touching theufe of 
the Patella, 284 
Veffels their motion how aholijhed 259 
Vomits warily to be ufed, not to be given 
to per Jons very 56 57 
Vomiting ofchokr and blood, whence it. 
proceeds 
Vomica, What fynd of Impoftume it k\ 
*O3 
y 
Yard of a man, Its farts, Sign, fcreS^f 
It's bridle, membrane, vejfels, THE TABLE. 
Page 
Its hollow ligaments, their internal ft/v~ 
fiance, It/ obliquatwn in the Perineum, 
the flSlut thereof \ impofiumated hard to 
Page 
Its rmtfde/ are four 333 
z 
cure, 73 7* 
Yaid, tfce medicinal confederation, and Zecchius, Ttis vain brag yz 
dijeafes thereof 74 Zygoraacicus, What ‘Mufik foe ailed 226 
The Names of JeTeraWooks printed by Peter Cole at thefign of the 
tPrintingipreflinCornhil neer the tftyyal Exchange. 
Eleven fever at 800 hs -y Nsch. Cul- 
peper, Gent• Student in 
ernd *Ajtwlogie. 
I ThePrafticeof Vlyjicfa contai- 
ning feventeeu feveral Books. Wherein 
plainly fet forth, The Nature, ""aufc, 
inferences, and fever al forts of Signs 5 
together with the Cure of al Dileafes 
ip the Bod v o( Man. Being a Tranfla- 
*i°n of the Works of that Learned and 
Unowned Dodor, La\xrm Riven us, 
living j Councellor and Phyfitian 
rhe prefent King of Trance. Above 
yheen thoufano of the faid Books in 
?*atin have been fold in a ve y few 
■[cersjhavingbeen eight times printed, 
lhougb al the former Impreffions wan- j 
the Nature,Caufes,Signs,rnd Dif* 
*ei*nces of the Difcalcs, and had only < 
Medicines for the cure for themj as ; 
Mainly appears bythc Authors Epiftle. 
J1 Riolanus fix Books ot Anatomy and 
containing the Foundation of 
*“yfick and Chyrurgery j wherein ad > 
of Man is in fuch fort Ana- 
emically diffeded, as that the Caufes 
of alDifeafesaredemon- 
,ratcd from the Fabrick andufc of 
e Parts affeded. 
J Anatomy of the oody of 
j- is exactly deicribcd,the 
AVcfal Parts of the Body of Man, iliu- 
wich very many larger Brafs 
*Ces than ever was in Englifh before. 
r * A /ranflition ofthe New etifprn- 
,nwLmadc by the Colkdg of Phyfiti- j 
London. Whertunto is addul 
c Key to Galens Method of Phyfick 
j, ? "Pfie Englifh Phyfitian enlarged. 
t>/ an Aftrologo-Phyfical Difcourfe 
. Vu^Sar Herbs of this Nation ; 
ff*n *S ewe£* k°w to cure a mans 
&od°* m ea^es incident to Mans 
Jf with fuch things as grow in : 
All and for three pence charge. 1 
1 *l'LIn Book is {hewed, 
W i??1* ,of gathering al Herbs, 
2 Th u 8 an£i Altrologically. 
Way of drying, and keeping 
them and their Juyccs. 3 The way 
of nv-.oug and keeping al manner of 
ufeful Compounds, made of thofe 
Herbs. The way of mixing the Me- 
dfdncs according to the Caufc, and 
Mixture of be Difcafe, and the part 
of the B';dy afflicted. 
6 A 'Directory for Midwives, or a 
Guide for 'Vomn. Newly enlarged 
by the Author in every fheet, and illu- 
ftrated with-divers new Plates. 
7 Gale ns Art of Phyfich, with a 
large Comment. 
8 A New Method both of ftudying 
and praftifing Phyfick, 
9 ATrcatife or the Rickets, being 
1 Dileafe common to Children 5 
wherein is {hewed, i The E {fence, 
z The Caufes, j The Signs, 4 The 
Remedies of the Dileafe ; Pubiilhcd 
in Larin by Dr. Gliffon, Dr. Batts 
and Dr. Regemorter, tranfhrcd into 
Englilh, And corrected by N> Cul- 
pept r. 
10 Medicamentl; for the Poor, Or 
Phyiick tor the Common People. 
11 Health for the Rich and Poor, 
by Dyet without Phyiick* 
Twenty one fever al Boo\s of Mr. Wil- 
liam Brio e, Collided into two 
Columns Viz. 
x Scripture Light the mn(i fure Light: 
compared wi:h,i Revelations & Vili- 
ons I,Natural & Supernacual Dreams. 
5 Impreffions with, and without 
Word 4.Light and Law within. 5. Di- 
vine Providence. 6. Chriftian Experi- 
ence. 7. Humane Reafon. 8, Judicial 
Attrology. Delivered in Sermons, on 
2 Tet. 1. 19* 
2 Chrift in fr<tx/c{.*Wherein, 1* The 
Travel of his foul- 2. The firft and 
after effeds of his Death, 3. His AfTu- 
rance of I flue. 4- And his fadsfadion 
therein."Are opened and cleeredm Ser- 
mons, on Ifa. 55 11. 
3 A Lifting up for the Cof -down, in 
cafe of, 1. Great fin. z. Wcafenefsof 
Grace. 3 Mifcafriage of Duties. 
4* Warit of Alfurance, y. Afflidion. 
6 Temptation. 7. Differtion. 8. Un- 
ferviceablenefs. 9, DiCcourage ments 
from the Condition it felf. Delivered 
in thirteen Scrmons,on IPfaim,42. i t„ 
His Four Sermons concerning^ 
4 Sin againlt the Holy Gho{t. 
5 Sins oflnfirmttie. 
6 The falfe Apoftle cried and difeo* 
vered 
7 The good and means of Eftablifh- 
tnrtr 
8 The great things Frith can do. 
1 9 Tht great things Faith can fufFer. 
! 10 ril; Great Goipel My &ety of the 
Saints Cam’- tmi Hol inefs, opened 
and appiieu froia Chtifts Pdeftlv 
Office. 7 
11 Satans power to Tempt, rhd 
v..h »,i, c.)V 1 , nj C e J)Jj 
People Under Tempcacon 
ix Thaakfulnefs required in every 
Condition. 
13 Grace for Grace. 
H The Spiritual Adings of Faith 
through Natural Impoffibilities, 
15 Evangelical Repentance 
16 The Spiritual Life, &c, 
17 The Woman of Canaan. 
18 The Saints Hiding -place. See. 
19 Chrifts Coming is at our Mid- 
night. \ 
20 A Vindication of Goipel Ordi- 
nances 
21 Grace and Love beyond Gifts 
Tfrc Caufc of our Divifions difeo * 
vered, and the Cure propounded. 
Twelve Books of Mr. Jeremiah Bur- 
roughs lately pubiijhed j alfo the 
Texts of Scripture Upon which 
they are grounded- 
-1 Gofpel Recondliation,Or Chrifts • 
Trumpet of Peace co the World. 
Wherein is Opened Gods exceeding 
wlllingnefs to be Reconciled to Man ; 
And Gods fending his Bmbffiadors to. IBooks printed by Peter Cole. 
that End from, i Cer. 5 19, 20, ai. 
a The Rare jtwei of Chriftian Con 
tentmattyoh Phil. 4. n. Wherein is 
(hewed, 1 What Contentment is. ij It 
is an Holy art and Myftery.3 The Ex 
cellencies of it.4 The Evil of the con- 
trary fin of Murmuring, and the Ag- 
gravations of it. 
3 Gofpd’U'orJhip, on Levtt. 10, 3. 
Wherein is (hewed, 1 The right man- 
ner of theWoifhip of God in General, 
And particularly,ln hearing the Word, 
Receiving the Lords fupper, & prayer. 
4 Gojpcl-Converfationyon Phil. 1 
17 Wherein isfhewed, 1 That the 
Conventions of Beleevers muft be a- 
bove whit could be by the Light of 
Nature,! Beyond thofe that lived un- 
der the Law. 3 And lucable to what 
Truths the Gofpel holds forth. The 
which is added. The Mifery of thofe 
Men that have their Portion in this 
Ufeonly, on Pfal. 17.14. 
5 A Trcatifc of S arthly-minded- 
MjJsWherein is (hewed, iWhat Earth- 
ly-mindednefs is, i. The great Evil 
thercof,on Phil. 3. part of the ip.vcrfc. 
Alfo to the fame Book is joyned, A 
Treadle of Heavenly-mindednefiy and 
walking with Gad,on Gen. 5.14. and 
on Pbii.3' 20, 
4 An Sxpofitlon on the fourth, fifth, 
fixtb, and feventh Chapters of the 
Prophefie of Hofea» 
7 An Expofition oh the eighth,ninth, 
and tenth Chapters of Hofea. 
8 An Expofition on the eleventh, 
twelfth, and thirteenth Chapters of 
Hofea3 being now compleat. 
9 tuhe EvilofEvilSi or the excee- 
ding finfulnefs of fin, on Job 16. 11. 
10 Precious Faith, on 2 Pet. 1.1. 
11 Of Hope, on PJohn 3. 3. 
iz Of Walking by Faith, on i 
Cor. $.7. 
Eleven Books made in ?(ew-Eng- 
landyhy Mr.Thomas Hooker,and print- 
ed from his Papers, written with his 
own hand j are now publifhed in three 
Volumns, two in Quarto, and one in 
Odavo, vi\. The Application of Re- 
demption by the effectual work of the 
Word, and Spirit of Chrift, for the 
bringing home of loft finners unto 
God. The firft Book on 1 Pet. s. 18, 
firft Epiftle of Peter. 
By Mr. John Rogersy 
Minifter of the Word j 
of God at Dedham in 
EJJex. 
The Wonders of the Loadftone. 
By Samuel ward of Ipfroich. 
An Expofition on the 
Golpel of the Evangc- 
lift St. d/ttattheu>, By) 
Mr. Ward, 
The Anatcmift Anatomized 
King Charts his Cafe, or an App°fx 
to al Rational men concerning hjS 
tryal. 
Mr. Owens fledfaflnels of the Pf°* 
mites. 
A Vindication of Free Grace: 
deavoring to prove, 1. That we at* 
not cle&ed as holy, but that we (boul« 
be holy j and that Eledion is not 0* 
kinds, but perfons. 1. that Chrift 
not by his death intend to fave all 
men, and touching thofe who# 
he intended to fave, that he did 
not die for them only, if they 
would bclceve, but that they might be- 
leevc. 3. that we are not juftlfied pt°' 
perly by our bclceving in Chrift, bot 
by cur Chrift, bclecving in him, 4* 
that which diflferenceth one man froflt 
another, is net the improvement of* 
common ability reftored 
Chrift to al men in general, buri 
principle of Grace wrought hf 
the Spirit of God in the filed. 2/ 
John Pawfon. 
Six Sermons preached by Do#0* 
Hill. Vi*. 
Clows Chyrurgery. 
Marks of Salvation. 
Chriflians Engagement for the Go- 
fpel, by John Goodwin. 
Great Church Ordinance of laptlfm 
Mr. Loves Calc, containing bis Pe- 
titions, Narrative, and Speech. 
Vox Pacifica, or a Perfwafivc to 
Peace. 
Dr. Preftons Saints fubmiffion, and 
Satans Overthrow. 
Pious Mans Pradicc in Parliament 
time. 
1 The Beauty and Sweetnefs of 
Olive Branch of Peace, and 
Accommodation budding. _ . 
. 1 Truth and Love happily 
in the Church of Chrift. 
3 The Spring of ftrcngtbcn>*,| 
Grace in the Rock of Ages Chrs 
Idas. 
4 The ftrength of the Saints 
make lefus Chrift their ftrength. 
5 The Bcft and Worft of Paul- . 
6 Gods Eternal preparation for *l*’ 
Dying Saints. 
Mr. Sympfons Sermon at Wedminftir 
Mr. Peaks Sermon before the Lord 
Major. 
Mr. Phillips Trcatifc of Hell. 
—of Chrifts Genealogy. 
Eaton on the Oath of Allegiance 
and Covenant, (hewing that they ob- 
lige not. 
A Congregational Church is a Ca- 
tholick Vifiblc Church. By %amMe I 
Stone in New-England, 
A Treatife of Politick Powers, 
wherein feven Qucftions are anfwercd, \ 
1 Whereof Power is made, and for 
what ordained. 2 Whether Kings 
and Governors have an Abfolutc Po- 
wer over the People. 3 Whthcr 
Kings and Governors be fubjed to the 
Laws of God, or the Laws of their 
Country. 4 How far the People arc 
to obey their Governors. 5 Whether 
al the People have,be their Governors. 
6 Whether it be Lawful to depofe an 
evil Governor. 7 What Confidence 
is to be given to Princes. 
The Compafltonate Samaritan. 
Dr. Sibbs on the Philippians. 
The Belt and Worft Maglftvate, By 
Obadiah Sedgwicfe 
The Craft and Cruelty of the 
Churches Adverfades. By Matthew 
Newcomin. 
The Biftiop of Canterbury's Spe£C 
on the Scaffold. r 
The King’s Speech on the 
fold. 
The MagiftratesSupport and*1*1' 
dcn« By Mr. John Cordel 
The Diicipiine of the Church 
7few-Pngland : By the Churches *** 
Synod there. 
A Relation of the Barbadoes. j 
ARcladon of the Repentance * 
Converfionof the Indians in 
England : by Mr. Shot, 
May hew. ~ 
Thclnftitutes of the Laws of B * 
land, by John CowJ Odavo- < 
A Dclcripticn of the Grand 
Seraglio-, or the Turkifh Bjj1* 
Court. By, John Greaves. j,c 
The reigning Error arraigned * jy 
Bar of Scripture, and Reafon* 
Francis Fulwooct. Odavo. ... 
The ftatc of future Life. By / 
mas White, twelves. 
19. The fecond on Matth. 1. z 1. The 
third on Lube, 1. 17. The fourthon 
z Cor. 6. z The fift on Matth. zo. f, 
6 7 The fixt on Revel. 3. 17* The 
feventh, on Rom. 8.7. The eighth on 
John,6.44. The Ninth on Jfa. 5 7.15* 
The Tenth on APls,z. 37. The Laft, 
Chrifts Prayer for Beleevers. On 
John, V - 
A Godly and Frui- 
tful Expoftt'm? on the 
A Sacred Penegrick. By Stephen 
Martial. 
Barrijfs Military Difcipline. 
The immortality of Mans Soul 
finis. The life of the Letters and Figures, directing to the 
twenty four Tables, or Brafs Cuts ,* and the hundred eighty 
four Figures in thofe Tables, rcprefenting the Parts of the 
Body. 
EVery Draft Cut, or Print, is called aTMe • and the fiaid Prints orTa* 
hies,are twenty four, and have their rejpeftive ISfumbers fetat the Foot 
of the I able, or Print , on the corner that is outmofl, and againfil the 
Traders right hand* Each particular Figure is alfionumbred, and the Hum* 
her Jet oyer its Head, and the fieVeral parts of each Figure, are difiingmfhed 
ly Letters of the Alphabet, for the eafier finding. To compare therefore , the 
jDifcourJe with the Tables, I Jhall teach you by an Example or two. In 
Chap 8. page 9. line 21, The Word Coronalis, is marked with the Let* 
ter a j to which Letter, looking at the end of the faid Chapter, you find 
aT, IJ. /. 5. a a intimating that you mufi tmn to Table i>. Figure 3. 
and that part of the Figure which is marked aa a. which reprefents the Loros 
nal Suture of the Skull: The Mark (hews that the former Citation is en* 
ded, Mgain, in the next line of page 9by the word Lambdoidcs, you find 
Letter b > to which looking at the end of the faid Chapter, you find bf 4 
to teach you thut in the 15 Table foregoing, Figure 4. and on that part of the 
Figure marked hb. you fhall find the Suture of the Skull called Lambdoi- 
des : and this mark * after hb. fibers again that the Citation is ended. 
Mgain, in the fame the word find Letter c , to which 
turning at the end of the Chapter, you Jhall there find c f. 4. aa. 
intimating that in Figure 3. of the forenamed Table 15. and in that part of 
the Figure which is marked bb, Alfio in Figure 4. of the fame I able, on that 
part which is marked a a you Jhall find the Sagittal Suture dejerived• The 
*nark fhews the Citation is ended, 
Note that where you find not among the Directory Letters , T. for Table 
that Figure belongs to the forementiomd Table. filfio you are to take notice 
that between two Citations, you (ball find this mark 
Finally : He that would make his mofi advantage by the nfe of this Book, 
Should, having beenprejent at fiome Anatomical Dijjelhons of the whol Dody, 
mdy the Tables firfi, with their Explanations on the oppofite Pages . and then 
r?ad the Dijcourfe of Riolanus, and compare it all along with the Tables, 
may be befit done, if the Tables be bound up by themfielves, fio as to lie 0* 
tfn alwaies while he is reading the reffective Chapters, referring to each AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE OF 
THE FIRST BRASSE PLATE 
IN THIS BOOK. 
The firß Figure ffiews the Effigies of a living Man, in which, not only 
the external parts of the Abdomen, but alfo the Veins under 
the Skin which are confpicuous are reprdcnted. 
A The right Hypochondria, 
B The left Hypochondria, 
CC The Bpigafirtum, 
DD The Bowels, 
EE The Hypogaftrium, 
FF The Groyns, 
G The Region above the Privities, 
H The Vein of the Forehead, 
I The Vein of the Temples, 
JT The external ffugular Vein, 
. L The Cephalick vein of the right 
Arm, 
M The Baft lick Vein of the right 
Arm, 
N The middle or common Veiny 
which is not in the fame place 
in all Bodies, 
O The cephalickvein of the left hand 
P The Vein of the left Hand galled 
Salvatella, 
QflThe Vein Saphana descending, 
RR. The Vein Saph&na in the Foot 
itfelf, 
SS The Sciatick Vein, 
The Second Figure exprefTeth the common coverings of the 
Body of Man, and the Muicles under 
them laid open. 
A A The Scarf-skin, 
8888 The Skin,. 
CCCC The Tat, 
DDDD The flejhy Membrane, 
BE Tart of the pcHoral Mufcles 
laid open, 
TFT Certain beginnings of the 
Mufcles called Serrati an- 
tici majores. 
GGHHII The Mufcles of the Abdo- 
men obliquely defending, 
GHH Their toothed beginnings, 
HU The tendon of the oblique 
difeending under 
which the right Mufcles of 
the Abdomen with their Ner* 
votes infer ip Hons appear. 
KK The white line of the abdomen. THE TABLE OF THE SECOND 
BRASSE PLATE IN THIS BOOK, 
OPENED AND EXPLAINED. 
This Tabic laics open the Bones of the Abdomen in feven Figures: two others, to wit, the eighth 
and ninth fhews the Mufcles of the Abdomen : The tenth gives you a cleec 
fight oft he Parts, the Peritoneum being removed. 
FIG. I. 
f F I G. VIII. 
Expreflfeth the five Vertebra of the Loyns, a$ 
they are obferved on the fore part. 
*4 The Mufcle of the Abdomen obliquely defeen* 
ding, in which 
a a Are the toothed beginnings, 
b b The Tendon fliclfine to the white lane, 
B The Mufcle of the''Abdomen obliquely afeen* 
ding, in which 
PC c Its beginning. 
dd A portion of its tendon which covers the [right 
Mufcle. 
e e The right Mufcle of the Abdomen. 
'& a. aa. The Tranfverfe Procef. 
FIG. 11. 
Laies open to your view, the Vertebra of tlie 
JLoyns, as are prefented on the back Part. 
d The hole for the Marrow of the Bac\. 
b b The tranfverfe Tr oce fl- 
ee c c The oblique Procefl. 
d The acute Trace (I. 
FIG. IX. 
FIG. 111. 
Reprefents the internal face of the Os Coxre, as it 
is united in fiich as are grown up. 
'A The ti'anfverfc Mafcle loafed about the bes 
ginning, in which 
aa a The beginning. 
b,b A portion of the Tendon. 
B The right Mufcle of the Abdomen, in which 
c The Beginning• 
ddd The Newem inf :yiptions. 
e The end. 
C The bac\ pan of the other right Mufcle, ini 
which 
d Shews the Vein and mammary Artery defen• 
ding. 
e The Epigaflricfi vein and artery afeending. 
f The Anaftomofis of the veins, 
gg The Peritoneum laid bare from the mu(lies* 
T> D The Pyramidal Mufcle s. 
EE The Trace fof the Peritoneum defending to 
the Cods. 
'A Qs Ilium. 
B B Os Qoxenclix. 
C Os Tubis. 
FIG. IV. 
A Os Ilium. 
a a The the Os Ilium. 
B Os Coxcndix, 
CC Qs Pubis. 
Defoonftrates the external face of the Os Coxa. 
Gives the internal view of the Os Sacrum 
FIG. V. 
divided into fix parts. 
aa a a The holes which give pafj'age to the Nerves, 
b The three parts of the Coccyx. 
FIG. X. 
FIG. VI. 
A Part of the Vedoral Mufcle detected. 
B '"-The Sternum. 
C The Stomach being fame thing hid by the Lh 
ver. 
T> The Liver. 
E The Omentum in its Scituation. 
b A portion which fticbeth to the Liven 
c c A portion which is \mt to the bottom of the 
Stomach. 
ddd The remainder of the Omentum as it lies upz 
on the Bowels. 
F F The Bowels in their feitnation. 
G The s*{avil Vein. 
H The Ligament of the Bladder compofcd of (M 
Urachos, and the two Elavil arteries*. 
J T'hc bottom of the Bladder, ,j 
aa a a The Peritoneum divided. 
: The fame Bone externally to be fecn. 
a The hole for the Marrow of the Bach- 
bbb LeJ] er holes for Nerves. 
c Os Coccyx• 
F I G. VIX. 
ThcFigure which deciphers the Os Coxa, a? it is 
obfcrveci to be diftinft in Children. 
A Os Ilium a little ta\cn from the reft. 
B B Os Coxcndix. 
C C Os Pubis- i / 
a a The cleft diflingmjhing the Os Coxcndix and 
Os Pubis. 
The connexure of all the Bones of the Abdomen, 
fee in the Tabic to Chapter 17, AN EXPLICATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE THIRD BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
The Omentum and figure I. The Gula with its Mufclcs, figure 11. and 111. The 
Stomach and Bowels under it, figure IV. The Tunicles of the Bowels, figure V. and VI. 
The Mufcles ofthe right Gut, figure VII. The Nerve of the fixt pair, figure VIII. 
FIG. VII. 
AAA A. The Mefenterium with the Guts adjoyned. 
eiaaa. The Glandule of the Mefenterium. 
888. The A(ffels of the Mefenterium dlffufed to 
the Guts. , 
CC. Fart of the Colon firetebed out. 
VD. Tart of the Omentum drawn abroad up- 
wards. 
F I G. I. 
M. The right Gut cut of. 
NN. The two muf ties called Lmtorcs. 
0. The Sphincter of the Fundament. 
FIG. VIII. 
If. The Nerve of the fixt pair on the right JidCi 
in which 
A A Tbe external and greater Branch, 
a The branch which Is carried to the Tfeclf , 
b *A branch of the feventh pair, joyned to 0 
fixt pair which is carried to the Neck• 
c A sfierve of the feventh pair joyned to the fiA 
under the skud. 
A a branch of the feventh pafjfing to the tnufw 
of the Os Hyois. 
c A branch from the feventh to the tongue, 
ff A Nerve from the external branch of the P 
pair, which is carmed to the internal mufd( 
of the Larynx. 
gg The right Nerve called Recurrenj. 
h b Many Nerves difinbuted to the Lungues $ 
windpipe. 
Hi The branches of the right Stomachical, 
chcd out. . - 
888 The. internal, or coftal branch, laid er 
with its bunches. , 
V The Nervous plexure of the Mefcnte^1' 
guarded with certain callous Bodies. .. 
11 The branch which is carried to the 0&c 
turn, Duodenum, and Liver. . u 
mm The branch which is carried to'the flt> 
Igidncy. 
nnnn The branchesdifinbutedin the Mcfente1'1 
and Guts. 
o The branch which goes to the Os Sacru°*V 
p p The extremity of the internal right bral 
which is diftributed to the wmh and $ 
der' • - it 0> 
qr The branches from the internal J 
which make the plexure on that fide- 0j 
£ The Nerve of the fixt pair on the left {,O 
in which, the fignifi cation of the Lett?1 
the famc, fivc only .fit 
G Is the Nerve from the left Recorrcns, 
is diflnbutcd to the Pericardium, and 
it ft If. , a Iff 
** The Nerve which f row the external d 
machical is carried to the Liver. t 
11 Tbe Tfervc which is carried to tnc 
and Gut Colon, > 
mm The Nerve of the left Kidney. The no 
dot are the fame with the former. 
AA. The fir (I pair of the Mufcles of the Gula, 
called Ccphalopharyngatus. 
88. The fecoiid pair of tlx Mufcles of the Gula, 
or Sphenopharingtcus. 
CC. The third pair, Stylophannga’us. 
DD. The Sphincter of the Throat. 
BEE, backward view of the Gula. 
F The left external Nerve of the fixt pair. 
G. The right external Nenre of the fixt pairv 
H. The fuperi or On ficc of the Stomach. 
111. The bottom of the Stomach. 
I\. The inferior Orifice of the Stomach with a 
portion of the Duodenum annexed to it. 
F IG. 111. 
AA. The Mufcles Caephalopharyngaeus confpi- 
cuous on the fore part. 
88. The Mufcles Sphenopharyngreus. 
CC. The Mufcles Stylopharingacus. 
VD. The Sphincter of the throat dilated. 
B. The internal face of the Gula. 
f. The descending Part of the Gala. 
F I°G. IV. 
A. The fuperi or Orifice of the Stomach knit to* 
gether within a thtced. 
B. The inferior Orifice, or Pylofus. 
CC. The common tunicle of the Stomach feparated. 
D, The middle tunicle of the Stomach, 
E. The inner tunicle of the Stomach. 
jy. .A portion of the Duodenum. 
GG. The gut called Jejunum. 
HHH. The gut Ileum as it lies in its foldings. 
j. The Gut Caecum. 
KK&.- The Gut Colon. 
L. The fiat, being opened in the beginning of the 
Colon* 
M. The beginning of the right Gut, knit with a 
thread. 
FIG. 11. 
PP. The common tunicle of the guts feparated. 
Iff The middle turiiclc of the Guts, which is the 
fir ft proper me. 
F I G. VI. 
7?. The rugged t ankle of the Cuts which Is the 
fee. and fro per t' 
F I G. V. AN UNFOLDING OF THE TABLE OF 
THE FOURTH BRASS® 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK, 
ThiC fourth Table laies down the Scituation of the Sweet-bread3Liver> 
and Spleen, and the Delineation of the Vena Porta,, 
F I G. I. 
& The cleft of the Liver, out of which the UW 
bilicar vein defends. 
E The umbilicar vein turned upwards. 
F ThejGall placed under the Liver. 
G The channel of the Gall. 
HE The biliar pore, with the channel (Iretchd 
outwards, together with a part of the T>u°' 
denum, noted by M. 
I The trunk of the V ena Porta defending 
' the Liver. 
K. The right C'diacal artery. 
L Nerve arifing from the plexurc of the $ 
ftals. 
'A The hollow part of the Liver, 
i The round convex, or bowing part of the fi- 
ver. 
0 The u mbilicar Vein drawn upwxrds- 
C The Gad in its Scituation. 
p The Spleen in its natural place. 
EE The Sweet-bread in its proper place. 
TF The Vena Porta defending by the Sweet- 
bread under the Liver. 
G The fuperior -Mefentcrical Artery, 
aaaa The branches of the Vcna Porta, extended by 
the Mefenterium. 
hbbb The branches of the artery diftributed by the 
Mefenterium. 
The Mefenterium it (elf difmmtled ofitsfu- 
perior Membrane. 
11 The Splenical Vcjftls laid open, the Pancreas 
being cut. 
F I G. VI. 
Thc Vena Tona whol, diftinguHbed into 
ches, as it is publiquely (hewed- 
AAA The trunk of the Vena Porta 5 4 the infill 
portion, defending from the Liver. A A K 
deduction of it to the right and left with** 
infinite number of fmed branches. 
B The Splenical branch, divided fir ft into 
afterwards into very many fmed bra'rfK 
and diftributed like firings about the Sp 
C The right Me fentcrical branch. 
D The left Me fentcrical branch, 
aa The Umbilicar vein, 
b The vein of the Gall, 
c The vein of the Sweet-bread, 
dd Tbe vein called Gaftrica dextra. 
eee The greater Gaftrica hniftra. 
fg The lefjer veins called Gaftrica: finiftf#' 
b The vein called Vas breve. 
ii The vein called Gaftroepiploica finilF3' 
KK, The vein called Gaftroepiploica dextra* i 
L I The Hemorrhoidal veins produced he?e 
the right Mejenteric al branch of the j 
Porta. 
m The vein of the Duodenum. 
"FIG. 11. 
'4A The Body of the Sweet-bread deciphered in its 
Natural form. 
■Jhe back part of the Sweet-brcad3 together with 
the Spleen turned downwards. 
AA Thefubftance of the Sweet-bread, its Mem- 
brane being taken off". 
BBS The chamd of the Sweet-bread newly found 
out- 
C The biliar pore joyned to the channel. 
HDD A portion of the Guts duodenum and Jeju- 
num, cut off. 
£ The common Orifice, by which the biliar pore 
and channel of the Sweet-bread, open them- 
felves into the Duodenum. 
■p-p-p The internal face of the Spleen- 
OGG The veins and arteries diftributed in the 
Spleen- 
F I G. 111. 
FIG. IV. 
HQ. VII. 
A A The convex or bowing part of the Liver, 
B The shin of the Liver fepevrated from it. 
CC The Ligament of the Liver called Septale. 
vD The large branches of the V cna Cava within 
the Liver- 
kA The convex part of the Spleen laid opt'd' 
BB The Membrane of the Spleen feparated- 
CC The Mach fubflance of the Spleen. 
no. viu. - 
*AAA The hollow part of the Spleen which 
the Veffels. h,s. t 
B The Splenical vein with its three bran f fry 
C The Splenical artery divided in ftke W® 
fore it enter the Spleen- 
F 1 G. V. 
A A The hollow pan of the Liver turned up- 
wards. 
I: The Lobe of the Liver by which it jeyns it 
felfto the Omcnciim. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
O F THE FI FT B RAS SE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
The preterit Table laies open the Reins with their GUnduU, the Emulgent Vef- 
telsj Bladder and Ureters. AHb the rife and progrefs of the 
Spermatick Veffels. 
FIG. I. 
LLLL The Vcffels preparing the Seed. 
CMCM The Scrotum with the tefiicles in it. 
The Vejfels carrying the Seed. 
0 The Bladder gripped of his external tunicle. 
A A The Glandule of the Reins 3or the Capfuls of 
Melancholly. 
JS The right Kidney uncovered of the Membrane. 
C The left Kjdncy. 
V> The de feending trunk of the Vena Cava. 
E The descending trunk of the great artery. 
FF, The right Ureter. 
CG The left Ureter. 
HH The right Ve(jels preparing the Seed’. 
11 The lef i Veffets preparing the Seed. 
K Tart of the Bladder, befides which3 the Vtffels 
carrying the Seed are turned in the Abdo- 
men. 
T. Tart of the right Cut cut off. 
FIG. 111. 
A The Capfula, or right Glandula Renal is. 
BB A Vein from the trunk of the Vena Cava pSfif 
mng into it. 
FIG- IV. 
A The Capfula directed. 
BB The hollownef of the £apfula fomewhat laid 
open. 
A A The internal face of the differed Kjdncy. 
BB The Emulgent Vein with his branches diftri- 
buted in the Kidney. 
C The Emulgent artery in like manner diftribti- 
led. 
F I G. V. 
F I G. 11. 
AA The common Membrane of the Reins which is 
befpread with fat. 
BB The Glandulae of the Kjdneys. 
C The right Kidney. 
V The left Kidney. 
E The proper sfm of the Kidneys"partly fepara- 
ted. 
F The trunk of the Vena Cava dcfeending. 
G The trunk of the great artery defending. 
H The left Emulgcnt Fein. 
II The right Emulgent Vein, 
na The right Emulgent arteries. 
bk The left Emulgent arteries, 
c The left Spermaticl{ artery, 
d The left Spermatick Fein, 
e The right Spermatick Vein. 
f The right Spermatick artery. 
The Fatty Vein arifingfrom the Emulgent. 
h The fatty artery. 
KKKK The ureters on bothfdes. 
A A The Kjdncy dijj died. 
B .The Sinus of the Ureter about the Kidney. 
C TT be round form of the ureters dc feending from 
the Kjdneys. 
VD The narrow paffages of the ureters. 
EEE The flijhy Knobs called Papillares. 
FIG. VII. ' 
AA The common tunicle of the Bladder drawn 
back- 
BB Tbe middle tunicle and bottom of the Bladder. 
C The inner tunicle which appears when the 
Bladder is cm. 
D The Orifice of the bladder by which the U- 
rine pajfeth out. 
EE The Neck of the Bladder which fee ms fweUcd 
by reafon of the Proftat xfoynedto it. 
FF Tart of the Ureters that come to, the Bladder* 
FIG. VI. AN EXPLICATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE SIXT BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This* Table (hews the 
Spermatick VcfTels3 
the Tcfticles, the Membranes of the 
Scrotim3 the Yard, the 
Reins and Bladder. 
A The right Glandula renal is* 
B The left Glandula renal is. 
CC The T\eins on each fide, 
p The left emulgcnt Vein. 
E The right emulgent Vein. 
FF The right and left emulgent Arteries. 
6 The right Spermatical Vein. 
HH The trunk of the' V ena Cava defccnding. 
1 The left Iliack branch of the Vena Cava. 
The right Iliack branch. 
L The right Spermatical Artery. 
MM The trunk ef the great artery defending. 
The right Iliack branch of the great Artery• 
O The left Iliack branch of the fvane. 
T The left Spermatical artery. 
The left Spermatical vein> 
JRR The left Ureter. 
SS The right Ureter. 
TT The Vejfels preparing the Seed. 
$ t The fame Vcffds3 in what place the Pampini- 
formia begitf. 
VV The Vafa deferentia puffing behind the Blad- 
der. 
¥ I G. I. 
II 
K 
v 
AA 
BB 
CCC 
D 
E 
4A 
BB 
CC 
T>D 
4 
$3 
CC 
DD 
dd 
EE 
FF 
GQ 
HH 
II 
KK 
L 
M 
Epididymis. 
The Paraftate. 
portion for the preparing Veffel 
The Pyramidal Vejjels. 
Epididymis. 
Paraftates. j 
The tefiicle covered with its proper 
*A portion of the Vafa deferentia. 
FIG. 111. 
FIG. IV. 
The contexture of the veins and artc'f i 
{he Pyramidal Veffel. 
Epydidymis. 
Paraftaie. 
portion of the Vafa deferentia. 
T he Bladder laid bare from its outv?sd 
cle. ' ■> 
F I G. V. 
A ponm of the Ureters. 
A portion of the Vafa deferenti j. 
Tbe Capfulx. 
The end of the Capfulx. 
The Seminal Bladders. 
The Glandulx Proftatx. 
The Ur'etfira. 
The Mufcles which ereft the Yard. 
The Mufcles which dilate the Urethra? 
The two Nervous bodies of the Yard. 
The Preputium drawn back. 
The Gians with its Bridle. 
XX The Scrotum, with the Tcflicles in it. 
T The Bladder. 
Z The neck of the Bladder, 
act The two Mufcles eroding the Tard. 
bb The two Muf dc s dilating the Urethra* 
c The Body of the lard, 
d The Pr*putium. 
A 
BB 
CC 
F I G. VI. / 
The interned, tunicle of the Bladder 
Fart of the Vreters. j-jJr 
The Qrificc of the ureters as they arc *lr 
into the’ Bladder. 
The beginning of the Capfulx. 
The Seminal Bladders. 
The Glaudula? Proftat# divided* 
The hole in the Capful x faffing into the 
ning of the yrethraj which is covered 
[butter. j 
FIG. VII. /d* 
The Membrane of the nervous vo*j 
Yard feparated. . 
The blacl(i(h marrow of the fame bes“ 
The Gians laid naked. 
A A The skin of the Scrotum feparated. 
888 The Membrane coded Dartus. 
CC The external part of tlx membrane Elytroides. 
DD The Cremafter arifiug under the tranfverfe 
Mufcles of the Abdomen* 
EE The internal err membranous part of the Ely- 
troides. 
F I G. 11. 
DD 
EE 
GG 
h 
FF The proper white tunicle of the tefticle fepar 
rated. 
f The fame joyntd to the tcfiicle. 
G The Glandulous fubftance of the tefticle. 
H The Vejfel called Pampinifprme or Pyrami- 
dale. 
A 
B 
C AN EXPLICATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE SEVENTH B RASS E 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Table {hews the Genitals of Women ; Firfl: of all in their Natural 
Scituation; then their feveral Parts out of their Scituation • 
Laftly, the Hymen and Zone. 
a The right preparing Veffels. 
b The left preparing Pejfels. 
c A portion of the right Gut. 
d The bottom of the Womb (ticking up above the 
Bladder. 
PIG. I. 
about the reins. a 
cc The preparing Vcjfcls dilated about tbl 
(ildes. 
dd The Vafa delcrentia- 
AA The bottom of the v/omb clijjeffied ciof‘ 
BB The cavity of the bottom. 
C The nec\ of the womb. 
T> The hole in the neck of the Womb of & A'f 
which hath brought forth. . A 
EE The wrinkled face of the pajjage of 
womb. }j 
FF The round Ligaments of the womb 
underneath. 
FIG. 111. 
The Bladder. 
A The right Glandulas renalis. 
35 The left Glanduli renalis. 
CC The Jgjndneys on both fides. 
J)D The right cmidgent veins. 
EEE The right emulgcnt arteries. 
J?F The trunk of the Vena Cava, divided in- 
to the right and left Hindi branches. 
G The left cmlgcnt vein. 
U The left emulgcnt arteries. 
11 The right Spermanent vein. 
The right Spcrmatical artery. 
L The left Spcrmatical artery. 
M The left Spcrmatical vein. 
Wtf The trunk of the great artery divided into 
the right and left Iliack• 
CO Womens Tefticles. 
PP A portion of the broad Ligament. 
Tubse of the Womb, dcprejjed on both 
fides with the Ligament, that fo the Tefti- 
cles may appear. 
K The bottom of the Womb. 
SS The round Ligaments of the womb cut off 
below. 
T The neck of the womb• 
TJ In. the right fide, the^ 
Hypogaftrick vein j 
V In the left fide, the j 
Hypogaftrick artery ! 
X In the right fide, the ? 
Hypogaftrick artery 1 
X In the left fide, the f 
Hypogaftrick vein J 
Y The p off age of the ”romb 
Z The bladder dep/effed above the Privities, 
aa A portion of the Ureters cut off about the 
Bladder. 
hb A portion of the Vrcm s defending cut off 
FIG. 11. 
FIG. IV. 
A 'The right tefticle. 
B B The right Tubae de prefect. 
C 'The left tcfticle. 
bb The pa [[ages of the tefticle s of the wots' 
T)D The left Tnba? of the womb. . 
E The bottom of the womb. t ojf 
FF Tlfe round Ligaments of the womb c!t 
below. nil 
G The Bladder infer ted to the pafagt W 
womb and ftretched upwards. 
HH Portions of the Ureters. > 
II The two mufculom parts of the Clytor 
K The body it fclfofthe Clytorls. 
F 1 G. V. J 
A The head of the Clytoris jliclfing old 
the slim. ,y 
BB The external Lips of the Privitu:5 a 
afdc. 
C€ The Alas or Nymphx drawn afide- , . ft] 
O The Caruncle of the paffage of Vnne 
EE The two flejhy productions tULe 
Leaves. , -,,k 
FF The Membranous containing of cll' 
F I G. VI. .pM# 
A The Membrane drawn croft t"e 
vulgarly talien for the Hym£ll, 
FIG. VII. . u;,b ft1 
A The Privities of a yortg Girl) W 
f%nifica.ii on is the fame as in they:- 
diftributcd in 
the womb. AM EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE EIGHT BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
The Fruit in the Womb being often helped by Phyfical Remedies, requires no lefs diligent obfervation than 
the Body it felf of Man : therefore wc have given you the reprefentatxon of it in two Tables according to’ 
the Method of Diflcftions. Thcfirfiof which, laies open to your view the Umbilicar Veflels, and 
the SccUton ; The other the Deliniament of the Bowels, 
Shews the Child ready to be born, as it lies in a fit 
pofturc for extramiffion. 
AAaA The parts of the Abdomen differed and di~ 
(trailed. 
8888 The body of the womb divided intofour parts 
CCCC The Chorion and Amnios jeyned together, 
and difatted into four parts. 
D The Child turning its head downwards, 
which is the natural way of Bir th. 
FIG. I. 
Exadly reprefents the Labyrinth and Cochlea of 
the Ears perfed in all parrs. 
A The Oval lode in the Tympanum, which look} 
toward the Labyrinth. 
B The round hole in the Tympanum between tfc 
Labyrinth and the Cochlea. 
CCC The three bony Cavities of the Labyrinth, 
T)T> The Cochlea. 
FIG. VII. 
F I G. VIII. 
Shews the Child taken oiit of the Womb, the Um- 
bilical- Veflels, and Membranes feparated 
about the beginning. 
A The Umbilicar vein diftended from the liver. 
BB The two Umbilicar Arteries rifing to the Na- 
vi/. 
C The Urachus knit to the^favil. 
VDD The Navil produced even to the Placcntqm. 
EE The Amnios feparated from the Chorion, 
under which a portion of the Navil appears. 
F F The Chorion divided into four parts. 
GCG The Umbilicar veins and arteries, diflributed 
in the Placenta which are extended above 
the Chorion, but very lucidly appear under 
it. * \ 
FIG. 11. 
Shews the internal face of the Cochlea with 
the Labyrinth. 
A The oval hole.\ 
B the round hole. _ ~ 
CCc The three circles of the Labyrinth fomething r 
pened. , 
DD The Cochlea broken, {hewing the little inward 
fqn'ous circle. 
The Vertebra of the Infant in three difiinft 
parts. 
A Thcfirfl back part. 
B The fee and back part. 
C The third fore part. 
F I G. IX. 
F X G. X. 
FIG. 111. 
Shews the Vertebra of the Neck, the bones of th* 
Breaft as they arc feen on the fore part. 
A Denotes only the upper part of the 
the reft are under it. 
Explains the Secundines, in what part they cleave 
to the womb. 
A A The convex pan of the Placenta. 
8888 The Chorion Under the Placenta. 
Shews the back, and its Vertebra, wanting 
their Pcoceffes. 
FIG. XI. 
Shews the Bones pertaining to the Head. 
AA The bone of the Fore-bead diflincl from the 
Suture. 
BB The two bones of the fore part of the head. 
C The Crown as yet Membranous by reafon of the 
diftance of the Bones. 
D The inf rnor cheek divided into two parts. 
F 1 G. IV, 
F I G. Xll. 
Shews the Vertebra of the Loyns with the 
bones that make the Pelvis. & 
A The five V ertebrae of the Loyns, whafe W‘' 
fes we yet cartilaginous. 
B The Os Sacrum compofed of fix parts* 
OC The bones called Ilium. 
DD The bones of the Pubis. 
■PE The hones of the Coxendix. 
F I G. V. 
Shews the rlng-likc bone of the Infant, to which 
the Membrane of the Ear called 
Timpanum is knit. 
F I G. Xlll. 
FIG. VI. 
ExprefTcth the bones of the whol band. r 
ah d The Appendices of the bones, yet cartudg 
c The banes of the wee (I all cartUagin9it1’ 
FIG. XIV. 
Rcpre£ents the bones of the whol Foot, • 
abd The Appendices of the bones which ate 
login ous. 
o Certain. Cartilaginous bones of the mpef> 
The bones of the Ears, removed a little from 
they: Natural Scituatjon. 
A The Malleus. 
B The Incus* 
C The Stapes. 
D The little bone annexed to the Ligament of the 
Stapes, fir(t found out by I). Sylvias. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE j 
OF THE NINTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Table comprehends all the Bowels which are found in the 
i Abdomen 3 and Breaft of the Infant. 
FIG. J. 
a The vein of the right Renal Glandula. 
h The artery of the right Renal Glandula > 
c The right emulgent artery, 
d The rigft emulgent vein, 
e The right f Hematical vein. 
/ The right fpermatical artery, 
g The left artery of the Renal Glandula. 
h The left vein of the Renal Glandula. 
» The left emulgent vein, 
k The left emulgent artery. 
I The left fpermatical vein. 
m ' The leftfpermatical aytery. 
nn The Vef ‘ls preparing the Seed, 
oo The te (tides of a great magnitude, 
pp The broad Ligaments of the womb. 
qq&C. The Tuba: of the womb bowed down. . 
rr The round Ligaments of the womb cut off 
below. 
ff Portions of the Ureters cut off. 
Singularly expreffeth the La&eal Veins, as they 
are reprefented at a fingle view. 
AAA The boll ow part of the Liver. 
S The Gall. 
CC The umbilicar vein bowed upward. 
DD The Stomach turned upwards, 
E Us lower Orifice tycd with a firing. 
F portion of the Jejunum cut of neer the 
Pylorus. 
CGG The Tancreas of a famous bignef. 
H The Spleen. 
if The right Sidney covered with the common 
Membrane. 
K The left Yfdncy in like manner covered. 
LLL The MLefcntenum (iretchei abroad. 
MM &c. The Guts knU to the Mefentehum• 
aaaa Certain Letted veins fir etched from the 
Sweet-bread to the Liver, whereof few, *and 
thofethe leafi of them are here exprefed. 
bbb&c. Lalled veins diftrihuted from the Sweet- 
bread to the Guts, and thofe bigger. 
Ccc&c. The Meferdick branches of the Fena porta, 
dd &c- Branches of the dMeferdick arteries. 
FIG. 111. ■ 
A A The Lungues didufted on both Jfdes. 
B The Heart whoU 
C The trunk of the great artery coming front tht 
Heart. 
P A portion of the, fame artery paffing dcevfd’ 
wards. 
E The Vena fytcrioCa fir etched from the Hesfh 
aa The channel between the Vena Artcriofa 
the great Artery, 
b The beginning of the right fubclavian artefp 
c The beginning of the right Carotides. 
d The beginning of the left Artery Carotides* 
A The right Renal Glandula. 
B The right Kidney. 
C The left Glandula of the 'Reins, 
D The left Kidney. 
E The Vena Cava defending. 
F P Its internal Iliadj brandies. 
GG The external iliac\ branches of the Vena Ca* 
va. 
HHH The great artery with its external Iliads branr 
ches. 
JI The internal branches of the great artery. 
KJf&c. Both Umbilicar arteries bent downwards. 
L The bottom of the womb comprcffed. 
M The neck of the womb. 
The bladder turned downwards. 
0 The Urachos. 
P The node of the Navil cut of. 
FIG- 11. 
FIG. IV. 
A A The Lungues diduftcd. 
B The Heart cut towards the right Vert trick • 
C The Vena Cava opened ncer the Heart. _ 
T> Aaaftomofis between the Vena Cava and 
teria Vcnofa* 
•E The [butter in the Anaftomofis. 
F i G. V. 
A The Corpus Thymiujn fepatrated frotu 
Veffels of the Heart, an explanation of the table 
OF THE TENTH BBASSE 
* i» ’ 
PLATE in this book. 
This rcprefents the Mufcles and bones of the Bread:, 
its Membranes and Diaphragipa, 
A The Peft oral Mufcle in his feitnation. 
B The fme Muf:le out of his fsituation. 
C Serratus major amicus m its /situation. 
D The fame a little removed out of it. 
E Serratus amicus minor totally in its [situa- 
tion. 
F The fuhcLwian Mufcle in its feituation. 
f The Cl avicuia bowed bach under the pcfforal 
Mufcle. 
gg Platyfma myodcs in the ncch with their right 
firings. 
GG &c. The external intcrcoftal mufcles without 
their feituation. 
HH&c. The internal intercofial mufcles in their fei- 
tuation. 
II A portion pf the Diaphragma in its feitua- 
tion. 
K Fart of the great artery defending, 
t The bole for the Cula pafftng the Diaphragm 
' ma. 
M The hole for the Vena Cava defending. 
Ntf The fquote mufcles of theloyns in their fei- 
tuation, of which Chap. }x. 
00 The mufcles called Plbas in their feituation, 
of which Chap. 19. 
PIG. I. 
Shews the Ribs, Vertebra an 4 prpeeflej 
on the back part. 
F I Q. IV. 
The Brcaft opened, in which 
A A The Mcduftinum drawn to the fide. 
BB The tunicle of the Jtyediaftinum didufted (tV. 
der the Sternum. 
C The right lobe of the Lungues* 
F I Q. lIT 
44 Fart qf the Pleura drawn at one (ide frottit 
Ribs. 
BE The Ribs laid bare from the Pleura. 
CC The Ribs eloatbed with the Pleura- 
F 1 Q- V* 
FIG. VI. 
Shews the Diaphragma feparated from the 
Ribs and Vertebra. . 
A 44 The flcjhy part of the Diaphragma eovttV 
with its Membrane. 
BE The Threnical arteries. 
CC The Phrenical veins. 
D The paffage of the Vena Cava. 
£ The paff age of the Qtila. 
FRF The membranous part of the Diaphragma* , 
G The hole between the fltfhy portions of the**>• 
tending of the great artery. 
FJQ. VI I. 
f I <S. 11. 
A The left nerve of the Diaphragma. 
B The right nerve of the fame. 
C Tbefuperior membrane of the DiapbnS1*” 
(eparated. 
P The fltfhy fubfiance of the Diaphragm** 
R The hole for the Gula. 
F The hole for the Vena Cava. 
GGG The Membranous part. „ 
tfHH The flcjhy parts between with the 
ry defends. 
Shews t£e bones of the brcaft as they are tp 
be feen forwards. 
A A The Sternum. 
B The Mucronata, or fward-lihe Cartilage- 
CC &c. The cartilaginous part of the Ribs. 
Li.5.4.5.67. The true Ribs. 
f.?. 1 a. 11.ix. The baflardpbs. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE ELEVENTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Table chiefly reprefents the Heart, its Membranes, Veflcls; Ventricles 
and (butters, then the Lungues and the Ajpera Arteria 
feparated 
from them. 
FIG. L 
A The Orifice of the coronal Vein. 
B The Anaftomofis between the Vena Cava and 
the venal artery. 
CCC The Ibutters called Tricufpidcs. 
DDD The right Ventricle of the Heart opened, 
aa The paffages between the •Membranes ending 
in the Septum. 
A The Pericardium compafflng the Heart. 
B B The Lungues embracing the Heart in their Na- 
tural Scituation. 
C The Vcna Cava afeending above the Heart. 
D The beginning of the vein without a fellow- 
E The right fubclavian vein. 
F The right Jugular vein• 
G The left Jugular vein. 
H The left fubclavian vein- 
II The right and left Carotis Artery. 
NK, The right and left /übclavian Artery , 
ht The Nerves of the fixt pair defending to the 
Lungues. 
M, The beginning of the great Artery defe ending. 
FIG. IV. 
A The artcrious vein differed in the right ven- 
tricle. 
BBS Tbcjhutters called Sigmoides in the arterioUS 
vein. 
CCC The right Ventricle of the Heart opened. 
F I G. V. 
FIG. 11. 
A The great Artery dij]efted neer the Heart. 
BBS The femilunarfhutters of the great artery. 
CC The left Ventricle of the heart. 
D Part of the left Ventricle turned back- 
Shews particularly the veflels palling from the Heart 
to the Lungs j which are (hewed you feparated 
in the third and lixt figure of the 
following Chapter. 
A The Pericardium taken from the Heart. 
B " The Heart with the Coronal veins and arteries. 
C The trunk of the great Artery paffing out of the 
Heart. 
D Its defending part turned upwards. 
EE The left branch of the Arterial vein difiributed 
to the Lungues. 
F A channel between the arterial vein, and the 
great artery. 
G The right branch of the arterial vein. 
HH The right and left branch of the venal arte'ij. 
I The Ear of the Heart. 
The Lungues about the Heart. 
L The proper tuniclc of the Lungues feparated. 
A The Venal artei ydi (Jetted. 
B The beginning of the Anaftomofis between the 
vend artery and the Vena Cava. x 
bb . The paf] ages between the Membranes ending in 
the Septum. 
CC The two mitral flutters. 
DD The left Ventricle of the Heart opened. 
FIG- VI. 
FIG. VII. 
Shews the backward part of the Lungues and wind- 
pipe, a$ they are joyned to the Heart. 
A The light Nerve of the fixt pair which corner 
to the Lungues. 
B The left Nerve of the f tme. 
C The middle branch between each Nerve. 
D The branch which is carried to the Pericardium* 
EE 'The two greater branches of the wind pife 
which are Membranous behind. 
FF The hinder part of the Lungues. 
G The proper Membrane of the Lungues. 
HH A portion of the Pericardium left. 
I The heart left in his Scituation, 
FIG. %. 
A The pro per Membrane of the Heart feparated, 
B The fubftance of the Heart bare. 
CC The right and left Ears of the Heart. 
T> The great Artery flicking out of the Heart• 
E A portion of the Vcna Cava. 
The Heart of an Infant whol. 
FIG. VIII. 
FIG. * 
A The wind-pipe cut off’ under the Larynx. 
B The right branch thereof divided fir ft into two 
parts. 
C The left branch thereof divided into greater 
and leffer branches. 
ddd&c. The extremity of the branches ending M 
mmbranom channels. 
A Part of the Heart tranfverjly cut. 
B The left ventricle. 
C C The right ventricle confpicuous. 
DD The, Septum of the Heart. 
Shews the Vena. Cava diflfeded with the right 
' Ventricle* 
FIG. 111. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE TWELFTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
Shews the Vena Cava. 
'4 The beginning of the Vena Cava, with his 
Large orifice about the Heart. 
BB The rife of the fubclavian brfitchcs. 
C The beginning of the def(ending trunk• 
DD The right and left Iliack branches, 
aaa&c. The branches of the Aiygus diftributed to 
the Ribs. 
bb The fuperior inter c oft al. 
cc The internal mammary. 
The Mediaftina. 
Ad The Vertebral Vein, 
ee The internal Jugular cut off"under the skid, 
ff The external Jugular, from which the in- 
ferior branch rifetb to the Organ offpeech, 
and the Subcucancus by the face and Tem- 
ples, and backwards by another branch to 
the Ears, 
gg The Cervical Vein. 
bb The grogreft of the fubclavian branches. 
ii The internal fcapular vein. 
The external fcapulcers. 
3.3. The vein carried to the Mufclc Dclrois. 
11 The fuperior Breaft-vcin. 
m m The Cephalick vein cut off. 
n n The bafilick vein cut off. 
00 The inferior Breaft-vcin. 
p The left phrenical vein, 
q The right phrenical vein, 
rr A famom branch diftributed in the Liver. 
ss tt &c. The {prigs thereof diflributcd m the right 
and left fide thereof, 
u u The Venae mufeulje, or fuperior timbals, 
yy The veins of the Renal Glandule. 
xx The right and left cmulgcnt. 
Vk The right and left fpermarical. 
act The beginning of the Lumbals. 
ft ft The Vena mufcula of the inferior Lumbal, 
yy The Vena facia. 
AA The external llihck branch. 
EE The ffpigaftrick vein. 
AT The internal Iliack branch, 
a Vena Glutea. 
The Hypogaftrick veins, 
m The veins of the Privities. 
69 The inguinal veins. 
Kli &c. The branch of the crural vein, 
ill The Saphena. 
AA The vein Ifchias. 
H G. I. 
BE The beginning and progpreft of the fubclavhM 
branches. . 
C The trunk, defending. 
DD The right and left Iliack branches, 
aa The artery Carocis. 
bb ) Its external branch diftributed to the JaWG 
lace, and backwards to the £(trs. 
cc The internal Carocis cut off"under the skyfi- 
dd The vertebral artery in like manner cut off* 
</A The cervical mufcula. 
ce The internal Mammary, 
ff The branches of the fuperior inter coftal arttty 
gg The internal fcapular artery, 
hb The external fcapular artery, 
ii The fuperior bre aft-artery, 
kk The inferior breaft-artery. 
lm The arteries diftributed to the mufcles ef the 
Shoulder, 
n n The inferior intercoftals. 
oo The phrenic al arteries, 
p The famous artery called Cocliaca. 
q Its right branch divided into three parts-, of 
which, the fuperior and inferior is diftributed 
to the Liver, and the middle to the Galt, 
r 'I be left branch of the Coeliacal. 
f The right Galirical artery, 
t Ihe fpicnic al artery divided in fmal branches 
to the fplccn. 
u The artery called Epiploica. 
nr The Gaftroepiploica. 
x. The artery carried to the Renal Glandula. 
yyy &c. The fnperior Me [enteric al artery diftributed 
into branches. 
Vk The cmtdgcnt arteries. 
««• T herife of the Lumbal arteries. 
Bft The fper marie al arteries, 
yy The inferior Mefenterical artery derived iftt* 
many branches. 
O The Arteria facra. 
aa The external iriack artery. 
Ah The internal Iliack. 
im Arteria Glutsea. 
(d The Hypogaftrick artery diftributed to the right 
Gut and Privities. 
$$ The Hypogaftrick artery diftributed to the 
womb diftinguifhedfrom the former. 
«5 The umbilicar artery. 
EE The Spigaftrick artery. 
99 The Arteria Pudenda. 
ii The Ifchias. 
kk The inferior Arteria Mufcula. . , 
aa The artery rvbich goes to the internal iliack. 
mufclc. 
FIG. 11. 
Particularly defaibes the coronal vein of the heart. 
FIG. 111. 
Shew the Arterial Vein7 of the Heart. 
A The beginning by which it paffctb out ef the 
right ventricle. 
BB Its branches which pa ft to the right part of 
the Lunguey. 
CC Its branches which paft to the left. 
Shews the Coronal Artery of the Heart. 
V I G. V- 
Shews the Venal Artefy arifing from the left 
‘ FIG. VI. 
Ventricle of the Heart. 
A Its Orifice. 
BB lits branches diftributed to the right fide ofVe 
Lungues. 
CC its branches diftributed to the (eft* 
FIG. IV. 
Shews the great Artery. 
A Us beginning rifmg end of the heart. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE THIRTEENTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
In this Table is laid open to view, the Cartilages of the Larynx, with their Mufdes • 
the Os Hyois with its Mufdes; the Tongue, its Nerves and Mufdes • the 
VvhU with its Mufdes; theTonlils, the Vertebra of the 
Neck and its bowing Mufdes. 
The external face of the Buckler-likc Cartilage. 
F I G. I. 
DDDD The mufdes Sternohyoid^. 
EE The mufdes Styloceratohyoides, 
FFF The Mufdes Coracohyoides. 
ff The middle tendinous part. 
The internal face of the Buckler-like Cartilage. 
F I G. 11. 
f i g. in. 
FIQ. XIV. 
The hinder view of the Ring-like Cartilage. 
FIG. IV. 
A The inferior part of the top of the Tongue* 
8888 The mufdes Balxoglofli* 
ff The nervous fuhftancc between the mufdes. 
CC The mufdes Ceratogloffi. 
DD The mufdes Styloglofli. 
EE The mufdes Myloglofld, 
** The fferves of the Tongue from the fota'th 
conjugation. 
bb The Nerves of the Tongue from the feventh 
conjugation. 
A view of the foremoft part of the fame Cartilage. 
FIG. V. VI. 
The Cartilages called Arytxnoidcs. 
F I G. VII. 
The Epiglottis. 
F T G. VIII. 
A The Buckler-like cartilage. 
SB The pair of Mufdes Hyothyroide?. 
CCCC The fair of Mufdes Sternothyroidcs. 
DD The jmali Mufdes called Cricothiroidcs. 
A The Gargareon or Uvula. 
BE The external pair of Mufdes. 
bb Its tendon which pajjetb the chink* 
CC The internal pair of mufdes fomething comp-ref- 
fed. 
D Part ofthe Pall at from which the Uvula hangs. 
FIG. XV. 
A The external part of the Epiglottis joyned to the 
Larynx. 
JSB The Mufdes Thyroarytatnoidcs. 
CC The lateral Mujcles Cricoarycasnoidcs. 
T) The King-lil{e Cartilage. 
J5 E The fore pan ofthe wind- pipe. 
F I G. I X. 
Shews the Glandule called TonfiUte, 
FIG, X Vl,andX V 11. 
A The internal face of the Epiglottis. 
M The (ticking out of the cartilages 
BB The Mufcles Atytsenoides every where Loafed. 
CC The Mufcles Cricoaritaenoides poftici. 
T> The broad part of the Tfing-like cartilage. 
K£ The hinder and membranous part of the wind- 
pipe. 
FIG. X. 
AA. The long mufcles bowing the neck• 
BB The mufcles bowing the neck called Scaleni, 
aa Part of the Nerves tending to the arms. 
CC The mufcles bowing the Head with the Ms- 
ftoides. 
FIG. XVIII. 
Shews the feven joynts of the neck* 
FIG. XIX. 
A The Bafts of the Os Hyois. 
BB The horns of the Os Hyois. 
CC The two cartilaginous Appendices, 
FIG, XL 
The firft joynt of the Neck, in which 
aa 7he two holes holding the hinder Dart of the 
Head. 
bb The holes on the fides which gives pajjage to the 
arteries to afeend. 
FIG. XX. 
A The internal face of the Bafts of the Os Hyois. 
jSB Tbe internal face of the horns. 
CC The two cartilaginous Appendices, 
FIG. XII. 
The fccond Vertebra of the Neck. 
FIG. XXL 
A The pdcs of the Os Hyois. 
RB The mufcles Geniohyoidcs turned downwards. 
CC The internal Geniohyoidcs confffionly catted 
Qenioglofl*. 
FIG. XIII. 
a The tooth-like procefi. 
b The Spina Bifidia. 
FIG XXII. 
a The Spine : the refi k like the ether joynts* AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE FOURTEENTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
It contains the Mufcles which arc confpicuous about the Shoulders, Back, 
Ncckj the Carkafs being turned over upon the Belly. 
Loyns^nd 
Tie. I. 
moved,nnd dtfiinguifhedinto their tendons* 
DD The Mufculi Spinatl not fefartted. 
E The tfiufcle Complexus in its feituation. 
F The fame feparated from the Head, that fo 
the reft may come to view. 
G G The Mufcles extending the neck in their fsi- 
tuation. 
H The fore part of the Maftoides 100 fed. 
I The greater right mufcle of the Head,dr awn 
K rbe fuperior oblique mufcle of the Head. 
L The inferior oblique Mufcle. 
AA The mufcles Trapeaii in their feituation. 
fit The Rhomboides lead a little to view. 
CC DD The broadeft mufcle of the back, in which 
CC Shews its flefhy part. 
PJ> Its membranous beginning. 
FIG. 11. 
A A Trapeaius pulled out of its fsituation, 
fit The Rhomboides laid open in its[situation. 
£ The fame dr awn out of hts feituation, as yet 
joyned to the bafts of the Scapula. 
DD Both the Levators of the Scapula. 
M Serratus pofticus minor in bis f Situation, 
9 Scrratus pofticus major in his feituation• 
O The fame mufcle out of bis feituation. 
MH The greatest pan of the Mufculi Splenii con- 
fficuous in their feituation. 
H A portion of the Mufculi complex!. 
The Maftoides fomewhat feparated above. 
IL The Sacrolumbi not removed out of their 
place. 
MM The longefl mufcle sof the back net feparated. 
VN, The beginnings of the Sacrolumbi and longeft 
mufcle s united. 
<9O The muf :les Quadrati fomewhat laid open. 
P I G. XV. 
A A &c. The Mufculus Spinatu* pulled out of hie 
plane, that fo the tendons may be beheld in 
their order 3 they are de[cubed at the bil- 
ged- 
BB The mufcles of the Loyns caUed Sacer in bis 
place. 
CC Aporrion of the mufcles Quadrati in their 
place. 
DD Tbe mufcles Spinati in their place. 
EE The tranfverfe mufcles of the neck deciphe- 
red greater and longer than they (hould be, 
that fo the tendons tnuy be the bettet fien» 
FP The Maftoides feparated from the Sternum* 
and turned back. 
GG Tbe infmat oblique mufcles of the Head. 
HH The fuperior oblique mufcles of the bead. 
11 The greater right mufcles of the head fbme- 
thing drawn afide. 
KK The lefjer right mufcles of the head in thek, 
place. 
TIG. 111. 
AA The beginnings of the mufcles Sacrolumbi 
and the longeft united. 
BBSS The Sacrolumbi fomething moved out of their 
place and diftinguifhed in their tendons. 
GCC C The longeft pHfifef of buck fomewhat re~ r 
AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE FIFTEENTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Table contains the Mufclesofthc Face and inferior Jaw $ alfo the bones 
of the Skull, and of both Jaws. 
I The hole in it for the Nerve of the fourth p$ 
to pafi out. 
M The fharp procefi of the inferior Jaw. 
N The blunt procefi of the inferior Jaw. 
A A The sfyn of the Head detraSied. 
BB The fiefhyFamide feparated. 
CC The Peviaaniwn^ietraded. 
HD The S\ud bare. 
E The muf :le of the F orehcad. 
FF The mufcle that Jhuts the Eye-lids. 
G The firft mufcle of the Nofe. 
H The fecond mufcle of the Nofe, 
J The mufcle dilating the wings. 
K The mufcle of the firft pair lifting up the Lips 
L The mufcle drawing the Lip upwards. 
CAi The mufcle drawing the Lip downwards. 
NN The mufcleJhutting the Lips. 
O The Buccinator. 
PP The temporal mufcle in his place. 
FJ The mufcle lifting up the Ear. 
R The mufcle drawing the Ear obliquely. 
S The mufcle Maffeter in his place. 
TT The mufcle Digaftricus moved from his be■ 
ginning. 
FIG. I. 
A The left bane of the fore pan of the Head, 
aa The Jagittal Suture. x • 
B The right bone of the fore part of the Head• 
bb The Suture Lambdois. 
C The bone of the binder part of the Head. 
D The triangular bone. _ 
$ portion of the bone of the Temples with t" 
Duglify procefi. 
FIG. IV. 
F I G. V. 
A A The cavity of the bone of the hinder part oftf 
Head within the Sfyll, in which the Cetf. 
bcllum lies. 
B The internal face of the Os Sphenois. 
CC The Os Ethmois. 
D The cavity of the bone of the forehead aboV1 
the Nofe. 
ax The firft hole in the wedglify bone, 
eta The fecond hole. 
bb The third hole, 
cc The fixt hole. 
* The feventh hole, 
dd The fift hole. 
ee The fir ft hole of the bone of the TemplesV 
ff The raefy procefi of the bones of the Temples• 
gg The third hole of the bones of the Temples. r 
hh The fourth and if & hole of the hinder pail'0* 
the Head. 
F I G. 11. 
AAA The temporal mufcle out of his place, the 
. Jawi being differed, 
tia Its acute infection into the procefi of the Jaw. 
BB The Maffeter feparated. 
cc The Digaftricus loofed at the cnd3and drawn 
afide. 
DD The internal Ptaygoides. 
EEEE The external Pterygoidcs. 
F The Mufculus Quadratus, or mufculom Ex~ 
panfion feparated. 
FIG. 111. 
F IG* VL 
A The bane of the forehead* 
aaa The Coronal Suture. 
** The hole of the bone of the forehead for the 
Nerve of the third pair. 
B The right bone of the fore part of the Head, 
bb The Sagittal Suture. 
C The left bone of the fire part of the Head. 
D The bone of the Temples, 
cc The falfc Suture, 
d The Duglify procefi. 
e The procefi of the Os Jugalis. 
•E The fir (I bone of the upper f aw. 
F The Jugal procefi. 
0 The fecond bone of the Jaw hid with the Jha~ 
dow of the former. 
FI The third bone. 
1 The fourth bone of the Jaw. 
i The hole in it for the Nerve of the third pair. 
K The fift bone. 
L The lower Jaw. 
A A The lower part of the bone of the hinder r 
of the Head contyicuous. 
aa The procefi by which the hinder part oft'1 
Head is joyned to the fir(i Vertebra of 
Neck. 
BB Part of the bone ofthe Temples. 
CC The dugiike proce fi. 
HD The bodkinlike appendix. 
EE Thejugal procefi. 
F The External face of the Wedglike bone. 
GH GH The winglike procefies. 
I The bone which difiinguifheth the NoftrilS’ 
KK The fixt bone of the upper Jaw. , 
kk The hole which pajfe th the Nerve of the foli 
pair to the Pall at. 
LL Tart of the fourth bone of thefuperior J##* 
rn The four Teeth called Cutters, 
nn The two dog teeth* 
oo The reft of the Teeth called Grinders• AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE SIXTEENTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Table fhews, the Brain laid bare from the Skull, with the Dura and 
Via Mater; alfo its Cavities and Procefles. 
F I G. I. 
B The Fornix taken up and bowed doV#1' 
wards. 
CC The fuperior part of the right fore 
deducted. 
DD The fuperior part of the left fore 
in Ufa manner explained. 
E The chink defigning the third Ventricle- 
FF The Dura Mater. 
a The Glandula Pinealis- 
bb The Protuberances3 called Buttocks, 
cc The Protuberances called Tefides 
d The ’Protuberance hfyied to a womans T'd" 
vines. Theft are better exprejfed in tb* 
fit ft Figure of the followingT able. 
\AVL The Dura Mater covering the Brain, 
aa The Veins and Arteries diflributed on it. 
B The Brain covered only with the Pia Mater. 
bb The Circumvolutions of the Brain, 
ccc The Vejfels diflributed to the Pia Mater from 
the third Cavity. 
C The Dura Mater drawn backwards. 
FIG. 11. 
AA The longer Procefi of the.Data. Maxes called 
Falx, turned out of its Scituation. 
aa The third cavity of the Dura Mater open. 
bb The lejfer inferior cavity of the fame. 
BB A portion of the callous body laid to view. 
CCCC The brain deduced a little to the fides. 
cccc The vejfels in the fourth cavity 3 firetched o- 
ver the callous body. 
T>D The Dura Mater hanging down\on each fide. 
F I G. V. 
AA-BBiCC. The brain and fore mo ft ventricles CV 
plained in their upper part, 
f VLportion of the Plexus Choroides (trd* 
ched upwards by tbeforemofl ventricle* 
E> The (barter procefi of the Dura Mater* 
LEE The longer procefi thereof. 
F The Torcular c/Herophilus, 
G The Dura Mater defrayed. 
a The firfi cavity of the Dura Mater- 
b The fecond cavity of the Dura Mater- 
ccc \The third cavity of the Dura Mater- 
ddd The lejf rr cavity in the proccp" 
c The fourth cavity of the Dura Mater- 
FIG. 111. 
A A The fkbftance of the Brain- 
BB The callout body drawn a little outwards- 
bb The two Legs of the Vault fomething unco- 
vered. 
C The hookfi\e procef drawn backwards. 
DD The right fore ventricle opened on the upper 
part. 
BE The left fore Ventricle opened on the upper 
pan. 
FF The Plexus Choroides, 
G Part of the Speculum Lucidum- 
HH The Dura Meninx detracted on each fide. 
AA BB CC jf fignifie the fame they did in the fif 
Figure. 
DD The Cerebellum conjpicuous in bis natural pIMc‘ 
E The wormlike procefi of the Cerebellum* 
FF The Dura Mater hanging down• 
GG The fame with the Cavities rowled doWV 
wards. 
FIG. VI. 
FIG. IV. 
A A The brain explained by equal Section. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE SEVENTEENTH BKASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Table prefcnts in larger Figures the Cavities both of the Brain and Cerebelluntj 
they are fhewed by the Difleftions of the Ancients. 
PIG. I 
Shews the inferior Cavity of the foremoft Ventricles of the Brain, the original of the optick Nerves, the 
fourth Ventricle with its Protuberances, the Legs of the Vault, and whatfoever Arantius 
compared by the Sea-borfe3 or Silk-worm. 
A AAA The Dura Mater dc trailed. 
B The Trace ft of the fieve-like Bone like a 
crift. 
CC Tart of the Os Sphenois, Jhewing it fclf 
under the membrane, the Brain being ta- 
ken away. 
PD Theforemoli proeef of the Os Sphenois, 
making the Cavity of the Saddle. 
EEEE M portion of the Brain left. 
F The foremoft leg of the Vault bowed fore- 
wards. 
CG The hinder legs of the Vault. 
HR The Sea-horfc, or Silk-worms of Arantius. 
Jill The inferior Cavity of the foremoft ven- 
tricles. 
2\ The extremity of the callous] body [ticking 
out like Buttocks• 
X The Glandula Pinealis. 
MM The Protuberances called Tefticles. 
NN The cavity between the Brain and Cere- 
helium commonly called the fourth ven- 
tricle. - ' 
0000 Part of the Plexus Chorois bowed back- 
ward.r, which Is carried by the fuperior 
cavity of the ventricles. 
PP The foremoft portion of the Bafis of the 
Brain. 
4L Tbe bottom of the third ventricle in which 
behind is the hole hkned to the Funda- 
ment j it tends to the beginning of the 
marrow of the back 5 before. is the hole 
compared to the womb3 and is carried 
to the Funnel. 
RRRR M portion of the Plexus Chorois turned 
backwards, which is extended to the 
fourth inferior cavity. 
S 5 Tbe roots of the optick Nerves. 
T . The uniting of the o ptick Nerves. 
W The optick Nerves again fevered andpaf- 
fing towards the Eyes. 
PIG. I I. 
This Figure fliews the proper Ventricle of the Cerebellum 3 which the beft 
Anatomitts call the fourth Ventricle. 
A AAA Each lobe of the Cerebellum whol. 
Ebbs The internal face of the Cerebellum laid 
open by incifton. 
CC The worm-like Procef of the Cerebellum 
whofe fuperior and round part is taken a- 
way. 
PD The proper Ventricle of the Cerebellum, 
with its two cavities. 
E The prominence conspicuous between ths 
two cavities. 
F The paffage from the third ventricle to the 
marrow of the bach.. 
G The Cavity of the marrow of the back Hke 
a pen. 
hi The chink ~ln the faid cavity. 
ll The defending trunk of the marrow of the 
back cut off.' AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
OF THE EIGHTEENTH BRASSE 
PLATE IN THIS BOOK. 
This Tabic ftiews the rife of the Nerves within the Skull, alfo tiie principal branches 
of the third and fourth pairs, the Glandula Pituitaria with the Funnel, the 
Rete Mirahle, the fourth Ventricle and the mofl fpccial 
Veins arifing from the marrow of the Back. 
Shews the Brain a great portion of it being taken 
away above with the Cerebellum didufted 
to the fide. 
A The Nerve of fmilling-, 
a Its procefi called Mamillatis. 
35 The Optick Nerve or fir(t pair. 
CC The Nerve of the fecond pair. 
DD The liferve of the. third pair. 
EE The Nerve of the fourth pair. 
FF The Nerve of the fift pair. 
GG The Nerve of the fixt pair. The Nerve of 
the feventb pair by reafonof its deep rife 
appears not. 
F I G. I. 
KX Tbe beginning of the Nerves of the fift 
pair, 
LL The beginning of the Nervs of the fixt pair. 
MM The beginning of the Nervs of the feventb pair 
NNN The beginning of the marrow of the backs 
between the skull and the fir(i Vertebra. 
00 The common branch of the Vertebral artery, 
which being divided after its union with 
the Catotis artery CC makes up the Rcte 
mirabile with it, about the feat of the 
wedg-like bone. 
PPPP S mal branches of Arteries called the Rete mi>- 
rabile. 
FIG. 11. 
A A The Cerebellum and his globes. 
B The wormlike procefi of the Cerebellum.' 
CCCC The procefi of the Cerebellum, called the 
bridg. 
DD The beginning of the marrow of the back• 
E The cavity of the marrow of the bafk>cattcd 
the pen- 
F The fourth Ventricletlaid open. 
FIG. IV. 
The fide of the skull being broken oft', together 
with the Eye whol, and the cheek 
divided, is Ihcwcd. 
A The Nerve of the third pair. 
v B Its branch which goes out at the hole of the 
bone of the forehead. 
C A branch of the fame pair which goes out by the 
hole of the fourth hone of the upper Jaw. 
D The Nerve of the fourth pair. 
B Its branch which goes to the teeth and gums of 
the tipper Jaw. 
F Its branch which is carried to the Tongue. 
G Its branch which enters the lower Jaw. 
H The fame branch which paffeth out at the hole 
of the lower Jaw. • 
A The trunk of the marrow of the back defen- 
ding as it may be publicly Jhewed being 
taken out of the body. 
BB The branches arifing from the three pairs of 
Nerves of the Neck, and two of the Breafl, 
to be distributed to the hands. 
bb The fmall branches running to the mufclcs of 
the Jhouldcr. 
CC Thcfir(l pair of Nerves of the hands. 
DD The feeond pair. 
EE The third pair. 
FF The fourth pair. 
GG The fift pair. 
HH The fixt pair called Subcutancus. 
1111 The pairs ofintcrcoftal Nerves, the two lo- 
wermost of which pertain to the Loyns. 
I\ Tbe fir ft pair which Is carried to the Foot. 
LL The fee ond pair. 
M M The third pair. 
NN The fourth and greatef pair. 
0 The final Ntrvs of the marrow of the back, 
which arc carried to the bladder and mufclcs 
of the Fun d ament, and to the Genitals of 
both Sexes. 
FIG. V. 
The Brain with the Marrow of the back being tur- 
ned, thefe things come to view. 
A A The Nerves offwelling. 
act Their Dug-like proceffes. 
BB The two legs of the Nerves of the fie ft pair. 
CC The greater branch of the Artery Carotis, 
the interior being joyned to the Vertebral 
Artery 00 
D The' Glandula Pituataria. 
E The Funnel. 
F The Trotuberantes of the Brain, fet before 
the paffage which carries the flegm to the 
Funnel. 
GG The Nerves of the fee ond pair cut off- 
HH. The beginnings of thelfervs of the third pair. 
II The beginning of the Nervs of tbs fourth 
pair. 
FIG. 111. AN EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE 
of the nintecnthßrafs Plate in this Book. 
This Table comprehends the Eye-lids with the Mufcle called Levator., alfo the 
proper Mufcles of the Eyes; the Membranes and the Humors 
included in the Membranes. 
FIG. I. 
don of the feventh mufcle. 
N A part of the optief Nerve included in the fe~ 
ventrb mufcle. 
A A The Levator mufcle ofthe fuperior Eye-lid. 
B Its tendon thinly opened. 
CC The Cartilages of the Eye~lids. 
T>D The C aruncle in the internal angle. 
dd The Punfta Lacrymalia. 
E The external angle of the Eye-lid. 
F I G. V. 
AB CD Shew the ame with the former , the oblicf 
mufcles be png removed, 
aaax The common membrane called Innominata. 
bb The Iris tranfparent through the Cornea. 
FIG. 11. 
AA 
888 
CC 
The Eat behind the Eyes. 
'Che mufcles of the Eyes not feparated. 
Tart of the Eye covered with the tendons of 
the mufcles. 
F IG. VI. 
AAA The CMembrane Sclerotes differed. 
B The Membrana Cornea. 
C part of the optief Nerve. 
FIG. 111. 
A The right mufcle lifting up the Eye. 
aaa&c. Small Nerves carrying fence3 and 
spirit. 
B The right mufcle deplejfmg the Bye. 
C The right rnufde drawing to the Eye. 
T> The right mufcle drawing the Eye from. 
E The inferior oblique mUfde3 whofe tendon is but 
only feparatedfrom the part of that which fol- 
lows. 
F The fuperior oblic\ mufcle. 
G The T rochlca of the fame mufcle. 
H The Sclerotes covering the hinder part of the Eye. 
11 portion of the Optidl Nerve inferted into the 
Eye. 
FIG. VII. 
A The Mcmbfana Uvea. 
a The hole in the Uvea or Pupllla. 
BE The Ciliar Ligament with its firings. 
CC The Membrana Choroides looking blac 
FIG. VIII. 
The Net-life CMembranc. 
aa Rupture in it upon the Vitrial, which by 
reafonof its joftnef is unavoidable hi a 
Diffettion. 
888 The Membrana Choroides not yet Jeporated. 
CCC The thicfnef of the CMemhram Sclerotes. 
D Tart of the optic f Nerve. 
FIG. IV. 
Shews a Sheeps Eye3 and in it the feventh mufcle 
which Man needs not. 
F I G. IX . 
The three humors of the Eyes received 
in a Veflel. 
-4 The Crystalline Humor pofited in the Cavity of 
the Vitrial. 
BB Some appearance of the Ciliar firings. 
CC The Vitrial humor. 
TDD The aqueai humor, being but little, and placed 
round about the Vitrial. 
iAb CD The four right mufcles. 
E The inferior oblicf mufcle, which here is large. 
F The fuperior oblicf mufcle which is (lender. 
G The Trochlea of the fuperior oblicf mufcle. 
H The feventh mufcle of Brutes drawing the Eye to. 
I The hinder part of the Eye covered with the ten- AN EXPLANATION of the TABLE 
of the twenteth brafs Plate in thisJßook. 
'This Table reprefents the external Ear with his Mufcles and Cartilages, as alfo the inter* 
nal or chief Organ of Hearing, its Cavities, Bones, Paffages and Nerves, as they 
are found out by Diffedion of fuch Bodies as are grown up. 
Shews the external Ear whol, with 
its mufcles and Cavities. 
rAA The Helix of the Ear. 
BB TheAnthelix% 
C The Tragus, or beard of the Ear. 
V The Antitragus. 
E The external lobe of the Ear. 
TF The external Concha of the Ear. 
CG The cavity between the Helices 
called Innominata. 
H The mufcle moving the Ear right 
upwards. 
11l The three-fold mufcle with his 
tendon moving the Ear obliclfy 
upwards, divided into fo many 
pansAff^ 
FIG. I. 
J) The duglike procefi. 
E The bodkinlike appendix• 
alfo four other holes which open 
themfelves in the circles are obuni- 
brated by a black colour : the fifi 
in the extremity of the circle of the 
Cochlea, is broken off. jf ye'* 
would fee how they are in InfantSj 
look the eighth Table, and the 
feventh figure. 
Shews the Mufcles of the in- 
ternal Ear. 
A The mufcle moving the mem- 
brane and Maleolus outwards. 
B The membrane of the Timpanum. 
CC The mufcle moving the Malleo- 
lus and membrane inwards. ‘ 
E The head of the Malleolus. 
F I G. V. 
A A The beginning of the pajjage oj 
thefir[i hole of the bone of the Tern' 
pies, into which the Nerve of He a- 
ring pafjeth. 
BB The rocky procefi of the bone of 
the Temples, in which the cavities 
are contained. 
FIG. X. 
F I G. VI. 
Part of the pafjagc of Hearing 
paffing to the Timpanum. 
B C The cavity of the Timpanum, 
in which 
B The oval hole. 
C The round hole. 
FIG. XL 
Shews the external Ear confpi- 
cuous behind. 
A A The skin with the AMcmbrane 
(iretched upwards and down- 
wards. 
BB The Cartilage which makes the 
Ear. 
C The hole for the pajf age of hea- 
ring. 
T> A portion of the Ligament of the 
external Ear. 
E Part of the Lobus of the Ear. 
F I G. 11. 
F I G. VII 
AB C D The end of the pajjage in- 
to which the Swerve of Hearing, 
proceeds laid open3 the bone being 
taken away. 
B The cavity in which the foftd 
portion of the Nerve of Hearing 
lies in the Centre of the Cochlea- 
C The procefi between- each portion 
of the Nerve (landing up like * 
bridg. 
D Another cavity called Caecum y 
the Ancients, Aquxduftus by 
lopius, by which the harder portion 
of the nerve of hearing obliqMv 
defeends. 
EE Two footfieps of the circles ffi 
the Labyrinth, which you mny 
whol, Table 8. figure 
Shews the rocky procefs with the 
fmal bones of the Timpanum 
in their Tarnation. 
A The Malleolus. 
B The Anvil. 
C Thefuperior part of the ftirrop 
conspicuous. 
DD The bowing of the Cochlea. 
Shews the three fmall bones out 
of their feituadon. 
A The Malleolus with its two pre- 
cedes, its jhort and long. 
B The Anvil applied to the Mal- 
leolus. 
C The Stirrop. 
D The fmall bone joynedtothe Li- 
gament of the ftirrop. 
F I G. 7. 
fig. 111. 
Shews the fore part of the 
internal Ear, 
'A 'Part of the bone of the Temples 
containing the rocky procefi. 
B The pafjagc of hearing. 
C The beginning of the pafage or 
hive. 
T> The duglihc procef* 
E The bodkinlike procef broken off. 
FIG. XII. , 
FIG. VIII. 
Contains a portion of the bone o* 
the Temples, in which the Timpt' 
mm being taken away., and the 
paffagc which contains the 
Nerve of Hearing there 
appears. 
A A The fofter portion ef the nerve 
of Hearing. 
BE The harder portion of the new 6 
of Hearing, obliquely defending 
under the Timpanum, being thic- 
ker about the place it goes out- 
CC Afmall Nerve from the fo#J* 
pairjoyningit fclf to the hard 
nerve of Hearing* 
Shews the inferior face of the 
bone of the Temples. 
A A The extremity of a quil thrufi 
through that pajfagc of Hearing 
which is carried to the pallat. 
BB Shews the f ante pa(J age hrol{e off 
from the next part. 
The bone of the fore-going Figure 
is fhewed,sn which the paflage of 
hearing is cut offjthat fo the mem- 
brane of the Timpanum 
may be Teen. 
AAT he beginning of the pajftge of 
hearing. 
BB The membrane of the Timpa- 
num. 
C The little foot of the Malleus 
. tr an.parent by the membrane* | 
F I G. IV. 
FIG. IX. 
A A The cavity of the Cochlea, 
whofe broader part goes to the La- 
byrinth. 
BB The cavity of the 
which the oval hole is conjpicuous: An Explanation of the Table of the one 
and twentieth Brafs Plate in this Book. 
This Table exaftly prefents the Bones of Man to your view. To that the Competition 
of the Bones we mentioned before in the Abdomen, Brcaft, and Head are here 
feen, efpccially the Bones of the Hands and Feet are Teen both 
before and behind ; aifo the Ligaments of the Thigh and 
Tibia j laftly, the Bones called Sefameides 
Tibia j laftly, the Bones called * 
are curioufly represented 
! Shews the Sceleton of a Body 
_ grown up. 
A A The internal fide of each Sca- 
pula. 
BB Both the Clayiculx. 
CC The bone of thejhoulder> other - 
wife called the bone of the arm. 
ax The head of the Jhoulder produ- 
duced from the appendix, 
lb The external bunch [of each 
Jhoulder. 
tc fThe internal bunch of the (boul- 
der. 
PD The bone of the Cubit called 
Radius. 
EE The bone of the Cubit called 
Ulna, 
FF The eight bones of the Carpus. 
GG The thumb eompofed of three 
bones. 
HH The Metacarpus eompofed of 
four bones. 
II The four fingers eompofed of 
three bones. 
K.K. The thigh which fome call 
Crus. 
LL TheMola, or Kyiee-pan. 
dd The head of the bone of the 
thigh, or fuperior appendix• 
ee The neck of the bone of the 
thigh. 
Jf Trochanter, or Rocatot major. 
gg Trochanter, or Rotator minor. 
hh The appendix, or injerior head 
of the thigh. 
MM The Tibia. 
JW The Fibula. 
ii The internal ancle• 
kk The external ancle. 
00 The feven bones of the Tarfus 
conjpicuous before. 
T>rP The five bones of fhe Metarar- 
fus. 
The bones of the toes, of which 
the great toe bath two, and the reft 
three apiece. 
? * cire. The appendices of theJhoul- 
dcr, Radius, Thigh, Tibia, dtfiin- 
guijhed by a fmall line from the reft 
F I G. I. 
of the bone. 
FIG. 11. 
which 
a The fuperior appendix. 
b Trochanter major. 
A The rough line of the thigh, 
c Trochanter minor. 
d The po fierier cavity of the infem 
rier appendix. 
ee The heads of the inferior appen* 
dix. 
f The protuberances, diftmgulfhing 
the cavities of the Tibia. 
D The Tibia conspicuous behind, 
g The internal ancle, 
£ The<Fibula. 
h The external ancle. 
** The appendices of the Tibia. 
F The Tarfus. 
G The Metatarfus. 
H The great toe confijiing of two 
bones. 
Contains the Scapula with the Clx- 
vicula, to which the bones of 
the Shoulder, Cubit, and 
Hand arc joyned. 
A The left Clavicnla, in which 
a The head which is lightly finewous 
where it is committed to the Ster- 
num. 
b The other extremity of the Clavi- 
cula, whereby it is joyned to the 
procefi of the Scapula. 
B The Scapula. 
c The Jhort procefi of the tScapula 
receiving the (houldcr. 
d The procefi of the Scapula called 
Coracois. 
e The procef of the Scapula called 
Spina. 
/ The fuperior angle. 
g The inferior angle, 
hh The bafis of the Scapula. 
C The notable hinder hone of the 
Jhoulder. 
f The greater or backward cavity of 
the bone of the Jhoulder. 
g The crooked proceft of the bone of 
the Ulna. 
D The bone Ulna. 
E The Radius. 
F The external face of the iVreft. 
G The Metacarpus confifting of four 
bones. 
H The Thumb confifting of three 
bones.